INTRODUCTION TO RANDOM GRAPHS

ALAN FRIEZE and MICHAŁ KAROŃSKI

November 20, 2021

To Carol and Jola

2
Contents

I Basic Models 1
1 Random Graphs 3
1.1 Models and Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Thresholds and Sharp Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.3 Pseudo-Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.4 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.5 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

2 Evolution 21
2.1 Sub-Critical Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.2 Super-Critical Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.3 Phase Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.4 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.5 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

3 Vertex Degrees 51
3.1 Degrees of Sparse Random Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.2 Degrees of Dense Random Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.3 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.4 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

4 Connectivity 67
4.1 Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
4.2 k-connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.3 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
4.4 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

5 Small Subgraphs 75
5.1 Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.2 Asymptotic Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
5.3 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

i
ii CONTENTS

5.4 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

6 Spanning Subgraphs 85
6.1 Perfect Matchings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
6.2 Hamilton Cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
6.3 Long Paths and Cycles in Sparse Random Graphs . . . . . . . . . 97
6.4 Greedy Matching Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
6.5 Random Subgraphs of Graphs with Large Minimum Degree . . . 103
6.6 Spanning Subgraphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
6.7 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
6.8 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

7 Extreme Characteristics 115

7.1 Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
7.2 Largest Independent Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7.3 Interpolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
7.4 Chromatic Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
7.5 Eigenvalues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
7.6 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
7.7 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

8 Extremal Properties 145

8.1 Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
8.2 Ramsey Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
8.3 Turán Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
8.4 Containers and the proof of Theorem 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
8.5 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
8.6 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

9 Resilience 161
9.1 Perfect Matchings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
9.2 Hamilton Cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
9.3 The chromatic number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
9.4 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
9.5 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

II Basic Model Extensions 177

10 Inhomogeneous Graphs 179
10.1 Generalized Binomial Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
10.2 Expected Degree Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
CONTENTS iii

10.3 Kronecker Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

10.4 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
10.5 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

11 Fixed Degree Sequence 203

11.1 Configuration Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
11.2 Connectivity of Regular Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
11.3 Existence of a giant component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
11.4 Gn,r is asymmetric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
11.5 Gn,r versus Gn,p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
11.6 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
11.7 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

12 Intersection Graphs 241

12.1 Binomial Random Intersection Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
12.2 Random Geometric Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
12.3 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
12.4 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

13 Digraphs 267
13.1 Strong Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
13.2 Hamilton Cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
13.3 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
13.4 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

14 Hypergraphs 281
14.1 Component Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
14.2 Hamilton Cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
14.3 Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
14.4 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
14.5 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

III Other models 311

15 Trees 313
15.1 Labeled Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
15.2 Recursive Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
15.3 Inhomogeneous Recursive Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
15.4 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
15.5 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
iv CONTENTS

16 Mappings 347
16.1 Permutations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
16.2 Mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
16.3 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
16.4 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

17 k-out 361
17.1 Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
17.2 Perfect Matchings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
17.3 Hamilton Cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
17.4 Nearest Neighbor Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
17.5 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
17.6 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

18 Real World Networks 383

18.1 Preferential Attachment Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
18.2 Spatial Preferential Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
18.3 Preferential Attachment with Deletion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
18.4 Bootstrap Percolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
18.5 A General Model of Web Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
18.6 Small World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
18.7 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
18.8 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

19 Weighted Graphs 425

19.1 Minimum Spanning Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
19.2 Shortest Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
19.3 Minimum Weight Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
19.4 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
19.5 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

20 Brief notes on uncovered topics 441

IV Tools and Methods 453

21 Moments 455
21.1 First and Second Moment Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
21.2 Convergence of Moments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
21.3 Stein–Chen Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
CONTENTS v

22 Inequalities 465
22.1 Binomial Coefficient Approximation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
22.2 Balls in Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
22.3 FKG Inequality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
22.4 Sums of Independent Bounded Random Variables . . . . . . . . . 469
22.5 Sampling Without Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
22.6 Janson’s Inequality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
22.7 Martingales. Azuma-Hoeffding Bounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
22.8 Talagrand’s Inequality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
22.9 Dominance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488

23 Differential Equations Method 491

24 Branching Processes 497

25 Entropy 499
25.1 Basic Notions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
25.2 Shearer’s Lemma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

26 Indices 559
Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
Main Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
vi CONTENTS
Preface

Our purpose in writing this book is to provide a gentle introduction to a subject

that is enjoying a surge in interest. We believe that the subject is fascinating in its
own right, but the increase in interest can be attributed to several factors. One fac-
tor is the realization that networks are “everywhere”. From social networks such
as Facebook, the World Wide Web and the Internet to the complex interactions
between proteins in the cells of our bodies, we face the challenge of understand-
ing their structure and development. By and large natural networks grow in an
unpredictable manner and this is often modeled by a random construction. An-
other factor is the realization by Computer Scientists that NP-hard problems are
often easier to solve than their worst-case suggests and that an analysis of running
times on random instances can be informative.

History
Random graphs were used by Erdős [285] to give a probabilistic construction of
a graph with large girth and large chromatic number. It was only later that Erdős
and Rényi began a systematic study of random graphs as objects of interest in their
own right. Early on they defined the random graph Gn,m and founded the subject.
Often neglected in this story is the contribution of Gilbert [382] who introduced
the model Gn,p , but clearly the credit for getting the subject off the ground goes to
Erdős and Rényi. Their seminal series of papers [286], [288], [289], [290] and in
particular [287], on the evolution of random graphs laid the groundwork for other
mathematicians to become involved in studying properties of random graphs.
In the early eighties the subject was beginning to blossom and it received a
boost from two sources. First was the publication of the landmark book of Béla
Bollobás [135] on random graphs. Around the same time, the Discrete Mathemat-
ics group in Adam Mickiewicz University began a series of conferences in 1983.
This series continues biennially to this day and is now a conference attracting
more and more participants.
The next important event in the subject was the start of the journal Random
Structures and Algorithms in 1990 followed by Combinatorics, Probability and

vii
viii CONTENTS

Computing a few years later. These journals provided a dedicated outlet for work
in the area and are flourishing today.

Scope of the book

We have divided the book into four parts. Part one is devoted to giving a detailed
description of the main properties of Gn,m and Gn,p . The aim is not to give best
possible results, but instead to give some idea of the tools and techniques used in
the subject, as well to display some of the basic results of the area. There is suffi-
cient material in part one for a one semester course at the advanced undergraduate
or beginning graduate level. Once one has finished the content of the first part,
one is equipped to continue with material of the remainder of the book, as well as
to tackle some of the advanced monographs such as Bollobás [135] and the more
recent one by Janson, Łuczak and Ruciński [449].
Each chapter comes with a few exercises. Some are fairly simple and these are
designed to give the reader practice with making some the estimations that are so
prevalent in the subject. In addition each chapter ends with some notes that lead
through references to some of the more advanced important results that have not
been covered.
Part two deals with models of random graphs that naturally extend Gn,m and
Gn,p . Part three deals with other models. Finally, in part four, we describe some
of the main tools used in the area along with proofs of their validity.
Having read this book, the reader should be in a good position to pursue re-
search in the area and we hope that this book will appeal to anyone interested in
Combinatorics or Applied Probability or Theoretical Computer Science.

Acknowledgement
Several people have helped with the writing of this book and we would like to
acknowledge their help. First there are the students who have sat in on courses
based on early versions of this book and who helped to iron out the many typo’s
etc.
We would next like to thank the following people for reading parts of the book
before final submission: Andrew Beveridge, Deepak Bal, Malgosia Bednarska,
Patrick Bennett, Mindaugas Blozneliz, Antony Bonato, Boris Bukh, Fan Chung,
Amin Coja-Oghlan, Colin Cooper, Andrzej Dudek, Asaf Ferber, Nikolas Foun-
toulakis, Catherine Greenhill, Dan Hefetz, Paul Horn, Hsien–Kuei Hwang, Tal
Hershko, Jerzy Jaworski, Tony Johansson, Mihyun Kang, Michael Krivelevich,
Tomasz Łuczak, Colin McDiarmid, Andrew McDowell, Hosam Mahmoud, Mike
CONTENTS ix

Molloy, Tobias Müller, Rajko Nenadov, Wesley Pegden, Boris Pittel, Dan Poole,
Pawel Prałat, Oliver Riordan, Andrzej Ruciński, Katarzyna Rybarczyk, Wojtek
Samotij, Yilun Shang, Matas Šilekis, Greg Sorkin, Joel Spencer, Sam Spiro, Dud-
ley Stark, Angelika Steger, Prasad Tetali, Andrew Thomason, Linnus Wästlund,
Nick Wormald, Stephen Young.
Thanks also to Béla Bollobás for his advice on the structure of the book.

Conventions/Notation
Often in what follows, we will give an expression for a large positive integer. It
might not be obvious that the expression is actually an integer. In which case, the
reader can rest assured that he/she can round up or down and obtained any required
property. We avoid this rounding for convenience and for notational purposes.
In addition we list the following notation:
Mathematical Relations

• f (x) = O(g(x)): | f (x)| ≤ K|g(x)| for some constant K > 0 and all x ∈ R.

• f (x) = Θ(g(x)): f (n) = O(g(x)) and g(x) = O( f (x)).

• f (x) = o(g(x)) as x → a: f (x)/g(x) → 0 as x → a.

• A  B: A/B → 0 as n → ∞.

• A  B: A/B → ∞ as n → ∞.

• A ≈ B: A/B → 1 as some parameter converges to 0 or ∞ or another limit.

• A . B or B & A if A ≤ (1 + o(1))B.

• [n]: This is {1, 2, . . . , n}. In general, if a < b are positive integers, then
[a, b] = {a, a + 1, . . . , b}.

• If S is a set and k is a non-negative integer then Sk denotes the set of k-

element subsets of S. In particular, [n]

k dnotes the set of k-sets of {1, 2, . . . , n}.
S
Sk S

Furthermore, ≤k = j=0 j .

Graph Notation

• G = (V, E): V = V (G) is the vertex set and E = E(G) is the edge set.

• e(G) = |E(G)| and for S ⊆ V we have eG (S) = | {e ∈ E : e ⊆ S} |.

x CONTENTS

• N(S) = NG (S) = {w ∈
/ S : ∃v ∈ S such that {v, w} ∈ E} and dG (S) = |NG (S)|
for S ⊆ V (G).

• NG (S, X) = NG (S) ∩ X for X, S ⊆ V .

• dS (x) = | {y ∈ S : {x, y} ∈ E} | for x ∈ V, S ⊆ V .

• For sets X,Y ⊆ V (G) we let NG (X,Y ) = {y ∈ Y : ∃x ∈ X, {x, y} ∈ E(G)}

and eG (X,Y ) = |NG (X,Y )|.

• For a graph H, aut(H) denotes the number of automorphisms of H.

Random Graph Models

• [n]: The set {1, 2, . . . , n}.

• Gn,m : The family of all labeled graphs with vertex set V = [n] = {1, 2, . . . , n}
and exactly m edges.

• Gn,m :A random graph chosen uniformly at random from Gn,m .

• En,m = E(Gn,m ).

• Gn,p : A random graph on vertex set [n] where each possible edge occurs
independently with probability p.

• En,p = E(Gn,p ).
≥k : G
• Gδn,m n,m , conditioned on having minimum degree at least k.

• Gn,n,p : A random bipartite graph with vertex set consisting of two disjoint
copies of [n] where each of the n2 possible edges occurs independently with
probability p.

• Gn,r : A random r-regular graph on vertex set [n].

• Gn,d : The set of graphs with vertex set [n] and degree sequence
d = (d1 , d2 , . . . , dn ).

• Gn,d : A random graph chosen uniformly at random from Gn,d .

• Hn,m;k : A random k-uniform hypergraph on vertex set [n] and m edges of

size k.

• Hn,p;k : A random k-uniform hypergraph on vertex set [n] where each of the
n

k possibles edge occurs independently with probability p.
CONTENTS xi

• ~Gk−out : A random digraph on vertex set [n] where each v ∈ [n] indepen-
dently chooses k random out-neighbors.

• Gk−out : The graph obtained from ~Gk−out by ignoring orientation and coa-
lescing multiple edges.

Probability

• P(A): The probability of event A.

• E Z: The expected value of random variable Z.

• h(Z): The entropy of random variable Z.

• Po(λ ): A random variable with the Poisson distribution with mean λ .

• N(0, 1): A random variable with the normal distribution, mean 0 and vari-
ance 1.

• Bin(n, p): A random variable with the binomial distribution with parameters
n, the number of trials and p, the probability of success.

• EXP(λ ): A random variable with the exponential distribution, mean λ i.e.

P(EXP(λ ) ≥ x) = e−λ x . We sometimes say rate 1/λ in place of mean λ .

• w.h.p.: A sequence of events An , n = 1, 2, . . . , is said to occur with high

probability (w.h.p.) if limn→∞ P(An ) = 1.
d d
• →: We write Xn → X to say that a random variable Xn converges in distribu-
d
tion to a random variable X, as n → ∞. Occasionally we write Xn → N(0, 1)
d
(resp. Xn → Po(λ )) to mean that X has the corresponding normal (resp.
Poisson) distribution.
xii CONTENTS
 Part I

Basic Models

1
Chapter 1

Random Graphs

Graph theory is a vast subject in which the goals are to relate various graph prop-
erties i.e. proving that Property A implies Property B for various properties A,B.
In some sense, the goals of Random Graph theory are to prove results of the form
“Property A almost always implies Property B”. In many cases Property A could
simply be “Graph G has m edges”. A more interesting example would be the fol-
lowing: Property A is “G is an r-regular graph, r ≥ 3” and Property B is “G is
r-connected”. This is proved in Chapter 11.
Before studying questions such as these, we will need to describe the basic
models of a random graph.

1.1 Models and Relationships

The study of random graphs in their own right began in earnest with the seminal
paper of Erdős and Rényi [287]. This paper was the first to exhibit the threshold
phenomena that characterize the subject.
Let Gn,m be the family of all labeled graphs with vertex set V = [n] =
{1, 2, . . . , n} and exactly m edges, 0 ≤ m ≤ n2 . To every graph G ∈ Gn,m , we

assign a probability
 n
−1
P(G) = 2 .
m
Equivalently, we start with an empty graph on the set [n], and insert m edges
n

in such a way that all possible (m2) choices are equally likely. We denote such a
random graph by Gn,m = ([n], En,m ) and call it a uniform random graph.

We now describe a similar model. Fix 0 ≤ p ≤ 1. Then for 0 ≤ m ≤ n2 , assign
to each graph G with vertex set [n] and m edges a probability
n
P(G) = pm (1 − p)(2)−m ,

3
4 CHAPTER 1. RANDOM GRAPHS

where 0 ≤ p ≤
1. Equivalently, we start with an empty graph with vertex set [n]
and perform n2 Bernoulli experiments inserting edges independently with proba-
bility p. We call such a random graph, a binomial random graph and denote it by
Gn,p = ([n], En,p ). This was introduced by Gilbert [382]
As one may expect there is a close relationship between these two models of
random graphs. We start with a simple observation.

Lemma 1.1. A random graph Gn,p , given that its number of edges is m, is equally
n

likely to be one of the (2) graphs that have m edges.
m

Proof. Let G0 be any labeled graph with m edges. Then since

{Gn,p = G0 } ⊆ {|En,p | = m}

we have
P(Gn,p = G0 , |En,p | = m)
P(Gn,p = G0 | |En,p | = m) =
P(|En,p | = m)
P(Gn,p = G0 )
=
P(|En,p | = m)
n
pm (1 − p)(2)−m
= n

(2) pm (1 − p)(n2)−m
m
 n
−1
= 2 .
m

Thus Gn,p conditioned on the event {Gn,p has m edges} is equal in distribu-
tion to Gn,m , the graph chosen uniformly at random from all graphs with m edges.
Obviously, the main difference between those two models of random graphs is that
in Gn,m we choose its number of edges, while in the case of
Gn,p the number of
edges is the Binomial random variable with the parameters n2 and p. Intuitively,
for large n random graphs Gn,m and Gn,p should behave in a similar fashion when
the number of edges m in Gn,m equals or is “close” to the expected number of
edges of Gn,p , i.e., when
n2 p
 
n
m= p≈ , (1.1)
2 2
or, equivalently, when the edge probability in Gn,p

2m
p≈ . (1.2)
n2
1.1. MODELS AND RELATIONSHIPS 5

Throughout the book, we will use the notation f ≈ g to indicate that f = (1 +

o(1))g, where the o(1) term will depend on some parameter going to 0 or ∞.
We next introduce a useful “coupling technique” that generates the random
graph Gn,p in two independent steps. We will then describe a similar idea in
relation to Gn,m . Suppose that p1 < p and p2 is defined by the equation

1 − p = (1 − p1 )(1 − p2 ), (1.3)

or, equivalently,
p = p1 + p2 − p1 p2 .
Thus an edge is not included in Gn,p if it is not included in either of Gn,p1 or Gn,p2 .
It follows that
Gn,p = Gn,p1 ∪ Gn,p2 ,
where the two graphs Gn,p1 , Gn,p2 are independent. So when we write

Gn,p1 ⊆ Gn,p ,

we mean that the two graphs are coupled so that Gn,p is obtained from Gn,p1 by
superimposing it with Gn,p2 and replacing eventual double edges by a single one.
We can also couple random graphs Gn,m1 and Gn,m2 where m2 ≥ m1 via

Gn,m2 = Gn,m1 ∪ H.

Here H is the random graph on vertex set [n] that has m = m2 − m1 edges chosen
uniformly at random from [n]


2 \ En,m1 .
Consider now a graph property P defined as a subset of the set of all labeled
n
graphs on vertex set [n], i.e., P ⊆ 2(2) . For example, all connected graphs (on n
vertices), graphs with a Hamiltonian cycle, graphs containing a given subgraph,
planar graphs, and graphs with a vertex of given degree form a specific “graph
property”.
We will state below two simple observations which show a general relation-
ship between Gn,m and Gn,p in the context of the probabilities of having a given
graph property P. The constant 10 in the next lemma is not best possible, but in
the context of the usage of the lemma, any constant will suffice.

1.2. Let P be any graph property and p = m/ n2 where m = m(n)→ ∞,

Lemma
n

2 − m → ∞. Then, for large n,

P(Gn,m ∈ P) ≤ 10m1/2 P(Gn,p ∈ P).

6 CHAPTER 1. RANDOM GRAPHS

Proof. By the law of total probability,

(n2)
P(Gn,p ∈ P) = ∑ P(Gn,p ∈ P | |En,p| = k) P(|En,p| = k)
k=0
(n2)
= ∑ P(Gn,k ∈ P) P(|En,p| = k) (1.4)
k=0
≥ P(Gn,m ∈ P) P(|En,p | = m).

To justify (1.4), we write

P(Gn,p ∈ P ∧ |En,p | = k)
P(Gn,p ∈ P | |En,p | = k) =
P(|En,p | = k)
pk (1 − p)N−k
= ∑ N
k N−k
G∈P k p (1 − p)
|E(G)|=k
1
= ∑ N

G∈P k
|E(G)|=k
= P(Gn,k ∈ P).

Next recall that the number of edges |En,p | of a random graph Gn,p is a random
variable with the Binomial distribution with parameters n2 and p. Applying Stir-

ling’s Formula:
 k
k √
k! = (1 + o(1)) 2πk, (1.5)
e
and putting N = n2 , we get, after substituting (1.5) for the factorials in Nm ,

 
N m n
P(|En,p | = m) = p (1 − p)(2)−m
m
√
N N 2πN pm (1 − p)N−m
= (1 + o(1)) p (1.6)
mm (N − m)N−m 2π m(N − m)
s
N
= (1 + o(1)) ,
2πm(N − m)

Hence
1
P(|En,p | = m) ≥ √ ,
10 m
so
P(Gn,m ∈ P) ≤ 10m1/2 P(Gn,p ∈ P).
1.1. MODELS AND RELATIONSHIPS 7

We call a graph property P monotone increasing if G ∈ P implies G+e ∈ P,

i.e., adding an edge e to a graph G does not destroy the property. For example,
connectivity and Hamiltonicity are monotone increasing properties. A monotone
/ P and the complete
increasing property is non-trivial if the empty graph K̄n ∈
graph Kn ∈ P.
A graph property is monotone decreasing if G ∈ P implies G − e ∈ P, i.e., re-
moving an edge from a graph does not destroy the property. Properties of a graph
not being connected or being planar are examples of monotone decreasing graph
properties. Obviously, a graph property P is monotone increasing if and only
if its complement is monotone decreasing. Clearly not all graph properties are
monotone. For example having at least half of the vertices having a given fixed
degree d is not monotone.
From the coupling argument it follows that if P is a monotone increasing
property then, whenever p < p0 or m < m0 ,

P(Gn,p ∈ P) ≤ P(Gn,p0 ∈ P), (1.7)

and
P(Gn,m ∈ P) ≤ P(Gn,m0 ∈ P), (1.8)
respectively.
For monotone increasing graph properties we can get a much better upper bound
on P(Gn,m ∈ P), in terms of P(Gn,p ∈ P), than that given by Lemma 1.2.

Lemma 1.3. Let P be a monotone increasing graph property and p = Nm . Then,

for large n and p = o(1) such that N p, N(1 − p)/(N p)1/2 → ∞,

P(Gn,m ∈ P) ≤ 3 P(Gn,p ∈ P).

Proof. Suppose P is monotone increasing and p = Nm , where N = n

2 . Then

N
P(Gn,p ∈ P) = ∑ P(Gn,k ∈ P) P(|En,p| = k)
k=0
N
≥ ∑ P(Gn,k ∈ P) P(|En,p| = k)
k=m

However, by the coupling property we know that for k ≥ m,

P(Gn,k ∈ P) ≥ P(Gn,m ∈ P).

8 CHAPTER 1. RANDOM GRAPHS

The number of edges |En,p | in Gn,p has the Binomial distribution with parameters
N, p. Hence
N
P(Gn,p ∈ P) ≥ P(Gn,m ∈ P) ∑ P(|En,p| = k)
k=m
N
= P(Gn,m ∈ P) ∑ uk , (1.9)
k=m

where  
N k
uk = p (1 − p)N−k .
k
Now, using Stirling’s formula,

N N pm (1 − p)N−m 1 + o(1)
um = (1 + o(1)) 1/2
= .
m
m (N − m) N−m (2πm) (2πm)1/2

Furthermore, if k = m + t where 0 ≤ t ≤ m1/2 then

t
1 − N−m
 
uk+1 (N − k)p t t +1
= = ≥ exp − − ,
uk (k + 1)(1 − p) 1 + t+1
m
N −m−t m

after using Lemma 22.1(a),(b) to obtain the inequality. and our assumptions on
N, p to obtain the second.
It follows that for 0 ≤ t ≤ m1/2 ,
( )
t−1 
1 + o(1) s s+1
um+t ≥ exp − ∑ − ≥
(2πm)1/2 s=0 N − m − s m
n 2 o
t
exp − 2m − o(1)
,
(2πm)1/2

where we have used the fact that m = o(N).

It follows that
m+m1/2 Z 1
1 − o(1) 2 /2 1
∑ uk ≥ e−x dx ≥
k=m (2π)1/2 x=0 3

and the lemma follows from (1.9).

Lemmas 1.2 and 1.3 are surprisingly applicable. In fact, since the Gn,p model
is computationally easier to handle than Gn,m , we will repeatedly use both lemmas
to show that P(Gn,p ∈ P) → 0 implies that P(Gn,m ∈ P) → 0 when n → ∞. In
1.2. THRESHOLDS AND SHARP THRESHOLDS 9

other situations we can use a stronger and more widely applicable result. The
theorem below, which we state without proof, gives precise conditions for the
asymptotic equivalence of random graphs Gn,p and Gn,m . It is due to Łuczak
[555].

p
Theorem 1.4. Let 0 ≤ p0 ≤ 1, s(n) = n p(1 − p) → ∞, and ω(n) → ∞ arbitrarily
slowly as n → ∞.

(i) Suppose that P is a graph property such that P(Gn,m ∈ P) → p0 for all
    
n n
m∈ p − ω(n)s(n), p + ω(n)s(n) .
2 2

Then P(Gn,p ∈ P) → p0 as n → ∞,

(ii) Let p− = p − ω(n)s(n)/n3 and p+ = p + ω(n)s(n)/n3 Suppose that P is

a monotone graph property such that P(Gn,p− ∈ P) → p0 and
P(Gn,p+ ∈
P) → p0 . Then P(Gn,m ∈ P) → p0 , as n → ∞, where m = b n2 pc.

1.2 Thresholds and Sharp Thresholds

One of the most striking observations regarding the asymptotic properties of ran-
dom graphs is the “abrupt” nature of the appearance and disappearance of certain
graph properties. To be more precise in the description of this phenomenon, let us
introduce threshold functions (or just thresholds) for monotone graph properties.
We start by giving the formal definition of a threshold for a monotone increasing
graph property P.

Definition 1.5. A function m∗ = m∗ (n) is a threshold for a monotone increasing

property P in the random graph Gn,m if
(
0 if m/m∗ → 0,
lim P(Gn,m ∈ P) =
n→∞ 1 if m/m∗ → ∞,

as n → ∞.

A similar definition applies to the edge probability p = p(n) in a random graph

Gn,p .
10 CHAPTER 1. RANDOM GRAPHS

Definition 1.6. A function p∗ = p∗ (n) is a threshold for a monotone increasing

property P in the random graph Gn,p if
(
0 if p/p∗ → 0,
lim P(Gn,p ∈ P) =
n→∞ 1 if p/p∗ → ∞,
as n → ∞.
It is easy to see how to define thresholds for monotone decreasing graph prop-
erties and therefore we will leave this to the reader.
Notice also that the thresholds defined above are not unique since any function
which differs from m∗ (n) (resp. p∗ (n)) by a constant factor is also a threshold for
P.
A large body of the theory of random graphs is concerned with the search for
thresholds for various properties, such as containing a path or cycle of a given
length, or, in general, a copy of a given graph, or being connected or Hamiltonian,
to name just a few. Therefore the next result is of special importance. It was
proved by Bollobás and Thomason [156].

Theorem 1.7. Every non-trivial monotone graph property has a threshold.

Proof. Without loss of generality assume that P is a monotone increasing graph
property. Given 0 < ε < 1 we define p(ε) by

P(Gn,p(ε) ∈ P) = ε.

Note that p(ε) exists because

P(Gn,p ∈ P) = ∑ p|E(G)| (1 − p)N−|E(G|

G∈P

is a polynomial in p that increases from 0 to 1. This is not obvious from the

expression, but it is obvious from the fact that P is monotone increasing and that
increasing p increases the likelihood that Gn,p ∈ P.
We will show that p∗ = p(1/2) is a threshold for P. Let G1 , G2 , . . . , Gk
be independent copies of Gn,p . The graph G1 ∪ G2 ∪ . . . ∪ Gk is distributed as
Gn,1−(1−p)k . Now 1 − (1 − p)k ≤ kp, and therefore by the coupling argument

Gn,1−(1−p)k ⊆ Gn,kp ,

/ P implies G1 , G2 , . . . , Gk ∈
and so Gn,kp ∈ / P. Hence

/ P) ≤ [P(Gn,p ∈
P(Gn,kp ∈ / P)]k .
1.2. THRESHOLDS AND SHARP THRESHOLDS 11

Let ω be a function of n such that ω → ∞ arbitrarily slowly as n → ∞, ω 

log log n. (We say that f (n)  g(n) or f (n) = o(g(n)) if f (n)/g(n) → 0 as n →
∞. Of course in this case we can also write g(n)  f (n).) Suppose also that
p = p∗ = p(1/2) and k = ω. Then

/ P) ≤ 2−ω = o(1).
P(Gn,ω p∗ ∈

On the other hand for p = p∗ /ω,

1
/ P) ≤ P(Gn,p∗ /ω ∈
/ P) .
 ω
= P(Gn,p∗ ∈
2
So
/ P) ≥ 2−1/ω = 1 − o(1).
P(Gn,p∗ /ω ∈

In order to shorten many statements of theorems in the book we say that a

sequence of events En occurs with high probability (w.h.p.) if

lim P(En ) = 1.
n→∞

Thus the statement that says p∗ is a threshold for a property P in Gn,p is the same
as saying that Gn,p 6∈ P w.h.p. if p  p∗ , while Gn,p ∈ P w.h.p. if p  p∗ .
In many situations we can observe that for some monotone graph properties
more “subtle” thresholds hold. We call them “sharp thresholds”. More precisely,
Definition 1.8. A function m∗ = m∗ (n) is a sharp threshold for a monotone in-
creasing property P in the random graph Gn,m if for every ε > 0,

0 i f m/m∗ ≤ 1 − ε

lim P(Gn,m ∈ P) =
n→∞ 1 i f m/m∗ ≥ 1 + ε.

A similar definition applies to the edge probability p = p(n) in the random

graph Gn,p .

Definition 1.9. A function p∗ = p∗ (n) is a sharp threshold for a monotone in-

creasing property P in the random graph Gn,p if for every ε > 0

0 i f p/p∗ ≤ 1 − ε

lim P(Gn,p ∈ P) =
n→∞ 1 i f p/p∗ ≥ 1 + ε.

We will illustrate both types of threshold in a series of examples dealing with

very simple graph properties. Our goal at the moment is to demonstrate basic
12 CHAPTER 1. RANDOM GRAPHS

techniques to determine thresholds rather than to “discover” some “striking” facts

about random graphs.
We will start with the random graph Gn,p and the property

P = {all non-empty (non-edgeless) labeled graphs on n vertices}.

This simple graph property is clearly monotone increasing and we will show be-
low that p∗ = 1/n2 is a threshold for a random graph Gn,p of having at least one
edge (being non-empty).
Lemma 1.10. Let P be the property defined above, i.e., stating that Gn,p contains
at least one edge. Then
(
0 if p  n−2
lim P(Gn,p ∈ P) =
n→∞ 1 if p  n−2 .

Proof. Let X be a random variable counting edges
in Gn,p . Since X has the Bino-
mial distribution, then E X = 2 p, and Var X = n2 p(1 − p) = (1 − p) E X.
n

A standard way to show the first part of the threshold statement, i.e. that w.h.p.
a random graph Gn,p is empty when p = o(n−2 ), is a very simple consequence of
the Markov inequality, called the First Moment Method, see Lemma 21.2. It states
that if X is a non-negative integer valued random variable, then

P(X > 0) ≤ EX.

Hence, in our case

n2
P(X > 0) ≤ p→0
2
as n → ∞, since p  n−2 .
On the other hand, if we want to show that P(X > 0) → 1 as n → ∞ then
we cannot use the First Moment Method and we should use the Second Moment
Method, which is a simple consequence of the Chebyshev inequality, see Lemma
21.3. We will use the inequality to show concentration around the mean. By this
we mean that w.h.p. X ≈ E X. The Chebyshev inequality states that if X is a
non-negative integer valued random variable then

Var X
P(X > 0) ≥ 1 − .
(E X)2

Hence P(X > 0) → 1 as n → ∞ whenever Var X/(E X)2 → 0 as n → ∞. (For

proofs of both of the above Lemmas see Section 21.1 of Chapter 21.)
1.2. THRESHOLDS AND SHARP THRESHOLDS 13

Now, if p  n−2 then E X → ∞ and therefore

Var X 1− p
2
= →0
(E X) EX
as n → ∞, which shows that the second statement of Lemma 1.10 holds, and so
p∗ = 1/n2 is a threshold for the property of Gn,p being non-empty.
Let us now look at the degree of a fixed vertex in both models of random
graphs. One immediately notices that if deg(v) denotes the degree of a fixed vertex
in Gn,p , then deg(v) is a binomially distributed random variable, with parameters
n − 1 and p, i.e., for d = 0, 1, 2 . . . , n − 1,
 
n−1 d
P(deg(v) = d) = p (1 − p)n−1−d ,
d
while in Gn,m the distribution of deg(v) is Hypergeometric, i.e.,
n−1
n−1
( 2 )

d m−d
P(deg(v) = d) = .
(n2)

m

Consider the monotone decreasing graph property that a graph contains an isolated
vertex, i.e. a vertex of degree zero:

P = {all labeled graphs on n vertices containing isolated vertices}.

We will show that m∗ = 21 n log n is the sharp threshold function for the above
property P in Gn,m .
Lemma 1.11. Let P be the property that a graph on n vertices contains at least
one isolated vertex and let m = 21 n(log n + ω(n)). Then
(
1 if ω(n) → −∞
lim P(Gn,m ∈ P) =
n→∞ 0 if ω(n) → ∞.

Proof. To see that the second statement of Lemma 1.11 holds we use the First
Moment Method. Namely, let X0 = Xn,0 be the number of isolated vertices in the
random graph Gn,m . Then X0 can be represented as the sum of indicator random
variables
X0 = ∑ Iv ,
v∈V
where (
1 if v is an isolated vertex in Gn,m
Iv =
0 otherwise.
14 CHAPTER 1. RANDOM GRAPHS

So
(n−1
2 )


m
E X0 = ∑ E Iv = n n
=
v∈V
() 2
m
 m m−1  
n−2 4i
n ∏ 1− =
n i=0 n(n − 1)(n − 2) − 2i(n − 2)
n−2 m (log n)2
    
n 1+O , (1.10)
n n
assuming that ω = o(log n).
(For the product we use 1 ≥ ∏m−1 m−1
i=0 (1 − xi ) ≥ 1 − ∑i=0 xi which is valid for all
0 ≤ x0 , x1 , . . . , xm−1 ≤ 1.)
Hence,
n−2 m
 
2m
E X0 ≤ n ≤ ne− n = e−ω ,
n
for m = 12 n(log n + ω(n)).
(1 + x ≤ ex is one of the basic inequalities stated in Lemma 22.1.)
So E X0 → 0 when ω(n) → ∞ as n → ∞ and the First Moment Method implies
that X0 = 0 w.h.p.
To show that Lemma 1.11 holds in the case when ω → −∞ we first observe
from (1.10) that in this case
n−2 m
 
E X0 = (1 − o(1))n
n
 
2m
≥ (1 − o(1))n exp −
n−2
−ω
≥ (1 − o(1))e → ∞, (1.11)

The second inequality in the above comes from Lemma 22.1(b), and we have once
again assumed that ω = o(log n) to justify the first equation.
We caution the reader that E X0 → ∞ does not prove that X0 > 0 w.h.p. In
Chapter 5 we will see an example of a random variable XH , where E XH → ∞ and
yet XH = 0 w.h.p.
We will now use a stronger version of the Second Moment Method (for its
proof see Section 21.1 of Chapter 21). It states that if X is a non-negative integer
valued random variable then
(E X)2 Var X
P(X > 0) ≥ 2
= 1− . (1.12)
EX EX2
Notice that
1.2. THRESHOLDS AND SHARP THRESHOLDS 15
!2
E X02 = E ∑ Iv = ∑ E(Iu Iv )
v∈V u,v∈V
= ∑ P(Iu = 1, Iv = 1)
u,v∈V
= ∑ P(Iu = 1, Iv = 1) + ∑ P(Iu = 1, Iv = 1)
u6=v u=v
n−2
( )
2
= n(n − 1) mn
+ E X0
() 2
m
 2m
n−2
≤ n2 + E X0
n
= (1 + o(1))(E X0 )2 + E X0 .
The last equation follows from (1.10).
Hence, by (1.12),
(E X0 )2
P(X0 > 0) ≥
E X02
(E X0 )2
=
1 + o(1))((E X0 )2 + E X0 )
1
=
(1 + o(1)) + (E X0 )−1
= 1 − o(1),
on using (1.11). Hence P(X0 > 0) → 1 when ω(n) → −∞ as n → ∞, and so we can
conclude that m = m(n) is the sharp threshold for the property that Gn,m contains
isolated vertices.
For this simple random variable, we worked with Gn,m . We will in general
work with the more congenial independent model Gn,p and translate the results to
Gn,m if so desired.
For another simple example of the use of the second moment method, we will
prove
Theorem 1.12. If m/n → ∞ then w.h.p. Gn,m contains at least one triangle.
Proof. Because having a triangle is a monotone increasing property we can prove
the result in Gn,p assuming that np → ∞.
Assume first that np = ω ≤ log n where ω = ω(n) → ∞ and let Z be the number
of triangles in Gn,p . Then
ω3
 
n 3
EZ = p ≥ (1 − o(1)) → ∞.
3 6
16 CHAPTER 1. RANDOM GRAPHS

We remind the reader that simply having E Z → ∞ is not sufficient to prove that
Z > 0 w.h.p.
Next let T1 , T2 , . . . , TM , M = n3 denote the triangles of Kn . Then

M
E Z2 = ∑ P(Ti , T j ∈ Gn,p )
i, j=1
M M
= ∑ P(Ti ∈ Gn,p ) ∑ P(T j ∈ Gn,p | Ti ∈ Gn,p ) (1.13)
i=1 j=1
M
= M P(T1 ∈ Gn,p ) ∑ P(T j ∈ Gn,p | T1 ∈ Gn,p ) (1.14)
j=1
M
= E Z × ∑ P(T j ∈ Gn,p | T1 ∈ Gn,p ).
j=1

Here (1.14) follows from (1.13) by symmetry.

Now suppose that T j , T1 share σ j edges. Then
M
∑ P(Tj ∈ Gn,p | T1 ∈ Gn,p)
j=1
= 1+ ∑ P(T j ∈ Gn,p | T1 ∈ Gn,p )+
j:σ j =1

∑ P(T j ∈ Gn,p | T1 ∈ Gn,p )

j:σ j =0
  
n 2
= 1 + 3(n − 3)p + − 3n + 8 p3
3
3ω 2
≤ 1+ + E Z.
n
It follows that
3ω 2
 
Var Z ≤ (E Z) 1 + + E Z − (E Z)2 ≤ 2 E Z.
n
Applying the Chebyshev inequality we get
Var Z 2
P(Z = 0) ≤ P(|Z − E Z| ≥ E Z) ≤ 2
≤ = o(1).
(E Z) EZ

This proves the theorem for p ≤ logn n . For larger p we can use (1.7).
We can in fact use the second moment method to show that if m/n → ∞ then
w.h.p. Gn,m contains a copy of a k-cycle Ck for any fixed k ≥ 3. See Theorem 5.3,
see also Exercise 1.4.7.
1.3. PSEUDO-GRAPHS 17

1.3 Pseudo-Graphs
We sometimes use one of the two the following models that are related to Gn,m
and have a little more independence. (We will use Model A in Section 7.3 and
Model B in Section 6.4).
Model A: We let x = (x1 , x2 , . . . , x2m ) be chosen uniformly at random from
[n]2m .
Model B: We let x = (x1 , x2 , . . . , x2m ) be chosen uniformly at random from
[n]
m
2 .
(X)
The (multi-)graph Gn,m , X ∈ {A, B} has vertex set [n] and edge set Em =
{{x2i−1 , x2i } : 1 ≤ i ≤ m}. Basically, we are choosing edges with replacement. In
Model A we allow loops and in Model B we do not. We get simple graphs from
(X∗)
by removing loops and multiple edges to obtain graphs Gn,m with m∗ edges. It
is not difficult to see that for X ∈ {A, B} and conditional on the value of m∗ that
(X∗)
Gn,m is distributed as Gn,m∗ , see Exercise (1.4.11).
More importantly, we have that for G1 , G2 ∈ Gn,m ,
(X) (X) (X) (X)
P(Gn,m = G1 | Gn,m is simple) = P(Gn,m = G2 | Gn,m is simple), (1.15)

for X = A, B.
This is because for i = 1, 2,

(A) m!2m (B) m!2m

P(Gn,m = Gi ) = and P(Gn,m = G i ) = n
m m .
n2m 2 2

Indeed, we can permute the edges in m! ways and permute the vertices within
(X)
edges in 2m ways without changing the underlying graph. This relies on Gn,m
being simple.
Secondly, if m = cn for a constant c > 0 then with N = n2 , and using Lemma

22.2,

N m!2m
 
(X)
P(Gn,m is simple) ≥ ≥
m n2m
Nm m2 m3 m!2m
 
(1 − o(1)) exp − −
m! 2N 6N 2 n2m
2 +c)
= (1 − o(1))e−(c . (1.16)

It follows that if P is some graph property then

(X) (X)
P(Gn,m ∈ P) = P(Gn,m ∈ P | Gn,m is simple) ≤
18 CHAPTER 1. RANDOM GRAPHS

2 +c (X)
(1 + o(1))ec P(Gn,m ∈ P). (1.17)

Here we have used the inequality P(A | B) ≤ P(A)/ P(B) for events A, B.
(X)
We will use this model a couple of times and (1.17) shows that if P(Gn,m ∈
P) = o(1) then P(Gn,m ∈ P) = o(1), for m = O(n).
(A)
Model Gn,m was introduced independently by Bollobás and Frieze [146] and
by Chvátal [195].

1.4 Exercises
We point out here that in the following exercises, we have not asked for best pos-
sible results. These exercises are for practise. You will need to use the inequalities
from Section 22.1.
1.4.1 Suppose that p = d/n where d = o(n1/3 ). Show that w.h.p. Gn,p has no
copies of K4 .
1.4.2 Suppose that p = d/n where d > 1. Show that w.h.p. Gn,p contains an
induced path of length (log n)1/2 .
1.4.3 Suppose that p = d/n where d = O(1). Prove that w.h.p., in Gn,p , for all
S ⊆ [n], |S| ≤ n/ log n, we have e(S) ≤ 2|S|, where e(S) is the number of
edges contained in S.
1.4.4 Suppose that p = log n/n. Let a vertex of Gn,p be small if its degree is less
than log n/100. Show that w.h.p. there is no edge of Gn,p joining two small
vertices.
1.4.5 Suppose that p = d/n where d is constant. Prove that w.h.p., in Gn,p , no
vertex belongs to more than one triangle.
1.4.6 Suppose that p = d/n where
l d is constant.
m Prove that w.h.p. Gn,p contains
a vertex of degree exactly (log n)1/2 .

1.4.7 Suppose that k ≥ 3 is constant and that np → ∞. Show that w.h.p. Gn,p
contains a copy of the k-cycle, Ck .
1.4.8 Suppose that 0 < p < 1 is constant. Show that w.h.p. Gn,p has diameter
two.
1.4.9 Let f : [n] → [n] be chosen uniformly at random from all nn functions from
[n] → [n]. Let X = { j :6 ∃i s.t. f (i) = j}. Show that w.h.p. |X| ≈ e−1 n.
 1.5. NOTES 19

1.4.10 Prove Theorem 1.4.

1.4.11 Show that conditional on the value of mX∗ that GX∗

n,m is distributed as Gn,m∗ ,
where X = A, B.

1.5 Notes
Friedgut and Kalai [329] and Friedgut [330] and Bourgain [160] and Bourgain
and Kalai [159] provide much greater insight into the notion of sharp thresholds.
Friedgut [328] gives a survey of these aspects. For a graph property A let µ(p, A )
be the probability that the random graph Gn,p has property A . A threshold is
)
coarse if it is not sharp. We can identify coarse thresholds with p dµ(p,A dp < C for
some absolute constant 0 < C. The main insight into coarse thresholds is that to
exist, the occurrence of A can in the main be attributed to the existence of one
of a bounded number of small subgraphs. For example, Theorem 2.1 of [328]
states that there exists a function K(C, ε) such that the following holds. Let A be
a monotone property of graphs that is invariant under automorphism and assume
)
that p dµ(p,A
dp < C for some constant 0 < C. Then for every ε > 0 there exists a
finite list of graphs G1 , G2 , . . . , Gm all of which have no more than K(ε,C) edges,
such that if B is the family of graphs having one of these graphs as a subgraph
then µ(p, A ∆B) ≤ ε.
20 CHAPTER 1. RANDOM GRAPHS
Chapter 2

Evolution

Here begins our story of the typical growth of a random graph. All the results up
to Section 2.3 were first proved in a landmark paper by Erdős and Rényi [287].
The notion of the evolution of a random graph stems from a dynamic view of a
graph process: viz. a sequence of graphs:

G0 = ([n], 0),
/ G1 , G2 , . . . , Gm , . . . , GN = Kn .

where
Gm+1 is obtained from Gm by adding a random edge em . We see that there

are n2 ! such sequences and Gm and Gn,m have the same distribution.
In process of the evolution of a random graph we consider
properties possessed
by Gm or Gn,m w.h.p., when m = m(n) grows from 0 to n2 , while in the case of
Gn,p we analyse its typical structure when p = p(n) grows from 0 to 1 as n → ∞.
In the current chapter we mainly explore how the typical component structure
evolves as the number of edges m increases.

2.1 Sub-Critical Phase

The evolution of Erdős-Rényi type random graphs has clearly distinguishable
phases. The first phase, at the beginning of the evolution, can be described as
a period when a random graph is a collection of small components which are
mostly trees. Indeed the first result in this section shows that a random graph Gn,m
is w.h.p. a collection of tree-components as long as m = o(n), or, equivalently, as
long as p = o(n−1 ) in Gn,p . For clarity, all results presented in this chapter are
stated in terms of Gn,m . Due to the fact that computations are much easier for Gn,p
we will first prove results in this model and then the results for Gn,m will follow
by the equivalence established either in Lemmas 1.2 and 1.3 or in Theorem 1.4.
We will also assume, throughout this chapter, that ω = ω(n) is a function growing
slowly with n, e.g. ω = log log n will suffice.

21
22 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

Theorem 2.1. If m  n, then Gm is a forest w.h.p.

Proof. Suppose m = n/ω and let N = n2 , so p = m/N ≤ 3/(ωn). Let X be the

number of cycles in Gn,p . Then

n
 
n (k − 1)! k
EX = ∑ p
k=3 k 2
n
nk (k − 1)! k
≤ ∑ p
k=3 k! 2
n
nk 3k
≤ ∑ k k
k=3 2k ω n
= O(ω −3 ) → 0.

Therefore, by the First Moment Method, (see Lemma 21.2),

P(Gn,p is not a forest) = P(X ≥ 1) ≤ E X = o(1),

which implies that

P(Gn,p is a forest) → 1 as n → ∞.
Notice that the property that a graph is a forest is monotone decreasing, so by
Lemma 1.3
P(Gm is a forest) → 1 as n → ∞.
(Note that we have actually used Lemma 1.3 to show that P(Gn,p is not a forest)=o(1)
implies that P(Gm is not a forest)=o(1).)
We will next examine the time during which the components of Gm are isolated
vertices and single edges only, w.h.p.

Theorem 2.2. If m  n1/2 then Gm is the union of isolated vertices and edges
w.h.p.

Proof. Let p = m/N, m = n1/2 /ω and let X be the number of paths of length two
in the random graph Gn,p . By the First Moment Method,

n4
 
n 2
P(X > 0) ≤ E X = 3 p ≤ → 0,
3 2N 2 ω 2
2.1. SUB-CRITICAL PHASE 23

as n → ∞. Hence

P(Gn,p contains a path of length two) = o(1).

Notice that the property that a graph contains a path of a given length two is
monotone increasing, so by Lemma 1.3,

P(Gm contains a path of length two) = o(1),

and the theorem follows.

Now we are ready to describe the next step in the evolution of Gm .

Theorem 2.3. If m  n1/2 , then Gm contains a path of length two w.h.p.

Proof. Let p = Nm , m = ωn1/2 and X be the number of paths of length two in Gn,p .
Then  
n 2
EX = 3 p ≈ 2ω 2 → ∞,
3
as n → ∞. This however does not imply that X > 0 w.h.p.! To show that X > 0
w.h.p. we will apply the Second Moment Method
Let P2 be the set of all paths of length two in the complete graph Kn , and let
X̂ be the number of isolated paths of length two in Gn,p i.e. paths that are also
components of Gn,p . We will show that w.h.p. Gn,p contains such an isolated
path. Now,
X̂ = ∑ IP⊆i Gn,p .
P∈P2

We always use IE to denote the indicator for an event E . The notation ⊆i indicates
that P is contained in Gn,p as a component (i.e. P is isolated). Having a path of
length two is a monotone increasing property. Therefore we can assume that m =
o(n) and so np = o(1) and the result for larger m will follow from monotonicity
and coupling. Then
 
n 2
E X̂ = 3 p (1 − p)3(n−3)+1
3
n3 4ω 2 n
≥ (1 − o(1)) (1 − 3np) → ∞,
2 n4
as n → ∞.
In order to compute the second moment of the random variable X̂ notice that,
∗
X̂ 2 = ∑ ∑ IP⊆i Gn,p IQ⊆i Gn,p = ∑P,Q∈P IP⊆i Gn,p IQ⊆i Gn,p ,
2
P∈P2 Q∈P2
24 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

where the last sum is taken over P, Q ∈ P2 such that either P = Q or P and Q are
vertex disjoint. The simplification that provides the last summation is precisely
the reason that we introduce path-components (isolated paths). Now
( )
E X̂ 2 = ∑ ∑ P(Q ⊆i Gn,p| P ⊆i Gn,p) P(P ⊆i Gn,p ).
P Q

The expression inside the brackets is the same for all P and so
 

E X̂ 2 = E X̂ 1 + ∑ P(Q ⊆i Gn,p | P(1,2,3) ⊆i Gn,p ) ,

Q∩P(1,2,3) =0/

where P{1,2,3} denotes the path on vertex set [3] = {1, 2, 3} with middle vertex
2. By conditioning on the event P(1,2,3) ⊆i Gn,p , i.e, assuming that P(1,2,3) is a
component of Gn,p , we see that all of the nine edges between Q and P(1,2,3) must
be missing. Therefore
   
n 2
2 3(n−6)+1
≤ E X̂ 1 + (1 − p)−9 E X̂ .


E X̂ ≤ E X̂ 1 + 3 p (1 − p)
3
So, by the Second Moment Method (see Lemma 21.5),

(E X̂)2 (E X̂)2
P(X̂ > 0) ≥ ≥
E X̂ 1 + (1 − p)−9 E X̂


E X̂ 2
1
= →1
(1 − p)−9 + [E X̂]−1
as n → ∞, since p → 0 and E X̂ → ∞. Thus
P(Gn,p contains an isolated path of length two) → 1,
which implies that P(Gn,p contains a path of length two) → 1. As the property of
having a path of length two is monotone increasing it in turn implies that
P(Gm contains a path of length two) → 1
for m  n1/2 and the theorem follows.
From Theorems 2.2 and 2.3 we obtain the following corollary.
Corollary 2.4. The function m∗ (n) = n1/2 is the threshold for the property that a
random graph Gm contains a path of length two, i.e.,
(
o(1) if m  n1/2 .
P(Gm contains a path of length two) =
1 − o(1) if m  n1/2 .
2.1. SUB-CRITICAL PHASE 25

As we keep adding edges, trees on more than three vertices start to appear.
Note that isolated vertices, edges and paths of length two are also trees on one,
two and three vertices, respectively. The next two theorems show how long we
have to “wait” until trees with a given number of vertices appear w.h.p.

k−2
Theorem 2.5. Fix k ≥ 3. If m  n k−1 , then w.h.p. Gm contains no tree with k
vertices.
k−2
2 3
Proof. Let m = n k−1 /ω and then p = Nm ≈ ωnk/(k−1) ≤ ωnk/(k−1) . Let Xk denote the
number of trees with k vertices in Gn,p . Let T1 , T2 , . . . , TM be an enumeration of
the copies of k-vertex trees in Kn . Let

Ai = {Ti occurs as a subgraph in Gn,p }.

The probability that a tree T occurs in Gn,p is pe(T ) , where e(T ) is the number of
edges of T . So,
M
E Xk = ∑ P(At ) = M pk−1.
t=1
n
k−2
since one can choose a set of k vertices in nk ways and then by


But M = k k
Cayley’s formula choose a tree on these vertices in kk−2 ways. Hence
 
n k−2 k−1
E Xk = k p . (2.1)
k
Noting also that (see Lemma 22.1(c))
   
n ne k
≤ ,
k k
we see that
 ne k  k−1
k−2 3
E Xk ≤ k
k ωnk/(k−1)
3k−1 ek
= → 0,
k2 ω k−1
as n → ∞, seeing as k is fixed.
Thus we see by the first moment method that,

P(Gn,p contains a tree with k vertices) → 0.

This property is monotone increasing and therefore

P(Gm contains a tree with k vertices) → 0.

26 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

Let us check what happens if the number of edges in Gm is much larger than
k−2
n .
k−1

k−2
Theorem 2.6. Fix k ≥ 3. If m  n k−1 , then w.h.p. Gm contains a copy of every
fixed tree with k vertices.
k−2
Proof. Let p = Nm , m = ωn k−1 where ω = o(log n) and fix some tree T with k
vertices. Denote by X̂k the number of isolated copies of T (T -components) in
Gn,p . Let aut(H) denote the number of automorphisms of a graph H. Note that
there are k!/aut(T ) copies of T in the complete graph Kk . To see this choose a
copy of T with vertex set [k]. There are k! ways of mapping the vertices of T to
the vertices of Kk . Each map f induces a copy of T and two maps f1 , f2 induce
the same copy iff f2 f1−1 is an automorphism of T .
So,
 
n k! k
E X̂k = pk−1 (1 − p)k(n−k)+(2)−k+1 (2.2)
k aut(T )
(2ω)k−1
= (1 + o(1)) → ∞.
aut(T )
k
In (2.2) we have approximated nk ≤ nk! and used the fact that ω = o(log n) in


k
order to show that (1 − p)k(n−k)+(2)−k+1 = 1 − o(1).
Next let T be the set of copies of T in Kn and T[k] be a fixed copy of T on
vertices [k] of Kn . Then, arguing as in (2.3),

E(X̂k2 ) = ∑ P(T2 ⊆i Gn,p | T1 ⊆i Gn,p ) P(T1 ⊆i Gn,p )

T1 ,T2 ∈T
 
 
= E X̂k 
1 + ∑ P(T2 ⊆i Gn,p | T[k] ⊆i Gn,p )

T2 ∈T
V (T2 )∩[k]=0/
 2

≤ E X̂k 1 + (1 − p)−k E Xk .

2
Notice that the (1 − p)−k factor comes from conditioning on the event
T[k] ⊆i Gn,p which forces the non-existence of fewer than k2 edges.
Hence, by the Second Moment Method,

(E X̂k )2
P(X̂k > 0) ≥ 2

→ 1.
E X̂k 1 + (1 − p)−k E X̂k
2.1. SUB-CRITICAL PHASE 27

Then, by a similar reasoning to that in the proof of Theorem 2.3,

P(Gm contains a copy of T ) → 1,
as n → ∞.
Combining the two above theorems we arrive at the following conclusion.
k−2
Corollary 2.7. The function m∗ (n) = n k−1 is the threshold for the property that a
random graph Gm contains a tree with k ≥ 3 vertices, i.e.,
k−2
(
o(1) if m  n k−1
P(Gm ⊇ k-vertex-tree) = k−2
1 − o(1) if m  n k−1

In the next theorem we show that “on the threshold” for k vertex trees, i.e., if
k−2
m = cn k−1 , where c is a constant, c > 0, the number of tree components of a given
order asymptotically follows the Poisson distribution. This time we will formulate
both the result and its proof in terms of Gm .

k−2
Theorem 2.8. If m = cn k−1 , where c > 0, and T is a fixed tree with k ≥ 3 vertices,
then
P(Gm contains an isolated copy of tree T ) → 1 − e−λ ,
k−1
as n → ∞, where λ = (2c)
aut(T ) .
More precisely, the number of copies of T is asymptotically distributed as the
Poisson distribution with expectation λ .
Proof. Let T1 , T2 , . . . , TM be an enumeration of the copies of some k vertex tree T
in Kn .
Let
Ai = {Ti occurs as a component in Gm }.
Suppose J ⊆ [M] = {1, 2, . . . , M} with |J| = t, where t is fixed. Let AJ = j∈J A j .
T

We have P(AJ ) = 0 if there are i, j ∈ J such that Ti , T j share a vertex. Suppose

Ti , i ∈ J are vertex disjoint. Then
(n−kt )

2
m−(k−1)t
P(AJ ) = N

.
m
Note that in the numerator we count the number of ways of choosing m edges so
that AJ occurs.
If, say, t ≤ log n, then
       
n − kt kt kt kt
= N 1− 1− = N 1−O ,
2 n n−1 n
28 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

and so
m2
n−kt

→ 0.
2
Then from Lemma 22.1(f),



m−(k−1)t
n−kt

N 1 − O ktn
 
2 = (1 + o(1))
m − (k − 1)t (m − (k − 1)t)!
N m−(k−1)t 1 − O mkt



n
= (1 + o(1))
(m − (k − 1)t)!
N m−(k−1)t
= (1 + o(1)) .
(m − (k − 1)t)!

Similarly, again by Lemma 22.1,

Nm
 
N
= (1 + o(1)) ,
m m!

and so
m!  m (k−1)t
P(AJ ) = (1 + o(1)) N −(k−1)t = (1 + o(1)) .
(m − (k − 1)t)! N

Thus, if ZT denotes the number of components of Gm that are copies of T , then,

    t  
ZT 1 n k! m (k−1)t
E ≈
t t! k, k, k, . . . , k aut(T ) N
t !(k−1)t
nkt cn(k−2)/(k−1)

k!
≈
t!(k!)t aut(T ) N
λt
≈ ,
t!
where
(2c)k−1
λ= .
aut(T )
So by Theorem 21.11 the number of copies of T -components is asymptotically
distributed as the Poisson distribution with expectation λ given above, which com-
bined with the statements of Theorem 2.1 and Corollary 2.7 proves the theorem.
Note that Theorem 2.1 implies that w.h.p. there are no non-component copies of
T.
2.1. SUB-CRITICAL PHASE 29

We complete our presentation of the basic features of a random graph in its

sub-critical phase of evolution with a description of the order of its largest com-
ponent.

Theorem 2.9. If m = 21 cn, where 0 < c < 1 is a constant, then w.h.p. the order of
the largest component of a random graph Gm is O(log n).

The above theorem follows from the next three lemmas stated and proved in
terms of Gn,p with p = c/n, 0 < c < 1. In fact the first of those three lemmas
covers a little bit more than the case of p = c/n, 0 < c < 1.

Lemma 2.10. If p ≤ 1n − nω4/3 , where ω = ω(n) → ∞, then w.h.p. every component

in Gn,p contains at most one cycle.

Proof. Suppose that there is a pair of cycles that are in the same component.
If such a pair exists then there is minimal pair C1 ,C2 , i.e., either C1 and C2 are
connected by a path (or meet at a vertex) or they form a cycle with a diagonal path
(see Figure 2.1). Then in either case, C1 ∪C2 consists of a path P plus another two
distinct edges, one from each endpoint of P joining it to another vertex in P. The
number of such graphs on k labeled vertices can be bounded by k2 k!.

111
000 111
000 000
111
111
000
000
111 000
111 000
111
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11 000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111 000
111 11
00 000
111 111
000
111
000 00
11 000
111
000
111
11
00 000
111 00
11 000
111
00
11
00
11 000
111
00
11 000
111 11
00
00
11
00
11
00
11
000
111 111
000
000
111 00
11 111
000
000
111 111
000
000
111 111
000
000
111 11
00
111
000 000
111 11
00 000
111 000
111 000
111 111
000 00
11
00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111 00
11 000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 00
11
000
111 000
111 00
11 000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
111
000 11
00
000
111 00
11
00
11
000
111 00
11 111
000
000
111
111
000
000
111 000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111
000
111 000
111 000
111 00
11
000
111 111
000 111
000 11
00
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
000
111 000
111 00
11
000
111
111
000
111
000
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111 111
000
000
111
000
111 000
111 111
000 000
111
000
111 000
111 000
111
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 11
00
00
11
00
11
00
11
111
000
000
111
000
111
00
11
11
00 000
111
00
11 000
111 11
00
00
11 00
11
00
11
00
11

000
111 000
111
111
000
111
000
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111 000
111
000
111
111
000 000
111 111
000 111
000
000
111
000
111 000
111 000
111
000
111
000
111 000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111 000
111

Figure 2.1: C1 ∪C2

30 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

Let X be the number of subgraphs of the above kind (shown in Figure 2.1) in the
random graph Gn,p . By the first moment method (see Lemma 21.2),

n
 
n 2 k+1
P(X > 0) ≤ E X ≤ ∑ k k!p (2.3)
k=4 k
n
nk 2 ω k+1
 
1
≤ ∑ k k! k+1 1 − 1/3
k=4 k! n n
Z ∞ 2  
x ωx
≤ exp − 1/3 dx
0 n n
2
= 3
ω
= o(1).

We remark for later use that if p = c/n, 0 < c < 1 then (2.3) implies
n
P(X > 0) ≤ ∑ k2ck+1n−1 = O(n−1). (2.4)
k=4

Hence, in determining the order of the largest component we may concentrate

our attention on unicyclic components and tree-components (isolated trees). How-
ever the number of vertices on unicyclic components tends to be rather small, as
is shown in the next lemma.
Lemma 2.11. If p = c/n, where c 6= 1 is a constant, then in Gn,p w.h.p. the number
of vertices in components with exactly one cycle, is O(ω) for any growing function
ω.

Proof. Let Xk be the number of vertices on unicyclic components with k vertices.

Then    
n k−2 k k
E Xk ≤ k kpk (1 − p)k(n−k)+(2)−k . (2.5)
k 2
The factor kk−2 2k in (2.5) is the number of choices for a tree plus an edge on k

vertices in [k]. This bounds the number C(k, k) of connected graphs on [k] with k
edges. This is off by a factor O(k1/2 ) from the exact formula which is given below
for completeness:
k   r
k (r − 1)! k−r−1 π k−1/2
C(k, k) = ∑ rk ≈ k . (2.6)
r=3 r 2 8
2.1. SUB-CRITICAL PHASE 31

The remaining factor, other than nk , in (2.5) is the probability that the k edges of

the unicyclic component exist and that there are no other edges on Gn,p incident
with the k chosen vertices.
Noting also that by Lemma 22.1(d),
nk k(k−1)
 
n
≤ e− 2n .
k k!
Assume next that c < 1 and then we get
nk − k(k−1) k+1 ck −ck+ ck(k−1) + ck
E Xk ≤ e 2n k e 2n 2n (2.7)
k! nk
ek k(k−1) k(k−1) c
≤ k e− 2n kk+1 ck e−ck+ 2n + 2 (2.8)
k

k c
≤ k ce1−c e 2 .
So,
n n
k c
E ∑ Xk ≤ ∑k ce1−c e 2 = O(1), (2.9)
k=3 k=3
since ce1−c < 1 for c 6= 1. By the Markov inequality, if ω = ω(n) → ∞, (see
Lemma 21.1) !
n  
1
P ∑ Xk ≥ ω = O → 0 as n → ∞,
k=3 ω
and the Lemma follows for c < 1. If c > 1 then we cannot deduce (22.19) from
2
(22.18). If however k = o(n) then this does not matter, since them ek /n = eo(k) .
Now we show in the proof of Theorem 2.14 below that when c > 1 there is w.h.p.
a unique component of size Ω(n) and all other components are of size O(log n).
This enables us to complete the proof of this lemma for c > 1.
After proving the first two lemmas one can easily see that the only remaining
candidate for the largest component of our random graph is an isolated tree.
Lemma 2.12. Let p = nc , where c 6= 1 is a constant, α = c − 1 − log c, and ω =
ω(n) → ∞, ω = o(log log n). Then
(i) w.h.p. there exists an isolated tree of order
 
1 5
k− = log n − log log n − ω,
α 2

(ii) w.h.p. there is no isolated tree of order at least

 
1 5
k+ = log n − log log n + ω
α 2
32 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

Proof. Note that our assumption on c means that α is a positive constant.

Let Xk be the number of isolated trees of order k. Then
 
n k−2 k−1 k
E Xk = k p (1 − p)k(n−k)+(2)−k+1 . (2.10)
k
k
To prove (i) suppose k = O(log n). Then nk ≈ nk! and by using Lemma 22.1(a),(b)

and Stirlings approximation (1.5) for k! we see that

n kk−2 −c k
E Xk = (1 + o(1)) (ce ) (2.11)
c k!
(1 + o(1)) n
= √ (ce1−c )k
c 2π k5/2
(1 + o(1)) n −αk
= √ e .
c 2π k5/2
Putting k = k− we see that

(1 + o(1)) n eαω (log n)5/2

E Xk = √ 5/2
≥ Aeαω , (2.12)
c 2π k n
for some constant A > 0.
We continue via the Second Moment Method, this time using the Chebyshev
inequality as we will need a little extra precision for the proof of Theorem 2.14.
Using essentially the same argument as for a fixed tree T of order k (see Theorem
2.6), we get  
2 −k2
E Xk ≤ E Xk 1 + (1 − p) E Xk .
So
 2

Var Xk ≤ E Xk + (E Xk )2 (1 − p)−k − 1
≤ E Xk + 2ck2 (E Xk )2 /n.

Thus, by the Chebyshev inequality (see Lemma 21.3), we see that for any fixed
ε > 0,
1 2ck2
P (|Xk − E Xk | ≥ ε E Xk ) ≤ 2 + 2 = o(1). (2.13)
ε E Xk ε n
Thus w.h.p. Xk ≥ Aeαω/2 and this completes the proof of (i).
For (ii) we go back to the formula (2.10) and write, for some new constant
A > 0,

k k−1  c k−1 −ck+ ck2

 
A  ne k k−2
E Xk ≤ √ k 1− e 2n
k k 2n n
2.1. SUB-CRITICAL PHASE 33

2An  1−bck k
≤ cbk e ,
cbk k5/2
k


where cbk = c 1 − 2n .
In the case c < 1 we have cbk e1−bck ≤ ce1−c and cbk ≈ c and so we can write

k
n
3An n ce1−c 3An ∞
X ≤
∑ k c ∑ k5/2
E ≤ 5/2 ∑ e−αk =
k=k+ k=k+ ck+ k=k+
3Ane−αk+ (3A + o(1))α 5/2 e−αω
= = = o(1). (2.14)
5/2
ck+ (1 − e−α ) c(1 − e−α )

If c > 1 then for k ≤ logn n we use cbk e1−bck = e−α−O(1/ log n) and for k > n
log n we use
ck ≥ c/2 and cbk e1−bck ≤ 1 and replace (2.14) by
n n/ log n n
3An 6An 1
∑ E Xk ≤ 5/2 ∑ e−(α+O(1/ log n))k + ∑ = o(1).
k=k+ ck+ k=k+ c k=n/ log n k5/2

Finally, applying Lemmas 2.11 and 2.12 we can prove the following useful
identity: Suppose that x = x(c) is given as
(
c c≤1
x = x(c) = −x −c
.
The solution in (0, 1) to xe = ce c>1

Note that xe−x increases continuously as x increases from 0 to 1 and then de-
creases. This justifies the existence and uniqueness of x.
Lemma 2.13. If c > 0, c 6= 1 is a constant, and x = x(c) is defined above, then
1 ∞ kk−1
k
∑ ce−c = 1.
x k=1 k!

Proof. Let p = nc . Assume first that c < 1 and let X be the total number of vertices
of Gn,p that lie in non-tree components. Let Xk be the number of tree-components
of order k. Then,
n
n= ∑ kXk + X.
k=1
So,
n
n= ∑ k E Xk + E X.
k=1
Now,
34 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

(i) by (2.4) and (2.9), E X = O(1),

(ii) by (2.11), if k < k+ then

n k−2 −c
k
E Xk = (1 + o(1)) k ce .
ck!

So, by Lemma 2.12,

n k+ kk−1
k
n = o(n) + ∑ ce−c
c k=1 k!
n ∞ kk−1
k
= o(n) + ∑ ce−c .
c k=1 k!

Now divide through by n and let n → ∞.

This proves the identity for the case c < 1. Suppose now that c > 1. Then,
since x is a solution of equation ce−c = xe−x , 0 < x < 1, we have
∞
kk−1 −c k
∞ k−1
k
k
∑ k! xe−x = x,


∑ k! ce =
k=1 k=1

by the first part of the proof (for c < 1).

We note that in fact, Lemma 2.13 is also true for c = 1.

2.2 Super-Critical Phase

The structure of a random graph Gm changes dramatically when m = 21 cn where
c > 1 is a constant. We will give a precise characterisation of this phenomenon,
presenting results in terms of Gm and proving them for Gn,p with p = c/n, c > 1.

Theorem 2.14. If m = cn/2, c > 1, then w.h.p. Gm consists 

of a unique giant
x2
component, with 1 − c + o(1) n vertices and 1 − c2 + o(1) cn
x


2 edges. Here
0 < x < 1 is the solution of the equation xe−x = ce−c . The remaining components
are of order at most O(log n).
Proof. Suppose that Zk is the number of components of order k in Gn,p . Then,
bounding the number of such components by the number of trees with k vertices
that span a component, we get
 
n k−2 k−1
E Zk ≤ k p (1 − p)k(n−k) (2.15)
k
2.2. SUPER-CRITICAL PHASE 35
 ne k  c k−1 2 /n
≤A kk−2 e−ck+ck
k n
An  1−c+ck/n k
≤ 2 ce
k
Now let β1 = β1 (c) be small enough so that

ce1−c+cβ1 < 1,
and let β0 = β0 (c) be large enough so that
 β log n 1
1−c+o(1) 0
ce < 2.
n
If we choose β1 and β0 as above then it follows that w.h.p. there is no component
of order k ∈ [β0 log n, β1 n].
Our next task is to estimate the number of vertices on small components i.e. those
of size at most β0 log n.
We first estimate the total number of vertices on small tree components, i.e.,
on isolated trees of order at most β0 log n.
1
Assume first that 1 ≤ k ≤ k0 , where k0 = 2α log n, where α is from Lemma 2.12.
It follows from (2.11) that
!
k0
n k0 kk−1
k
E ∑ kXk ≈ ∑ ce−c
k=1 c k=1 k!
n ∞ kk−1
k
≈ ∑ ce−c ,
c k=1 k!

using kk−1 /k! < ek , and ce−c < e−1 for c 6= 1 to extend the summation from k0 to
infinity.
Putting ε = 1/ log n and using (2.13) we see that the probability that any
Xk , 1 ≤ k ≤ k0 , deviates from its mean by more than 1 ± ε is at most
k0 
(log n)2 (log n)4
 
∑ 1/2−o(1) + O n
= o(1),
k=1 n

where the n1/2−o(1) term comes from putting ω ≈ k0 /2 in (2.12). (ω = o(log log n)
in Lemma 2.12. We can however use ω ≈ k0 /2 for k at most k+ /2.)
Thus, if x = x(c), 0 < x < 1 is the unique solution in (0, 1) of the equation xe−x =
ce−c , then w.h.p.,

k0
n ∞ kk−1
k
∑ kXk ≈ c ∑ k! xe−x
k=1 k=1
36 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

nx
= ,
c
by Lemma 2.13.
Now consider k0 < k ≤ β0 log n.
!
β0 log n
n β0 log n  1−c+ck/n k
∑ kXk ≤ ce
c k=k∑
E
k=k0 +1 +1
 0 
= O n(ce1−c )k0
 
1/2+o(1)
=O n .

So, by the Markov inequality (see Lemma 21.1), w.h.p.,

β0 log n
∑ kXk = o(n).
k=k0 +1

Now consider the number Yk of non-tree components with k vertices, 1 ≤ k ≤

β0 log n.

!
β0 log n β0 log n    
n k−1 k  c k  c k(n−k)
E ∑ kYk ≤ ∑ k 1−
k=1 k=1 k 2 n n
β0 log n  k
≤ ∑ k ce1−c+ck/n
k=1
= O(1).

So, again by the Markov inequality, w.h.p.,

β0 log n
∑ kYk = o(n).
k=1

Summarising, we have proved so far that w.h.p. there are approximately nx c ver-
tices on components of order k, where 1 ≤ k ≤ β0 log n and all the remaining giant
components are of size at least β1 n.
We complete the proof by showing the uniqueness of the giant component. Let
log n c1
c1 = c − and p1 = .
n n
Define p2 by
1 − p = (1 − p1 )(1 − p2 )
2.2. SUPER-CRITICAL PHASE 37

log n
and note that p2 ≥ n2
. Then, see Section 1.2,

Gn,p = Gn,p1 ∪ Gn,p2 .

If x1 e−x1 = c1 e−c1 , then x1 ≈ x and so, by our previous analysis, w.h.p., Gn,p1
has no components with number of vertices in the range [β0 log n, β1 n].
Suppose there are components C1 ,C2 , . . . ,Cl with |Ci | > β1 n. Here l ≤ 1/β1 .
Now we add edges of Gn,p2 to Gn,p1 . Then
 
l 2
(1 − p2 )(β1 n)


P ∃i, j : no Gn,p2 edge joins Ci with C j ≤
2
2
≤ l 2 e−β1 log n
= o(1).

So w.h.p.
Gn,p has a unique component with more than β0 log n vertices and it has
≈ 1 − xc n vertices.
We now consider the number of edges in the giant C0 . Now we switch to
G = Gn,m . Suppose that the edges of G are e1 , e2 , . . . , em in random order. We
estimate the probability that e = em = {x, y} is an edge of the giant. Let G1 be the
graph induced by {e1 , e2 , . . . , em−1 }. G1 is distributed as Gn,m−1 and so we know
that w.h.p. G1 has a unique giant C1 and other components are of size O(log n).
So the probability that e is an edge of the giant is o(1) plus the probability that x
or y is a vertex of C1 . Thus,
  x    x 
P e 6∈ C0 | |C1 | ≈ n 1 − = P e ∩C1 = 0/ | |C1 | ≈ n 1 −
c    c 
|C1 | |C1 | + 1 x 2
= 1− 1− ≈ . (2.16)
n n c

It follows that the expected number of edges in the giant is as claimed. To

prove concentration, it is simplest to use the Chebyshev inequality, see Lemma
21.3. So,
 now fix i, j ≤ m and let C2 denote the unique giant component of Gn,m −
ei , e j . Then, arguing as for (2.16),

P(ei , e j ⊆ C0 ) =
o(1) + P(e j ∩C2 6= 0/ | ei ∩C2 6= 0)
/ P(ei ∩C2 6= 0)
/
= (1 + o(1)) P(ei ⊆ C0 ) P(e j ⊆ C0 ).

In the o(1) term, we hide the probability of the event


ei ∩C2 6= 0,
/ e j ∩C2 6= 0,
/ ei ∩ e j 6= 0/
38 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

which has probability o(1). We should double this o(1) probability here to account
for switching the roles of i, j.
The Chebyshev inequality can now be used to show that the number of edges
is concentrated as claimed.
We will see later, see Theorem 2.18, that w.h.p. each of the small components
have at most one cycle.
From the above theorem and the results of previous sections we see that, when
m = cn/2 and c passes the critical value equal to 1, the typical structure of a
random graph changes from a scattered collection of small trees and unicyclic
components to a coagulated lump of components (the giant component) that dom-
inates the graph. This short period when the giant component emerges is called
the phase transition. We will look at this fascinating period of the evolution more
closely in Section 2.3.
We know that w.h.p. the giant
2
 component of Gn,m , m = cn/2, c > 1 has ≈
1 − xc n vertices and ≈ 1 − xc2 cn


2 edges. So, if we look at the graph H induced
by the vertices outside the giant, then w.h.p. H has ≈ n1 = nx
c vertices and ≈ m1 =
xn1 /2 edges. Thus we should expect H to resemble Gn1 .m1 , which is sub-critical
since x < 1. This can be made precise, but the intuition is clear.
Now increase m further and look on the outside of the giant component. The
giant component subsequently consumes the small components not yet attached
to it. When m is such that m/n → ∞ then unicyclic components disappear and a
random graph Gm achieves the structure described in the next theorem.

Theorem 2.15. Let ω = ω(n) → ∞ as n → ∞ be some slowly growing function.

If m ≥ ωn but m ≤ n(log n − ω)/2, then Gm is disconnected and all components,
with the exception of the giant, are trees w.h.p.

Tree-components of order k die out in the reverse order they were born, i.e.,
larger trees are ”swallowed” by the giant earlier than smaller ones.

Cores
Given a positive integer k, the k-core of a graph G = (V, E) is the largest set S ⊆ V
such that the minimum degree δS in the vertex induced subgraph G[S] is at least
k. This is unique because if δS ≥ k and δT ≥ k then δS∪T ≥ k. Cores were first
discussed by Bollobás [134]. It was shown by Łuczak [559] that for k ≥ 3 either
there is no k-core in Gn,p or one of linear size, w.h.p. The precise size and first
occurrence of k-cores for k ≥ 3 was established in Pittel, Spencer and Wormald
[654]. The 2-core, C2 which is the set of vertices that lie on at least one cycle
2.2. SUPER-CRITICAL PHASE 39

behaves differently to the other cores, k ≥ 3. It grows gradually. We will need the
following result in Section 17.2.
Lemma 2.16. Suppose that c > 1 and that x < 1 is the solution to xe
−x = ce−c .
Then w.h.p. the 2-core C2 of Gn,p , p = c/n has (1 − x) 1 − xc + o(1) n vertices

2
and 1 − xc + o(1) cn2 edges.

Proof. Fix v ∈ [n]. We estimate P(v ∈ C2 ). Let C1 denote the unique giant compo-
nent of G1 = Gn,p − v. Now G1 is distributed as Gn−1,p and so C1 exists w.h.p. To
be in C2 , either (i) v has two neighbors in C1 or (ii) v has two neighbors in some
other component. Now because all components other than C1 have size O(log n)
w.h.p., we see that
 
O(log n)  c 2
P((ii)) = o(1) + n = o(1).
2 n
Now w.h.p. |C1 | ≈ 1 − xc n and it is independent of the edges incident with v and

so
P((i)) = 1 − P(0 or 1 neighbors in C1 ) =
  
c |C1 |  c |C1 |−1 c
= o(1) + (1 + o(1)) E 1 − 1 − + |C1 | 1 − (2.17)
n n n
−c+x −c+x
= o(1) + 1 − (e + (c − x)e )
 x 
= o(1) + (1 − x) 1 − ,
c
where the last line follows from the fact that e−c+x = xc . Also, one has to be care-

|C |
ful when estimating something like E 1 − nc 1 . For this we note that Jensen’s
inequality implies that
 c |C1 |  c E |C1 |
E 1− ≥ 1− = e−c+x+o(1) .
n n
On the other hand, if ng = 1 − xc n,

 c |C1 |
E 1− ≤
n  
 c |C1 | 
E 1− |C1 | ≥ (1 − o(1))ng P (|C1 | ≥ (1 − o(1))ng )
n
+ P (|C1 | ≤ (1 − o(1))ng ) = e−c+x+o(1) .
It follows from (2.17) that E(|C2 |) ≈ (1 − x) 1 − xc n. To prove concentration

of |C2 |, we can use the Chebyshev inequality as we did in the proof of Theorem
2.14 to prove concentration for the number of edges in the giant.
40 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

To estimate the expected number of edges in C2 , we proceed as in Theorem

2.14 and turn to G = Gn,m and estimate the probability that e1 ⊆ C2 . If G0 = G \ e
and C10 is the giant of G0 then e1 is an edge of C2 iff e1 ⊆ C10 or e1 is contained in
a small component. This latter condition is unlikely. Thus,
 0 2
|C1 |  x 2
P(e1 ⊆ C2 ) = o(1) + E = o(1) + 1 − .
n c
The estimate for the expectation of the number of edges in the 2-core follows
immediately and one can prove concentration using the Chebyshev inequality.

2.3 Phase Transition

In the previous two sections we studied the asymptotic behavior of Gm (and Gn,p )
in the “sub-critical phase” when m = cn, c < 1/2 (p = c/n, c < 1), as well as in
the “super-critical phase” when m > n/2 (p = c/n, c > 1) of its evolution.
We have learned that when m = cn, c > 1/2 our random graph consists w.h.p.
of tree components and components with exactly one cycle (see Theorem 2.1 and
Lemma 2.11). We call such components simple while components which are not
simple, i.e. components with at least two cycles, will be called complex.
All components during the sub-critical phase are rather small, of order log n,
tree-components dominate the typical structure of Gm , and there is no significant
gap in the order of the first and the second largest component. This follows from
Lemma 2.12. The proof of this lemma shows that w.h.p. there are many trees of
height k− . The situation changes when m > n/2, i.e., when we enter the super-
critical phase and then w.h.p. Gm consists of a single giant complex component
(of the order comparable to n), and some number of simple components, i.e., tree
components and components with exactly one cycle (see Theorem 2.14). One can
also observe a clear gap between the order of the largest component (the giant) and
the second largest component which is of the order O(log n). This phenomenon
of dramatic change of the typical structure of a random graph is called its phase
transition.
A natural question arises as to what happens when m/n → 1/2, either from
below or above, as n → ∞. It appears that one can establish, a so called, scaling
window or critical window for the phase transition in which Gm is undergoing a
rapid change in its typical structure. A characteristic feature of this period is that
a random graph can w.h.p. consist of more than one complex component (recall:
there are no complex components in the sub-critical phase and there is a unique
complex component in the super-critical phase).
Erdős and Rényi [287] studied the size of the largest tree in the random graph
Gn,m when m = n/2 and showed that it was likely to be around n2/3 . They called
2.3. PHASE TRANSITION 41

the transition from O(log n) through Θ(n2/3 ) to Ω(n) the “double jump”. They
did not study the regime m = n/2 + o(n). Bollobás [133] opened the detailed
study of this and Łuczak [557] continued this analysis. He established the precise
size of the “scaling window” by removing a logarithmic factor from Bollobás’s
estimates. The component structure of Gn,m for m = n/2 + o(n) is rather compli-
cated and the proofs are technically challenging. We will begin by stating several
results that give a an idea of the component structure in this range, referring the
reader elsewhere for proofs: Chapter 5 of Janson, Łuczak and Ruciński [449]; Al-
dous [16]; Bollobás [133]; Janson [436]; Janson, Knuth, Łuczak and Pittel [453];
Łuczak [557], [558], [562]; Łuczak, Pittel and Wierman [565]. We will finish
with a proof by Nachmias and Peres that when p = 1/n the largest component is
likely to have size of order n2/3 .
The first theorem is a refinement of Lemma 2.10.
Theorem 2.17. Let m = 2n − s, where s = s(n) ≥ 0.

(a) The probability that Gn,m contains a complex component is at most n2 /4s3 .

(b) If n2/3  s  n then w.h.p. the largest component is a tree of size asymptotic
n2 s3
to 2s 2 log n .

The next theorem indicates when the phase in which we may have more than
one complex component “ends”, i.e., when a single giant component emerges.

Theorem 2.18. Let m = n2 + s, where s = s(n) ≥ 0. Then the probability that Gn,m
contains more than one complex component is at most 6n2/9 /s1/3 .

For larger s, the next theorem gives a precise estimate of the size of the largest
component for s  n2/3 . For s > 0 we let s̄ > 0 be defined by
       
2s̄ 2s̄ 2s 2s
1− exp = 1+ exp − .
n n n n
n
Theorem 2.19. Let m = 2 + s where s  n2/3 . Then with probability at least
1 − 7n2/9 /s1/3 ,
 n2/3
 

L1 − 2(s + s̄)n ≤
 n + 2s  5
where L1 is the size of the largest component in Gn,m . In addition, the largest
component is complex and all other components are either trees or unicyclic com-
ponents.
42 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

To get a feel for this estimate of L1 we remark that

4s2
 3
s
s̄ = s − +O 2 .
3n n

The next theorem gives some information about `-components inside the scal-
ing window m = n/2 + O(n2/3 ). An `-component is one that has ` more edges
than vertices. So trees are (-1)-components.
Theorem 2.20. Let m = 2n +O(n2/3 ) and let r` denote the number of `-components
in Gn,m . For every 0 < δ < 1 there exists Cδ such that if n is sufficiently large,
then with probability at least 1 − δ , ∑`≥3 `r` ≤ Cδ and the number of vertices on
complex components is at most Cδ n2/3 .
One of the difficulties in analysing the phase transition stems from the need
to estimate C(k, `), which is the number of connected graphs with vertex set [k]
and ` edges. We need good estimates for use in first moment calculations. We
have seen the values for C(k, k − 1) (Cayley’s formula) and C(k, k), see (2.6).
For ` > 0, things become more tricky. Wright [758], [759], [760] showed that
Ck,k+` ≈ γ` kk+(3`−1)/2 for ` = o(k1/3 ) where the Wright coefficients γ` satisfy an
explicit recurrence and have been related to Brownian motion, see Aldous [16]
and Spencer [719]. In a breakthrough paper, Bender, Canfield and McKay [75]
gave an asymptotic formula valid for all k. Łuczak [556] in a beautiful argument
simplified a large part of their argument, see Exercise (4.3.6). Bollobás [135]
proved the useful simple estimate Ck,k+` ≤ c`−`/2 kk+(3`−1)/2 for some absolute
constant c > 0. It is difficult to prove tight statements about Gn,m in the phase
transition window without these estimates. Nevertheless, it is possible to see that
the largest component should be of size order n2/3 , using a nice argument from
Nachmias and Peres. They have published a stronger version of this argument in
[623].

Theorem 2.21. Let p = n1 and A be a large constant. Let Z be the size of the
largest component in Gn,p . Then
 
1 2/3
(i) P Z ≤ n = O(A−1 ),
A
 
(ii) P Z ≥ An2/3 = O(A−1 ).

Proof. We will prove part (i) of the theorem first. This is a standard application of
the first moment method, see for example Bollobás [135]. Let Xk be the number
2.3. PHASE TRANSITION 43
h i
1 2/3
of tree components of order k and let k ∈ An , An2/3 . Then, see also (2.10),
 
n k−2 k−1 k
E Xk = k p (1 − p)k(n−k)+(2)−k+1 .
k

But
k 2 /2
(1 − p)k(n−k)+(2)−k+1 ≈ (1 − p)kn−k
= exp{(kn − k2 /2) log(1 − p)}
kn − k2 /2
 
≈ exp − .
n

Hence, by the above and Lemma 22.2,

k3
 
n
E Xk ≈ √ exp − 2 . (2.18)
2π k5/2 6n

So if
An2/3
X= ∑ Xk ,
1 2/3
An

then
3
1 A e−x /6
Z
EX ≈ √ dx
2π x= A1 x5/2
4
= √ A3/2 + O(A1/2 ).
3 π

Arguing as in Lemma 2.12 we see that

E Xk2 ≤ E Xk + (1 + o(1))(E Xk )2 ,

E(Xk Xl ) ≤ (1 + o(1))(E Xk )(E Xl ), k 6= l.

It follows that
E X 2 ≤ E X + (1 + o(1))(E X)2 .
Applying the second moment method, Lemma 21.6, we see that

1
P(X > 0) ≥
(E X)−1 + 1 + o(1)
= 1 − O(A−1 ),
44 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

which completes the proof of part (i).

To prove (ii) we first consider a breadth first search (BFS) starting from, say,
vertex x. We construct a sequence of sets S1 = {x}, S2 , . . ., where
[
Si+1 = {v 6∈ S j : ∃w ∈ Si such that (v, w) ∈ E(Gn,p )}.
j≤i

We have
 
|Si |
E(|Si+1 | |Si ) ≤ (n − |Si |) 1 − (1 − p)
≤ (n − |Si |)|Si |p
≤ |Si |.

So
E |Si+1 | ≤ E |Si | ≤ · · · ≤ E |S1 | = 1. (2.19)
We prove next that
4
πk = P(Sk 6= 0)
/ ≤ . (2.20)
k
This is clearly true for k ≤ 4 and we obtain (2.20) by induction from
n−1  
n−1 i
πk+1 ≤ ∑ p (1 − p)n−1−i (1 − (1 − πk )i ). (2.21)
i=1 i

To explain the above inequality note that we can couple the construction of S1 , S2 , . . . , Sk
with a (branching) process where T1 = {1} and Tk+1 is obtained from Tk as fol-
lows: each Tk independently spawns Bin(n − 1, p) individuals. Note that |Tk |
stochastically dominates |Sk |. This is because in the BFS process, each w ∈ Sk
gives rise to at most Bin(n − 1, p) new vertices. Inequality (2.21) follows, because
Tk+1 6= 0/ implies that at least one of 1’s children give rise to descendants at level
k. Going back to (2.21) we get

πk+1 ≤ 1 − (1 − p)n−1 − (1 − p + p(1 − πk ))n−1 + (1 − p)n−1

= 1 − (1 − pπk )n−1
   
n−1 2 2 n−1 3 3
≤ 1 − 1 + (n − 1)pπk − p πk + p πk
2 3
   
1 2 1
≤ πk − + o(1) πk + + o(1) πk3
2 6
     
1 1
= πk 1 − πk + o(1) − + o(1) πk
2 6
2.3. PHASE TRANSITION 45
 
1
≤ πk 1 − πk .
4

This expression increases for 0 ≤ πk ≤ 1 and immediately gives π5 ≤ 3/4 ≤ 4/5.

In general we have by induction that
 
4 1 4
πk+1 ≤ 1− ≤ ,
k k k+1

completing the inductive proof of (2.20).

Let Cx be the component containing x and let ρx = max{k : Sk 6= 0}

/ in the BFS
from x. Let n o
X =  x : |Cx | ≥ n2/3  ≤ X1 + X2 ,
 

where n o
X1 =  x : |Cx | ≥ n2/3 and ρx ≤ n1/3  ,
 
n o
X2 =  x : ρx > n1/3  .
 

It follows from (2.20) that

4
P(ρx > n1/3 ) ≤
n1/3
and so
E X2 ≤ 4n2/3 .
Furthermore,
n o
P |Cx | ≥ n2/3 and ρx ≤ n1/3
 
≤ P |S1 | + . . . + |Sn1/3 | ≥ n2/3
E(|S1 | + . . . + |Sn1/3 |)
≤
n2/3
1
≤ 1/3 ,
n
after using (2.19). So E X1 ≤ n2/3 and E X ≤ 5n2/3 .
Now let Cmax denote the size of the largest component. Now

Cmax ≤ |X| + n2/3

where the addition of n2/3 accounts for the case where X = 0.

46 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

So we have
ECmax ≤ 6n2/3
and part (ii) of the theorem follows from the Markov inequality (see Lemma 21.1).

2.4 Exercises
2.4.1 Prove Theorem 2.15.
2.4.2 Show that if p = ω/n where ω = ω(n) → ∞ then w.h.p. Gn,p contains no
unicyclic components. (A component is unicyclic if it contains exactly one
cycle i.e. is a tree plus one extra edge).
2.4.3 Prove Theorem 2.17.
2.4.4 Suppose that m = cn/2 where c > 1 is a constant. Let C1 denote the giant
component of Gn,m , assuming that it exists. Suppose that C1 has n0 ≤ n
vertices and m0 ≤ m edges. Let G1 , G2 be two connected graphs with n0
vertices from [n] and m0 edges. Show that
P(C1 = G1 ) = P(C1 = G2 ).
(I.e. C1 is a uniformly random connected graph with n0 vertices and m0
edges).
2.4.5 Suppose that Z is the length of the cycle in a randomly chosen connected
n

unicyclic graph on vertex set [n]. Show that, where N = 2 ,
nn−2 (N − n + 1)
EZ = .
C(n, n)
2.4.6 Suppose that c < 1. Show that w.h.p. the length of the longest path in Gn,p
log n
, p = nc is ≈ log 1/c .

2.4.7 Suppose that c 6= 1 is constant. Show that w.h.p. the number of edges in the
log n
largest component that is a path in Gn,p , p = nc is ≈ c−log c.

2.4.8 Let Gn,n,p denote the random bipartite graph derived from the complete bi-
partite graph Kn,n where each edge is included independently with probabil-
ity p. Show that if p = c/n where c > 1 is a constant then w.h.p. Gn,n,p has
a unique giant component of size ≈ 2G(c)n where G(c) is as in Theorem
2.14.
 2.4. EXERCISES 47

2.4.9 Consider the bipartite random graph Gn,n,p=c/n , with constant c > 1. Define
0 < x < 1 to be the solution to xe−x = ce−c . Prove that w.h.p. the 2-core of

2
Gn,n,p=c/n has ≈ 2(1 − x) 1 − xc n vertices and ≈ c 1 − xc n edges.

2.4.10 Let p = 1+ε

n . Show that if ε is a small positive constant then w.h.p. Gn,p
contains a giant component of size (2ε + O(ε 2 ))n.

2.4.11 Let m = 2n +s, where s = s(n) ≥ 0. Show that if s  n2/3 then w.h.p. the ran-
dom graph Gn,m contains exactly one complex component. (A component
C is complex if it contains at least two distinct cycles. In terms of edges, C
is complex iff it contains at last |C| + 1 edges).

2.4.12 Let mk (n) = n(log n + (k − 1) log log n + ω)/(2k), where |ω| → ∞, |ω| =
o(log n). Show that
(
o(1) if ω → −∞
P(Gmk 6⊇ k-vertex-tree-component) = .
1 − o(1) if ω → ∞

2.4.13 Let k ≥ 3 be fixed and let p = nc . Show that if c is sufficiently large, then
w.h.p. the k-core of Gn,p is non-empty.

2.4.14 Let k ≥ 3 be fixed and let p = nc . Show that there exists θ = θ (c, k) > 0
such that w.h.p. all vertex sets S with |S| ≤ θ n contain fewer than k|S|/2
edges. Deduce that w.h.p. either the k-core of Gn,p is empty or it has size at
least θ n.

2.4.15 Suppose that p = nc where c > 1 is a constant. Show that w.h.p. the giant
component of Gn,p is non-planar. (Hint: Assume that c = 1 + ε where ε is
small. Remove a few vertices from the giant so that the girth is large. Now
use Euler’s formula).

2.4.16 Show that if ω = ω(n) → ∞ then w.h.p. Gn,p has at most ω complex com-
ponents.

2.4.17 Suppose that np → ∞ and 3 ≤ k = O(1). Show that Gn,p contains a k-cycle
w.h.p.

2.4.18 Suppose that p = c/n where c > 1 is constant and let β = β (c) be the
smallest root of the equation

1  
cβ + (1 − β )ce−cβ = log c(1 − β )(β −1)/β .
2
 48 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION

(a) Show that if ω → ∞ and ω ≤ k ≤ β n then w.h.p. Gn,p contains no

maximal induced tree of size k.
(b) Show that w.h.p. Gn,p contains an induced tree of size (log n)2 .
(c) Deduce that w.h.p. Gn,p contains an induced tree of size at least β n.

2.4.19 Show that if c 6= 1 and xe−x = ce−c where 0 < x < 1 then
(
1 ∞ kk−2 −c k 1 − 2c c < 1.
∑ (ce ) = x x


c 1− 2
c k=1 k! c > 1.

≥k
2.4.20 Let GδN,M denote a graph chosen uniformly at random from the set of graphs
with vertex set [N], M edges and minimum degree at least k. Let Ck denote
the k core of Gn,m (if it exists). Show that conditional on |Ck | = N and
≥k
|E(Ck )| = M that the graph induced by Ck is distributed as GδN,M .

2.5 Notes
Phase transition
The paper by Łuczak, Pittel and Wierman [565] contains a great deal of informa-
tion about the phase transition. In particular, [565] shows that if m = n/2 + λ n2/3
then the probability that Gn,m is planar tends to a limit p(λ ), where p(λ ) → 0 as
λ → ∞. The landmark paper by Janson, Knuth, Łuczak and Pittel [453] gives the
most detailed analysis to date of the events in the scaling window.
Outside of the critical window 2n ± O(n2/3 ) the size of the largest component
is asymptotically determined. Theorem 2.17 describes Gn,m before reaching the
window and on the other hand a unique “giant” component of size ≈ 4s begins to
emerge at around m = n2 + s, for s  n2/3 . Ding, Kim, Lubetzky and Peres [256]
give a useful model for the structure of this giant.

Achlioptas processes
Dimitris Achlipotas proposed the following variation on the basic graph process.
Suppose that instead of adding a random edge ei to add to Gi−1 to create Gi ,
one is given a choice of two random edges ei , fi and one chooses one of them
to add. He asked whether it was possible to come up with a choice rule that
would delay the occurrence of some graph property P. As an initial challenge
he asked whether it was possible to delay the production of a giant component
beyond n/2. Bohman and Frieze [117] showed that this was possible by the use
2.5. NOTES 49

of a simple rule. Since that time this has grown into a large area of research. Kang,
Perkins and Spencer [481] have given a more detailed analysis of the “Bohman-
Frieze” process. Bohman and Kravitz [124] and in greater generality Spencer and
Wormald [721] analyse “bounded size algorithms” in respect of avoiding giant
components. Flaxman, Gamarnik and Sorkin [319] consider how to speed up the
occurrence of a giant component. Riordan and Warnke [675] discuss the speed of
transition at a critical point in an Achlioptas process.
The above papers concern component structure. Krivelevich, Loh and Su-
dakov [524] considered rules for avoiding specific subgraphs. Krivelevich, Lubet-
zky and Sudakov [525] discuss rules for speeding up Hamiltonicity.

Graph Minors
Fountoulakis, Kühn and Osthus [325] show that for every ε > 0 there exists Cε
 > Cε and p = o(1) then w.h.p. Gn,p contains a complete minor of
such that if np
2
n p
size (1 ± ε) log np . This improves earlier results of Bollobás, Catlin and Erdős
[139] and Krivelevich and Sudakov [530]. Ajtai, Komlós and Szemerédi [10]
showed that if np ≥ 1 + ε and np = o(n1/2 ) then w.h.p. Gn,p contains a toplogical
clique of size almost as large as the maximum degree. If we know that Gn,p is non-
planar w.h.p. then it makes sense to determine its thickness. This is the minimum
number of planar graphs whose union is the whole graph. Cooper [208] showed
that the thickness of Gn,p is strongly related to its arboricity and is asymptotic to
np/2 for a large range of p.
50 CHAPTER 2. EVOLUTION
Chapter 3

Vertex Degrees

In this chapter we study some typical properties of the degree sequence of a ran-
dom graph. We begin by discussing the typical degrees in a sparse random graph
i.e. one with O(n) edges and prove some results on the asymptotic distribution
of degrees. Next we look at the typical values of the minimum and maximum
degrees in dense random graphs. We then describe a simple canonical labelling
algorithm for the graph isomorphism problem on a dense random graph.

3.1 Degrees of Sparse Random Graphs

Recall that the degree of an individual vertex of Gn,p is a Binomial random vari-
able with parameters n − 1 and p. One should also notice that the degrees of
different vertices are only mildly correlated.
We will first prove some simple but often useful properties of vertex degrees
when p = o(1). Let X0 = Xn,0 be the number of isolated vertices in Gn,p . In
Lemma 1.11, we established the sharp threshold for “disappearance” of such ver-
tices. Now we will be more precise and determine the asymptotic distribution of
X0 “below”, “on” and “above” the threshold. Obviously,

E X0 = n(1 − p)n−1 ,

and an easy computation shows that, as n → ∞,


∞
 if np − log n → −∞
E X0 → e −c if np − log n → c, c < ∞, (3.1)

0 if np − log n → ∞


We denote by Po(λ ) a random variable with the Poisson distribution with

parameter λ , while N(0, 1) denotes the random variable with the Standard Normal

51
52 CHAPTER 3. VERTEX DEGREES

D
distribution. We write Xn → X to say that a random variable Xn converges in
distribution to a random variable X, as n → ∞.
The following theorem shows that the asymptotic distribution of X0 passes
through three phases: it starts in the Normal phase; next when isolated vertices
are close to “dying out”, it moves through a Poisson phase; it finally ends up at
the distribution concentrated at 0.

Theorem 3.1. Let X0 be the random variable counting isolated vertices in a ran-
dom graph Gn,p . Then, as n → ∞,
D
(i) X̃0 = (X0 − E X0 )/(Var X0 )1/2 → N(0, 1),
if n2 p → ∞ and np − log n → −∞,
D
(ii) X0 → Po(e−c ), if np − log n → c, c < ∞,
D
(iii) X0 → 0, if np − log n → ∞.

Proof. For the proof of (i) we refer the reader to Chapter 6 of Janson, Łuczak and
Ruciński [449] (or to [62] and [518]).
To prove (ii) one has to show that if p = p(n) is such that np − log n → c , then

e−ck −e−c
lim P(X0 = k) = e , (3.2)
n→∞ k!
for k = 0, 1, ... . Now,
X0 = ∑ Iv,
v∈V
where (
1 if v is an isolated vertex in Gn,p
Iv =
0 otherwise.
So

E X0 = ∑ E Iv = n(1 − p)n−1
v∈V
= n exp{(n − 1) log(1 − p)}
( )
∞
pk
= n exp −(n − 1) ∑
k=1 k
= n exp −(n − 1)p + O(np2 )


(log n)2
  
= n exp −(log n + c) + O
n
3.1. DEGREES OF SPARSE RANDOM GRAPHS 53

≈ e−c . (3.3)
The easiest way to show that (3.2) holds is to apply the Method of Moments
(see Chapter 21). Briefly, since the distribution of the random variable X0 is
uniquely determined by its moments, it is enough to show, that either the kth fac-
torial moment E X0 (X0 − 1) · · · (X0 − k + 1) of X0 , or its binomial moment E Xk0 ,

tend to the respective moments of the Poisson distribution, i.e., to either e−ck or
e−ck /k!. We choose the binomial moments, and so let
 
(n) X0
Bk = E ,
k
then, for every non-negative integer k,
(n)
Bk = ∑ P(Ivi1 = 1, Ivi2 = 1, . . . , Ivik = 1),
1≤i1 <i2 <···<ik ≤n
 
n k
= (1 − p)k(n−k)+(2) .
k
Hence
e−ck
(n)
lim Bk = ,
n→∞ k!
and part (ii) of the theorem follows by Theorem 21.11, with λ = e−c .
For part (iii), suppose that np = log n + ω where ω → ∞. We repeat the cal-
culation estimating E X0 and replace ≈ e−c in (3.3) by ≤ (1 + o(1))e−ω → 0 and
apply the first moment method.
From the above theorem we immediately see that if np − log n → c then
−c
lim P(X0 = 0) = e−e . (3.4)
n→∞
We next give a more general result describing the asymptotic distribution of
the number Xd = Xn,d , d ≥ 1 of vertices of any fixed degree d in a random graph.
Recall, that the degree of a vertex in Gn,p has the binomial distribution Bin(n−
1, p). Hence,  
n−1 d
E Xd = n p (1 − p)n−1−d . (3.5)
d
Therefore, as n → ∞,
0 if p  n−(d+1)/d ,



λ1 if p ≈ cn−(d+1)/d , c < ∞,





∞ if p  n−(d+1)/d) but

E Xd → (3.6)


 pn − log n − d log log n → −∞,
λ2 if pn − log n − d log log n → c, c < ∞,





0 if pn − log n − d log log n → ∞,

54 CHAPTER 3. VERTEX DEGREES

where
cd e−c
λ1 = and λ2 = . (3.7)
d! d!
The asymptotic behavior of the expectation of the random variable Xd suggests
possible asymptotic distributions for Xd , for a given edge probability p.

Theorem 3.2. Let Xd = Xn,d be the number of vertices of degree d,

d ≥ 1, in Gn,p and let λ1 , λ2 be given by (3.7). Then, as n → ∞,
D
(i) Xd → 0 if p  n−(d+1)/d ,
D
(ii) Xd → Po(λ1 ) if p ≈ cn−(d+1)/d , c < ∞,
D
(iii) X̃d := (Xd − E Xd )/(Var Xd )1/2 → N(0, 1) if p  n−(d+1)/d , but
pn − log n − d log log n → −∞
D
(iv) Xd → Po(λ2 ) if pn − log n − d log log n → c, −∞ < c < ∞,
D
(v) Xd → 0 if pn − log n − d log log n → ∞

Proof. The proofs of statements (i) and (v) are straightforward applications of the
first moment method, while the proofs of (ii) and (iv) can be found in Chapter 3
of Bollobás [127] (see also Karoński and Ruciński [489] for estimates of the rate
of convergence). The proof of (iii) can be found in [62].

The next theorem shows the concentration of Xd around its expectation when
in Gn,p the edge probability p = c/n, i.e., when the average vertex degree is c.

Theorem 3.3. Let p = c/n where c is a constant. Let Xd denote the number of
vertices of degree d in Gn,p . Then, for d = O(1), w.h.p.

cd e−c
Xd ≈ n.
d!
Proof. Assume that vertices of Gn,p are labeled 1, 2, . . . , n. We first compute E Xd .
Thus,

E Xd = n P(deg(1) = d) =
 
n − 1  c d  c n−1−d
=n 1−
d n n
3.1. DEGREES OF SPARSE RANDOM GRAPHS 55
 2   
nd
    
d c d c 1
=n 1+O exp −(n − 1 − d) +O 2
d! n n n n
d
c e−c   
1
=n 1+O .
d! n
We now compute the second moment. For this we need to estimate

P(deg(1) = deg(2) = d)
c n−1−d 2
  
c n − 2  c d−1 
= 1−
n d −1 n n
c n−2−d 2
  
 c n − 2  c d 
+ 1− 1−
n d n n
  
1
= P(deg(1) = d) P(deg(2) = d) 1 + O .
n
The first line here accounts for the case where {1, 2} is an edge and the second
line deals with the case where it is not.
Thus

Var Xd =
n n
=∑ ∑ [P(deg(i) = d, deg( j) = d) − P(deg(1) = d) P(deg(2) = d)]
i=1 j=1
n  
1
≤ ∑ O + E Xd ≤ An,
i6= j=1 n

for some constant A = A(c).

Applying the Chebyshev inequality ( Lemma 21.3), we obtain
A
P(|Xd − E Xd | ≥ tn1/2 ) ≤ ,
t2
which completes the proof.
We conclude this section with a look at the asymptotic behavior of the maxi-
mum vertex degree, when a random graph is sparse.

Theorem 3.4. Let ∆(Gn,p ) (δ (Gn,p )) denotes the maximum (minimum) degree of
vertices of Gn,p .
(i) If p = c/n for some constant c > 0 then w.h.p.
log n
∆(Gn,p ) ≈ .
log log n
56 CHAPTER 3. VERTEX DEGREES

(ii) If np = ω log n where ω → ∞, then w.h.p. δ (Gn,p ) ≈ ∆(Gn,p ) ≈ np.

l m
log n
Proof. (i) Let d± = log log n±2 log log log n . Then, if d = d− ,
 
n − 1  c d
P(∃v : deg(v) ≥ d) ≤ n
d n
 ce d
≤n
d
= exp {log n − d log d + O(d)} (3.8)
log log log n
Let λ = log log n . Then

log n 1
d log d ≥ · · (log log n − log log log n + o(1))
log log n 1 − 2λ
log n
= (1 + 2λ + O(λ 2 ))(log log n − log log log n + o(1))
log log n
log n
= (log log n + log log log n + o(1)). (3.9)
log log n
Plugging this into (3.8) shows that ∆(Gn,p ) ≤ d− w.h.p.
Now let d = d+ and let Xd be the number of vertices of degree d in Gn,p . Then
 
n − 1  c d  c n−d−1
E(Xd ) = n 1−
d n n
= exp {log n − d log d + O(d)}
 
log n
= exp log n − (log log n − log log log n + o(1)) + O(d) (3.10)
log log n
→ ∞.

Here (3.10) is obtained by using −λ in place of λ in the argument for (3.9). Now,
for vertices v, w, by the same argument as in the proof of Theorem 3.3, we have

P(deg(v) = deg(w) = d) = (1 + o(1)) P(deg(v) = d) P(deg(w) = d),

and the Chebyshev inequality implies that Xd > 0 w.h.p. This completes the proof
of (i).
Statement (ii) is an easy consequence of the Chernoff bounds, Corollary 22.7.
Let ε = ω −1/3 . Then
2 np/3 1/3 /3
P(∃v : |deg(v) − np| ≥ εnp) ≤ 2ne−ε = 2n−ω = o(n−1 ).
3.2. DEGREES OF DENSE RANDOM GRAPHS 57

3.2 Degrees of Dense Random Graphs

In this section we will concentrate on the case where edge probability p is constant
and see how the degree sequence can be used to solve the graph isomorphism
problem w.h.p. The main result deals with the maximum vertex degree in dense
random graph and is instrumental in the solution of this problem.
p
Theorem 3.5. Let d± = (n − 1)p + (1 ± ε) 2(n − 1)pq log n, where q = 1 − p. If
p is constant and ε > 0 is a small constant, then w.h.p.
(i) d− ≤ ∆(Gn,p ) ≤ d+ .
(ii) There is a unique vertex of maximum degree.
Proof. We break the proof of Theorem 3.5 into two lemmas.
p
Lemma 3.6. Let d = (n − 1)p + x (n − 1)pq, p be constant, x ≤ n1/3 (log n)2 ,
where q = 1 − p. Then
  s
n−1 d 1 2
Bd = p (1 − p)n−1−d = (1 + o(1)) e−x /2
d 2πnpq
= the probability that an individual vertex has degree d.

Proof. Stirling’s formula gives

s  d   d !n−1
(n − 1)p n−1 (n − 1)q 1− n−1

1
Bd = (1 + o(1)) . (3.11)
2πnpq d n−1−d

Now
  d  r  d
d n−1 q n−1
= 1+x =
(n − 1)p (n − 1)p
x2 q
 r  3   r 
q x pq
= exp x − + O 3/2 p+x
(n − 1)p 2(n − 1)p n n−1
 r
pq 2
x q
 3 
x
= exp x + + O 3/2 ,
n − 1 2(n − 1) n
whereas
 d 1− d
n − 1 − d 1− n−1
  r
p n−1
= 1−x =
(n − 1)q (n − 1)q
x2 p
  r  3   r 
p x pq
= exp − x + + O 3/2 q−x
(n − 1)q 2(n − 1)q n n−1
58 CHAPTER 3. VERTEX DEGREES

x2 p
 r  3 
pq x
= exp −x + + O 3/2 ,
n − 1 2(n − 1) n
So
d 1− d
x2
     3 
d n−1 n−1−d n−1 x
= exp + O 3/2 ,
(n − 1)p (n − 1)q 2(n − 1) n
and lemma follows from (3.11).
The next lemma proves a strengthing of Theorem 3.5.
Lemma 3.7. Let ε = 1/10, and p be constant and q = 1 − p. If
p
d± = (n − 1)p + (1 ± ε) 2(n − 1)pq log n.

then w.h.p.
(i) ∆(Gn,p ) ≤ d+ ,

(ii) There are Ω(n2ε(1−ε) ) vertices of degree at least d− ,

(iii) 6 ∃ u 6= v such that deg(u), deg(v) ≥ d− and |deg(u) − deg(v)| ≤ 10.
Proof. We first prove that as x → ∞,
  Z∞
1 −x2 /2 1 2 1 2
e 1− 2 ≤ e−y /2 dy ≤ e−x /2 . (3.12)
x x x x
To see this, notice
1 −y2 /2 0
Z ∞ Z ∞ 
−y2 /2
e dy = − e dy
x y
x
1 −y2 /2 ∞

1 −y2 /2
Z ∞
=− e − 2
e dy
y x x y
1 −y2 /2 ∞
 
1 −x2 /2 1 −y2 /2
Z ∞
= e + 3e +3 4
e dy
x y x x y
   
1 −x2 /2 1 1 −x2 /2
= e 1− 2 +O 4e .
x x x
We can now prove statement (i).
Let Xd be the number of vertices of degree d. Then E Xd = nBd and so Lemma
3.6 implies that
 !2 
1 d − (n − 1)p 
r
n 
E Xd = (1 + o(1)) exp − p
2π pq  2 (n − 1)pq 
3.2. DEGREES OF DENSE RANDOM GRAPHS 59

assuming that p
d ≤ dL = (n − 1)p + (log n)2 (n − 1)pq.
Also, if d > (n − 1)p then

Bd+1 (n − d − 1)p
= <1
Bd (d + 1)q
and so if d ≥ dL ,
E Xd ≤ E XdL ≤ n exp{−Ω(log n)4 }.
It follows that
∆(Gn,p ) ≤ dL w.h.p. (3.13)
Now if Yd = Xd + Xd+1 + · · · + XdL for d = d± then
 !2 
dL r
n  1 l − (n − 1)p 
EYd ≈ ∑ exp − p
l=d 2π pq  2 (n − 1)pq 
 !2 
∞ r
n  1 l − (n − 1)p 
≈∑ exp − p (3.14)
l=d 2π pq  2 (n − 1)pq 
 !2 
1 λ − (n − 1)p 
r
n
Z ∞ 
≈ exp − p dλ .
2π pq λ =d  2 (n − 1)pq 

The justification for (3.14) comes from

 !2 
∞ r
n  1 l − (n − 1)p 
−
∑ 2π pq  2 p(n − 1)pq  =
exp
l=dL
∞
2 /2 2 /3
= O(n) ∑ e−x = O(e−(log n) ),
x=(log n)2

and  !2 
d+ − (n − 1)p 
r  1
n
exp − p = n−O(1) .
2π pq  2 (n − 1)pq 
p
If d = (n − 1)p + x(n − 1)pq then, from (3.12) we have
 !2 
1 λ − (n − 1)p 
r
n
Z ∞ 
EYd ≈ exp − p dλ
2π pq λ =d  2 (n − 1)pq 
60 CHAPTER 3. VERTEX DEGREES
r
n p ∞ Z
2
= (n − 1)pq e−y /2 dy
2π pq y=x
n 1 −x2 /2
≈√ e
2π x
(
≤ n−2ε(1+ε) d = d+
. (3.15)
≥ n2ε(1−ε) d = d−

Part (i) follows from (3.15).

When d = d− we see from (3.15) that EYd → ∞. We use the second moment
method to show that Yd− 6= 0 w.h.p.
dL
EYd (Yd − 1) = n(n − 1) ∑ P(deg(1) = d1 , deg(2) = d2 )
d≤d1 ,d2
dL
= n(n − 1) ∑ ˆ = d1 − 1, d(2)
(p P(d(1) ˆ = d2 − 1)
d≤d1 ,d2
ˆ = d1 , d(2)
+ (1 − p) P(d(1) ˆ = d2 )),

ˆ is the number of neighbors of x in {3, 4, . . . , n}. Note that d(1)

where d(x) ˆ and
ˆ
d(2) are independent, and
n−2

d −1 (1 − p)
ˆ = d1 − 1)
P(d(1) d1 (1 − p)
= 1 n−2
=
ˆ = d1 )
P(d(1) p (n − 1 − d1 )p
d1
= 1 + Õ(n−1/2 ).

In Õ we ignore polylog factors.

Hence

E(Yd (Yd − 1))

dL h i
= n(n − 1) ∑ P(d(1) ˆ = d2 )(1 + Õ(n−1/2 ))
ˆ = d1 ) P(d(2)
d≤d1 ,d2
dL h i
= n(n − 1) ∑ P(deg(1) = d1 ) P(deg(2) = d2 )(1 + Õ(n−1/2 ))
d≤d1 ,d2

= EYd (EYd − 1)(1 + Õ(n−1/2 )),

since
n−2

ˆ = d1 )
P(d(1) d1
= n−1
(1
− p)−1
P(deg(1) = d1 ) d1
3.2. DEGREES OF DENSE RANDOM GRAPHS 61

= 1 + Õ(n−1/2 ).

So, with d = d−
 
1
P Yd ≤ EYd
2
E(Yd (Yd − 1)) + EYd − (EYd )2
≤
(EYd )2 /4
 
1
= Õ ε
n
= o(1).

This completes the proof of statement (ii). Finally,

  dL
n
P(¬(iii)) ≤ o(1) + ∑ P(deg(1) = d1, deg(2) = d2)
2 d1∑ =d− |d2 −d1 |≤10
  dL
n h
ˆ = d1 − 1) P(d(2)
ˆ = d2 − 1)
= o(1) + ∑ p P(d(1)
2 d1∑ =d− |d2 −d1 |≤10
i
ˆ ˆ
+ (1 − p) P(d(1) = d1 ) P(d(2) = d2 ) ,

Now
dL
∑ ∑ ˆ = d1 − 1) P(d(2)
P(d(1) ˆ = d2 − 1)
d1 =d− |d2 −d1 |≤10
dL
−1/2 ˆ = d1 − 1) 2 ,
 
≤ 21(1 + Õ(n )) ∑ P(d(1)
d1 =d−

and by Lemma 3.6 and by (3.12) we have with

d− − (n − 1)p p
x= p ≈ (1 − ε) 2 log n,
(n − 1)pq

dL
1
Z ∞
ˆ = d1 − 1) 2 ≈ 2
e−y dy
 
∑ P(d(1)
d1 =d− 2π pqn y=x

1 ∞Z
−z2 /2
=√ √ e dz
8π pqn z=x 2
1 1 2
≈√ √ n−2(1−ε) ,
8π pqn x 2
62 CHAPTER 3. VERTEX DEGREES

ˆ = d1 2 . Thus
We get a similar bound for ∑ddL1 =d− ∑|d2 −d1 |≤10 P(d(1)
 

 2

P(¬(iii)) = o n2−1−2(1−ε)
= o(1).

Application to graph isomorphism

In this section we describe a procedure for canonically labelling a graph G. It is
taken from Babai, Erdős and Selkow [44]. If the procedure succeeds then it is
possible to quickly tell whether G ∼
= H for any other graph H. (Here ∼= stands for
graph isomorphism).
Algorithm LABEL
Step 0: Input graph G and parameter L.
Step 1: Re-label the vertices of G so that they satisfy

dG (v1 ) ≥ dG (v2 ) ≥ · · · ≥ dG (vn ).

If there exists i < L such that dG (vi ) = dG (vi+1 ), then FAIL.
Step 2: For i > L let

Xi = { j ∈ {1, 2, . . . , L} : vi , v j ∈ E(G)}.

Re-label vertices vL+1 , vL+2 , . . . , vn so that these sets satisfy

XL+1  XL+2  · · ·  Xn

where  denotes lexicographic order.

If there exists i < n such that Xi = Xi+1 then FAIL.

Suppose now that the above ordering/labelling procedure LABEL succeeds

for G. Given an n vertex graph H, we run LABEL on H.

(i) If LABEL fails on H then G 6∼

= H.
(ii) Suppose that the ordering generated on V (H) is w1 , w2 , . . . , wn . Then

G∼
= H ⇔ vi → wi is an isomorphism.

It is straightforward to verify (i) and (ii).

3.2. DEGREES OF DENSE RANDOM GRAPHS 63

Theorem 3.8. Let p be a fixed constant, q = 1 − p, and let ρ = p2 + q2 and let

L = 3 log1/ρ n. Then w.h.p. LABEL succeeds on Gn,p .

Proof. Lemma 3.7 implies that Step 1 succeeds w.h.p. We must now show that
w.h.p. Xi 6= X j for all i 6= j > L. There is a slight problem because the edges from
vi , i > L to v j , j ≤ L are conditioned by the fact that the latter vertices are those of
highest degree.
Now fix i, j and let Ĝ = Gn,p \ {vi , v j }. It follows from Lemma 3.7 that if
i, j > L then w.h.p. the L largest degree vertices of Ĝ and Gn,p coincide. So, w.h.p.,
we can compute Xi , X j with respect to Ĝ to create X̂i , X̂ j , which are independent of
the edges incident with vi , v j . It follows that if i, j > L then X̂i = Xi and X̂ j = X j and
this avoids our conditioning problem. Denote by NĜ (v) the set of the neighbors
of vertex v in graph Ĝ. Then

P(Step 2 fails)
≤ o(1) + P(∃vi , v j : NĜ (vi ) ∩ {v1 , . . . , vL } = NĜ (v j ) ∩ {v1 , . . . , vL })
 
n
≤ o(1) + (p2 + q2 )L
2
= o(1).

Corollary 3.9. If 0 < p < 1 is constant then w.h.p. Gn,p has a unique automor-
phism, i.e. the identity automorphism.

See Exercise 3.3.7.

Application to edge coloring

The chromatic index χ 0 (G) of a graph G is the minimum number of colors that
can be used to color the edges of G so that if two edges share a vertex, then they
have a different color. Vizing’s theorem states that

∆(G) ≤ χ 0 (G) ≤ ∆(G) + 1.

Also, if there is a unique vertex of maximum degree, then χ 0 (G) = ∆(G). So,
it follows from Theorem 3.5 (ii) that, for constant p, w.h.p. we have χ 0 (Gn,p ) =
∆(Gn,p ).
64 CHAPTER 3. VERTEX DEGREES

3.3 Exercises
3.3.1 Suppose that m = dn/2 where d is constant. Prove that the number of ver-
k e−d
tices of degree k in Gn,m is asymptotically equal to d k! n for any fixed
positive integer k.

3.3.2 Suppose that c > 1 and that x < 1 is the solution to xe−x = ce−c . Show
that if c= O(1) isfixed then w.h.p. the giant component of Gn,p , p = nc has
k e−c
k
≈ c k! 1 − xc n vertices of degree k ≥ 1.

3.3.3 Suppose that p ≤ 1+εn

n where n
1/4 ε → 0. Show that if Γ is the sub-graph of
n
Gn,p induced by the 2-core C2 , then Γ has maximum degree at most three.

3.3.4 Let p = log n+d log

n
log n+c
, d ≥ 1. Using the method of moments, prove that
the number of vertices of degree d in Gn,p is asymptotically Poisson with
−c
mean ed! .

3.3.5 Prove parts (i) and (v) of Theorem 3.2.

3.3.6 Show that if 0 < p < 1 is constant then w.h.p. the minimum degree δ in
Gn,p satisfies
p p
|δ − (n − 1)q − 2(n − 1)pq log n| ≤ ε 2(n − 1)pq log n,

where q = 1 − p and ε = 1/10.

3.3.7 Use the canonical labelling of Theorem 3.8 to show that w.h.p. Gn,1/2 has
exactly one automprphism, the identity automorphism. (An automorphism
of a graph G = (V, E) is a map ϕ : V → V such that {x, y} ∈ E if and only if
{ϕ(x), ϕ(y)} ∈ E.)

3.4 Notes
For the more detailed account of the properties of the degree sequence of Gn,p the
reader is referred to Chapter 3 of Bollobás [135].
Erdős and Rényi [286] and [288] were first to study the asymptotic distri-
bution of the number Xd of vertices of degree d in relation with connectivity
of a random graph. Bollobás [131] continued those investigations and provided
detailed study of the distribution of Xd in Gn,p when 0 < lim inf np(n)/ log n ≤
lim sup np(n)/ log n < ∞. Palka [637] determined certain range of the edge prob-
ability p for which the number of vertices of a given degree of a random graph
3.4. NOTES 65

Gn,p has a Normal distribution. Barbour [59] and Karoński and Ruciński [489]
studied the distribution of Xd using the Stein–Chen approach. A complete answer
to the asymptotic Normality of Xd was given by Barbour, Karoński and Ruciński
[62] (see also Kordecki [518]). Janson [442] extended those results and showed
that random variables counting vertices of given degree are jointly normal, when
p ≈ c/n in Gn,p and m ≈ cn in Gn,m , where c is a constant.
Ivchenko [431] was the first to analyze the asymptotic behavior of the kth-
largest and kth smallest element of the degree sequence of Gn,p . In particular he
analysed the span between the minimum and the maximum degree of sparse Gn,p .
Similar results were obtained independently by Bollobás [129] (see also Palka
[638]). Bollobás [131] answered the question for what values of p(n), Gn,p w.h.p.
has a unique vertex of maximum degree (see Theorem 3.5).
Bollobás [126], for constant p, 0 < p < 1, i.e., when Gn,p is dense, gave √ an es-
timate of the probability that maximum degree does not exceed pn + O( n log n).
A more precise result was proved by Riordan and Selby [672] who showed that
for constant
p p, the probability that the maximum degree ofn Gn,p does not exceed
pn + b np(1 − p), where b is fixed, is equal to (c + o(1)) , for c = c(b) the root
of a certain equation. Surprisingly, c(0) = 0.6102... is greater than 1/2 and c(b)
is independent of p.
McKay and Wormald [591] proved that for a wide range of functions p =
p(n), the distribution of the degree sequence of Gn,p can be approximated by
{(X1 , . . . , Xn )| ∑ Xi is even}, where X1 , . . . , Xn are independent random variables
each having the Binomial distribution Bin(n − 1, p0 ), where p0 is itself a random
variable with a particular truncated normal distribution
66 CHAPTER 3. VERTEX DEGREES
Chapter 4

Connectivity

We first establish, rather precisely, the threshold for connectivity. We then view
this property in terms of the graph process and show that w.h.p. the random graph
becomes connected at precisely the time when the last isolated vertex joins the
giant component. This “hitting time” result is the pre-cursor to several similar
results. After this we deal with k-connectivity.

4.1 Connectivity
The first result of this chapter is from Erdős and Rényi [286].

Theorem 4.1. Let m = 12 n (log n + cn ). Then


0
 if cn → −∞,
−c
lim P(Gm is connected) = e−e if cn → c (constant)
n→∞ 
1 if cn → ∞.


Proof. To prove the theorem we consider, as before, a random graph Gn,p . It

suffices to prove that, when p = lognn+c ,
−c
P(Gn,p is connected ) → e−e .

and use Theorem 1.4 to translate to Gm and then use (1.7) and monotonicity for
cn → ±∞.
Let Xk = Xk,n be the number of components with k vertices in Gn,p and con-
sider the complement of the event that Gn,p is connected. Then

P(Gn,p is not connected )

67
68 CHAPTER 4. CONNECTIVITY
 
n/2
[
= P (Gn,p has a component of order k) =
k=1
 
n/2
[
P {Xk > 0} .
k=1

Note that X1 counts here isolated vertices and therefore

n/2
P(X1 > 0) ≤ P(Gn,p is not connected ) ≤ P(X1 > 0) + ∑ P(Xk > 0).
k=2

Now
n/2 n/2 n/2   n/2
n k−2 k−1 k(n−k)
∑ P(Xk > 0) ≤ ∑ E Xk ≤ ∑ k
k p (1 − p) = ∑ uk .
k=2 k=2 k=2 k=2

Now, for 2 ≤ k ≤ 10,

 k−1
log n + c log n+c
uk ≤ e n k k
e−k(n−10) n
n
 k−1
k(1−c) log n
≤ (1 + o(1))e ,
n

and for k > 10

log n + c k−1 −k(log n+c)/2

 ne k 

k−2
uk ≤ k e
k n
!k
e1−c/2+o(1) log n
≤n .
n1/2

So
n/2
e−c log n n/2 1+o(1)−k/2
∑ uk ≤ (1 + o(1)) n
+ ∑ n
k=2 k=10
 
= O no(1)−1 .

It follows that
P(Gn,p is connected ) = P(X1 = 0) + o(1).
4.1. CONNECTIVITY 69

But we already know (see Theorem 3.1) that for p = (log n + c)/n the number
of isolated vertices in Gn,p has an asymptotically Poisson distribution and there-
fore, as in (3.4)
−c
lim P(X1 = 0) = e−e ,
n→∞
and so the theorem follows.
It is possible to tweak the proof of Theorem 4.1 to give a more precise result
stating that a random graph becomes connected exactly at the moment when the
last isolated vertex disappears.

Theorem 4.2. Consider the random graph process {Gm }. Let

m∗1 = min{m : δ (Gm ) ≥ 1},

m∗c = min{m : Gm is connected}.

Then, w.h.p.,
m∗1 = m∗c .
Proof. Let
1 1
m± = n log n ± n log log n,
2 2
and
m± log n ± log log n
p± = ≈ .
N n
We first show that w.h.p.

(i) Gm− consists of a giant connected component plus a set V1 of at most 2 log n
isolated vertices,

(ii) Gm+ is connected.

Assume (i) and (ii). It follows that w.h.p.

m− ≤ m∗1 ≤ m∗c ≤ m+ .

Since Gm− consists of a connected component and a set of isolated vertices V1 , to

create Gm+ we add m+ − m− random edges. Note that m∗1 = m∗c if none of these
edges are contained in V1 . Thus
1 2
2 |V1 |
P(m∗1 < m∗c ) ≤ o(1) + (m+ − m− )
N − m+
70 CHAPTER 4. CONNECTIVITY

2n((log n)2 ) log log n

≤ o(1) + 1 2
2 n − O(n log n)
= o(1).

Thus to prove the theorem, it is sufficient to verify (i) and (ii).

Let
m− log n − log log n
p− = ≈ ,
N n
and let X1 be the number of isolated vertices in Gn,p− . Then

E X1 = n(1 − p− )n−1
≈ ne−np−
≈ log n.

Moreover

E X12 = E X1 + n(n − 1)(1 − p− )2n−3

≤ E X1 + (E X1 )2 (1 − p− )−1 .

So,
Var X1 ≤ E X1 + 2(E X1 )2 p− ,
and

P(X1 ≥ 2 log n) = P(|X1 − E X1 | ≥ (1 + o(1)) E X1 )

 
1
≤ (1 + o(1)) + 2p−
E X1
= o(1).

Having at least 2 log n isolated vertices is a monotone property and so w.h.p. Gm−
has less then 2 log n isolated vertices.
To show that the rest of Gm is a single connected component we let Xk , 2 ≤
k ≤ n/2 be the number of components with k vertices in G p− . Repeating the
calculations for p− from the proof of Theorem 4.1, we have
!
n/2  
o(1)−1
E ∑ Xk = O n .
k=2

Let
E = {∃ component of order 2 ≤ k ≤ n/2}.
4.2. K-CONNECTIVITY 71

Then
√
P(Gm− ∈ E ) ≤ O( n) P(Gn,p− ∈ E )
= o(1),

and this completes the proof of (i).

To prove (ii) (that Gm+ is connected w.h.p.) we note that (ii) follows from
the fact that Gn,p is connected w.h.p. for np − log n → ∞ ( see Theorem 4.1). By
implication Gm is connected w.h.p. if n Nm − log n → ∞. But,

nm+ n( 21 n log n + 12 n log log n)

=
N N
≈ log n + log log n.

4.2 k-connectivity
In this section we show that the threshold for the existence of vertices of degree k
is also the threshold for the k-connectivity of a random graph. Recall that a graph
G is k-connected if the removal of at most k − 1 vertices of G does not disconnect
it. In the light of the previous result it should be expected that a random graph
becomes k-connected as soon as the last vertex of degree k − 1 disappears. This
is true and follows from the results of Erdős and Rényi [288]. Here is a weaker
statement.

Theorem 4.3. Let m = 12 n (log n + (k − 1) log log n + cn ) , k = 1, 2, . . .. Then


0 −c

 if cn → −∞
e
lim P(Gm is k-connected) = e− (k−1)! if cn → c
n→∞ 

1 if cn → ∞.

Proof. Let
log n+(k − 1) log log n + c
p= .
n
We will prove that, in Gn,p , with edge probability p above,
(i) the expected number of vertices of degree at most k − 2 is o(1),
e−c
(ii) the expected number of vertices of degree k − 1 is, approximately (k−1)! .
72 CHAPTER 4. CONNECTIVITY

We have

E(number of vertices of degree t ≤ k − 1)

nt (log n)t e−c
 
n−1 t n−1−t
=n p (1 − p) ≈n
t t! nt n(log n)k−1
and (i) and (ii) follow immediately.
The distribution of the number of vertices of degree k − 1 is asymptotically
Poisson, as may be verified by the method of moments. (See Exercise 3.3.4).
We now show that, if

A (S, T ) = T is a component of Gn,p \ S



then  
1
P ∃S, T, |S| < k, 2 ≤ |T | ≤ (n − |S|) : A (S, T ) = o(1).
2
This implies that if δ (Gn,p ) ≥ k then Gn,p is k-connected and Theorem 4.3 fol-
lows. |T | ≥ 2 because if T = {v} then v has degree less than k.
We can assume that S is minimal and then N(T ) = S and denote s = |S|, t =
|T |. T is connected, and so it contains a tree with t − 1 edges. Also each vertex of
S is incident with an edge from S to T and so there are at least s edges between S
and T . Thus, if p = (1 + o(1)) logn n then

P(∃S, T ) ≤ o(1)+
k−1 (n−s)/2     
n n t−2 t−1 st s
∑ ∑ s t t p s p (1 − p)t(n−s−t)
s=1 t=2
k−1 (n−s)/2  s  t
ne
≤ p−1 ∑ ∑ · (te) · p · et p ne · p · e−(n−t)p
s=1 t=2 s
k−1 (n−s)/2
≤ p−1 ∑ ∑ At Bs (4.1)
s=1 t=2

where

A = nepe−(n−t)p = e1+o(1) n−1+(t+o(t))/n log n

B = ne2t pet p = e2+o(1)tn(t+o(t))/n log n.

Now if 2 ≤ t ≤ log n then A = n−1+o(1) and B = O((log n)2 ). On the other hand,
if t > log n then we can use A ≤ n−1/3 and B ≤ n2 to see that the sum in (4.1) is
o(1).
4.3. EXERCISES 73

4.3 Exercises
4.3.1 Let m = m∗1 be as in Theorem 4.2 and let em = (u, v) where u has degree one.
Let 0 < c < 1 be a positive constant. Show that w.h.p. there is no triangle
containing vertex v.

4.3.2 Let m = m∗1 as in Theorem 4.2 and let em = (u, v) where u has degree one.
Let 0 < c < 1 be a positive constant. Show that w.h.p. the degree of v in Gm
is at least c log n.

4.3.3 Suppose that n log n  m ≤ n3/2 and let d = 2m/n. Let Si (v) be the set of
vertices at distance i from vertex v. Show that w.h.p. |Si (v)| ≥ (d/2)i for all
v ∈ [n] and 1 ≤ i ≤ 32 log
log n
d.

4.3.4 Suppose that m  n log n and let d = m/n. Using the previous question,
show that w.h.p. there are at least d/2 internally vertex disjoint paths of
length at most 34 log
log n
d between any pair of vertices in Gn,m .

4.3.5 Suppose that m  n log n and let d = m/n. Suppose that we randomly color
(log n)2
the edges of Gn,m with q colors where q  (log d)2
. Show that w.h.p. there
is a rainbow path between every pair of vertices. (A path is rainbow if each
of its edges has a different color).

4.3.6 Let Ck,k+` denote the number of connected graphs with vertex set [k] and
k + ` edges where ` → ∞ with k and ` = o(k). Use the inequality
 
n k n
Ck,k+` pk+` (1 − p)(2)−k−`+k(n−k) ≤
k k

and a careful choice of p, n to prove (see Łuczak [556]) that

r p !`/2
k3 e + O( `/k)
Ck,k+` ≤ kk+(3`−1)/2 .
` 12`

4.3.7 Let Gn,n,p be the random bipartite graph with vertex bi-partition V = (A, B),
A = [1, n], B = [n + 1, 2n] in which each of the n2 possible edges appears
independently with probability p. Let p = log n+ω
n , where ω → ∞. Show
that w.h.p. Gn,n,p is connected.
74 CHAPTER 4. CONNECTIVITY

4.4 Notes
Disjoint paths
Being k-connected means that we can find disjoint paths between any two sets
of vertices A = {a1 , a2 , . . . , ak } and B = {b1 , b2 , . . . , bk }. In this statement there
is no control over the endpoints of the paths i.e. we cannot specify a path from
ai to bi for i = 1, 2, . . . , k. Specifying the endpoints leads to the notion of linked-
ness. Broder, Frieze, Suen and Upfal [169] proved that when we are above the
connectivity threshold, we can w.h.p. link any two k-sets by edge disjoint paths,
provided some natural restrictions apply. The result is optimal up to constants.
Broder, Frieze, Suen and Upfal [168] considered the case of vertex disjoint paths.
Frieze and Zhao [367] considered the edge disjoint path version in random regular
graphs.

Rainbow Connection
The rainbow connection rc(G) of a connected graph G is the minimum number
of colors needed to color the edges of G so that there is a rainbow path between
everyppair of vertices. Caro, Lev, Roditty, Tuza and Yuster [177] proved that
p = log n/n is the sharp threshold for the property rc(G) ≤ 2. This was sharp-
ened to a hitting time result by Heckel and Riordan [418]. He and Liang [417] fur-
ther studied the rainbow connection of random graphs. Specifically, they obtain a
threshold for the property rc(G) ≤ d where d is constant. Frieze and Tsourakakis
[366] studied the rainbow connection of G = G(n, p) at the connectivity threshold
p = log n+ω
n where ω → ∞ and ω = o(log n). They showed that w.h.p. rc(G) is
asymptotically equal to max {diam(G), Z1 (G)}, where Z1 is the number of ver-
tices of degree one.
Chapter 5

Small Subgraphs

Graph theory is replete with theorems stating conditions for the existence of a
subgraph H in a larger graph G. For example Turán’s theorem [738] states that a

2
graph with n vertices and more than 1 − 1r n2 edges must contain a copy of Kr+1 .
In this chapter we see instead how many random edges are required to have a
particular fixed size subgraph w.h.p. In addition, we will consider the distribution
of the number of copies.

5.1 Thresholds
In this section we will look for a threshold for the appearance of any fixed graph
H, with vH = |V (H)| vertices and eH = |E(H)| edges. The property that a random
graph contains H as a subgraph is clearly monotone increasing. It is also trans-
parent that ”denser” graphs appear in a random graph ”later” than ”sparser” ones.
More precisely, denote by
eH
d(H) = , (5.1)
vH
the density of a graph H. Notice that 2d(H) is the average vertex degree in H.
We begin with the analysis of the asymptotic behavior of the expected number of
copies of H in the random graph Gn,p .

Lemma 5.1. Let XH denote the number of copies of H in Gn,p .

 
n vH ! eH
E XH = p ,
vH aut(H)

where aut(H) is the number of automorphisms of H.

75
76 CHAPTER 5. SMALL SUBGRAPHS

n

Proof. The complete graph on n vertices Kn contains vH aH distinct copies of H,
where aH is the number of copies of H in KvH . Thus

n
E XH = aH peH ,
vH

and all we need to show is that

aH × aut(H) = vH !.

Each permutation σ of [vH ] = {1, 2, . . . , vH } defines a unique copy of H as follows:

A copy of H corresponds to a set of eH edges of KvH . The copy Hσ corresponding
to σ has edges {(xσ (i) , yσ (i) ) : 1 ≤ i ≤ eH }, where {(x j , y j ) : 1 ≤ j ≤ eH } is some
fixed copy of H in KvH . But Hσ = Hτσ if and only if for each i there is j such that
(xτσ (i) , yτσ (i) ) = (xσ ( j) , yσ ( j) ) i.e., if τ is an automorphism of H.

 
Theorem 5.2. Let H be a fixed graph with eH > 0. Suppose p = o n−1/d(H) .
Then w.h.p. Gn,p contains no copies of H.

Proof. Suppose that p = ω −1 n−1/d(H) where ω = ω(n) → ∞ as n → ∞. Then

 
n vH ! eH
E XH = p ≤ nvH ω −eH n−eH /d(H) = ω −eH .
vH aut(H)

Thus
P(XH > 0) ≤ E XH → 0 as n → ∞.

From our previous experience one would expect that when E XH → ∞ as n →

∞ the random graph Gn,p would contain H as a subgraph w.h.p. Let us check
whether such a phenomenon holds also in this case. So consider the case when
pn1/d(H) → ∞, i.e. where p = ωn−1/d(H) and ω = ω(n) → ∞ as n → ∞. Then for
some constant cH > 0

E XH ≥ cH nvH ω eH n−eH /d(H) = cH ω eH → ∞.

However, as we will see, this is not always enough for Gn,p to contain a copy of a
given graph H w.h.p. To see this, consider the graph H given in Figure 5.1 below.
5.1. THRESHOLDS 77
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
111111
000000
111111 0111111
000
111
1000000
000000
000000 1
111111 0111111
000000
111111
000000
000000
111111 0
1
0000000
111111
111111
000000 1
0111111
1000000
000000
111111
000000 1
111111 0
1000000
111111
000000
111111
000000
111111 0
0000000
111111
000000
111111 1
0111111
1000000
000000 1
111111
111111 0000000
111111
000000
111111
000000 0
1111111
000000
000
111
111111
000000 0111111
1
0
000000
111111
000000000
111
000
111
111111
000000 11
0111111
000000000
111
000
111
000
11111111111111111
00000000000000
0
1 000
111
000
111
1111111
00000001
000
111
1111111 1111111
0
0000000000
111
0000000
000
111
1111111
0000000
1111111
0
1
0000000
1111111
0
1
0000000000
111
00000000
1111111
0000000
1111111 0
0000000
1111111
1
0000000
1111111 0000000
1111111
1
0
0000000
1111111
1
0000000
1111111
00000001
1111111 0
0000000
1111111
0
1111111
0000000
0000000
1111111
1
1111111
0
0000000
1
1111111
0000000
000000010
1111111
0000000
1111111
0000000
1111111 0
0000000
1111111
1
0
1111111
0000000
0000000
1111111
1
0
1111111
0000000
1111111
0000000
1
1111111
0
0000000
1
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111 00000000
11111111
00011111111
111 00000000
00000000
11111111 000
111
00000000
11111111 000
111
000
111
00000000 1111111111
11111111
00000000
11111111 000
111
0000000000
00000000
11111111
000
111 000
111
0000000000
1111111111
000
111
00000000
11111111 0000000000
1111111111
000
111
0000000000
1111111111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111

Figure 5.1: A Kite

Here vH = 6 and eH = 8. Let p = n−5/7 . Now 1/d(H) = 6/8 > 5/7 and so

E XH ≈ cH n6−8×5/7 → ∞.

On the other hand, if Ĥ = K4 then

E XĤ ≤ n4−6×5/7 → 0,

and so w.h.p. there are no copies of Ĥ and hence no copies of H.

The reason for such ”strange” behavior is quite simple. Our graph H is in
fact not balanced, since its overall density is smaller than the density of one of its
subgraphs, i.e., of Ĥ = K4 . So we need to introduce another density characteristic
of graphs, namely the maximum subgraph density defined as follows:

m(H) = max{d(K) : K ⊆ H}. (5.2)

A graph H is balanced if m(H) = d(H). It is strictly balanced if d(H) > d(K) for
all proper subgraphs K ⊂ H.
Now we are ready to determine the threshold for the existence of a copy of
H in Gn,p . Erdős and Rényi [287] proved this result for balanced graphs. The
threshold for any graph H was first found by Bollobás in [127] and an alternative,
deterministic argument to derive the threshold was presented in [488]. A simple
proof, given here, is due to Ruciński and Vince [686].

Theorem 5.3. Let H be a fixed graph with eH > 0. Then

(
0 if pn1/m(H) → 0
lim P(H ⊆ Gn,p ) =
n→∞ 1 if pn1/m(H) → ∞.
78 CHAPTER 5. SMALL SUBGRAPHS

Proof. Let ω = ω(n) → ∞ as n → ∞. The first statement follows from Theorem

5.2. Notice, that if we choose Ĥ to be a subgraph of H with d(Ĥ) = m(H) (such
a subgraph always exists since we do not exclude Ĥ = H), then p = ω −1 n−1/d(Ĥ)
implies that E XĤ → 0. Therefore, w.h.p. Gn,p contains no copies of Ĥ, and so it
does not contain H as well.
To prove the second statement we use the Second Moment Method. Suppose
now that p = ωn−1/m(H) . Denote by H1 , H2 , . . . , Ht all copies of H in the complete
graph on {1, 2, . . . , n}. Note that
 
n vH !
t= , (5.3)
vH aut(H)

where aut(H) is the number of automorphisms of H. For i = 1, 2, . . . ,t let

(
1 if Hi ⊆ Gn,p ,
Ii =
0 otherwise.

Let XH = ∑ti=1 Ii . Then

t t t t
Var XH = ∑ ∑ Cov(Ii, I j ) = ∑ ∑ (E(IiI j ) − (E Ii)(E I j ))
i=1 j=1 i=1 j=1
t t
= ∑ ∑ (P(Ii = 1, I j = 1) − P(Ii = 1) P(I j = 1))
i=1 j=1
t t
P(Ii = 1, I j = 1) − p2eH .


= ∑∑
i=1 j=1

Observe that random variables Ii and I j are independent iff Hi and H j are edge
disjoint. In this case Cov(Ii , I j ) = 0 and such terms vanish from the above sum-
mation. Therefore we consider only pairs (Hi , H j ) with Hi ∩ H j = K , for some
graph K with eK > 0. So,


2vH −vK 2eH −eK 2eH
Var XH = O ∑ n p −p
K⊆H,e >0
K
 
= O n2vH p2eH ∑ n−vK p−eK .
K⊆H,eK >0

On the other hand,

 
n vH ! eH
E XH = p = Ω (nvH peH ) ,
vH aut(H)
5.2. ASYMPTOTIC DISTRIBUTIONS 79

thus, by Lemma 21.4,

!
Var XH
P(XH = 0) ≤ =O ∑ n−vK p−eK
(E XH )2 K⊆H,eK >0
 eK !
1
= O ∑
K⊆H,eK >0 ωn1/d(K)−1/m(H)
= o(1).
Hence w.h.p., the random graph Gn,p contains a copy of the subgraph H when
pn1/m(H) → ∞.

5.2 Asymptotic Distributions

We will now study the asymptotic distribution of the number XH of copies of a
fixed graph H in Gn,p . We start at the threshold, so we assume that npm(H) →
c, c > 0, where m(H) denotes as before, the maximum subgraph density of H.
Now, if H is not balanced, i.e., its maximum subgraph density exceeds the density
of H, then E XH → ∞ as n → ∞, and one can show that there is a sequence of
numbers an , increasing with n, such that the asymptotic distribution of XH /an
coincides with the distribution of a random variable counting the number of copies
of a subgraph K of H for which m(H) = d(K). Note that K is itself a balanced
graph. However the asymptotic distribution of balanced graphs on the threshold,
although computable, cannot be given in a closed form. The situation changes
dramatically if we assume that the graph H whose copies in Gn,p we want to
count is strictly balanced, i.e., when for every proper subgraph K of H, d(K) <
d(H) = m(H).
The following result is due to Bollobás [127], and Karoński and
Ruciński [487].

Theorem 5.4. If H is a strictly balanced graph and npm(H) → c,

D
c > 0, then XH → Po(λ ), as n → ∞, where λ = cvH /aut(H).
Proof. Denote, as before, by H1 , H2 , . . . , Ht all copies of H in the complete graph
on {1, 2, . . . , n}. For i = 1, 2, . . . ,t, let
(
1 if Hi ⊆ Gn,p
IHi =
0 otherwise
Then XH = ∑ti=1 IHi and the kth factorial moment of XH , k = 1, 2 . . .,
E(XH )k = E[XH (XH − 1) · · · (XH − k + 1)],
80 CHAPTER 5. SMALL SUBGRAPHS

can be written as
E(XH )k = ∑ P(IHi1 = 1, IHi2 = 1, . . . , IHik = 1)
i1 ,i2 ,...,ik
= Dk + Dk ,
where the summation is taken over all k-element sequences of distinct indices i j
from {1, 2, . . . ,t}, while Dk and Dk denote the partial sums taken over all (ordered)
k tuples of copies of H which are, respectively, pairwise vertex disjoint (Dk ) and
not all pairwise vertex disjoint (Dk ). Now, observe that
Dk = ∑ P(IHi1 = 1) P(IHi2 = 1) · · · P(IHik = 1)
i1 ,i2 ,...,ik
 
n
= (aH peH )k
vH , vH , . . . , vH
≈ (E XH )k .

So assuming that npd(H) = npm(H) → c as n → ∞,

 vH k
c
Dk ≈ . (5.4)
aut(H)
On the other hand we will show that
Dk → 0 as n → ∞. (5.5)
Consider the family Fk of all (mutually non-isomorphic) graphs obtained by
taking unions of k not all pairwise vertex disjoint copies of the graph H. Suppose
F ∈ Fk has vF vertices (vH ≤ vF ≤ kvH − 1) and eF edges, and let d(F) = eF /vF
be its density. To prove that (5.5) holds we need the following Lemma.
Lemma 5.5. If F ∈ Fk then d(F) > m(H).
Proof. Define
fF = m(H)vF − eF . (5.6)
We will show (by induction on k ≥ 2) that fF < 0 for all F ∈ Fk . First note that
fH = 0 and that fK > 0 for every proper subgraph K of H, since H is strictly
balanced. Notice also that the function f is modular, i.e., for any two graphs F1
and F2 ,
fF1 ∪F2 = fF1 + fF2 − fF1 ∩F2 . (5.7)
Assume that the copies of H composing F are numbered in such a way that Hi1 ∩
Hi2 6= 0.
/ If F = Hi1 ∪ Hi2 then (5.6) and fH1 = fH2 = 0 implies
fHi1 ∪Hi2 = − fHi1 ∩Hi2 < 0.
5.3. EXERCISES 81

For arbitrary k ≥ 3, let F 0 = k−1 0

j=1 Hi j and K = F ∩ Hik . Then by the inductive
S

assumption we have fF 0 < 0 while fK ≥ 0 since K is a subgraph of H (in extreme

cases K can be H itself or an empty graph). Therefore

fF = fF 0 + fHik − fK = fF 0 − fK < 0,

which completes the induction and implies that d(F) > m(H).
Let CF be the number of sequences Hi1 , Hi2 , . . . , Hik of k distinct copies of H,
such that
k k
Hi j ∼
[
[
V Hi j = {1, 2, . . . , vF } and = F.
j=1 j=1

Then, by Lemma 5.5,


n
Dk = ∑ CF peF = O(nvF peF )
F∈Fk vF
 v(F) 
d(F)
= O np = o(1),

and so (5.5) holds.

Summarizing,
k
cvH

E(XH )k ≈ ,
aut(H)
and the theorem follows by the Method of Moments (see Theorem 21.11).
The following theorem describes the asymptotic behavior of the number of
copies of a graph H in Gn,p past the threshold for the existence of a copy of H. It
holds regardless of whether or not H is balanced or strictly balanced. We state the
theorem but we do not supply a proof (see Ruciński [685]).

Theorem 5.6. Let H be a fixed (not-empty) graph. If npm(H) → ∞ and n2 (1− p) →

D
∞, then (XH − E XH )/(Var XH )1/2 → N(0, 1), as n → ∞

5.3 Exercises
5.3.1 Draw a graph which is : (a) balanced but not strictly balanced, (b) unbal-
anced.

5.3.2 Are the small graphs listed below, balanced or unbalanced: (a) a tree, (b) a
cycle, (c) a complete graph, (d) a regular graph, (d) the Petersen graph, (e)
 82 CHAPTER 5. SMALL SUBGRAPHS

a graph composed of a complete graph on 4 vertices and a triangle, sharing

exactly one vertex.

5.3.3 Determine (directly, not from the statement of Theorem 5.3) thresholds p̂
for Gn,p ⊇ G, for graphs listed in exercise (ii). Do the same for the thresh-
olds of G in Gn,m .

5.3.4 For a graph G a balanced extension of G is a graph F, such that G ⊆ F

and m(F) = d(F) = m(G). Applying the result of Győri, Rothschild and
Ruciński [405] that every graph has a balanced extension, deduce Bol-
lobás’s result (Theorem 5.3) from that of Erdős and Rényi (threshold for
balanced graphs).

5.3.5 Let F be a graph obtained by taking a union of triangles such that not every
pair of them is vertex-disjoint, Show (by induction) that eF > vF .

5.3.6 Let fF be a graph function defined as

fF = a vF + b eF ,

where a, b are constants, while vF and eF denote, respectively, the number

of vertices and edges of a graph F. Show that the function fF is modular.

5.3.7 Determine (directly, using exercise (v)) when the random variable counting
the number of copies of a triangle in Gn,p has asymptotically the Poisson
distribution.

5.3.8 Let Xe be the number of isolated edges (edge-components) in Gn,p and let

ω(n) = 2pn − log n − log log n.

Prove that
(
0 if p  n−2 or ω(n) → ∞
P(Xe > 0) →
1 if p  n−2 and ω(n) → ∞.

5.3.9 Determine when the random variable Xe defined in exercise (vii) has asymp-
totically the Poisson distribution.

5.3.10 Use Janson’s inequality, Theorem 22.13, to prove (5.8) below.

5.4. NOTES 83

5.4 Notes

Distributional Questions

In 1982 Barbour [59] adapted the Stein–Chen technique for obtaining estimates
of the rate of convergence to the Poisson and the normal distribution (see Section
21.3 or [60]) to random graphs. The method was next applied by Karoński and
Ruciński [489] to prove the convergence results for semi-induced graph properties
of random graphs.
Barbour, Karoński and Ruciński [62] used the original Stein’s method for nor-
mal approximation to prove a general central limit theorem for the wide class of
decomposable random variables. Their result is illustrated by a variety of appli-
cations to random graphs. For example, one can deduce from it the asymptotic
distribution of the number of k-vertex tree-components in Gn,p , as well as of the
number of vertices of fixed degree d in Gn,p (in fact, Theorem 3.2 is a direct
consequence of the last result).
Barbour, Janson, Karoński and Ruciński [61] studied the number Xk of maxi-
mal complete subgraphs (cliques) of a given fixed size k ≥ 2 in the random graph
Gn,p . They show that if the edge probability p = p(n) is such that the E Xk tends to
a finite constant λ as n → ∞, then Xk tends in distribution to the Poisson random
variable with the expectation λ . When its expectation tends to infinity, Xk con-
verges in distribution to a random variable which is normally distributed. Poisson
convergence was proved using Stein–Chen method, while for the proof of the nor-
mal part, different methods for different ranges of p were used such as the first
projection method or martingale limit theorem (for details of these methods see
Chapter 6 of Janson, Łuczak and Ruciński [449]).
Svante Janson in an a sequence of papers [432],[433], [434], [437] (see also
[450]) developed or accommodated various methods to establish asymptotic nor-
mality of various numerical random graph characteristics. In particular, in [433]
he established the normal convergence by higher semi-invariants of sums of de-
pendent random variables with direct applications to random graphs. In [434] he
proved a functional limit theorem for subgraph count statistics in random graphs
(see also [450]).
In 1997 Janson [432] answered the question posed by Paul Erdős: What is the
length Yn of the first cycle appearing in the random graph process Gm ? He proved
that

1
Z 1
2 /4 √
lim P(Yn = j) = t j−1 et/2+t 1 − t dt, for every j ≥ 3.
n→∞ 2 0
84 CHAPTER 5. SMALL SUBGRAPHS

Tails of Subgraph Counts in Gn,p .

Often one needs exponentially small bounds for the probability that XH deviates
from its expectation. In 1990 Janson [435] showed that for fixed ε ∈ (0, 1],
P (XH ≤ (1 − ε)EXH ) = exp {−Θ(ΦH )} , (5.8)
where ΦH = minK⊆H:eK >0 nvK peK .
The upper tail P (XH ≥ (1 + ε)EXH ) proved to be much more elusive. To sim-
plify the results, let us assume that ε is fixed, and p is above the existence thresh-
old, that is, p  n−1/m(H) , but small enough to make sure that (1 + ε)EXH is at
most the number of copies of H in Kn .
Given a graph G, let ∆G be the maximum degree of G and αG∗ the fractional
independence number of G, defined as the maximum of ∑v∈V (G) w(v) over all
functions w : V (G) → [0, 1] satisfying w(u) + w(v) ≤ 1 for every uv ∈ E(G).
In 2004, Janson, Oleszkiewicz and Ruciński [447] proved that
exp {−O(MH log(1/p))} ≤ P(XH ≥ (1 + ε)EXH ) ≤ exp {−Ω(MH )} , (5.9)
where the implicit constants in (5.9) may depend on ε, and
∗
(
minK⊆H (nvK peK )1/αK , if n−1/m(H) ≤ p ≤ n−1/∆H ,
MH =
n2 p∆H , if p ≥ n−1/∆H .
For example, if H is k-regular, then MH = n2 pk for every p.
The logarithms of the upper and lower bounds in (5.9) differ by a multiplica-
tive factor log(1/p). In 2011, DeMarco and Kahn formulated the following plau-
sible conjecture (stated in [243] for ε = 1).
Conjecture: For any H and ε > 0,
P (XH ≥ (1 + ε)EXH ) = exp (−Θ (min {ΦH , MH log(1/p)})) . (5.10)
A careful look reveals that, when ∆H ≥ 2, the minimum in (5.10) is only attained
by ΦH in a tiny range above the existence threshold (when p ≤ n−1/m(H) (log n)aH
for some aH > 0). In 2018, Šileikis and Warnke [715] found counterexample-
graphs (all balanced but not strictly balanced) which violate (5.10) close to the
threshold, and conjectured that (5.10) should hold under the stronger assump-
tion p ≥ n−1/mH +δ .
DeMarco and Kahn [243] proved (5.10) for cliques H = Kk , k = 3, 4, . . . .
Adamczak and Wolff [7] proved a polynomial concentration inequality which con-
k−2
−
firms (5.10) for any cycle H = Ck , k = 3, 4, . . . and p ≥ n 2(k−1) . Moreover, Lubet-
zky and Zhao [554], via a large deviations framework of Chatterjee and Dembo
[180], showed that (5.10) holds for any H and p ≥ n−α for a sufficiently small
constant α > 0. For more recent developments see [202], where it is shown that
one can take α > 1/6∆H .
Chapter 6

Spanning Subgraphs

The previous chapter dealt with the existence of small subgraphs of a fixed size.
In this chapter we concern ourselves with the existence of large subgraphs, most
notably perfect matchings and Hamilton Cycles. The celebrated theorems of Hall
and Tutte give necessary and sufficient conditions for a bipartite and arbitrary
graph respectively to contain a perfect matching. Hall’s theorem in particular can
be used to establish that the threshold for having a perfect matching in a random
bipartite graph can be identified with that of having no isolated vertices.
For general graphs we view a perfect matching as half a Hamilton cycle and
prove thresholds for the existence of perfect matchings and Hamilton cycles in a
similar way.
Having dealt with perfect matchings and Hamilton cycles, we turn our atten-
tion to long paths in sparse random graphs, i.e. in those where we expect a linear
number of edges. We then analyse a simple greedy matching algorithm using
differential equations.
We then consider random subgraphs of some fixed graph G, as opposed to
random subgraphs of Kn . We give sufficient conditions for the existence of long
paths and cycles.
We finally consider the existence of arbitrary spanning subgraphs H where we
bound the maximum degree ∆(H).

6.1 Perfect Matchings

Before we move to the problem of the existence of a perfect matching, i.e., a
collection of independent edges covering all of the vertices of a graph, in our
main object of study, the random graph Gn,p , we will analyse the same problem
in a random bipartite graph. This problem is much simpler than the respective
one for Gn,p , but provides a general approach to finding a perfect matching in a

85
86 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

random graph.

Bipartite Graphs
Let Gn,n,p be the random bipartite graph with vertex bi-partition V = (A, B), A =
[1, n], B = [n + 1, 2n] in which each of the n2 possible edges appears independently
with probability p. The following theorem was first proved by Erdős and Rényi
[289].

log n+ω
Theorem 6.1. Let ω = ω(n), c > 0 be a constant, and p = n . Then

0
 if ω → −∞
−c
lim P(Gn,n,p has a perfect matching) = e−2e if ω → c
n→∞ 
1 if ω → ∞.


Moreover,

lim P(Gn,n,p has a perfect matching) = lim P(δ (Gn,n,p ) ≥ 1).

n→∞ n→∞

Proof. We will use Hall’s condition for the existence of a perfect matching in a
bipartite graph. It states that a bipartite graph contains a perfect matching if and
only if the following condition is satisfied:

∀S ⊆ A, |N(S)| ≥ |S|, (6.1)

where for a set of vertices S, N(S) denotes the set of neighbors of S.

It is convenient to replace (6.1) by
n
∀S ⊆ A, |S| ≤ , |N(S)| ≥ |S|, (6.2)
2
n
∀T ⊆ B, |T | ≤ , |N(T )| ≥ |T |. (6.3)
2
This is because if |S| > n/2 and |N(S)| < |S| then T = B \ N(S) will violate (6.3).
Now we can restrict our attention to S, T satisfying (a) |S| = |T | + 1 and (b)
each vertex in T has at least 2 neighbors in S. Take a pair S, T with |S| + |T | as
small as possible. If the minimum degree δ ≥ 1 then |S| ≥ 2.

(i) If |S| > |T |+1, we can remove |S|−|T |−1 vertices from |S| – contradiction.

(ii) Suppose ∃w ∈ T such that w has less than 2 neighbors in S. Remove w and
its (unique) neighbor in |S| – contradiction..
6.1. PERFECT MATCHINGS 87

It follows that

P(∃v : v is isolated) ≤ P(6 ∃ a perfect matching)

≤ P(∃v : v is isolated) + 2 P(∃S ⊆ A, T ⊆ B, 2 ≤ k = |S| ≤ n/2,
|T | = k − 1, N(S) ⊆ T and e(S : T ) ≥ 2k − 2).

Here e(S : T ) denotes the number of edges between S and T , and e(S : T ) cab be
assumed to be at least 2k − 2, because of (b) above.
Suppose now that p = lognn+c for some constant c. Then let Y denote the
number of sets S and T not satisfying the conditions (6.2), (6.3). Then
n/2   
n n k(k − 1) 2k−2
EY ≤ 2 ∑ p (1 − p)k(n−k)
k=2 k
k − 1 2k − 2
n/2 
ne k−1 ke(log n + c) 2k−2 −npk(1−k/n)
   
ne k
≤2∑ e
k=2 k k−1 2n
!k
n/2
eO(1) nk/n (log n)2
≤ ∑n
k=2 n
n/2
= ∑ uk .
k=2

Case 1: 2 ≤ k ≤ n3/4 .

uk = n((eO(1) n−1 log n)2 )k .

So
n3/4  
1
∑ uk = O n1−o(1)
.
k=2

Case 2: n3/4 < k ≤ n/2.

uk ≤ n1−k(1/2−o(1))
So
n/2  3/4 
∑ u k = O n−n /3 .
n3/4
So
P(6 ∃ a perfect matching) = P(∃ isolated vertex) + o(1).
Let X0 denote the number of isolated vertices in Gn,n,p . Then

E X0 = 2n(1 − p)n ≈ 2e−c .

88 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

By previously used techniques we have

−c
P(X0 = 0) ≈ e−2e

To prove the case for |ω| → ∞ we can use monotonicity and (1.7) and the fact that
−2c −2c
e−e → 0 if c → −∞ and e−e → 1 if c → ∞.

Non-Bipartite Graphs
We now consider Gn,p . We could try to replace Hall’s theorem by Tutte’s theorem.
A proof along these lines was given by Erdős and Rényi [290]. We can however
get away with a simpler approach based on simple expansion properties of Gn,p .
The proof here can be traced back to Bollobás and Frieze [146].
log n+cn
Theorem 6.2. Let ω = ω(n), c > 0 be a constant, and let p= n . Then

0
 if cn → −∞
lim P(G has a perfect matching) = e−e−c if cn → c
n→∞ n,p
n even

1 if cn → ∞.


Moreover,

lim P(Gn,p has a perfect matching) = lim P(δ (Gn,p ) ≥ 1).

n→∞ n→∞

Proof. We will for convenience only consider the case where cn = ω → ∞ and
ω = o(log n). If cn → −∞ then there are isolated vertices, w.h.p. and our proof
can easily be modified to handle the case cn → c.
Our combinatorial tool that replaces Tutte’s theorem is the following: We say
that a matching M isolates a vertex v if no edge of M contains v.
For a graph G we let

µ(G) = max {|M| : M is a matching in G} . (6.4)

Let G = (V, E) be a graph without a perfect matching i.e. µ(G) < b|V |/2c. Fix
v ∈ V and suppose that M is a maximum matching that isolates v. Let S0 (v, M) =
{u 6= v : M isolates u}. If u ∈ S0 (v, M) and e = {x, y} ∈ M and f = {u, x} ∈ E
then flipping e, f replaces M by M 0 = M + f − e. Here e is flipped-out. Note that
y ∈ S0 (v, M 0 ).
Now fix a maximum matching M that isolates v and let

S0 (v, M 0 )
[
A(v, M) =
M0

where we take the union over M 0 obtained from M by a sequence of flips.

6.1. PERFECT MATCHINGS 89

Lemma 6.3. Let G be a graph without a perfect matching and let M be a maximum
matching and v be a vertex isolated by M. Then |NG (A(v, M))| < |A(v, M)|.
Proof. Suppose that x ∈ NG (A(v, M)) and that f = {u, x} ∈ E where u ∈ A(v, M).
Now there exists y such that e = {x, y} ∈ M, else x ∈ S0 (M) ⊆ A(v, M). We claim
that y ∈ A(v, M) and this will prove the lemma. Since then, every neighbor of
A(v, M) is the neighbor via an edge of M.
Suppose that y ∈ / A(v, M). Let M 0 be a maximum matching that (i) isolates u
and (ii) is obtainable from M by a sequence of flips. Now e ∈ M 0 because if e has
been flipped out then either x or y is placed in A(v, M). But then we can do another
flip with M 0 , e and the edge f = {u, x}, placing y ∈ A(v, M), contradiction.
We now change notation and write A(v) in place of A(v, M), understanding that
there is some maximum matching that isolates v. Note that if u ∈ A(v) then there is
some maximum matching that isolates u and so A(u) is well-defined. Furthermore,
it always that case that if v is isolated by some maximum matching and u ∈ A(v)
then µ(G + {u, v}) = µ(G) + 1.
Now let
log n + θ log log n + ω
p=
n
where θ ≥ 0 is a fixed integer and ω → ∞ and ω = o(log log n).
We have introduced θ so that we can use some of the following results for the
Hamilton cycle problem.
We write
Gn,p = Gn,p1 ∪ Gn,p2 ,
where
log n + θ log log n + ω/2
p1 =
n
and
ω
1 − p = (1 − p1 )(1 − p2 ) so that p2 ≈ .
2n
Note that Theorem 4.3 implies:

The minimum degree in Gn,p1 is at least θ + 1 w.h.p. (6.5)

We consider a process where we add the edges of Gn,p2 one at a time to Gn,p1 .
We want to argue that if the current graph does not have a perfect matching then
there is a good chance that adding such an edge {x, y} will increase the size of a
largest matching. This will happen if y ∈ A(x). If we know that w.h.p. every set S
for which |NGn,p1 (S)| < |S| satisfies |S| ≥ αn for some constant α > 0, then
αn

− i α2
P(y ∈ A(x)) ≥ 2 n
≥ , (6.6)
2
2
90 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

provided i = O(n).
This is because

the edges we add will be uniformly random and there will be
at least αn2 edges {x, y} where y ∈ A(x). Here given an initial x we can include
edges {x , y } where x ∈ A(x) and y0 ∈ A(x0 ). We have subtracted i to account for
0 0 0

not re-using edges in f1 , f2 , . . . , fi−1 .

In the light of this we now argue that sets S, with |NGn,p1 (S)| < (1 + θ )|S| are
w.h.p. of size Ω(n).
n
Lemma 6.4. Let M = 100(θ + 7). W.h.p. S ⊆ [n], |S| ≤ 2e(θ +5)M implies |N(S)| ≥
(θ + 1)|S|, where N(S) = NGn,p1 (S).

Proof. Let a vertex of graph G1 = Gn,p1 be large if its degree is at least λ = log n
100 ,
and small otherwise. Denote by LARGE and SMALL, the set of large and small
vertices in G1 , respectively.

Claim 1. W.h.p. if v, w ∈ SMALL then dist(v, w) ≥ 5.

Proof. If v, w are small and connected by a short path P, then v, w will have few
neighbors outside P and conditional on P existing, v having few neighbors outside
P is independent of w having few neighbors outside P. Hence,
P(∃v, w ∈ SMALL in Gn,p1 such that dist(v, w) < 5)
  3 ! !2
λ  
n n
≤
2 ∑ nl pl+1
1 ∑ k pk1(1 − p1)n−k−5
l=0 k=0
!2
λ
(log n)k (log n)(θ +1)/100 · e−ω/2
≤ n(log n)4 ∑ ·
k=0 k! n log n
!2
(log n) λ (log n)(θ +1)/100 · e−ω/2
≤ 2n(log n)4 · (6.7)
λ! n log n
!
(log n)O(1) 2 log n
=O (100e) 100
n
= O(n−3/4 )
= o(1).
l l uk+1


The bound in (6.7) holds since l! ≥ e and uk > 100 for k ≤ l, where

(log n)k (log n)(θ +1)/100 · e−ω/2

uk = · .
k! n log n
6.1. PERFECT MATCHINGS 91

Claim 2. W.h.p. Gn,p1 does not have a 4-cycle containing a small vertex.

Proof.

P(∃ a 4-cycle containing a small vertex )

(log n)/100  
4 4 n−4 k
≤ 4n p1 ∑ p1 (1 − p1 )n−4−k
k=0 k
≤ n−3/4 (log n)4
= o(1).

n |S| log n
Claim 3. W.h.p. in Gn,p1 for every S ⊆ [n], |S| ≤ 2eM , e(S) < M .

Proof.
 
n |S| log n
P ∃|S| ≤ and e(S) ≥
2eM M
n/2eM   s

n 2 s log n/M
≤ ∑ p1
s=log n/M
s s log n/M
 !log n/M s
n/2eM 1+o(1)
ne Me s
≤ ∑  
s=log n/M
s 2n
n/2eM   s
s −1+log n/M 1+o(1) log n/M
≤ ∑ · (Me )
s=log n/M
n
= o(1).

Claim 4. Let M be as in Claim 3. Then, w.h.p. in Gn,p1 , if S ⊆ LARGE, |S| ≤

n
2e(θ +5)M then |N(S)| ≥ (θ + 4)|S|.

Proof. Let T = N(S), s = |S|,t = |T |. Then we have

|S| log n |S| log n 2|S| log n

e(S ∪ T ) ≥ e(S, T ) ≥ − 2e(S) ≥ − .
100 100 M
92 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

n
Then if |T | ≤ (θ + 4)|S| we have |S ∪ T | ≤ (θ + 5)|S| ≤ 2eM and
 
|S ∪ T | 1 2 |S ∪ T | log n
e(S ∪ T ) ≥ − log n = .
θ +5 100 M M

This contradicts Claim 3.

n
We can now complete the proof of Lemma 6.4. Let |S| ≤ 2e(θ +5)M and assume
that Gn,p1 has minimum degree at least θ + 1.
Let S1 = S ∩ SMALL and S2 = S \ S1 . Then

|N(S)|
≥ |N(S1 )| + |N(S2 )| − |N(S1 ) ∩ S2 | − |N(S2 ) ∩ S1 | − |N(S1 ) ∩ N(S2 )|
≥ |N(S1 )| + |N(S2 )| − |S2 | − |N(S2 ) ∩ S1 | − |N(S1 ) ∩ N(S2 )|.

But Claim 1 and Claim 2 and minimum degree at least θ + 1 imply that

|N(S1 )| ≥ (θ + 1)|S1 |, |N(S2 ) ∩ S1 | ≤ min{|S1 |, |S2 |},

|N(S1 ) ∩ N(S2 )| ≤ |S2 |.

So, from this and Claim 4 we obtain

|N(S)| ≥ (θ + 1)|S1 | + (θ + 4)|S2 | − 3|S2 | = (θ + 1)|S|.

We now go back to the proof of Theorem 6.2 for the case c = ω → ∞. Let
the edges of Gn,p2 be { f1 , f2 , . . . , fs } in random order, where s ≈ ωn/4. Let G0 =
Gn,p1 and Gi = Gn,p1 + { f1 , f2 , . . . , fi } for i ≥ 1. It follows from Lemmas 6.3 and
6.4 that with µ(G) as in (6.4), and if µ(Gi ) < n/2 then, assuming Gn,p1 has the
1
expansion claimed in Lemma 6.4, with θ = 0 and α = 10eM ,

α2
P(µ(Gi+1 ) ≥ µ(Gi ) + 1 | f1 , f2 , . . . , fi ) ≥ , (6.8)
2
see (6.6).
It follows that

P(Gn,p does not have a perfect matching) ≤

o(1) + P(Bin(s, α 2 /2) < n/2) = o(1).

We have used the notion of dominance, see Section 22.9 in order to use the bino-
mial distribution in the above inequality.
6.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 93

6.2 Hamilton Cycles

This was a difficult question left open in [287]. A breakthrough came with the
result of Pósa [658]. The precise theorem given below can be credited to Komlós
and Szemerédi [512], Bollobás [133] and Ajtai, Komlós and Szemerédi [12].

log n+log log n+cn

Theorem 6.5. Let p = n . Then

0
 if cn → −∞
−c
lim P(Gn,p has a Hamilton cycle) = e−e if cn → c
n→∞ 
1 if cn → ∞.


Moreover,

lim P(Gn,p has a Hamilton cycle ) = lim P(δ (Gn,p ) ≥ 2).

n→∞ n→∞

Proof. We will first give a proof of the first statement under the assumption that
cn = ω → ∞ where ω = o(log log n). The proof of the second statement is post-
poned to Section 6.3. Under this assumption, we have δ (Gn,p ) ≥ 2 w.h.p., see
Theorem 4.3. The result for larger p follows by monotonicity.
We now set up the main tool, viz. Pósa’s Lemma. Let P be a path with end
points a, b, as in Figure 6.1. Suppose that b does not have a neighbor outside of P.

P
111
000
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
00
11
00
11
00
11
y00
11
00
11
00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
0000
1111
0000
1111 000
1111111
0000 000
111
000
111 0000
1111
000
111 0000
1111000
111
000
111 0000
1111
0000
1111000
111
000
1110000
1111
0000
1111000
111
0000
1111 111
0001111
1110000 111
1111 000 1111
111
0000 1111
0001111
0000111
000 0000
1111000
1110000
1111111
000
000
0000 111
1111 0000000
0000
1111
1111
111
0000
000
000 1111
111 0000
000
111 0000
0000
11110001111
111 0000111
1111 0000111
0001111
1111111000
000
111
0000
1111
0000
1111 0001111
111 000
111
0000 111
1111 000 0000
1111
0001111
111 000
111
0000111
1111000 0000
0000
1111000
000
1110000
0000
1111000
111
000
111
0000 111
1111 0000000
0000
1111 0000
1111
000
111
000 1111
111 0000
000
111 0000
0000
11110001111
111 0000111
1111 0000111
0001111
1111111000
000
111
0000
1111
1111 000
1110000
1111 000
111 0000
1111
000
111 0000
1111000
111 00000000000000
111
0000
0000
1111 0001111
111 111
000
0000 111
1111 000 0000
1111
0001111
111 111
000
0000111
1111000 1111
0000
0000
1111111
000
000
1111111
0000
0000
1111000
111
000
111
0000 111
1111 0000000
0000
1111 0000
1111
000
111
000 1111
111 0000
000
111 0000
0000
11110001111
111 0000111
1111 0000111
0001111
1111111000
000
111
0000
1111
000
111
0000
1111 000
111
000
111 000
111
0000 111
1111 000
111
000 0000
1111
000
111
000
111 000
111
0000111
1111 0000
000
111
000 11110000000
00
11 000
111
00
11
000
111
1111 000
1110000
1111
000
111
0000 111 000
111
111
000 0000
1111
000
111 0000
1111
000
111 0000
000
111 000
1110000
1111
0000111
00
11 000
00
11
000
111 000
000
111 000
1110000
1111
000
111 0000111
1111
000
111 000 1111
0000111
000
111
1111
00000001111
00
11 000
111
00
11
000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 00
11 00
11
000
111
a 000
111 000
111 000
111
x000
111 00
11 00
11 b

Figure 6.1: The path P

Notice that the P0 below in Figure 6.2 is a path of the same length as P, ob-
tained by a rotation with vertex a as the fixed endpoint. To be precise, suppose
that P = (a, . . . , x, y, y0 , . . . , b0 , b) and {b, x} is an edge where x is an interior vertex
of P. The path P0 = (a, . . . , x, b, b0 , . . . , y0 , y) is said to be obtained from P by a
rotation.

Now let END = END(P) denote the set of vertices v such that there exists a
path Pv from a to v such that Pv is obtained from P by a sequence of rotations with
vertex a fixed as in Figure 6.3.
94 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

P’
111
000
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
111
000
000
111
000
111
y 00
11
00
11
00
11
00
11
00
11
00
11
000
111
000111
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
1111
0000 0001111
0000 111
000 1111
111
0000
000 111
000 1111
0000111
0001111
0000
1111
0000 111
0000
1111 0000000
1111 111
000 1111
000
111 0000
000
111 111
000
111
1111
0001111
0000
111
0000111
0000000111
1111
0001111
0000
000
000
111
0000
1111 000
111
1110000
1111 000
111 0000
1111
000
111 000
111 0000
1111000
1110000
1111000
111
0000
1111 111
000
1111
0001111
0000 111
0000 000 1111
111
0000
000
1111
111
0000
000 000
111 0000
1111000
1110000
1111111
000
0000 111
1111
1111 0000000
1111 000 1111
111 0000
000
111 0001111
111 0000111
11111110000111
0001111
1111000
000
111
0000
1111
0000 0001111
111 111
000
0000 111
1111 000 0000
1111
000
111 111
000
111
000 0000
1111
0000000
111
0000000
1111
0000000
111
1111 000
111
0000 1110000 0000
1111
000
111
000 1111
111 0001111
111 0000111
1111 0000111
0001111
1111111000
0000
1111 000
111
000
1111
0000
1111
0000 000
111 111
0000
000
1111
111
0000
000 000
111 00000000000111
000
111
000
0000
1111
1111 111
0001111 000
111
0000 111
1111 1111
111
0000
000 000
111 1111
0000000
1110000
1111111
000
0000
000
111
1111 000
1110000
000
111
0000 111 000
000
111
111
000 0000
1111
000
111
000
111 111
000 1111
0000
000
111
111
000 1111111
0001111
0000
0000111
00
11
111
0000111
0001111000
00
11
000
111
0000
1111 000
1110000
1111
000
111 000
111
000
111 0000
1111
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 0000
1111 00
11
0000000
1111000
111
00
11
000
111 000
000
111 000
1111111
111
0000
000
000
111 000
111
0000
1111 00
11 111
000
00
11
000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 00
11 00
11
000
111
a 000
111 000
111 000
111
x 000
111 00
11 00
11 b

Figure 6.2: The path P0 obtained after a single rotation

000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
000111
111
1111
0000 000 000
111
0000
1111 111
000 000
111
0000
1111
000
111 000
111
0000
1111111
000 00
11
0000
1111111
000 00
11
1111
0000000
111
0000
1111
1111 0001111
111 000
111
0000 111
1111 0000
1111
0001111
111 000
111
0000111
1111 0000
1111000
1110000
1111000
111
0000
1111 000
111
0000 1110000 000
111 0000
1111
000
111
000 1111 0000000
111 0000
1111111
000
0000111
1111
0001111
1111
0000
0000111
1111
0001111000
0000
1111 0000000
1111
0001111
111 000
111
0000 111
1111 0000
000
111
0000
1111 0000
1111
0001111
111 000
111
0000111
1111 0000000
1110000000
111
000
111
0000
1111 000
111
0000 111
1111 0000 000
111 0000
1111
000
111
000 1111 0000000 1111
0000
0001111
111 000
111
0000111
1111 0000
1111
0000111
0001111
1111111000
0000
1111 000
000
1110000
1111
0000
1111 000
111 0000
000
111
0000
1111
000
111 0000
1111
0000
1111000
111 00000000000000
111
000
111
0000
1111
0000
1111 0001111
111 000
111
0000 111
1111 000 0000
1111
0001111
111 000
111
0000111
1111000 0000
1111
0000
1111000
111
000
1110000
1111
0000
1111000
111
1111 000
111
0000 111
0000000
1111 0000
1111
000
111
000 1111
111 00000001111
111 0000111
1111 0000111
0001111
1111111000
0000
1111 111
0000000 000
111
0000 111
1111
0000
000
111
1111
111
0000
000
0000
1111000
111
1111111
0000 00000000000000
111
111
000
000
111
0000
1111 000
111
111
0000000
1111 000
111
000 1111 000
111
111
0000
000 1111
0000 000
111
000 0000
1111 00
11
000
1110000
1111
000
111
000
111 000
111
0000 000
1111 111
000
111 000
111
000
111
000
1111111 000
111
111
0000
000 0000
000
111 000
111
1111111
000
000
111
0000
1111 0000111
00
11
0000111
11110001111
00
11
000
111
000
000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 00
11
000
111
a 000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 00
11 b
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
000111
111
1111
0000 000 000
111
0000
1111 111 000
111
000 1111
0000
000
111 111 00
11
1111
0001111
0000111 00
11
1111
0001111
0000000
111
1111
0000
0000
1111 000
1110000
1111 000
111
000
111 0000
1111
000
111 111
000
000
1110000
0000
1111000
111
000
1110000
0000
1111000
111
0000
1111 111
1110000 111
1111
0001111 000 1111
111
0000
000 000
1110000
1111000
1110000
1111111
000
000
0000 111
1111 000
0000
0000
1111
1111
111
0000
000
000 1111
111 0000
000
111 0001111
1110000111
1111 0000111
0001111
1111111000
000
111
0000
1111
0000
1111 0001111
111 000
111
0000 111
1111 000 0000
1111
000
111 000
111
000
1110000
0000
1111000
000
1110000
0000
1111000
111
000
111
0000 111
1111 0000000
0000
1111 0000
1111
000
111
000 1111
111 0000
000
111 0001111
1110000111
1111 0000111
0001111
1111111000
000
111
0000
1111
0000
1111 000
1110000
1111 000
111
000
111 0000
1111
000
111 000
111
000
1110000
0000
1111000
000
1110000
0000
1111000
111
1111
0000 0001111
111
1110000 000
1111 111 0000
1111
000
111 111
0000000
1111111
0001111
0000000
111
1111 000
0000 111
000
0000
1111
0000 111
000 1111
111
0000
000
1111
111
0000
000 111
0001111111
0000111
0000000111
1111000
111
000
000
111
0000
1111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111
1111 111
0000
000
111 000
1110000
1111 000
111
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
1111111
0000
000
111 00
11
0000000
1111
00
11 00
11
000
111
00
11
0000
1111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
000
1110000
1111
000
111
000
111 000
1110000
1111
000
111 000
1110000
1111
00
11
0000 11
1111 000
111
00
11
000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 00 00
11
000
111
a 000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 00
11 00
11 b
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111
111
000
000
111
y
00
11
00
11
00
11
00
11
00
11
00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
0000
1111
1111
0000 1111
0000 000
111
000
111 0000
1111
000
111 0001111
111
000
111 0000
1111
00000001111
111
000
1110000
1111
0000000
111
0000
1111 0000 111
1111
0000
1111 000 0000
1111
000
111
0000
1111
000
111 000
111 0000
1111000
1110000
1111000
111
0000
1111
0000
1111 0000
1111 000 1111
111
000
111 0000
000
111 0001111
111
000
111 0000111
1111
00000000000111
0001111
1111111
0000
000
000
111
1111
0000 0000
1111 111
000
0000 000
1111 0000
1111
000
111
0000
1111
000
111 111
000 1111
0000111
0001111
0000000
111
000
111
1111
0000 0000
1111 111 1111
0000
000
111 111
000 1111
0000111
0001111
0000
0000
1111
0000
1111 0000
1111 000 1111
111
000
111 0000
000
111 0001111
111
000
111 0000111
1111
00000000000111
0001111
1111111
0000
000
000
111
0000
1111 1111 111
0000 000 1111
111
0000
000 000
111 0000
1111000
1110000
1111111
000
0000
1111 0000
1111
0000
1111
1111
111
0000
000
000 1111
111 0000
000
111 0001111
111 0000111
1111 0000111
0001111
1111111000
000
111
0000
1111
000
111
0000
1111 0000
1111 000
111
000
111
000
111 0000
1111
000
111
000
111 000
111 0000
111
000
000
111 0000
11110000000
00
11
000
1110000
1111000
111
00
11
000
111
0000
1111 0000 111
1111 000
111
000 0000
1111
000
111
0000
1111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 0000
1111 00
11
000
1110000
1111000
111
00
11
000
111
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111 00
11
0000 11
1111
000
111 00 00
11
00
11
000
111
a 000
111 000
111
x 000
111 00
11 00
11 b

Figure 6.3: A sequence of rotations

Here the set END consists of all the white vertices on the path drawn below in
Figure 6.4.

Lemma 6.6. If v ∈ P \ END and v is adjacent to w ∈ END then there exists

x ∈ END such that the edge {v, x} ∈ P.

Proof. Suppose to the contrary that x, y are the neighbors of v on P and that v, x, y 6∈
END and that v is adjacent to w ∈ END. Consider the path Pw . Let {r,t} be the
neighbors of v on Pw . Now {r,t} = {x, y} because if a rotation deleted {v, y} say
then v or y becomes an endpoint. But then after a further rotation from Pw we see
that x ∈ END or y ∈ END.
6.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 95
000
111 111
000 000
111 00
11 00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
1111
0000
0000
1111 1111
0000 000
111
000
111 1111
111
0000
000 1111
0000000
111
000
1110000
1111
0000
1111000
111
000
1110000
1111
0000
1111111
000
1111
0000 0000 111
1111
0000
1111
1111
111
0000
0001111
000 1111
0000
000
111
1111
0000111
0000 1111
0001111111
00001111111
0001111111
000
0000111
000
1111
0000 0000
1111 111
000 0000
1111
000
111 0000
1111111
00000000000000000
111
0000
1111
0000
1111 1111 000
111
0000 111
000 1111
111
0000 1111
0001111 000
111
0000111
0000000
1111
0000
1111000
111
000
1110000
1111
0000
1111111
000
0000
1111 0000
1111
0000
1111
1111
111
0000
000
000 1111
111 0000
000
111 0000
0000
11110001111
1110000111
1111 0000111
0001111
1111111000
000
111
1111
0000
1111 0000
1111 111
000 0000
1111
000
111 0000
1111111
00000000000000000
111
0000
0000
1111
111
000
0000 111
1111 000 0000
1111
0001111
111 111
000
0000111
1111000
1111
0000
0000
1111
111
000
000
111
1111
0000
0000
1111000
111
0000
1111 1111
0000 1111
111
0000
000
000 1111
111 00000001111
1110000111
1111 0000111
0001111
1111111000
0000
1111 0000
1111 000
111
0000 111
1111
111
0000
000
0000
1111
000
111
1111
0000000
111
0000111
1111 00000000000111
000
000
111
000
111
1111
0000 0000
1111 000
111
000 0000
1111 000
111
000
111 0000
1111 000
111
0001111
0000 00
11
111
0001111
0000
000
111
1111
0000
000
111 000
111
111
000
000
1110000
1111 000
111
000
111 1111
000
111 000
111
0000111
0001111
000
111
0000
11110000000111
00
11
00001111111
00
11
000
000
111
000
111 000
111 000
111 000
111 00
11
000
111
a 000
111 000
111 000
111 00
11 b

Figure 6.4: The set END

111
000 000
111 000
111
r 000
111 t 00
11 00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
000
111
000111
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
1111
0000 0001111
0000 111
000 1111
111
0000
000 1111
0000111
000 1111
0000111
0001111
0000
0000 111
1111
0000
1111 0000000
1111 000 1111
111
000
111 111
0000
000 1111
00000001111
111
000
111 0000111
1111
00000000000111
0001111
1111111
0000
000
111
000
0000
1111 000
1110000
1111
0001111
111 000
111
0000 111
1111 0000
1111
000
111
0000
1111 0000
1111
0001111
111 000
111
0000111
1111 0000
1111000
1110000
1111000
111
000
111
0000
1111 000
111
0000 111
1111 0000 000
111 0000
1111
000
111
000 1111 0000000 0000
1111
0001111
111 000
111
0000111
1111 0000
1111
0000111
0001111
1111111000
0000
1111 000
000
1110000
1111
0000
1111 000
111 0000
000
111
0000
1111
000
111 0000
1111
0000
1111000
111 00000000000000
111
000
111
0000
1111
1111 0001111
111 000
111
0000 111
1111 0000
1111
0001111
111 000
111
0000111
1111 0000
1111000
1110000
1111000
111
0000
1111 000
111
0000 0000000 000
111 0000
1111
000
111
000 0000 0000000
111 1111
0000
1111
0001111
111
000
111
0000111
1111
0000
0000111
1111
0001111000
1111
0000 1111111
0000
1111111 111
000 1111
111
000 1111
0000111
000 00000000000111
000
0000
1111 000
111
0000000 111
0000
1111 000 1111
1111111
0000
000
1111
111
0000
000
1111111
0000
0000000 0000
1111000
1110000
1111111
000
000
111
000
111
0000
1111
000
111
0000 111
1111 0000000
1111
000
111 000
111
000
111
000
111
000
111 0000
1111 000
111
000
111 0000
1111
000
111 000
111
000
111 0000111
1111
000
111
000
111 0000
1111000
1110000111
00
11
1111
00
11
0000000
1111
000
00
11
000
111
00
11
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
1110000
1111
000
111 0000 111
1111
000
111 000
0000
1111 00
11 000
111
00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
a v w

Figure 6.5: One of r,t will become an endpoint after a rotation

Corollary 6.7.
|N(END)| < 2|END|.

It follows from Lemma 6.4 with θ = 1 that w.h.p. we have

1
|END| ≥ αn where α = . (6.9)
12eM

We now consider the following algorithm that searches for a Hamilton cycle
in a connected graph G. The probability p1 is above the connectivity threshold
and so Gn,p1 is connected w.h.p. Our algorithm will proceed in stages. At the
beginning of Stage k we will have a path of length k in G and we will try to grow
it by one vertex in order to reach Stage k + 1. In Stage n − 1, our aim is simply
to create a Hamilton cycle, given a Hamilton path. We start the whole procedure
with an arbitrary path of G.
Algorithm Pósa:

(a) Let P be our path at the beginning of Stage k. Let its endpoints be x0 , y0 . If x0
or y0 have neighbors outside P then we can simply extend P to include one of
these neighbors and move to stage k + 1.
96 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

(b) Failing this, we do a sequence of rotations with x0 as the fixed vertex until one
of two things happens: (i) We produce a path Q with an endpoint y that has a
neighbor outside of Q. In this case we extend Q and proceed to stage k + 1.
(ii) No sequence of rotations leads to Case (i). In this case let END denote
the set of endpoints of the paths produced. If y ∈ END then Py denotes a path
with endpoints x0 , y that is obtained from P by a sequence of rotations.

(c) If we are in Case (bii) then for each y ∈ END we let END(y) denote the set
of vertices z such that there exists a longest path Qz from y to z such that Qz is
obtained from Py by a sequence of rotations with vertex y fixed. Repeating the
argument above in (b) for each y ∈ END, we either extend a path and begin
Stage k + 1 or we go to (d).

(d) Suppose now that we do not reach Stage k + 1 by an extension and that we
have constructed the sets END and END(y) for all y ∈ END. Suppose that
G contains an edge (y, z) where z ∈ END(y). Such an edge would imply
the existence of a cycle C = (z, Qy , z). If this is not a Hamilton cycle then
connectivity implies that there exist u ∈ C and v ∈ / C such that u, v are joined
by an edge. Let w be a neighbor of u on C and let P0 be the path obtained from
C by deleting the edge (u, w). This creates a path of length k + 1 viz. the path
w, P0 , v, and we can move to Stage k + 1.

A pair z, y where z ∈ END(y) is called a booster in the sense that if we added

this edge to Gn,p1 then it would either (i) make the graph Hamiltonian or (ii) make
the current path longer. We argue now that Gn,p2 can be used to “boost” P to a
Hamilton cycle, if necessary.
We observe now that when G = Gn,p1 , |END| ≥ αn w.h.p., see (6.9). Also,
|END(y)| ≥ αn for all y ∈ END. So we will have Ω(n2 ) boosters.
For a graph G let λ (G) denote the length of a longest path in G, when G
is not Hamiltonian and let λ (G) = n when G is Hamiltonian. Let the edges of
Gn,p2 be { f1 , f2 , . . . , fs } in random order, where s ≈ ωn/4. Let G0 = Gn,p1 and
Gi = Gn,p1 + { f1 , f2 , . . . , fi } for i ≥ 1. It follows from Lemmas 6.3 and 6.4 that if
λ (Gi ) < n then, assuming Gn,p1 has the expansion claimed in Lemma 6.4,

α2
P(λ (Gi+1 ) ≥ λ (Gi ) + 1 | f1 , f2 , . . . , fi ) ≥ , (6.10)
2

see (6.6), replacing A(v) by END(v).

It follows that

P(Gn,p is not Hamiltonian) ≤ o(1) + P(Bin(s, α 2 /2) < n) = o(1). (6.11)

6.3. LONG PATHS AND CYCLES IN SPARSE RANDOM GRAPHS 97

6.3 Long Paths and Cycles in Sparse Random Graphs

In this section we study the length of the longest path and cycle in Gn,p when p =
c/n where c = O(log n), most importantly for c is a large constant. We have seen
in Chapter 1 that under these conditions, Gn,p will w.h.p. have isolated vertices
and so it will not be Hamiltonian. We can however show that it contains a cycle
of length Ω(n) w.h.p.
The question of the existence of a long path/cycle was posed by Erdős and
Rényi in [287]. The first positive answer to this question was given by Ajtai,
Komlós and Szemerédi [11] and by de la Vega [744]. The proof we give here is
due to Krivelevich, Lee and Sudakov. It is subsumed by the more general results
of [523].
Theorem 6.8. Let p = c/n where c is sufficiently large but c = O(log n). Then
w.h.p.
 
6 log c
(a) Gn,p has a path of length at least 1 − c n.
 
12 log c
(b) Gn,p has a cycle of length at least 1 − c n.

Proof. We prove this theorem by analysing simple properties of Depth First Search
(DFS). This is a well known algorithm for exploring the vertices of a component
of a graph. We can describe the progress of this algorithm using three sets: U is
the set of unexplored vertices that have not yet been reached by the search. D is
the set of dead vertices. These have been fully explored and no longer take part in
the process. A = {a1 , a2 , . . . , ar } is the set of active vertices and they form a path
from a1 to ar . We start the algorithm by choosing a vertex v from which to start
the process. Then we let

A = {v} and D = 0/ and U = [n] \ {v} and r = 1.

We now describe how these sets change during one step of the algorithm.
Step (a) If there is an edge {ar , w} for some w ∈ U then we choose one such w
and extend the path defined by A to include w.

ar+1 ← w; A ← A ∪ {w};U ← U \ {w}; r ← r + 1.

We now repeat Step (a).

If there is no such w then we do Step (b):

Step (b) We have now completely explored ar .

D ← D ∪ {ar }; A ← A \ {ar }; r ← r − 1.
98 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

If r ≥ 1 we go to Step (a). Otherwise, if U = 0/ at this point then we terminate

the algorithm. If U 6= 0/ then we choose some v ∈ U to re-start the process
with r = 1. We then go to Step (a).
We make the following simple observations:
• A step of the algorithm increases |D| by one or decreases |U| by one and so
at some stage we must have |D| = |U| = s for some positive integer s.
• There are no edges between D and U because we only add ar to D when
there are no ar : U edges and U does not increase from this point on.
Thus at some stage we have two disjoint sets D,U of size s with no edges between
them and a path of length |A| − 1 = n − 2s − 1.  This plus  the following claim
6 log c
implies that Gn,p has a path P of length at least 1 − c n w.h.p. Note that if c
is large then
3 log c 2 e
α> implies c > log .
c α α

Claim 5. Let 0 < α < 1 be a positive constant. If p = c/n and c > α2 log αe then

w.h.p. in Gn,p , every pair of disjoint sets S1 , S2 of size at least αn − 1 are joined
by at least one edge.
Proof. The probability that there exist sets S1 , S2 of size (at least) αn − 1 with no
joining edge is at most
2 !αn−1

n 2 e2+o(1)
(1 − p)(αn−1) ≤ e−cα = o(1).
αn − 1 α2

To complete the proof of the theorem, we apply the above lemma to the ver-
tices S1 , S2 on the two sub-paths P1 , P2 of length 3 log c
c n at each end of P. There
will w.h.p. be an edge joining S1 , S2 , creating the cycle of the claimed length.
Krivelevich and Sudakov [531] used DFS to give simple proofs of good bounds
on the size of the largest component in Gn,p for p = 1+ε n where ε is a small con-
stant. Exercises 6.7.19, 6.7.20 and 6.7.21 elaborate on their results.

Completing the proof of Theorem 6.5

We need to prove part (b). So we let 1 − p = (1 − p1 )(1 − p2 ) where p2 = n log1log n .
Then
 weapply Theorem
 6.8(a) to argue that w.h.p. Gn,p1 has a path of length
log log n
n 1−O log n .
6.4. GREEDY MATCHING ALGORITHM 99

Now, conditional on Gn,p1 having minimum degree at least two, the proof of
the statement of Lemma 6.4 goes through without change for θ = 1 i.e. S ⊆
n
[n], |S| ≤ 10000 implies |N(S)| ≥ 2|S|. We can then use use the extension-rotation
argument
 that
 we used to prove Theorem
 6.5(c).
 This time we only need to close
n log log n n
O log n cycles and we have Ω log log n edges. Thus (6.11) is replaced by

P(Gn,p is not Hamiltonian | δ (Gn,p1 ) ≥ 2) ≤

   
c1 n −8 c2 n log log n
o(1) + P Bin , 10 < = o(1),
log log n log n
for some hidden constants c1 , c2 .

6.4 Greedy Matching Algorithm

In this section we see how we can use differential equations to analyse the per-
formance of a greedy algorithm for finding a large matching in a random graph.
Finding a large matching is a standard problem in Combinatorial Optimisation.
The first polynomial time algorithm to solve this problem was devised by Ed-
monds in 1965 and runs in time O(|V |4 ) [282]. Over the years, many improve-
ments have been made. Currently the fastest such algorithm is pthat of Micali and
Vazirani which dates back to 1980. Its running time is O(|E| |V |) [598]. These
algorithms are rather complicated and there is a natural interest in the performance
of simpler heuristic algorithms which should find large, but not necessarily maxi-
mum matchings. One well studied class of heuristics goes under the general title
of the GREEDY heuristic.
The following simple greedy algorithm proceeds as follows: Beginning with
graph G = (V, E) we choose a random edge e = {u, v} ∈ E and place it in a set M.
We then delete u, v and their incident edges from G and repeat. In the following,
we analyse the size of the matching M produced by this algorithm.
Algorithm GREEDY
begin
M ← 0;/
while E(G) 6= 0/ do
begin
A: Randomly choose e = {x, y} ∈ E
G ← G \ {x, y};
M ← M ∪ {e}
end;
Output M
end
100 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

(G \ {x, y} is the graph obtained from G by deleting the vertices x, y and all
incident edges.)

(B)
We will study this algorithm in the context of the pseudo-graph model Gn,m of
Section 1.3 and apply (1.17) to bring the results back to Gn,m . We will argue next
that if at some stage G has ν vertices and µ edges then G is equally likely to be
any pseudo-graph with these parameters.
We will use the method of deferred decisions, a term coined in Knuth, Mot-
wani and Pittel [507]. In this scenario, we do not expose the edges of the pseudo-
graph until we actually need to. So, as a thought experiment, think that initially
there are m boxes, each containing a uniformly random pair of distinct integers
from [n]. Until the box is opened, the contents are unknown except for their dis-
tribution. Observe that opening box A and observing its contents tells us nothing
more about the contents of box B. This would not be the case if as in Gn,m we
insisted that no two boxes had the same contents.

Remark 6.9. A step of GREEDY involves choosing the first unopened box at
random to expose its contents x, y.
After this, the contents of the remaining boxes will of course remain uniformly
random over V (G)


2 . The algorithm will then ask for each box with x or y to be
opened. Other boxes will remain unopened and all we will learn is that their
contents do not contain x or y and so they are still uniform over the remaining
possible edges.

We need the following

Lemma 6.10. Suppose that m = cn for some constant c > 0. Then w.h.p. the
(B)
maximum degree in Gn,m is at most log n.

Proof. The degree of a vertex is distributed as Bin(m, 2/n). So, if ∆ denotes the
(B)
maximum degree in Gn,m , then with ` = log n,
   `
2ce `
 
m 2
P(∆ ≥ `) ≤ n ≤n = o(1).
` n `

Now let X(t) = (ν(t), µ(t)),t = 1, 2, . . . , denote the number of vertices and
edges in the graph at the start of the tth iterations of GREEDY. Also, let Gt =
(Vt , Et ) = G at this point and let Gt0 = (Vt , Et \ e) where e is a uniform random
(B)
edge of Et . Thus ν(1) = n, µ(1) = m and G1 = Gn,m . Now ν(t + 1) = ν(t) − 2
6.4. GREEDY MATCHING ALGORITHM 101

and so ν(t) = n − 2t. Let dt (·) denote degree in Gt0 and let θt (x, y) denote the
number of copies of the edge {x, y} in Gt , excluding e. Then we have
E(µ(t + 1) | Gt ) = µ(t) − (dt (x) + dt (y) − 1 + θt (x, y)).
Taking expectations over Gt we have
E(µ(t + 1)) = E(µ(t)) − E(dt (x)) − E(dt (y)) + 1 + E(θt (x, y)).
Now
ν(t)
dt (i)
E(dt (x) | Gt ) = ∑ 2µ(t) dt (i)
i=1
 
ν(t)
dt (i)
E(dt (y) | Gt ) = Ex  ∑ dt (i)
 
i=1 2µ(t) − 1
i6=x
ν(t)
dt (x)2
 
dt (i)
=∑ dt (i) − E (6.12)
i=1 2µ(t) − 1 2µ(t) − 1
ν(t)
dt (i)2
 
1
=∑ +O .
i=1 2µ(t) n − 2t
We will see momentarity that E(dt (x)2 ) = O(1). In the model GBn,m ,
!
ν(t) µ(t) 
2 µ(t)−k
  
2 2 µ(t) 2
E ∑ dt (i) = ν(t) ∑ k 1−
i=1 k=0 k ν(t)k ν(t)
 
2 2µ(t)
= 2µ(t) 1 − + .
ν(t) ν(t)
So,  
4E(µ(t)) 1
E(µ(t + 1)) = E(µ(t)) − −1+O . (6.13)
n − 2t n − 2t
Here we use Remark 6.9 to argue that E θt (x, y)) = O(1/(n − 2t)).
This suggests that w.h.p. µ(t) ≈ nz(t/n) where z(0) = c and z(τ) is the solution
to the differential equation
dz 4z(τ)
=− − 1.
dτ 1 − 2τ
This is easy to solve and gives
 
1 1 − 2τ
z(τ) = c + (1 − 2τ)2 − .
2 2
c
The smallest root of z(τ) = 0 is τ = 2c+1 . This suggests the following theorem.
102 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

Theorem 6.11. W.h.p., running GREEDY on Gn,cn finds a matching of size c+o(1)
2c+1 n.
(B)
Proof. We will replace Gn,m by Gn,m and consider the random sequence µ(t),
t = 1, 2, . . .. The number of edges in the matching found by GREEDY equals one
less than the first value of t for which µ(t) = 0. We show that w.h.p. µ(t) > 0 if
and only if t ≤ c+o(1)
2c+1 n. We will use Theorem 23.1 of Chapter 23.
In our set up for the theorem we let
4x
f (τ, x) = − − 1.
 1 − 2τ 
1 c 1
D = (τ, x) : − < t < TD = ,0 < x < .
n 2c + 1 2
We let X(t) = µ(t) for the statement of the theorem. Then we have to check the
conditions:
(P1) |µ(t)| ≤ cn, ∀t < TD = TD n.
(P2) |µ(t + 1) − µ(t)| ≤ 2 log n, ∀t < TD .
(P3) | E(µ(t + 1) − µ(t)|Ht , E ) − f (t/n, X(t)/n)| ≤ An , ∀t < TD .
Here E = {∆ ≤ log n} and this is needed for (P2).
(P4) f (t, x) is continuous and satisfies a Lipschitz condition
| f (t, x) − f (t 0 , x0 )| ≤ Lk(t, x) − (t 0 , x0 )k∞ where L = 10(2c + 1)2 ,
for (t, x), (t 0 , x0 ) ∈ D ∩ {(t, x) : t ≥ 0}
4x
Here f (t, x) = −1 − 1−2t and we can justify L of P4 as follows:
| f (t, x) − f (t 0 , x0 )|
0 
 
 4x 4x
=  − 
1 − 2t 1 − 2t 0 
0)   8x0 (t − t 0 )   80t(x − x0 ) 
     
 4(x − x
≤  + + 
(1 − 2t)(1 − 2t 0 )   (1 − 2t)(1 − 2t 0 )   (1 − 2t)(1 − 2t 0 ) 
≤ 10(2c + 1)2 .
Now let β = n1/5 and λ = n−1/20 and σ = T D − 10λ and apply the theorem.
This shows that w.h.p. µ(t) = nz(t/n) + O(n19/20 ) for t ≤ σ n.
The result in Theorem 6.11 is taken from Dyer, Frieze and Pittel [280], where a
central limit theorem is proven for the size of the matching produced by GREEDY.
The use of differential equations to approximate the trajectory of a stochastic
process is quite natural and is often very useful. It is however not always best
practise to try and use an “off the shelf” theorem like Theorem 23.1 in order to
get a best result. It is hard to design a general theorem that can deal optimally
with terms that are o(n).
6.5. RANDOM SUBGRAPHS OF GRAPHS WITH LARGE MINIMUM DEGREE103

6.5 Random Subgraphs of Graphs with Large Min-

imum Degree
Here we prove an extension of Theorem 6.8. The setting is this. We have a se-
quence of graphs Gk with minimum degree at least k, where k → ∞. We construct
a random subgraph G p of G = Gk by including each edge of G, independently
with probability p. Thus if G = Kn , G p is Gn,p . The theorem we prove was first
proved by Krivelevich, Lee and Sudakov [523]. The argument we present here is
due to Riordan [674].
In the following we abbreviate (Gk ) p to G p where the parameter k is to be
understood.

Theorem 6.12. Let Gk be a sequence of graphs with minimum degree at least k

where k → ∞. Let p be such that pk → ∞ as k → ∞. Then w.h.p. G p contains a
cycle of length at least (1 − o(1))k.

Proof. We will assume that G has n vertices. We let T denote the forest produced
by depth first search. We also let D,U, A be as in the proof of Theorem 6.8. Let
v be a vertex of the rooted forest T . There is a unique vertical path from v to the
root of its component. We write A (v) for the set of ancestors of v, i.e., vertices
(excluding v) on this path. We write D(v) for the set of descendants of v, again
excluding v. Thus w ∈ D(v) if and only if v ∈ A (w). The distance d(u, v) between
two vertices u and v on a common vertical path is just their graph distance along
this path. We write Ai (v) and Di (v) for the set of ancestors/descendants of v
at distance exactly i, and A≤i (v), D≤i (v) for those at distance at most i. By the
depth of a vertex we mean its distance from the root. The height of a vertex v
is max {i : Di (v) 6= 0}.
/ Let R denote the set of edges of G that are not tested for
inclusion in G p during the exploration.
Lemma 6.13. Every edge e of R joins two vertices on some vertical path in T .

Proof. Let e = {u, v} and suppose that u is placed in D before v. When u is placed
in D, v cannot be in U, else {u, v} would have been tested. Also, v cannot be in D
by our choice of u. Therefore at this time v ∈ A and there is a vertical path from v
to u.
Lemma 6.14. With high probability, at most 2n/p = o(kn) edges are tested during
the depth first search exploration.

Proof. Each time an edge is tested, the test succeeds (the edge is found to be
present) with probability p. The Chernoff bound implies that the probability that
104 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

more than 2n/p tests are made but fewer than n succeed is o(1). But every suc-
cessful test contributes an edge to the forest T , so w.h.p. at most n tests are suc-
cessful.
From now on let us fix an arbitrary (small) constant 0 < ε < 1/10. We call a
vertex v full if it is incident with at least (1 − ε)k edges in R.
Lemma 6.15. With high probability, all but o(n) vertices of Tk are full.

Proof. Since G has minimum degree at least k, each v ∈ V (G) = V (T ) that is

not full is incident with at least εk tested edges. If for some constant c > 0 there
are at least cn such vertices, then there are at least cεkn/2 tested edges. But the
probability of this is o(1) by Lemma 6.14.
Let us call a vertex v rich if |D(v)| ≥ εk, and poor otherwise. In the next
two lemmas, (Tk ) is a sequence of rooted forests with n vertices. We suppress the
dependence on k in notation.
Lemma 6.16. Suppose that T = Tk contains o(n) poor vertices. Then, for any
constant C, all but o(n) vertices of T are at height at least Ck.

Proof. For each rich vertex v, let P(v) be a set of dεke descendants of v, obtained
by choosing vertices of D(v) one-by-one starting with those furthest from v. For
every w ∈ P(v) we have D(w) ⊆ P(v), so |D(w)| < εk, i.e., w is poor. Consider
the set S1 of ordered pairs (v, w) with v rich and w ∈ P(v). Each of the n − o(n)
rich vertices appears in at least εk pairs, so |S1 | ≥ (1 − o(1))εkn.
For any vertex w we have |A≤i (w)| ≤ i, since there is only one ancestor at
each distance, until we hit the root. Since (v, w) ∈ S1 implies that w is poor and
v ∈ A (w), and there are only o(n) poor vertices, at most o(Ckn) = o(kn) pairs
(v, w) ∈ S1 satisfy d(v, w) ≤ Ck. Thus S10 = {(v, w) ∈ S1 : d(v, w) > Ck} satisfies
|S10 | ≥ (1 − o(1))εkn. Since each vertex v is the first vertex of at most dεke ≈ εk
pairs in S1 ⊇ S10 , it follows that n − o(n) vertices v appear in pairs (v, w) ∈ S10 .
Since any such v has height at least Ck, the proof is complete.
Let us call a vertex v light if |D ≤(1−5ε)k (v)| ≤ (1 − 4ε)k, and heavy otherwise.
Let H denote the set of heavy vertices in T .
Lemma 6.17. Suppose that T = Tk contains o(n) poor vertices, and let X ⊆ V (T )
with |X| = o(n). Then, for k large enough, T contains a vertical path P of length
at least ε −2 k containing at most ε 2 k vertices in X ∪ H.

Proof. Let S2 be the set of pairs (u, v) where u is an ancestor of v and 0 < d(u, v) ≤
(1 − 5ε)k. Since a vertex has at most one ancestor at any given distance, we have
|S2 | ≤ (1 − 5ε)kn. On the other hand, by Lemma 6.16 all but o(n) vertices u are
at height at least k and so appear in at least (1 − 5ε)k pairs (u, v) ∈ S2 . It follows
that only o(n) vertices u are in more than (1 − 4ε)k such pairs, i.e., |H| = o(n).
6.5. RANDOM SUBGRAPHS OF GRAPHS WITH LARGE MINIMUM DEGREE105

Let S3 denote the set of pairs (u, v) where v ∈ X ∪ H, u is an ancestor of v, and

d(u, v) ≤ ε −2 k. Since a given v can only appear in ε −2 k pairs (u, v) ∈ S3 , we see
that |S3 | ≤ ε −2 k|X ∪ H| = o(kn). Hence only o(n) vertices u appear in more than
ε 2 k pairs (u, v) ∈ S3 .
By Lemma 6.16, all but o(n) vertices are at height at least ε −2 k. Let u be such
a vertex appearing in at most ε 2 k pairs (u, v) ∈ S3 , and let P be the vertical path
from u to some v ∈ D ε −2 k (u). Then P has the required properties.
Proof of Theorem 6.12
Fix ε > 0. It suffices to show that w.h.p. G p contains a cycle of length at least
(1 − 5ε)k, say. Explore G p by depth-first search as described above. We condition
on the result of the exploration, noting that the edges of R are still present inde-
pendently with probability p. By Lemma 6.13, {u, v} ∈ R implies that u is either
an ancestor or a descendant of v. By Lemma 6.15, we may assume that all but
o(n) vertices are full.
Suppose that

| {u : {u, v} ∈ R, d(u, v) ≥ (1 − 5ε)k} | ≥ εk. (6.14)

for some vertex v. Then, since εkp → ∞, testing the relevant edges {u, v} one-by-
one, w.h.p we find one present in G p , forming, together with T , the required long
cycle. On the other hand, suppose that (6.14) fails for every v. Suppose that some
vertex v is full but poor. Since v has at most εk descendants, there are at least
(1 − 2ε)k pairs {u, v} ∈ R with u ∈ A (v). Since v has only one ancestor at each
distance, it follows that (6.14) holds for v, a contradiction.
We have shown that we can assume that no poor vertex is full. Hence there
are o(n) poor vertices, and we may apply Lemma 6.17, with X the set of vertices
that are not full. Let P be the path whose existence is guaranteed by the lemma,
and let Z be the set of vertices on P that are full and light, so |V (P) \ Z| ≤ ε 2 k. For
any v ∈ Z, since v is full, there are at least (1 − ε)k vertices u ∈ A (v) ∪ D(v) with
{u, v} ∈ R. Since (6.14) does not hold, at least (1 − 2ε)k of these vertices satisfy
d(u, v) ≤ (1−5ε)k. Since v is light, in turn at least 2εk of these u must be in A (v).
Recalling that a vertex has at most one ancestor at each distance, we find a set R(v)
of at least εk vertices u ∈ A (v) with {u, v} ∈ R and εk ≤ d(u, v) ≤ (1 − 5ε)k ≤ k.
It is now easy to find a (very) long cycle w.h.p. Recall that Z ⊆ V (P) with
|V (P) \ Z| ≤ ε 2 k. Thinking of P as oriented upwards towards the root, let v0 be the
lowest vertex in Z. Since |R(v0 )| ≥ εk and kp → ∞, w.h.p. there is an edge {u0 , v0 }
in G p with u0 ∈ R(v0 ). Let v1 be the first vertex below u0 along P with v1 ∈ Z. Note
that we go up at least εk steps from v0 to u0 and down at most 1+|V (P)\Z| ≤ 2ε 2 k
from u0 to v1 , so v1 is above v0 . Again w.h.p. there is an edge {u1 , v1 } in G p with
u1 ∈ R(v1 ), and so at least εk steps above v1 . Continue downwards from u1 to the
first v2 ∈ Z, and so on. Since ε −1 = O(1), w.h.p. we may continue in this way
106 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

to find overlapping chords {ui , vi } for 0 ≤ i ≤ 2ε −1 , say. (Note that we remain

 

within P as each upwards step has length at most k.) These chords combine with
P to give a cycle of length at least (1 − 2ε −1 × 2ε 2 )k = (1 − 4ε)k, as shown in
Figure 6.6.

11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00
00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
v0 v1 u0 v2 u1 v3 u2 v4 u3 u4

Figure 6.6: The path P, with the root off to the right. Each chord {vi , ui } has
length at least εk (and at most k); from ui to vi+1 is at most 2ε 2 k steps back along
P. The chords and the thick part of P form a cycle.

6.6 Spanning Subgraphs

Consider a fixed sequence H (d) of graphs where n = |V (H (d) )| → ∞. In particular,
we consider a sequence Qd of d-dimensional cubes where n = 2d and a sequence
of 2-dimensional lattices Ld of order n = d 2 . We ask when Gn,p or Gn,m contains
a copy of H = H (d) w.h.p.
We give a condition that can be proved in quite an elegant and easy way. This
proof is from Alon and Füredi [26].
Theorem 6.18. Let H be fixed sequence of graphs with n = |V (H)| → ∞ and
maximum degree ∆, where (∆2 + 1)2 < n. If

10 logbn/(∆2 + 1)c
p∆ > , (6.15)
bn/(∆2 + 1)c

then Gn,p contains an isomorphic copy of H w.h.p.

Proof. To prove this we first apply the Hajnal-Szemerédi Theorem to the square
H 2 of our graph H.
Recall that we square a graph if we add an edge between any two vertices of our
original graph which are at distance at most two. The Hajnal-Szemerédi Theorem
states that every graph with n vertices and maximum vertex degree at most d is
d + 1-colorable with all color classes of size bn/(d + 1)c or dn/(d + 1)e, i.e, the
(d + 1)-coloring is equitable.
Since the maximum degree of H 2 is at most ∆2 , there exists an equitable ∆2 + 1-
coloring of H 2 which induces a partition of the vertex set of H, say U = U(H),
6.6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS 107

into ∆2 + 1 pairwise disjoint subsets U1 ,U2 , . . . ,U∆2 +1 , so that each Uk is an in-

dependent set in H 2 and the cardinality of each subset is either bn/(∆2 + 1)c or
dn/(∆2 + 1)e.
Next, partition the set V of vertices of the random graph Gn,p into pairwise dis-
joint sets V1 ,V2 , . . . ,V∆2 +1 , so that |Uk | = |Vk | for k = 1, 2, . . . , ∆2 + 1.
We define a one-to-one function f : U 7→ V , which maps each Uk onto Vk resulting
in a mapping of H into a an isomorphic copy of H in Gn,p . In the first step, choose
an arbitrary mapping of U1 onto V1 . Now U1 is an independent subset of H and so
Gn,p [V1 ] trivially contains a copy of H[U1 ]. Assume, by induction, that we have
already defined
f : U1 ∪U2 ∪ . . . ∪Uk 7→ V1 ∪V2 ∪ . . . ∪Vk ,
and that f maps the induced subgraph of H on U1 ∪ U2 ∪ . . . ∪ Uk into a copy of
it in V1 ∪ V2 ∪ . . . ∪ Vk . Now, define f on Uk+1 , using the following construction.
Suppose first that Uk+1 = {u 1 , u2 , . . . , um } and Vk+1 = {v1 , v2 , . . . , vm } where m ∈
bn/(∆2 + 1)c, dn/(∆2 + 1)e .

(k)
Next, construct a random bipartite graph Gm,m,p∗ with a vertex set V = (X,Y ),
where X = {x1 , x2 , . . . , xm } and Y = {y1 , y2 , . . . , ym } and connect xi and y j with an
edge if and only if in Gn,p the vertex v j is joined by an edge to all vertices f (u),
where u is a neighbor of ui in H which belongs to U1 ∪U2 ∪ . . . ∪Uk . Hence, we
join xi with y j if and only if we can define f (ui ) = v j .
(k)
Note that for each i and j, the edge probability p∗ ≥ p∆ and that edges of Gm,m,p∗
are independent of each other, since they depend on pairwise disjoint sets of edges
of Gn,p . This follows from the fact that Uk+1 is independent in H 2 . Assuming that
the condition (6.15) holds and that (∆2 +1)2 < n, then by Theorem 6.1, the random
(k)
graph Gm,m,p∗ has a perfect matching w.h.p. Moreover, we can conclude that the
(k) 1
probability that there is no perfect matching in Gm,m,p∗ is at most (∆2 +1)n . It is
here that we have used the extra factor 10 in the RHS of (6.15). We use a perfect
matching in G(k) (m, m, p∗ ) to define f , assuming that if xi and y j are matched then
f (ui ) = v j . To define our mapping f : U 7→ V we have to find perfect matchings
in all G(k) (m, m, p∗ ), k = 1, 2, . . . , ∆2 + 1. The probability that we can succeed in
this is at least 1 − 1/n. This implies that Gn,p contains an isomorphic copy of H
w.h.p.

Corollary 6.19. Let n = 2d and suppose that d → ∞ and p ≥ 21 + od (1), where

od (1) is a function that tends to zero as d → ∞. Then w.h.p. Gn,p contains a copy
of a d-dimensional cube Qd .
108 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

log n
Corollary 6.20. Let n = d 2 and p = ω(n)
n1/4
, where ω(n), d → ∞. Then w.h.p.
Gn,p contains a copy of the 2-dimensional lattice Ld .

6.7 Exercises
6.7.1 Consider the bipartite graph process Γm , m = 0, 1, 2, . . . , n2 where we add
the n2 edges in A × B in random order, one by one. Show that w.h.p. the
hitting time for Γm to have a perfect matching is identical with the hitting
time for minimum degree at least one.

6.7.2 Show that


0
 if cn → −∞
−c
lim P(Gn,p has a near perfect matching) = e−c−e
n→∞
if cn → c
n odd

1 if cn → ∞.


A near pefect matching is one of size bn/2c.

6.7.3 Show that if p = log n+(k−1)nlog log n+ω where k = O(1) and ω → ∞ then w.h.p.
Gn,n,p contains a k-regular spanning subgraph.

6.7.4 Consider the random bipartite graph G with bi-partition A, B where |A| =
|B| = n. Each vertex a ∈ A independently chooses d2 log ne random neigh-
bors in B. Show that w.h.p. G contains a perfect matching.

6.7.5 Show that if p = log n+(k−1)nlog log n+ω where k = O(1) and ω → ∞ then w.h.p.
Gn,p contains bk/2c edge disjoint Hamilton cycles. If k is odd, show that
in addition there is an edge disjoint matching of size bn/2c. (Hint: Use
Lemma 6.4 to argue that after “peeling off” a few Hamilton cycles, we can
still use the arguments of Sections 6.1, 6.2).

6.7.6 Let m∗k denote the first time that Gm has minimum degree at least k. Show
that w.h.p. in the graph process (i) Gm∗1 contains a perfect matching and (ii)
Gm∗2 contains a Hamilton cycle.

6.7.7 Show that if p = log n+logn log n+ω where ω → ∞ then w.h.p.Gn,n,p contains
a Hamilton cycle. (Hint: Start with a 2-regular spanning subgraph from
(ii). Delete an edge from a cycle. Argue that rotations will always produce
paths beginning and ending at different sides of the partition. Proceed more
or less as in Section 6.2).
 6.7. EXERCISES 109

6.7.8 Show that if p = log n+logn log n+ω where n is even and ω → ∞ then w.h.p. Gn,p
contains a pair of vertex disjoint n/2-cycles. (Hint: Randomly partition [n]
into two sets of size n/2. Then move some vertices between parts to make
the minimum degree at least two in both parts).

6.7.9 Show that if three divides n and np2  log n then w.h.p. Gn,p contains n/3
vertex disjoint triangles. (Hint: Randomly partition [n] into three sets A, B,C
of size n/3. Choose a perfect matching M between A and B and then match
C into M).

6.7.10 Let G = (X,Y, E) be an arbitrary bipartite graph where the bi-partition X,Y
satisfies |X| = |Y | = n. Suppose that G has minimum degree at least 3n/4.
Let p = K log
n
n
where K is a large constant. Show that w.h.p. G p contains a
perfect matching.

6.7.11 Let p = (1+ε) logn n for some fixed ε > 0. Prove that w.h.p. Gn,p is Hamilton
connected i.e. every pair of vertices are the endpoints of a Hamilton path.

6.7.12 Show that if p = (1+ε)n log n for ε > 0 constant, then w.h.p. Gn,p contains a
copy of a caterpillar on n vertices. The diagram below is the case n = 16.

6.7.13 Show that for any fixed ε > 0 there exists cε such that if c ≥ cε then Gn,p
2
contains a cycle of length (1 − ε)n with probability 1 − e−cε n/10 .

6.7.14 Let p = (1+ε) logn n for some fixed ε > 0. Prove that w.h.p. Gn,p is pancyclic
i.e. it contains a cycle of length k for every 3 ≤ k ≤ n.
(See Cooper and Frieze [213] and Cooper [207], [209]).

6.7.15 Show that if p is constant then

P(Gn,p is not Hamiltonian) = O(e−Ω(np) ).

6.7.16 Let T be a tree on n vertices and maximum degree less than c1 log n. Sup-
pose that T has at least c2 n leaves. Show that there exists K = K(c1 , c2 )
such that if p ≥ K log
n
n
then Gn,p contains a copy of T w.h.p.
 110 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

6.7.17 Let p = 1000n and G = Gn,p . Show that w.h.p. any red-blue coloring of the
n
edges of G contains a mono-chromatic path of length 1000 . (Hint: Apply the
argument of Section 6.3 to both the red and blue sub-graphs of G to show
that if there is no long monochromatic path then there is a pair of large sets
S, T such that no edge joins S, T .)
This question is taken from Dudek and Pralat [270]
6.7.18 Suppose that p = n−α for some constant α > 0. Show that if α > 13 then
w.h.p. Gn,p does not contain a maximal spanning planar subgraph i.e. a
planar subgraph with 3n − 6 edges. Show that if α < 31 then it contains one
w.h.p. (see Bollobás and Frieze [147]).
6.7.19 Show that the hitting time for the existence of k edge-disjoint spanning trees
coincides w.h.p. with the hitting time for minimum degree k, for k = O(1).
(See Palmer and Spencer [639]).
6.7.20 Let p = nc where c > 1 is constant. Consider the greedy algorithm for con-
structing a large independent set I: choose a random vertex v and put v into
I. Then delete v and all of its neighbors. Repeat until there are no vertices
left. Use the differential equation method (see Section 6.4) and show that
w.h.p. this algorithm chooses an independent set of size at least logc c n.
6.7.21 Consider the modified greedy matching algorithm where you first choose
a random vertex x and then choose a random edge {x, y} incident with x.
Show that  m = cn, that w.h.p. it produces a matching
 applied to Gn,m , with
−2c)
of size 1
2 + o(1) − log(2−e 4c n.

6.7.22 Let X1 , X2 , . . . , N = n2 be a sequence of independent Bernouilli random

variables with common probability p. Let ε > 0 be sufficiently small. (See

[531]).
7 log n
(a) Let p = 1−ε
n and let k = ε 2 . Show that w.h.p. there is no interval I of
length kn in [N] in which at least k of the variables take the value 1.
1+ε 2
(b) Let p = n and let N0 = εn2 . Show that w.h.p.
 
 N0 ε(1 + ε)n 
 ∑ Xi −  ≤ n2/3 .
 
i=1 2 
1−ε
6.7.23 Use the result of Exercise 6.7.21(a) to show that if p = n then w.h.p. the
maximum component size in Gn,p is at most 7 logε2
n
.
1+ε
6.7.24 Use the result of Exercise 6.7.21(b) to show that if p = n then w.h.p Gn,p
2
contains a path of length at least ε 5n .
6.8. NOTES 111

6.8 Notes
Hamilton cycles
Multiple Hamilton cycles

There are several results pertaining to the number of distinct Hamilton cycles
in Gn,m . Cooper and Frieze [212] showed that in the graph process Gm∗2 con-
tains (log n)n−o(n) distinct Hamilton cycles w.h.p. This number
 was improved by
 n
Glebov and Krivelevich [384] to n!pn eo(n) for Gn,p and loge n eo(n) at time m∗2 .
McDiarmid [584] showed that for Hamilton cycles, perfect matchings, spanning
trees the expected number was much higher. This comes from the fact that al-
though there is a small probability that m∗2 is of order n2 , most of the expectation
comes from here. (m∗k is defined in Exercise 6.7.5).
Bollobás and Frieze [146] (see Exercise 6.7.4) showed that in the graph pro-
cess, Gm∗k contains bk/2c edge disjoint Hamilton cycles plus another edge disjoint
matching of size bn/2c if n is odd. We call this property Ak . This was the case
k = O(1). The more difficult case of the occurrence of Ak at m∗k , where k → ∞
was verified in two papers, Krivelevich and Samotij [528] and Knox, Kühn and
Osthus [508].

Conditioning on minimum degree

Suppose that instead of taking enough edges to make the minimum degree in Gn,m
two very likely, we instead condition on having minimum degree at least two.
≥k denote G
Let Gδn,m n,m conditioned on having minimum degree at least k = O(1).
Bollobás, Fenner and Frieze [144] proved that if
 
n log n
m= + k log log n + ω(n)
2 k+1

≥k has A w.h.p.
then Gδn,m k
≥k has prop-
Bollobás, Cooper, Fenner and Frieze [141] prove that w.h.p. Gδn,cn
erty Ak−1 w.h.p. provided 3 ≤ k = O(1) and c ≥ (k + 1)3 . For k = 3, Frieze [342]
≥3 is Hamiltonian w.h.p. for c ≥ 10.
showed that Gδn,cn
δ ≥k
The k-core of a random graphs is distributed like Gν,µ for some (random)
ν, µ. Krivelevich, Lubetzky and Sudakov [527] prove that when a k-core first
appears, k ≥ 15, w.h.p. it has b(k − 3)/2c edge disjoint Hamilton cycles.
112 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS

Algorithms for finding Hamilton cycles

Gurevich and Shelah [404] and Thomason [737] gave linear expected time algo-
rithms for finding a Hamilton cycle in a sufficiently dense random graph i.e. Gn,m
with m  n5/3 in the Thomason paper. Bollobás, Fenner and Frieze [143] gave
an O(n3+o(1) ) time algorithm that w.h.p. finds a Hamilton cycle in the graph Gm∗2 .
Frieze and Haber [344] gave an O(n1+o(1) ) time algorithm for finding a Hamilton
≥3 for c sufficiently large.
cycle in Gδn,cn

Long cycles
A sequence of improvements, Bollobás [130]; Bollobás, Fenner and Frieze [145]
to Theorem 6.8 in the sense of replacing O(log c/c) by something smaller led
finally to Frieze [335]. He showed that w.h.p. there is a cycle of length n(1 −
ce−c (1 + εc )) where εc → 0 with c. Up to the value of εc this is best possible.
Glebov, Naves and Sudakov [385] prove the following generalisation of (part
of) Theorem 6.5. They prove that if a graph G has minimum degree at least k and
k+ωk (1)
p ≥ log k+log log
k then w.h.p. G p has a cycle of length at least k + 1.

Spanning Subgraphs
Riordan [671] used a second moment calculation to prove the existence of a cer-
tain (sequence of) spanning subgraphs H = H (i) in Gn,p . Suppose that we denote
the number of vertices in a graph H by |H| and the number of edges by e(H).
Suppose that |H| = n. For k ∈ [n] we let eH (k) = max{e(F) : F ⊆ H, |F| = k} and
H (k)
γ = max3≤k≤n ek−2 . Riordan proved that if the following conditions hold, then
Gn,p contains a copy of H w.h.p.: (i) e(H) ≥ n, (ii) N p, (1 − p)n1/2 → ∞, (iii)
npγ /∆(H)4 → ∞.
This for example replaces the 12 in Corollary 6.19 by 14 .

Spanning trees
Gao, Pérez-Giménez and Sato [373] considered the existence of k edge disjoint
spanning trees in Gn,p . Using a characterisation
 of Nash-Williams [626] they were
m

able to show that w.h.p. one can find min δ , n−1 edge disjoint spanning trees.
Here δ denotes the minimum degree and m denotes the number of edges.
When it comes to spanning trees of a fixed structure, Kahn conjectured that
the threshold for the existence of any fixed bounded degree tree T , in terms of
number of edges, is O(n log n). For example, a comb consists of a path P of length
n1/2 with each v ∈ P being one endpoint of a path Pv of the same length. The
paths Pv , Pw being vertex disjoint for v 6= w. Hefetz, Krivelevich and Szabó [420]
6.8. NOTES 113

proved this for a restricted class of trees i.e. those with a linear number of leaves
or with an induced path of length Ω(n). Kahn, Lubetzky and Wormald [472],
[473] verified the conjecture for combs. Montgomery [605], [606] sharpened the
result for combs, replacing m = Cn log n by m = (1 + ε)n log n and proved that
any tree can be found w.h.p. when m = O(∆n(log n)5 ), where ∆ is the maximum
degree of T . More recently, Montgomery [608] improved the upper bound on m
to the optimal, m = O(∆n(log n)).

Large Matchings
Karp and Sipser [494] analysed a greedy algorithm for finding a large matching
in the random graph Gn,p , p = c/n where c > 0 is a constant. It has a much better
performance than the algorithm described in Section 6.4. It follows from their
work that if µ(G) denotes the size of the largest matching in G then w.h.p.

µ(Gn,p ) γ ∗ + γ∗ + γ ∗ γ∗
≈ 1−
n 2c
where γ∗ is the smallest root of x = c exp {−ce−x } and γ ∗ = ce−γ∗ .
Later, Aronson, Frieze and Pittel [40] tightened their analysis. This led to
δ ≥2 . Frieze and Pittel
the consideration of the size of the largest matching in Gn,m=cn
[362] showed that w.h.p. this graph contains a matching of size n/2 − Z where
Z is a random variable with bounded expectation. Frieze [340] proved that in
the bipartite analogue of this problem, a perfect matching exists w.h.p. Building
on this work, Chebolu, Frieze and Melsted [182] showed how to find an exact
maximum sized matching in Gn,m , m = cn in O(n) expected time.

H-factors
By an H-factor of a graph G, we mean a collection of vertex disjoint copies of
a fixed graph H that together cover all the vertices of G. Some early results on
the existence of H-factors in random graphs are given in Alon and Yuster [33]
and Ruciński [687]. For the case of when H is a tree, Łuczak and Ruciński [567]
found the precise threshold. For general H, there is a recent breakthrough paper
of Johansson, Kahn and Vu [468] that gives the threshold for strictly balanced H
and good estimates in general. See Gerke and McDowell [372] for some further
results.
114 CHAPTER 6. SPANNING SUBGRAPHS
Chapter 7

Extreme Characteristics

This chapter is devoted to the extremes of certain graph parameters. We look first
at the diameter of random graphs i.e. the extreme value of the shortest distance
between a pair of vertices. Then we look at the size of the largest independent set
and the the related value of the chromatic number. We decribe an important recent
result on “interpolation” that proves certain limits exist. We end the chapter with
the likely values of the first and second eigenvalues of a random graph.

7.1 Diameter
In this section we will first discuss the threshold for Gn,p to have diameter d,
when d ≥ 2 is a constant. The diameter of a connected graph G is the maximum
over distinct vertices v, w of dist(v, w) where dist(v, w) is the minimum number
of edges in a path from v to w. The theorem below was proved independently by
Burtin [171], [172] and by Bollobás [128]. The proof we give is due to Spencer
[718].

Theorem 7.1. Let d ≥ 2 be a fixed positive integer. Suppose that c > 0 and

pd nd−1 = log(n2 /c).

Then (
e−c/2 if k = d
lim P(diam(Gn,p ) = k) =
n→∞ 1 − e−c/2 if k = d + 1.

Proof. (a): w.h.p. diam(G) ≥ d.

Fix v ∈ V and let
Nk (v) = {w : dist(v, w) = k}. (7.1)

115
116 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

It follows from Theorem 3.4 that w.h.p. for 0 ≤ k < d,

|Nk (v)| ≤ ∆k ≈ (np)k ≈ (n log n)k/d = o(n). (7.2)

(b) w.h.p. diam(G) ≤ d + 1

Fix v, w ∈ [n]. Then for 1 ≤ k < d, define the event
   
np k
Fk = |Nk (v)| ∈ Ik = , (2np)k
.
2

Then for k ≤ dd/2e we have

P(F¯k |F1 , . . . , Fk−1 ) =

! !
k−1
= P Bin n − ∑ |Ni (v)|, 1 − (1 − p)|Nk−1 (v)| ∈
/ Ik
i=0
    
3  np k−1 np k
≤ P Bin n − o(n), p ≤
4 2 2
   
5 k−1 k
+ P Bin n − o(n), (2np) p ≥ (2np)
4
n  o
≤ exp −Ω (np)k
= O(n−3 ).

So with probability 1 − O(n−3 ),

 np bd/2c  np dd/2e
|Nbd/2c (v)| ≥ and |Ndd/2e (w)| ≥ .
2 2

111
000 000
111
Y 00
11 00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11
000
111 000
111 00
11 00
11
000111
111
0000
1111 000
111
0001111
0000
1111 00
11
1111
0000000
111 00
11
0000
1111000
111
0000
1111 000
111
0000 111
1111 0000 0000
1111000
111
0000111
1111 0000
1111
0000111
0001111
1111111000
0000
1111 000
000
1110000
1111
0000
1111 0000
11110000000000
111
000
111
1111
0000 0001111
111
0000 111
1111 0000
1111 1111
0000111
000
0000111
1111 1111
0000
0001111000
111
0000111
0000 000
1111 000
1110000 0000111
1111 0000000
0001111
1111111
1111
0000
0000
1111 0001111
1110000
0000
1111 1111
0000
0000
1111000
000
1110000
0000
1111
000
111
000
111
0000 111
1111
0000
1111
000
000
1110000
1111
0000
1111 0000111
1111
0000
11110000000111
0001111
1111111
0000
000
000
111
0000
1111 000
111
000
1110000
1111
0000
1111 0000
1111000
1110000
1111000
111
000
111
000
111
0000
1111 000
111
000
1110000
1111 000
111
0000
1111 00
11
000
1110000
1111 00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111
0000 111
1111 000
000
111 000
111
000
111
0000
11110000000111
00
11
0000111
1111 1111
00
11
000
00
11
000
111
00
11
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11

v X w
7.1. DIAMETER 117

If X = Nbd/2c (v) and Y = Ndd/2e (w) then, either

X ∩Y 6= 0/ and dist(v, w) ≤ bd/2c + dd/2e = d,

or since the edges between X and Y are unconditioned by our construction,

   
( np d
) np d
P(6 ∃ an X : Y edge ) ≤ (1 − p) 2 ≤ exp − p
2
≤ exp{−(2 − o(1))np log n} = o(n−3 ).

So
P(∃v, w : dist(v, w) > d + 1) = o(n−1 ).
We now consider the probability that d or d + 1 is the diameter. We will use
Janson’s inequality, see Section 22.6. More precisely, we will use the earlier in-
equality, Corollary 22.14, from Janson, Łuczak and Ruciński [448].
We will first use this to estimate the probability of the following event: Let
v 6= w ∈ [n] and let

Av,w = {v, w are not joined by a path of length d}.

For x = x1 , x2 , . . . , xd−1 let

Bv,x,w = {(v, x1 , x2 , . . . , xd−1 , w) is a path in Gn,p }.

Let
Z = ∑ Zx ,
x
where (
1 if Bv,x,w occurs
Zx =
0 otherwise.
Janson’s inequality allows us to estimate the probability that Z = 0, which is pre-
cisely the probability of Av,w .
Now
 2  
d n 1
µ = E Z = (n − 2)(n − 3) · · · (n − d)p = log 1+O .
c n

Let x = x1 , x2 , · · · , xd−1 , y = y1 , y2 , . . . , yd−1 and

∆= ∑ P(Bx ∩ By )
x,y:x6=y
v,x,w and v,y,w
share an edge
118 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

d−1  
d 2(d−1)−t 2d−t
≤ ∑ n p , t is the number of shared edges,
t=1 t
!
d−1 2d−t
2(d−1)−t− d−1
d (2d−t)
=O ∑n (log n) d

t=1
!
d−1
=O ∑ n−t/d+o(1)
t=1
= o(1).

Applying Corollary 22.14), P(Z = 0) ≤ e−µ+∆ , we get

c + o(1)
P(Z = 0) ≤ .
n2
On the other hand the FKG inequality (see Section 22.3) implies that
 (n−2)(n−3)···(n−d) c + o(1)
d
P(Z = 0) ≥ 1 − p = .
n2
So
c + o(1)
P(Av,w ) = P(Z = 0) = .
n2
So
c + o(1)
E(#v, w : Av,w occurs) =
2
and we should expect that

P(6 ∃ v, w : Av,w occurs) ≈ e−c/2 . (7.3)

Indeed if we choose v1 , w1 , v2 , w2 , . . . , vk , wk , k constant, we will find that

 c k
P (Av1 ,w1 , Av2 ,w2 , . . . , Avk ,wk ) ≈ 2 (7.4)
n
and (7.3) follows from the method of moments.
The proof of (7.3) is just a more involved version of the proof of the special
case k = 1 that we have just completed. We now let
k
Bx = Bvi ,x,wi
[

i=1

and re-define
Z = ∑ Zx ,
x
7.1. DIAMETER 119

where now (
1 if Bx occurs
Zx =
0 otherwise.

i=1 Avi ,wi .

Tk
Then we have {Z = 0} is equivalent to
Now,
n2
   
d 1
E Z = k(n − 2)(n − 3) · · · (n − d)p = k log 1+O .
c n
We need to show that the corresponding ∆ = o(1). But,
∆≤∑ ∑ P(Bvr ,x,wr ∩ Bvs ,y,ws )
r,s x,y:x6=y
vr ,x,wr and vs ,y,ws
share an edge
d−1  
2 d 2(d−1)−t 2d−t
≤k ∑ n p
t=1 t
= o(1).
This shows that
 k
−k log(n2 /c+o(1) c + o(1)
P(Z = 0) ≤ e = .
n2
On the other hand, the FKG inequality (see Section 22.3) shows that
k
P (Av1 ,w1 , Av2 ,w2 , . . . , Avk ,wk ) ≥ ∏ P (Avi ,wi ) .
i=1

This verifies (7.4) and completes the proof of Theorem 7.1.

We turn next to a sparser case and prove a somewhat weaker result.
ω log n
Theorem 7.2. Suppose that p = n where ω → ∞. Then
log n
diam(Gn,p ) ≈ w.h.p.
log np
Proof. Fix v ∈ [n] and let Ni = Ni (v) be as in (7.1). Let N≤k =
S
i≤k Ni . Using the
proof of Theorem 3.4(b) we see that we can assume that
(1 − ω −1/3 )np ≤ deg(x) ≤ (1 + ω −1/3 )np for all x ∈ [n]. (7.5)
It follows that if γ = ω −1/3 and
log n − log 3 log n
k0 = ≈
log np + γ log np
120 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

then w.h.p.
2n
|N≤k0 | ≤ ∑ ((1 + γ)np)k ≤ 2((1 + γ)np)k0 = 3 + o(1)
k≤k0

log n
and so the diameter of Gn,p is at least (1 − o(1)) log np .
We can assume that np = no(1) as larger p are dealt with in Theorem 7.1. Now
fix v, w ∈ [n] and let Ni be as in the previous paragraph. Now consider a Breadth
First Search (BFS) that constructs N1 , N2 , . . . , Nk1 where
3 log n
k1 = .
5 log np
It follows that if (7.5) holds then for k ≤ k1 we have

|Ni≤k | ≤ n3/4 and |Nk |p ≤ n−1/5 . (7.6)

Observe now that the edges from Ni to [n] \ N≤i are unconditioned by the BFS up
to layer k and so for x ∈ [n] \ N≤k ,

P(x ∈ Nk+1 | N≤k ) = 1 − (1 − p)|Nk | ≥ |Nk |p(1 − |Nk |p) ≥

ρk = |Nk |p(1 − n−1/5 ).

The events x ∈ Nk+1 are independent and so |Nk+1 | stochastically dominates the bi-
nomial Bin(n − n3/4 , ρk ). Assume inductively that |Nk | ≥ (1 − γ)k (np)k for some
k ≥ 1. This is true w.h.p. for k = 1 by (7.5). Let Ak be the event that (7.6) holds.
It follows that
E(|Nk+1 | | Ak ) ≥ np|Nk |(1 − O(n−1/5 )).
It then follows from the Chernoff bounds (Theorem 22.6) that
 2 
γ
P(|Nk+1 | ≤ ((1 − γ)np)k+1
≤ exp − |Nk |np = o(n−anyconstant ).
4
There is a small point to be made about conditioning here. We can condition
on (7.5) holding and then argue that this only multiplies small probabilities by
1 + o(1) if we use P(A | B) ≤ P(A)/ P(B).
It follows that if
log n log n
k2 = ≈
2(log np + log(1 − γ) 2 log np
then w.h.p. we have
|Nk2 | ≥ n1/2 .
7.2. LARGEST INDEPENDENT SETS 121

Analogously, if we do BFS from w to create Nk0 , i = 1, 2, . . . , k2 then |Nk0 2 | ≥ n1/2 .

0
If N≤k2 ∩ N≤k 6= 0/ then dist(v, w) ≤ 2k2 and we are done. Otherwise, we observe
2
that the edges Nk2 : Nk0 2 between Nk2 and Nk0 2 are unconditioned (except for (7.5))
and so
1/2 1/2
P(Nk2 : Nk0 2 = 0)
/ ≤ (1 − p)n ×n ≤ n−ω .
If Nk2 : Nk0 2 6= 0/ then dist(v, w) ≤ 2k2 + 1 and we are done. Note that given (7.5),
all other unlikely events have probability O(n−anyconstant ) of occurring and so we
can inflate these latter probabilities by n2 to account for all choices of v, w. This
completes the proof of Theorem 7.2.

7.2 Largest Independent Sets

Let α(G) denote the size of the largest independent set in a graph G.

Dense case
The following theorem was first proved by Matula [576].

1
Theorem 7.3. Suppose 0 < p < 1 is a constant and b = 1−p . Then w.h.p.

α(Gn,p ) ≈ 2 logb n.

Proof. Let Xk be the number of independent sets of order k.

(i) Let
k = d2 logb ne
Then,
 
n k
E Xk = (1 − p)(2)
k
 k
ne k/2
≤ (1 − p)
k(1 − p)1/2
 k
e
≤
k(1 − p)1/2
= o(1).

(ii) Let now

k = b2 logb n − 5 logb log nc.
122 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

Let
∆= ∑ P(Si , S j are independent in Gn,p ),
i, j
Si ∼S j

where S1 , S2 , . . . , S(n) are all the k-subsets of [n] and Si ∼ S j iff |Si ∩ S j | ≥ 2. By
k
Janson’s inequality, see Theorem 22.13,

(E Xk )2
 
P(Xk = 0) ≤ exp − .
2∆

Here we apply the inequality in the context of Xk being the number of k-cliques in
the complement of Gn,p . The set [N] will be the edges of the complete graph and
the sets Di will the edges of the k-cliques. Now

n
(2k) ∑k n−k
k
(2k)−(2j)

∆ k (1 − p) j=2 k− j j (1 − p)
= 2
(E Xk )2


n
(1 − p)(2k)
k
k n−k
k

j
(1 − p)−(2)
k− j j
= ∑ n

j=2 k
k
= ∑ u j.
j=2

Notice that for j ≥ 2,

u j+1 k− j k− j
= (1 − p)− j
uj n − 2k + j + 1 j + 1
k (1 − p)− j
   2
logb n
≤ 1+O .
n n( j + 1)

Therefore,
 2  j−2
uj k 2(1 − p)−( j−2)( j+1)/2
≤ (1 + o(1))
u2 n j!
 j−2
2k2 e

j+1
≤ (1 + o(1)) (1 − p)− 2 ≤ 1.
nj

So
(E Xk )2 1 n2 (1 − p)
≥ ≥ .
∆ ku2 k5
7.2. LARGEST INDEPENDENT SETS 123

Therefore
2 /(log n)5 )
P(Xk = 0) ≤ e−Ω(n . (7.7)

Matula used the Chebyshev inequality and so he was not able to prove an
exponential bound like (7.7). This will be important when we come to discuss the
chromatic number.

Sparse Case
We now consider the case where p = d/n and d is a large constant. Frieze [339]
proved

Theorem 7.4. Let ε > 0 be a fixed constant. Then for d ≥ d(ε) we have that
w.h.p.  
 2n
α(Gn,p )) − (log d − log log d − log 2 + 1) ≤ εn .

 d  d
Dani and Moore [239] have recently given an even sharper result.
In this section we will prove that if p = d/n and d is sufficiently large then
w.h.p.  

α(Gn,p ) − 2 log d  ε log d
≤
n n. (7.8)
 d  d
This will follow from the following. Let Xk be as defined in the previous section.
Let
(2 − ε/8) log d (2 + ε/8) log d
k0 = n and k1 = n.
d d
Then,
(log d)2
     
  ε log d
P α(Gn,p ) − E(α(Gn,p )) ≥
  n ≤ exp −Ω n . (7.9)
8d d2
(log d)2
   
P(α(Gn,p ) ≥ k1 ) = P(Xk1 > 0) ≤ exp −Ω n . (7.10)
d
( ! )
(log d)3/2
P(α(Gn,p ) ≥ k0 ) = P(Xk0 > 0) ≥ exp −O n . (7.11)
d2

Let us see how (7.8) follows from these two. Indeed, (7.9) and (7.11) imply that
ε log d
E(α(Gn,p )) ≥ k0 − n. (7.12)
8d
Furthermore (7.9) and (7.10) imply that
ε log d
E(α(Gn,p )) ≤ k1 + n. (7.13)
8d
124 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

It follows from (7.12) and (7.13) that

ε log d
|k0 − E(α(Gn,p ))| ≤ n.
2d
We obtain (7.8) by applying (7.9) once more.
Proof of (7.9): This follows directly from the Azuma-Hoeffding inequality – see
Section 22.7, in particular Lemma 22.17. If Z = α(Gn,p ) then we write Z =
Z(Y2 ,Y3 , . . . ,Yn ) where Yi is the set of edges between vertex i and vertices [i − 1]
for i ≥ 2. Y2 ,Y3 , . . . ,Yn are independent and changing a single Yi can change Z by
at most one. Therefore, for any t > 0 we have

t2
 
P(|Z − E(Z)| ≥ t) ≤ exp − .
2n − 2
ε log d
Setting t = 8d n yields (7.9).
Proof of (7.10): The first moment method gives
  (k1 )  (k1 −1)/2 !k1
n d 2 ne d
Pr(Xk1 > 0) ≤ 1− ≤ · 1−
k1 n k1 n
k1
(log d)2
    
de −(1+ε/5)
≤ ·d = exp −Ω n .
2 log d d

Proof of (7.11): Now, after using Lemma 22.1(g),

k0 n−k0 k0



1 E(Xk20 ) k0 − j j
(1 − p)−(2)
j
≤ 2
=∑ n

P(Xk0 > 0) E(Xk0 ) j=0 k0
k0    2  j
k0 e jd jd
≤∑ · exp +O ×
j=0 j 2n n2
n − k0 k0 − j
 j  
k0
(7.14)
n n− j
k0    2  j
k0 e k0 jd jd
≤∑ · · exp +O ×
j=0 j n 2n n2
(k0 − j)2
 
exp −
n− j
k0    j  2
k0 e k0 jd 2k0 k
≤b ∑ · · exp + × exp − 0
j=0 j n 2n n n
7.3. INTERPOLATION 125

k0
= ∑ v j. (7.15)
j=0

(The notation A ≤b B is shorthand for A = O(B) when the latter is considered to

be ugly looking).
We observe first that (A/x)x ≤ eA/e for A > 0 implies that
k0 e k0 j
   2
k
· × exp − 0 ≤ 1.
j n n
So,

(log d)3/4 j2 d 2 jk0

 
j ≤ j0 = n =⇒ v j ≤ exp +
d 3/2 2n n
( ! )
(log d)3/2
= exp O n . (7.16)
d2
Now put
α log d 1 ε
j= n where 1/2 < α < 2 − .
d d (log d)1/4 4
Then
   
k0 e k0 jd 2k0 4e log d α log d 4 log d
· · exp + ≤ · exp +
j n 2n n αd 2 d
 
4e 4 log d
= exp
αd 1−α/2 d
< 1.
To see this note that if f (α) = αd 1−α/2 then f increases between d −1/2 and
2/ log d after which it decreases. Then note that
 
n
−1/2
o 4 log d
min f (d ), f (2 − ε) > 4e exp .
d
Thus v j < 1 for j ≥ j0 and (7.11) follows from (7.16).

7.3 Interpolation
The following theorem is taken from Bayati, Gamarnik and Tetali [67]. Note that
it is not implied by Theorem 7.4. This paper proves a number of other results of
a similar flavor for other parameters. It is an important paper in that it verifies
some very natural conjectures about some graph parameters, that have not been
susceptible to proof until now.
126 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

Theorem 7.5. There exists a function H(d) such that

E(α(Gn,bdnc ))
lim = H(d).
n→∞ n
(A)
Proof. For this proof we use the model Gn,m of Section 1.3. This is proper since
we we know that w.h.p.
(A) (A)
|α(Gn,m ) − α(Gn,m )| ≤ ||E(Gn,m )| − m| ≤ log n.

We will prove that for every 1 ≤ n1 , n2 ≤ n − 1 such that n1 + n2 = n,

(A) (A) (A)
E(α(Gn,bdnc )) ≥ E(α(Gn1 ,m1 )) + E(α(Gn2 ,m2 )) (7.17)

where mi = Bin(bdnc , ni /n), i = 1, 2.  

Assume (7.17). We have E(|m j − dn j |) = O(n1/2 ). This and (7.17) and the
fact that adding/deleting one edge changes α by at most one implies that
(A) (A) (A)
E(α(Gn,bdnc )) ≥ E(α(Gn )) + E(α(Gn ,bdn c )) − O(n1/2 ). (7.18)
1 ,bdn1 c 2 2

(A)
Thus the sequence un = E(α(Gn,bdnc )) satisfies the conditions of Lemma 7.6 be-
low and the proof of Theorem 7.5 follows.
Proof of (7.17): We begin by constructing a sequence of graphs interpolating
(A) (A) (A)
between Gn,bdnc and a disjoint union of Gn1 ,m1 and Gn2 ,m2 . Given n, n1 , n2 such
that n1 + n2 = n and any 0 ≤ r ≤ m = bdnc, let G(n, m, r) be the random (pseudo-
)graph on vertex set [n] obtained as follows. It contains precisely m edges. The
first r edges e1 , e2 , . . . , er are selected randomly from [n]2 . The remaining m −
r edges er+1 , . . . , em are generated as follows. For each j = r + 1, . . . , m, with
probability n j /n, e j is selected randomly from M1 = [n1 ]2 and with probability
n2 /n, e j is selected randomly from M2 =[n1 + 1, n]2 . Observe that when r = m we
(A)
have G(n, m, r) = G(A) (n, m) and when r = 0 it is the disjoint union of Gn1 ,m1 and
(A)
Gn2 ,m2 where m j = Bin(m, n j /n) for j = 1, 2. We will show next that

E(α(G(n, m, r))) ≥ E(α(G(n, m, r − 1))) for r = 1, . . . , m. (7.19)

It will follow immediately that

(A)
E(α(Gn,m )) = E(α(G(n, m, m))) ≥
(A) (A)
E(α(G(n, m, 0))) = E(α(Gn1 ,m1 )) + E(α(Gn2 ,m2 ))
7.4. CHROMATIC NUMBER 127

which is (7.17).
Proof of (7.19): Observe that G(n, m, r − 1) is obtained from
G(n, m, r) by deleting the random edge er and then adding an edge from M1 or M2 .
Let G0 be the graph obtained after deleting er , but before adding its replacement.
Remember that
G(n, m, r) = G0 + er .
We will show something stronger than (7.19) viz. that
E(α(G(n, m, r)) | G0 ) ≥ E(α(G(n, m, r − 1)) | G0 ) for r = 1, . . . , m. (7.20)
Now let O∗ ⊆ [n] be the set of vertices that belong to every largest independent set
in G0 . Then for er = (x, y), α(G0 + e) = α(G0 ) − 1 if x, y ∈ O∗ and α(G0 + e) =
/ O∗ or y ∈
α(G0 ) if x ∈ / O∗ . Because er is randomly chosen, we have
 ∗ 2
|O |
E(α(G0 + er ) | G0 ) − E(α(G0 )) = − .
n
By a similar argument
E(α(G(n, m, r − 1) | G0 ) − α(G0 )
n1 |O∗ ∩ M1 | 2 n2 |O∗ ∩ M2 | 2
   
=− −
n n1 n n2
n1 |O∗ ∩ M1 | n2 |O∗ ∩ M2 | 2
 
≤− +
n n1 n n2
 ∗ 2
|O |
=−
n
= E(α(G0 + er ) | G0 ) − E(α(G0 )),
completing the proof of (7.20).
The proof of the following lemma is left as an exercise.
Lemma 7.6. Given γ ∈ (0, 1), suppose that the non-negative sequence un , n ≥ 1
satisfies
un ≥ un1 + un2 − O(nγ )
for every n1 , n2 such that n1 + n2 = n. Then limn→∞ unn exists.

7.4 Chromatic Number

Let χ(G) denote the chromatic number of a graph G, i.e., the smallest number of
colors with which one can properly color the vertices of G. A coloring is proper
if no two adjacent vertices have the same color.
128 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

Dense Graphs
We will first describe the asymptotic behavior of the chromatic number of dense
random graphs. The following theorem is a major result, due to Bollobás [136].
The upper bound without the 2 in the denominator follows directly from Theorem
7.3. An intermediate result giving 3/2 instead of 2 was already proved by Matula
[577].

1
Theorem 7.7. Suppose 0 < p < 1 is a constant and b = 1−p . Then w.h.p.

n
χ(Gn,p ) ≈ .
2 logb n

Proof. (i) By Theorem 7.3

n n
χ(Gn,p ) ≥ ≈ .
α(Gn,p ) 2 logb n
n
(ii) Let ν = (logb n)2
and k0 = 2 logb n − 4 logb logb n. It follows from (7.7) that

P(∃S : |S| ≥ ν, S does not contain an independent set of order ≥ k0 )

ν2
    
n
≤ exp −Ω (7.21)
ν (log n)5
= o(1).

So assume that every set of order at least ν contains an independent set of order
at least k0 . We repeatedly choose an independent set of order k0 among the set
of uncolored vertices. Give each vertex in this set a new color. Repeat until the
number of uncolored vertices is at most ν. Give each remaining uncolored vertex
its own color. The number of colors used is at most
n n
+ν ≈ .
k0 2 logb n

It should be noted that Bollobás did not have the Janson inequality available
to him and he had to make a clever choice of random variable for use with the
Azuma-Hoeffding inequality. His choice was the maximum size of a family of
edge independent independent sets. Łuczak [560] proved the corresponding result
to Theorem 7.7 in the case where np → 0.
7.4. CHROMATIC NUMBER 129

Concentration

Theorem 7.8. Suppose 0 < p < 1 is a constant. Then

 2
t
P(|χ(Gn,p ) − E χ(Gn,p )| ≥ t) ≤ 2 exp −
2n

Proof. Write
χ = Z(Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yn ) (7.22)
where
Y j = {(i, j) ∈ E(Gn,p ) : i < j}.
Then
|Z(Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yn ) − Z(Y1 ,Y2 , . . . , Ŷi , . . . ,Yn )| ≤ 1
and the theorem follows from the Azuma-Hoeffding inequality, see Section 22.7,
in particular Lemma 22.17.

Greedy Coloring Algorithm

We show below that a simple greedy algorithm performs very efficiently. It uses
twice as many colors as it “should” in the light of Theorem 7.7. This algorithm is
discussed in Bollobás and Erdős [142] and by Grimmett and McDiarmid [400]. It
starts by greedily choosing an independent set C1 and at the same time giving its
vertices color 1. C1 is removed and then we greedily choose an independent set
C2 and give its vertices color 2 and so on, until all vertices have been colored.

Algorithm GREEDY

• k is the current color.

• A is the current set of vertices that might get color k in the current round.

• U is the current set of uncolored vertices.

begin
k ←− 0, A ←− [n], U ←− [n], Ck ←− 0.
/
while U 6= 0/ do
k ←− k + 1 A ←− U
while A 6= 0/
begin
130 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

Choose v ∈ A and put it into Ck

U ←− U \ {v}
A ←− A \ ({v} ∪ N(v))
end
end

1
Theorem 7.9. Suppose 0 < p < 1 is a constant and b = 1−p . Then w.h.p. algo-
rithm GREEDY uses approximately n/ logb n colors to color the vertices of Gn,p .
Proof. At the start of an iteration the edges inside U are un-examined. Suppose
that
n
|U| ≥ ν = .
(logb n)2
We show that approximately logb n vertices get color k i.e. at the end of round k,
|Ck | ≈ logb n.
Each iteration chooses a maximal independent set from the remaining uncolored
vertices. Let k0 = logb n − 5 logb logb n. Then

P(∃ T : |T | ≤ k0 , T is maximally independent in U)

k0  
n t
n −t
≤∑ (1 − p)(2) 1 − (1 − p)t 0
t=1 t
k0 
ne t−1 t
 t
≤∑ (1 − p) 2 e−(n0 −t)(1−p)
t=1 t
k0 
t t
 t
≤ ∑ ne1+(1−p) e−n0 (1−p)
t=1

k0 3 1 3
≤ k0 ne2 e−(logb n) ≤ e− 2 (logb n) .

So the probability that we fail to use at least k0 colors while |U| ≥ ν is at most
1 3
ne− 2 (logb ν) = o(1).

So w.h.p. GREEDY uses at most

n n
+ν ≈ colors.
k0 logb n
We now put a lower bound on the number of colors used by GREEDY. Let

k1 = logb n + 2 logb logb n.

7.4. CHROMATIC NUMBER 131

Consider one round. Let U0 = U and suppose u1 , u2 , . . . ∈ Ck and Ui+1 = Ui \

({ui }) ∪ N(ui )).
Then
E( |Ui+1 | |Ui ) ≤ |Ui |(1 − p),
and so, for i = 1, 2, ..
E |Ui | ≤ n(1 − p)i .
So
1
P(k1 vertices colored in one round) ≤ ,
(logb n)2
and
1
P(2k1 vertices colored in one round) ≤ .
n
So let (
1 if at most k1 vertices are colored in round i
δi =
0 otherwise
We see that
1
P(δi = 1|δ1 , δ2 , . . . , δi−1 ) ≥ 1 − .
(logb n)2
So the number of rounds that color more than k1 vertices is stochastically dom-
inated by a binomial with mean n/(logb n)2 . The Chernoff bounds imply that
w.h.p. the number of rounds that color more than k1 vertices is less than 2n/(logb n)2 .
Strictly speaking we need to use Lemma 22.24 to justify the use of the Cher-
noff bounds. Because no round colors more than 2k1 vertices we see that w.h.p.
GREEDY uses at least
n − 4k1 n/(logb n)2 n
≈ colors.
k1 logb n

Sparse Graphs
We now consider the case of sparse random graphs. We first state an important
conjecture about the chromatic number.
Conjecture: Let k ≥ 3 be a fixed positive integer. Then there exists dk > 0
such that if ε is an arbitrary positive constant and p = dn then w.h.p. (i) χ(Gn,p ) ≤ k
for d ≤ dk − ε and (ii) χ(Gn,p ) ≥ k + 1 for d ≥ dk + ε.
In the absence of a proof of this conjecture, we present the following result due
to Łuczak [561]. It should be noted that Shamir and Spencer [708] had already
proved six point concentration.
132 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

Theorem 7.10. If p < n−5/6−δ , δ > 0, then the chromatic number of Gn,p is w.h.p.
two point concentrated.

Proof. To prove this theorem we need three lemmas.

Lemma 7.11.

(a) Let 0 < δ < 1/10, 0 ≤ p < 1 and d = np. Then w.h.p. each subgraph H of
Gn,p on less than nd −3(1+2δ ) vertices has less than (3/2 − δ )|H| edges.

(b) Let 0 < δ < 1.0001 and let 0 ≤ p ≤ δ /n. Then w.h.p. each subgraph H of
Gn,p has less than 3|H|/2 edges.

The above lemma can be proved easily by the first moment method, see Ex-
ercise 7.6.6. Note also that Lemma 7.11 implies that each subgraph H satisfying
the conditions of the lemma has minimum degree less than three, and thus is 3-
colorable, due to the following simple observation (see Bollobás [137] Theorem
V.1)

Lemma 7.12. Let k = maxH⊆G δ (H), where the maximum is taken over all in-
duced subgraphs of G. Then χ(G) ≤ k + 1.

Proof. This is an easy exercise in Graph Theory. We proceed by induction on

|V (G)|. We choose a vertex of minimum degree v, color G − v inductively and
then color v.
The next lemma is an immediate consequence of the Azuma-Hoeffding in-
equality, see Section 22.7, in particular Lemma 22.17.

Lemma 7.13. 9 Let k = k(n) be such that

1
P (χ(Gn,p ) ≥ k) > . (7.23)
log log n

Then w.h.p. all but at most n1/2 log n vertices of Gn,p can be properly colored
using k colors.

Proof. Let Z be the maximum number of vertices in Gn,p that can be properly
colored with k colors. Write Z = Z(Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yn ) as in (7.22). Then we have
 2
1 t
P(Z = n) > and P(|Z − E Z)| ≥ t) ≤ 2 exp − . (7.24)
log log n 2n
7.5. EIGENVALUES 133

Putting t = 21 n1/2 log n into (7.24) shows that E Z ≥ n − t and the lemma follows
after applying the concentration inequality in (7.24) once again.
Now we are ready to present Łuczak’s ingenious argument to prove Theorem
7.10. Note first that when p is such that np → 0 as n → ∞, then by Theorem 2.1
Gn,p is a forest w.h.p. and so its chromatic number is either 1 or 2. Furthermore,
for 1/ log n < d < 1.0001 the random graph Gn,p w.h.p. contains at least one edge
and no subgraph with minimal degree larger than two (see Lemma 7.11), which
implies that χ(Gn,p ) is equal to 2 or 3 (see Lemma 7.12). Now let us assume that
the edge probability p is such that 1.0001 < d = np < n1/6−δ . Observe that in this
range of p the random graph Gn,p w.h.p. contains an odd cycle, so χ(Gn,p ) ≥ 3.
Let k be as in Lemma 7.13 and let U0 be a set of size at most u0 = n1/2 log n
such that [n] \U0 can be properly colored with k colors. Let us construct a nested
sequence of subsets of vertices U0 ⊆ U1 ⊆ . . . ⊆ Um of Gn,p , where we define
Ui+1 = Ui ∪ {v, w}, where v, w 6∈ Ui are connected by an edge and both v and w
have a neighbor in Ui . The construction stops at i = m if such a pair {v, w} does
not exist.
Notice that m can not exceed m0 = n1/2 log n, since if m > m0 then a subgraph of
Gn,p induced by vertices of Um0 would have

|Um0 | = u0 + 2m0 ≤ 3n1/2 log n < nd −3(1+2δ )

vertices and at least 3m0 ≥ (3/2 − δ )|Um0 | edges, contradicting the statement of
Lemma 7.11.
As a result, the construction produces a set Um in Gn,p , such that its size is smaller
than nd −3(1+2δ ) and, moreover, all neighbors N(Um ) of Um form an independent
set, thus “isolating” Um from the “outside world”.
Now, the coloring of the vertices of Gn,p is an easy task. Namely, by Lemma 7.13,
we can color the vertices of Gn,p outside the set Um ∪ N(Um ) with k colors. Then
we can color the vertices from N(Um ) with color k + 1, and finally, due to Lemmas
7.11 and 7.12, the subgraph induced by Um is 3-colorable and we can color Um
with any three of the first k colors.

7.5 Eigenvalues
Separation of first and remaining eigenvalues
The following theorem is a weaker version of a theorem of Füredi and Komlós
[370], which was itself a strengthening of a result of Juhász [471]. See also Coja–
Oghlan [198] and Vu [749]. In their papers, 2ω log n is replaced by 2 + o(1) and
this is best possible.
134 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

Theorem 7.14. Suppose that ω → ∞, ω = o(log n) and ω 3 (log n)2 ≤ np ≤ n −

ω 3 (log n)2 . Let A denote the adjacency matrix of Gn,p . Let the eigenvalues of A
be λ1 ≥ λ2 ≥ · · · ≥ λn . Then w.h.p.
(i) λ1 ≈ np
p
(ii) |λi | ≤ 2ω log n np(1 − p) for 2 ≤ i ≤ n.

The proof of the above theorem is based on the following lemma.

In the following |x| denotes the Euclidean norm of x ∈ R.
Lemma 7.15. Let J be the all 1’s matrix and M = pJ − A. Then w.h.p.
p
kMk ≤ 2ω log n np(1 − p)

where
kMk = max |Mx| = max {|λ1 (M)|, |λn (M)|} .
|x|=1

We first show that the lemma implies the theorem. Let e denote the all 1’s vector.
Suppose that |ξ | = 1 and ξ ⊥e. Then Jξ = 0 and
p
|Aξ | = |Mξ | ≤ kMk ≤ 2ω log n np(1 − p).

Now let |x| = 1 and let x = αu + β y where u = √1 e and y⊥e and |y| = 1. Then
n

|Ax| ≤ |α||Au| + |β ||Ay|.

We have, writing A = pJ + M, that

1 1
|Au| = √ |Ae| ≤ √ (np|e| + kMk|e|)
n n
p
≤ np + 2ω log n np(1 − p)
p
|Ay| ≤ 2ω log n np(1 − p)
Thus
p
|Ax| ≤ |α|np + (|α| + |β |)2ω log n np(1 − p)
p
≤ np + 3ω log n np(1 − p).

This implies that λ1 ≤ (1 + o(1))np.

But

|Au| ≥ |(A + M)u| − |Mu|

7.5. EIGENVALUES 135

= |pJu| − |Mu|
p
≥ np − 2ω log n np(1 − p),

implying λ1 ≥ (1 + o(1))np, which completes the proof of (i).

Now
|Aξ |
λ2 = min max
η 06=ξ ⊥η |ξ |

|Aξ |
≤ max
06=ξ ⊥u |ξ |
|Mξ |
≤ max
06=ξ ⊥u |ξ |
p
≤ 2ω log n np(1 − p)
λn = min ξ T Aξ ≥ min ξ T Aξ − pξ T Jξ
|ξ |=1 |ξ |=1
p
= min −ξ T Mξ ≥ −kMk ≥ −2ω log n np(1 − p).
|ξ |=1

This completes the proof of (ii).

Proof of Lemma 7.15:
As in previously mentioned papers, we use the trace method of Wigner [756].
Putting M̂ = M − pIn we see that

kMk ≤ kM̂k + kpIn k = kM̂k + p

and so we bound kM̂k.

Letting mi j denote the (i, j)th entry of M̂ we have

(i) E mi j = 0
(ii) Var mi j ≤ p(1 − p) = σ 2
(iii) mi j , mi0 j0 are independent, unless (i0 , j0 ) = ( j, i),
in which case they are identical.

Now let k ≥ 2 be an even integer.

n
Trace(M̂ k ) = ∑ λi (M̂ k )
i=1
n o
k k
≥ max λ1 (M̂ ), λn (M̂ )
= kM̂ k k.
136 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

We estimate
kM̂k ≤ Trace(M̂ k )1/k ,
where k = ω log n.
Now,

E(Trace(M̂ k )) = ∑ E(mi0 i1 mi1 i2 · · · mik−2 ik−1 mik−1 i0 ).

i0 ,i1 ,...,ik−1 ∈[n]

Recall that the i, jth entry of M̂ k is the sum over all products
mi,i1 mi1 ,i2 · · · mik−1 j .
Continuing, we therefore have
k
E kM̂kk ≤ ∑ En,k,ρ
ρ=2

where  !
 k−1 
En,k,ρ = ∏ mi j i j+1  .
 
∑ E
i0 ,i1 ,...,ik−1 ∈[n] j=0

|{i0 ,i1 ,i2 ,...,ik−1 }|=ρ

Note that as mii = 0 by construction of M̂ we have that En,k,1 = 0

Each sequence i = i0 , i1 , . . . , ik−1 , i0 corresponds to a walk W (i) on the graph Kn
with n loops added. Note that
!
k−1
E ∏ mi j i j+1 =0 (7.25)
j=0

if the walk W (i) contains an edge that is crossed exactly once, by condition (i).
On the other hand, |mi j | ≤ 1 and so by conditions (ii), (iii),
 !
 k−1 
E ∏ mi j i j+1  ≤ σ 2(ρ−1)
 
j=0
 

if each edge of W (i) is crossed at least twice and if |{i0 , i1 , . . . , ik−1 }| = ρ.

Let Rk,ρ denote the number of (k, ρ) walks i.e closed walks of length k that visit
ρ distinct vertices and do not cross any edge exactly once. We use the following
trivial estimates:

(i) ρ > 2k + 1 implies Rk,ρ = 0. (ρ this large will invoke (7.25)).

(ii) ρ ≤ 2k + 1 implies Rk,ρ ≤ nρ kk ,

7.5. EIGENVALUES 137

where nρ bounds from above the the number of choices of ρ distinct vertices,
while kk bounds the number of walks of length k.
We have
1 1
2 k+1 2 k+1 1
E kM̂kk ≤ ∑ Rk,ρ σ 2(ρ−1) ≤ ∑ nρ kk σ 2(ρ−1) ≤ 2n 2 k+1 kk σ k .
ρ=2 ρ=2

Therefore,

E kM̂kk
 
1 k
 1
 
k
P kM̂k ≥ 2kσ n = P kM̂k ≥ 2kσ n
2 2 ≤
1 k

2kσ n 2

1
!k k
2n 2 k+1 kk σ k (2n)1/k

1
≤   = = + o(1) = o(1).
1 k 2 2
2kσ n 2
p
It follows that w.h.p. kM̂k ≤ 2σ ω(log n)n1/2 ≤ 2ω log n np(1 − p) and com-
pletes the proof of Theorem 7.14.

Concentration of eigenvalues
We show here how one can use Talagrand’s inequality, Theorem 22.18, to show
that the eigenvalues of random matrices are highly concentrated around their me-
dian values. The result is from Alon, Krivelevich and Vu [30].
Theorem 7.16. Let A be an n × n random symmetric matrix with independent en-
tries ai, j = a j,i , 1 ≤ i ≤ j ≤ n with absolute value at most one. Let its eigenvalues
be λ1 (A) ≥ λ2 (A) ≥ · · · ≥ λn (A). Suppose that 1 ≤ s ≤ n. Let µs denote the me-
dian value of λs (A) i.e. µs = infµ {P(λs (A) ≤ µ) ≥ 1/2}. Then for any t ≥ 0 we
have
2 2
P(|λs (A) − µs | ≥ t) ≤ 4e−t /32s .
The same estimate holds for the probability that λn−s+1 (A) deviates from its me-
dian by more than t.

Proof. We will use Talagrand’s inequality, Theorem 22.18. We let m = n+1

2 and
let Ω = Ω1 × Ω2 × · · · × Ωm where for each 1 ≤ k ≤ m we have Ωk = ai, j for
some i ≤ j. Fix a positive integer s and let M,t be real numbers. Let A be the
set of matrices A for which λs (A) ≤ M and let B be the set of matrices for which
λs (B) ≥ M + t. When applying Theorem 22.18 it is convenient to view A as an
m-vector.
138 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

Fix B ∈ B and let v(1) , v(2) , . . . , v(s) be an orthonormal set of eigenvectors for
(k) (k) (k)
the s largest eigenvalues of B. Let v(k) = (v1 , v2 , . . . , vn ),
s
(k) 2
αi,i = ∑ (vi ) for 1 ≤ i ≤ n
k=1

and s s
s s
(k) (k) 2
αi, j = 2 ∑ (vi )2 ∑ (v j ) for 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n.
k=1 k=1
Lemma 7.17.
∑ αi,2 j ≤ 2s2 .
1≤i≤ j≤n

Proof.
!2 !
n s s s
(k) 2 (k) 2 (k) 2
∑ αi,2 j = ∑ ∑ (vi ) +4 ∑ ∑ (vi ) ∑ (v j )
1≤i≤ j≤n i=1 k=1 1≤i< j≤n k=1 k=1
!2 !2
n s s n
(k) (k) 2
≤2 ∑ ∑ (vi )2 =2 ∑ ∑ (vi ) = 2s2 ,
i=1 k=1 k=1 i=1

where we have used the fact that each v(k) is a unit vector.

Lemma 7.18. For every A = (ai, j ) ∈ A and B = (bi, j ) ∈ B,

∑ αi, j ≥ t/2.
1≤i≤ j≤n:ai, j 6=bi, j

Fix A ∈ A . Let u = ∑sk=1 ck v(k) be a unit vector in the span S of the vectors
v(k) , k = 1, 2, . . . , s which is orthogonal to the eigenvectors of the (s − 1) largest
eigenvalues of A. Recall that v(k) , k = 1, 2, . . . , s are eigenvectors of B. Then
∑sk=1 c2k = 1 and ut Au ≤ λs (A) ≤ M, whereas ut Bu ≥ minv∈S vt Bv = λs (B) ≥ M +
t. Recall that all entries of A and B are bounded in absolute value by 1, implying
that |bi, j − ai, j | ≤ 2 for all 1 ≤ i, j ≤ n. It follows that if X is the set of ordered
pairs (i, j) for which ai, j 6= bi, j then
!t
s s
t (k) (k)
t ≤ u (B − A)u = ∑ (bi, j − ai, j ) ∑ ck vi ∑ ck v j
(i, j)∈X k=1 k=1
  
 s  s 
(k)   (k) 
≤ 2 ∑  ∑ ck vi   ∑ ck v j 

(i, j)∈X k=1
  k=1 
7.6. EXERCISES 139
s s ! s s !
s s 2 s s
 2
(k) (k)
≤2 ∑ ∑ c2k ∑ vi ∑ c2k ∑ vj
(i, j)∈X k=1 k=1 k=1 k=1

=2 ∑ αi, j
(i, j)∈X

as claimed. (We obtained the third inequality by use of the Cauchy-Schwarz in-
equality).

By the above two lemmas, and by Theorem 22.18 for every M and every t > 0
2 /(32s2 )
P(λs (A) ≤ M) P(λs (B) ≥ M + t) ≤ e−t . (7.26)

If M is the median of λs (A) then P(λs (A) ≤ M) ≥ 1/2, by definition, implying

that
2 2
P(λs (A) ≥ M + t) ≤ 2e−t /(32s ) .
Similarly, by applying (7.26) with M + t being the median of λs (A) we conclude
that
2 2
P(λs (A) ≤ M − t) ≤ 2e−t /(32s ) .
This completes the proof of Theorem 7.16 for λs (A). The proof for λn−s+1 follows
by applying the theorem to s and −A.

7.6 Exercises
7.6.1 Let p = d/n where d is a positive constant. Let S be the set of vertices of
2 log n
degree at least 3 log log n . Show that w.h.p., S is an independent set.

7.6.2 Let p = d/n where d is a large positive constant. Use the first moment
method to show that w.h.p.
2n
α(Gn,p ) ≤ (log d − log log d − log 2 + 1 + ε)
d
for any positive constant ε.
7.6.3 Complete the proof of Theorem 7.4.
Let m = d/(log d)2 and partition [n] into n0 = mn sets S1 , S2 , . . . , Sn0 of size
m. Let β (G) be the maximum size of an independent set S that satisfies
|S ∩ Si | ≤ 1 for i = 1, 2, . . . , n0 . Use the proof idea of Theorem 7.4 to show
that w.h.p.
2n
β (Gn,p ) ≥ k−ε = (log d − log log d − log 2 + 1 − ε).
d
 140 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

7.6.4 Prove Theorem7.4 using Talagrand’s

inequality, Theorem 22.22.
(Hint: Let A = α(Gn,p ) ≤ k−ε − 1 ).

7.6.5 Prove Lemma 7.6.

7.6.6 Prove Lemma 7.11.

7.6.7 Prove that if ω = ω(n) → ∞ then there exists an interval I of length

ωn1/2 / log n such that w.h.p. χ(Gn,1/2 ) ∈ I. (See Scott [706]).

7.6.8 A topological clique of size s is a graph obtained from the complete graph
Ks by subdividing edges. Let tc(G) denote the size of the largest topological
clique contained in a graph G. Prove that w.h.p. tc(Gn,1/2 ) = Θ(n1/2 ).

7.6.9 Suppose that H is obtained from Gn,1/2 by planting a clique C of size m

= n1/2 log n inside it. describe a polynomial time algorithm that w.h.p. finds
C. (Think that an adversary adds the clique without telling you where it is).

7.6.10 Show that if d > 2k log k for a positive integer k ≥ 2 then w.h.p. G(n, d/n) is
not k-colorable. (Hint:Consider the expected number of proper k-coloring’s).

7.6.11 Let p = K log n/n for some large constant K > 0. Show that w.h.p. the
diameter of Gn,p is Θ(log n/ log log n).

7.6.12 Suppose that 1 + ε ≤ np = o(log n), where ε > 0 is constant. Show that
given A > 0, there exists B = B(A) such that
 
log n
P diam(K) ≥ B ≤ n−A ,
log np

where K is the giant component of Gn,p .

7.6.13 Let p = d/n for some constant d > 0. Let A be the adjacency matrix of
Gn,p . Show that w.h.p. λ1 (A) ≈ ∆1/2 where ∆ is the maximum degree in
Gn,p . (Hint: the maximum eigenvalue of the adjacency matrix of K1,m is
m1/2 ).

7.6.14 A proper 2-tone k-coloring of a graph G = (V, E) is an assignment of pairs

of colors Cv ⊆ [k], |Cv | = 2 such that (i) |Cv ∩Cw | < d(v, w) where d(v, w) is
the graph distance from v to w. If χ2 (G) denotes the minimum k for which
there exists a 2-tone coloring of G, show that w.h.p. χ2 (Gn,p ) ≈ 2χ(Gn,p ).
(This question is taken from [47]).
 7.7. NOTES 141

7.6.15 The set chromatic number χs (G) of a graph G = (V, E) is defined as follows:
Let C denote a set of colors. Color each v ∈ V with a color f (v) ∈ C.
Let Cv = { f (w) : {v, w} ∈ G}. The coloring is proper if Cv 6= Cw whenever
{v, w} ∈ E. χs is the minimum size of C in a proper coloring of G. Prove
that if 0 < p < 1 is constant then w.h.p. χs (Gn,p ) ≈ r log2 n where r = log 21/s
2
and s = min q2` + (1 − q` )2 : ` = 1, 2, . . . where q = 1 − p. (This question


is taken from Dudek, Mitsche and Pralat [269]).

7.7 Notes
Chromatic number
There has been a lot of progress in determining the chromatic number of sparse
random graphs. Alon and Krivelevich [27] extended the result in [561] to the
range p ≤ n−1/2−δ . A breakthrough came when Achlioptas and Naor [6] identi-
fied the two possible values for np = d where d = O(1): Let kd be the smallest
integer k such that d < 2k log k. Then w.h.p. χ(Gn,p ) ∈ {kd , kd + 1}. This im-
plies that dk , the (conjectured) threshold for a random graph to have chromatic
number at most k, satisfies dk ≥ 2k log k − 2 logk −2 + ok (1) where ok (1) → 0 as
k → ∞. Coja–Oghlan, Panagiotou and Steger [200] extended the result of [6]
to np ≤ n1/4−ε , although here the guaranteed range is three values. More re-
cently, Coja–Oghlan and Vilenchik [201] proved the following. Let dk,cond =
2k log k − log k − 2 log 2. Then w.h.p. dk ≥ dk,cond − ok (1). On the other hand
Coja–Oghlan [199] proved that dk ≤ dk,cond + (2 log 2 − 1) + ok (1).
It follows from Chapter 2 that the chromatic number of Gn,p , p ≤ 1/n is w.h.p.
at most 3. Achlioptas and Moore [4] proved that in fact χ(Gn,p ) ≤ 3 w.h.p. for
p ≤ 4.03/n. Now a graph G is s-colorable iff it has a homomorphism ϕ : G → Ks .
(A homomorphism from G to H is a mapping ϕ : V (G) → V (H) such that if
{u, v} ∈ E(G) then (ϕ(u), ϕ(v)) ∈ E(H)). It is therefore of interest in the con-
text of coloring, to consider homomorphisms from Gn,p to other graphs. Frieze
and Pegden [361] show that for any ` > 1 there is an ε > 0 such that with high
probability, Gn, 1+ε either has odd-girth < 2` + 1 or has a homomorphism to the
n
odd cycle C2`+1 . They also showed that w.h.p. there is no homomorphism from
Gn,p , p = 4/n to C5 . Previously, Hatami [413] has shown that w.h.p. there is no
homomorphism from a random cubic graph to C7 .
Alon and Sudakov [32] considered how many edges one must add to Gn,p in
order to significantly increase the chromatic number. They show that if n−1/3+δ ≤
p ≤ 1/2 for some fixed δ > 0 then w.h.p. for every set E of
2−12 ε 2 n2
(log (np))2
edges, the chromatic number of Gn,p ∪ E is still at most 2 (1+ε)n
log (np) .
b b
142 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS

Let Lk be an arbitrary function that assigns to each vertex of G a list of k

colors. We say that G is Lk -list-colorable if there exists a proper coloring of the
vertices such that every vertex is colored with a color from its own list. A graph is
k-choosable, if for every such function Lk , G is Lk -list-colorable. The minimum
k for which a graph is k-choosable is called the list chromatic number, or the
choice number, and denoted by χL (G). The study of the choice number of Gn,p
was initiated in [21], where Alon proved that a.a.s., the choice number of Gn,1/2 is
o(n). Kahn then showed (see [22]) that a.a.s. the choice number of Gn,1/2 equals
(1 + o(1))χ(Gn,1/2 ). In [521], Krivelevich showed that this holds for p  n−1/4 ,
and Krivelevich, Sudakov, Vu, and Wormald [533] improved this to p  n−1/3 .
On the other hand, Alon, Krivelevich, Sudakov [28] and Vu [748] showed that
for any value of p satisfying 2 < np ≤ n/2, the choice number is Θ(np/ log(np)).
Krivelevich and Vu [534] generalized this to hypergraphs; they also improved the
leading constants and showed that the choice number for C/n ≤ p ≤ 0.9 (where C
is a sufficiently large constant) is at most a multiplicative factor of 2 + o(1) away
from the chromatic number, the best known factor for p ≤ n−1/3 .

Algorithmic questions
We have seen that the Greedy algorithm applied to Gn,p generally produces a
coloring that uses roughly twice the minimum number of colors needed. Note
also that the analysis of Theorem 7.9, when k = 1, implies that a simple greedy
algorithm for finding a large independent set produces one of roughly half the
maximum size. In spite of much effort neither of these two results have been sig-
nificantly improved. We mention some negative results. Jerrum [465] showed that
the Metropolis algorithm was unlikely to do very well in finding an independent
set that was significantly larger than GREEDY. Other earlier negative results in-
clude: Chvátal [194], who showed that for a significant set of densities, a large
class of algorithms will w.h.p. take exponential time to find the size of the largest
independent set and McDiarmid [581] who carried out a similar analysis for the
chromatic number.
Frieze, Mitsche, Pérez-Giménez and Pralat [359] study list coloring in an on-
line setting and show that for a wide range of p, one can asymptotically match the
best known constants of the off-line case. Moreover, if pn ≥ logω n, then they get
the same multiplicative factor of 2 + o(1).

Randomly Coloring random graphs

A substantial amount of research in Theoretical Computer Science has been as-
sociated with the question of random sampling from complex distributions. Of
relevance here is the following: Let G be a graph and k be a positive integer. Then
7.7. NOTES 143

let Ωk (G) be the set of proper k-coloring’s of the vertices of G. There has been a
good deal of work on the problem of efficiently choosing a (near) random member
of Ωk (G). For example, Vigoda [746] has described an algorithm that produces a
(near) random sample in polynomial time provided k > 11∆(G)/6. When it comes
to Gn,p , Dyer, Flaxman, Frieze and Vigoda [277] showed that if p = d/n, d = O(1)
then w.h.p. one can sample a random coloring if k = O(log log n) = o(∆). The
bound on k was reduced to k = O(d O(1) ) by Mossell and Sly [615] and then to
k = O(d) by Efthymiou [283].

Diameter of sparse random graphs

The diameter of the giant component of Gn,p , p = λ /n, λ > 1 was considered
by Fernholz and Ramachandran [310] and by Riordan and Wormald [676]. In
log n log n ∗
particular, [676] proves that w.h.p. the diameter is log λ +2 log 1/λ ∗ +W where λ <
∗
1 and λ ∗ e−λ = λ e−λ and W = O p (1) i.e. is bounded in probability for λ = O(1)
and O(1) for λ → ∞. In addition, when λ = 1 + ε where ε 3 n → ∞ i.e. the case of
ε 3n log ε 3 n
the emerging giant, [676] shows that w.h.p. the diameter is log
log λ + 2 log 1/λ ∗ +W
where W = O p (1/ε). If λ = 1 − ε where ε 3 n → ∞ i.e. the sub-critical case, then
log(2ε 3 n)+O p (1)
Łuczak [563] showed that w.h.p. the diameter is − log λ .
144 CHAPTER 7. EXTREME CHARACTERISTICS
Chapter 8

Extremal Properties

A typical question in extremal combinatorics can be viewed as “how many edges

of the complete graph (or hypergraph) on n vertices can a graph have without
having some property P”. In recent years research has been carried out where
the complete graph is replaced by a random graph.

8.1 Containers
Ramsey theory and the Turán problem constitute two of the most important areas
in extremal graph theory. For a fixed graph H we can ask how large should n be
so that in any r-coloring of the edges of Kn can we be sure of finding a monochro-
matic copy of H – a basic question in Ramsey theory. Or we can ask for the
maximum α > 0 such that we take an α proportion of the edges of Kn without
including a copy of H – a basic question related to the Turán problem. Both of
these questions have analogues where we replace Kn by Gn,p .
There have been recent breakthroughs in transferring extremal results to the
context of random graphs and hypergraphs. Conlon and Gowers [206], Schacht
[702], Balogh, Morris and Samotij [56] and Saxton and Thomason [700] have
proved general theorems enabling such transfers. One of the key ideas being
to bound the number of independent sets in carefully chosen hypergraphs. Our
presentation will use the framework of [700] where it could just as easily have
used [56]. The use of containers is a developing field and seems to have a growing
number of applications.
In this section, we present a special case of Theorem 2.3 of [700] that will
enable us to deal with Ramsey and Turán properties of random graphs. For a
graph H with e(H) ≥ 2 we let
e(H 0 ) − 1
m2 (H) = max . (8.1)
H 0 ⊆H,e(H 0 )>1 v(H 0 ) − 2

145
146 CHAPTER 8. EXTREMAL PROPERTIES

Next let
ex(n, H)
π(H) = lim n
(8.2)
n→∞
2

where as usual, ex(n, H) is the maximum number of edges in an H-free subgraph

of Kn .

Theorem 8.1. Let H be a graph with e(H) ≥ 2 and let ε be a positive constant.
For some constant h = h(H, ε) > 0 and n sufficiently large, there exists a collection
C of graphs on vertex set [n] such that the following holds. The graphs C are the
containers:

(a) For every H-free graph Γ there exists T ⊆ Γ ⊆ C(T ) ∈ C such that e(T ) ≤
hn2−1/m2 (H) . (C depends only on T and not on Γ.)
n

(b) C contains at most εnv(H) copies of H and e(C) ≤ (π(H) + ε) 2 for every
C ∈ C.

We prove Theorem 8.1 in Section 8.4. We have extracted just enough from
Saxton and Thomason [700] and [701] to give a complete proof. But first we give
a couple of examples of the use of this theorem.

8.2 Ramsey Properties

The investigation of the Ramsey properties of Gn,p was initiated by Łuczak, Ruciński
and Voigt [568]. Later, Rödl and Ruciński [678], [681] proved that the following
holds w.h.p. for some constants 0 < c < C. Here H is some fixed graph containing
at least one cycle. Suppose that the edges of Gn,m are colored with r colors. If
m < cn2−1/m2 (H) then w.h.p. there exists an r-coloring without a mono-chromatic
copy of H, while if m > Cn2−1/m2 (H) then w.h.p. in every r-coloring there is a
monochromatic copy of H.
We will give a proof of the 1-statement based on Theorem 8.1. We will closely
follow the argument in a recent paper of Nenadov and Steger [628]. The notation
G → (H)er means that in every r-coloring of the edges of G there is a copy of H
with all edges the same color. Rödl and Ruciński [681] proved the following

Theorem 8.2. For any graph H with e(H) ≥ v(H) and r ≥ 2, there exist c0 , c1 > 0
such that (
o(1) p ≤ c0 n−1/m2 (H)
P(Gn,p → (H)er ) =
1 − o(1) p ≥ c1 n−1/m2 (H)
8.2. RAMSEY PROPERTIES 147

The density p0 = n−1/m2 (H) is the threshold for every edge of Gn,p to be con-
tained in a copy of H. When p ≤ cp0 for small c, the copies of H in Gn,p will
be spread out and the associated 0-statement is not so surprising. We will use
Theorem 8.1 to prove the 1-statement for p ≥ c1 p0 . The proof of the 0-statement
follows [628] and is given in Exercises 8.5.1 to 8.5.6.
We begin with a couple of lemmas:
Lemma 8.3. For every graph H and r ≥ 2 there exist constants α > 0 and n0 such
that for all n ≥ n0 every r-coloring of the edges of Kn contains at least αnv(H)
monochromatic copies of H.
Proof. From Ramsey’s theorem we know that there exists N = N(H, r) such that
every r-coloring of the edges of KN contains a monochromatic copy of H. Thus,
in any r-coloring of Kn , every N-subset of the vertices of Kn contains at least one
n−v(H)

monochromatic copy of H. As every copy of H is contained in at most N−v(H)
N-subsets, the theorem follows with α = 1/N v(H) .
From this we get
Corollary 8.4. For every graph H and every positive integer r there exist con-
stants n0 and δ , ε > 0 such that the following is true: If n ≥ n0 , then for any
E1 , E2 , . . . , Er ⊆ E(Kn ) such that for all 1 ≤ i ≤ r the set Ei contains at most εnv(H)
copies of H, we have

|E(Kn ) \ (E1 ∪ E2 ∪ · · · ∪ Er )| ≥ δ n2 .

Proof. Let α and n0 be as given in Lemma 8.3 for H and r + 1. Further, let
Er+1 = E(Kn ) \ (E1 ∪ E2 ∪ · · · ∪ Er ), and consider the coloring f : E(Kn ) → [r + 1]
given by f (e) = mini∈[r+1] {e ∈ Ei }. By Lemma 8.3 there exist at least αnv(H)
monochromatic copies of H under coloring f , and so by our assumption on the
sets Ei , 1 ≤ i ≤ r, Er+1 must contain at least αnv(H) copies. As every edge is
contained in at most e(H)nv(H)−2 copies and E1 ∪ E2 ∪ · · · Er contains at most
rεnv(H) copies of H, we see that Er+1 contains at least (α − rεe(H))nv(H) copies
(α−rεe(H))nv(H)
of H. It follows that |Er+1 | ≥ e(H)nv(H)−2
and so the corollary follows with
α−re(H)ε α
δ= e(H) . Here we take ε ≤ 2re(H) .

Proof. We can now proceed to the proof of the 1-statement of Theorem 8.2. If
Gn,p 6→ (H)er then there must exist a coloring f : E(Gn,p ) → [r] such that for all
1 ≤ i ≤ r the set Ei = f −1 (i) does not contain a copy of H. By Theorem 8.1 we
have that for every such Ei there exists Ti and a container Ci such that Ti ⊆ Ei ⊆ Ci .
The crucial observation is that Gn,p completely avoids E0 = E(Kn ) \ (C1 ∪ C2 ∪
· · · ∪Cr ), which by Corollary 8.4 and a choice of ε has size at least δ n2 .
148 CHAPTER 8. EXTREMAL PROPERTIES

Therefore, we can bound P(Gn,p 6→ (H)er ) by the probability that there ex-
ist T = {T1 , . . . , Tr } and C = {Ci = C(Ti ) : i = 1, 2, . . . , r} such that E0 is edge-
disjoint from Gn,p . Thus,
P((Gn,p 6→ (H)er ) ≤ ∑ P(Ti ⊆ Gn,p , 1 ≤ i ≤ r ∧ E(Gn,p ) ∩ E0 = 0).
/
Ti ,1≤i≤r

Note that the two events in the above probability are independent and can thus be
bounded by pa (1 − p)b where a = | i Ti | and b = δ n2 . The sum can be bounded
S

by first deciding on a ≤ rhn2−1/m2 (H) (h from Theorem 8.1) and then choosing a
n

edges ( (a2) choices) and then deciding for every edge in which Ti it appears (ra
choices). Thus,
rhn2−1/m2 (H)  n 


e −δ n2 p
P((Gn,p 6→ (H)r ) ≤ e ∑ 2 (rp)a
a=0 a
rhn2−1/m2 (H)  2 a
−δ n2 p en rp
≤e ∑ .
a=0 2a

Recall that p = c1 n−1/m2 (H) . By choosing c1 sufficiently large with respect to h

we get
rhn2−1/m2 (H)  a
en2 rp  erc (rh/c1 )n2 p
1
∑ ≤ n2
a=0 2a 2rh
 2
ec 2rh/c1 δ δ n p/2

2 1 2 p/2
=n ≤ eδ n ,
2h
and thus P((Gn,p 6→ (H)er ) = o(1) as desired. Recall that (eA/x)x is unimodal with
a maximum at x = A and that c1 is large. This implies that n2 rp/2 > rhn2−1/m2 (H) ,
1 2rh/c1 δ
giving the first inequality and ec


2h < e, giving the second inequality.

8.3 Turán Properties

Early success on the Turán problem for random graphs was achieved by Haxell,
Kohayakawa and Łuczak [415], [416], Kohayakawa, Kreuter and Steger [510],
Kohayakawa, Łuczak and Rödl [511], Gerke, Prömel, Schickinger and Steger
[377], Gerke, Schickinger and Steger [378], Łuczak [564]. It is only recently
that Turán’s theorem in its full generality has been transferred to Gn,p .
From its definition, every H-free graph with n vertices will have
(π(H) + o(1)) n2 edges. In this section we prove a corresponding result for ran-

dom graphs. Our proof is taken from [700], although Conlon and Gowers [206]
gave a proof for 2-balanced H and Schacht [702] gave a proof for general H.
8.3. TURÁN PROPERTIES 149

Theorem 8.5. Suppose that 0 < γ < 1 and H is not a matching. Then there exists
A > 0 such that if p ≥ An−1/m2 (H) and n is sufficiently large then the following
3 n
event occurs with probability at least 1 − e−γ (2) p/384 :
 
n
Every H-free subgraph of Gn,p has at most (π(H) + γ) p edges.
2

If H is a matching then m2 (H) = 1/2 and then the lower bound on p in the
theorem is O(n−2 ) we would not be claiming a high probability result.
To prove the theorem, we first prove the following lemma:
Lemma 8.6. Given 0 < η < 1 and h ≥ 1, there is a constant ϕ = ϕ(η, h) such
that the following holds: Let M be a set, |M| = N and let I ⊆ 2M . Let t ≥ 1,
ϕt/N ≤ p
≤ 1 and let ηN/2 ≤ d ≤ N. Suppose there exists C : 2M → 2M and
T ⊆ ≤t M
such that for each I ∈ I there exists TI ∈ T such that TI ⊆ I and
CI = C(TI ) ⊆ M, where |CI | ≤ d. Let X ⊆ M be a random subset where each
element is chosen independently with probability p. Then
2 d p/24
P(∃I ∈ I : |CI ∩ X| > (1 + η)pd and I ⊆ X) ≤ e−η . (8.3)

Proof. For T ∈ T let ET be the event that

T ⊆ X and |C(T ) ∩ X| ≥ (1 + η)pd.

The event ET is contained in FT ∩ GT where FT is the event that T ⊆ X and GT is

the event that |(C(T ) \ T ) ∩ X| ≥ (1 + η)d p − |T |. Since FT and GT are indepen-
dent, P(ET ) ≤ P(FT ) P(GT ). Now |T | ≤ t ≤ N p/ϕ ≤ 2d p/ϕη ≤ ηd p/2 if ϕ is
large. So by the Chernoff bound, see Lemma 22.6,
2 d p/12
P(GT ) ≤ P(Bin(d, p) ≥ (1 + η/2)d p) ≤ e−η .

Note that P(FT ) = p|T | . Let x = N p/t ≥ ϕ, so that t ≤ N p/x ≤ 2d p/ηx. If ϕ is

large we may assume that p(N − t) > t. So
t  
eN p t
 
N i 2
∑ P(FT ) ≤ ∑ i p ≤ 2 t = 2(xe)t ≤ 2(xe)2d p/ηx ≤ eη d p/24,
T i=0

if ϕ, and therefore x, is large. If there exists I ⊆ X, I ∈ I with |C(TI ) ∩ X| ≥

(1 + η)d p then the event ET holds. Hence the probability in (8.3) is bounded by
2 2 2
∑ P(FT ) P(GT ) ≤ eη d p/24e−η d p/12 = e−η d p/24.
T
150 CHAPTER 8. EXTREMAL PROPERTIES

With this lemma in hand, we can complete the proof of Theorem 8.5.
Let I be the set of
H-free graphs on vertex set [n]. We take M = [n]


2 and
X = E(Gn,p ) and N = n2 . For I ∈ I , let TI and h = h(H, ε) be given by Theorem
8.1. Each H-free graph I ∈ I is contained in CI and so if Gn,p contains an H-
free subgraph with (π(H) + γ)N p edges then there exists I such that |X ∩ CI | ≥
(π(H) + γ)N p. Our aim is to apply Lemma 8.6 with
γ  γ
η = , d = π(H) + N, t = hn2−1/m2 (H) .
2 4
The conditions of Lemma 8.6 then hold after noting that d ≥ ηN/2 and that p ≥
An−1/m2 (H) ≥ ϕt/N if A is large enough. Note also that |CI | ≤ d. Now (1 +
η)d p ≤ (π(H) + γ)N p, and so the probability that the event in the statement of
the theorem fails to occur is bounded by

γ 3N p
 
−η 2 d p/24
e ≤ exp −
384

completing the proof.

8.4 Containers and the proof of Theorem 8.1

An `-graph or `-uniform hypergraph G = (V, E) has a set of vertices V and a
V

collection of edges E ⊆ ` , the set of `-element subsets of V . The following
theorem generalises Theorem 8.1 to `-graphs.

Theorem 8.7. Let H be an `-graph with e(H) ≥ 2 and let ε > 0. For some h > 0
and for every N ≥ h, there exists a collection C of `-graphs on vertex set [N] such
that

(a) for every H-free `-graph I on vertex set [N], there exists C ∈ C with I ⊆ C,

(b) for every `-graph C ∈ C , the number of copies of H in C is at most εN v(H) ,

N

and e(C) ≤ (π(H) + ε) ` ,

(c) moreover, for every I in (a), there exists T ⊆ I, e(T ) ≤ hN `−1/m(H) , such
that C = C(T ).

The degree d(σ ) of a subset σ , where |σ | ≤ r, is the number of edges of G that

contain σ and d ( j) (σ ) = max{d(σ 0 ) : σ ⊆ σ 0 ∈ [n]( j) }. We write d ( j) (v) instead
of d ( j) ({v}).
8.4. CONTAINERS AND THE PROOF OF THEOREM 8.1 151

Definition 8.8. Let G be an r-graph of order n and average degree d. Let S ⊆

V (G). The degree measure µ(S) of S is defined by

1
µ(S) = ∑ d(u).
nd u∈S

Thus µ is a probability measure on V (G). We note the following inequality,

in which G is an r-graph of order n and average degree d:

1 µ(S)nd
e(G[S]) ≤ ∑ d(v) = = µ(S)e(G). (8.4)
r v∈S r

We now state the main theorem. An independent set of an `-graph is a set I such
that e ∈ E(G) implies e 6⊆ I.

Theorem 8.9. Let r ∈ N. Let G be an r-graph with average degree d and vertex
set [n]. Suppose that we can choose 0 < c, τ < 1 such that

d(σ ) ≤ cdτ |σ |−1 holds for all σ , |σ | ≥ 2. (8.5)

Then there is a function C : P[n] → P[n], such that, for every independent set
I ⊆ [n] there exists T ⊆ I with

(a) I ⊆ C(T ),

(b) µ(T ) ≤ τ,

(c) |T | ≤ τn, and

(d) µ(C(T )) ≤ 1 − c.

Corollary 8.10. Let r ∈ N and let ε > 0. Let G be an r-graph of average degree d
on vertex set [n]. Suppose that we can choose 0 < c, τ < 1 such that (8.5) holds.
Then there is a function C : P[n] → P[n], such that, for every independent set
I ⊆ [n] there exists T ⊆ I with

(a) I ⊆ C(T ),

(b) |T | ≤ τn, and

(c) e(G[C]) ≤ εe(G).

152 CHAPTER 8. EXTREMAL PROPERTIES

The algorithm
We now describe an algorithm which given independent set I, constructs the quan-
tities in Theorem 8.9 and Corollary 8.10. It runs in two modes, prune mode, builds
T ⊆ I and build mode, which constructs C ⊇ I.
The algorithm builds multigraphs Ps , s ∈ [r] and then we define the degree of
σ in the multigraph Ps to be

ds (σ ) = |{e ∈ E(Ps ) : σ ⊆ e}| ,

where we are counting edges with multiplicity in the multiset E(Ps ). (Naturally
we may write ds (v) instead of ds ({v}) if v ∈ [n].)
The algorithm uses a threshold function which makes use of a real number δ .

Definition 8.11. For s = 2, . . . , r and σ ∈ [n](≤s) , the threshold functions θs are

given as follows, where δ is the minimum real number such that d(σ ) ≤ δ dτ |σ |−1
holds for all σ , |σ | ≥ 2.

θs (σ ) = τ r−s d(v) for σ = {v}, i.e. |σ | = 1

θs (σ ) = δ dτ r−s+|σ |−1 for |σ | ≥ 2

The container algorithm is set out in Table 8.1.

Note that C = C(T ) here, as opposed to C = C(I). Then observe that

Ps consists of sets {u1 , u2 , . . . , us } such that there exist

v1 , v2 , . . . , vr−s ∈ T where {v1 , . . . , vr−s , u1 , . . . , us } ∈ E(G). (8.6)

This is clearly true for s = r via line A. If we add f = {u1 , u2 , . . . , us } ∈ Fv,s to Ps

then we can inductively assert that {v1 , . . . , vr−s−1 , v, u1 , . . . , us } ∈ E(G) for some
v1 , . . . , vr−s−1 .
Note also that T ∩ Γ1 = 0/ else (8.6) implies that T and hence I contains an
edge.
We keep the degree in Ps of each set σ close to its target degree θs (σ ) and
Γs comprises those σ that have reached their target degree in Ps . After which,
we add no more to ds (u). This keeps Ps small. The multiset Fv,s is the potential
contribution of v to Ps ; it is the edges of Ps+1 that contain v (with v then removed),
but which don’t contain anything from Γs . If Fv,s is large for some s then v makes
a substantial contribution to that Ps , and we place v in T , updating all Ps and Γs
accordingly. Because Ps is small, this tends to keep T small.
8.4. CONTAINERS AND THE PROOF OF THEOREM 8.1 153

Analysis of the algorithm

Proof of Theorem 8.9
Lemma 8.12. For 1 ≤ s ≤ r, we have

ds (u) ≤ τ r−s (d(u) + rδ d) for all u ∈ [n], and

ds (σ ) ≤ rδ dτ r−s−|σ |−1 for all σ ⊆ [n], 2 ≤ |σ | ≤ r.

Proof. We prove the bounds by induction on r − s; in fact we show ds (σ ) ≤ (r −

s + 1)δ dτ r−s+|σ |−1 for |σ | ≥ 2. For s = r the bounds hold by the definition of δ
in Definition 8.11. If σ ∈ Γs then σ entered Γs after some vertex v was inspected
and the set Fv,s was added to Ps . Before this addition, ds (σ ) < θs (σ ) was true.
The increase in ds (σ ) resulting from the addition is the number of s-sets in Fv,s
that contain σ . By definition of Fv,s , these come from edges of Ps+1 that contain
both v and σ ; the number of these is at most ds+1 ({v} ∪ σ ). The value of ds (σ )
remains unchanged after the addition, and so at the end we have ds (σ ) ≤ θs (σ ) +
ds+1 ({v} ∪ σ ) (for some v depending on σ ). This inequality trivially holds if
σ∈ / Γs , and so it holds for all σ ∈ [n](≤s) . So for |σ | ≥ 2 we have, by applying the
induction hypothesis to {v} ∪ σ ,

ds (σ ) ≤ δ dτ r−s+|σ |−1 + (r − s)δ dτ r−s−1+|σ | = (r − s + 1)δ dτ r−s+|σ |−1

as claimed. For σ = {u} we apply the induction hypothesis to σ = {v, u} to obtain

ds (u) ≤ τ r−s d(u) + (r − s)δ dτ r−s−1+2−1 ≤ τ r−s (d(u) + rδ d)

again as claimed. This completes the proof.

Lemma 8.13. Let G be an r-graph on vertex set [n] with average degree d. Let
Pr = E(G) and let Pr−1 , . . . , P1 be the multisets constructed during the algorithm,
either in build mode or in prune mode. Then

∑ ds(u) ≤ (µ(U) + rδ ) τ r−s nd

u∈U

holds for all subsets U ⊆ [n] and for 1 ≤ s ≤ r.

Proof. The inequalities

∑ ds(u) ≤ ∑ τ r−s(d(u) + rδ d) ≤ (µ(U) + rδ ) τ r−snd

u∈U u∈U

follow immediately from Lemma 8.12 and the definition of µ.

154 CHAPTER 8. EXTREMAL PROPERTIES

Lemma 8.14. Let T be produced by the algorithm in prune mode. Then

µ(T ) ≤ (r − 1)(τ/ζ )(1 + rδ ).

Proof. For 1 ≤ s ≤ r − 1, let Ts = {v ∈ T : |Fv,s | ≥ ζ τ r−s−1 d(v)}. From the op-

eration of the algorithm we see that T ⊆ T1 ∪ · · · ∪ Tr−1 (the sets here need not be
disjoint). For each s, the sets Fv,s for v ∈ Ts are added to Ps and, because Ps is a
multiset, we obtain
1 1
ζ τ r−s−1 ndµ(Ts ) = ζ τ r−s−1 ∑ d(v) ≤ |Ps| = s ∑ ds(u) ≤ s τ r−snd(1 + rδ )
v∈Ts u∈[n]

by Lemma 8.13 with U = [n]. Thus µ(Ts ) ≤ (τ/ζ )(1 + rδ ), and µ(T ) ≤ µ(T1 ) +
· · · + µ(Tr−1 ) ≤ (r − 1)(τ/ζ )(1 + rδ ).

Lemma 8.15. Let C be the set produced by the algorithm in build mode. Let
D = ([n] \ C) ∪ T ∪ B. Define es by the equation |Ps | = es τ r−s nd for 1 ≤ s ≤ r.
Then

es+1 ≤ r2s es + µ(D) + ζ + 2rδ , for r − 1 ≥ s ≥ 1.

Proof. The way the algorithm builds C means that T ∪B ⊆ C. Let C0 = C \(T ∪B),
so D = [n] \C0 . For v ∈ [n] let fs+1 (v) be the number of sets in Ps+1 for which v is
the first vertex in the vertex ordering. Then

|Ps+1 | = ∑ fs+1 (v) = ∑ fs+1 (v) + ∑ fs+1 (v) for 1 ≤ s < r. (8.7)
v∈[n] v∈C0 v∈D

By definition of |Fv,s |, of the fs+1 (v) sets in Ps+1 beginning with v, fs+1 (v) − |Fv,s |
of them contain some σ ∈ Γs . If v ∈ C0 then v ∈ / B and v ∈
/ T and so, since v ∈ C,
we have |Fv,s | < ζ τ r−s−1 d(v). Therefore, writing PΓ for the multiset of edges in
Ps+1 that contain some σ ∈ Γs , we have

∑0( fs+1(v) − ζ τ r−s−1d(v)) < |PΓ| ≤ ∑ ds+1 (σ ). (8.8)

v∈C σ ∈Γs

By definition, if σ ∈ Γs and |σ | ≥ 2, then ds (σ ) ≥ θs (σ ) = δ dτ r−s+|σ |−1 . Using

Lemma 8.12, we then see that ds+1 (σ ) ≤ rδ dτ r−s+|σ |−2 ≤ (r/τ)ds (σ ). Similarly,
if σ = {u} ∈ Γs then ds (σ ) ≥ τ r−s d(u) and ds+1 (σ ) ≤ τ r−s−1 (d(u) + rδ d) ≤
(1/τ)ds (σ ) + rδ dτ r−s−1 . Therefore, for s ≥ 1, we obtain
r r
∑ ds+1 (σ ) ≤ ∑ ds (σ ) + ∑ rδ dτ r−s−1 ≤ 2s |Ps | + rδ ndτ r−s−1 . (8.9)
σ ∈Γs τ σ ∈Γs {u}∈Γ
τ
s
8.4. CONTAINERS AND THE PROOF OF THEOREM 8.1 155

Finally, making use of (8.7) and (8.8) together with Lemma 8.13, we have

es+1 τ r−s−1 nd = |Ps+1 | = ∑ fs+1 (v) + ∑ fs+1 (v)

v∈C0 v∈D
≤ ∑0 ζ τ r−s−1d(v) + ∑ ds+1 (σ ) + ∑ ds+1(v)
v∈C σ ∈Γs v∈D
r−s−1 r−s−1
≤ ζτ nd + ∑ ds+1 (σ ) + τ nd(µ(D) + rδ ) ,
σ ∈Γs

The bound (8.9) for ∑σ ∈Γs ds+1 (σ ) now gives the result claimed.

Proof of Theorem 8.9. We begin by choosing the constant c. Let γ = 2r1 r2 and
25r 2
c = γ r . Let
√ G be as in the theorem and let τ be chosen so that (8.5) is satisfied.
Let ζ = 2rγ. For later use, we note c ≤ γ ≤ ζ /2r ≤ 2rζ < 1.
As might be expected, we prove the theorem by using the containers C and the
sets T supplied by the algorithm. However, the input parameters we supply to the
algorithm are not τ and ζ as just defined, but instead τ∗ = γτ and ζ .
We therefore remind the reader that the values of τ and ζ appearing in the
lemmas above are those values input to the algorithm. Hence in the present case,
where we are using inputs τ ∗ and ζ , the conclusions of the lemmas hold with τ ∗
in place of τ. Again, as highlighted earlier, the value of δ in the lemmas is that
supplied by Definition 8.11 with τ ∗ in place of τ. Explicitly, δ is (by definition)
minimal such that d(σ ) ≤ δ dτ ∗(|σ |−1) for all σ . Now τ was chosen to satisfy (8.5),
so we know that d(σ ) ≤ cdτ (|σ |−1) . Since h = γ r this implies we know, for all σ ,
that d(σ ) ≤ γ r dτ (|σ |−1) ≤ γdτ ∗(|σ |−1) , because γ ≤ 1 and |σ | ≤ r. Consequently,
by the minimality of δ , we have δ ≤ γ.
What remains is to verify the claims of the theorem. Condition (a) follows
from the general properties of the algorithm.
Now cτ r−1 = γτ∗r−1 ≤ (ζ /r)τ∗r−1 , and cτ r = τ∗r ≤ (r/ζ )τ∗r . So, by Lemma 8.14,
µ(T ) ≤ (rτ∗ /ζ )(1 + rδ ) ≤ 2rτ∗ /ζ = 2rγτ/ζ = ζ τ, easily establishing condi-
tion (b). Moreover T ∩ B = 0, / so |T |ζ d ≤ ∑v∈T d(v) = ndµ(T ) ≤ ndζ τ, giving
condition (c). To show that condition (d) holds, note that 2rδ ≤ 2rγ ≤ ζ , and so
by Lemma 8.15 we comfortably have es+1 ≤ r2s es + µ(D) + 2ζ for r − 1 ≥ s ≥ 1.
s+1
Dividing the bound for es+1 by rs+1 2( 2 ) and adding over s = 1, . . . , r − 1, we
obtain
 
er 1 1 1 1 1 2
r ≤ (µ(D) + 2ζ ) 2
+ 3 3 + 4 6 + · · · ≤ (µ(D) + 2ζ ) 2 .
rr 2(2) r r 2 r 2 r
r
Recall that er nd = |Pr | = e(G) = nd/r so er = 1/r. Hence µ(D)+2ζ ≥ r−r 2−(2) =
5γ 1/2 2r/2 ≥ 5ζ . So µ(D) ≥ 3ζ . By definition, D = [n] − (C − (T ∪ B)). Thus
µ(C) ≤ 1 − µ(D) + µ(T ) + µ(B). We showed previously that µ(T ) ≤ ζ τ ≤ ζ .
156 CHAPTER 8. EXTREMAL PROPERTIES

Moreover µ(B) ≤ ζ by definition of B. Therefore µ(C) ≤ 1 − 3ζ + ζ + ζ =

1 − ζ ≤ 1 − c, completing the proof.

We finish with a proof of Corollary 8.10.

Proof of Corollary 8.10. Write c∗ for the constant c from Theorem 8.9. We prove
the corollary with c = ε`−r c∗ , where ` = d(log ε)/ log(1 − c∗ )e. Let G, I and τ
be as stated in the corollary. We shall apply Theorem 8.9 several times. Each
time we apply the theorem, we do so with with τ∗ = τ/` in place of τ, with the
same I, but with different graphs G, as follows (we leave it till later to check that
the necessary conditions always hold). Given I, apply the theorem to find T1 ⊆ I
and I ⊆ C1 = C(T1 ), where |T1 | ≤ τ∗ n and µ(C1 ) ≤ 1 − c∗ . It is easily shown
that e(G[C1 ]) ≤ µ(C1 )e(G) ≤ (1 − c∗ )e(G) see (8.4). Now I is independent in the
graph G[C1 ] so apply the theorem again, to the r-graph G[C1 ], to find T2 ⊆ I and a
container I ⊆ C2 . We have |T2 | ≤ τ∗ |C1 |, and e(G[C2 ]) ≤ (1 − c∗ )e(G[C1 ]) ≤ (1 −
c∗ )2 e(G). We note that, in the first application, the algorithm in build mode would
have constructed C1 from input T1 ∪ T2 , and would likewise have constructed C2
from input T1 ∪ T2 in the second application. Thus C2 is a function of T1 ∪ T2 .
We repeat this process k times until we obtain the desired container C = Ck with
e(G[C]) ≤ εe(G). Since e(G[C]) ≤ (1 − c∗ )k e(G) this occurs with k ≤ `. Put
T = T1 ∪ · · · ∪ Tk . Then C is a function of T ⊆ I.
We must check that the requirements of Theorem 8.9 are fulfilled at each ap-
plication. Observe that, if d j is the average degree of G[C j ] for j < k, then |C j |d j =
re(G[C j ]) > rεe(G) = εnd, and since |C j | ≤ n we have d j ≥ εd. The conditions of
|σ |−1
Corollary 8.10 mean that d(σ ) ≤ cdτ |σ |−1 = ε`−r c∗ dτ |σ |−1 < c∗ d j τ∗ ; since
the degree of σ in G[C j ] is at most d(σ ), this means that (8.5) is satisfied every
time Theorem 8.9 is applied.
Finally condition (c) of the theorem implies |T j | ≤ τ∗ |C j | ≤ τ∗ n = τn/`, and
so |T | ≤ kτn/` ≤ τn, giving condition (b) of the corollary and completing the
proof.

H-free graphs
In this section we prove Theorem 8.7. We will apply the container theorem given
by Corollary 8.10 to the following hypergraph, whose independent sets corre-
spond to H-free `-graphs on vertex set [N].
Definition 8.16. Let H be an `-graph. Let r = e(H). The r-graph GH has vertex
set V (GH ) = [N] V (GH )



` , where B = {v1 , ..., vr } ∈ r is an edge whenever B, con-
sidered as an `-graph with vertices in [N] and with r edges, is isomorphic to H. So
B ∈ Mr where M = [N]



` .
8.4. CONTAINERS AND THE PROOF OF THEOREM 8.1 157

All that remains before applying the container theorem to GH is to verify (8.5).
Lemma 8.17. Let H be an `-graph with r = e(H) ≥ 2 and let τ = 2`!v(H)!N −1/m(H) .
N

Let N be sufficiently large. Suppose that e(GH ) = αH v(H) where αH ≥ 1 depends
re(GH ) rαH N v(H)
only on H. The average degree d in GH satisfies d = = . Then,
v(GH ) (N` )

1 |σ |−1
d(σ ) ≤ dτ , holds for all σ , |σ | ≥ 2.
αr

Proof. Consider σ ⊆ [N](`) (so σ is both a set of vertices of GH and an `-graph

on vertex set [N]). The degree of σ in GH is at most the number of ways of
extending σ to an `-graph isomorphic to H. If σ as an `-graph is not isomorphic
to any subgraph of H, then clearly d(σ ) = 0. Otherwise, let v(σ ) be the number
of vertices in σ considered as an `-graph, so there exists V ⊆ [N], |V | = v(σ )
with σ ⊆ V (`) . Edges of GH containing σ correspond to copies of H in [N](`)
containing σ , each such copy given by a choice of v(H) − v(σ ) vertices in [N] −V
and a permutation of the vertices of H. Hence for N sufficiently large,
 
N − v(σ )
d(σ ) ≤ v(H)! ≤ v(H)!N v(H)−v(σ )
v(H) − v(σ )

Now for σ ≥ 2 we have

d(σ ) N v(H)−v(σ ) 1 −v(σ )+`+ |σm(H)

|−1 1
|σ |−1
≤ v(H)−`−(|σ |−1)/m(H)
= N ≤ .
dτ αH rN αH r αH r

A well-known supersaturation theorem bounds the number of edges in con-

tainers.
Proposition 8.18 (Erdős and Simonovits [292]). Let H be an `-graph and let
ε > 0. There exists N0 and η > 0 such that if C is an `-graph on N
≥ N0 vertices
containing at most ηN v(H) copies of H then e(C) ≤ (π(H) + ε) N` .

Proof of Theorem 8.7. Let η = η(ε, H) be given by Proposition 8.18, and let β =
min{ε, η}. Recall that r = e(H). Apply Corollary 8.10 to GH with c = α1H r and
τ = 2`!v(H)!N −1/m(H) and with β playing the role of ε in the corollary. The
conditions of Corollary 8.10 are satisfied; denote by c̃ the constant c appearing in
the corollary. The collection of containers C satisfies the following.

• For every independent set I there exists some C ∈ C with I ⊆ C. This implies
condition (a) of the theorem,
158 CHAPTER 8. EXTREMAL PROPERTIES

• For each C ∈ C , we
have e(GH [C]) ≤ β N v(H) . Proposition 8.18 implies

e(C) ≤ (π(H) + ε) N` , because we chose β ≤ η. This gives condition (b).

• Finally, for
every set I as above, there exists T ⊆ I such that C = C(T ),
|T | ≤ c̃τ N` . This implies condition (c).

8.5 Exercises
8.5.1 An edge e of G is H-open if it is contained in at most one copy of H and H-
closed otherwise. The H-core ĜH of G is obtained by repeatedly deleting
H-open edges. Show that G → (H)e2 implies that ĜH 0 → (H 0 )e2 for every
H 0 ⊆ H. (Thus one only needs to prove the 0-statement of Theorem 8.2
for strictly 2-balanced H. A graph H is strictly 2-balanced if H 0 = H is the
unique maximiser in (8.1)).

8.5.2 A subgraph G0 of the H-core is H-closed if it contains at least one copy of

H and every copy of H in ĜH is contained in G0 or is edge disjoint from
G0 . Show that the edges of ĜH can be partitioned into inclusion minimal
H-closed subgraphs.

8.5.3 Show that there exists a sufficiently small c > 0 and a constant L = L(H, c)
such that if H is 2-balanced and p ≤ cn−1/m2 (H) then w.h.p. every inclusion
minimal H-closed subgraph of Gn,p has size at most L. (Try c = o(1) first
here).

8.5.4 Show that if e(G)/v(G) ≤ m2 (H) and m2 (H) > 1 then G 6→ (H)e2 .

8.5.5 Show that if H is 2-balanced and p = cn−1/m2 (H) then w.h.p. every subgraph
G of Gn,p with v(G) ≤ L = O(1) satisfies e(G)/v(G) ≤ m2 (H).

8.5.6 Prove the 0-statement of Theorem 8.2 for m2 (H) > 1.

8.6 Notes
The largest triangle-free subgraph of a random graph
Babai, Simonovits and Spencer [45] proved that if p ≥ 1/2 then w.h.p. the largest
triangle-free subgraph of Gn,p is bipartite. They used Szemerédi’s regularity
8.6. NOTES 159

lemma in the proof. Using the sparse version of this lemma, Brightwell, Pana-
giotou and Steger [164] improved the lower bound on p to n−c for some (unspec-
ified) positive constant c. DeMarco and Kahn [244] improved the lower bound
to p ≥ Cn−1/2 (log n)1/2 , which is best possible up to the value of the constant C.
And in [245] they extended their result to Kr -free graphs.

Anti-Ramsey Property
Let H be a fixed graph. A copy of H in an edge colored graph G is said to be
rainbow colored if all of its edges have a different color. The study of rainbow
copies of H was initiated by Erdős, Simonovits and Sós [291]. An edge-coloring
of a graph G is said to be b-bounded if no color is used more than b times. A
graph is G said to have property A (b, H) if there is a rainbow copy of H in
every b-bounded coloring. Bohman, Frieze, Pikhurko and Smyth [121] studied
the threshold for Gn,p to have property A (b, H). For graphs H containing at
least one cycle they prove that there exists b0 such that if b ≥ b0 then there exist
c1 , c2 > 0 such that
(
0 p ≤ c1 n−1/m2 (H)
lim P(Gn,p ∈ A (b, H)) = . (8.10)
n→∞ 1 p ≥ c2 n−1/m2 (H)

A reviewer of this paper pointed out a simple proof of the 1-statement. Given a b-
bounded coloring of G, let the edges colored i be denoted ei,1 , ei,2 , . . . , ei,bi where
bi ≤ b for all i. Now consider the auxiliary coloring in which edge ei, j is colored
with j. At most b colors are used and so in the auxiliary coloring there will be a
monochromatic copy of H. The definition of the auxiliary coloring implies that
this copy of H is rainbow in the original coloring. So the 1-statement follows
directly from the results of Rödl and Ruciński [681], i.e. Theorem 8.2.
Nenadov, Person, Škorić and Steger [627] gave further threshold results on
both Ramsey and Anti-Ramsey theory of random graphs. In particular they proved
that in many cases b0 = 2 in (8.10).
160 CHAPTER 8. EXTREMAL PROPERTIES

I NPUT
an r-graph G on vertex set [n], with average degree d
parameters τ, ζ > 0
in prune mode a subset I ⊆ [n]
in build mode a subset T ⊆ [n]
O UTPUT
in prune mode a subset T ⊆ [n]
in build mode a subset C ⊆ [n]
I NITIALISATION
put B = {v ∈ [n] : d(v) < ζ d}
evaluate the thresholds θs (σ ), σ ∈ [n](≤s) , 1 ≤ i ≤ r
A: put Pr = E(G), Ps = 0,/ Γs = 0,/ s = 1, 2, . . . , r − 1
in prune mode put T = 0/
in build mode put C = [n]

for v = 1, 2, . . . , n do:
for s = 1, 2, . . . , r − 1 do:
let Fv,s = { f ∈ [v + 1, n](s) : {v} ∪ f ∈ Ps+1 , and 6 ∃ σ ∈ Γs , σ ⊆ f }
[here Fv,s is a multiset with multiplicities inherited from Ps+1 ]
if v ∈/ B, and |Fv,s | ≥ ζ τ r−s−1 d(v) for some s
in prune mode if v ∈ I, add v to T
in build mode if v ∈ / T , remove v from C
if v ∈ T then for s = 1, 2, . . . , r − 1 do:
add Fv,s to Ps
for each σ ∈ [v + 1, n](≤s) , if ds (σ ) ≥ θs (σ ), add σ to Γs

Table 8.1: The container algorithm

Chapter 9

Resilience

Sudakov and Vu [729] introduced the idea of the local resilience of a monotone
increasing graph property P. Suppose we delete the edges of some graph H
on vertex set [n] from Gn,p . Suppose that p is above the threshold for Gn,p to
have the property. What can we say about the value ∆ so that w.h.p. the graph
G = ([n], E(Gn,p ) \ E(H)) has property P for all H with maximum degree at
most ∆? We will denote the maximum ∆ by ∆P
In this chapter we discuss the resilience of various properties. In Section 9.1
we discuss the resilience of having a perfect matching. In Section 9.2 we discuss
the resileince of having a Hamilton cycle. In Section 9.3 we discuss the resilience
of the chromatic number.

9.1 Perfect Matchings

Sudakov and Vu [729] proved that if M denotes the property of having a perfect
matching then
Theorem 9.1.
1

Suppose that1 n =
2m is even and that np  log n. Then w.h.p. in
Gn,p , 2 − ε np ≤ ∆M ≤ 2 + ε np for any positive constant ε.

Proof. The upper bound ∆M ≤ 21 + ε np is easy to prove. Randomly partition

[n] into two subsets X,Y of sizes m + 1 and m − 1 respectively. Now delete all
edges inside X so that X becomes an independent set. Clearly, the remaining
graph contains no perfect matching. The Chernoff bounds, Corollary 22.7, imply
that we have deleted ≈ np/2 edges incident with each vertex.
The lower bound requires a little more work. Theorem 3.4 implies that w.h.p.
the minimum degree in G is at least (1 − o(1)) 12 + ε np. We randomly partition

[n] into two sets X,Y of size m. We have that w.h.p.

PM1 dY (x) & 14 + ε2 np for all x ∈ X and dX (y) & 14 + ε2 np for all y ∈ Y .

161
162 CHAPTER 9. RESILIENCE

np
PM2 e(S, T ) ≤ 1 + ε3 4 |S| for all S ⊆ X, T ⊆ Y, |S| = |T | ≤ n/4.

Property PM1 follows immediately from the Chernoff bounds, Corollary 22.7,
1


and the fact that dG (v) & 2 + ε np  log n.
Property PM2 is derived as follows:

ε  np  n/4 n 2 −4ε 2 snp/27

   
Pr ∃S, T : e(S, T ) ≥ |S| 1 + ≤∑ e
3 4 s=1 s
2 np/27
!s
n/4 2 2−4ε
n e
≤∑ = o(1).
s=1 s2

Given, PM1, PM2, we see that if there exists S ⊆ X, |S| ≤ n/4 such that |NX (S)| ≤
|S| then for T = NX (S),
 
1 ε  ε  np
+ np|S| . e(S, T ) ≤ 1 + |S|,
4 2 3 4

contradiction. We finish the proof that Hall’s condition holds, i.e. deal with |S| >
n/4 just as we did for |S| > n/2 in Theorem 6.1.

9.2 Hamilton Cycles

Sudakov and Vu [729] proved that if np  log 4
n and H denotes the Hamil-
1


tonicity property, then w.h.p. ∆H = 2 − o(1) np. This is the optimal value for
∆H but a series of papers culminating in the following theorem due to Lee and
Sudakov.

Theorem 9.2. If np  log n, then w.h.p. ∆H = 12 − o(1) np.

Going even further, Montgomery [607] and Nenadov, Steger and Trujić [631]
have given tight hitting time versions. The proofs in these papers rely on the use of
Pósa rotations, as in Chapter 6. Some recent papers have introduced the use of the
absorbing method from extremal combinatorics to related problems. The method
was initiated by Rödl, Ruciński and Szemerédi [679]. Our purpose in this section
is to give an example of this important technique. Our exposition closely follows
the paper of Ferber, Nenadov, Noever, Peter and Trujić [308]. They consider the
resilience of Hamiltonicity in the context of random digraphs, but their proof can
be adapted and simplified when considering graphs. Their proof in turn utilises
ideas from Montgomery [607].
9.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 163

log10 n
Theorem 9.3. Suppose that p ≥ n . Then w.h.p. in Gn,p ,
   
1 1
− ε np ≤ ∆H ≤ + ε np
2 2

for any positive constant ε.

From our previous remarks, we can see that log10 n is not optimal. The proof
we give can be tightened, but probably not down to log n. The proof of Theorem
9.3 takes up the remainder of this section.
The proof of the upper bound is essentially the same as for Theorem 9.1. After
making X independent, there is no possibility of a Hamilton cycle.
The lower bound requires more work.

A pseudo-random condition
We say that a graph G = (V, E) with |V | = n is (n, α, p)-pseudo-random if

Q1 dG (v) ≥ 21 + α np for all v ∈ V (G).

10 log2 n
Q2 eG (S) ≤ |S| log3 n for all S ⊆ V, |S| ≤ p .

log2 n
Q3 eG (S, T ) ≤ 1 + α4 |S||T |p for all disjoint S, T ⊆ V , |S|, |T | ≥ p .

Lemma 9.4. Let α be an arbitrary small positive constant. Suppose that p ≥

log10 n 1


n . Let H be a subgraph of G = Gn,p with maximum degree 2 − 3α np and
let G = G − H. Then w.h.p. G is (n, α, p)-pseudo-random.

Proof. Q1: This follows from the fact that w.h.p. every vertex of Gn,p has degree
(1 + o(1))np, see Theorem 3.4(ii).
Q2: We show that this is true w.h.p. in G and hence in G. Indeed,

10 log2 n
 
3
P ∃S : eG (S) ≥ |S| log n and |S| ≤ ≤
p
10p−1 log2 n   s
 10p−1 log2 n  log3 n !s
n 2 3 ne sep
∑ 3 ps log n ≤ ∑ ≤
s=log n s s log n s=log n s 2 log3 n
10p−1 log2 n  3 !s
5e log n

ne
∑ = o(1).
s=log n s log n
164 CHAPTER 9. RESILIENCE

Q3: We show that this is true w.h.p. in G and hence in G. We first note that
the Chernoff bounds, Corollary 22.7, imply that
  α  2
P eG (S, T ) ≥ 1 + |S||T |p ≤ e−α |S||T |p/50 .
4
So,

log2 n
 
P ∃S, T : |S|, |T | ≥ and eG (S, T ) ≥ (1 + α)|S||T |p ≤
p
2
!s 2
!t
n n
ne1−α t p/100 ne1−α sp/100
  
n n −α 2 st p/50
∑ 2 s t e ≤ ∑ 2 ≤
−1 −1
s t
s,t=p log n s,t=p log n
2 2
!s 2 2
!t
n
ne1−α log n/100 ne1−α log n/100
∑ 2 ≤
−1
s t
s,t=p log n

2 log2 n/100
!s 2
n 1−α
 ∑ ne  = o(1).
−1 2 s
s=p log n

Pseudo-random implies Hamiltonian

The rest of this section is devoted to the proof that if G = ([n], E) is (n, α, p)-
pseudo-random then G is Hamiltonian.
We randomly partition [n] into sets let Vi , i = 1, 2, . . . , 5 such that
4 log3 n
 
αn
|V1 | = , |Vi | = , i = 2, 3, 4
p 5(1 + 2α)
so that  
5 + 7α n 5 + 7α
|V5 | = n−O 7
≈ n.
5 + 10α log n 5 + 10α
The number of neighbors of v in Vi is distributed as the binomial
Bin(dG (v), |Vi |/n). Thus for all v ∈ [n] we have, using our assumption that np ≥
log10 n,
   
|Vi | 1 1 np
E(dVi (v)) = dG (v) ≥ + α |Vi |p ≥ +α  log n
n 2 2 log2 n
and so the Chernoff bounds imply that w.h.p.
 
1
dVi (v) & + α |Vi |p for all v ∈ [n] (9.1)
2
9.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 165

The proof now rests on two lemmas: the following quantities are fixed for the
remainder of the proof:

4 log3 n
 
` = 12 dlog ne + 3 and t = (9.2)
p

Lemma 9.5. [Connecting Lemma] Let {ai , bi } , i = 1, 2, . . . ,t be a family of pairs

of vertices from [n] with ai 6= a j and bi 6= b j for every distinct i, j ∈ [t], (ai = bi is
allowed). Let L = ti=1 {ai , bi }. Assume that K ⊆ [n] \ L is such that
S

C1 |K|  `t logt.
1


C2 For every v ∈ K ∪ L we have |dK (v)| & 2 + α p|K|.

Then there exist t internally disjoint paths P1 , P2 , . . . , Pt such that Pi connects ai to

bi and V (Pi ) \ {ai , bi } ⊆ K. Furthermore, each path is of length `.

Lemma 9.6. [Absorbing Lemma] There is a path P∗ with V (P∗ ) ⊆ V2 ∪ V3 ∪ V4

such that for every W ⊆ V1 there is a path PW∗ such that V (PW∗ ) = V (P∗ ) ∪W and
such that P∗ and PW∗ have the same endpoints.

With these two lemmas in hand, we can show that G is Hamiltonian. Let P∗
be as in Lemma 9.6 and let U = (V2 ∪V3 ∪V4 ∪V5 ) \V (P∗ ). If v ∈ U then
 
1
dU (v) ≥ dV5 (v) & + α |V5 |p
2
   
1 5 + 7α 1 3α
& +α np ≥ + |U|p. (9.3)
2 5 + 10α 2 4

|U| log5 n
j k j k
n
Next let k = n and s = log5 n
. Randomly choose disjoint sets
S1 , S2 , . . . , Sk ⊆ U of size s and let S = ki=1 Si and S0 = U \ S. It follows from (9.3)
S

and the Chernoff bounds and the fact that

 
|Si |dU (v) 1 3α
E(dSi (v)) = & + |Si |p  log n
|U| 2 4

that w.h.p.  
1 α
dSi (v) ≥ + |Si |p for all i ∈ [k], v ∈ U. (9.4)
2 2
Claim 6. Assuming (9.4), we see that there is a perfect matching Mi between
Si , Si+1 for 1 ≤ i < k.
166 CHAPTER 9. RESILIENCE

We prove the claim below. The matchings M1 , M2 , . . . , Mk−1 combine to give

us s vertex disjoint paths Qi from S1 to Sk for i = 1, 2, . . . , s. Together with a 0-
length path for each v ∈ |S0 | we have t 0 = s + |S0 | ≤ 2s internally disjoint paths Qi
from xi to yi , i = 1, 2, . . . ,t 0 that cover U. Now let t = t 0 + 1 and suppose that xt , yt
are the endpoints of P∗ . Applying Lemma 9.5 with K = V1 and ai = yi , bi = xi+1
for i ∈ [t] we obtain a cycle C = (Q1 , P1 , Q2 , P2 , . . . , Qt 0 , P∗ , Pt ) (here xt+1 = x1 )
that covers V2 ∪V3 ∪V4 ∪V5 , see Figure 9.1. Putting W = V1 \V (C) and using the
fact that P∗ ⊆ C, we can use Lemma 9.6 to extend C to a Hamilton cycle of G.
Proof of Claim 6
Fix i and now consider Hall’s theorem. We have to show that
|N(X, Si+1 )| ≥ |X| for X ⊆ Si .
Case 1: |X| ≤ 10p−1 log2 n. Let Y = N(X, Si+1 ) and suppose that |Y | < |X|. We
now have
|X ∪Y | log5 n
 
1 α
eG (X ∪Y ) ≥ + |X||Si |p & ,
2 2 4
which contradicts Q2.
Case 2: 10p−1 log2 n ≤ |X| ≤ s/2. In this case we have
   
1 α 1 α
eG (X,Y ) ≥ + |Si ||X|p ≥ + |X||Y |p,
2 2 2 2

which contradicts Q3. (If |Y | < p−1 log2 n then we can add arbitrary vertices from
Si+1 \Y to Y so that we can apply Q3.)
The case |X| > s/2 is dealt with just as we did for |S| > n/2 in Theorem 6.1. This
completes the proof of Claim 6.
End of proof of Claim 6

Proof of Lemma 9.5

We begin with some lemmas on expansion. For sets X,Y and integer `, let NG` (X,Y )
be the set of vertices y ∈ Y for which there exists x ∈ X and a path P of length `
from x to y such that V (P) \ {x} ⊆ Y . We let NG (X,Y ) = NG1 (X,Y ) denote the set
of neighbors of X in Y . The sets X,Y need not be disjoint in this definition.
Lemma j 9.7. k Suppose that X,Y ⊆ [n] are (not necessarily disjoint) sets such that
log2 n 3 log3 n 1 α


|X| = p , |Y | ≥ αp and that |NG (x,Y )| ≥ 2 + 2 p|Y | for all x ∈ X. Then
 
1 α
|NG (X,Y )| ≥ + |Y |. (9.5)
2 3
9.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 167

x1 Q1 y1
P1

x2 Q2 y2
P2

xs Qs ys
Pt

Pt 0 −1
xs+1 xt 0 = yt 0

Qt 0

xt P∗ yt

Figure 9.1: Cycle C = (Q1 , P1 , Q2 , P2 , . . . , Qt 0 , P∗ , Pt )

168 CHAPTER 9. RESILIENCE

Proof. Let Z = X ∪ NG (X,Y ). We have

 
1 α
eG (Z) ≥ ∑ NG (x,Y ) − eG (X) ≥ + p|X||Y | − |X| log3 n ≥
x∈X 2 2
   
3 3 3 3 3 |X| 3
+ |X| log n = + log n · |Z|
2α 2 2α 2 |Z|
2n
If |Z| < 10 log
p
3
then we see that eG (Z) & 20α log3 n. This contradicts Q2 for small
2 2
α and so we can assume that |Z| ≥ 10 log p
n
and therefore |NG (X,Y )| ≥ 9 logp n . On
the other hand, if (9.5) fails then from Q3 we have
 
1 α
+ p|X||Y | ≤ eG (X,Y \ X) + 2eG (X) ≤
2 2
 
3
 α 1 α
eG (X,Y \ X) + 2|X| log n ≤ 1 + |X| + |Y |p + 2|X| log3 n,
4 2 3
contradiction.
Lemma 9.8. Suppose that X,Y ⊆ [n] are disjoint sets such that
3 log3 n
D1 |Y | ≥ αp .

2 log2 n
D2 |NG (X,Y )| ≥ p .

1

log2 n
D3 |NG (S,Y )| ≥ 2 + α4 |Y | for all S ⊆ Y, |S| ≥ p .
1
Then there exists x ∈ X such that |NG` (x,Y )| ≥


2 + α8 |Y |
2 log2 n
Proof. We first show that there exists x ∈ X such that |NG`−1 (x,Y )| ≥ p . For
this we use the following claim:
2 log2 n
Claim 7. Let i < ` and A ⊆ X be such that |NGi (A,Y )| ≥ p . Then there exists
2
2 log n
A0 ⊆ A such that |A0 | ≤ d|A|/2e and |NGi+1 (A0 ,Y )| ≥ p .
We prove the claim below. Using D2 and the claim ` − 2 times, we obtain a set
2
X 0 ⊆ X such that |X 0 | ≤ |X|/2`−2 and |NG`−1 (X 0 ,Y )| ≥ 2 logp n . But ` − 2 ≥ log2 n
 
l 2 m
and so we have |X 0 | = 1. Let X 0 = {x} and M ⊆ NG (x,Y ) be of size logp n .
By definition, there is a path Pw of length ` − 1 from x to each w ∈ M. Let V ∗ =
( w∈M V (Pw )) \ {x}. Then D2 and D3 imply
S
   
` ∗ 1 α 1 α
|NG (x,Y )| ≥ |NG (M,Y \V )| ≥ + |Y | − `|M| ≥ + |Y |.
2 4 2 8
9.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 169

Proof of Claim 7
First note that if A1 , A2 is a partition of A with |A1 | = d|A|/2e then we have

2 log2 n
|NGi (A1 ,Y )| + |NGi (A2 ,Y )| ≥ |NGi (A,Y )| ≥ .
p

We can assume therefore that there exists A0 ⊆ A, |A0 | ≤ d|A|/2e such that |NGi (A0 ,Y )| ≥
log2 n
p .
log2 n
l m
Choose B ⊆ NGi (A0 ,Y ), |B| = 1


p . Then D3 implies that |NG (B,Y )| ≥ 2 + α4 |Y |.
Each v ∈ B is the endpoint of a path Pv of length i from a vertex in A0 . Let
V ∗ = v∈B V (Pv ). Then,
S

2 log2 n
 
1 α
|NGi+1 (A0 ,Y )| ≥ |NG (B,Y )| − |V ∗ | ≥ + |Y | − `|B| ≥ .
2 4 p

End of proof of Claim 7

We are now ready to prove an approximate version of Lemma 9.5. Let t, ` be as
in (9.2).
Lemma 9.9. Let {ai , bi }, i = 1, 2, . . . ,t be a family of pairs of vertices from [n]
with ai 6= a j and bi 6= b j for every distinct i, j ∈ [t]. Furthermore, let RA , RB ⊆
[n] \ ti=1 {ai , bi } be disjoint and such that
S

48t`
E1 |RA |, |RB | ≥ α .
1
+ α4 |RZ | for all S ⊆ RA ∪ RB ∪ ti=1 {ai , bi }


E2 For Z = A, B, |NG (S, RZ )| ≥
S
2
log2 n
such that |S| ≥ p .

Then there exists a set I ⊆ [t], |I| = bt/2c and internally disjoint paths Pi , i ∈ I such
that Pi connects ai to bi and V (Pi ) \ {ai , bi } ⊆ RA ∪ RB .

Proof. We prove this by induction. Assume that we have found s < bt/2c paths
Pi from ai to bi for i ∈ J ⊆ I, |J| = s. Then let

R0A = RA \ V (Pi ), R0B = RB \

[ [
V (Pi ).
i∈J i∈J

Choose hA , hB ≥ 2 log n so that hA + hB + 1 = `.

Claim 8. There exists i ∈ K = [t] \ J such that
   
hA 0 1 α 0 0 1 α
|NG (ai , RA )| ≥ + hB
|RA | and |NG (bi , RB )| ≥ + |R0B |.
2 8 2 8
170 CHAPTER 9. RESILIENCE

We verify Claim 8 below. Assume its truth for now. Let S = NGhA (ai , R0A ). Then

47t` log2 n
   
1 α 1 α
|S| ≥ + (RA − s`) ≥ + ≥ .
2 8 2 8 α p

Now from E2 we obtain

|NGhA +1 (ai , R0B )| ≥ |NG (S, R0B )| − ` ≥ |NG (S, RB )| − t`

     
1 α 1 α 1 α
≥ + |RB | − t` ≥ + |RB | ≥ + |R0B |.
2 4 2 8 2 8

Now from Claim 8 we have that |NGhB (bi , R0B )| ≥ 12 + α8 |R0B | and so

NGhA +1 (ai , R0B ) ∩ NGhB (bi , R0B ) 6= 0/ and there is a path as claimed.
It only remains to prove Claim 8. Assume inductively
hA 0 1 α

0 that we have found v1 , v2 , . . . , vk ∈
{ai : i ∈ K} such that |NG (vi , RA )| ≥ 2 + 16 |RA | for i ∈ [k]. The base case is
k = 0. We apply Lemma 9.8 with Y = R0A and X = {ai : i ∈ K} \ {v1 , v2 , . . . , vk }.
47` log n 3
We check that the lemma’s conditions are satisfied. |R0A | ≥ 48t`
α −t` ≥ αp and
0
so D1 is satisfied. On the other hand E2 implies that if S ⊆ RA ∪ {ai : i ∈ K} is of
log2 n
size at least p then

log2 n
   
1 α 1 α
|NG (S, R0A )| ≥ |NG (S, RA )| − t` ≥ + |RA | − t` ≥ + |RA |  .
2 4 2 8 p
2
So, D3 is satisfied and also D2 if |X| ≥ logp n i.e. if k ≤ t/2, completing the
induction. So, we obtain IA ⊆ [t], |IA | = bt/2c + 1 such that
 
1 α
|N hA
(ai , R0A )| ≥ + |R0A | for i ∈ IA .
2 8

h 1 α

0 the existence of IB ⊆ [t], |IB | = bt/2c + 1 such that
A similar argument proves
0
|N (bi , RB )| ≥ 2 + 8 |RB | for i ∈ IB and the claim follows, since IA ∩ IB 6= 0/ and
B

we can therefore choose i ∈ IA ∩ IB .

Completing the proof of Lemma 9.5

We now define some parameters that will be used for the remainder of the proof:

|K|
m = dlog2 te + 1, si = 2t, i ∈ [2m], s2m+1 = s2m+2 = , k = 2m + 2.
4
9.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 171

We randomly choose disjoint sets Si ⊆ K, |Si | = si , i ∈ [k]. The Chernoff bounds

and C2 imply that w.h.p.
 
1 α
|NG (v, Si )| ≥ + psi for v ∈ K ∪ L, i ∈ [k]. (9.6)
2 2

We prove the following lemma at the end of this section:

 
Lemma 9.10. Given sets [t] = I1 ⊇ I2 ⊇ · · · Im such that |I j | = |I j−1 |/2 , G con-
tains complete binary trees TA (i), TB (i), i ∈ [t] such that

F1 The depth of TA (i), TB (i), i ∈ Is is s − 1.

F2 TA (i) is rooted at ai and TB (i) is rooted at bi for i ∈ [t].

F3 The vertices TA (i, j) at depth j ∈ [0, m] in TA (i) are contained in S j .

F4 The vertices TB (i, j) at depth j ∈ [0, m] in TB (i) are contained in Sm+ j .

F5 The trees are vertex disjoint.

Assuming the truth of the lemma, we proceed as follows. We repeatedly use

Lemma 9.9 to find vertex disjoint paths. We first find bt/2c paths P1 of length `
from ai to bi for i ∈ J1 . We then let I2 = I1 \ J1 and construct the trees TA (i), TB (i)
for i ∈ I2 and then use Lemma 9.9 once more to find |I2 | vertex disjoint paths Q2
of length ` − 2 from TA (i, 1) to TB (i, 1) for i ∈ I2 . We can now select at least half of
the Q2 to make d|I2 |/2e paths P2 from ai to bi for i ∈ J2 and then let I3 = I2 \ J2 .
We repeat this process until we have constructed the required set of paths.
We now check that Lemma 9.9 can be applied as claimed. To simplify notation
we use the convention that
j
[
TA (i, j) = TB (i, j) = 0/ for i ∈ Il .
l=1

With this convention, we let

! !!
 t s−1
[ [ s−1
[ [
Ms = K (TA (i, j) ∪ TB (i, j)) ∪ V (Q)
i=1 j=1 i=1 Q∈Qi

and then in round s we apply Lemma 9.9 with ai , bi , i = 1, 2, . . . ,t replaced by

x j , y j , j = 1, 2, . . . ,t where the x j are made up of the TA (i, s) for i ∈ Is and the y j
are made up of the TB (i, s) for i ∈ Is and

RA = S2m+1 \ Ms and RB = S2m+2 \ Ms .

172 CHAPTER 9. RESILIENCE

Thus
!
t s−1
|K| t |K| |K|
|RA | ≥
4
−O ∑ ∑ 2 j · 2 j ` = 4 − O(`t logt) ≥ 5  `t logt,
i=1 j=1

and similarly for |SB | and so E1 holds.

2
Now suppose that S ⊆ RA ∪ RB ∪ ti=1 x j , y j with |S| ≥ logp n . We can apply
S 

Lemma 9.7 with X = S and Y = RA because E1 holds and because of Assumption

C2 and (9.6). It follows that
 
1 α
|NG (S, RA )| ≥ + |RA |
2 3

and similarly for RB and so E2 holds. It now follows from Lemma 9.9 that there
are bt/2c indices i for which there is a path from x j to y j and these yield at least
dt/2s e indices Is and a path from ai to bi for i ∈ Is .
It remains only to prove Lemma 9.10.

Proof. Let VA (s) denote the endpoints of Qs in Ss . Because of (9.6),  we can reduce
this to the following: given a bipartite graph Γ with bipartion X = x1 , x2 , . . . , xbt/2c ⊆
Ss \VA (s), B = Ss+1 = {y1 , y2 , . . . , y2t } and minimum degree at least 21 + α2 psi+1 ≥

4 log3 n and
 such that Q2, Q3 hold, there  exists
a partition of B into t pairs
zi,1 , zi,2 , i ∈ [t] such that both edges xi , zi,l , l = 1, 2 exist in Γ. (The reader
can check that after each round, there are t/2 vertices that are leaves of the current
active trees, and need two neighbors to grow the tree. We say that a tree is active
if its root is not the endpoint of a path in Qs .)
We need to verify the following condition:

S ⊆ A implies |NΓ (S, B)| ≥ 2|S|. (9.7)

2 log2 n
Case 1: |S| ≤ 3p .
2
Let T = NΓ (S, B). If (9.7) fails then |S ∪ T | ≤ 2 logp n and eG (S ∪ T ) > |S| log3 n,
violating Q2.
2n
Case 2: |S| > 2 log3p .
If (9.7) fails then
 
1 α  α 2
+ si |S|p ≤ eG (S, T ) ≤ 2 1 + |S| p. (9.8)
2 2 4

The lower bound is from (9.6) and the upper bound in (9.8) is from Q3. Equation
(9.8) is a contradiction, because si = 2t ≥ 4|S|.
9.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 173

sx x tx
s1x tx1 s2x tx2 six txi s2k 2k
x tx

Figure 9.2: The absorber for k1 = 3. The cycle Cx is drawn with solid lines. The
dashed lines represent paths. The part inside the rectangle can be repeated to make
larger absorbers.

Proof of Lemma 9.6

Let `x be an integer and Ax a graph with |V (Ax )| = `x + 1. Ax is called an absorber
if there are vertices x, sx ,tx such that Ax contains paths Px , Px0 of lengths `x , `x − 1
from sx to tx such that x ∈ / V (Px0 ).

Let k, ` be integers and consider the graph Ax with 3 + 2k(` + 1) vertices con-
structed as follows:

S1 Ax contains a cycle Cx of length 4k + 3, the solid lines in Figure 9.2.

S2 Ax contains 2k pairwise disjoint six ,txi paths, P1 , P2 , . . . , P2k , each of which is of

length `, the dashed lines in Figure 9.2.

Lemma 9.11. Ax is an absorber for vertex x.

Proof. We take

Px = sx , x, sx1 , P1 ,t1x , s2x , P2 , . . . ,tx2k ,tx .

Px0 = sx , s2x , P2 ,tx2 , s4x , P4 , . . . , s2k 2k 1 1 3 2k−1
x , P2k ,tx , sx , P1 ,tx , sx , P3 , . . . ,tx ,tx .

We first apply Lemma 9.5 to find Cx , x ∈ V1 . We let L = V1 and let ai = bi = x, x ∈

V1 . We let K = V2 and k = 3 dlog ne so that ` = 4k + 3. The lemma is applicable
αn
as |K| = 5(1+2α)  `t logt and (9.1) implies that C2 holds.
We next apply Lemma 9.5 to connect ai = six to bi = txi by a path of length ` for
αn
i ∈ [2k], x ∈ V1 . We let K = V3 and note that |K| = 5(1+2α)  `t logt and that (9.1)
implies that C2 holds, once more.
174 CHAPTER 9. RESILIENCE

At this point we have paths Px , Px0 for x ∈ V1 . We finally construct P∗ , using Lemma
9.5 to connect the paths Px0 , x ∈ V1 . We let t = h − 1 where V1 = {x1 , x2 , . . . , xh }.
We take ai = txi and bi = sxi+1 for i ∈ [h − 1] and K = V4 .
It is easy to see that this construction has the desired property. Where necessary,
we can absorb x ∈ V1 by replacing Px0 by Px .

9.3 The chromatic number

In this section we consider adding the edges of a fixed graph H to Gn,p . We
examine the case where p is constant and where ∆ = ∆(H) is sufficiently small.
We will see that under some circumstances, we can add quite a few edges without
increasing the chromatic number by very much.
Theorem 9.12. Suppose that H is a graph on vertex set [n] with maximum degree
∆ = no(1) . Let p be constant and let G = Gn,p + H. Then w.h.p. χ(G) ≈ χ(Gn,p ),
for all choices of H.

Proof. We first observe that

n
W.h.p. every set of t ≤ vertices, span fewer than
10 log2 n
2npt
edges of Gn,p . (9.9)
log2 n

Indeed,

n/10 log2 n
  t

n 2
Pr(∃ a set negating (9.9)) ≤ ∑ 2 t 2npt/ log2 n p2npt/ log n
2

t=2np/ log n
n/10 log2 n  ne t  t 2 ep log2 n 2npt/ log2 n
≤ ∑ ≤
t 4npt
t=2np/ log2 n
!t
n/10 log2 n 2n
ne  te 2np/ log
∑ · = o(1).
t 4n
t=2np/ log2 n

We let s = 20∆ log2 n and randomly partition [n] into s sets V1 ,V2 , . . . ,Vs of size
n/s. Let Y denote the number of edges of H that have endpoints in the same set
of the partition. Then E(Y ) ≤ |E(H)|
s ≤ ∆n
2s . It follows from the Markov inequality
1 n


that Pr Y ≥ s ≤ 2 and so there exists a partition for which Y ≤ ∆n
∆n
s = 20 log2 n .
9.4. EXERCISES 175

Furthermore, it follows from (7.21), that w.h.p. the subgraphs Gi of Gn,p induced
by each Vi have chromatic number ≈ 2 logn/s(n/s) .
b
Given V1 ,V2 , . . . ,Vs , we color G as follows: we color the edges of Gi with ≈
n/s n n
2 logb (n/s) colors, using different colors for each set and ≈ 2 logb (n/s) ≈ 2 logb (n) ≈
χ(Gn,p ) colors overall. We must of course deal with the at most Y edges that could
be improperly colored. Let W denote the endpoints of these edges. Then |W | ≤
n
10 log2 n
. It follows from (9.9) that we can write W = {w1 .w2 , . . . , wm } such that wi
2np
has at most log2 n
+ ∆ neighbors in {w1 , w2 , . . . , wi−1 } i.e. the coloring number of
2np
the subgraph of Gn,p induced by W is at most log2 n
+ ∆. It follows that we can
2np
re-color the Y badly colored edges using at most log2 n + ∆ + 1 = o(χ(Gn,p )) new

colors.

9.4 Exercises
9.4.1 Prove that if p ≥ (1+η)n log n for a postive constant η then ∆C ≥ 1


2 − ε np,
where C denotes connectivity. (See Haller and Trujić [407].)

9.4.2 Show that for every ε > 0 there exists cε > 0 such that the following is true
w.h.p. If c ≥ cε and p = c/n and we remove any set of at most (1 − ε)cn/2
edges from Gn,p , then the remaining graph contains a component of size at
least εn/2.

9.5 Notes
Sudakov and Vu [729] were the first to discuss local resilience in the context of
random graphs. Our examples are taken from this paper except that we have given
a proof of hamiltonicity that introduces the absorbing method.

Hamiltonicity
4
Sudakov and Vu proved local resilience for p ≥ logn n and ∆H = (1−o(1))np
2 . The
expression for ∆H is best posible, but the needed value for p has been lowered.
Frieze and Krivelevich [349] showed that there exist constants K, α such that
w.h.p. ∆H ≥ αnp for p ≥ K log n
n . Ben-Shimon, Krivelevich and Sudakov [79]
improved this to α ≥ 1−ε6 holds w.h.p. and then in [80] they obtained a result
on resilience for np − (log n + log log n) → ∞, but with K close to 13 . (Vertices
np
of degree less than 100 can lose all but two incident edges.) Lee and Sudakov
176 CHAPTER 9. RESILIENCE

[541] proved the sought after result that for every positive ε there exists C = C(ε)
such that w.h.p. ∆H ≥ (1−ε)np 2 holds for p ≥ C log n
n . Condon, Espuny Dı́az, Kim,
Kühn and Osthus [204] refined [541]. Let H be a graph with degree sequence
d1 ≥ d2 ≥ · · · ≥ dn where di ≤ (n − i)p − εnp for i < n/2. They say that G is
ε-Pósa-resilient if G − H is Hamiltonian for all such H. Given ε > 0 there is a
constant C = C(ε) such that if p ≥ C log n
n
then Gn,p is ε-Pósa-resilient w.h.p. The
result in [541] has now been improved to give a hitting time result, see Mont-
gomery [607] and Nenadov, Steger and Trujić [631]. The latter paper also proves
the optimal resilience of the 2-core when p = (1+ε) 3n
log n
.
Fischer, Škorić, Steger and Trujić [312] have shown that there exists C > 0 such
3n
that if p ≥ C nlog
1/2 then not only is there the square of a Hamilton cycle w.h.p., but
containing a square is resilient to the deletion of not too many triangles incident
with each vertex.
Krivelevich, Lee and Sudakov [522] proved that G = Gn,p , p  n−1/2 remains
pancyclic w.h.p. if a subgraph H of maximum degree ( 12 − ε)np is deleted, i.e.
pancyclicity is locally resilient. The same is true for random regular graphs when
r  n1/2 .
Hefetz, Steger and Sudakov [421] began the study of the resilience of Hamiltonic-
ity for random digraphs. They showed that if p  log n1/2
n
then w.h.p. the Hamil-
1
tonicity of Dn,p is resilient to the deletion of up to ( 2 − o(1))np edges incident
8
with each vertex. The value of p was reduced to p  logn n by Ferber, Nenadov,
Noever, Peter and Škorić [308]. Finally, Montgomery [609] proved that in the ran-
dom digraph process, at the hitting time for Hamiltonicity, the property is resilient
w.h.p.
 Part II

Basic Model Extensions

177
Chapter 10

Inhomogeneous Graphs

Thus far we have concentrated on the properties of the random graphs Gn,m and
Gn,p . We first consider a generalisation of Gn,p where the probability of edge
(i, j) is pi j is not the same for all pairs i, j. We call this the generalized binomial
graph . Our main result on this model concerns the probability that it is connected.
For this model we concentrate on its degree sequence and the existence of a giant
component. After this we move onto a special case of this model, viz. the expected
degree model. Here pi j is proportional to wi w j for weights wi . In this model, we
prove results about the size of the largest components. We finally consider another
special case of the generalized binomial graph, viz. the Kronecker random graph.

10.1 Generalized Binomial Graph

Consider the following natural generalisation of the binomial random graph Gn,p ,
first considered by Kovalenko [519].
Let V = {1, 2, . . . , n} be the vertex set. The random graph Gn,P has vertex set V
and two vertices i and j from V , i 6= j, are joined by an edge with probability
pi j = pi j (n), independently of all other edges. Denote by
 
P = pi j
the symmetric n × n matrix of edge probabilities, where pii = 0. Put qi j = 1 − pi j
and for i, k ∈ {1, 2, . . . , n} define
n n
Qi = ∏ qi j , λn = ∑ Qi .
j=1 i=1

Note that Qi is the probability that vertex i is isolated and λn is the expected
number of isolated vertices. Next let
Rik = min qi j1 · · · qi jk .
1≤ j1 < j2 <···< jk ≤n

179
180 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

Suppose that the edge probabilities pi j are chosen in such a way that the following
conditions are simultaneously satisfied as n → ∞:

max Qi → 0, (10.1)
1≤i≤n

lim λn = λ = constant, (10.2)

n→∞
and !k
n/2 n
1 Qi
lim ∑ ∑ Rik = eλ − 1. (10.3)
k=1 k!
n→∞
i=1

The next two theorems are due to Kovalenko [519].

We will first give the asymptotic distribution of the number of isolated vertices
in Gn,P , assuming that the above three conditions are satisfied. The next theorem
is a generalisation of the corresponding result for the classical model Gn,p (see
Theorem 3.1(ii)).

Theorem 10.1. Let X0 denote the number of isolated vertices in the random graph
Gn,P . If conditions (10.1) (10.2) and (10.3) hold, then

λ k −λ
lim P(X0 = k) = e
n→∞ k!
for k = 0, 1, . . ., i.e., the number of isolated vertices is asymptotically Poisson
distributed with mean λ .

Proof. Let (
1 with prob. pi j
Xi j =
0 with prob. qi j = 1 − pi j .
Denote by Xi , for i = 1, 2, . . . n, the indicator of the event that vertex i is isolated
in Gn,P . To show that X0 converges in distribution to the Poisson random variable
with mean λ one has to show (see Theorem 21.11) that for any natural number k
!
λk
E ∑ X X
i1 i2 · · · Xik → (10.4)
1≤i1 <i2 <...<ik ≤n k!

as n → ∞. But
k

E (Xi1 Xi2 · · · Xik ) = ∏ P Xir = 1|Xi1 = . . . = Xir−1 = 1 , (10.5)
r=1
10.1. GENERALIZED BINOMIAL GRAPH 181

where in the case of r = 1 we condition on the sure event.

Since the LHS of (10.4) is the sum of E (Xi1 Xi2 · · · Xik ) over all i1 < · · · < ik ,
we need to find matching upper
and lower bounds for this expectation. Now
P Xir = 1|Xi1 = . . . = Xir−1 = 1 is the unconditional probability that ir is not ad-
jacent to any vertex j 6= i1 , . . . , ir−1 and so

∏nj=1 qir j
P Xir = 1|Xi1 = . . . = Xir−1 = 1 = r−1 .
∏s=1 qir is
Hence

Qir Qir
Qir ≤ P Xir = 1|Xi1 = . . . = Xir−1 = 1 ≤ ≤ .
Rir ,r−1 Rir k
It follows from (10.5) that
Qi1 Qi
Qi1 · · · Qik ≤ E (Xi1 · · · Xik ) ≤ ··· k . (10.6)
Ri1 k Rik k

Applying conditions (10.1) and (10.2) we get that

1
∑ Qi1 · · · Qik = ∑ Qi1 · · · Qik ≥
1≤i1 <···<ik ≤n k! 1≤i
1 6=···6=ir ≤n
!
1 k n 2
Q · · · Q − ∑ Qi Qi1 · · · Qik−2
k! 1≤i1 ∑ ∑
i1 ik
,...,ik ≤n k! i=1 1≤i1 ,...,ik−2 ≤n

λnk λk λk
≥ − (max Qi )λnk−1 = n − (max Qi )λnk−1 → , (10.7)
k! i k! i k!
as n → ∞.
Now,
n n
Qi
∑ ≥ λn = ∑ Qi,
i=1 Rik i=1
 k
n/2 1
and if lim sup ∑ni=1 RQiki n Qi
> λ then lim sup ∑k=1 k! ∑i=1 Rik > eλ − 1, which con-
n→∞ n→∞
tradicts (10.3). It follows that
n
Qi
lim
n→∞
∑ Rik = λ .
i=1

Therefore !k
n
1 Qi λk
∑ Qi1 · · · Qik ≤ k! ∑ Rik →
k!
.
1≤i1 <...<ik ≤n i=1
182 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

as n → ∞.
Combining this with (10.7) gives us (10.4) and completes the proof of Theorem
10.1.
One can check that the conditions of the theorem are satisfied when
log n + xi j
pi j = ,
n
where xi j ’s are uniformly bounded by a constant.
The next theorem shows that under certain circumstances, the random graph
Gn,P behaves in a similar way to Gn,p at the connectivity threshold.

Theorem 10.2. If the conditions (10.1), (10.2) and (10.3) hold, then

lim P(Gn,P is connected) = e−λ .

n→∞

Proof. To prove the this we will show that if (10.1), (10.2) and (10.3) are satisfied
then w.h.p. Gn,P consists of X0 + 1 connected components, i.e., Gn,P consists of
a single giant component plus components that are isolated vertices only. This,
together with Theorem 10.1, implies the conclusion of Theorem 10.2.
Let U ⊆ V be a subset of the vertex set V . We say that U is closed if Xi j = 0 for
every i and j, where i ∈ U and j ∈ V \ U. Furthermore, a closed set U is called
simple if either U or V \ U consists of isolated vertices only. Denote the number
of non-empty closed sets in Gn,P by Y1 and the number of non-empty simple sets
by Y . Clearly Y1 ≥ Y .
We will prove first that

lim inf EY ≥ 2eλ − 1. (10.8)

n→∞

Denote the set of isolated vertices in Gn,P by J. If V \ J is not empty then

Y = 2X0 +1 − 1 (the number of non-empty subsets of J plus the number of their
complements, plus V itself). If V \ J = 0/ then Y = 2n − 1. Now, by Theorem 10.1,
for every fixed k = 0, 1, . . . ,

λk
lim P(Y = 2k+1 − 1) = e−λ .
n→∞ k!
Observe that for any ` ≥ 0,
`
EY ≥ ∑ (2k+1 − 1) P(Y = 2k+1 − 1)
k=0
10.1. GENERALIZED BINOMIAL GRAPH 183

and hence
`
λ k e−λ
lim inf EY ≥
n→∞
∑ (2k+1 − 1) k!
.
k=0
So,
`
λ k e−λ
lim inf EY ≥ lim
n→∞
∑ (2k+1 − 1)
`→∞ k=0 k!
= 2eλ − 1

which completes the proof of (10.8).

We will show next that

lim sup EY1 ≤ 2eλ − 1. (10.9)

n→∞

To prove (10.9) denote by Zk the number of closed sets of order k in Gn,P so that
Y1 = ∑nk=1 Zk . Note that
Zk = ∑ Zi1 ...ik ,
i1 <...<ik

where Zi1 ,...ik indicates whether set Ik = {i1 . . . ik } is closed. Then

E Zi1 ,...ik = P(Xi j = 0, i ∈ Ik , j 6∈ Ik ) = ∏ qi j .

i∈Ik , j6∈Ik

Consider first the case when k ≤ n/2. Then

∏i∈Ik ,1≤ j≤n qi j Qi Qi

∏ qi j = =∏ ≤∏ .
i∈Ik , j6∈Ik ∏i∈Ik , j∈Ik qi j i∈Ik ∏ j∈Ik qi j i∈Ik Rik

Hence !k
n
Qi 1 Qi
E Zk ≤ ∑ ∏ ≤ ∑ Rik .
i1 <...<ik i∈Ik Rik k! i=1

Now, (10.3) implies that

n/2
lim sup ∑ E Zk ≤ eλ − 1.
n→∞ k=1

To complete the estimation of E Zk (and thus for EY1 ) consider the case when
k > n/2. For convenience let us switch k with n − k, i.e, consider E Zn−k , when
0 ≤ k < n/2. Notice that E Zn = 1 since V is closed. So for 1 ≤ k < n/2

E Zn−k = ∑ ∏ qi j .
i1 <...<ik i∈Ik , j6∈Ik
184 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

But qi j = q ji so, for such k, E Zn−k = E Zk . This gives

lim sup EY1 ≤ 2(eλ − 1) + 1,

n→∞

where the +1 comes from Zn = 1 This completes the proof of (10.9).

Now,
P(Y1 > Y ) = P(Y1 −Y ≥ 1) ≤ E(Y1 −Y ).
Estimates (10.8) and (10.9) imply that

lim sup E(Y1 −Y ) ≤ 0,

n→∞

which in turn leads to the conclusion that

lim P(Y1 > Y ) = 0.

n→∞

i.e., asymptotically, the probability that there is a closed set that is not simple,
tends to zero as n → ∞. It is easy to check that X0 < n w.h.p. and therefore
Y = 2X0 +1 − 1 w.h.p. and so w.h.p. Y1 = 2X0 +1 − 1. If Gn,P has more than X0 + 1
connected components then the graph after removal of all isolated vertices would
contain at least one closed set, i.e., the number of closed sets would be at least
2X0 +1 . But the probability of such an event tends to zero and the theorem follows.

We finish this section by presenting a sufficient condition for Gn,P to be con-

nected w.h.p. as proven by Alon [23].

Theorem 10.3. For every positive constant b there exists a constant

c = c(b) > 0 so that if, for every non-trivial S ⊂ V ,

∑ pi j ≥ c log n,
i∈S, j∈V \S

then probability that Gn,P is connected is at least 1 − n−b .

Proof. In fact Alon’s result is much stronger. He considers a random subgraph

G pe of a multi-graph G on n vertices, obtained by deleting each edge e indepen-
dently with probability 1 − pe . The random graph Gn,P is a special case of G pe
when G is the complete graph Kn . Therefore, following in his footsteps, we will
prove that Theorem 10.3 holds for G pe and thus for Gn,P .
So, let G = (V, E) be a loopless undirected multigraph on n vertices, with
probability pe , 0 ≤ pe ≤ 1 assigned to every edge e ∈ E and suppose that for any
10.1. GENERALIZED BINOMIAL GRAPH 185

non-trivial S ⊂ V the expectation of the number ES of edges in a cut (S,V \ S) of

G pe satisfies
E ES = ∑ pe ≥ c log n. (10.10)
e∈(S,V \S)

Create a new graph G0= (V, E 0 )

from G by replacing each edge e by k = c log n
parallel copies with the same endpoints and giving each copy e0 of e a probability
p0e0 = pe /k.
Observe that for S ⊂ V
E ES0 = ∑ p0e0 = E ES .
e0 ∈(S,V \S)

Moreover, for every edge e of G, the probability that no copy e0 of e survives in a

random subgraph G0p0 is (1 − pe /k)k ≥ 1 − pe and hence the probability that G pe
is connected exceeds the probability of G0p0 being connected, and so in order to
e
prove the theorem it suffice to prove that
P(G0p0e is connected) ≥ 1 − n−b . (10.11)
To prove this, let E10 ∪ E20 ∪ . . . ∪ Ek0 be a partition of the set E 0 of the edges of G0 ,
such that each Ei0 consists of a single copy of each edge of G. For i = 0, 1, . . . , k
define G0i as follows. G00 is the subgraph of G0 that has no edges, and for all
i ≥ 1, G0i is the random subgraph of G0 obtained from G0i−1 by adding to it each
edge e0 ∈ Ei0 independently, with probability p0e0 .
Let Ci be the number of connected components of G0i . Then we have C0 = n
and we have G0k ≡ G0p0 . Let us call the stage i, 1 ≤ i ≤ k, successful if either
e
Ci−1 = 1 (i.e., G0i−1 is connected) or if Ci < 0.9Ci−1 . We will prove that
1
P(Ci−1 = 1 or Ci < 0.9Ci−1 |G0i−1 ) ≥ . (10.12)
2
To see that (10.12) holds, note first that if G0i−1 is connected then there is
nothing to prove. Otherwise let Hi = (U, F) be the graph obtained from G0i−1
by (i) contracting every connected component of G0i−1 to a single vertex and (ii)
adding to it each edge e0 ∈ Ei0 independently, with probability p0e0 and throwing
away loops. Note that since for every nontrivial S, E ES0 ≥ k, we have that for
every vertex u ∈ U (connected component of G0i−1 ),
pe
∑0 p0e0 = ∑ c k ≥ 1.
u∈e ∈F e∈U:U

Moreover, the probability that a fixed vertex u ∈ U is isolated in Hi is

( )
∏0 (1 − p0e0 ) ≤ exp − ∑0 p0e0 ≤ e−1 .
u∈e ∈F u∈e ∈F
186 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

Hence the expected number of isolated vertices of Hi does not exceed |U|e−1 .
Therefore, by the Markov inequality, it is at most 2|U|e−1 with probability at least
1/2. But in this case the number of connected components of Hi is at most
 
−1 1 −1 1 −1
2|U|e + (|U| − 2|U|e ) = +e |U| < 0.9|U|,
2 2
and so (10.12) follows. Observe that if Ck > 1 then the total number of successful
stages is strictly less than log n/ log 0.9 < 10 log n. However, by (10.12), the prob-
ability of this event is at most the probability that a Binomial random variable with
parameters k and 1/2 will attain a value at most 10 log n. It follows from (22.22)
that if k = c log n = (20 + t) log n then the probability that Ck > 1 (i.e., that G0p0
e
2
is disconnected) is at most n−t /4c . This completes the proof of (10.11) and the
theorem follows.

10.2 Expected Degree Model

In this section we will consider a special case of Kovalenko’s generalized binomial
model, introduced by Chung and Lu in [187], where edge probabilities pi j depend
on weights assigned to vertices. This was also meant as a model for “Real World
networks”, see Chapter 18.
Let V = {1, 2, . . . , n} and let wi be the weight of vertex i. Now insert edges
between vertices i, j ∈ V independently with probability pi j defined as
wi w j n
pi j = where W = ∑ wk .
W k=1

We assume that maxi w2i < W so that pi j ≤ 1. The resulting graph is denoted as
Gn,Pw . Note that putting wi = np for i ∈ [n] yields the random graph Gn,p .
Notice that loops are allowed here but we will ignore them in what follows.
Moreover, for vertex i ∈ V its expected degree is
wi w j
∑ = wi .
j W

Denote the average vertex weight by w (average expected vertex degree) i.e.,
W
w= ,
n
while, for any subset U of a vertex set V define the volume of U as
w(U) = ∑ wk .
k∈U
10.2. EXPECTED DEGREE MODEL 187

Chung and Lu in [187] and [189] proved the following results summarized in
the next theorem.
Theorem 10.4. The random graph Gn,Pw with a given expected degree sequence
has a unique giant component w.h.p. if the average expected degree is strictly
greater than one (i.e., w > 1). Moreover, if w > 1 then w.h.p. the giant component
has volume √ 
λ0W + O n(log n)3.5 ,
where λ0 is the unique nonzero root of the following equation
n n
∑ wie−wiλ = (1 − λ ) ∑ wi,
i=1 i=1

Furthermore w.h.p., the second-largest component has size at most

(1 + o(1)µ(w) log n,

where (
1/(w − 1 − log w) if 1 < w < 2,
µ(w) =
1/(1 + log w − log 4) if w > 4/e.

Here we will prove a weaker and restricted version of the above theorem. In
the current context, a giant component is one with volume Ω(W ).

Theorem 10.5. If the average expected degree w > 4, then a random graph Gn,Pw
w.h.p. has a unique giant component and its volume is at least
 
2
1− √ W
ew
while the second-largest component w.h.p. has the size at most
log n
(1 + o(1)) .
1 + log w − log 4

The proof is based on a key lemma given below, proved under stronger condi-
tions on w than in fact Theorem 10.5 requires.

4
Lemma 10.6. For any positive ε < 1 and w > e(1−ε) 2 w.h.p. every connected

component in the random graph Gn,Pw either has volume at least εW or has at
log n
most 1+log w−log 4+2 log(1−ε) vertices.
188 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

Proof. We first estimate the probability of the existence of a connected com-

ponent with k vertices (component of size k) in the random graph Gn,Pw . Let
S ⊆ V and suppose that vertices from S = {vi1 , vi2 , . . . , vik } have respective weights
wi1 , wi2 , . . . , wik . If the set S induces a connected subgraph of Gn,Pw than it contains
at least one spanning tree T . The probability of such event equals
P(T ) = ∏ wi j wil ρ,
{vi j ,vil }∈E(T )

where
1 1
=ρ := .
W nw
So, the probability that S induces a connected subgraph of our random graph can
be bounded from above by
∑ P(T ) = ∑ ∏ wi j wil ρ,
T T {vi j ,vi }∈E(T )
l

where T ranges over all spanning trees on S.

By the matrix-tree theorem (see West [755]) the above sum equals the determinant
of any k − 1 by k − 1 principal sub-matrix of (D − A)ρ, where A is defined as
 
0 wi1 wi2 · · · wi1 wik
 wi wi
 2 1 0 · · · wi2 wik 
A= ,

.. .. . . ..
 . . . . 
wik wi1 wik wi2 · · · 0
while D is the diagonal matrix
D = diag (wi1 (W − wi1 ), . . . , wik (W − wik )) .
(To evaluate the determinant of the first principal co-factor of D − A, delete row
and column k of D − A; Take out a factor wi1 wi2 · · · wik−1 ; Add the last k − 2 rows
to row 1; Row 1 is now (wik , wik , . . . , wik ), so we can take out a factor wik ; Now
subtract column 1 from the remaining columns to get a (k − 1) × (k − 1) upper
triangular matrix with diagonal equal to diag(1, w(S), w(S), . . . , w(S))).
It follows that
∑ P(T ) = wi1 wi2 · · · wik w(S)k−2ρ k−1. (10.13)
T
To show that this subgraph is in fact a component one has to multiply by the
probability that there is no edge leaving S in Gn,Pw . Obviously, this probability
equals ∏vi ∈S,v j 6∈S (1 − wi w j ρ) and can be bounded from above

∏ (1 − wi w j ρ) ≤ e−ρw(S)(W −w(S)) . (10.14)

vi ∈S,v j ∈V \S
10.2. EXPECTED DEGREE MODEL 189

Let Xk be the number of components of size k in Gn,Pw . Then, using bounds

from (10.13) and (10.14) we get

E Xk ≤ ∑ w(S)k−2 ρ k−1 e−ρw(S)(W −w(S)) ∏ wi ,

S i∈S

where the sum ranges over all S ⊆ V, |S| = k. Now, we focus our attention on k-
vertex components whose volume is at most εW . We call such components small
or ε-small. So, if Yk is the number of small components of size k in Gn,Pw then

EYk ≤ ∑ w(S)k−2 ρ k−1 e−w(S)(1−ε) ∏ wi = f (k). (10.15)

small S i∈S

Now, using the arithmetic-geometric mean inequality, we have

 k
w(S)
f (k) ≤ ∑ w(S)k−2 ρ k−1 e−w(S)(1−ε) .
small S k

The function x2k−2 e−x(1−ε) achieves its maximum at x = (2k − 2)/(1 − ε). There-
fore

2k − 2 2k−2 −(2k−2)
  k−1  
n ρ
f (k) ≤ e
k kk 1−ε
 ne k ρ k−1  2k − 2 2k−2
≤ e−(2k−2)
k kk 1−ε
2k
(nρ)k

2
≤ 2
e−k
4ρ(k − 1) 1 − ε
 k
1 4
=
4ρ(k − 1)2 ew(1 − ε)2
e−ak
= ,
4ρ(k − 1)2

where
a = 1 + log w − log 4 + 2 log(1 − ε) > 0
under the assumption of Lemma 10.6.
Let k0 = loga n . When k satisfies k0 < k < 2k0 we have
 
1 1
f (k) ≤ =o ,
4nρ(k − 1)2 log n
190 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

2 log n
while, when a ≤ k ≤ n, we have
 
1 1
f (k) ≤ 2 =o .
4n ρ(k − 1)2 n log n
So, the probability that there exists an ε-small component of size exceeding k0 is
at most
   
log n 1 1
∑ f (k) ≤ a × o log n + n × o n log n = o(1).
k>k0

This completes the proof of Lemma 10.6.

To prove Theorem 10.5 assume that for some fixed δ > 0 we have
4 2
w = 4+δ = 2
where ε = 1 − (10.16)
e (1 − ε) (ew)1/2

and suppose that w1 ≥ w2 ≥ · · · ≥ wn . We show next that there exists i0 ≥ n1/3

such that v
u 
u 1+ δ W
t 8
wi0 ≥ . (10.17)
i0
Suppose the contrary, i.e., for all i ≥ n1/3 ,
v 
u
u 1+ δ W
t 8
wi < .
i
Then
v 
u
n u 1+ δ W
8
W ≤ n1/3W 1/2 +
t
i ∑
i=n1/3
s 
1/3 1/2 δ
≤ n W +2 1+ W n.
8

Hence  
1/2 1/3 δ
W ≤n +2 1+ n1/2 .
8
This is a contradiction since for our choice of w

W = nw ≥ 4(1 + δ )n.
10.2. EXPECTED DEGREE MODEL 191

We have therefore verified the existence of i0 satisfying (10.17).

Now consider the subgraph G of Gn,Pw on the first i0 vertices. The probability
that there is an edge between vertices vi and v j , for any i, j ≤ i0 , is at least

1 + δ8
wi w j ρ ≥ w2i0 ρ ≥ .
i0
So the asymptotic behavior of G can be approximated by a random graph Gn,p
with n = i0 and p > 1/i0 . So, w.h.p. G has a component of size Θ(i0 ) = Ω(n1/3 ).
Applying Lemma 10.6 with ε as in (10.16) we see that any component with size
 log n has volume at least εW .
Finally, consider the volume of a giant component. Suppose first that there
exists a giant component of volume cW which is ε-small i.e. c ≤ ε. By Lemma
10.6, the size of the giant component is then at most 2log n
log 2 . Hence, there must be
at least one vertex with weight w greater than or equal to the average
2cW log 2
w≥ .
log n
But it implies that w2  W , which contradicts the general assumption that all
pi j < 1.
We now prove uniqueness in the same way that we proved the uniqueness of
the giant component in Gn,p . Choose η > 0 such that w(1 − η) > 4. Then define
w0i = (1 − η)wi and decompose
Gn,Pw = G1 ∪ G2
w0i w0j
where the edge probability in G1 is p0i j = (1−η)W and the edge probability in G2
wi w j ηw w
is p00i j where 1 − W= (1 − p0i, j )(1 − p00i j ). Simple algebra gives p00i j ≥ Wi j . It
follows from the previous analysis that G1 contains between one and 1/ε giant
components. Let C1 ,C2 be two such components. The probability that there is no
G2 edge between them is at most
 
 ηwi w j  ηw(C1 )w(C2 )
∏ 1 − W ≤ exp − ≤ e−ηW = o(1).
i∈C1 W
j∈C2

As 1/ε < 4, this completes the proof of Theorem 10.5.

To add to the picture of the asymptotic behavior of the random graph Gn,Pw we
will present one more result from [187]. Denote by w2 the expected second-order
average degree, i.e.,
w2j
w2 = ∑ .
j W
192 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

Notice that
∑ j w2j W
= ≥ w2
= w.
W n
Chung and Lu [187] proved the following.
Theorem 10.7. If the average expected square degree w2 < 1 then, with proba-
 2
w w2 √
bility at least 1 − 2  2  , all components of Gn,Pw have volume at most C n.
C 1−w

Proof. Let
x = P(∃S : w(S) ≥ Cn1/2 and S is a component).
Randomly choose two vertices u and v from V , each with probability proportional
to its weight.
√ Then, for√each vertex, the probability that it is in a set S with
w(S) ≥ C n is at least C nρ. Hence the probability that both vertices are in the
same component is at least
√
x(C nρ)2 = C2 xnρ 2 . (10.18)

On the other hand, for any two fixed vertices, say u and v, the probability Pk (u, v)
of u and v being connected via a path of length k + 1 can be bounded from above
as follows

Pk (u, v) ≤ ∑ (wu wi1 ρ)(wi1 wi2 ρ) · · · (wik wv ρ) ≤ wu wv ρ(w2 )k .

i1 ,i2 ,...,ik

So the probability that u and v belong to the same component is at most

n ∞
wu wv ρ
∑ Pk (u, v) ≤ ∑ wuwvρ(w2)k = 1 − w2 .
k=0 k=0

Recall that the probabilities of u and v being chosen from V are wu ρ and wv ρ,
respectively. so the probability that a random pair of vertices are in the same
component is at most
 2
wu wv ρ w2 ρ
∑ wuρ wvρ = .
u,v 1 − w2 1 − w2

Combining this with (10.18) we have

 2
w2 ρ
C2 xnρ 2 ≤ ,
1 − w2
10.3. KRONECKER GRAPHS 193

which implies
 2
w w2
x≤  ,
C2 1 − w2
and Theorem 10.7 follows.

10.3 Kronecker Graphs

Kronecker random graphs were introduced by Leskovec, Chakrabarti, Kleinberg
and Faloutsos [545] (see also [544]). It is meant as a model of “Real World net-
works”, see Chapter 18. Here we consider a special case of this model of an
inhomogeneous random graph. To construct it we begin with a seed matrix
 
α β
P= ,
β γ

where 0 < α, β , γ < 1, and let P[k] be the kth Kronecker power of P. Here P[k] is
obtained from P[k−1] as in the diagram below:
 [k−1]
β P[k−1]

[k] αP
P =
β P[k−1] γP[k−1]

and so for example

α 2 αβ β α β 2
 
αβ αγ β 2 β γ 
P[2] = 
β α β 2 γα γβ  .


β 2 β γ γβ γ 2
Note that P[k] is symmetric and has size 2k × 2k .
We define a Kronecker random graph as a copy of Gn,P[k] for some k ≥ 1 and
n = 2k . Thus each vertex is a binary string of length k, and between any two such
vertices (strings) u, v we put an edge independently with probability

pu,v = α uv γ (1−u)(1−v) β k−uv−(1−u)(1−v) ,

or equivalently
puv = α i β j γ k−i− j ,
where i is the number of positions t such that ut = vt = 1, j is the number of t
where ut 6= vt and hence k − i − j is the number of t that ut = vt = 0. We observe
that when α = β = γ then Gn,P[k] becomes Gn,p with n = 2k and p = α k .
194 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

Connectivity
We will first examine, following Mahdian and Xu [570], conditions under which
is Gn,P[k] connected w.h.p.

Theorem 10.8. Suppose that α ≥ β ≥ γ. The random graph Gn,P[k] is connected

w.h.p. (for k → ∞) if and only if either (i) β + γ > 1 or (ii) α = β = 1, γ = 0.

Proof. We show first that β + γ ≥ 1 is a necessary condition. Denote by 0 the

vertex with all 0’s. Then the expected degree of vertex 0 is
k 
k
∑ p0v = ∑ j β j γ k− j = (β + γ)k = o(1), when β + γ < 1.
v j=0

Thus in this case vertex 0 is isolated w.h.p.

Moreover, if β + γ = 1 and 0 < β < 1 then Gn,P[k] cannot be connected w.h.p.
since the probability that vertex 0 is isolated is bounded away from 0. Indeed,
0 < β < 1 implies that β j γ k− j ≤ ζ < 1, 0 ≤ j ≤ k for some absolute constant ζ .
Thus, using Lemma 22.1(b),

k  (k)
j
P(0 is isolated) = ∏(1 − p0v ) ≥ ∏ 1 − β j γ k− j
v j=0
(
k k
j k− j )
j β γ
≥ exp − ∑ = e−1/ζ .
j=0 1−ζ

Now when α = β = 1, γ = 0, the vertex with all 1’s has degree n − 1 with proba-
bility one and so Gn,P[k] will be connected w.h.p. in this case.
It remains to show that the condition β + γ > 1 is also sufficient. To show
that β + γ > 1 implies connectivity we will apply Theorem 10.3. Notice that
the expected degree of vertex 0, excluding its self-loop, given that β and γ are
constants independent of k and β + γ > 1, is

(β + γ)k − γ k ≥ 2c log n,

for some constant c > 0, which can be as large as needed.

Therefore the cut (0,V \ {0}) has weight at least 2c log n. Remove vertex 0
and consider any cut (S,V \ S). Then at least one side of the cut gets at least half
of the weight of vertex 0. Without loss of generality assume that it is S, i.e.,

∑ p0u ≥ c log n.
u∈S
10.3. KRONECKER GRAPHS 195

Take any vertices u, v and note that puv ≥ pu0 because we have assumed that
α ≥ β ≥ γ. Therefore

∑ ∑ puv ≥ ∑ pu0 > c log n,

u∈S v∈V \S u∈S

and so the claim follows by Theorem 10.3.

To add to the picture of the structure of Gn,P[k] when β + γ > 1 we state (with-
out proof) the following result on the diameter of Gn,P[k] .

Theorem 10.9. If β + γ > 1 then w.h.p. Gn,P[k] has constant diameter.

Giant Component
We now consider when Gn,P[k] has a giant component (see Horn and Radcliffe
[429]).

Theorem 10.10. Gn,P[k] has a giant component of order Θ(n) w.h.p., if and only
if (α + β )(β + γ) > 1.

Proof. We prove a weaker version of the Theorem 10.10, assuming that for α ≥
β ≥ γ as in [570]. For the proof of the more general case, see [429].
We will show first that the above condition is necessary. We prove that if

(α + β )(β + γ) ≤ 1,

then w.h.p. Gn,P[k] has n − o(n) isolated vertices. First let

(α + β )(β + γ) = 1 − ε, ε > 0.

First consider those vertices with weight (counted as the number of 1’s in their
label) less than k/2 + k2/3 and let Xu be the degree of a vertex u with weight l
where l = 0, . . . , k. It is easily observed that

E Xu = (α + β )l (β + γ)k−l . (10.19)

Indeed, if for vertex v, i = i(v) is the number of bits that ur = vr = 1, r = 1, . . . , k

and j = j(v) is the number of bits where ur = 0 and vr = 1, then the probability
of an edge between u and v equals

puv = α i β j+l−i γ k−l− j .

196 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

Hence,
l k−l   
l k−l
E Xu = ∑ puv = ∑ ∑ α i β j+l−i γ k−l− j
v∈V i=0 j=0 i j
l k−l
l
=∑ α i β l−i ∑ β j γ k−l−l
i=0 i j=0

and (10.19) follows. So, if l < k/2 + k2/3 , then assuming that α ≥ β ≥ γ,
2/3 2/3
E Xu ≤(α + β )k/2+k (β + γ)k−(k/2+k )
 k2/3
k/2 α + β
= ((α + β )(β + γ))
β +γ
 k2/3
α +β
=(1 − ε)k/2
β +γ
=o(1). (10.20)

Suppose now that l ≥ k/2 + k2/3 and let Y be the number of 1’s in the label of
a randomly chosen vertex of Gn,P[k] . Since EY = k/2, the Chernoff bound (see
(22.26)) implies that
 
k 4/3 1/3
P Y ≥ +k 2/3
≤ e−k /(3k/2) ≤ e−k /2 = o(1).
2

Therefore, there are o(n) vertices with l ≥ k/2 + k2/3 . It then follows from (10.20)
that the expected number of non-isolated vertices in Gn,P[k] is o(n) and the Markov
inequality then implies that this number is o(n) w.h.p.
Next, when α + β = β + γ = 1, which implies that α = β = γ = 1/2, then
random graph Gn,P[k] is equivalent to Gn,p with p = 1/n and so by Theorem 2.21
it does not have a component of order n, w.h.p.
To prove that the condition (α + β )(β + γ) > 1 is sufficient we show that the
subgraph of Gn,P[k] induced by the vertices of H of weight l ≥ k/2 is connected
w.h.p. This will suffice as there are at least n/2 such vertices. Notice that for any
vertex u ∈ H its expected degree, by (10.19), is at least

((α + β )(β + γ))k/2  log n. (10.21)

We first show that for u ∈ V ,

1
∑ puv ≥ 4 ∑ puv. (10.22)
v∈H v∈V
10.3. KRONECKER GRAPHS 197

For the given vertex u let l be the weight of u. For a vertex v let i(v) be the
number of bits where ur = vr = 1, r = 1, . . . , k, while j(v) stands for the number
of bits where ur = 0 and vr = 1. Consider the partition

V \ H = S1 ∪ S2 ∪ S3 ,

where
S1 = {v : i(v) ≥ l/2, j(v) < (k − l)/2},
S2 = {v : i(v) < l/2, j(v) ≥ (k − l)/2},
S3 = {v : i(v) < l/2, j(v) < (k − l)/2}.

Next, take a vertex v ∈ S1 and turn it into v0 by flipping the bits of v which
correspond to 0’s of u. Surely, i(v0 ) = i(v) and

j(v0 ) ≥ (k − l)/2 > j(v).

Notice that the weight of v0 is at least k/2 and so v0 ∈ H. Notice also that α ≥ β ≥
γ implies that puv0 ≥ puv . Different vertices v ∈ S1 map to different v0 . Hence

∑ puv ≥ ∑ puv . (10.23)

v∈H v∈S1

The same bound (10.23) holds for S2 and S3 in place of S1 . To prove the same
relationship for S2 one has to flip the bits of v corresponding to 1’s in u, while for
S3 one has to flip all the bits of v. Adding up these bounds over the partition of
V \ H we get
∑ puv ≤ 3 ∑ puv
v∈V \H v∈H

and so the bound (10.22) follows.

Notice that combining (10.22) with the bound given in (10.21) we get that for
u ∈ H we have
∑ puv > 2c log n, (10.24)
v∈H

where c can be a large as needed.

We finish the proof by showing that a subgraph of Gn,P[k] induced by vertex set
H is connected w.h.p. For that we make use of Theorem 10.3. So, we will show
that for any cut (S, H \ S)

∑ ∑ puv ≥ 10 log n.
u∈S v∈H\S
198 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

Without loss of generality assume that vertex 1 ∈ S. Equation (10.24) implies that
for any vertex u ∈ H either
∑ puv ≥ c log n, (10.25)
v∈S
or
∑ puv ≥ c log n. (10.26)
v∈H\S

If there is a vertex u such that (10.26) holds then since u ≤ 1 and α ≥ β ≥ γ,

∑ ∑ puv ≥ ∑ p1v ≥ ∑ puv > c log n.

u∈S v∈H\S v∈H\S v∈H\S

Otherwise, (10.25) is true for every vertex u ∈ H. Since at least one such vertex
is in H \ S, we have
∑ ∑ puv ≥ c log n,
u∈S v∈H\S

and the Theorem follows.

10.4 Exercises
10.4.1 Prove Theorem 10.3 (with c = 10) using the result of Karger and Stein
[482] that in any
weighted graph on n vertices the number of r-minimal
cuts is O (2n)2r . (A cut (S,V \ S), S ⊆ V, in a weighted graph G is called
r-minimal if its weight, i.e., the sum of weights of the edges connecting S
with V \ S, is at most r times the weight of minimal weighted cut of G).
10.4.2 Suppose that the entries of an n × n symmetric matrix A are all non-
negative. Show that for any positive constants c1 , c2 , . . . , cn , the largest
eigenvalue λ (A) satisfies
!
1 n
λ (A) ≤ max ∑ c j ai, j .
1≤i≤n ci j=1

10.4.3 Let A be the adjacency matrix of Gn,Pw and for a fixed value of x let
(
wi wi > x
ci = .
x wi ≤ x
1
Let m = max {wi : i ∈ [n]}. Let Xi = ci ∑nj=1 c j ai, j . Show that
m 2
E Xi ≤ w2 + x and Var Xi ≤ w + x.
x
10.5. NOTES 199

10.4.4 Apply Theorem 22.11 with a suitable value of x to show that w.h.p.

λ (A) ≤ w2 + (6(m log n)1/2 (w2 + log n))1/2 + 3(m log n)1/2 .

10.4.5 Show that if w2 > m1/2 log n then w.h.p. λ (A) = (1 + o(1))w2 .

10.4.6 Suppose that 1 ≤ wi  W 1/2 for 1 ≤ i ≤ n and that wi w j w2  W log n.

Show that w.h.p. diameter(Gn,Pw ) ≤ 2.

10.4.7 Prove, by the Second Moment Method, that if α + β = β + γ = 1 then

w.h.p. the number Zd of the vertices of degree d in the random graph
Gn,P[k] , is concentrated around its mean, i.e., Zd = (1 + o(1)) E Zd .

10.4.8 Fix d ∈ N and let Zd denote the number of vertices of degree d in the
Kronecker random graph Gn,P[k] . Show that

k
k (α + β )dw (β + γ)d(k−w)
 
EZd = (1 + o(1)) ∑ ×
w=0 w d!
 
× exp −(α + β )w (β + γ)k−w + o(1).

10.4.9 Depending on the configuration of the parameters 0 < α, β , γ < 1, show

that we have either
 k 
d d
EZd = Θ (α + β ) + (β + γ) ,

or
EZd = o(2k ).

10.5 Notes
General model of inhomogeneous random graph
The most general model of inhomogeneous random graph was introduced by Bol-
lobás, Janson and Riordan in their seminal paper [148]. They concentrate on the
study of the phase transition phenomenon of their random graphs, which includes
as special cases the models presented in this chapter as well as, among others,
Dubins’ model (see Kalikow and Weiss [477] and Durrett [272]), the mean-field
scale-free model (see Riordan [673]), the CHKNS model (see Callaway, Hopcroft,
Kleinberg, Newman and Strogatz [175]) and Turova’s model (see [739], [740] and
[741]).
200 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

The model of Bollobás, Janson and Riordan is an extension of one defined by

Söderberg [717]. The formal description of their model goes as follows. Consider
a ground space being a pair (S , µ), where S is a separable metric space and µ is
a Borel probability measure on S . Let V = (S , µ, (xn )n≥1 ) be the vertex space,
where (S , µ) is a ground space and (xn )n≥1 ) is a random sequence (x1 , x2 , . . . , xn )
of n points of S satisfying the condition that for every µ-continuity set A, A ⊆ S ,
|{i : xi ∈ A}|/n converges in probability to µ(A). Finally, let κ be a kernel on the
vertex space V (understood here as a kernel on a ground space (S , µ)), i.e., a
symmetric non-negative (Borel) measurable function on S × S. Given the (ran-
dom) sequence (x1 , x2 , . . . , xn ) we let GV (n, κ) be the random graph GV (n, (pi j ))
with pi j := min{κ(xi , x j )/n, 1}. In other words, GV (n, κ) has n vertices and,
given x1 , x2 , . . . , xn , an edge {i, j} (with i 6= j) exists with probability pi j , inde-
pendently for all other unordered pairs {i, j}.
Bollobás, Janson and Riordan present in [148] a wide range of results describ-
ing various properties of the random graph GV (n, κ). They give a necessary and
sufficient condition for the existence of a giant component, show its uniqueness
and determine the asymptotic number of edges in the giant component. They
also study the stability of the component, i.e., they show that its size does not
change much if we add or delete a few edges. They also establish bounds on the
size of small components, the asymptotic distribution of the number of vertices
of given degree and study the distances between vertices (diameter). Finally they
turn their attention to the phase transition of GV (n, κ) where the giant component
first emerges.
Janson and Riordan [451] study the susceptibility, i.e., the mean size of the
component containing a random vertex, in a general model of inhomogeneous
random graphs. They relate the susceptibility to a quantity associated to a corre-
sponding branching process, and study both quantities in various examples.
Devroye and Fraiman [248] find conditions for the connectivity of inhomo-
geneous random graphs with intermediate density. They draw n independent
points Xi from a general distribution on a separable metric space, and let their
indices form the vertex set of a graph. An edge i j is added with probability
min{1, κ(Xi , X j ) log n/n}, where κ > 0 is a fixed kernel. They show that, un-
der reasonably weak assumptions, the connectivity threshold of the model can be
determined.
Lin and Reinert [548] show via a multivariate normal and a Poisson process
approximation that, for graphs which have independent edges, with a possibly
inhomogeneous distribution, only when the degrees are large can we reasonably
approximate the joint counts for the number of vertices with given degrees as in-
dependent (note that in a random graph, such counts will typically be dependent).
The proofs are based on Stein’s method and the Stein–Chen method (see Chapter
21.3) with a new size-biased coupling for such inhomogeneous random graphs.
10.5. NOTES 201

Rank one model

An important special case of the general model of Bollobás, Janson and Riordan is
the so called rank one model, where the kernel κ has the form κ(x, y) = ψ(x)ψ(y),
for some function ψ > 0 on S . In particular, this model includes the Chung-Lu
model (expected degree model) discussed earlier in this Chapter. Recall that in
their approach we attach edges (independently) with probabilities
nw w o n
i j
pi j = min ,1 where W = ∑ wk .
W k=1

Similarly, Britton, Deijfen and Martin-Löf [166] define edge probabilities as

wi w j
pi j = ,
W + wi w j
while Norros and Reittu [635] attach edges with probabilities
 ww 
i j
pi j = exp − .
W
For those models several characteristics are studied, such as the size of the giant
component ([188], [189] and [635]) and its volume ([188]) as well as spectral
properties ([192] and [193]). It should be also mentioned here that Janson [444]
established conditions under which all those models are asymptotically equiva-
lent.
Recently, van der Hofstad [425], Bhamidi, van der Hofstad and
Hooghiemstra[91], van der Hofstad, Kliem and van Leeuwaarden [427] and Bhamidi,
Sen and Wang [92] undertake systematic and detailed studies of various aspects
of the rank one model in its general setting.
Finally, consider random dot product graphs (see Young and Scheinerman
[766]) where to each vertex a vector in Rd is assigned and we allow each edge to be
present with probability proportional to the inner product of the vectors assigned
to its endpoints. The paper [766] treats these as models of social networks.

Kronecker Random Graph

Radcliffe and Young [668] analysed the connectivity and the size of the giant
component in a generalized version of the Kronecker random graph. Their results
imply that the threshold for connectivity in Gn,P[k] is β +γ = 1. Tabor [733] proved
that it is also the threshold for a k-factor. Kang, Karoński, Koch and Makai [479]
studied the asymptotic distribution of small subgraphs (trees and cycles) in Gn,P[k] .
Leskovec, Chakrabarti, Kleinberg and Faloutsos [546] and [547] have shown
empirically that Kronecker random graphs resemble several real world networks.
202 CHAPTER 10. INHOMOGENEOUS GRAPHS

Later, Leskovec, Chakrabarti, Kleinberg, Faloutsos and Ghahramani [547] fitted

the model to several real world networks such as the Internet, citation graphs and
online social networks.
The R-MAT model, introduced by Chakrabarti, Zhan and Faloutsos [179], is
closely related to the Kronecker random graph. The vertex set of this model is
also Zn2 and one also has parameters α, β , γ. However, in this case one needs the
additional condition that α + 2β + γ = 1.
The process of generating a random graph in the R-MAT model creates a
multigraph with m edges and then merges the multiple edges. The advantage
of the R-MAT model over the random Kronecker graph is that it can be generated
significantly faster when m is small. The degree sequence of this model has been
studied by Groër, Sullivan and Poole [401] and by Seshadhri, Pinar and Kolda
[707] when m = Θ(2n ), i.e. the number of edges is linear in the number of ver-
tices. They have shown, as in Kang, Karoński, Koch and Makai [479] for Gn,P[k] ,
that the degree sequence of the model does not follow a power law distribution.
However, no rigorous proof exists for the equivalence of the two models and in
the Kronecker random graph there is no restriction on the sum of the values of
α, β , γ.
Further extensions of Kronecker random graphs can be found [112] and [113].
Chapter 11

Fixed Degree Sequence

The graph Gn,m is chosen uniformly at random from the set of graphs with vertex
set [n] and m edges. It is of great interest to refine this model so that all the graphs
chosen have a fixed degree sequence d = (d1 , d2 , . . . , dn ). Of particular interest
is the case where d1 = d2 = · · · = dn = r, i.e., the graph chosen is a uniformly
random r-regular graph. It is not obvious how to do this and this is the subject of
the current chapter. We discuss the configuration model in the next section and
show its usefulness in (i) estimating the number of graphs with a given degree
sequence and (ii) showing that w.h.p. random d-regular graphs are connected
w.h.p., for 3 ≤ d = O(1).
We finish by showing in Section 11.5 how for large r, Gn,m can be embedded
in a random r-regular graph. This allows one to extend some results for Gn,m to
the regular case.

11.1 Configuration Model

Let d = (d1 , d2 , . . . , dn ) where d1 + d2 + · · · + dn = 2m is even. Let

Gn,d = {simple graphs with vertex set [n] s.t. degree d(i) = di , i ∈ [n]}

and let Gn,d be chosen randomly from Gn,d . We assume that

n
d1 , d2 , . . . , dn ≥ 1 and ∑ di(di − 1) = Ω(n).
i=1

We describe a generative model of Gn,d due to Bollobás [126]. It is referred to

as the configuration model. Let W1 ,W2 , . . . ,Wn be a partition of a set of points W ,
where |Wi | = di for 1 ≤ i ≤ n and call the Wi ’s cells. We will assume some total
order < on W and that x < y if x ∈ Wi , y ∈ W j where i < j. For x ∈ W define ϕ(x)

203
204 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11
00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11

11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11
00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11

00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11
11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00
00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11

11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00
00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure 11.1: Partition of W into cells W1 , . . . ,W8 .

00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11
11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11

00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11
11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11 11
00
00
11

11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00
00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11

00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 11
00
11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 11
00 00
11
00
11
00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure 11.2: A partition F of W into m = 12 pairs

by x ∈ Wϕ(x) . Let F be a partition of W into m pairs (a configuration). Given F

we define the (multi)graph γ(F) as

γ(F) = ([n], {(ϕ(x), ϕ(y)) : (x, y) ∈ F}).

Let us consider the following example of γ(F). Let n = 8 and d1 = 4, d2 = 3, d3 =

4, d4 = 2, d5 = 1, d6 = 4, d7 = 4, d8 = 2. The accompanying diagrams, Figures
11.1, 11.2, 11.3 show a partition of W into W1 , . . . ,W8 , a configuration and its
corresponding multi-graph.
Denote by Ω the set of all configurations defined above for d1 + · · · + dn = 2m
and notice that
(2m)!
|Ω| = = (2m)!! . (11.1)
m!2m
11.1. CONFIGURATION MODEL 205

2 11
00
11
00
00
11
3
11
00
00
11
00
11

111
00 4
00
11
00
11 11
00
00
11
00
11

00
11
11
00 11
00
00
11 00
11
8 00
11 5

00
11 11
00
00
11
11
00 00
11
00
11
7 6

Figure 11.3: Graph γ(F)

To see this, take di “distinct” copies of i for i = 1, 2, . . . , n and take a permutation

σ1 , σ2 , . . . , σ2m of these 2m symbols. Read off F, pair by pair {σ2i−1 , σ2i } for
i = 1, 2, . . . , m. Each distinct F arises in m!2m ways.
We can also give an algorithmic, construction of a random element F of the
family Ω.

Algorithm F-GENERATOR
begin
U ←− W, F ←− 0/
for t = 1, 2, . . . , m do
begin
Choose x arbitrarily from U;
Choose y randomly from U \ {x};
F ←− F ∪ {(x, y)};
U ←− U \ {(x, y)}
end
end

Note that F arises with probability 1/[(2m − 1)(2m − 3) · · · 1] = |Ω|−1 .

Observe that the following relationship between a simple graph G ∈ Gn,d and
the number of configurations F for which γ(F) = G.
Lemma 11.1. If G ∈ Gn,d , then
n
|γ −1 (G)| = ∏ di ! .
i=1
206 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

Proof. Arrange the edges of G in lexicographic order. Now go through the se-
quence of 2m symbols, replacing each i by a new member of Wi . We obtain all F
for which γ(F) = G.
The above lemma implies that we can use random configurations to “approxi-
mate” random graphs with a given degree sequence.

Corollary 11.2. If F is chosen uniformly at random from the set of all configura-
tions Ω and G1 , G2 ∈ Gn,d then

P(γ(F) = G1 ) = P(γ(F) = G2 ).

So instead of sampling from the family Gn,d and counting graphs with a given
property, we can choose a random F and accept γ(F) iff there are no loops or
multiple edges, i.e. iff γ(F) is a simple graph.
This is only a useful exercise if γ(F) is simple with sufficiently high probabil-
ity. We will assume for the remainder of this section that

∆ = max{d1 , d2 , . . . , dn } ≤ nα , α < 1/7.

We will prove later (see Lemma 11.7 and Corollary 11.8) that if F is chosen
uniformly (at random) from Ω,

P(γ(F) is simple) = (1 + o(1))e−λ (λ +1) , (11.2)

where
∑ di (di − 1)
λ= .
2 ∑ di
Hence, (11.1) and (11.2) will tell us not only how large is Gn,d , (Theorem 11.5)
but also lead to the following conclusion.

Theorem 11.3. Suppose that ∆ ≤ nα , α < 1/7. For any (multi)graph property P

P(Gn,d ∈ P) ≤ (1 + o(1))eλ (λ +1) P(γ(F) ∈ P),

The above statement is particularly useful if λ = O(1), e.g., for random r-

regular graphs, where r is a constant, since then λ = r−1 2 . In the next section
we will apply the above result to establish the connectedness of random regular
graphs.
Before proving (11.2) for ∆ ≤ nα , we feel it useful to give a simpler proof for
the case of ∆ = O(1).
11.1. CONFIGURATION MODEL 207

Lemma 11.4. If ∆ = O(1) then (11.2) holds.

Proof. Let L denote the number of loops and let D denote the number of non-
adjacent double edges in γ(F). Lemma 11.6 below shows that w.h.p. there are no
adjacent double edges. We first estimate that for k = O(1),
 
L di (di − 1)
E( = ∑ ∏ (11.3)
k S⊆[n] i∈S
4m − O(1)
|S|=k
!k
n
∆4
 
1 di (di − 1)
= ∑ 4m +O
k! i=1 m
λk
≈ .
k!
Explanation for (11.3): We assume that F-Generator begins with pairing up
points in S. Therefore the random choice here is always from a set of size 2m −
O(1).
It follows from Theorem 21.11 that L is asymptotically Poisson and hence that
Pr(L = 0) ≈ e−λ . (11.4)
We now show that D is also asymptotically Poisson and asymptotically in-
dependent of L. So, let k = O(1). If Dk denotes the set of collections of 2k
configuration points making up k double edges, then
  
D 
E L = 0 = ∑ Pr(Dk ⊆ F | L = 0)
k  D k

Pr(L = 0 | Dk ⊆ F) Pr(Dk ⊆ F)
=∑ .
Dk Pr(L = 0)

Now because k = O(1), we see that the calculations that give us (11.4) will give
us Pr(L = 0 | Dk ⊆ F) ≈ Pr(L = 0). So,
  
D 
E L = 0 ≈ ∑ Pr(Dk ⊆ F)
k  Dk

d

1 2 d2i ϕ(i)
2
=
2 S,T∑ ∑ ∏ (2m − O(1))
⊆[n] ϕ:S→T i∈S
2

|S|=|T |=k
S∩T =0/
!2k
n
∆8
 
1 di (di − 1)
= ∑ 4m +O
k! i=1 m
208 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

λ 2k
≈ .
k!
It follows from Theorem 21.11 that
2
Pr(D = 0 | L = 0) ≈ e−λ (11.5)

and the lemma follows from (11.4) and (11.5).

Bender and Canfield [74] gave an asymptotic formula for |Gn,d | when ∆ =
O(1). The paper [126] by Bollobás gives the same asymptotic formula when
∆ < (2 log n)1/2 . The following theorem allows for some more growth in ∆. Its
proof uses the notion of switching. Switchings were introduced by McKay [589]
and McKay and Wormald [590] and independently by Frieze [338], The bound
α < 1/7 is not optimal. For example, α < 1/2 in [590].

Theorem 11.5. Suppose that ∆ ≤ nα , α < 1/7.

(2m)!!
|Gn,d | ≈ e−λ (λ +1) .
∏ni=1 di !

In preparation we first prove

Lemma 11.6. Suppose that ∆ ≤ nα where α < 1/7. Let F be chosen uniformly
(at random) from Ω. Then w.h.p. γ(F) has

(a) No double loops.

(b) At most ∆ log n loops.

(c) No adjacent double edges.

(d) No triple edges.

(e) At most ∆2 log n double edges.

(f) No vertex incident to a loop and a double edge.

(g) There are at most ∆3 log n triangles.

(h) No vertex is adjacent to two distinct vertices that have loops.

Proof. We will use the following inequality repeatedly.

Let fi = {xi , yi }, i = 1, 2, . . . , k be k pairwise disjoint pairs of points. Then,
1
P( fi ∈ F, i = 1, 2, . . . , k) ≤ . (11.6)
(2m − 2k)k
11.1. CONFIGURATION MODEL 209

This follows immediately from

1
P( fi ∈ F | f1 , f2 , . . . , fi−1 ∈ F) = .
2m − 2i + 1
This follows from considering Algorithm F-GENERATOR with x = xi and y = yi
in the main loop.
(a) Using (11.6) we obtain

P(F contains a pair of double loops) ≤

n  2  2
di 1 ∆4 n
∑ 2 ≤ 2
= o(1).
i=1 2m − 8 (2m − 8)

(b) Let k1 = ∆ log n.

P(F has at least k1 loops)

n   xi
di 1
≤ o(1) + ∑ ∏ 2 · 2m − 2k1 (11.7)
x1 +···+xn =k1 , i=1
xi =0,1
 k1 n
∆
≤ o(1) +
2m ∑ ∏ dixi
x1 +···+xn =k1 , i=1
xi =0,1

∆ k1 (d1 + · · · + dn )k1

≤ o(1) +
2m k1 !
 k1
∆e
≤ o(1) +
k1
= o(1).

The o(1) term in (11.7) accounts for the probability of having a double loop.
(c)
 2  n 2
di ∆
P(F contains two adjacent double edges) ≤ ∑ ≤
i=1 2 2m − 8
∆5 m
= o(1).
(2m − 8)2
(d)
    3
di dj 1
P(F contains a triple edge) ≤ ∑ 6 ≤
1≤i< j≤n 3 3 2m − 6
210 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

∆5 m
= o(1).
(2m − 6)3
(e) Let k2 = ∆2 log n.
P(F has at least k2 double edges)
n   xi
di ∆
≤ o(1) + ∑ ∏ 2 · 2m − 4k2 (11.8)
x1 +···+xn =k2 , i=1
xi =0,1

∆ 2 k2 n
≤ o(1) +
m ∑ ∏ dixi
x1 +···+xn =k2 , i=1
xi =0,1
k
∆2 2 (d1 + · · · + dn )k2

≤ o(1) +
m k2 !
 2 k2
2∆ e
≤ o(1) +
k2
= o(1).
The o(1) term in (11.8) accounts for adjacent multiple edges and triple edges. The
∆/(2m − 4k
2 ) term can be justified as follows: We have chosen two points x1 , x2
in Wa in d2i ways and this term bounds the probability that x2 chooses a partner
in the same cell as x1 .
(f)
P(∃ vertex v incident to a loop and a multiple edge
n  2
di 1 ∆
≤∑
i=1 2 2m − 1 2m − 5
∆4 m
≤
(2m − 1)(2m − 5)
= o(1).
(g) Let X denote the number of triangles in F. Then
n di
2
∆ ∆3 m
E(F) ≤ ∑ 2 ≤ ≤ ∆3 .
i=1 2m − 4 2m − 4
Now use the Markov inequality.
(h) The probability that there is a vertex adjacent to two loops is at most
!2  4
n
1 n ∆ M(∆M)2 ∆4
d
∑ i 2∑ i i d (d − 1) ≤ = o(1).
i=1 i=1 M1 − O(1) (M − O(1))4
11.1. CONFIGURATION MODEL 211

Let now Ωi, j be the set of all F ∈ Ω such that F has i loops; j double edges, at
most ∆3 log n triangles and no double loops or triple edges and no vertex incident
with two double edges or with a loop and a multiple edge.

Lemma 11.7 (Switching Lemma). Suppose that ∆ ≤ nα , α < 1/7. Let M1 = 2m

and M2 = ∑i di (di − 1). For i ≤ k1 + 2k2 and j ≤ k2 , where k1 = ∆ log n and
k2 = ∆2 log n,
|Ωi+2, j−1 | j
= ,
|Ωi, j | (i + 2)(i + 1)
and   5 
|Ωi−1,0 | 2iM1 ∆ log n
= 1+O .
|Ωi,0 | M2 M1
The corollary that follows is an immediate consequence of the Switching
Lemma. It immediately implies Theorem 11.5.

Corollary 11.8. Suppose that ∆ ≤ nα where α < 1/7. Then,

|Ω0,0 |
= (1 + o(1))e−λ (λ +1) ,
|Ω|

where
M2
λ= .
2M1

Proof. It follows from the Switching Lemma that i ≤ k1 and j ≤ k2 implies

 3  i+2 j
λ i+2 j

|Ωi, j | ∆ k2 λ
= 1 + Õ = (1 + o(1)) .
|Ω0,0 | n i! j! i! j!

Lemma 11.6 implies that

k1 k2
λ i+2 j
(1 − o(1))|Ω| = (1 + o(1))|Ω0,0 | ∑ ∑
i=0 j=0 i! j!

= (1 + o(1))|Ω0,0 |eλ (λ +1) .

212 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

Wa Wb Wa Wb
x1 x3 x1 x3

x2 x4 x2 x4

Figure 11.4: d-switch

To prove the Switching Lemma we need to introduce two specific operations on

configurations, called a “d-switch” and an “`-switch”.
Figure 11.4 illustrates the “double edge removal switch” (“d-switch”) operation.
Here we have four points x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 and a double edge associated with the pairs
{x1 , x3 }, {x2 , x4 } ∈ F where x1 , x2 are in cell Wa and x3 , x4 are in cell Wb . The d-
switch operation replaces these pairs by a new set of pairs: {x1 , x2 }, {x3 , x4 }. This
replaces a multiple edge by two loops and no other multiple edges are created.
In general, a forward d-switch operation takes F, a member of Ωi, j , to F 0 ,
a member Ωi+2, j−1 , see Figure 11.4. A reverse d-switch operation takes F 0 , a
member of Ωi+2, j−1 , to F 0 , a member Ωi, j . The number of choices η f for a
forward d-switch is j and the number of choices ηr for a reverse d-switch is (i +
2)(i + 1).
Now for F ∈ Ωi, j let dL (F) = j denote the number of F 0 ∈ Ωi+2, j−1 that can
be obtained from F by an d-switch. Similarly, for F 0 ∈ Ωi+2, j−1 let dR (F 0 ) =
(i + 1)(i + 2) denote the number of F ∈ Ωi, j that can be transformed into F 0 by an
d-switch. Then,
∑ dL (F) = ∑ dR(F 0).
F∈Ωi, j F 0 ∈Ωi+2, j−1

So,
|Ωi+2, j−1 | j
= ,
|Ωi, j | (i + 1)(i + 2)
which shows that the first statement of the Switching Lemma holds.

Now consider the second operation on configurations, described as a “loop re-

moval switch”(“`-switch”), Figure 11.5. Here we have four points x1 , x2 , x3 , x4
from three different cells, where x1 and x2 are in cell Wa , x3 is in cell Wb and x4
is in cell Wc . {x1 , x2 } ∈ F forms a loop and {x3 , x4 } ∈ F. The `-switch operation
replaces these pairs by new pairs: {x1 , x3 }, {x2 , x4 } or {x1 , x4 }, {x2 , x3 } if in these
operations no double edge is created.
11.1. CONFIGURATION MODEL 213

Wb

x3 x3
Wa
x1 x1

x2 x2
x4 x4

Wc

Figure 11.5: `-switch

We estimate the number of choices η during an `-switch of F ∈ Ωi,0 . For a

forward switching operation

i M1 − 2∆2 − 2i ≤ η ≤ iM1 ,


(11.9)

while, for the reverse procedure,

M2 M2
− 3∆3 log n − i∆2 − i∆3 ≤ η ≤ . (11.10)
2 2
Proof of (11.9):
To see why the above bounds hold, note that in the case of the forward loop re-
moval switch, we have i choices for {x1 , x2 } and at most M1 choices for {x3 , x4 }
and there are two choices given these points. This explains the upper bound in
(11.9). To get the lower bound we subtract the number of “bad” choices. We
can enumerate these bad choices as follows: We consider a fixed loop {x1 , x2 }
contained in cell Wa and we choose a pair x3 ∈ Wb and x4 ∈ Wc . The transforma-
tion is bad only if there is x ∈ Wa \ {x1 , x2 } (≤ ∆ choices) that is paired in F with
y ∈ (Wb \ {x3 }) ∪ (Wc \ {x4 }) (≤ ∆ choices and two ways of pairing x, y). We also
subtract 2i to account for avoiding the other i − 1 loops in the choice of x3 , x4 .
Proof of (11.10):
In the reverse procedure, we choose a pair {x1 , x2 } ⊆ Wa in M2 /2 ways to arrive
at the upper bound. The points x3 ∈ Wb , x4 ∈ Wc are those paired with x1 , x2 in
F 0 . For the lower bound, a choice is bad only if (a, b, c) is a triangle. In this case,
we create a double edge. There are at most ∆3 log n choices for the triangle and
then three choices for a. We subtract a further i∆2 to avoid creating another loop.
Finally, we subtract i∆3 in order to avoid increasing the number of triangles by
214 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

choosing an edge that is within distance two of the loop. We also note here that
forward d-switches do not increase the number of triangles.
Now for F ∈ Ω0, j let dL (F) denote the number of F 0 ∈ Ωi−1,0 that can be
obtained from F by an `-switch. Similarly, for F 0 ∈ Ωi−1,0 let dR (F 0 ) denote the
number of F ∈ Ωi,0 that can be transformed into F 0 by an `-switch. Then,

∑ dL (F) = ∑ dR (F 0 ).
F∈Ωi,0 F 0 ∈Ωi−1,0

But, Lemma 11.6 implies that i ≤ 2∆2 log n and so

2∆2 + 2∆2 log n

 
iM1 |Ωi,0 | 1 − ≤ ∑ dL (F) ≤ iM1 |Ωi,0 |,
M1 F∈Ωi,0

while
 
M2 3 2 2 3
− 3∆ log n − 2∆ log n(∆ + ∆ ) ≤ |Ωi−1,0 | ≤
2
M2
∑ dR (F 0 ) ≤ |Ωi−1,0 |.
0
F ∈Ωi−1,0
2

So   5 
|Ωi−1,0 | 2iM1 ∆ log n
= 1+O .
|Ωi,0 | M2 M1

11.2 Connectivity of Regular Graphs

For an excellent survey of results on random regular graphs, see Wormald [761].
Bollobás [126] used the configuration model to prove the following: Let Gn,r
denote a random r-regular graph with vertex set [n] and r ≥ 3 constant.

Theorem 11.9. Gn,r is r-connected, w.h.p.

Since an r-regular, r-connected graph, with n even, has a perfect matching, the
above theorem immediately implies the following Corollary.

Corollary 11.10. Let Gn,r be a random r-regular graph, r ≥ 3 constant, with

vertex set [n] even. Then w.h.p. Gn,r has a perfect matching.
11.2. CONNECTIVITY OF REGULAR GRAPHS 215

Proof. (of Theorem 11.9)

Partition the vertex set V = [n] of Gn,r into three parts, K, L and V \ (K ∪ L), such
that L = N(K), i.e., such that L separates K from V \ (K ∪ L) and |L| = l ≤ r − 1.
We will show that w.h.p. there are no such K, L for k ranging from 2 to n/2. We
will use the configuration model and the relationship stated in Theorem 11.3. We
will divide the whole range of k into three parts.
(i) 2 ≤ k ≤ 3.
Put S := K ∪ L, s = |S| = k + l ≤ r + 2. The set S contains at least 2r − 1 edges
(k = 2) or at least 3r − 3 edges (k = 3). In both cases this is at least s + 1 edges.

P(∃S, s = |S| ≤ r + 2 : S contains s + 1 edges)

r+2   
n rs  rs s+1
≤∑ (11.11)
s=4 s s+1 rn
r+2
≤ ∑ ns2rsss+1n−s−1
s=4
= o(1).

Explanation for (11.11): Having chosen a set of s vertices, spanning rs points

rs
R, we choose s + 1 of these points T . rn bounds the probability that one of these
points in T is paired with something in a cell associated with S. This bound holds
conditional on other points of R being so paired.
(ii) 4 ≤ k ≤ ne−10 .
The number of edges incident with the set K, |K| = k, is at least (rk + l)/2.
Indeed let a be the number of edges contained in K and b be the number of K : L
edges. Then 2a + b = rk and b ≥ l. This gives a + b ≥ (rk + l)/2. So,

ne−10 r−1 
r(k + l) (rk+l)/2
   
n n rk
P(∃K, L) ≤ ∑ ∑ rk+l
k=4 l=0 k l 2 rn
ne−10 r−1
−( 2r −1)k+ 2l ek+l rk
≤ ∑ ∑n k l
2 (k + l)(rk+l)/2
k=4 l=0 k l

Now  l/2  k/2

k+l k/2 k+l
≤e and ≤ el/2 ,
l k
and so
(k + l)(rk+l)/2 ≤ l l/2 krk/2 e(lr+k)/2 .
216 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

Therefore, with Cr a constant,

ne−10 r−1 r l
P(∃K, L) ≤ Cr ∑ ∑ n−( 2 −1)k+ 2 e3k/2 2rk k(r−2)k/2
k=4 l=0
ne−10 r−1  r l r
k
= Cr ∑ ∑ n−( 2 −1)+ 2k e3/2 2r k 2 −1
k=4 l=0
= o(1).

(iii) ne−10 < k ≤ n/2

Assume that there are a edges between sets L and V \ (K ∪ L). Denote also
 m
(2m)! 1/2 2m
ϕ(2m) = ≈2 .
m! 2m e

Then, remembering that r, l, a = O(1) we can estimate that

P(∃K, L)
   
n n rl ϕ(rk + rl − a)ϕ(r(n − k − l) + a)
≤∑ (11.12)
k,l,a k l a ϕ(rn)
 ne k  ne l
≤ Cr ∑ ×
k,l,a k l
(rk + rl − a)rk+rl−a (r(n − k − l) + a)r(n−k−l)+a
(rn)rn
 ne k  ne l (rk)rk+rl−a (r(n − k))r(n−k−l)+a
≤ Cr0 ∑
k,l,a k l (rn)rn
 ne k  ne l  k rk  k r(n−k)

00
≤ Cr ∑ 1−
k,l,a k l n n
 r−1 !k
00 k 1−r/2 r/k
≤ Cr ∑ e n
k,l,a n
= o(1).

Explanation of (11.12): Having chosen K, L we choose a points in WK∪L =

i∈K∪L Wi that will be paired outside WK∪L . This leaves rk + rl − a points in WK∪L
S

to be paired up in ϕ(rk + rl − a) ways and then the remaining points can be paired
up in ϕ(r(n − k − l) + a) ways. We then multiply by the probability 1/ϕ(rn) of
the final pairing.
11.3. EXISTENCE OF A GIANT COMPONENT 217

11.3 Existence of a giant component

Molloy and Reed [603] provide an elegant and very useful criterion for when Gn,d
has a giant component. Suppose that there are λi n + o(n3/4 ) vertices of degree
i = 1, 2, . . . , L. We will assume that L = O(1) and that the λi , i ∈ [L] are constants
independent of n. The paper [603] allows for L = O(n1/4−ε ). We will assume that
λ1 + λ2 + · · · + λL = 1.
Theorem 11.11. Let Λ = ∑Li=1 λi i(i − 2). Let ε > 0 be arbitrary.
(a) If Λ < −ε then w.h.p. the size of the largest component in Gn,d is O(log n).

(b) If Λ > ε then w.h.p. there is a unique giant component of linear size ≈ Θn
where Θ is defined as follows: let K = ∑Li=1 iλi and
L
2α i/2
 
f (α) = K − 2α − ∑ iλi 1 − . (11.13)
i=1 K

Let ψ be the smallest positive solution to f (α) = 0. Then

L
2ψ i/2
 
Θ = 1 − ∑ λi 1 − .
i=1 K

If λ1 = 0 then Θ = 1, otherwise 0 < Θ < 1.

(c) In Case (b), the degree sequence of the graph obtained by deleting the giant
component satisfies the conditions of (a).
Proof. We consider the execution of F-GENERATOR. We keep a sequence of
partitions Ut , At , Et ,t = 1, 2, . . . , m of W . Initially U0 = W and A0 = E0 = 0.
/ The
(t +1)th iteration of F-GENERATOR is now executed as follows: it is designed so
that we construct γ(F) component by component. At is the set of points associated
with the partially exposed vertices of the current component. These are vertices
in the current component, not all of whose points have been paired. Ut is the set of
unpaired points associated with the entirely unexposed vertices that have not been
added to any component so far. Et is the set of paired points. Whenever possible,
we choose to make a pairing that involves the current component.
(i) If At = 0/ then choose x from Ut . Go to (iii).
We begin the exploration of a new component of γ(F).

(ii) if At 6= 0/ choose x from At . Go to (iii).

Choose a point associated with a partially exposed vertex of the current com-
ponent.
218 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

(iii) Choose y randomly from (At ∪Ut ) \ {x}.

(iv) F ← F ∪ {(x, y)}; Et+1 ← Et ∪ {x, y}; At+1 ← At \ {x}.

(v) If y ∈ At then At+1 ← At+1 \ {y}; Ut+1 ← Ut .

y is associated with a vertex in the current component.

(vi) If y ∈ Ut then At+1 ← At ∪ (Wϕ(y) \ y); Ut+1 ← Ut \Wϕ(y) .

y is associated with a vertex v = ϕ(y) not in the current component. Add all
the points in Wv \ {y} to the active set.

(vii) Goto (i).

(a) We fix a vertex v and estimate the size of the component containing v. We keep
track of the size of At for t = O(log n) steps. Observe that

∑Li=1 iλi n(i − 2) Λn ε

E(|At+1 | − |At | | |At | > 0) . = ≤− . (11.14)
M1 − 2t − 1 M1 − 2t − 1 L

Here M1 = ∑Li=1 iλi n as before. The explanation for (11.14) is that |A| increases
only in Step (vi) and there it increases by i − 2 with probability . Miλ1 −2t
in
. The two
points x, y are missing from At+1 and this explains the -2.
Let ε1 = ε/L and let
(
|At | + ε1t |A1 |, |A2 |, . . . , |At | > 0.
Yt =
0 Otherwise.

It follows from (11.14) that if t = O(log n) and Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yt > 0 then

E(Yt+1 | Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yt ) = E(|At+1 | + ε1 (t + 1) | Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yt ) ≤ |At | + ε1t = Yt .

Otherwise, E(Yt+1 | ·) = 0 = Yt . It follows that the sequence (Yt ) is a super-

martingale. Next let Z1 = 0 and Zt = Yt − Yt−1 for t ≥ 1. Then we have (i)
−2 ≤ Zi ≤ L and (ii) E(Zi ) ≤ −ε1 for i = 1, 2, . . . ,t. Now,

P(Aτ 6= 0,
/ 1 ≤ τ ≤ t) ≤ P(Yt = Z1 + Z2 + · · · + Zt > 0),

It follows from Lemma 22.16 that if Z = Z1 + Z2 + · · · + Zt then

 2 2
ε t
P(Z > 0) ≤ P(Z − E(Z) ≥ tε1 ) ≤ exp − 1 .
8t

It follows that with probability 1 −O(n−2 ) that At will become empty after at most
16ε1−2 log n rounds. Thus for any fixed vertex v, with probability 1 − O(n−2 ) the
11.3. EXISTENCE OF A GIANT COMPONENT 219

component contain v has size at most 4ε1−2 log n. (We can expose the component
containing v through our choice of x in Step (i).) Thus the probability there is a
component of size greater than 16ε1−2 log n is O(n−1 ). This completes the proof
of (a).
(b)
If t ≤ δ n for a small positive constant δ then

−2|At | + (1 + o(1)) ∑Li=1 i(λi n − 2t)(i − 2)

E(|At+1 | − |At |) ≥
M1 − 2δ n
(Λ − 4δ )n ε
≥ ≥ . (11.15)
M1 − 2δ n 2L
Let ε2 = ε/2L and let
(
|At | − ε2t |A1 |, |A2 |, . . . , |At | > 0.
Yt =
0 Otherwise.

It follows from (11.14) that if t ≤ δ n and Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yt > 0 then

E(Yt+1 | Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yt ) = E(|At+1 | − ε2 (t + 1) | Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yt ) ≥ |At | − ε2t = Yt .

Otherwise, E(Yt+1 | ·) = 0 = Yt . It follows that the sequence (Yt ) is a sub-martingale.

Next let Z1 = 0 and Zt = Yt − Yt−1 for t ≥ 1. Then we have (i) −2 ≤ Zi ≤ L and
(ii) E(Zi ) ≥ ε2 for i = 1, 2, . . . ,t. Now,

P(At 6= 0)
/ ≥ P(Yt = Z1 + Z2 + · · · + Zt > 0),

It follows from Lemma 22.16 that if Z = Z1 + Z2 + · · · + Zt then

 2 2
ε t
P(Z ≤ 0) ≤ P(Z − E(Z) ≥ tε2 ) ≤ exp − 2 .
2t

It follows that if L0 = 100ε2−2 then

 ε2t 
P ∃L0 log n ≤ t ≤ δ n : Z ≤ ≤
2
 ε2t 
P ∃L0 log n ≤ t ≤ δ n : Z − E(Z) ≥
 22 
ε2 L0 log n
≤ n exp − = O(n−2 ).
8
It follows that if t0 = δ n then w.h.p. |At0 | = Ω(n) and there is a giant component
and that the edges exposed between time L0 log n and time t0 are part of exactly
one giant.
220 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

We now deal with the special case where λ1 = 0. There are two cases. If in
addition we have λ2 = 1 then w.h.p. Gd is the union of O(log n) vertex disjoint
cycles, see Exercise 10.5.1. If λ1 = 0 and λ2 < 1 then the only solutions to f (α) =
0 are α = 0, K/2. For then 0 < α < K/2 implies
L
2α i/2 L
   
2α
∑ iλi 1 − K < ∑ iλi 1 −
K
= K − 2α.
i=2 i=2

This gives Θ = 1. Exercise 10.5.2 asks for a proof that w.h.p. in this case, Gn,d
consists a giant component plus a collection of small components that are cycles
of size O(log n).
Assume now then that λ1 > 0. We show that w.h.p. there are Ω(n) isolated
edges. This together with the rest of the proof implies that Ψ < K/2 and hence
that Θ < 1. Indeed, if Z denotes the number components that are isolated edges,
then
   
λ1 n 1 λ1 n 6
E(Z) = and E(Z(Z − 1)) =
2 2M1 − 1 4 (2M1 − 1)(2M1 − 3)
and so the Chebyshev inequality (21.3) implies that Z = Ω(n) w.h.p.
Now for i such that λi > 0, we let Xi,t denote the number of entirely unexposed
vertices of degree i. We focus on the number of unexposed vertices of a give
degree. Then,
iXi,t
E(Xi,t+1 − Xi,t ) = − . (11.16)
M1 − 2t − 1
This suggests that we employ the differential equation approach of Section 23 in
order to keep track of the Xi,t . We would expect the trajectory of (t/n, Xi,t /n) to
follow the solution to the differential equation
dx ix
=− (11.17)
dτ K − 2τ
x(0) = λi . Note that K = M/n.
The solution to (11.17) is

2τ i/2
 
x = λi 1 − . (11.18)
K
In what follows, we use the notation of Section 23, except that we replace λ0
by ξ0 = n−1/4 to avoid confusion with λi .

(P0) D = (τ, x) : 0 < τ < Θ−ε
2 , 2ξ 0 < x < 1 where ε is small and positive.

(P1) C0 = 1.
11.3. EXISTENCE OF A GIANT COMPONENT 221

(P2) β = L.
ix
(P3) f (τ, x) = − K−2τ and γ = 0.

(P4) The Lipschitz constant L1 = 2K/(K − 2Θ)2 . This needs justification and
follows from
x x0 K(x − x0 ) + 2τ(x − x0 ) + 2x(τ − τ 0 )
− = .
K − 2τ K − 2τ 0 (K − 2τ)(K − 2τ 0 )
1/4 )
Theorem 23.1 then implies that with probability 1 − O(n1/4 e−Ω(n ),
  i/2 
 2t
Xi,t − niλi 1 −  = O(n3/4 ), (11.19)
 
 K 

up a point where Xi,t = O(ξ0 n). (The o(n3/4 ) term for the number of vertices of
degree i is absorbed into the RHS of (11.19).)
Now because
L L
|At | = M1 − 2t − ∑ iXi,t = Kn − 2t − ∑ iXi,t ,
i=1 i=1

we see that w.h.p.

L  i/2 !
2t 2t
|At | = n K − − ∑ iλi 1 − + O(n3/4 )
n i=1 Kn
t 
= nf + O(n3/4 ), (11.20)
n
so that w.h.p. the first time after time t0 = δ n that |At | = O(n3/4 ) is as at time t1 =
Ψn + O(n3/4 ). This shows that w.h.p. there is a component of size at least Θn +
O(n3/4 ). Indeed, we simply subtract the number of entirely unexposed vertices
from n to obtain this.
To finish, we must show that this component is unique and no larger than Θn +
O(n3/4 ). We can do this by proving (c), i.e. showing that the degree sequence of
the graph GU induced by the unexposed vertices satisfies the condition of Case (a).
For then by Case (a), the giant component can only add O(n3/4 × log n) = o(n)
vertices from t1 onwards.
We observe first that the above analysis shows that w.h.p. the degree sequence
of GU is asymptotically equal to nλi0 , i = 1, 2, . . . , L, where

2Ψ i/2
 
λi0 = λi 1 − .
K
222 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

(The important thing here is that the number of vertices of degree i is asymptot-
ically proportional to λi0 .) Next choose ε1 > 0 sufficiently small and let tε1 =
max {t : |At | ≥ ε1 n}. There must exist ε2 < ε1 such that tε1 ≤ (Ψ − ε2 )n and
f 0 (Ψ − ε2 ) ≤ −ε1 , else f cannot reach zero. Recall that Ψ < K/2 here and then,

2Ψ − 2ε2 i/2
 
0 1 2
−ε1 ≥ f (Ψ − ε2 ) = −2 + ∑ i λi 1 − K
K − 2(Ψ − ε2 ) i≥1
2Ψ i/2
 
1 + O(ε2 ) 2
= −2 + ∑ i λi 1 − K
K − 2Ψ i≥1
i/2 !
2Ψ i/2
  
1 + O(ε2 ) 2Ψ
= −2 ∑ iλi 1 − + ∑ i2 λi 1 −
K − 2Ψ i≥1 K i≥1 K
 i/2
1 + O(ε2 ) 2Ψ
= ∑ i(i − 2)λi 1 −
K − 2Ψ i≥1 K
1 + O(ε2 )
=
K − 2Ψ i≥1∑ i(i − 2)λi0. (11.21)

This completes the proofs of (b), (c).

11.4 Gn,r is asymmetric

In this section, we prove that w.h.p. Gn,r , r ≥ 3 ony has one isomorphism, viz.
the identity isomorphism. This was proved by Bollobás [132]. For a vertex v we
let dk (v) denote the  3 numberof vertices at graph distance k from v in Gn,r . We
show that if k0 = 5 logr−1 n then w.h.p. no two vertices have the same sequence
(dk (v), k = 1, 2, . . . , k0 ). In the following G = Gn,r .
Lemma 11.12.
 
Let `0 = 100 logr−1 log n . Then w.h.p., eG (S) ≤ |S| for all S ⊆ [n], |S| ≤ 2`0 .
Proof. Arguing as for (11.11), we have that
2`0    s+1
n sr sr
P(∃S : |S| ≤ 2`0 , eG (S) ≥ |S| + 1) ≤ ∑
s=4 s s+1 2m − 4`0
2`0   s+1
ne s s+1 s
≤∑ (er)
s=4 s n − o(n)
1 2`0 2s+1+o(1)
≤ ∑ se = o(1).
n s=4
11.4. GN,R IS ASYMMETRIC 223

Let E denote the high probability event in Lemma 11.12. We will condition
on the occurence of E .
Now for v ∈ [n] let Sk (v) denote the set of vertices at distance k from v and let
S
S≤k (v) = j≤k S j (v). We note that

|Sk (v)| ≤ r(r − 1)k−1 for all v ∈ [n], k ≥ 1. (11.22)

Furthermore, Lemma 11.12 implies that w.h.p. we have that for all v, w ∈ [n], 1 ≤
k ≤ `0 ,

|Sk (v)| ≥ (r − 2)(r + 1)(r − 1)k−2 . (11.23)

|Sk (v) \ Sk (w)| ≥ (r − 2)(r − 1)k−1 . (11.24)

This is because there can be at most one cycle in S≤`0 (v) and the sizes of the
relevant sets are reduced by having the cycle as close to v, w as possible.
Now consider k > `0 . Consider doing breadth first search from v or v, w ex-
posing the configuration pairing as we go. Let an edge be dispensable if exposing
it joins two vertices already known to be in S≤k . Lemma 11.12 implies that w.h.p.
there is at most one dispensable edge in S≤`0 .
Lemma 11.13. With probability 1 − o(n−2 ), (i) at most 20 of the first n2/5 exposed
edges are dispensable and (ii) at most n1/4 of the first n3/5 exposed edges are
dispensable.

Proof. The probability that the kth edge is dispensable is at most (k−1)r
rn−2k , indepen-
dent of the history of the process. Hence,
 2/5  !20
n rn2/5
P(∃ 20 dispensable edges in first n2/5 ) ≤ = o(n−2 ).
20 rn − o(n)

 3/5  !n1/4
n rn3/5
1/4 3/5
P(∃ n dispensable edges in first n ) ≤ 1/4 = o(n−2 ).
n rn − o(n)

l m l m
Now let `1 = logr−1 n2/5 and `2 = logr−1 n3/5 . Then we have that, con-
ditional on E , with probability 1 − o(n−2 ),

|Sk (v)| ≥ ((r − 2)(r + 1)(r − 1)`0 −2 − 40))(r − 1)k−`0 : `0 < k ≤ `1 .

|Sk (v)| ≥ ((r − 2)(r + 1)(r − 1)`1 −1 − 40(r − 1)`1 −`0 − 2n1/4 )(r − 1)k−`1 : `1 < k ≤ `2 .
224 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

|Sk (w) \ Sk (v)| ≥ ((r − 2)(r − 1)`0 −1 − 40)(r − 1)k−`0 : `0 < k ≤ `1 .

|Sk (w) \ Sk (v)| ≥ ((r − 2)(r − 1)`1 −1 − 40(r − 1)`1 −`0 − 2n1/4 )(r − 1)k−`1 : `1 < k ≤ `2 .
l m
We deduce from this that if `3 = logr−1 n 4/7 and k = `3 + a, a = O(1) then with
probability 1 − o(n−2 ),

|Sk (w)| ≥ ((r − 2)(r + 1) − o(1))(r − 1)k−2 ≈ (r − 2)(r + 1)(r − 1)a−2 n4/7 .
|Sk (w) \ Sk (v)| ≥ (r − 2 − o(1))(r − 1)k−1 ≈ (r − 2)(r − 1)a−1 n4/7 .

Suppose now that we consider the execution of breadth first search up until we
have exposed Sk (v). Then in order to have dk (v) = dk (w), conditional on the
history of the search, there has to be an exact outcome for |Sk (w) \ Sk (v)|. Now
consider the pairings of the Wx , x ∈ Sk (w) \ Sk (v). Now at most n1/4 of these
pairings are with vertices in S≤k (v)∪S≤k (w). Condition on these. There must now
be s = Θ(n4/7 ) pairings between Wx , x ∈ Sk (w) \ Sk (v) and Wy , y ∈
/ Sk (v) ∪ Sk (w).
Furthermore, to have dk (v) = dk (w) these s pairings must involve exactly t of
the sets Wy , y ∈
/ Sk (v) ∪ Sk (w), where t is determined before the choice of these s
pairings. The following lemma will easily show that G is asymmetric w.h.p.
Lemma 11.14. Let R = m
S
i=1 Ri be a partitioning of an rm set R into m subsets of
size r. Suppose that S is a random s-subset of R, where m5/9 < s < m3/5 . Let XS
denote the number of sets Ri intersected by S. Then

c0 m1/2
max P(XS = j) ≤ ,
j s
for some constant c0 .
Proof. We may assume that s ≥ m1/2 . The probability that S has at least 3 ele-
ments in some set Ri is at most

m 3r rm−3



s−3 r3 s3 r3 m1/2
rm
≤ ≤ .
s
6m2 6s

But
   
P(XS = j) ≤ P max |S ∩ Ri | ≥ 3 + P XS = j and max |S ∩ Ri | ≤ 2 .
i i

So the lemma will follow if we prove that for every j,

c1 m1/2
 
Pj = P XS = j and max |S ∩ Ri | ≤ 2 ≤ , (11.25)
i s
11.4. GN,R IS ASYMMETRIC 225

for some constant c1 .

Clearly, Pj = 0 if j < s/2 and otherwise

m
j
2 j−s r
s− j
j s− j r 2
Pj = rm
. (11.26)
s

Now for s/2 ≤ j < s we have

Pj+1 (m − j)(s − j) 2r
= . (11.27)
Pj (2 j + 2 − s)(2 j + 1 − s) r − 1

10s2 Pj+1 10(r−1)

We note that if s − j ≥ m then Pj ≥ 3r ≥ 2 and so the j maximising Pj is
αs2 2
of the form s − m where α ≤ 10. If we substitute j = s − αs
m into (11.27) then
we see that
Pj+1 2αr h si
∈ 1 ± c2
Pj r−1 m
for some absolute constant c2 > 0.
It follows that if j0 is the index maximising Pj then

2 
 
 j0 − s − (r − 1)s  ≤ 1.

 2rm 

s
Furthermore, if j1 = j0 − m1/2 then

Pj+1 m1/2
≤ 1 + c3 for j1 ≤ j ≤ j0 ,
Pj s

for some absolute constant c3 > 0.

This implies that

!−( j0 − j1 ) ( !)
m1/2 m1/2 m
Pj ≥ Pj0 1 + c3 = Pj0 exp −( j0 − j1 ) c3 +O 2
s s s
≥ Pj0 e−2c3 .

It follows from this that

e2c3 m1/2
Pj0 ≤ .
s
226 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

We apply Lemma 11.14 with m = n, s = ρ = Θ(n4/7 to show that

!15
c0 n1/2
P(dk (v) = dk (w), k ∈ [`3 , `3 + 14]) ≤ = o(n−2 ).
n4/7

This proves
Theorem 11.15. W.h.p. Gn,r has a unique trivial automorphism.

11.5 Gn,r versus Gn,p

The configuration model is most useful when the maximum degree is bounded.
When r is large, one can learn a lot about random r-regular graphs from the follow-
ing theorem of Kim and Vu [501]. They proved that if log n  r  n1/3 /(log n)2
then there is a joint distribution G0 , G = Gn,r , G1 such that w.h.p. (i) G0 ⊆ G, (ii)
(1+o(1)) log n
the maximum degree ∆(G1 \ G) ≤ log(ϕ(r)/ log n) where ϕ(r) is any function satis-
fying (r log n)1/2 ≤ ϕ(r)  r. Here Gi = Gn,pi , i = 0, 1 where p0 = (1 − o(1)) nr
and p1 = (1 + o(1)) nr . In this way we can deduce properties of Gn,r from Gn,r/n .
For example, G0 is Hamiltonian w.h.p. implies that Gn,r is Hamiltonian w.h.p.
Recently, Dudek, Frieze, Ruciński and Šileikis [267] have increased the range of
r for which (i) holds. The cited paper deals with random hypergraphs and here we
describe the simpler case of random graphs.
Theorem 11.16. There is a positive constant C such that if
 1/3
r log n
C + ≤ γ = γ(n) < 1,
n r

and m = b(1 − γ)nr/2c, then there is a joint distribution of G(n, m) and Gn,r such
that
P(Gn,m ⊂ Gn,r ) → 1.
Corollary 11.17. Let Q be an increasing property of graphs such that Gn,m satis-
fies Q w.h.p. for some m = m(n), n log n  m  n2 . Then Gn,r satisfies Q w.h.p.
for r = r(n) ≈ 2m
n .

Our approach to proving Theorem 11.16 is to represent Gn,m and Gn,r as the
outcomes of two graph processes which behave similarly enough to permit a good
coupling. For this let M = nr/2 and define

GM = (ε1 , . . . , εM )
11.5. GN,R VERSUS GN,P 227

to be an ordered random uniform graph on the vertex set [n], that is, Gn,M with a
random uniform ordering of edges. Similarly, let

Gr = (η1 , . . . , ηM )

be an ordered random r-regular graph on [n], that is, Gn,r with a random uniform
ordering of edges. Further, write GM (t) = (ε1 , . . . , εt ) and Gr (t) = (η1 , . . . , ηt ),
t = 0, . . . , M.
For every ordered graph G of size t and every edge e ∈ Kn \ G we have
1
Pr (εt+1 = e | GM (t) = G) = n
.
2 −t

This is not true if we replace GM by Gr , except for the very first step t = 0.
However, it turns out that for most of time the conditional distribution of the next
edge in the process Gr (t) is approximately uniform, which is made precise in the
lemma below. For 0 < ε < 1, and t = 0, . . . , M consider the inequalities
1−ε
Pr (ηt+1 = e | Gr (t)) ≥ n
for every e ∈ Kn \ Gr (t), (11.28)
2 −t

and define a stopping time

Tε = max {u : ∀t ≤ u condition (11.28) holds } .

Lemma 11.18. There is a positive constant C0 such that if

 1/3
0 r log n
C + ≤ ε = ε(n) < 1, (11.29)
n r
then
Tε ≥ (1 − ε)M w.h.p.
From Lemma 11.18, which is proved in Section 11.5, we deduce Theorem
11.16 using a coupling.
Proof of Theorem 11.16. Let C = 3C0 , where C0 is the constant from Lemma 11.18.
Let ε = γ/3. The distribution of Gr is uniquely determined by the conditional
probabilities

pt+1 (e|G) := Pr (ηt+1 = e | Gr (t) = G) , t = 0, . . . , M − 1. (11.30)

Our aim is to couple GM and Gr up to the time Tε . For this we will define a
graph process G0r := (ηt0 ),t = 1, . . . , M such that the conditional distribution of
(ηt0 ) coincides with that of (ηt ) and w.h.p. (ηt0 ) shares many edges with GM .
228 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

Suppose that Gr = G0r (t) and GM = GM (t) have been exposed and for every
e∈
/ Gr the inequality
1−ε
pt+1 (e|Gr ) ≥ n
(11.31)
2 −t
holds (we have such a situation, in particular, if t ≤ Tε ). Generate a Bernoulli
(1 − ε) random variable ξt+1 independently of everything that has been revealed
so far; expose the edge εt+1 . Moreover, generate a random edge ζt+1 ∈ Kn \ Gr
according to the distribution
1−ε
pt+1 (e|Gr ) −
(n2)−t
P(ζt+1 = e|G0r (t) = Gr , GM (t) = GM ) := ≥ 0,
ε
where the inequality holds because of the assumption (11.31). Observe also that

∑ P(ζt+1 = e|G0r (t) = Gr , GM (t) = GM ) = 1,

e6∈Gr

so ζt+1 has a well-defined distribution. Finally, fix a bijection fGr ,GM : Gr \ GM →

GM \ Gr between the sets of edges and define

εt+1 ,
 if ξt+1 = 1, εt+1 ∈ / Gr ,
0
ηt+1 = fGr ,GM (εt+1 ), if ξt+1 = 1, εt+1 ∈ Gr ,

ζt+1 , if ξt+1 = 0.


Note that
ξt+1 = 1 ⇒ εt+1 ∈ G0r (t + 1). (11.32)
We keep generating ξt ’s even after the stopping time has passed, that is, for t > Tε ,
0
whereas ηt+1 is then sampled according to probabilities (11.30), without coupling.
Note that ξt ’s are i.i.d. and independent of GM . We check that
0
P(ηt+1 = e | G0r (t) = Gr , GM (t) = GM )
= P(εt+1 = e) P(ξt+1 = 1) + P(ζt+1 = e) P(ξt+1 = 0)
pt+1 (e|Gr ) − 1−ε
 
1−ε n
(2)−t 
= n
+ ε
2 −t
ε

= pt+1 (e|Gr )

for all admissible Gr , GM , i.e., such that P (Gr (t) = Gr , GM (t) = GM ) > 0, and
for all e 6∈ Gr .
Further, define a set of edges which are potentially shared by GM and Gr :

S := {εi : ξi = 1 , 1 ≤ i ≤ (1 − ε)M} .
11.5. GN,R VERSUS GN,P 229

Note that
b(1−ε)Mc
|S| = ∑ ξi
i=1
is distributed as Bin(b(1 − ε)Mc, 1 − ε).
Since (ξi ) and (εi ) are independent, conditioning on |S| ≥ m, the first m edges
in the set S comprise a graph which is distributed as Gn,m . Moreover, if Tε ≥
(1 − ε)M, then by (11.32) we have S ⊂ Gr , therefore

P (Gn,m ⊂ Gn,r ) ≥ P (|S| ≥ m, Tε ≥ (1 − ε)M) .

We have E |S| ≥ (1 − 2ε)M. Recall that ε = γ/3 and therefore m = b(1 − γ)Mc =
b(1 − 3ε)Mc. Applying the Chernoff bounds and our assumption on ε, we get
2 m)
P (|S| < m) ≤ e−Ω(γ = o(1).

Finally, by Lemma 11.18 we have Tε ≥ (1 − ε)M w.h.p., which completes the

proof of the theorem.

Proof of Lemma 11.18

In all proofs of this section we will assume the condition (11.29). To prove Lemma
11.18 we will start with a fact which allows one to control the degrees of the
evolving graph Gr (t).
For a vertex v ∈ [n] and t = 0, . . . , M, let

degt (v) = |{i ≤ t : v ∈ ηi }| .

Lemma 11.19. Let τ = 1 − t/M. We have that w.h.p.

p
∀t ≤ (1 − ε)M, ∀v ∈ [n], | degt (v) − tr/M| ≤ 6 τr log n. (11.33)

In particular w.h.p.

∀t ≤ (1 − ε)M, ∀v ∈ [n], degt (v) ≤ (1 − ε/2)r. (11.34)

Proof. Observe that if we fix an r-regular graph H and condition Gr to be a per-

mutation of the edges of H, then X := degt (v) is a hypergeometric random vari-
able with expected value tr/M = (1 − τ)r. Using the result of Section 22.5 and
Theorem 22.11, and checking that the variance of X is at most τr, we get

x2
 
P (|X − tr/M| ≥ x) ≤ 2 exp − .
2 (τr + x/3)
230 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE
√
Let x = 6 τr log n. From (11.29), assuming C0 ≥ 1, we get
r r
x log n log n
=6 ≤6 ≤ 6ε,
τr τr εr
and so x ≤ 6τr. Using this, we obtain
 
1 36τr log n
P (|X − tr/M| ≥ x) ≤ exp − = n−6 .
2 2(τr + 2τr)

Inequality (11.33) now follows by taking a union bound over nM ≤ n3 choices of

t and v.
To get (11.34), it is enough to prove the inequality for t = (1 − ε)M. Inequality
(11.33) implies p
deg(1−ε)M (v) ≤ (1 − ε)r + 6 εr log n.
Thus it suffices to show that
p
6 εr log n ≤ εr/2,

or, equivalently, ε ≥ 144 log n/r, which is implied by (11.29) with C0 ≥ 144.
Given an ordered graph G = (e1 , . . . , et ), we say that an ordered r-regular graph
H is an extension of G if the first t edges of H are equal to G. Let GG (n, r) be the
family of extensions of G and GG = GG (n, r) be a graph chosen uniformly at
random from GG (n, r).
Further, for a graph H ∈ GG (n, r) and u, v ∈ [n] let

degH|G (u, v) = | {w ∈ [n] : {u, w} ∈ H \ G, {v, w} ∈ H} |.

Note that degH|G (u, v) is not in general symmetric in u and v, but for G = 0/ coin-
cides with the usual co-degree in a graph H.
The next fact is used in the proof of Lemma 11.21 only.
Lemma 11.20. Let graph G with t ≤ (1 − ε)M edges be such that GG (n, r) is
nonempty. For each e ∈
/ G we have
4r
P (e ∈ GG ) ≤ . (11.35)
εn
Moreover, if l ≥ l0 := 4r2 /(εn), then for every u, v ∈ [n] we have
 
P degGG |G (u, v) > l ≤ 2−(l−l0 ) . (11.36)
11.5. GN,R VERSUS GN,P 231

Proof. To prove (11.35) define the families

Ge∈ = {H ∈ GG (n, r) : e ∈ H} and Ge∈/ = H 0 ∈ GG (n, r) : e ∈

/ H0 .


Let us define an auxiliary bipartite graph B between Ge∈ and Ge∈/ in which H ∈ Ge∈
is connected to H 0 ∈ Ge∈/ whenever H 0 can be obtained from H by the following
switching operation. Fix an ordered edge {w, x} in H \ G which is disjoint from
e = {u, v} and such that there are no edges between {u, v} and {w, x} and replace
the edges {u, v} and {w, x} by {u, w} and {v, x} to obtain H 0 . Writing f (H) for
the number of graphs H 0 ∈ Ge∈/ which can be obtained from H by a switching,
and b(H 0 ) for the number of graphs H ∈ Ge∈ such that H 0 can be obtained H by a
switching, we get that

|Ge∈ | min f (H) ≤ |E(B)| ≤ |Ge∈/ | max

0
b(H 0 ). (11.37)
H H

We have b(H 0 ) ≤ degH 0 (u) degH 0 (v) ≤ r2 . On the other hand, recalling that t ≤
(1 − ε)M, for every H ∈ Ge∈ we get

2r2
 
2 εM
f (H) ≥ M − t − 2r ≥ εM 1 − ≥ ,
εM 2

because, assuming C0 ≥ 8, we have

2r2 4r  n 1/3 4 1
≤ 0 ≤ 0≤ .
εM C n r C 2
Therefore (11.37) implies that

|Ge∈ | 2r2 4r
P (e ∈ GG ) ≤ ≤ = ,
|Ge∈/ | εM εn

which concludes the proof of (11.35).

To prove (11.36), fix u, v ∈ [n] and define the families
n o
G (l) = H ∈ GG (n, r) : degH|G (u, v) = l , l = 0, 1, . . . .

We compare sizes of G (l) and G (l − 1) in a similar way as above. For this we

define the following switching which maps a graph H ∈ G (l) to a graph H 0 ∈
G (l −1). Select a vertex w contributing to degH|G , that is, such that {u, w} ∈ H \G
and {v, w} ∈ H; pick an ordered pair u0 , w0 ∈ [n] \ {u, v, w} such that {u0 , w0 } ∈
H \ G and there are no edges of H between {u, v, w} and {u0 , w0 }; replace edges
{u, w} and {u0 , w0 } by {u, u0 } and {w, w0 } (see Figure 11.6).
232 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

u0 w0 u0 w0

u u
w w
v v

Figure 11.6: Switching between G (l) and G (l − 1): Before and after.

The number of ways to apply a forward switching to H is

3r2
 
2
f (H) ≥ 2l(M − t − 3r ) ≥ 2lεM 1 − ≥ lεM,
εM

since, assuming C0 ≥ 12 we have

3r2 6r 6  r 2/3 1
= ≤ 0 ≤ ,
εM εn C n 2
and the number of ways to apply a backward switching is b(H) ≤ r3 . So,

|G (l)| maxH∈G (l−1) b(H) 2r2 1

≤ ≤ ≤ ,
|G (l − 1)| minH∈G (l) f (H) εln 2

by the assumption l ≥ l0 := 4r2 /(εn). Then

  |G (i)| |G (i)|
P degGG |G (u, v) > l ≤ ∑ ≤∑
i>l |GG (n, r)| i>l |G (l0 )|
i
|G ( j)|
=∑ ∏ ≤ ∑ 2−(i−l0 ) = 2−(l−l0 ) ,
i>l j=l0 +1 |G ( j − 1)| i>l

which completes the proof of (11.36).

For the last lemma, which will be directly used in Lemma 11.18, we need to
provide a few more definitions regarding random r-regular multigraphs.
Let G be an ordered graph with t edges. Let MG (n, r) be a random multigraph
extension of G to an ordered r-regular multigraph. Namely, MG (n, r) is a sequence
of M edges (some of which may be loops), the first t of which comprise G, while
the remaining ones are generated by taking a uniform random permutation Π of
the multiset {1, . . . , 1, . . . , n, . . . , n} with multiplicities r − degG (v), v ∈ [n], and
splitting it into consecutive pairs.
Recall that the number of such permutations is
(2(M − t))!
NG := ,
∏v∈[n] (r − degG (v))!
11.5. GN,R VERSUS GN,P 233

and note that if a multigraph extension H of G has l loops, then

P (MG (n, r) = H) = 2M−t−l /NG . (11.38)
Thus, MG (n, r) is not uniformly distributed over all multigraph extensions of G,
but it is uniform over GG (n, r). Thus, MG (n, r), conditioned on being simple, has
the same distribution as GG (n, r). Further, for every edge e ∈
/ G, let us write
Me = MG∪e (n, r) and Ge = GG∪e (n, r). (11.39)
The next claim shows that the probabilities of simplicity P (Me ∈ Ge ) are
asymptotically the same for all e 6∈ G.
Lemma 11.21. Let G be graph with t ≤ (1 − ε)M edges such that GG (n, r) is
nonempty. If ∆G ≤ (1 − ε/2)r, then for every e0 , e00 ∈
/ G we have
P (Me00 ∈ Ge00 ) ε
≥ 1− .
P (Me0 ∈ Ge0 ) 2
Proof. Set
M0 = Me0 M00 = Me00 , G 0 = Ge0 , and G 00 = Ge00 , (11.40)
for convenience. We start by constructing a coupling of M0 and M00 in which they
differ in at most three positions (counting in the replacement of e0 by e00 at the
(t + 1)st position).
Let e0 = {u0 , v0 } and e00 = {u00 , v00 }. Suppose first that e0 and e00 are disjoint. Let
Π0 be the permutation underlying the multigraph M0 . Let Π∗ be obtained from Π0
by replacing a uniform random copy of u00 by u0 and a uniform random copy of
v00 by v0 . If e0 and e00 share a vertex, then assume, without loss of generality, that
v0 = v00 , and define Π∗ by replacing only a random u00 in Π0 by u0 . Then define M∗
by splitting Π∗ into consecutive pairs and appending them to G ∪ e00 .
It is easy to see that Π∗ is uniform over permutations of the multiset {1, . . . ,
1, . . . , n, . . . , n} with multiplicities d − degG∪e00 (v), v ∈ [n], and therefore M∗ has
the same distribution as M00 . Thus, we will further identify M∗ and M00 .
Observe that if we condition M0 on being a simple graph H, then M∗ = M00
can be equivalently obtained by choosing an edge incident to u00 in H \ (G ∪ e0 )
uniformly at random, say, {u00 , w}, and replacing it by {u0 , w}, and then repeating
this operation for v00 and v0 . The crucial idea is that such a switching of edges is
unlikely to create loops or multiple edges.
It is, however, possible, that for certain H this is not true. For example, if e00 ∈
H \ (G ∪ e0 ), then the random choice of two edges described above is unlikely to
destroy this e00 , but e0 in the non-random part will be replaced by e00 , thus creating
a double edge e00 . Moreover, if almost every neighbor of u00 in H \ (G ∪ e0 ) is also
a neighbor of u0 , then most likely the replacement of u00 by u0 will create a double
edge. To avoid such instances, we want to assume that
234 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

(i) e00 ∈
/H
 
0 00 0 00
(ii) max degH|G∪e0 (u , u ), degH|G∪e0 (v , v ) ≤ l0 + log2 n,

where l0 = 4r2 /εn is as in Lemma 11.20. Define the following subfamily of

simple extensions of G ∪ e0 :
0
Gnice = H ∈ G 0 : H satisfies (i) and (ii) .


Since M0 , conditioned on M0 ∈ G 0 , is distributed as GG∪e0 (n, r), by Lemma 11.20

and the assumption (11.29) with C0 ≥ 20,

Pr M0 ∈ 0
/ Gnice | M0 ∈ G 0 = P GG∪e0 (n, r) 6∈ Gnice
0

4r ε
≤ + 2 × 2− log2 n ≤ . (11.41)
εn 4
We have

Pr M00 ∈ G 00 | M0 ∈ Gnice
0
Pr M0 ∈ Gnice
0
| M0 ∈ G 0 =



0 ) P(M0 ∈ G 0 , M0 ∈ G 0 )
P(M00 ∈ G 00 , M0 ∈ Gnice nice
· ≤
P(M0 ∈ Gnice0 ) P(M0 ∈ G 0 )
P (M00 ∈ G 00 )
. (11.42)
P (M0 ∈ G 0 )
To complete the proof of the claim, it suffices to show that
ε
Pr M00 ∈ G 00 | M0 ∈ Gnice
0


≥ 1− , (11.43)
4
since plugging (11.41) and (11.43) into (11.42) will complete the proof of the
statement.
To prove (11.43), fix H ∈ Gnice 0 and condition on M0 = H. A loop can only be
created in M when u is incident to u0 in H \ (G ∪ e0 ) and the randomly chosen
00 00

edge is {u0 , u00 }, or, provided v0 6= v00 , when v00 is incident to v0 in H \ (G ∪ e0 ) and
we randomly choose {v0 , v00 }. Therefore, recalling that ∆G ≤ (1 − ε/2)r, we get

1 1
Pr M00 has a loop | M0 = H ≤


+
degH\(G∪e0 ) (u00 ) degH\(G∪e0 ) (v00 )
4 ε
≤ ≤ , (11.44)
εr 8
where the second term is present only if e0 ∩ e00 = 0,
/ and the last inequality is
implied by (11.29).
11.5. GN,R VERSUS GN,P 235

A multiple edge can be created in three ways: (i) by choosing, among the
edges incident to u00 , an edge {u00 , w} ∈ H \ (G ∪ e0 ) such that {u0 , w} ∈ H; (ii) sim-
ilarly for v00 (if v0 6= v00 ); (iii) choosing both edges {u00 , v0 } and {v00 , u0 } (provided
they exist in H \ (G ∪ e0 )). Therefore, by (ii) and assumption ∆G ≤ (1 − ε/2)r,

Pr M00 has a multiple edge | M0 = H

degH|G∪e0 (u00 , u0 ) degH|G∪e0 (v00 , v0 )

≤ +
degH\(G∪e0 ) (u00 ) degH\(G∪e0 ) (v00 )
1
+
degH\(G∪e0 ) (u ) degH\(G∪e0 ) (v00 )
00
 
8r 2 log2 n 4 ε
≤2 2 + + 2 2 ≤ , (11.45)
ε n εr ε r 8

because (11.29) implies ε > C0 (r/n)1/3 and

ε > C0 (log n/r)1/3 > C0 (log n/r)1/2

and we can choose arbitrarily large C0 . (Again, in case when |e0 ∩ e00 | = 1, the
R-H-S of (11.45) reduces to only the first summand.)
Combining (11.44) and (11.45), we have shown (11.43).
Proof of Lemma 11.18. In view of Lemma 11.19 it suffices to show that
1−ε
Pr (ηt+1 = e | Gr (t) = G) ≥ n
, e∈
/ G.
2 −t

for every t ≤ (1 − ε)M and G such that

εr
r(τ + δ ) ≥ r − degG (v) ≥ r(τ − δ ) ≥ , v ∈ [n], (11.46)
2
where p
τ = 1 − t/M, δ =6 τ log n/r.
For every e0 , e00 ∈
/ G we have (recall the definitions (11.39) and (11.40))

Pr (ηt+1 = e00 | Gr (t) = G) |GG∪e00 (n, r)| |G 00 |

= = 0 . (11.47)
Pr (ηt+1 = e0 | Gr (t) = G) |GG∪e0 (n, r)| |G |

By (11.38) we have

|G 0 |2M−t |G 0 |2M−t ∏v∈[n] (r − degG∪e0 (v))!

P M0 ∈ G 0 = = ,
NG (2(M − t))!
236 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

and similarly for the family G 00 . This yields, after a few cancellations, that

|G 00 | ∏v∈e00 \e0 (r − degG (v)) P (M00 ∈ G 00 )

= · (11.48)
|G 0 | ∏v∈e0 \e00 (r − degG (v)) P (M0 ∈ G 0 )

By (11.46), the ratio of products in (11.48) is at least

τ −δ 2 2δ 2
    r r
log n log n ε
≥ 1− ≥ 1 − 24 ≥ 1 − 24 ≥ 1− ,
τ +δ τ τr εr 2

where the last inequality holds by the assumption (11.29). Since by

Lemma 11.21 the ratio of probabilities in (11.48) is

P (M00 ∈ G 00 ) ε
≥ 1− ,
P (M ∈ G )
0 0 2

we have obtained that

Pr (ηt+1 = e00 | Gr (t) = G)
≥ 1 − ε.
Pr (ηt+1 = e0 | Gr (t) = G)

Finally, noting that

max Pr ηt+1 = e0 | Gr (t) = G


e0 ∈G
/

is at least as large as the average over all e0 ∈

/ G, which is 1
, we conclude that
(n2)−t
for every e ∈
/G

Pr (ηt+1 = e | Gr (t) = G) ≥ (1 − ε) max Pr ηt+1 = e0 | Gr (t) = G

e0 ∈G
/
1−ε
≥ n
,
2 −t

which finishes the proof.

11.6 Exercises
11.6.1 Show that w.h.p. a random 2-regular graph on n vertices consists of O(log n)
vertex disjoint cycles.

11.6.2 Suppose that in the notation of Theorem 11.11, λ1 = 0, λ2 < 1. Show

that w.h.p. Gn,d consists of a giant component plus a collection of small
components of size O(log n).
11.6. EXERCISES 237

11.6.3 Let H be a subgraph of Gn,r , r ≥ 3 obtained by independently including

each vertex with probability 1+ε
r−1 , where ε > 0 is small and positive. Show
that w.h.p. H contains a component of size Ω(n).

11.6.4 Let x = (x1 , x2 , . . . , x2m ) be chosen uniformly at random from [n]2m . Let Gx
be the multigraph with vertex set [n] and edges (x2i−1 , x2i ), i = 1, 2, . . . , m.
Let dx (i) be the number of times that i appears in x.
Show that conditional on dx (i) = di , i ∈ [n], Gx has the same distribution
as the multigraph γ(F) of Section 11.1.

11.6.5 Suppose that we condition on dx (i) ≥ k for some non-negative integer k.

For r ≥ 0, let
x xk−1
fr (x) = e − 1 − x − · · · − .
(k − 1)!
Let Z be a random variable taking values in {k, k + 1, . . . , } such that

λ i e−λ
P(Z = i) = for i ≥ k,
i! fk (λ )

where λ is arbitrary and positive.

Show that the degree sequence of Gx is distributed as independent copies
Z1 , Z2 , . . . , Zn of Z, subject to Z1 + Z2 + · · · + Zn = 2m.

11.6.6 Show that

λ fk−1 (λ )
E(Z) = .
fk (λ )
Show using the Local Central Limit Theorem (see e.g. Durrett [274]) that
if E(Z) = 2m
n then
!
v
1
1 + O((k2 + 1)v−1 σ −2 )


P ∑ Z j = 2m − k = √
j=1 σ 2πn

where σ 2 = E(Z 2 ) − E(Z)2 is the variance of Z.

11.6.7 Use the model of (i)–(iii) to show that if c = 1 + ε and ε is sufficiently

small and ω → ∞ then w.h.p. the 2-core of Gn,p , p = c/n does not contain
a cycle C, |C| = ω in which more than 10% of the vertices are of degree
three or more.
 238 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE

11.6.8 Let G = Gn,r , r ≥ 3 be the random r-regular configuration multigraph of

Section 11.2. Let X denote the number of Hamilton cycles in G. Show
that !n
r − 2 (r−2)/2
r  
π
E(X) ≈ (r − 1) .
2n r

11.6.9 Show that if graph G = G1 ∪G2 then its rainbow connection satisfies rc(G)
≤ rc(G1 ) + rc(G2 ) + |E(G1 ) ∩ E(G2 )|. Using the contiguity of Gn,r to the
union of r independent matchings, (see Chapter 20), show that rc(Gn,r ) =
O(logr n) for r ≥ 6.

11.6.10 Show that w.h.p. Gn,3 is not planar.

11.7 Notes
Giant Components and Cores
Hatami and Molloy [414] discuss the size of the largest component in the scaling
window for a random graph with a fixed degree sequence.
Cooper [210] and Janson and Luczak [446] discuss the sizes of the cores of
random graphs with a given degree sequence.

Hamilton cycles
Robinson and Wormald [677], [680] showed that random r-regular graphs are
Hamiltonian for 3 ≤ r = O(1). In doing this, they introduced the important new
method of small subgraph conditioning. It is a refinement on the Chebyshev in-
equality. Somewhat later Cooper, Frieze and Reed [235] and Krivelevich, Su-
dakov, Vu Wormald [532] removed the restriction r = O(1). Frieze, Jerrum, Mol-
loy, Robinson and Wormald [346] gave a polynomial time algorithm that w.h.p.
finds a Hamilton cycle in a random regular graph. Cooper, Frieze and Krivelevich
[229] considered the existence of Hamilton cycles in Gn,d for certain classes of
degree sequence.

Chromatic number
r
Frieze and Łuczak [355] proved that w.h.p. χ(Gn,r ) = (1 + or (1)) 2 log r for r =
O(1). Here or (1) → 0 as r → ∞. Achlioptas and Moore [5] determined the chro-
matic number of a random r-regular graph to within three values, w.h.p. Kemkes,
Pérez-Giménez and Wormald [498] reduced the range to two values. Shi and
11.7. NOTES 239

Wormald [713], [714] consider the chromatic number of Gn,r for small r. In par-
ticular they show that w.h.p. χ(Gn,4 ) = 3. Frieze, Krivelevich and Smyth [350]
gave estimates for the chromatic number of Gn,d for certain classes of degree se-
quence.

Eigenvalues
The largest eigenvalue of the adjacency matrix of Gn,r is always r. Kahn and
Szemerédi [475] showed that w.h.p. the second eigenvalue is of order O(r1/2 ).
Friedman [331] proved that w.h.p. the second eigenvalue is at most 2(r − 1)1/2 +
o(1). Broder, Frieze, Suen and Upfal [169] considered Gn,d where C−1 d ≤ di ≤
Cd for some constant C > 0 and d ≤ n1/10 . They show that w.h.p. the second
eigenvalue of the adjacency matrix is O(d 1/2 ).

First Order Logic

Haber and Krivelevich [406] studied the first order language on random d-regular
graphs. They show that if r = Ω(n) or r = nα where α is irrational, then Gn,r
obeys a 0-1 law.

Rainbow Connection
Dudek, Frieze and Tsourakakis [268] studied the rainbow connection of random
regular graphs. They showed that if 4 ≤ r = O(1) then rc(Gn,r ) = O(log n). This is
best possible up to constants, since rc(Gn,r ) ≥ diam(Gn,r ) = Ω(log n). Kamčev,
Krivelevich and Sudakov [478] gave a simpler proof when r ≥ 5, with a better
hidden constant.
240 CHAPTER 11. FIXED DEGREE SEQUENCE
Chapter 12

Intersection Graphs

Let G be a (finite, simple) graph. We say that G is an intersection graph if we

can assign to each vertex v ∈ V (G) a set Sv , so that {v, w} ∈ E(G) exactly when
Sv ∩ Sw 6= 0.
/ In this case, we say G is the intersection graph of the family of sets
S = {Sv : v ∈ V (G)}.
Although all graphs are intersection graphs (see Marczewski [575]) some
classes of intersection graphs are of special interest. Depending on the choice
of family S , often reflecting some geometric configuration, one can consider, for
example, interval graphs defined as the intersection graphs of intervals on the real
line, unit disc graphs defined as the intersection graphs of unit discs on the plane
etc. In this chapter we will discuss properties of random intersection graphs,
where the family S is generated in a random manner.

12.1 Binomial Random Intersection Graphs

Binomial random intersection graphs were introduced by Karoński,
Scheinerman and Singer-Cohen in [490] as a generalisation of the classical model
of the binomial random graph Gn,p .
Let n, m be positive integers and let 0 ≤ p ≤ 1. Let V = {1, 2, . . . , n} be the
set of vertices and for every 1 ≤ k ≤ n, let Sk be a random subset of the set
M = {1, 2, . . . , m} formed by selecting each element of M independently with
probability p. We define a binomial random intersection graph G(n, m, p) as the
intersection graph of sets Sk , k = 1, 2, . . . n. Here S1 , S2 , . . . , Sn are generated in-
dependently. Hence two vertices i and j are adjacent in G(n, m, p) if and only if
Si ∩ S j 6= 0.
/
There are other ways to generate binomial random intersection graphs. For
example, we may start with a classical bipartite random graph Gn,m,p , with vertex

241
242 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS

set bipartition

(V, M),V = {1, 2, . . . , n}, M = {1, 2, . . . , m},

where each edge between V and M is drawn independently with probability p.

Next, one can generate a graph G(n, m, p) with vertex set V and vertices i and
j of G(n, m, p) connected if and only if they share a common neighbor (in M)
in the random graph Gn,m,p . Here the graph Gn,m,p is treated as a generator of
G(n, m, p).
One observes that the probability that there is an edge {i, j} in G(n, m, p)
equals 1 − (1 − p2 )m , since the probability that sets Si and S j are disjoint is (1 −
p2 )m , however, in contrast with Gn,p , the edges do not occur independently of
each other.
Another simple observation leads to some natural restrictions on the choice of
probability p. Note that the expected number of edges of G(n, m, p) is,
 
n
(1 − (1 − p2 )m ) ≈ n2 mp2 ,
2
√
provided mp2 → 0 as n → ∞. Therefore, if we take p = o((n m)−1 ) then the
expected number of edges of G(n, m, p) tends to 0 as n → ∞ and therefore w.h.p.
G(n, m, p) is empty.
On the other hand the expected number of non-edges in G(n, m, p) is
 
n 2
(1 − p2 )m ≤ n2 e−mp .
2

Thus if we take p = (2 log n + ω(n))/m)1/2 , where ω(n) → ∞ as n → ∞, then

the random graph G(n, m, p) is complete w.h.p. One can also easily show that
when ω(n) → −∞ then G(n, m, p) is w.h.p. not complete. So, when studying
the evolution of G(n,
√ m, p) we may restrict ourselves to values of p in the range
between ω(n)/(n m) and ((2 log n − ω(n))/m)1/2 , where ω(n) → ∞.

Equivalence
One of the first interesting problems to be considered is the question as to when
the random graphs G(n, m, p) and Gn,p have asymptotically the same properties.
Intuitively, it should be the case when the edges of G(n, m, p) occur “almost inde-
pendently”, i.e., when there are no vertices of degree greater than two in M in the
generator Gn,m,p of G(n, m, p). Then each of its edges is induced by a vertex of
degree two in M, “almost” independently
  of other edges. One can show that this
1/3
happens w.h.p. when p = o 1/(nm ) , which in turn implies that both random
12.1. BINOMIAL RANDOM INTERSECTION GRAPHS 243

graphs are asymptotically equivalent for all graph properties P. Recall that a
graph property P is defined as a subset of the family of all labeled graphs on ver-
n
tex set [n], i.e., P ⊆ 2(2) . The following equivalence result is due to Rybarczyk
[692] and Fill, Scheinerman and Singer-Cohen [311].

 
Theorem 12.1. Let 0 ≤ a ≤ 1, P be any graph property, p = o 1/(nm1/3 ) and

p̂ = 1 − exp −mp2 (1 − p)n−2 .

(12.1)

Then
P(Gn, p̂ ∈ P) → a
if and only if
P(G(n, m, p) ∈ P) → a
as n → ∞.
Proof. Let X and Y be random variables taking values in a common finite (or
countable) set S. Consider the probability measures L (X) and L (Y ) on S whose
values at A ⊆ S are P(X ∈ A) and P(Y ∈ A). Define the total variation distance
between L (X) and L (Y ) as

dTV (L (X), L (Y )) = sup | P(X ∈ A) − P(Y ∈ A)|,

A⊆S

which is equivalent to
1
dTV (L (X), L (Y )) = ∑ | P(X = s) − P(Y = s)|.
2 s∈S

Notice (see Fact 4 of [311]) that if there exists a probability space on which ran-
dom variables X 0 and Y 0 are both defined, with L (X) = L (X 0 ) and L (Y ) =
L (Y 0 ), then
dTV (L (X), L (Y )) ≤ P(X 0 6= Y 0 ). (12.2)
Furthermore (see Fact 3 in [311]) if there exist random variables Z and Z 0 such
that L (X|Z = z) = L (Y |Z 0 = z), for all z, then

dTV (L (X), L (Y )) ≤ 2dTV (L (Z), L (Z 0 )). (12.3)

We will need one more observation. Suppose that a random variable X has distri-
bution the Bin(n, p), while a random variable Y has the Poisson distribution, and
E X = EY . Then
dTV (X,Y ) = O(p). (12.4)
244 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS

We leave the proofs of (12.2), (12.3) and (12.4) as exercises.

To prove Theorem 12.1 we also need some auxiliary results on a special coupon
collector scheme.
Let Z be a non-negative integer valued random variable, r a non-negative inte-
ger and γ a real, such that rγ ≤ 1. Assume we have r coupons Q1 , Q2 , . . . , Qr and
one blank coupon B. We make Z independent draws (with replacement), such that
in each draw,
P(Qi is chosen) = γ, for i = 1, 2, . . . , r,
and
P(B is chosen) = 1 − rγ.
Let Ni (Z), i = 1, 2, . . . , r be a random variable counting the number of times that
coupon Qi was chosen. Furthermore, let

1 if Ni (Z) ≥ 1,
Xi (Z) =
0 otherwise.
The number of different coupons selected is given by
r
X(Z) = ∑ Xi (Z). (12.5)
i=1

With the above definitions we observe that the following holds.

Lemma 12.2. If a random variable Z has the Poisson distribution with expec-
tation λ then Ni (Z), i = 1, 2, . . . , r, are independent and identically Poisson dis-
tributed random variables, with expectation λ γ. Moreover the random variable
X(Z) has the distribution Bin(r, 1 − e−λ γ ).

Let us consider
the following
special case of the scheme defined above, as-
suming that r = n2 and γ = 1/ n2 . Here each coupon represents a distinct edge
of Kn .
Lemma 12.3. Suppose p
= o(1/n) and let a random variable Z be the
n
2
Bin m, 2 p (1 − p)n−2 distributed,
 while a random variable Y be the
n
−mp 2 (1−p)n−2
Bin 2 , 1 − e distributed. Then

dTV (L (X(Z)), L (Y )) = o(1).

Proof. Let Z 0 be a Poisson random variable with the same expectation as Z, i.e.,
 
0 n 2
EZ = m p (1 − p)n−2 .
2
12.1. BINOMIAL RANDOM INTERSECTION GRAPHS 245

By Lemma 12.2, X(Z 0 ) has the binomial distribution

  
n −mp2 (1−p)n−2
Bin ,1−e ,
2

and so, by (12.3) and (12.4), we have

dTV (L (Y ), L (X(Z)))
= dTV (L (X(Z 0 )), L (X(Z))) ≤ 2dTV (L (Z 0 ), L (Z))
  
n 2 n−2
= O n2 p2 = o(1).


≤O p (1 − p)
2

Now define a random intersection graph G2 (n, m, p) as follows. Its vertex set
is V = {1, 2, . . . , n}, while e = {i, j} is an edge in G2 (n, m, p) iff in a (generator)
bipartite random graph Gn,m,p , there is a vertex w ∈ M of degree two such that
both i and j are connected by an edge with w.
To complete the proof of our theorem, notice that,

dTV (L (G(n, m, p)), L (Gn, p̂ )) ≤

dTV (L (G(n, m, p)), L (G2 (n, m, p))) + dTV (L (G2 (n, m, p)), L (Gn, p̂ ))

where p̂ is defined in (12.1). Now, by (12.2)

dTV (L (G(n, m, p)), L (G2 (n, m, p)))

≤ P(L (G(n, m, p)) 6= L (G2 (n, m, p)))
 
n 3
≤ P(∃w ∈ M of Gn,m,p s.t. deg(w) > 2) ≤ m p = o(1),
3

for p = o(1/(nm1/3 ).
Hence it remains to show that

dTV (L (G2 (n, m, p)), L (Gn, p̂ )) = o(1). (12.6)

Let Z be distributed as Bin m, n2 p2 (1 − p)n−2 , X(Z)

2 n−2
 is defined as in (12.5) and
n

let Y be distributed as Bin 2 , 1 − e−mp (1−p) . Then the number of edges
|E(G2 (n, m, p))| = X(Z) and |E(Gn, p̂ ))| = Y . Moreover for any two graphs G and
G0 with the same number of edges

P(G2 (n, m, p) = G) = P(G2 (n, m, p) = G0 )

246 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS

and
P(Gn, p̂ = G) = P(Gn, p̂ = G0 ).
Equation (12.6) now follows from Lemma 12.3. The theorem follows immedi-
ately.
For monotone properties (see Chapter 1) the relationship between the classical
binomial random graph and the respective intersection graph is more precise and
was established by Rybarczyk [692].

Theorem 12.4. Let 0 ≤ a ≤ 1, m = nα , α ≥ 3, Let P be any monotone graph

property. For α > 3, assume
p
Ω(1/(nm1/3 )) = p = O( log n/m)
 
while for α = 3 assume 1/(nm1/3 ) = o(p). Let

p̂ = 1 − exp −mp2 (1 − p)n−2 .

If for all ε = ε(n) → 0

P(Gn,(1+ε) p̂ ∈ P) → a,
then
P(G(n, m, p) ∈ P) → a
as n → ∞.

Small subgraphs
Let H be any fixed graph. A clique cover C is a collection of subsets of vertex
set V (H) such that, each induces a complete subgraph (clique) of H, and for every
edge {u, v} ∈ E(H), there exists C ∈ C , such that u, v ∈ C. Hence, the cliques
induced by sets from C exactly cover the edges of H. A clique cover is allowed
to have more than one copy of a given set. We say that C is reducible if for
some C ∈ C , the edges of H induced by C are contained in the union of the
edges induced by C \C, otherwise C is irreducible. Note that if C ∈ C and C is
irreducible, then |C| ≥ 2.
In this section, |C | stands for the number of cliques in C , while ∑ C denotes
the sum of clique sizes in C , and we put ∑ C = 0 if C = 0. /
Let C = {C1 ,C2 , . . . ,Ck } be a clique cover of H. For S ⊆ V (H) define the
following two restricted clique covers

Ct [S] := {Ci ∩ S : |Ci ∩ S| ≥ t, i = 1, 2, . . . , k},

12.1. BINOMIAL RANDOM INTERSECTION GRAPHS 247

where t = 1, 2. For a given S and t = 1, 2, let

 −1
τt = τt (H, C , S) = n|S|/ ∑ Ct [S] m|Ct [S]|/ ∑ Ct [S] .

Finally, let
τ(H) = min max {τ1 , τ2 },
C S⊆V (H)

where the minimum is taken over all clique covers C of H. We can in this calcu-
lation restrict our attention to irreducible covers.
Karoński, Scheinerman and Singer-Cohen [490] proved the following theorem.

Theorem 12.5. Let H be a fixed graph and mp2 → 0. Then

(
0 if p/τ(H) → 0
lim P(H ⊆ G(n, m, p)) =
n→∞ 1 if p/τ(H) → ∞.

As an illustration, we will use this theorem to show the threshold for complete
graphs in G(n, m, p), when m = nα , for different ranges of α > 0.

Corollary 12.6. For a complete graph Kh with h ≥ 3 vertices and m = nα , we

have (
n−1 m−1/h for α ≤ 2h/(h − 1)
τ(Kh ) = −1/(h−1) −1/2
n m for α ≥ 2h/(h − 1).

Proof. There are many possibilities for clique covers to generate a copy of a com-
plete graph Kh in G(n, m, p). However in the case of Kh only two play a dominat-
ing role. Indeed, we will show that for α ≤ α0 , α0 = 2h/(h − 1) the clique cover
C = {V (Kh )} composed of one set containing all h vertices
of Kh only matters,
while for α ≥ α0 the clique cover C = 2 , consisting of h2 pairs of endpoints
Kh

of the edges of Kh , takes the leading role.

Let V = V (Kh ) and denote those two clique covers by {V } and {E}, respec-
tively. Observe that for the cover {V } the following equality holds.

max{τ1 (Kh , {V }, S), τ2 (Kh , {V }, S)} = τ1 (Kh , {V },V ). (12.7)

S⊆V

To see this, check first that for |S| = h,

τ1 (Kh , {V },V ) = τ2 (Kh , {V },V ) = n−1 m−1/h .

248 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS

For S of size |S| = s, 2 ≤ s ≤ h − 1 restricting the clique cover {V } to S, gives a

single s-clique, so for t = 1, 2

τt (Kh , {V }, S) = n−1 m−1/s < n−1 m−1/h .

Finally, when |S| = 1, then τ1 = (nm)−1 , while τ2 = 0, both smaller than n−1 m−1/h ,
and so equation (12.7) follows.
For the edge-clique cover {E} we have a similar expression, viz.

max{τ1 (Kh , {E}, S), τ2 (Kh , {E}, S)} = τ1 (Kh , {E},V ). (12.8)
S⊆V

To see this, check first that for |S| = h,

τ1 (Kh , {E},V ) = n−1/(h−1) m−1/2 .

Let S ⊂ V , with s = |S| ≤ h − 1, and consider restricted clique covers with cliques
of size at most two, and exactly two.
For τ1 , the clique cover restricted to S is the edge-clique cover of Ks , plus a
1-clique for each of the h − s external edges for each vertex of Ks , so

τ1 (Kh , {E}, S)
 −1
= ns/[s(s−1)+s(h−s)] m[s(s−1)/2+s(h−s)]/[s(s−1)+s(h−s)]
 −1
= n1/(h−1) m[h−(s+1)/2]/(h−1)
 −1
≤ n1/(h−1) mh/(2(h−1))
 −1
< n1/(h−1) m1/2 ,

while for τ2 we have

 −1  −1
τ2 (Kh , {E}, S) = n1/(s−1) m1/2 < n1/(h−1) m1/2 ,

thus verifying equation (12.8).

Let C be any irreducible clique cover of Kh (hence each clique has size at least
two). We will show that for any fixed α
(
τ1 (Kh , {V },V ) for α ≤ 2h/(h − 1)
τ1 (Kh , C ,V ) ≥
τ1 (Kh , {E},V ) for α ≥ 2h/(h − 1).

Thus,
τ1 (Kh , C ,V ) ≥ min {τ1 (Kh , {V },V ), τ1 (Kh , {E},V )} . (12.9)
12.1. BINOMIAL RANDOM INTERSECTION GRAPHS 249

Because m = nα we see that

τ1 (Kh , C ,V ) = n−xC (α) ,
where
h |C | α 1 α
xC (α) = + α, x{V } (α) = 1 + , x{E} (α) = + .
∑C ∑C h h−1 2
(To simplify notation, below we have replaced x{V } , x{E} by xV , xE , respectively).
Notice, that for α0 = 2h/(h − 1) exponents
2
xV (α0 ) = xE (α0 ) = 1 + .
h−1
Moreover, for all values of α < α0 the function xV (α) > xE (α), while for α > α0
the function xV (α) < xE (α).
Now, observe that xC (0) = ∑hC ≤ 1 since each vertex is in at least one clique of
C . Hence xC (0) ≤ xV (0) = 1. We will show also that xC (α) ≤ xV (α) for α > 0.
To see this we need to bound |C |/ ∑ C .
Suppose that u ∈ V (Kh ) appears in the fewest number of cliques of C , and let
r be the number of cliques Ci ∈ C to which u belongs. Then

∑C = ∑ |Ci | + ∑ |Ci | ≥ ((h − 1) + r) + 2(|C | − r),

i:Ci 3u i:Ci 63u

where h − 1 counts all other vertices aside from u since they must appear in some
clique with u.
For any v ∈ V (Kh ) we have

∑ C + |{i : Ci 3 v}| − (h − 1) ≥ ∑ C + r − (h − 1)
≥ (h − 1) + r + 2(|C | − r) + r − (h − 1)
= 2|C |.
Summing the above inequality over all v ∈ V (Kh ),
h ∑ C + ∑ C − h(h − 1) ≥ 2h|C |,
and dividing both sides by 2h ∑ C , we finally get
|C | h+1 h−1
≤ − .
∑C 2h 2∑C
Now, using the above bound,
 
h |C | 2h
xC (α0 ) = +
∑C ∑C h−1
250 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS
  
h h+1 h−1 2h
≤ + −
∑C 2h 2∑C h−1
2
= 1+
h−1
= xV (α0 ).
Now, since xC (α) ≤ xV (α) at both α = 0 and α = α0 , and both functions are
linear, xC (α) ≤ xV (α) throughout the interval (0, α0 ).
Since xE (α0 ) = xV (α0 ) we also have xC (α0 ) ≤ xE (α0 ). The slope of xC (α)
|C |
is ∑ C , and by the assumption that C consists of cliques of size at least 2, this is
at most 1/2. But the slope of xE (α) is exactly 1/2. Thus for all α ≥ α0 , xC (α) ≤
xE (α). Hence the bounds given by formula (12.9) hold.
One can show (see [690]) that for any irreducible clique-cover C that is not
{V } nor {E},
max{τ1 (Kh , C , S), τ2 (Kh , C , S)} ≥ τ1 (Kh , C ,V ).
S

Hence, by (12.9),
max{τ1 (Kh , C , S), τ2 (Kh , C , S)} ≥ min{τ1 (Kh , {V },V ), τ1 (Kh , {E},V )}.
S

This implies that

(
n−1 m−1/h for α ≤ α0
τ(Kh ) =
n−1/(h−1) m−1/2 for α ≥ α0 ,
which completes the proof of Corollary 12.6.
To add to the picture of asymptotic behavior of small cliques in
G(n, m, p) we will quote the result of Rybarczyk and Stark [690], who with use
of Stein’s method (see Chapter 21.3) obtained an upper bound on the total varia-
tion distance between the distribution of the number of h-cliques and a respective
Poisson distribution for any fixed h.

Theorem 12.7. Let G(n, m, p) be a random intersection graph, where m = nα .

Let c > 0 be a constant and h ≥ 3 a fixed integer, and Xn be the random variable
counting the number of copies of a complete graph Kh in G(n, m, p).
2h −1 −1/h
(i) If α < h−1 , p ≈ cn m then

λn = EXn ≈ ch /h!
and  
dTV (L (Xn ), Po(λn )) = O n−α/h ;
12.2. RANDOM GEOMETRIC GRAPHS 251

2h −(h+1)/(h−1)
(ii) If α = h−1 , p ≈ cn then
 
h h(h−1)
λn = EXn ≈ c + c /h!

and  
dTV (L (Xn ), Po(λn )) = O n−2/(h−1) ;

2h −1/(h−1) m−1/2
(iii) If α > h−1 , p ≈ cn then

λn = EXn ≈ ch(h−1) /h!

and   α(h−1)  
2
h− 2 − h−1 −1
dTV (L (Xn ), Po(λn )) = O n +n .

12.2 Random Geometric Graphs

The graphs we consider in this section are the intersection graphs that we obtain
from the intersections of balls in the d-dimensional unit cube, D = [0, 1]d where
d ≥ 2. For simplicity we will only consider d = 2 in the text.
We let X = {X1 , X2 , . . . , Xn } be independently and uniformly chosen from
D = [0, 1]2 . For r = r(n) let GX ,r be the graph with vertex set X . We join Xi , X j
by an edge iff X j lies in the disk

B(Xi , r) = X ∈ [0, 1]2 : |X − Xi | ≤ r .



Here | | denotes Euclidean distance.

For a given set X we see that increasing r can only add edges and so thresh-
olds are usually expressed in terms of upper/lower bounds on the size of r.
The book by Penrose [646] gives a detailed exposition of this model. Our aim
here is to prove some simple results that are not intended to be best possible.

Connectivity
The threshold (in terms of r) for connectivity was shown to be identical with that
for minimum degree one, by Gupta and Kumar [403]. This was extended to k-
connectivity by Penrose [645]. We do not aim for tremendous accuracy. The
simple proof of connectivity was provided to us by Tobias Müller [617].
252 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS
q
log n
Theorem 12.8. Let ε > 0 be arbitrarily small and let r0 = r0 (n) = πn . Then
w.h.p.

GX ,r contains isolated vertices if r ≤ (1 − ε)r0 (12.10)

GX ,r is connected if r ≥ (1 + ε)r0 (12.11)

Proof. First consider (12.10) and the degree of X1 . Then

P(X1 is isolated) ≥ (1 − πr2 )n−1 .

The factor (1 − πr2 )n−1 bounds the probability that none of X2 , X3 , . . . , Xn lie in
B(X1 , r), given that B(X1 , r) ⊆ D. It is exact for points far enough from the bound-
ary of D.
Now
(1 − ε) log n n
 
2 n−1
(1 − πr ) ≥ 1− = nε−1+o(1) .
n
So if I is the set of isolated vertices then E(|I|) ≥ nε−1+o(1) → ∞. Now
n−2
πr2

P(X1 ∈ I | X2 ∈ I) ≤ 1 − ≤ (1 + o(1)) P(X1 ∈ I).
1 − πr2
 
πr2
The expression 1 − 1−πr2 is the probability that a random point does not lie in
B(X1 , r), given that it does not lie in B(X2 , r), and that |X2 − X1 | ≥ 2r. Equation
(12.10) now follows from the Chebyshev inequality (21.3).
Now consider (12.11). Let η  ε be a sufficiently small constant and divide
D into `20 sub-squares of side length ηr, where `0 = 1/ηr. We refer to these sub-
squares as cells. We can assume that η is chosen so that `0 is an integer. We
say that a cell is good if contains at least i0 = η 3 log n members of X and bad
otherwise. We next let K = 100/η 2 and consider the number of bad cells in a
K × K square block of cells.

Lemma 12.9. Let B be a K × K square block of cells. The following hold w.h.p.:

(a) If B is further than 100r from the closest boundary edge of D then B contains
at most k0 = (1 − ε/10)π/η 2 bad cells.

(b) If B is within distance 100r of exactly one boundary edge of D then B contains
at most k0 /2 bad cells.
12.2. RANDOM GEOMETRIC GRAPHS 253

(c) If B is within distance 100r of two boundary edges of D then B contains no

bad cells.

Proof. (a) There are less than `20 < n such blocks. Furthermore, the probability
that a fixed block contains k0 or more bad cells is at most
!k0
 2 i0  
K n
k0 ∑ i (η 2r2)i(1 − η 2r2)n−i
i=0
 2 k0  i0 !k0
K e ne 2 2
≤ 2 (η 2 r2 )i0 e−η r (n−i0 ) . (12.12)
k0 i0

Here we have used Corollary 22.4 to obtain the LHS of (12.12).

Now
 i0
ne 2 r2 (n−i )
(η 2 r2 )i0 e−η 0
i0
3 log(1/η)−η 2 (1+ε−o(1))/π 2 (1+ε/2)/π
≤ nO(η ≤ n−η , (12.13)

for η sufficiently small. So we can bound the RHS of (12.12) by

2
!(1−ε/10)π/η 2
2K 2 en−η (1+ε/2)/π
≤ n−1−ε/3 . (12.14)
(1 − ε/10)π/η 2

Part (a) follows after inflating the RHS of (12.14) by n to account for the number
of choices of block.
(b) Replacing k0 by k0 /2 replaces the LHS of (12.14) by

2
!(1−ε/10)π/2η 2
4K 2 en−η (1+ε/2)/π
≤ n−1/2−ε/6 . (12.15)
(1 − ε/10)π/2η 2

Observe now that the number of choices of block is O(`0 ) = o(n1/2 ) and then Part
(b) follows after inflating the RHS of (12.15) by o(n1/2 ) to account for the number
of choices of block.
(c) Equation (12.13) bounds the probability that a single cell is bad. The number
of cells in question in this case is O(1) and (c) follows.
We now do a simple geometric computation in order to place a lower bound on
the number of cells within a ball B(X, r).
254 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS
√
Lemma 12.10. A half-disk of radius r1 = r(1 − η 2) with diameter part of the
grid of cells contains at least (1 − 2η 1/2 )π/2η 2 cells.

Proof. We place the half-disk in a 2r1 × r1 rectangle. Then we partition the rect-
angle into ζ1 = r1 /rη rows of 2ζ1 cells. The circumference of the circle will cut
the ith row at a point which is r1 (1j− i2 η 2 )1/2 from thek centre of the row. Thus
the ith row will contain at least 2 r1 (1 − i2 η 2 )1/2 /rη complete cells. So the
half-disk contains at least

2r1 1/η
Z 1/η−1
2r1
∑ ((1 − i2 η 2 )1/2 − η) ≥ ((1 − x2 η 2 )1/2 − η)dx
rη i=1 rη x=1
Z arcsin(1−η)
2r1
= 2 (cos2 (θ ) − η cos(θ ))dθ
rη θ =arcsin(η)
 arcsin(1−η)
2r1 θ sin(2θ )
≥ 2 − −η .
rη 2 4 θ =arcsin(η)

Now
π
arcsin(1 − η) ≥ − 2η 1/2 and arcsin(η) ≤ 2η.
2
So the number of cells is at least
2r1  π 1/2

− η − η .
rη 2 4

This completes the proof of Lemma 12.10.

We deduce from Lemmas 12.9 and 12.10 that

X ∈ X implies that B(X, r1 ) ∩ D contains at least one good cell. (12.16)

Now let Γ be the graph whose vertex set consists of the good cells and where cells
c1 , c2 are adjacent iff their centres are within distance r1 . Note that if c1 , c2 are
adjacent in Γ then any point in X ∩ c1 is adjacent in GX ,r to any point in X ∩ c2 .
It follows from (12.16) that all we need to do now is show that Γ is connected.
It follows from Lemma 12.9 that at most π/η 2 rows of a K ×K block contain a bad
cell. Thus more than 95% of the rows and of the columns of such a block are free
of bad cells. Call such a row or column good. The cells in a good row or column
of some K × K block form part of the same component of Γ. Two neighboring
blocks must have two touching good rows or columns so the cells in a good row or
column of some block form part of a single component of Γ. Any other component
C must be in a block bounded by good rows and columns. But the existence of
such a component means that it is surrounded by bad cells and then by Lemma
12.2. RANDOM GEOMETRIC GRAPHS 255

12.10 that there is a block B with at least (1 − 3η 1/2 )π/η 2 bad cells if it is far
from the boundary and at least half of this if it is close to the boundary. But this
contradicts Lemma 12.9. To see this, consider a cell in C whose center c has the
largest second component i.e. is highest in C. Now consider the half disk H of
radius r1 that is centered at c. We can assume
√ (i) H is contained entirely in B and
(ii) at least (1 − 2η 1/2 )π/2η 2 − (1 − η 2)/η ≥ (1 − 3η 1/2 )π/2η 2 cells in H are
bad. Property (i) arises because cells above c whose centers are at distance at most
r1 are all bad and for (ii) we have discounted any bad cells on the diameter through
c that might be in C. This provides half the claimed bad cells. We obtain the rest
by considering a lowest cell of C. Near the boundary, we only need to consider
one half disk with diameter parallel to the closest boundary. Finally observe that
there are no bad cells close to a corner.

Hamiltonicity
The first inroads on the Hamilton cycle problem were made by Diaz, Mitsche and
Pérez-Giménez [252]. Best possible results were later given by Balogh, Bollobás,
Krivelevich, Müller and Walters [51] and by Müller, Pérez-Giménez and
Wormald [618]. As one might expect Hamiltonicity has a threshold at r close to
r0 . We now have enough to prove the result from [252].
We start with a simple lemma, taken from [51].

Lemma 12.11. The subgraph Γ contains a spanning tree of maximum degree at

most six.

Proof. Consider a spanning tree T of γ that minimises the sum of the lengths of
the edges joining the centres of the cells. Then T does not have any vertex of
degree greater than 6. This is because, if centre v were to have degree at least
7, then there are two neighboring centres u, w of v such that the angle between
the line segments [v, u] and [v, w] is strictly less than 60 degrees. We can assume
without loss of generality that [v, u] is shorter than [v, w]. Note that if we remove
the edge {v, w} and add the edge {u, w} then we obtain another spanning tree but
with strictly smaller total edge-length, a contradiction. Hence T has maximum
degree at most 6.

Theorem 12.12. Suppose that r ≥ (1 + ε)r0 . Then w.h.p. GX ,r is Hamiltonian.

Proof. We begin with the tree T promised by Lemma 12.11. Let c be a good cell.
We partition the points of X ∩ c into 2d roughly equal size sets P1 , P2 , . . . , P2d
256 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS

where d ≤ 6 is the degree of c in T . Since, the points of X ∩ c form a clique in

G = GX ,r we can form 2d paths in G from this partition.
We next do a walk W through T e.g. by Breadth First Search that goes through
each edge of T twice and passes through each node of Γ a number of times equal
to twice its degree in Γ. Each time we pass through a node we traverse the vertices
of a new path described in the previous paragraph. In this way we create a cycle
H that goes through all the points in X that lie in good cells.
Now consider the points P in a bad cell c with centre x. We create a path in G
through P with endpoints x, y, say. Now choose a good cell c0 contained in the ball
B(x, r1 ) and then choose an edge {u, v} of H in the cell c0 . We merge the points in
P into H by deleting {u, v} and adding {x, u} , {y, v}. To make this work, we must
be careful to ensure that we only use an edge of H at most once. But there are
Ω(log n) edges of H in each good cell and there are O(1) bad cells within distance
2r say of any good cell and so this is easily done.

Chromatic number
We look at the chromatic number of GX ,r in a limited range. Suppose that nπr2 =
log n
ωr where ωr → ∞, ωr = O(log n). We are below the threshold for connectivity
here. We will show that w.h.p.

χ(GX ,r ) ≈ ∆(GX ,r ) ≈ cl(GX ,r )

where will use cl to denote the size of the largest clique. This is a special case of
a result of McDiarmid [585].
We first bound the maximum degree.

Lemma 12.13.
log n
∆(GX ,r ) ≈ w.h.p.
log ωr
Proof. Let Zk denote the number of vertices of degree k and let Z≥k denote the
number of vertices of degree at least k. Let k0 = log n
ωd where ωd → ∞ and ωd =
o(ωr ). Then
    log n   log n
n 2 k0 neωd log n ωd eωd ωd
E(Z≥k0 ) ≤ n (πr ) ≤ n =n .
k0 nωr log n ωr

So,
log n
log(E(Z≥k0 )) ≤ (ωd + 1 + log ωd − log ωr ) . (12.17)
ωd
12.2. RANDOM GEOMETRIC GRAPHS 257

−1/2
Now let ε0 = ωr . Then if

ωd + log ωd + 1 ≤ (1 − ε0 ) log ωr

then (12.17) implies that E(Zk ) → 0. This verifies the upper bound on ∆ claimed
in the lemma.
Now let k1 = log n
b where ωd is the solution to
ω
b
d

bd + log ω
ω bd + 1 = (1 + ε0 ) log ωr .

Next let M denote the set of vertices that are at distance greater than r from any
edge of D. Let Mk be the set of vertices of degree k in M. If Zbk = |Mk | then
 
n − 1
E(Zbk1 ) ≥ n P(X1 ∈ M) × (πr2 )k1 (1 − πr2 )n−1−k1 .
k1

P(X1 ∈ M) ≥ 1 − 4r. Using Lemma 22.1 we get

E(Zbk1 ) ≥
 k1
n (n − 1)e 2 /(1−πr2 )
(1 − 4r) 1/2
(πr2 )k1 e−nπr
3k1 k1
 log n
n1−1/ωr

eω
bd ω
bd
≥ (1 − o(1)) 1/2
.
3k1 ωr

So,

log(E(Zbk1 )) ≥
 
log n ω
bd
− o(1) − O(log log n) + ωbd + 1 + log ωbd − log ωr −
ωbd ωr
  !
ε0 log n log ωr log n
=Ω =Ω 1/2
→ ∞.
ωd
b ωr
An application of the Chebyshev inequality finishes the proof of the lemma. In-
deed,

P(X1 , X2 ∈ Mk ) ≤ P(X1 ∈ M) P(X2 ∈ M)×

  2 !
n−1
P(X2 ∈ B(X1 , r)) + (πr2 )k1 (1 − πr2 )n−2k1 −2
k1
≤ (1 + o(1)) P(X1 ∈ Mk ) P(X2 ∈ Mk ).
258 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS

Now cl(GX ,r ) ≤ ∆(GX ,r ) + 1 and so we now lower bound cl(GX ,r ) w.h.p. But
this is easy. It follows from Lemma 12.13 that w.h.p. there is a vertex X j with at
log n
least (1 − o(1)) log(4ω r)
vertices in its r/2 ball B(X j , r/2). But such a ball provides
log n
a clique of size (1 − o(1)) log(4ω r)
. We have therefore proved

log n
Theorem 12.14. Suppose that nπr2 = ωr where ωr → ∞, ωr = O(log n). Then
w.h.p.
log n
χ(GX ,r ) ≈ ∆(GX ,r ) ≈ cl(GX ,r ) ≈ .
log ωr
We now consider larger r.

Theorem 12.15. Suppose that nπr2 = ωr log n where ωr → ∞, ωr = o(n/ log n).
Then w.h.p. √
ωr 3 log n
χ(GX ,r ) ≈ .
2π
Proof. First consider the triangular lattice in the plane. This
√ is the set of points
T = {m1 a + m2 b : m1 , m2 ∈ Z} where a = (0, 1), b = (1/2, 3/2), see Figure 12.1.

Figure 12.1: The small hexagon is an example of a Cv .

As in the diagram, each v ∈ T can be placed at the centre √

of a hexagon Cv . The Cv ’s
intersect
√ on a set of measure zero and each Cv has area 3/2 and is contained in
B(v, 1/ 3). Let Γ(T, d) be the graph with vertex set T where two vertices x, y ∈ T
are joined by an edge if their Euclidean distance |x − y| < d.
12.2. RANDOM GEOMETRIC GRAPHS 259

Lemma 12.16. [McDiarmid and Reed [587]]

χ(Γ(T, d)) ≤ (d + 1)2 .

Proof. Let δ = dde. Let R denote a δ × δ rhombus made up of triangles of T with

one vertex at the origin. This rhombus has δ 2 vertices, if we exclude those at the
top and right hand end. We give each of these vertices a distinct color and then
tile the plane with copies of R. This is a proper coloring, by construction.
Armed with this lemma we can easily get an upper bound on χ(GX ,r ). Let δ =
1/3
1/ωr and let s = δ r. Let sT be the contraction of the lattice T by a factor s
i.e. sT = {sx : x ∈ T }. Then if v ∈ sT let sCv be the hexagon with centre v, sides
parallel to
2
√ the sides of Cv but reduced by a factor s. |X ∩ sCv | is distributed
−1
as
Bin(n, s 3/2). So the Chernoff bounds imply that with probability 1 − o(n ),
l
−1/8 √ m
sCv contains ≤ θ = (1 + ωr )ns2 3/2 members of X . (12.18)
√
Let ρ = r + 2s/ 3. We note that if x ∈ Cv and y ∈ Cw and |x − y| ≤ r then |v − w| ≤
ρ. Thus, given a proper coloring ϕ of Γ(sT, ρ) with colors [q] we can w.h.p.
extend it to a coloring ψ of GX ,r with color’s [q] × [θ ]. If x ∈ sCv and ϕ(x) = a
then we let ψ(x) = (a, b) where b ranges over [θ ] as x ranges over sCv ∩ X . So,
w.h.p.
ρ 2
χ(GX ,r ) ≤ θ χ(Γ(sT, ρ)) = θ χ(Γ(T, ρ/s)) ≤ θ +1 ≈
2
√ s 2 √
ns 3 r ωr 3 log n
× 2= . (12.19)
2 s 2π

For the lower bound we use a classic result on packing disks in the plane.

Lemma 12.17. Let An = [0, n]2 and C be a√collection of disjoint disks of unit area
that touch An . Then |C | ≤ (1 + o(1))πn2 / 12.
Proof. Thue’s theorem states that the densest packing of disjoint same
√ size disks0
in the plane is the hexagonal packing which has density λ = π/ 12. Let C
denote the disks that are contained entirely in An . Then we have

πn2
|C 0 | ≥ |C | − O(n) and |C 0 | ≤ √ .
12
The first inequality comes from the fact that if C ∈ C \ C 0 then it is contained in a
perimeter of width O(1) surrounding An .
260 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS

Now consider the subgraph H of GX ,r induced by the points of X that belong

to the square with centre (1/2, 1/2) and side 1 − 2r. It follows from Lemma
√ is the size of the largest independent set in H then α(H) ≤
12.17 that if α(H)
2
(1 + o(1))2/r 3. This is because if S is an independent set of H then the disks
B(x, r/2) for x ∈ S are necessarily disjoint. Now using the Chernoff bounds, we
see that w.h.p. H contains at least (1 − o(1))n vertices. Thus
√ √
|V (H)| r2 3n ωr 3 log n
χ(GX ,r ) ≥ χ(H) ≥ ≥ (1 − o(1)) = (1 − o(1)) .
α(H) 2 2π

This completes the proof of Theorem 12.15.

12.3 Exercises
√
12.3.1 Show that if p = ω(n)/ (n m), and ω(n) → ∞, then G(n, m, p) has w.h.p.
at least one edge.

12.3.2 Show that if p = (2 log n + ω(n))/m)1/2 and ω(n) → −∞ then w.h.p.

G(n, m, p) is not complete.

12.3.3 Prove that the bound (12.2) holds.

12.3.4 Prove that the bound (12.3) holds.

12.3.5 Prove that the bound (12.4) holds.

12.3.6 Prove the claims in Lemma 12.2.

12.3.7 Let X denotes the number of isolated vertices in the binomial random in-
tersection graph G(n, m, p), where m = nα , α > 0. Show that if
(
(log n + ϕ(n))/m when α ≤ 1
p= p
(log n + ϕ(n))/(nm) when α > 1,

then E X → e−c if limn→∞ ϕ(n) → c, for any real c.

12.3.8 Find the variance of the random variable X counting isolated vertices in
G(n, m, p).

12.3.9 Let Y be a random variable which counts vertices of degree greater than
one in G(n, m, p), with m = nα and α > 1. Show that for p2 m2 n  log n

lim P Y > 2p2 m2 n = 0.

n→∞
 12.4. NOTES 261

12.3.10 Suppose that r ≥ (1 + ε)r0 , as in Theorem 12.8. Show that if 1 ≤ k = O(1)

then GX ,r is k-connected w.h.p.
k
− 2(k−1)
12.3.11 Show that if 2 ≤ k = O(1) and r  n then w.h.p. GX ,r contains a k-
k
−
clique. On the other hand, show that if r = o(n 2(k−1) ) then GX ,r contains
no k-clique.
q
12.3.12 Suppose that r  logn n . Show that w.h.p. the diameter of GX ,r = Θ 1r .

12.3.13 Suppose that r ≥ (1 + ε)r0 , as in Theorem 12.8. Show that if 2 ≤ k = O(1)

then GX ,r has k edge disjoint Hamilton cycles w.h.p.

12.3.14 Given X and an integer k we define the k-nearest neighbor graph Gk−NN,X
as follows: We add an edge between x and y of X iff y is one of x’s k near-
est neighbors, in Euclidean distance or vice-versa. Show that if k ≥ C log n
for a sufficiently large C then Gk−NN,X is connected w.h.p.

12.3.15 Suppose that we independently deposit n random black points Xb and n

random white points Xw into D. Let BXb ,Xw ,r be the bipartite graph
q where
log n
we connect x ∈ Xb with Xw iff |x − y| ≤ r. Show that if r  n then
w.h.p. BXb ,Xw ,r contains a perfect matching.

12.4 Notes
Binomial Random Intersection Graphs
For G(n, m, p) with m = nα , α constant, Rybarczyk and Stark [691] provided a
condition, called strictly α-balanced for the Poisson convergence for the number
of induced copies of a fixed subgraph, thus complementing the results of Theorem
12.5 and generalising Theorem 12.7. (Thresholds for small subgraphs in a related
model of random intersection digraph are studied by Kurauskas [538]).
Rybarczyk [693] introduced a coupling method to find thresholds for many prop-
erties of the binomial random intersection graph. The method is used to establish
sharp threshold functions for k-connectivity, the existence of a perfect matching
and the existence of a Hamilton cycle.
Stark [722] determined the distribution of the degree of a typical vertex of G(n, m, p),
m = nα and showed that it changes sharply between α < 1, α = 1 and α > 1.
Behrisch [70] studied the evolution of the order of the largest component in G(n, m, p),
m = nα when α 6= 1. He showed that when α > 1 the random graph G(n, m, p)
behaves like Gn,p in that a giant component of size order n appears w.h.p. when
262 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS

the expected vertex degree exceeds one. This is not the case when α < 1. There is
a jump in the order of size of the largest component, but not to one of linear size.
Further study of the component structure of G(n, m, p) for α = 1 is due to Lageras
and Lindholm in [540].
Behrisch, Taraz and Ueckerdt [71] study the evolution of the chromatic number
of a random intersection graph and showed that, in a certain range of parameters,
these random graphs can be colored optimally with high probability using various
greedy algorithms.

Uniform Random Intersection Graphs

Uniform random intersection graphs differ from the binomial random intersection
graph in the way a subset of the set M is defined for each vertex of V . Now for
every k = 1, 2, . . . , n, each Sk has fixed size r and is randomly chosen from the set
M. We use the notation G(n, m, r) for an r-uniform random intersection graph.
This version of a random intersection graph was introduced by Eschenauer and
Gligor [295] and, independently, by Godehardt and Jaworski [388].
Bloznelis, Jaworski and Rybarczyk [105] determined the emergence of the giant
component in G(n, m, r) when n(log n)2 = o(m). A precise study of the phase
transition of G(n, m, r) is due to Rybarczyk [694]. She proved that if c > 0 is a
constant, r = r(n) ≥ 2 and r(r − 1)n/m ≈ c, then if c < 1 then w.h.p. the largest
component of G(n, m, r) is of size O(log n), while if c > 1 w.h.p. there is a single
giant component containing a constant fraction of all vertices, while the second
largest component is of size O(log n).
The connectivity of G(n, m, r) was studied by various authors, among them by
Eschenauer and Gligor [295] followed by DiPietro, Mancini, Mei, Panconesi and
Radhakrishnan [258],
Blackbourn and Gerke [94] and Yagan and Makowski [763]. Finally, Rybarczyk
[694] determined the sharp threshold for this property. She proved that if c > 0
is a constant, ω(n) → ∞ as n → ∞ and r2 n/m = log n + ω(n), then similarly as in
Gn,p , the uniform random intersection graph G(n, m, r) is disconnected w.h.p. if
ω(n) → ∞, is connected w.h.p. if ω(n) → ∞, while the probability that G(n, m, r)
−c
is connected tends to e−e if ω(n) → c. The Hamiltonicity of G(n, m, r) was
studied in [108] and by Nicoletseas, Raptopoulos and Spirakis [634].
If in the uniform model we require |Si ∩ S j | ≥ s to connect vertices i and j by an
edge, then we denote this random intersection graph by Gs (n, m, r). Bloznelis,
Jaworski and Rybarczyk [105] studied phase transition in Gs (n, m, r). Bloznelis
and Łuczak [107] proved that w.h.p. for even n the threshold for the property that
Gs (n, m, r) contains a perfect matching is the same as that for Gs (n, m, r) being
connected. Bloznelis and Rybarczyk [109] show that w.h.p. the edge density
12.4. NOTES 263

threshold for the property that each vertex of Gs (n, m, r) has degree at least k is
the same as that for Gs (n, m, r) being k-connected (for related results see [768]).

Generalized Random Intersection Graphs

Godehardt and Jaworski [388] introduced a model which generalizes both the bi-
nomial and uniform models of random intersection graphs. Let P be a probability
measure on the set {0, 1, 2, . . . , m}. Let V = {1, 2, . . . , n} be the vertex set. Let M =
{1, 2, . . . , m} be the set of attributes. Let S1 , S2 , . . . , Sn be independent random sub-
m

sets of M such that for any v ∈ V and S ⊆ M we have P(Sv = S) = P(|S|)/ |S| . If
we put an edge between any pair of vertices i and j when Si ∩ S j 6= 0, / then we de-
note such a random intersection graph as G(n, m, P), while if the edge is inserted
if |Si ∩ Si | ≥ s, s ≥ 1, the respective graph is denoted as Gs (n, m, P). Bloznelis
[98] extends these definitions to random intersection digraphs.
The study of the degree distribution of a typical vertex of G(n, m, P) is given in
[463], [241] and [96], see also [464]. Bloznelis ( see [97] and [99]) shows that
the order of the largest component L1 of G(n, m, P) is asymptotically equal to nρ,
where ρ denotes the non-extinction probability of a related multi-type Poisson
branching process. Kurauskas and Bloznelis [539] study the asymptotic order of
the clique number of the sparse random intersection graph
Gs (n, m, P).
Finally, a dynamic approach to random intersection graphs is studied by Barbour
and Reinert [63], Bloznelis and Karoński [106], Bloznelis and Goetze [103] and
Britton, Deijfen, Lageras and Lindholm [165].
One should also notice that some of the results on the connectivity of random
intersection graphs can be derived from the corresponding results for random hy-
perghraphs, see for example [517], [704] and [389].

Inhomogeneous Random Intersection Graphs

Nicoletseas, Raptopoulos and Spirakis [633] have introduced a generalisation of
the binomial random intersection graph G(n, m, p) in the following way. As before
let n, m be positive integers and let 0 ≤ pi ≤ 1, i = 1, 2, . . . , m. Let V = {1, 2, . . . , n}
be the set of vertices of our graph and for every 1 ≤ k ≤ n, let Sk be a random subset
of the set M = {1, 2, . . . , m} formed by selecting ith element of M independently
with probability pi . Let p = (pi )mi=1 . We define the inhomogeneous random inter-
section graph G(n, m, p) as the intersection graph of sets Sk , k = 1, 2, . . . n. Here
two vertices i and j are adjacent in G(n, m, p) if and only if Si ∩ S j 6= 0. / Several
asymptotic properties of the random graph G(n, m, p) were studied, such as: large
independent sets (in [634]), vertex degree distribution (by Bloznelis and Dama-
264 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS

rackas in [100]), sharp threshold functions for connectivity, matchings and Hamil-
tonian cycles (by Rybarczyk in [693]) as well as the size of the largest component
(by Bradonjić, Elsässer, Friedrich, Sauerwald and Stauffer in [162]).
To learn more about different models of random intersection graphs and about
other results we refer the reader to recent review papers [101] and [102].

Random Geometric Graphs

McDiarmid and Müller [586] gives the leading constant for the chromatic number
when the average degree is Θ(log n). The paper also shows a “surprising” phase
change for the relation between χ and ω. Also the paper extends the setting to
arbitrary dimensions. Müller [616] proves a two-point concentration for the clique
number and chromatic number when nr2 = o(log n).
Blackwell, Edmonson-Jones and Jordan [95] studied the spectral properties of
the adjacency matrix of a random geometric graph (RGG). Rai [669] studied the
spectral measure of the transition matrix of a simple random walk. Preciado and
Jadbabaie [662] studied the spectrum of RGG’s in the context of the spreading of
viruses.
Sharp thresholds for monotone properties of RGG’s were shown by McColm
[580] in the case d = 1 viz. a graph defined by the intersection of random sub-
intervals. And for all d ≥ 1 by Goel, Rai and Krishnamachari [390].
First order expressible properties of random points
X = {X1 , X2 , . . . , Xn } on a unit circle were studied by McColm [579]. The graph
has vertex set X and vertices are joined by an edge if and only if their angu-
lar distance is less than some parameter d. He showed among other things that
for each fixed d, the set of a.s. FO sentences in this model is a complete non-
categorical theory. McColm’s results were anticipated in a more precise paper
[387] by Godehardt and Jaworski, where the case d = 1, i.e., the evolution a ran-
dom interval graph, was studied.
Diaz, Penrose, Petit and Serna [255] study the approximability of several lay-
out problems on a family of RGG’s. The layout problems that they consider are
bandwidth, minimum linear arrangement, minimum cut width, minimum sum cut,
vertex separation, and edge bisection. Diaz, Grandoni and Marchetti-Spaccemela
[254] derive a constant expected approximation algorithm for the β -balanced cut
problem on random geometric graphs: find an edge cut of minimum size whose
two sides contain at least β n vertices each.
Bradonjić, Elsässer, Friedrich, Sauerwald and Stauffer [161] studied the broad-
cast time of RGG’s. They study a regime where there is likely to be a single
giant component and show that w.h.p. their broadcast algorithm only requires
O(n1/2 /r + log n) rounds to pass information from a single vertex, to every vertex
of the giant. They show on the way that the diameter of the giant is Θ(n1/2 /r)
12.4. NOTES 265

w.h.p. Friedrich, Sauerwald and Stauffer [333] extended this to higher dimen-
sions.
A recent interesting development can be described as Random Hyperbolic Graphs.
These are related to the graphs of Section 12.2 and are posed as models of real
world networks. Here points are randomly embedded into hyperbolic, as op-
posed to Euclidean space. See for example Bode, Fountoulakis and Müller [110],
[111]; Candellero and Fountoulakis [176]; Chen, Fang, Hu and Mahoney [185];
Friedrich and Krohmer [332]; Krioukov, Papadopolous, Kitsak, Vahdat and Boguñá
[520]; Fountoulakis [322]; Gugelmann, Panagiotou and Peter [402]; Papadopolous,
Krioukov, Boguñá and Vahdat [642]. One version of this model is described in
[322]. The models are a little complicated to describe and we refer the reader to
the above references.
266 CHAPTER 12. INTERSECTION GRAPHS
Chapter 13

Digraphs

In graph theory, we sometimes orient edges to create a directed graph or digraph.

It is natural to consider randomly generated digraphs and this chapter discusses
the component size and connectivity of the simplest model Dn,p . Hamiltonicity is
discussed in the final section.

13.1 Strong Connectivity

In this chapter we study the random digraph Dn,p . This has vertex set [n] and each
of the n(n − 1) possible edges occurs independently with probability p. We will
first study the size of the strong components of Dn,p .
Recall the definition of strong components: Given a digraph D = (V, A) we define
the relation ρ on V by xρy if there is a path from x to y in D and there is a path
from y to x in D. It is easy to show that ρ is an equivalence relation and the
equivalence classes are called the strong components of D.

Strong component sizes: sub-critical region.

Theorem 13.1. Let p = c/n, where c is a constant, c < 1. Then w.h.p.

(i) all strong components of Dn,p are either cycles or single vertices,

(ii) the number of vertices on cycles is at most ω, for any ω = ω(n) → ∞.

Proof. The expected number of cycles is
n    c k n k
n c
∑ k (k − 1)! n ≤ ∑ k = O(1).
k=2 k=2

267
268 CHAPTER 13. DIGRAPHS

Part (ii) now follows from the Markov inequality.

To tackle (i) we observe that if there is a component that is not a cycle or a single
vertex then there is a cycle C and vertices a, b ∈ C and a path P from a to b that is
internally disjoint from C.
However, the expected number of such subgraphs is bounded by

n n−k    c k n  c l+1

n
∑∑ (k − 1)! k2 l!
k=2 l=0 k n l n
∞ ∞
k2 ck+l+1
≤ ∑ ∑ kn = O(1/n).
k=2 l=0

Here l is the number of vertices on the path P, excluding a and b.

Strong component sizes: super-critical region.

We will prove the following beautiful theorem that is a directed analogue of the
existence of a giant component in Gn,p . It is due to Karp [492].

Theorem 13.2. Let p = c/n, where c is a constant, c > 1, and let x be defined by
x < 1 and xe−x = ce−c . Then w.h.p. Dn,p contains a unique strong component of

2
size ≈ 1 − xc n. All other strong components are of logarithmic size.

We will prove the above theorem through a sequence of lemmas.

For a vertex v vet

D+ (v) ={w : ∃ path v to w in Dn,p }

D− (v) ={w : ∃ path w to v in Dn,p }.

We will first prove

Lemma 13.3. There exist constants α, β , dependent only on c, such that w.h.p.
6 ∃ v such that |D± (v)| ∈ [α log n, β n].
Proof. If there is a v such that |D+ (v)| = s then Dn,p contains a tree T of size s,
rooted at v such that

(i) all arcs are oriented away from v, and

(ii) there are no arcs oriented from V (T ) to [n] \V (T ).

13.1. STRONG CONNECTIVITY 269

The expected number of such trees is bounded above by

 
n s−2  c s−1  c s(n−s) n  1−c+s/n s
s s 1− ≤ ce .
s n n cs

Now ce1−c < 1 for c 6= 1 and so there exists β such that when s ≤ β n we can
bound ce1−c+s/n by some constant γ < 1 (γ depends only on c). In which case
n s 4
γ ≤ n−3 for log n ≤ s ≤ β n.
cs log 1/γ

Fix a vertex v ∈ [n] and consider a directed breadth first search from v. Let S0+ =
S0+ (v) = {v} and given S0+ , S1+ = S1+ (v), . . . , Sk+ = s+
k (v) ⊆ [n] let Tk+ = Tk+ (v) =
Sk +
i=1 Si and let
+
= w 6∈ Tk+ : ∃x ∈ Tk+ such that (x, w) ∈ E(Dn,p ) .

Sk+1

We similarly define S0− = S0− (v), S1− = S1− (v), . . . , Sk− = Sk− , Tk− (v) ⊆ [n] with re-
spect to a directed breadth first search into v.
Not surprisingly, we can show that the subgraph Γk induced by Tk+ is close in dis-
tribution to the tree defined by the first k + 1 levels of a Galton-Watson branching
process with Po(c) as the distribution of the number of offspring from a single
parent. See Chapter 24 for some salient facts about such a process. Here Po(c) is
the Poisson random variable with mean c i.e.
ck e−c
P(Po(c) = k) = for k = 0, 1, 2, . . . , .
k!

Lemma 13.4. If Sˆ0 , Sˆ1 , . . . , Sˆk and T̂k are defined with respect to the Galton-
Watson branching process and if k ≤ k0 = (log n)3 and s0 , s1 , . . . , sk ≤ (log n)4
then
  
+

1

P |Si | = si , 0 ≤ i ≤ k = 1 + O 1−o(1) P |Ŝi | = si , 0 ≤ i ≤ k .
n

Proof. We use the fact that if Po(a), Po(b) are independent then
Po(a) + Po(b) has the same distribution as Po(a + b). It follows that

k
(csi−1 )si e−csi−1
P |Ŝi | = si , 0 ≤ i ≤ k = ∏ .
i=1 si !
270 CHAPTER 13. DIGRAPHS

+
Furthermore, putting ti−1 = s0 + s1 + . . . + si−1 we have for v ∈
/ Ti−1 ,

(log n)7
  
+ si−1
P(v ∈ Si ) = 1 − (1 − p) = si−1 p 1 + O . (13.1)
n

P |Si+ | = si , 0 ≤ i ≤ k =


(13.2)
k  si
(log n)7
  
n − ti−1 si−1 c
=∏ 1+O
i=1 si n n
n−ti−1 −si
(log n)7
  
si−1 c
× 1− 1+O
n n
Here we use the fact that given si−1 ,ti−1 , the distribution of |Si+ | is the binomial
with n − ti−1 trials and probability of success given in (13.1). The lemma follows
by simple estimations.

Lemma 13.5. For 1 ≤ i ≤ (log n)3

(a) P |Si+ | ≥ s log n||Si−1
+
| = s ≤ n−10

(b) P |Ŝi | ≥ s log n||Ŝi−1 | = s ≤ n−10 .

Proof.
(a) P |Si+ | ≥ s log n||Si−1
+


| = s ≤ P (Bin(sn, c/n) ≥ s log n)
  
sn c s log n
≤
s log n n
 s log n
snec
≤
sn log n
ec log n
 
≤
log n
≤ n−10 .
The proof of (b) is similar.

Keeping v fixed we next let

F = ∃ i : |Ti+ | > (log n)2


= ∃ i ≤ (log n)2 : |T0+ |, |T1+ |, . . . , |Ti−1

+
| < (log n)2 < |Ti+ | .

13.1. STRONG CONNECTIVITY 271

Lemma 13.6.
x
P(F ) = 1 − + o(1).
c
Proof. Applying Lemma 13.4 we see that

P(F ) = P(Fˆ ) + o(1), (13.3)

where Fˆ is defined with respect to the branching process.

Now let Eˆ be the event that the branching process eventually becomes extinct. We
write
P(Fˆ ) = P(Fˆ |¬Eˆ ) P(¬Eˆ ) + P(Fˆ ∩ Eˆ ). (13.4)
To estimate (13.4) we use Theorem 24.1. Let
∞
ck e−c k
G(z) = ∑ k! z = ecz−c
k=0

be the probability generating function of Po(c). Then Theorem 24.1 implies that
ρ = P(Eˆ ) is the smallest non-negative solution to G(ρ) = ρ. Thus

ρ = ecρ−c .
ξ
Substituting ρ = c we see that

ξ ξ
P(Eˆ ) = where = eξ −c , (13.5)
c c
and so ξ = x.
The lemma will follow from (13.4) and (13.5) and P(Fˆ |¬Eˆ ) = 1 and

P(Fˆ ∩ Eˆ ) = o(1).

This in turn follows from

P(Eˆ | Fˆ ) = o(1), (13.6)
which will be established using the following lemma.
Lemma 13.7. Each member of the branching process has probability at least
ε > 0 of producing (log n)2 descendants at depth log n. Here ε > 0 depends only
on c.
Proof. If the current population size of the process is s then the probability that it
reaches size at least c+1
2 s in the next round is

(cs)k e−cs
∑ ≥ 1 − e−αs
k!
k≥ c+1
2 s
272 CHAPTER 13. DIGRAPHS

for some constant α > 0 provided s ≥ 100, say.

Now there is a positive probability ε1 say that a single member spawns at least
100 descendants and so there is a probability of at least
!
∞
ε1 1 − ∑ e−αs
s=100

that a single object spawns

 log n
c+1
 (log n)2
2

descendants at depth log n.

Given a population size between (log n)2 and (log n)3 at level i0 , let si denote the
population size at level i0 + i log n. Then Lemma 13.7 and the Chernoff bounds
imply that
   
1 2 1 2 2
P si+1 ≤ εsi (log n) ≤ exp − ε si (log n) .
2 8

It follows that
 i  !
1
P(Eˆ | Fˆ ) ≤ P ∃i : si ≤ ε(log n)2 2

s0 s0 ≥ (log n)
2
(
 i )
∞
1 2 1 2 2
≤ ∑ exp − ε ε(log n) (log n) = o(1).
i=1 8 2

This completes the proof (13.6) and of Lemma 13.6.

We must now consider the probability that both D+ (v) and D− (v) are large.

Lemma 13.8.
x
P |D− (v)| ≥ (log n)2 | |D+ (v)| ≥ (log n)2 = 1 − + o(1).


c

Proof. Expose S0+ , S1+ , . . . , Sk+ until either Sk+ = 0/ or we see that |Tk+ | ∈ [(log n)2 ,
(log n)3 ]. Now let S denote the set of edges/vertices defined by
S0+ , S1+ , . . . , Sk+ .
Let C be the event that there are no edges from Tl− to Sk+ where Tl− is the set of
vertices we reach through our BFS into v, up to the point where we first realise
13.1. STRONG CONNECTIVITY 273

that D− (v) < (log n)2 (because Si− = 0/ and |Ti− | ≤ (log n)2 ) or we realise that
D− (v) ≥ (log n)2 . Then

(log n)4
 
1
P(¬C ) = O = 1−o(1)
n n
and, as in (13.2),

P |Si− | = si , 0 ≤ i ≤ k | C =

k  0 si
(log n)7
  
n − ti−1 si−1 c
=∏ 1+O
i=1 si n n
n0 −ti−1 −si
(log n)7
  
si−1 c
× 1− 1+O
n n

where n0 = n − |Tk+ |.
Given this we can prove a conditional version of Lemma 13.4 and continue as
before.

We have now shown that if α is as in Lemma 13.3 and if

S = v : |D+ (v)|, |D− (v)| > α log n



then the expectation

 x 2
E(|S|) = (1 + o(1)) 1 − n.
c
We also claim that for any two vertices v, w

P(v, w ∈ S) = (1 + o(1)) P(v ∈ S) P(w ∈ S) (13.7)

and therefore the Chebyshev inequality implies that w.h.p.

 x 2
|S| = (1 + o(1)) 1 − n.
c
But (13.7) follows in a similar manner to the proof of Lemma 13.8.
All that remains of the proof of Theorem 13.2 is to show that

S is a strong component w.h.p. (13.8)

Recall that any v 6∈ S is in a strong component of size ≤ α log n and so the second
part of the theorem will also be done.
274 CHAPTER 13. DIGRAPHS

We prove (13.8) by arguing that

P ∃ v, w ∈ S : w 6∈ D+ (v) = o(1).


(13.9)

In which case, we know that w.h.p. there is a path from each v ∈ S to every other
vertex w 6= v in S.
To prove (13.9) we expose S0+ , S1+ , . . . , Sk+ until we find that
|Tk+ (v)| ≥ n1/2 log n. At the same time we expose S0− , S1− , . . . , Sl− until we find that
|T − (w)| ≥ n1/2 log n. If w 6∈ D+ (v) then this experiment will have tried at least
l 2
n1/2 log n times to find an edge from D+ (v) to D− (w) and failed every time.
The probability of this is at most
 c n(log n)2
1− = o(n−2 ).
n
This completes the proof of Theorem 13.2.

Threshold for strong connectivity

Here we prove
Theorem 13.9. Let ω = ω(n), c > 0 be a constant, and let p = log n+ω
n . Then

0
 if ω → −∞
−2e −c
lim P(Dn,p is strongly connected) = e if ω → c
n→∞ 
1 if ω → ∞.


= lim P(6 ∃ v s.t. d + (v) = 0 or d − (v) = 0)

n→∞

Proof. We leave as an exercise to prove that


1
 if ω → −∞
+ − −c
lim P(∃ v s.t. d (v) = 0 or d (v) = 0) = 1 − e−2e if ω → c
n→∞ 
0 if ω → ∞.


Given this, one only has to show that if ω 6→ −∞ then w.h.p. there does not exist
a set S such that (i) 2 ≤ |S| ≤ n/2 and (ii) E(S : S̄) = 0/ or E(S̄ : S) = 0/ and (iii)
S induces a connected component in the graph obtained by ignoring orientation.
But, here with s = |S|,
n/2  
n s−2
P(∃ S) ≤ 2 ∑ s (2p)s−1 (1 − p)s(n−s)
s=2 s
13.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 275

2n n/2  ne s s−2 2 log n s −s(1−s/n) ωs/n

 
≤ ∑ s s n e
log n s=2 n
2n n/2 −(1−s/n) ω/n
≤ ∑ (2n e log n)s
log n s=2
= o(1).

13.2 Hamilton Cycles

Existence of a Hamilton Cycle
Here we prove the following remarkable inequality: It is due to McDiarmid [582]

Theorem 13.10.

P(Dn,p is Hamiltonian) ≥ P(Gn,p is Hamiltonian)

Proof. We consider an ordered sequence of random digraphs

n

Γ0 , Γ1 , Γ2 , . . . , ΓN , N = 2 defined as follows: Let e1 , e2 , . . . , eN be an enumera-
tion of the edges of the complete graph Kn . Each ei = {vi , wi } gives rise to two
directed edges → −ei = (vi , wi ) and ←e−i = (wi , vi ). In Γi we include →
−
e j and ←
e−j indepen-
dently of each other, with probability p, for j ≤ i. While for j > i we include both
or neither with probability p. Thus Γ0 is just Gn,p with each edge {v, w} replaced
by a pair of directed edges (v, w), (w, v) and ΓN = Dn,p . Theorem 13.10 follows
from
P(Γi is Hamiltonian) ≥ P(Γi−1 is Hamiltonian).
To prove this we condition on the existence or otherwise of directed edges associ-
ated with e1 , . . . , ei−1 , ei+1 , . . . , eN . Let C denote this conditioning.
Either

(a) C gives us a Hamilton cycle without arcs associated with ei , or

(b) not (a) and there exists a Hamilton cycle if at least one of →
−
ei , ←
e−i is present,
or

(c) 6 ∃ a Hamilton cycle even if both of →

−
ei , ←
e−i are present.
276 CHAPTER 13. DIGRAPHS

(a) and (c) give the same conditional probability of Hamiltonicity in Γi , Γi−1 . In
Γi−1 (b) happens with probability p. In Γi we consider two cases (i) exactly one of
→
−
ei , ←
e−i yields Hamiltonicity and in this case the conditional probability is p and (ii)
either of →−ei , ←
e−i yields Hamiltonicity and in this case the conditional probability is
1 − (1 − p)2 > p.
Note that we will never require that both → −
ei , ←
e−i occur.

Theorem 13.10 was subsequently improved by Frieze [337], who proved the equiv-
alent of Theorem 6.5.
log n+cn
Theorem 13.11. Let p = n . Then

0
 if cn → −∞
−c
lim P(Dn,p has a Hamilton cycle) = e−2e if cn → c
n→∞ 
1 if cn → ∞.


Number of Distinct Hamilton Cycles

Here we give an elegant result of Ferber, Kronenberg and Long [305].
 2 
Theorem 13.12. Let p = ω logn n . Then w.h.p. Dn,p contains eo(n) n!pn directed
Hamilton cycles.
Proof. The upper bound follows from the fisrt moment method. Let XH denote the
number of Hamilton cycles in D = Dn,p . Now E XH = (n − 1)!pn , and therefore
the Markov inequality implies that w.h.p. we have XH ≤ eo(n) n!pn .
For the lower bound let α := α(n) be a function tending slowly to infinity with
n. Let S ⊆ V (G) be a fixed set of size s, where s ≈ α log n 0
n and let V = V \ S.
Moreover, assume that s is chosen so that |V 0 | is divisible by integer ` = 2α log n.
From now on the set S will be fixed and we will use it for closing Hamilton cycles.
Our strategy is as follows: we first expose all the edges within V 0 , and show that
one can find the “correct” number of distinct families P consisting of m := |V 0 |/`
vertex-disjoint paths which span V 0 . Then, we expose all the edges with at least
one endpoint in S, and show that w.h.p. one can turn “most” of these families into
Hamilton cycles and that all of these cycles are distinct.
We take a random partitioning V 0 = V1 ∪ . . . ∪V` such that all the Vi ’s are of size m.
Let us denote by D j the bipartite graph with partsV j and
 V j+1 . Observe that D j is
log n
distributed as Gm,m,p , and therefore, since p = ω m , by Exercise 13.3.2, with
probability 1 − n−ω(1) we conclude that D j contains (1 − o(1))m edge-disjoint
perfect matchings (in particular, a (1 − o(1))m regular subgraph). The Van der
Waerden conjecture proved by Egorychev [284] and by Falikman [298] implies
13.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 277

the following: Let G = (A ∪ B, E) be an r-regular bipartite graph with
part sizes

n
|A| = |B| = n. Then, the number of perfect matchings in G is at least nr n!.
Applying this and the union bound, it follows that w.h.p. each D j contains at least
(1 − o(1))m m!pm perfect matchings for each j. Taking the union of one perfect
matching from each of the D j ’s we obtain a family P of m vertex disjoint paths
which spans V 0 . Therefore, there are

((1 − o(1))m m!pm )` = (1 − o(1))n−s (m!)` pn−s

distinct families P obtained from this partitioning in this manner. Since this
occurs w.h.p. we conclude (applying the Markov inequality to the number of
partitions for which the bound fails) that this bound holds for (1 − o(1))-fraction
of such partitions. Since there are (n−s)!` such partitions, one can find at least
(m!)

(n − s)!
(1 − o(1)) `
(1 − o(1))n−s (m!)` pn−s
(m!)
= (1 − o(1))n−s (n − s)!pn−s = (1 − o(1))n n!pn

distinct families, each of which consists of exactly m vertex-disjoint paths of size

` (for the last equality, we used the fact that s = o(n/ log n)).

We show next how to close a given family of paths into a Hamilton cycle. For
each such family P, let A := A(P) denote the collection of all pairs (sP ,tP )
where sP is a starting point and tP is the endpoint of a path P ∈ P, and define
an auxiliary directed graph D(A) as follows. The vertex set of D(A) is V (A) =
S ∪ {zP = (sP ,tP ) : zP ∈ A}. Edges of D(A) are determined as follows: if u, v ∈ S
and (u, v) ∈ E(D) then (u, v) is an edge of D(A). The in-neighbors (out-neighbors)
of vertices zP in S are the in-neighbors of sP in D (out-neighbors of tP ). Lastly,
(zP , zQ ) is an edge of D(A) if (tP , sQ ) is an edge D.
Clearly D(A) is distributed as Ds+m,p , and that a Hamilton cycle in D(A) corre-
sponds to a Hamilton cycle in D after adding the corresponding paths between
each sP and tP . Now distinct families P 6= P 0 yield distinct Hamilton cycles (to
see this, just delete the vertices of S from the Hamilton cycle, to recover the paths).
Using Theorem 13.11 we see that for p = ω (log n/(s + m)) = ω (log(s + m)/(s + m)),
the probability that D(A) does not have a Hamilton cycle is o(1). Therefore,
using the Markov inequality we see that for almost all of the families P, the
corresponding auxiliary graph D(A) is indeed Hamiltonian and we have at least
(1 − o(1))n n!pn distinct Hamilton cycles, as desired.
278 CHAPTER 13. DIGRAPHS

13.3 Exercises
13.3.1 Let p = log n+(k−1)nlog log n+ω for a constant k = 1, 2, . . .. Show that w.h.p.
Dnp is k-strongly connected.

13.3.2 The Gale-Ryser theorem states: Let G = (A ∪ B, E) be a bipartite graph

with parts of sizes |A| = |B| = n. Then, G contains an r-factor if and only
if for every two sets X ⊆ A and Y ⊆ B, we have

eG (X,Y ) ≥ r(|X| + |Y | − n).

Show that if p = ω(log n/n) then with probability 1 − n−ω(1) , Gn,n,p con-
tains (1 − o(1))np edge disjoint perfect matchings.

13.3.3 Show that if p = ω((log n)2 /n) then w.h.p. Gn,p contains eo(n) n!pn distinct
Hamilton cycles.

13.3.4 A tournament T is an orientation of the complete graph Kn . In a random

tournament, edge {u, v} is oriented from u to v with probability 1/2 and
from v to u with probability 1/2. Show that w.h.p. a random tournament is
strongly connected.

13.3.5 Let T be a random tournament. Show that w.h.p. the size of the largest
acyclic sub-tournament is asymptotic to 2 log2 n. (A tournament is acyclic
if it contains no directed cycles).

13.3.6 Suppose that 0 < p < 1 is constant. Show that w.h.p. the size of the
largest acyclic tournament contained in Dnp is asymptotic to 2 logb n where
b = 1/p.

13.3.7 Let mas(D) denote the number of vertices in the largest acyclic subgraph
of a digraph D. Suppose that 0 < p < 1 is constant. Show that w.h.p.
mas(Dn,p ) ≤ 4log
log n 1
q where q = 1−p .

13.3.8 Consider the random digraph Dn obtained from Gn,1/2 by orienting edge
(i, j) from i to j when i < j. This can be viewed as a partial order on [n]
and is called a Random Graph Order. Show that w.h.p. Dn contains a path
of length at least 0.51n. (In terms of partial orders, this bounds the height
of the order).

13.3.9 Show that if np ≥ log10 n then w.h.p. Dn,p is 12 ±o(1) resilient, i.e. 21 − ε np ≤

∆H ≤ 12 + ε np. (Hint: just tweak the proof of Theorem 9.3 so that the

lemmas refer to digraphs.)

 13.4. NOTES 279

13.3.10 Let O represent an orientation of the edges of a Hamilton cycle. Show that

P(Dn,p has a Hamilton cycle with orientation O) ≥

P(Gn,p has a Hamilton cycle).

13.4 Notes
Packing
The paper of Frieze [337] was in terms of the hitting time for a digraph process Dt .
It proves that the first time that the δ + (Gt ), δ − (Gt ) ≥ k is w.h.p. the time when Gt
has k edge disjoint Hamilton cycles. The paper of Ferber, Kronenberg and Long
[305] shows that if p = ω((log n)4 /n) then w.h.p. Dn,p contains (1 −o(1))np edge
disjoint Hamilton cycles.

Long Cycles
The papers by Hefetz, Steger and Sudakov [422] and by Ferber, Nenadov, Noever,
Peter and Škorić [308] study the local resilience of having a Hamilton cycle. In
8
particular, [308] proves that if p  (lognn) then w.h.p. one can delete any subgraph
H of Dn,p with maximum degree at most ( 21 − ε)np and still leave a Hamiltonian
subgraph.
Krivelevich, Lubetzky and Sudakov [526] proved that w.h.p. the random digraph
Dn,p , p = c/n contains a directed cycle of length (1 − (1 + εc )e−c )n where εc → 0
as c → ∞.
Cooper, Frieze and Molloy [231] showed that a random regular digraph with in-
degree = outdegree = r is Hamiltonian w.h.p. iff r ≥ 3.

Connectivity
Cooper and Frieze [220] studied the size of the largest strong component in a
random digraph with a given degree sequence. The strong connectivity of an
inhomogeneous random digraph was studied by Bloznelis, Götze and Jaworski in
[104].
280 CHAPTER 13. DIGRAPHS
Chapter 14

Hypergraphs

In this chapter we discuss random k-uniform hypergraphs, where k ≥ 3. We are

concerned with the models Hn,p;k and Hn,m;k . For Hn,p;k we consider the hyper-
graph with vertex set [n] in which each possible k-set in [n]


k is included
as an
edge with probability p. In Hn,m;k the edge set is a random m-subset of [n]
k . The
parameter k is fixed and independent of n throughout this chapter.
Many of the properties of Gn,p and Gn,m have been generalized without too much
difficulty to these models of hypergraphs. Hamilton cycles have only recently
been tackled with any success. Surprisingly enough, in some cases it is enough to
use the Chebyshev inequality and we will describe these cases. We then describe
a remarkable new result concerning thresholds. It easily gives the threshold for
perfect matchings and a number of other structures. We begin however with a
more basic question. That is as to when is there a giant component and when are
Hn,m;k , Hn,p;k connected?

14.1 Component Size

c
We remind the reader that k ≥ 3 here. Suppose that p = and c is constant.
(n−1
k−1)
1
We will prove that if c < k−1 then w.h.p. the maximum component size is O(log n)
1
and if c > k−1 then w.h.p. there is a unique giant component of size Ω(n). This
c
generalises the main result of Chapter 2. We will assume then that p = n−1 for
(k−1)
the remainder of this section.
Many of the components of a sparse random graph are small trees. The corre-
sponding objects here are called hypertrees. The size of a hypertree is the number
of edges that it contains. An edge is a hypertree of size one. We obtain a hypertree
of size k + 1 by choosing a hypertree C of size k and a vertex v ∈ V (C) and then
adding a new edge {v, v2 , v3 , . . . , vk } where v2 , v3 , . . . , vk ∈
/ V (C).

281
282 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

A hypertree of size 5.

Lemma 14.1. A hypertree of size ` contains `(k − 1) + 1 vertices.

Proof. By induction on `. It is clearly true if ` = 1 and if we increase the size by
one, then we add exactly k − 1 new vertices.
A proof of the following generalisation of Cayley’s formula for the number of
spanning hypertrees of the complete graph can be found in Selivanov [710] and
Sivasubramanian [716] .
Lemma 14.2. The number Nk (`) of distinct hypertrees with ` edges contained in
the complete k-uniform hypergraph on [(k − 1)` + 1] is given by

((k − 1)`)!
Nk (`) = ((k − 1)` + 1)`−1 .
`! ((k − 1)!)`

We now look into the structure of small components of Hn,p;k .

c 1
Lemma 14.3. Let p = where c 6= k−1 . Suppose that S ⊆ [n] and |S| = s ≤
(n−1
k−1 )
log4 n. Suppose also that S contains a hypertree C with t = (k − 1)` + 1 vertices
and ` edges. Suppose that in addition, S contains a vertices and b edges that are
not part of C. Suppose also that there are no edges joining C to V \ S. Then, for
some A = A(c) > 0, we have that w.h.p.
(a) b ≤ 1 and b(k − 2) + 1 ≥ a + 1 ≥ b(k − 1).
(b) ` < A log n and either (i) a = b = 0 or (ii) b = 1.
(c) | {S : ` ≤ A log n, b = 1} | = O(logk+1 n).
Proof. We bound the expected number of sets S that violate this by

   b !`+b !t (n−s)
k−1
n s s `−1 ((k − 1)`)! c c
t 1 − n−1
(14.1)
s a k `!((k − 1)!)` n−1

k−1 k−1
!`+b
 ne s sa+kb  k−2
` (k − 1)k−1 ` eo(1) c(k − 1)!
≤ t `−1 k−2+o(1) e−(c+o(1))t
s k!b e (k − 1)! nk−1
14.1. COMPONENT SIZE 283
!`
skb−1 cb na+1−b(k−1) ea+1−c e1−(k−1)c+o(1) c(k − 1)k−1 `k−2t
≤
kbt sk−1
!`
skb−1 cb na+1−b(k−1) ea+1−c eo(1) e1−(k−1)c c(k − 1)k `k−1
≤
kbt ((k − 1)`)k−1
skb−1 cb na+1−b(k−1) ea+1−c  o(1) 1−(k−1)c `
= e ce (k − 1) (14.2)
kbt

Now ce−(k−1)c is maximised at c = 1/(k − 1) and for c 6= 1/(k − 1) we have

eo(1) ce1−(k−1)c (k − 1) ≤ 1 − εc .

We may therefore upper bound the expression in (14.2) by

na+1−b(k−1)+O(b log log n/ log n) e−εc ` ≤ n1−b+O(b log log n/ log n) e−εc ` . (14.3)

For the second expression, we used the fact that a ≤ b(k − 2). The second expres-
sion in (14.3) tends to zero if b > 1 and so we can assume that b ≤ 1. The first
expression in (14.3) then tends to zero if a + 1 < b(k − 1) and this verifies Part
(a). Because a + 1 − b(k − 1) ≤ 1, we see that Part (b) of the lemma follows with
A = 2/εc . Part (c) follows from the Markov inequality.

Lemma 14.4. W.h.p. there are no components in the range [A log n, log4 n] and all
but logk+1 n of the small components (of size at most A log n) are hypertrees.

Proof. Now suppose that S is a small component of size s which is not a hypertree
and let C be the set of vertices of a maximal hypertree with t = (k −1)`+1 vertices
and ` edges that is a subgraph of S. (Maximal in the sense that it is not contained
in any other hypertree of S.) Lemma 14.3 implies that w.h.p. there is at most
one edge e in S that is not part of C but is incident with at least two vertices of
C. Furthermore, Lemma 14.3(c) implies that the number of sets with b = 1 is
O(logk+1 n) w.h.p.
1
Lemma 14.5. If c < k−1 then w.h.p. the largest component has size O(log n).

Proof. Fix an edge e and do a Breadth First Search (BFS) on the edges starting
with e. We start with L1 = e and let Lt denote the number of vertices at depth t in
the search i.e the neighbors of Lt−1 that are not in Lt−1 . Then |Lt+1 | is dominated
n


by (k − 1)Bin |Lt | k−1 , p . So,
 
n
E(|Lt+1 | | Lt ) ≤ (k − 1)|Lt | p ≤ θ |Lt |
k−1
284 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

2 log n
where θ = (k − 1)c < 1. It follows that if t0 = log 1/θ then

/ ≤ nkθ t0 = o(1).
Pr(∃e : Lt0 6= 0)

So, w.h.p. there are at most t0 levels. Furthermore, if |Lt | ever reaches log2 n then
the Chernoff bounds imply that w.h.p. |Lt+1 | ≤ |Lt |. This implies that the maxi-
mum size of a component is O(log3 n) and hence, by Lemma 14.4, the maximum
size is O(log n).
1
Lemma 14.6. If c > k−1 then w.h.p. there is a unique giant component of size
Ω(n) and all other components are of size O(log n).

Proof. We consider BFS as in Lemma 14.5. We choose a vertex v and begin to

grow a component from it. Sometimes the component we grow has size O(log n),
in which case, we choose a new vertex, not yet seen in the search and grow another
component. We argue that w.h.p. (i) after O(log n) attempts, we grow a component
of size at least log2 n and (ii) this component is of size Ω(n).
We say that we explore Lt \ Lt−1 when we determine Lt+1 . With Lt as in Lemma
4
14.5, we see that if we have explored at most log n vertices then given Lt , |Lt+1 |
dominates Yt = (k − 1)Bin |Lt | n−o(n)


k−1 , p − Xt where Xt is an overcount due to
vertices outside Lt that are in two edges containing vertices of Lt . We have
   8 
2 n log n
E(Xt ) ≤ n|Lt | p=O .
k−3 n

Now
 
n − o(n)
E(Yt ) = (k − 1)|Lt | p = (1 − o(1))c|Lt | = θ |Lt | where θ > 1.
k−1
  
n−o(n)

The Chernoff bounds applied to Bin |Lt | k−1 , p imply that

(θ − 1)2 |Lt |
   
1+θ
P Yt ≤ |Lt | ≤ exp − .
2 3(k − 1)

So, for t = O(log log n) we have

1+θ t
  
P |Lt | ≥
2
(
` )!
t (θ − 1)2 1+θ t log8 n
 
2
≥ ∏ 1 − exp − −O (14.4)
`=1 3(k − 1) n
14.1. COMPONENT SIZE 285

≥ γ,

where γ > 0 is  a positive1+θconstant. This lower bound of γ follows from the fact
`

2
(θ −1) ( 2 )
that ∑∞`=1 exp − 3(k−1) converges, see Apostol [39], Theorem 8.55. Note
t
that if t = 2 log1+θ
log n
then 1+θ = log2 n. It follows that the probability we fail to


log 2
2
grow a component of size log2 n after s attempts is at most (1 − γ)s . Choosing
s = log21/(1−γ)
log n
we see that after exploring O(log3 n) vertices, we find a component
of size at least log2 n, with probability 1 − n−(1−o(1)) .
We show next that with (conditional) probability 1 − O(n−(1−o(1)) ) the component
of size at least log2 n will in fact have at least n0 = n(k−1)/k log n vertices. We
handle Xt ,Yt exactly as above. Going back to (14.4), if we run BFS for another
O(log n) steps then, starting with |Lt0 | ≈ log2 n, we have

1+θ t 2
   
P |Lt0 +t | ≥ log n
2
(θ − 1)2 log2 n
t     9 
log n
≥ ∏ 1 − exp − −O
`=1 3(k − 1) n
= 1 − n−(1−o(1)) . (14.5)

It follows that w.h.p. Hn,p;k only contains components of size O(log n) and Ω(no ).
For this we use the fact that we only need to apply (14.5) less than n/n0 times.
We now prove that there is a unique giant component. This is a simple sprin-
kling argument. Suppose that we let (1 − p) = (1 − p1 )(1 − p2 ) where p2 = ωn1k−1
for some ω → ∞ slowly. Then we know from Lemma 14.4 that there is a gap in
component sizes for H(n, p1 , k). Now add in the second round of edges with prob-
ability p2 . If C1 ,C2 are distinct components of size at least n0 then the probability
there is no C1 : C2 edge added is at most
(
n0
)
n0
k−1 n0
∑k−1
n0 ∑
(1 − p2 ) i=1 ( i )( ) ≤ exp −
k−i
i=1 i k−i
≤
ωn k−1
( ) ( )
2k−1 nk0 2k−1 logk n
exp − k−1 = exp − .
ωn ω

So, w.h.p. all components of size at least n0 are merged into one component.

We now look at the size of this giant component. The fact that almost all small
1
components are hypertrees when c < k−1 yields the following lemma. The proof
286 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

follows that of Lemma 2.13 and is left as Exercise 13.4.5. For c > 0 we define
(
1
c c ≤ k−1
x = x(c) = 1 .
1
to xe−(k−1)x = ce−(k−1)c c > k−1


The solution in 0, k−1

Lemma 14.7. Suppose that c > 0 is constant and c(k − 1) 6= 1 and x is as defined
above. Then
∞
c` ((k − 1)` + 1)` e−c((k−1)`+1)  x 1/(k−1)
∑ = .
`=0 `!((k − 1)` + 1) c

It follows from Lemmas 14.6 and 14.7 that we have

1
Lemma 14.8. If c > k−1 then w.h.p. there is a unique giant component of size
 
1/(k−1)
≈ 1 − xc


n.
The connectivity threshold for Hn,p;k coincides with minimum degree at least one.
The proof is straightforward and is left as Exercise 13.4.6.
log n+cn
Lemma 14.9. Let p = . Then
(n−1
k−1)


0
 cn → −∞.
−c
lim P(Hn,p;k is connected) = e−e cn → c.
n→∞ 
1 cn → ∞.


14.2 Hamilton Cycles

Suppose that 1 ≤ r < k. An r-overlapping Hamilton cycle C in a k-uniform hy-
pergraph H = (V, E ) on n vertices is a collection of mr = n/(k − r) edges of H
such that for some cyclic order of [n] every edge consists of k consecutive vertices
and for every pair of consecutive edges Ei−1 , Ei in C (in the natural ordering of
the edges) we have |Ei−1 ∩ Ei | = r. Thus, in every r-overlapping Hamilton cycle
the sets Ci = Ei \ Ei−1 , i = 1, 2, . . . , mr , are a partition of V into sets of size k − r.
Hence, mr = n/(k − r). We thus always assume, when discussing r-overlapping
Hamilton cycles, that this necessary condition, k − r divides n, is fulfilled. In the
literature, when r = k − 1 we have a tight Hamilton cycle and when r = 1 we have
a loose Hamilton cycle.
In this section we will restrict our attention to the case r = k −1 i.e. tight Hamilton
cycles. So when we say that a hypergraph is Hamiltonian, we mean that it contains
a tight Hamilton cycle. The proof extends easily to r ≥ 2. The case r = 1 poses
some more problems and is discussed in Frieze [341], Dudek, Frieze [263] and
14.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 287

Dudek, Frieze, Loh and Speiss [265] and in Ferber [303]. Also, see Section 14.3.
The following theorem is from Dudek and Frieze [264]. Furthermore, we assume
that k ≥ 3.

Theorem 14.10.
(i) If p ≤ (1 − ε)e/n, then w.h.p. Hn,p;k is not Hamiltonian.

(ii) If k = 3 and np → ∞ then Hn,p;k is Hamiltonian w.h.p.

(iii) For all fixed ε > 0, if k ≥ 4 and p ≥ (1 + ε)e/n, then w.h.p. Hn,p;k is Hamil-
tonian.

Proof. We will prove parts (i) and (ii) and leave the proof of (iii) as an exercise,
with a hint.
Let ([n], E ) be a k-uniform hypergraph. A permutation π of [n] is Hamilton cycle
inducing if

Eπ (i) = {π(i − 1 + j) : j ∈ [k]} ∈ E f or all i ∈ [n].

(We use the convention π(n + r) = π(r) for r > 0.) Let the term hamperm refer to
such a permutation.
Let X be the random variable that counts the number of hamperms π for Hn,p;k .
Every Hamilton cycle induces at least one hamperm and so we can concentrate on
estimating P(X > 0).
Now
E(X) = n!pn .
This is because π induces a Hamilton cycle if and only if a certain n edges are all
in Hn,p;k .
For part (i) we use Stirling’s formula to argue that
√  np n √
E(X) ≤ 3 n ≤ 3 n(1 − ε)n = o(1).
e
This verifies part (i).
We see that  np n
E(X) ≥ →∞ (14.6)
e
in parts (ii) and (iii).
Fix a hamperm π. Let H(π) = (Eπ (1), Eπ (2), . . . , Eπ (n)) be the Hamilton cy-
cle induced by π. Then let N(b, a) be the number of permutations π 0 such that
|E(H(π)) ∩ E(H(π 0 ))| = b and E(H(π)) ∩ E(H(π 0 )) consists of a edge disjoint
paths. Here a path is a maximal sub-sequence F1 , F2 , . . . , Fq of the edges of H(π)
288 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS
Sq
such that Fi ∩ Fi+1 6= 0/ for 1 ≤ i < q. The set j=1 Fj may contain other edges of
H(π). Observe that N(b, a) does not depend on π.
Note that
n b
E(X 2 ) n!N(0, 0)p2n n!N(b, a)p2n−b
= + ∑ ∑ E(X)2 .
E(X)2 E(X)2 b=1 a=1
Since trivially, N(0, 0) ≤ n!, we obtain,
n b
E(X 2 ) n!N(b, a)p2n−b
≤ 1 + ∑ ∑ E(X)2 . (14.7)
E(X)2 b=1 a=1

We show that
n b n b
n!N(b, a)p2n−b N(b, a)pn−b
∑ ∑ E(X)2 = ∑ ∑ E(X) = o(1). (14.8)
b=1 a=1 b=1 a=1

The Chebyshev inequality implies that

E(X 2 )
P(X = 0) ≤ − 1 = o(1),
E(X)2
as required.
It remains to show (14.8). First we find an upper bound on N(b, a). Choose a
vertices vi , 1 ≤ i ≤ a, on π. We have at most

na (14.9)

choices. Let
b1 + b2 + · · · + ba = b,
where bi ≥ 1 is an integer for every 1 ≤ i ≤ a. Note that this equation has exactly
 
b−1
< 2b (14.10)
a−1

solutions. For every i, we choose a path of length bi in H(π) which starts at vi .

Suppose a path consists of edges F1 , F2 , . . . , Fq , q = bi . Assuming that F1 , . . . , Fj
are chosen, we have at most k possibilities for Fj+1 . Hence, every such a path can
be selected in most kbi ways. Consequently, we have at most
a
∏ kbi = kb
i=1

choices for all a paths.

14.2. HAMILTON CYCLES 289

Thus, by the above considerations we can find a edge disjoint paths in H(π) with
the total of b edges in at most
na (2k)b (14.11)
many ways.
Let P1 , P2 , . . . , Pa be any collection of the above a paths. Now we count the number
of permutations π 0 containing these paths.
First we choose for every Pi a sequence of vertices inducing this path in π 0 . We
see the vertices in each edge of Pi in at most k! orderings. Crudely, every such
sequence can be chosen in at most (k!)bi ways. Thus, we have
a
∏(k!)bi = (k!)b (14.12)
i=1

choices for all a sequences.

Now we bound the number of permutations containing these
sequences. First note that
|V (Pi )| ≥ bi + k − 1.
Thus we have at most
a
n − ∑ (bi + k − 1) = n − b − a(k − 1) (14.13)
i=1

vertices not in V (P1 ) ∪ · · · ∪ V (Pa ). We choose a permutation σ of V \ (V (P1 ) ∪

· · · ∪V (Pa )). Here we have at most

(n − b − a(k − 1))!

choices. Now we extend σ to a permutation of [n]. We mark a positions on σ and

then insert the sequences. We can do it in
 
n
a! < na
a

ways. Therefore, the number of permutations containing P1 , P2 , . . . , Pa is smaller

than
(k!)b (n − b − a(k − 1))!na . (14.14)
Thus, by (14.11) and (14.14) and the Stirling formula we obtain

N(b, a) < n2a (2k!k)b (n − b − a(k − 1))! <

2a
√ b
 n n−b−a(k−1)
n (2k!k) 2πn .
e
290 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

Since p  n n
E(X) = n!pn = (2 + o(1))πn pn ,
e
we get
N(b, a)pn−b  e b+a(k−1)
< (1 + o(1))n2a (2k!k)b p−b .
E(X) n
Finally, since a ≤ b we estimate eb+a(k−1) ≤ ekb , and consequently,
b
N(b, a)pn−b 2k!kek

1 + o(1)
< . (14.15)
E(X) np na(k−3)

Proof of (ii):
Here k = 3 and np ≥ ω. Hence, we obtain in (14.15)
b
N(b, a)pn−b 2k!kek

≤ (1 + o(1)) .
E(X) ω

Thus,
n b n b
N(b, a)pn−b 2k!kek

∑ ∑ E(X) < (1 + o(1)) ∑ b ω = o(1). (14.16)
b=1 a=1 b=1

This completes the proof of part (ii).

We prove Part (iii) by estimating N(b, a) more carefully, see Exercise 14.4.2 at the
end of the chapter.
Before leaving Hamilton cycles, we note that Allen, Böttcher,
Kohayakawa, and Person [20] describe a polynomial time algorithm for finding a
tight Hamilton cycle in Hn,p;k w.h.p. when p = n−1+ε for a constant ε > 0.
There is a weaker notion of Hamilton cycle due to Berge [83] viz. an alternating
sequence v1 , e1 , v2 , . . . , vn , en of vertices and edges such that (i) v1 , v2 , . . . , vn are
distinct and (ii) vi ∈ ei−1 ∩ei for i = 1, 2, . . . , n. The cycle is weak if we do not insist
that the edges are distinct. Poole [657] proves that the threshold for the existence
of a weak Hamilton cycle in Hn,m;k is equal to the threshold for minimum degree
one.

14.3 Thresholds
In this section we describe a breakthrough result of Frankston, Kahn, Narayanan
and Park [327]. It will give us good estimates of the thresholds for various struc-
tures.
14.3. THRESHOLDS 291

A hypergraph H (thought of as a set of edges) is r-bounded if e ∈ H im-

plies that |e| ≤ r. (As part of the proof, we have to deal with non-uniform hy-
pergraphs.). The most important notion comes next. For a set S ⊆ X we let
hSi = {T : S ⊆ T ⊆ X} denote the subsets of X that contain S. We say that H is
κ-spread if
|H |
|H ∩ hSi| ≤ |S| , ∀S ⊆ X. (14.17)
κ
Let Xm denote a random m-subset of X and X p denote a subset of X where each
x ∈ X is included independently in X p with probability p. The following theorem
is from [327]:
Theorem 14.11. Let H be an r-bounded, κ-spread hypergraph and let X =
V (H ). There is an absolute constant K > 0 such that if
(K log r)|X|
m≥ (14.18)
κ
then w.h.p. Xm contains an edge of H . Here w.h.p. assumes that r → ∞.
Before giving a proof of Theorem 14.11, we
will give some examples of its appli-
cability. In the first two examples, X = [n] r and H = Hn,m;k (not to be confused
with H ).
Shamir’s Problem: This is the name given to that of finding the threshold for
the existence of a perfect matching in the random hypergraph Hn,m;k . A perfect
matching of an n-vertex, k-uniform hypergraph H, where k|n, is a set of n/k dis-
joint edges that cover all vertices of H. If m = cn log n then the expected number of
isolated vertices in Hn,m;k is ≈ n1−ck . If ck < 1 then there will be isolated vertices,
w.h.p., see Exercise 14.4.1. Suppose now that H is the hypergraph with vertex
[n]

set X = r and an edge of size n/k corresponding to each perfect matching of
the complete k-uniform hypergraph Hn,r on vertex set [n]., Viz. each partition of
[n] into n/k sets of size k. Thus H is n/k-bounded. Now H has exactly (n/k)!k! n!
n/k

edges. We see more generally, that if we choose a set S = {e1 , e2 , . . . , es } ⊆ X, i.e.

s subsets of [n] of size k then E(H ) ∩ hSi = 0/ unless e1 , e2 , . . . , es are disjoint. If
they are disjoint then

|E(H ) ∩ hSi| (n − ks)! (n/k)!k!s

= · =
|E(H )| n! (n/k − s)!
s−1  s
s n/k − i (k − 1)!
(k!) ∏ k−1 ≤ .
i=0 ∏ j=0 (n − ki − j) (n − 2k)k−1
k−1
Thus, H is κ = (n−2k)
(k−1)! spread. Applying Theorem 14.11 with this value of
κ and r = n/k, we see that there exists K > 0 such if m = Kn log n then Hn,m;k
292 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

has a perfect matching w.h.p. This was first proved in a breakthrough paper by
Johansson, Kahn and Vu [468].
Loose Hamilton Cycles: We consider the case r = 1 of Section 14.2. In this case
[n]

X = r and the edges of H correspond to the loose Hamilton cycles of the com-
plete k-uniform hypergraph Hn,r on vertex set [n]. We see from Exercise 14.4.1
that we need at least Ω(n log n) random edges to have a loose Hamilton cycle
w.h.p. Now there are n/(k −1) edges in a loose cycle and so we take r = n/(k −1).
The number of loose Hamilton cycles in Hn,r is given by k−1 n!
2n · (k−2)!n/(k−1) , Exer-
cise 14.4.11, and for a set S = {e1 , e2 , . . . , es } ⊆ X we have

|E(H ) ∩ hSi| (n − (k − 1)s − 1)! 2n(k − 2)!n/(k−1)

≤ ·
|E(H )| (k − 2)!n/(k−1)−s (k − 1)n!
2(k − 2)!s (k−1)s i −1
 
≤ (k−1)s · ∏ 1 −
n i=1 n
( ) 
(k−1)s
2(k − 2)!s i 1 (k−1)s i 2 O(1) s
  
= (k−1)s · exp ∑ + ∑ n + · · · ≤ nk−1 . (14.19)
n i=1 n 2 i=1

Arguing as for the Shamir problem, we see that there exists K > 0 such if m =
Kn log n then Hn,m;k has a loose hamilton cycle w.h.p. This being the result of
[341], [263] and [265].
Powers of Hamilton cycles: The kth power of a Hamilton cycle in a graph G=
(V, E) is a permutation x1 , x2 , . . . , xn of the vertices V such that xi , xi+ j is an
edge of G for all i ∈ [n], j ∈ [k]. Kühn and Osthus [537] studied the existence of
kth powers in Gn,p . They showed that for k ≥ 3 one could use Riordan’s Theorem
[671] to show that if npk → ∞ then Gn,p contains the kth power of a Hamilton
cycle w.h.p. This is tight as the first moment method shows that if npk → 0 then
w.h.p. there are no kth powers. The problem is more difficult for k = 2 and then
after a series of papers, Nenadov and Škorić [629], Fischer, Škorić, Steger and
2n
Trujić [312], Montgomery [610] we have an upper bound of p  log n1/2
. Theorem
3/2
14.11 reduces the bound to O(n log n) in Gn,m , as we will now show.
We take X = [n] 2 and the edges of H correspond to the squares of Hamilton

cycles of Kn . In which case we have for |S| = s, r = n and

 bs/2c+1
|E(H ) ∩ hSi| (n − 2 − bs/2c)! e
≤ ≤ . (14.20)
|E(H )| (n − 1)!/2 n−1

We can therefore take κ = e−1 n1/2 , and then (14.18) yields the claimed upper
bound of O(n3/2 log n) on the threshold for the existence of the square of a Hamil-
ton cycle in Gn,m .
14.3. THRESHOLDS 293

Bounded degree spanning trees: Let Tn be a sequence of spanning trees of Kn all

of maximum degree ∆ = O(1). We take X = [n] 2 and the edges of H correspond

to the copies of T in Kn . We prove that (14.17) holds with κ = n/∆. If S ⊆ X is not

isomorphic to a subset of E(T ) then E(H ) ∩ hSi = 0/ and (14.17) holds. Suppose
then that S ⊆ X is isomorphic to a subset of E(T ). Then, where π is a random
premutation of [n] and

π(T ) = ([n], {{π(v), π(w)} : {v, w} ∈ E(T )} ,

we have
|E(H ) ∩ hSi|
= P(S ⊆ π(T )) ≤ κ −|S| . (14.21)
|E(H )|

We leave the verifcation of (14.21) as an exercise – Exercise 14.4.15. Conse-

quently, we can apply Theorem 14.11 with r = n − 1 that O(n log n) random edges
are sufficient to contain a copy of Tn , w.h.p. Montgomery [608] gave the first
proof of this result.

Proof of Theorem 14.11

In the following, some passages have been more or less taken from [327]. Let γ be
a moderately small constant (e.g. γ = 0.1 suffices), and let C0 be a constant large
enough to support the estimates that follow. Let H be an r-bounded, κ-spread
hypergraph on a set X of size n, with r, κ
≥ C02 . Set p = C/κ with C0 ≤ C ≤ κ/C0
n
(so p ≤ 1/C0 ), r0 = (1 − γ)r and N = np .
Let
[
hH i = hSi.
S∈H

Fix ψ : hH i → H satisfying ψ(Z) ⊆ Z for all Z ∈ hH i. I.e. given Z ∈ hH i, ψ

chooses a member of H contained in Z.
For W ⊆ X and S ∈ H , set

χ(S,W ) = ψ(S ∪W ) \W ;

and say that the pair (S,W ) is bad if |χ(S,W )| > r0 and good otherwise. (It is
important to remember that ψ(S ∪ W ) is determined by S ∪ W and not by S. It
would be incorrect to take χ(S,W ) = S \W .)
294 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

ψ(S ∪W ) χ(S,W ) is the

shaded rectangle

The idea now is to choose a small random set W and argue that w.h.p. there
exists H ∈ H such that |H \W | is significantly smaller than |H|. We then repeat
the argument with respect to the hypergraph H \ W . In this way, we build up a
member of H bit by bit. After O(log r) iterations we can prove the existence of a
final small piece by using the second moment method.
Lemma 14.12. For H as above, and W chosen uniformly from np X

,

E(|{S ∈ H : (S,W ) is bad}|) ≤ |H |C−r/3 .

Proof. It is enough to show, for s ∈ (r0 , r],

E (|{S ∈ H : (S,W ) is bad and |S| = s}|) ≤ (γr)−1 |H |C−r/3 . (14.22)

We let Hs = {S ∈ H : |S| = s}. Now

E (|{S ∈ H : (S,W ) is bad and |S| = s}|) = ∑ P((S,W ) is bad)

S∈Hs
   
1  X
=  S ∈ Hs ,W ∈

: (S,W )is bad  .
N np

So, we instead concentrate on showing

|{(S,W ) : (S,W ) is bad and |S| = s}| ≤ (γr)−1 N|H |C−r/3 . (14.23)

(Note that γr = r − r0 bounds the number of s for which the set in question can be
nonempty, whence the factor (γr)−1 .)
For Z ⊇ S ∈ Hs , we say that (S, Z) is pathological if there is T ⊆ S with t := |T | >
r0 and
|{S0 ∈ Hs : S0 ∈ [T, Z]}| > Cr/2 |H |κ −t ps−t . (14.24)
(Note that one would expect to bound the typical size of {S0 ∈ Hs : S0 ∈ [T, Z]} by
something of the order |H |κ −t ps−t .)
14.3. THRESHOLDS 295

From now on we will always take Z = W ∪ S (with W as in Lemma 14.12). Note

that in proving (14.23) we may assume s ≤ n/2. Because, as we may assume that
|Hs | is at least the R.H.S. of (14.22), we have

1 ≤ κ −s |H | ≤ κ −s γrCr/3 |Hs | ≤ κ −s γrCr/3 2n < 1,

if s > n/2 (since κ > C).

We bound the nonpathological and pathological parts of (14.23) separately.
Nonpathological contributions. We first bound the number of pairs (S,W ) in (14.23)
with (S, Z) nonpathological.
Step 1. There are at most
s    
n n+s
∑ np + i ≤ np + s ≤ N p−s (14.25)
i=0

choices for Z = W ∪ S.
Step 2. Given Z, let S0 = ψ(Z). Choose T := S ∩ S0 , for which there are at most
0
2|S | ≤ 2r possibilities, and set t = |T | > r0 . (If t ≤ r0 then (S,W ) cannot be bad, as
χ(S,W ) = S0 \W ⊆ T .)
Step 3. Since we are only interested in nonpathological choices, and we choose
S \ S0 by choosing S ∈ [T, Z], the number of possibilities for S is now at most

Cr/2 |H |κ −t ps−t .

Step 4. Complete the specification of (S,W ) by choosing W ∩ S, the number of

possibilities for which is at most 2s .
In sum, since s ≤ r and t > r0 = (1 − γ)r, the number of nonpathological possibil-
ities is at most

2r+s N|H |Cr/2 (pκ)−t ≤ N|H |(4C1/2 )rC−t < N|H |[4C−(1/2−γ) ]r . (14.26)

Pathological contributions. We next bound the number of (S,W ) as in (14.23)

with (S, Z) pathological. The main point here is Step 4.
Step 1. There are at most |H | possibilities for S.
Step 2. Choose T ⊆ S witnessing the pathology of (S, Z) (i.e. for which (14.24)
holds); there are at most 2s possibilities for T .
Step 3. Choose U ∈ [T, S] for which

|Hs ∩ [U, (Z \ S) ∪U]| > 2−(s−t)Cr/2 |H |κ −t ps−t . (14.27)

(Here the left hand side counts the members of Hs in Z whose intersection with S
is precisely U. Of course, the existence of U as in (14.27) follows from (14.24).)
The number of possibilities for this choice is at most 2s−t .
296 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

Step 4. Choose Z \ S, the number of choices for which is less than N(2/C1/2 )r .
To see this, write Φ for the R.H.S. of (14.27). Noting that Z \ S must belong to
X\S
X\S
X\S

np ∪ np−1 ∪ · · · ∪ np−s , we consider, for Y drawn uniformly from this set,

P(|Hs ∩ [U,Y ∪U]| > Φ). (14.28)

Set |U| = u. We have

|Hs ∩ hUi| ≤ |H ∩ hUi| ≤ |H |κ −u ,

while, for any S0 ∈ Hs ∩ hUi,

 s−u
0 np
P(Y ⊇ S \U) ≤
n−s

(of course if S0 ∩ S 6= U the probability is zero); so

 s−u
−u np
θ := E (|Hs ∩ [U,Y ∪U]|) ≤ |H |κ ≤ |H |κ −u (2p)s−u
n−s

(since n − s ≥ n/2). The Markov Inequality then bounds the probability in (14.28)
by θ /Φ, and this bounds the number of possibilities for Z \S by N(θ /Φ) (cf. (14.25)),
which is easily seen to be less than N(2/C1/2 )r .
Step 5. Complete the specification of (S,W ) by choosing S ∩ W , which can be
done in at most 2s ways.
Combining (and slightly simplifying), we find that the number of pathological
possibilities is at most
|H |N(16/C1/2 )r . (14.29)
Finally, the sum of the bounds in (14.26) and (14.29) is less than the
(γr)−1 N|H |C−r/3 of (14.23).

Small uniformities
Very small set sizes are handled by a simple use of the Janson inequality, Theorem
22.13.
Lemma 14.13. For an r-bounded, κ-spread G on Y , and α ∈ (0, 1),
 !−1 
r  
 r 
P(Yα 6∈ hG i) ≤ exp − 2 ∑ (ακ)−t . (14.30)
 t=1 t 
14.3. THRESHOLDS 297

Proof. Denote the members of G by Si and set ζi = 1{Yα ⊇Si } . We add r − |Si | new
elements to each Si to create an r-uniform hypergraph G 0 on a set of vertices Y 0 .
Note that Yα0 ∈ hG 0 i implies Yα ∈ hG i. This is for the purposes of the proof only
and for the rest of the proof of this lemma, we let G = G 0 .

µ := ∑ E(ζi ) = α r |G |

and

∆= ∑ E(ζi ζ j ) =
i, j:Si ∩S j 6=0/
 
 
r r

 

∑α ∑ ∑ ∑ r
α r−t
≤ µ max ∑ α −t ∑ ∑ αr
t=1 T ⊆G H∩G=T G∈G  T ⊆G H∩G=T
G∈G t=1
 


|T |=t |T |=t
 ( )
r r 
≤ µ ∑ α −t max max ∑ α r
t=1 G∈G  t T ⊆G H⊇T 
|T |=t
r   r r  
−t r α |G | 2 −t r
≤µ ∑α = µ ∑ (ακ) . (14.31)
t=1 t κt t=1 t

Janson’s Inequality bounds the probability in (14.30) by exp −µ 2 /2∆ .



Corollary 14.14. Let G be as in Lemma 14.13, let t = α|Y | be an integer with

ακ ≥ 2r, and let W = Yt Then
n ακ o
P(W 6∈ hG i) ≤ 2 exp − .
4r

Proof. Note that

r
1 r
   
r −t 2r
∑ t (ακ) = 1 + ακ − 1 ≤ ακ .
t=1

Thus Lemma 14.13 gives

exp[−ακ/(4r)] ≥ P(Yα 6∈ hG i) ≥ P(|Yα | ≤ t) P(W 6∈ hG i) ≥ P(W 6∈ hG i)/2,

where we use the fact that any binomial ξ with E[ξ ] ∈ Z satisfies P(ξ ≤ E[ξ ]) ≥
1/2.
298 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

Completing the proof

It will be convenient to prove the theorem assuming H is (2κ)-spread. Let γ
and C0 be as in Section 14.3 and H as in the statement of Theorem 14.11, and
recall that asymptotics refer to r. We may of course assume that κ ≥ 2γ −1C0 log r
(or the result is trivial with a suitably adjusted K). The statement is also trivial if
Kκ −1 log r ≥ 1.
In what follows we will have a sequence Hi , with H0 = H and

Hi ⊆ {χi (S,Wi ) : S ∈ Hi−1 },

where Wi and χi will be defined below (with χi a version

√ of the χ of Section 14.3).
Set C = C0 and p = C/κ, define ` by (1 − γ)` = log r/r, and set q = log r/κ.
γ −1 log r
Then ` = 1+ γ ≤ γ −1 log r and Theorem 14.11 will follow from the next asser-
2 +···
tion.
Claim 9. If W is a uniform ((`p + q)n)-subset of X, then W ∈ hH i w.h.p.
Proof. Set δ = 1/(2`). Let r0 = r and ri = (1 − γ)ri−1
= (1 − γ)i r0 for i ∈ [`]. Let
X0 = X and, for i = 1 . . . `, let Wi be uniform from Xnp i−1
and set Xi = Xi−1 \Wi . The
sequence Xi ,Wi , i = 1, 2, . . . , ` + 1 is defined momentarily. Note the assumption
κ ≥ 2γ −1C0 log r ensures that

C0 γ −1 log r C0 γ −1 log r
   
n
|X` | = n − `np ≥ n 1 − ≥ n 1 − −1 = .
κ 2γ C0 log r 2

For S ∈ Hi−1 let χi (S,Wi ) = S0 \ Wi , where S0 is a member of Hi−1 contained in

Wi ∪ S. Say that S is good if |χi (S,Wi )| ≤ ri (and bad otherwise), and set

Hi = {χi (S,Wi ) : S ∈ Hi−1 is good}.

It is important to realise that in general, Hi is a multihypergraph. It can contain re-

peated edges. The set H is included as an edge for each S such that H = χi (S,Wi ).
Thus Hi is an ri -bounded collection of subsets of Xi . Note that Hi contains a
copy of set T for each S such that T = χi (S,Wi ). Finally, choose W`+1 uniformly
X`

from nq . Then W = W1 ∪ · · · ∪ W`+1 is uniformly distributed as required for
Claim 9. Note also that W ∈ hH i whenever W`+1 ∈ hH` i. (More generally,
W1 ∪ · · · ∪Wi ∪Y ∈ hH i whenever Y ⊆ Xi lies in hHi i.)
So to prove the claim, we just need to show

P(W`+1 ∈ hH` i) = 1 − o(1) (14.32)

(where the P refers to the entire sequence W1 . . .W`+1 ).

14.3. THRESHOLDS 299

For i ∈ [`] call Wi successful if |Hi | ≥ (1 − δ )|Hi−1 |, call W`+1 successful if it lies
in hH` i, and say a sequence of Wi ’s is successful if each of its entries is. We show
that h p i
P(W1 . . .W`+1 is successful) = 1 − exp −Ω( log r) . (14.33)

Now W1 . . .Wi−1 successful implies that |Hi−1 | > (1 − δ )` |H | > |H |/2. So for
I ⊆ Xi−1 we have

|H | |Hi−1 |
|Hi−1 ∩ hIi| ≤ |H ∩ hIi| ≤ ≤ .
(2κ)|I| κ |I|

We therefore have the spread condition (14.17) for Hi−1 . For i ∈ [`], according to
Lemma 14.12 (and the Markov Inequality),

P(Wi is not successful |W1 . . .Wi−1 is successful) < δ −1C−ri−1 /3 ,

Thus

`
P(W1 . . .W` is successful) > 1 − δ −1 ∑ C−ri−1 /3
i=1
n p o
> 1 − exp − log r/4 (14.34)
√
(using r` = log r).
Finally, if W1 . . .W` is successful, then Corollary 14.14 applied with G = H` ,
Y = X` , α = nq/|Y | ≥ q, r = r` , and W = W`+1 gives
n p o
P(W`+1 6∈ hH` i) ≤ 2 exp − log r/4 , (14.35)

and we have (14.33) and the claim.

We used the following to obtain (14.35):

ακ Nρ · κ (N log r0 /κ) · κ N log r N log r0

= ≥ `
= √ ≥ √ .
er` e|X` |r` e|X` |(1 − γ) r0 e|X` |( log r0 /r0 )r0 eN( log r0 /r0 )r0

Sparse Hypergraphs
The above proof can be adapted to prove the following result related to the Shamir
problem.
300 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

C
Theorem 14.15. Suppose that p = n where C is a constant and C > C0 . Then
(k−1 )
w.h.p. Hn,p;k contains a matching of size at least
n −Cγ/C0

1−e .
k
Proof. Let now ` = bC/C0 c and let δ = 1/(2`) as before. The first inequality in
(14.34) continues to hold with r1 , r2 , . . . , r`−1 ≥ r` = Ω(n). It follows that w.h.p.
there is a matching of size
n n 
− r` ≥ 1 − (1 − γ)C/C0 .
k k

Square of a Hamilton cycle and more

Kahn, Narayanan and Park [474] modified the proof of Theorem 14.11 and proved
Theorem 14.16. If m ≥ Cn3/2 for sufficiently large C then w.h.p. Gn,m contains a
copy of H2 , the square of a Hamilton cycle.
It is straightforward to generalise their proof as follows: For S ∈ H , let

ft,S = |H |−1 | {J ∈ H : |J ∩ S| = t} |.

Theorem 14.17. Suppose that H is κ-spread and r-uniform and that there exist
constants α, K0 such that for all S ∈ H ,
 t
K0
ft,S ≤ for 1 ≤ t ≤ αr. (14.36)
κ

Then

Cε |X|
∀ε > 0, ∃Cε such that m ≥ implies that
κ
Pr(Xm contains a copy of e ∈ H ) ≥ 1 − ε. (14.37)

It would seem likely that 1 − ε can be replaced by 1 − o(1) using Friedgut’s

method [328], as was claimed in [474]. We will not pursue this here though.

Proof. The strategy here is similar to that used to prove Theorem 14.11. The
main difference is that we replace the O(log r) rounds by a single round where we
obtain almost all of an edge of H .
14.3. THRESHOLDS 301

Let N = |X| and m = CN 1/2 . For W ⊆ X, |W | = m and S ∈ H we say

κ and k = r
that (S,W ) is bad if |T \ W | > k for all T ∈ H , T ⊆ S ∪ W . Otherwise (S,W ) is
good.
In the course of the proof, we make some claims that will be verified later.
Let p = Nq 3m
and p0 = 2p 5 and define p1 by (1 − p) = (1 − p0 )(1 − p1 ) so that
X p = X p0 ∪ X p1 . The size of X p0 is distributed as the binomial Bin(Nq, 6m/5Nq)
and so the Chernoff bounds imply that w.h.p. |X p0 | ≥ m. Let W0 be distributed as
Xm . Let W0 be a success if | {S ∈ H : (S,W0 ) is bad} | ≤ |H |/2.
Claim 10. If t ≥ k then

| {(S,W ) : (S,W ) is bad and |S ∩W | = t} | ≤

  
−k/3 r N −r
2C |H | . (14.38)
t m−t
Now
|H |
| {W0 : W0 is a failure} | × ≤ ∑ | {(S,W ) : (S,W ) is bad} |.
2 W ⊆E

Claim 10 shows that

| {W0 : W0 is not a success} |
Pr(W0 is not a success) = N

m
2 ∑W ⊆E | {(S,W ) : (S,W ) is bad} |
≤ N

≤ 4C−k/3 .
m |H |

(We have used the Vandermonde identity Nm = ∑t≥0 rt N−r

m−t .)
Suppose now that W0 is a success and then let R = {S ∈ H : |S \W0 | ≤ k} and for
each S ∈ R let η(S) denote some k-subset of S that contains S \W0 . Let Z denote
the number of sets S ∈ R such that η(S) is contained in X p1 . Then we have

E(Z) = |R|pk1 . (14.39)

Now
k
Var(Z) ≤ p2k
1 ∑ ∑ p−t
1 . (14.40)
t=1 A,B∈R
|A∩B|=t

For R ∈ R and 1 ≤ t ≤ k, equation (14.36) implies that

 t
K0
| {S ∈ R : |R ∩ S| = t} | ≤ ∑ |R ∩ hIi| ≤ ∑ |H ∩ hIi| ≤ |H |.
I⊆R I⊆R κ
|I|=t |I|=t
302 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

So the sum in (14.40) is at most

k  t k  t
K0 K0
Var(Z) ≤ |R| |H |p2k
1 ∑ p−t
1 ≤ 2|R|2 p2k
1 ∑ ≤
t=1 κ t=1 κ p1
k  t
K0
2|R|2 p2k
1 ∑ (using κ p1 ≥ κm/N ≥ C)
t=1 C
k  t
2 K0 4K0
≤ 2 E(Z) ∑ ≤ E(Z)2 ,
t=1 C C

for C ≥ 2K0 . The Chebyshev inequality implies that

Var(Z) 4K0
Pr(Z = 0) ≤ ≤ .
E(Z)2 C

Putting Cε = 10K0 /ε verifies (14.37).

Proof of Claims
Proof of Claim 10 Fix t. We bound the number of bad (S,W )’s with |W ∩ S| =

E
t. In which case, |W \ S| = m − t and |W ∪ S| = m − t + r. Call Y ⊆ m−t+r
pathological if
  
−k/3 N −r N
| {S ⊆ Y : (S,Y \ S) is bad} | > C |H | .
m−t m−t +r

We say that (S,W ) is pathological, if Y = S ∪W is.

Non-pathological contributions: To specify such, we choose Y = S ∪ W , then
S,W . This gives at most
      
N −k/3 N −r N r
×C |H | ×
m−t +r m−t m−t +r t
  
−k/3 r N −r
=C |H | . (14.41)
t m−t

Pathological contributions:
Claim 11. For a fixed S ∈ H and random W \ S from E\S

m−t and t ≥ k and large
enough C,
N−r

−2k/3 m−t
E (| {H 3 J ⊆ W ∪ S : |J ∩ S| = t|}) ≤ C |H | N
.
(14.42)
m−t+r
14.3. THRESHOLDS 303

Assume Claim 11 for now.

 
r
We choose (S,W ∩ S) in at most |H | ways. (14.43)
t

Now (S,W ) bad implies that every J ⊆ S ∪ W satisfies |J ∩ S| ≥ |J \ W | ≥ k. Be-

cause (S,W ) is pathological,
N−r

−k/3| m−t
aW = | {H 3 J ⊆ S ∪W : |J ∩ S| = t} | ≥ C |H | N
.
m−t+r

Claim 11 implies that

N−r

1
N−r

aW
∑ ≤ C−2k/3 |H | m−t
N
.
E\S
m−t W \S∈( ) m−t+r
m−t

Thus the number of choices for W \ S is at most


−2k/3 N−r
2 N

C |H | m−t m−t+r
 
−k/3 N −r
 =C . (14.44)
−k/3| N−r
N
m−t
C |H | m−t m−t+r

Claim 10 now follows from (14.41), (14.43) and (14.44).

Proof of Claim 11 The left hand side of (14.42) is equal to

m−t

r−t
ft,S |H | Pr(J ⊆ W ∪ S) = ft,S |H | N−r
,
r−t

for arbitrary J ∈ H , |J ∩ S| = t.
It is therefore enough to show that
m−t
N

r−t m−t+r 1
ft,S N−r
N−r
≤ . (14.45)
r−t m−t
C2k/3

Observe that
m−t
 r−t N
 r
r−t m−t m−t+r N −r
N−r

≤ and N−r

≤ .
r−t
N −r m−t
m−t
304 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

This implies that

m−t
N
 t  t  
r−t m−t+r N −r N κ t
N−r
N−r

≤ ≤ = . (14.46)
r−t m−t
m−t m C

Now for αr ≤ t ≤ r, the fact that H is κ spread implies

   t 
r 1 e t
ft,S ≤ ≤ . (14.47)
t κ ακ

For k ≤ t ≤ αr we have from (14.36) that

 t
K0
ft,S ≤ . (14.48)
κ
Equation (14.45) (and Claim 11) now follow from (14.46), (14.47) and (14.48),
assuming K0 ≥ e/α.

14.4 Exercises
14.4.1 Show that if m = cn log n then (i) ck < 1 implies that Hn,m;k has isolated
vertices w.h.p. and (ii) if ck > 1 then Hn,m;k is connected w.h.p.

14.4.2 Generalise the notion of configuration model to k-uniform, k ≥ 3, hyper-

graphs. Use it to show that if r = O(1) then the number of r-regular,
k-uniform hypergraphs with vertex set [n], k|n is asymptotically equal to

(rn)!
rn/k n
e−(k−1)(r−1)/2 .
(k!) r! (rn/k)!

14.4.3 Generalise the notion of switchings to k-uniform hypergraphs. Use them to

extend the result of Exercise 14.4.2 to r = nε , for sufficiently small ε > 0.

14.4.4 Extend the result of Exercise 14.4.2 to k-uniform, k ≥ 3, hypergraphs with

a fixed degree sequence d = (d1 , d2 , . . . , dn ), and maximum degree ∆ =
O(1). Let M1 = ∑ni=1 di where k|M1 and M2 = ∑ni=1 di (di − 1). Show that
the number of k-uniform hypergraphs with degree sequence d is asymp-
totically equal to
 
M1 ! (k − 1)M2
exp − .
k!M1 /k (∏ni=1 di !) (M1 /k)! 2M1
14.4. EXERCISES 305

14.4.5 Prove Lemma 14.7.

14.4.6 Prove Lemma 14.9.
14.4.7 Let Hn,d be a random k-uniform hypergraph with a fixed degree sequence.
Suppose that there are λi n vertices of of degree i = 1, 2, . . . , L = O(1). Let
Λ = ∑Li=1 λi i((i − 1)(k − 1) − 1). Prove that for ε > 0, we have
(a) If Λ < −ε then w.h.p. the size of the largest component in Hn,d is
O(log n).
(b) If Λ > ε then w.h.p. there is a unique giant component of linear size
≈ Θn where Θ is defined as follows: let K = ∑Li=1 iλi and
L
kα i/k
 
f (α) = K − kα − ∑ iλi 1 − . (14.49)
i=1 K
Let ψ be the smallest positive solution to f (α) = 0. Then
L
kψ i/k
 
Θ = 1 − ∑ λi 1 − .
i=1 K
If λ1 = 0 then Θ = 1, otherwise 0 < Θ < 1.
(c) In Case (b), the degree sequence of the graph obtained by deleting the
giant component satisfies the conditions of (a).

14.4.8 Prove Part (iii) of Theorem 14.10 by showing that

 
2a b − 1
N(b, a) ≤ n ∑ 2t+a (n − b − a(k − 1) − t)!(k!)a+t
a − 1 t≥0
≤ ck (2k!)a (n − b − a(k − 1))!,
where ck depends only on k.
Then use (14.7).
14.4.9 In a directed k-uniform hypergraph, the vertices of each edge are totally
order. Thus each k-set has k! possible orientations. Given a permutation
i1 , i2 , . . . , in of [n] we construct a directed `-overlapping Hamilton cycle
~E1 = (i1 , . . . , ik ), ~E2 = (ik−`+1 . . . , i2k−` ), . . . , ~Em = (in−(k−`)+1 , . . . , i` ). Let
`
~Hn,p:k be the directed hypergraph in which each possible directed edge is
included with probability p. Use the idea of McDiarmid in Section 13.2 to
show (see Ferber [303]) that

P(~Hn,p:k contains a directed r-overlapping Hamilton cycle)

≥ P(Hn,p;k contains an r-overlapping Hamilton cycle).
 306 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

14.4.10 A hypergraph H = (V, E) is 2-colorable if there exists a partition of V into

two non-empty sets A, B such that e ∩ A 6= 0,
/ e ∩ B 6= 0/ for all e ∈ E. Let
m = nk p. Show that if c is sufficiently large and m = c2k n then w.h.p.

Hn,p;k is not 2-colorable.

14.4.11 Verify (14.19) and (14.20)

14.4.12 Given a hypergraph H, let a vertex coloring be strongly proper if no edge

contains two vertices of the same color. The strong chromatic number
χ1 (H) is the minimum number of color’s in a strongly proper coloring.
Suppose that k ≥ 3 and 0 < p < 1 is constant. Show that w.h.p.

d nk−1 p
χ1 (Hn,p;k ) ≈ where d = .
2 log d (k − 2)!

14.4.13 Let U1 ,U2 , . . . ,Uk denote k disjoint sets of size n. Let H Pn,m,k denote the
set of k-partite, k-uniform hypergraphs with vertex set V = U1 ∪U2 ∪ · · · ∪
Uk and m edges. Here each edge contains exactly one vertex from each
Ui , 1 ≤ i ≤ k. The random hypergraph HPn,m,k is sampled uniformly from
H Pn,m,k . Prove the k-partite analogue of Shamir’s problem viz. there
exists a constant K > 0 such that if m ≥ Kn log n then

lim P(HPn,m,k has a 1-factor) = 1.

n→∞

14.4.14 Find the threshold, up to a log n factor for the existence of the following
structures in Gn,p : replace 4 by n in an appropriate way.

C4 -cycle, overlap 2 K4 -cycle, overlap 2

14.4.15 Verify (14.21).

14.4.16 Verify (14.36) for
the square of a Hamilton cycle.

(Hints: For I ⊆ X2 let κ(I) denote the number of components in the graph
induced by I and the vertices incident with I.
14.5. NOTES 307
 t+c 
(a) |I| = t ≤ n/3 implies that |H ∩ hIi| ≤ (16)t n −


2 − 1 !.
(b) If F ⊆ H2 and |F| = h then the number of subgraphs of F with t edges
t 2h

and c components is at most (8e) c .)

14.5 Notes
Components and cores
If H = (V, E) is a k-uniform hypergraph and 1 ≤ j ≤ k −1 then two sets J1 , J2 ∈ Vj

are said to be j-connected if there is a sequence of serts E1 , E2 , . . . , E` such that

J1 ⊆ E1 , J2 ⊆ E

` and |Ei ∩ Ei+1 | ≥ j for 1 ≤ i < `. This defines an equivalence
relation on Vj and the equivalance classes are called j-components. Karoński
and Łuczak [485] studied the sizes of the 1-components of the random hypergraph
n
Hn,m;k and proved the existence of a phase transition at m ≈ k(k−1) . Cooley, Kang
and Koch [205] generalised this to j-components and proved the existence of a
(n)
phase transition at m ≈  k k n . As usual, a phase transition corresponds to
( j)−1 (k− j)
the emergence of a unique giant, i.e. one of order nj .

The notion of a core extends simply to hypergraphs and the sizes of cores in ran-
dom hypergraphs has been considered by Molloy [602]. The r-core is the largest
sub-hypergraph with minimum degree r. Molloy proved the existence of a con-
stant ck,r such that if c < cr,k then w.h.p. Hn,cn;k has no r-core and that if c > cr,k
then w.h.p. Hn,cn;k has a r-core. The efficiency of the peeling algorithm for find-
ing a core has been considered by Jiang, Mitzenmacher and Thaler [466]. They
show that w.h.p. the number of rounds in the peeling algorithm is asymptotically
log log n
log(k−1)(r−1) if c < cr,k and Ω(log n) if c > cr,k . Gao and Molloy [372] show that
for |c − cr,k | ≤ n−δ , 0 < δ < 1/2, the number of rounds grows like Θ̃(nδ /2 ). In
this discussion, (r, k) 6= (2, 2).

Chromatic number
Krivelevich and Sudakov [529] studied the chromatic number of the random k-
uniform hypergraph Hn,p;k . For 1 ≤ γ ≤ k − 1 we say that a set of vertices S is
γ-independent in a hypergraph H if |S ∩ e| ≤ γ. The γ-chromatic number of a
hypergraph H = (V, E) is the minimum number of
sets in
a partition of V into
γ-independent sets. They show that if d (γ) = γ k−1
γ
n−1
k−1 p is sufficiently large
d (γ)
then w.h.p. (γ+1) log d (γ)
is a good estimate of the γ-chromatic number of Hn,p;k .
308 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS

Dyer, Frieze and Greenhill [278] extended the results of [6] to hypergraphs. Let
uk,` = `k−1 log `. They show that if uk,`−1 < c < uk,` then w.h.p. the (weak (γ =
k − 1)) chromatic number of Hn,cn;k is either k or k + 1.
Achlioptas, Kim, Krivelevich and Tetali [3] studied the 2-colorability of H =
Hn,p;k . Let m = nk p be the expected number of edges in H. They show that

if m = c2k n and c > log2 2 then w.h.p. H is not 2-colorable. They also show that if
c is a small enough constant then w.h.p. H is 2-colorable.

Orientability
Gao and Wormald [374], Fountoulakis, Khosla and Panagiotou [324] and
Lelarge [542] discuss the orientability of random hypergraphs. Suppose that 0 <
` < k. To `-orient an edge e of a k-uniform hypergraph H = (V, E), we assign
positive signs to ` of its vertices and k − ` negative signs to the rest. An (`, r)-
orientation of H consists of an `-orientation of each of its edges so that each
vertex receives at most r positive signs due to incident edges. This notion has
uses in load balancing. The papers establish a threshold for the existence of an
(`, r)-orientation. Describing it it is somewhat complex and we refer the reader to
the papers themselves.

VC-dimension
Ycart and Ratsaby [764] discuss the VC-dimension of H = Hn,p;k . Let p = cn−α
for constants c, α. They give the likely VC-dimension of H for various values of
α. For example if h ∈ [k] and α = k − h(h−1)
h+1 then the VC-dimension is h or h − 1
w.h.p.

Erdős-Ko-Rado
The famous Erdős-Ko-Rado theorem states that if n > 2k then the maximum size
n−1

of a family of mutually intersecting k-subsets of [n] is k−1 and this is achieved
by all the subsets that contain the element 1. Such collections will be called stars.
Balogh, Bohman and Mubayi [49] considered this problem in relation to the ran-
dom hypergraph Hn,p;k . They consider for what values of k, p is it true that maxi-
mum size intersecting family of edges is w.h.p. a star. More recently Hamm and
Kahn [408], [409] have answered some of these questions. For many ranges of
k, p the answer is as yet unknown.
Bohman, Cooper, Frieze, Martin and Ruszinko [115] and Bohman,
Frieze, Martin, Ruszinko and Smyth [116] studied the k-uniform hypergraph H
obtained by adding random k-sets one by one, only adding a set if it intersects all
14.5. NOTES 309

previous sets. They prove that w.h.p. H is a star for k = o(n1/3 ) and were able to
analyse the structure of H for k = o(n5/12 ).

Perfect matchings and Hamilton cycles in regular hypergraphs

The perfect matching probelm turns out to be a much easier problem than that
discussed in Section 14.3. Cooper, Frieze, Molloy and Reed [233] used small
subgraph conditioning to prove that Hn,r;k has a perfect matching w.h.p. iff k > kr
log r
where kr = (r−1) log r + 1.
((r−1 ))
Dudek, Frieze, Ruciński and Šileikis [266] made some progress on loose Hamilton
cycles in random regular hypergraphs. Their approach was to find an embeddding
of Hn,m;k in a random regular k-uniform hypergraph.
310 CHAPTER 14. HYPERGRAPHS
 Part III

Other models

311
Chapter 15

Trees

The properties of various kinds of trees are one of the main objects of study in
graph theory mainly due to their wide range of application in various areas of
science. Here we concentrate our attention on the “average” properties of two
important classes of trees: labeled and recursive. The first class plays an important
role in both the sub-critical and super-critical phase of the evolution of random
graphs. On the other hand random recursive trees serve as an example of the very
popular random preferential attachment models. In particular we will point out,
an often overlooked fact, that the first demonstration of a power law for the degree
distribution in the preferential attachment model was shown in a special class of
inhomogeneous random recursive trees.
The families of random trees, whose properties are analyzed in this chapter, fall
into two major categories according to the order of their heights: they are either
of square root (labeled trees) or logarithmic (recursive trees) height. While most
of square-root-trees appear in probability context, most log-trees are encountered
in algorithmic applications.

15.1 Labeled Trees

Consider the family Tn of all nn−2 labeled trees on vertex set [n] = {1, 2, . . . , n}.
Let us choose a tree Tn uniformly at random from the family Tn . The tree Tn is
called a random tree (random Cayley tree).
The Prüfer code [665] establishes a bijection between labeled trees on vertex set
[n] and the set of sequences [n]n−2 of length n − 2 with items in [n]. Such a coding
also implies that there is a one-to-one correspondence between the number of
labeled trees on n vertices with a given degree sequence d1 , d2 , . . . , dn and the
number of ways in which one can distribute n − 2 particles into n cells, such that
ith cell contains exactly di − 1 particles.

313
314 CHAPTER 15. TREES

If the positive integers di , i = 1, 2, . . . , n satisfy

d1 + d2 + · · · + dn = 2(n − 1),

then there exist  

n−2
(15.1)
d1 − 1, d2 − 1, . . . , dn − 1
trees with n labeled vertices, the ith vertex having degree di .
The following observation is a simple consequence of the Prüfer bijection. Namely,
there are  
n−2
(n − 1)n−i−1 (15.2)
i−1
trees with n labeled vertices in which the degree of a fixed vertex v is equal to i.
Let Xv be the degree of the vertex v in a random tree Tn , and let Xv∗ = Xv − 1.
Dividing the above formula by nn−2 , it follows that, for every i, Xi∗ has the Bin(n−
2, 1/n) distribution, which means that the asymptotic distribution of Xi∗ tends to
the Poisson distribution with mean one.
This observation allows us to obtain an immediate answer to the question of the
limiting behavior of the maximum degree of a random tree. Indeed, the proof of
Theorem 3.4 yields:

Theorem 15.1. Denote by ∆ = ∆(Tn ) the maximum degree of a random tree. Then
w.h.p.
log n
∆(Tn ) ≈ .
log log n

The classical approach to the study of the properties of labeled trees chosen at
random from the family of all labeled trees was purely combinatorial, i.e., via
counting trees with certain properties. In this way, Rényi and Szekeres [667],
using complex analysis, found the height of a random labeled tree on n vertices
(see also Stepanov [725], while for a general probabilistic context of their result,
see a survey paper by Biane, Pitman and Yor [93]).
Assume that a tree with vertex set V = [n] is rooted at vertex 1. Then there is a
unique path connecting the root with any other vertex of the tree. The height of
a tree is the length of the longest path from the root to any pendant vertex of the
tree. Pendant vertices are the vertices of degree one.
15.1. LABELED TREES 315

Theorem 15.2. Let h(Tn ) be the height of a random tree Tn . Then

 
h(Tn )
lim P √ < x = η(x),
n→∞ 2n
where
4π 5/2 ∞ 2 −(kπ/x)2
η(x) = ∑k e .
x3 k=1
Moreover,
√ π(π − 3)
E h(Tn ) ≈ 2πn and Var h(Tn ) ≈ n.
3
We will now introduce a useful relationship between certain characteristics of ran-
dom trees and branching processes. Consider a Galton-Watson branching process
µ(t), t = 0, 1, . . . , starting with M particles, i.e., with µ(0) = M, in which the num-
ber of offspring of a single particle is equal to r with probability pr , ∑∞ r=0 pr = 1.
Denote by ZM the total number of offspring in the process µ(t). Dwass [275] (see
also Viskov [747]) proved the following relationship.

Lemma 15.3. Let Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,YN be a sequence of independent identically dis-

tributed random variables, such that

P(Y1 = r) = pr for r = 1, 2, . . . , N.

Then
M
P(ZM = N) = P(Y1 +Y2 + . . . +YN = N − M).
N
Now, instead of a random tree Tn chosen from the family of all labeled trees Tn
on n vertices, consider a tree chosen at random from the family of all (n + 1)n−1
trees on n + 1 vertices, with the root labeled 0 and all other vertices labeled from
1 to n. In such a random tree, with a natural orientation of the edges from the root
to pendant vertices, denote by Vt the set of vertices at distance t from the root 0.
Let the number of outgoing edges from a given vertex be called its out-degree and
+
Xr,t be the number of vertices of out-degree r in Vt . For our branching process,
choose the probabilities pr , for r = 0, 1, . . ., as equal to

λ r −λ
pr = e ,
r!
i.e., assume that the number of offspring has the Poisson distribution with mean
λ > 0. Note that λ is arbitrary here.
316 CHAPTER 15. TREES

Let Zr,t be the number of particles in the tth generation of the process, having
exactly r offspring. Next let X = [mr,t ], r,t = 0, 1, . . . , n be a matrix of non-negative
integers. Let st = ∑nr=0 mr,t and suppose that the matrix X satisfies the following
conditions:

(i) s0 = 1,

st = m1,t−1 + 2m2,t−1 + . . . nmn,t−1 for t = 1, 2, . . . n.

(ii) st = 0 implies that st+1 = . . . = sn = 0.

(iii) s0 + s1 + . . . + sn = n + 1.

Then, as proved by Kolchin [514], the following relationship holds between the
out-degrees of vertices in a random rooted tree and the number of offspring in the
Poisson process starting with a single particle.

Theorem 15.4.
+
P([Xr,t ] = X) = P([Zr,t ] = X|Z = n + 1).

Proof. In Lemma 15.3 let M = 1 and N = n + 1. Then,

1
P(Z1 = n + 1) = P(Y1 +Y2 + . . . +Yn+1 = n)
n+1
n+1 ri
1 λ −λ
= ∑ ∏ e
n + 1 r1 +...+rn+1 =n i=1 ri !
(n + 1)n λ n e−λ (n+1)
= .
(n + 1)!

Therefore

P([Zr,t ] = X|Z = n + 1) =
n st
m0,t mn,t
∏t=0 m0,t ,...,mn,t p0 . . . pn
=
P(Z = n + 1)
 mr,t
n st ! n λ r −λ
(n + 1)! ∏t=0 m0,t ! m1,t ! ... mn,t ! ∏r=0 r! e
=
(n + 1)n λ n e−λ (n+1)
(n + 1)! s1 ! s2 ! . . . sn ! n n 1
= n ∏ ∏ mr,t . (15.3)
(n + 1) t=0 r=0 mr,t ! (r!)
15.1. LABELED TREES 317

+
On the other hand, one can construct all rooted trees such that [Xr,t ] = X in the
following manner. We first layout an unlabelled tree in the plane. We choose
a single point (0, 0) for the root and then points St = {(i,t) : i = 1, 2, . . . , st } for
t = 1, 2, . . . , n. Then for each t, r we choose mr,t points of St that will be joined to
r points in St+1 . Then, for t = 0, 1, . . . , n − 1 we add edges. Note that Sn , if non-
empty, has a single point corresponding to a leaf. We go through St in increasing
order of the first component. Suppose that we have reached (i,t) and this has been
assigned out-degree r. Then we join (i,t) to the first r vertices of St+1 that have
not yet been joined by an edge to a point in St . Having put in these edges, we
Sn
assign labels 1, 2, . . . , n to t=1 St . The number of ways of doing this is
n
st !
∏ ∏n × n!.
t=1 r=1 mr,t !

+
The factor n! is an over count. As a set of edges, each tree with [Xr,t ] = X appears
n n m
exactly ∏t=0 ∏r=0 (r!) times, due to permutations of the trees below each ver-
r,t

tex. Summarising, the total number of tree with out-degrees given by the matrix
X is
n n
1
n! s1 ! s2 ! . . . sn ! ∏ ∏ mr,t ,
t=0 r=0 mr,t ! (r!)
which, after division by the total number of labeled trees on n + 1 vertices, i.e.,
by (n + 1)n−1 , results in an identical formula to that given for the random matrix
[X+r,t ] in the case of [Zr,t ], see (15.3). To complete the proof one has to notice that
for those matrices X which do not satisfy conditions (i) to (iii) both probabilities
in question are equal to zero.
Hence, roughly speaking, a random rooted labeled tree on n vertices has asymptot-
ically the same shape as a branching process with Poisson, parameter one in terms
of family sizes. Grimmett [399] uses this probabilistic representation to deduce
the asymptotic distribution of the distance from the root to the nearest pendant
vertex in a random labeled tree Tn , n ≥ 2. Denote this random variable by d(Tn ).

Theorem 15.5. As n → ∞,
( )
k−1
P(d(Tn ) ≥ k) → exp ∑ αi ,
i=1

where the αi are given recursively by

α0 = 0, αi+1 = eαi − e−1 − 1.

318 CHAPTER 15. TREES

Proof. Let k be a positive integer and consider the sub-tree of Tn induced by the
vertices at distance at most k from the root. Within any level (strata) of Tn , order
the vertices in increasing lexicographic order, and then delete all labels, excluding
that of the root. Denote the resulting tree by Tnk .
Now consider the following branching process constructed recursively according
to the following rules:
(i) Start with one particle (the unique member of generation zero).

(ii) For k ≥ 0, the (k + 1)th generation Ak+1 is the union of the families of de-
scendants of the kth generation together with one additional member which
is allocated at random to one of these families, each of the |Ak | families
having equal probability of being chosen for this allocation. As in Theorem
15.4, all family sizes are independent of each other and the past, and are
Poisson distributed with mean one.

Lemma 15.6. As n → ∞ the numerical characteristics of Tnk have the same dis-
tribution as the corresponding characteristics of the tree defined by the first k
generations of the branching process described above.
Proof. For a proof of Lemma 15.6, see the proof Theorem 3 of [399].
Let Yk be the size of the kth generation of our branching process and let Nk be the
number of members of the kth generation with no offspring. Let i = (i1 , i2 , . . . , ik )
be a sequence of positive integers, and let

A j = {N j = 0} and B j = {Y j = i j } for j = 1, 2, . . . , k.

Then, by Lemma 15.6, as n → ∞,

P(d(Tn ) ≥ k) → P(A1 ∩ A2 ∩ . . . ∩ Ak ) .

Now,
k
P(A1 ∩ A2 ∩ . . . ∩ Ak ) = ∑ ∏ P(A j |A1 ∩ . . . ∩ A j−1 ∩ B1 ∩ . . . B j )
i j=1
× P(B j |A1 ∩ . . . ∩ A j−1 ∩ B1 ∩ . . . B j−1 ),

Using the Markov property,

k
P(A1 ∩ A2 ∩ . . . ∩ Ak ) = ∑ ∏ P(A j |B j ) P(B j |A j−1 ∩ B j−1 )
i j=1
15.1. LABELED TREES 319

k
i j −1
= ∑ ∏ 1 − e−1 C j (i j ), (15.4)
i j=1

where C j (i j ) = P(B j |A j−1 ∩ B j−1 ) is the coefficient of xi j in the probability gen-

erating function D j (x) of Y j conditional upon Y j−1 = i j−1 and N j = 0. Thus

Y j = 1 + Z + R1 + . . . + Ri j−1 −1 ,

where Z has the Poisson distribution and the Ri are independent random variables
with Poisson distribution conditioned on being non-zero. Hence
 x i j−1 −1
x−1 e − 1
D j (x) = xe .
e−1
Now,
∞
−1 ik −1 Dk (1 − e−1 )
∑ (1 − e ) Ck (ik ) =
1 − e−1
.
ik =1

We can use this to eliminate ik in (15.4) and give

P(A1 ∩ A2 ∩ . . . ∩ Ak ) =
!ik−1 −1
k−1
i −1 eβ1 − 1
∑ ∏ β1 j C j (i j )eβ1 −1 , (15.5)
(i1 ,...,ik−1 ) j=1
e−1

where β1 = 1 − e−1 . Eliminating ik−1 from (15.5) we get

P(A1 ∩ A2 ∩ . . . ∩ Ak ) =
!ik−2 −1
k−2
i −1 eβ2 − 1
∑ ∏ β1 j C j (i j )eβ1 +β2 −2 ,
(i1 ,...,ik−2 ) j=1
e−1

where β2 = (eβ1 − 1). Continuing we see that, for k ≥ 1,

( ) ( )
k k
P(A1 ∩ A2 ∩ . . . ∩ Ak ) = exp ∑ (βi − 1) = exp ∑ αi ,
i=1 i=1

where β0 , β1 , . . . are given by the recurrence

 
β0 = 1, βi+1 = eβi − 1 e−1 ,

and αi = βi − 1. One can easily check that βi remains positive and decreases
monotonically as i → ∞, and so αi → −1.
320 CHAPTER 15. TREES

Another consequence of Lemma 15.3 is that, for a given N, one can associated
with the sequence Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,YN , a generalized occupancy scheme of distributing
n particles into N cells (see [514]). In such scheme, the joint distribution of the
number of particles in each cell (ν1 , ν2 , . . . , νN ) is given, for r = 1, 2, . . . , N by
 N !

P(νr = kr ) = P Yr = kr  ∑ Yr = n . (15.6)
r=1

n +
Now, denote by Xr+ = ∑t=0 Xr,t the number of vertices of out-degree r in a random
n
tree on n + 1 vertices, rooted at a vertex labeled 0. Denote by Z (r) = ∑t=0 Zr,t , the
number of particles with exactly r offspring in the Poisson process µ(t). Then by
Theorem 15.4,
P(Xr+ = kr , r = 0, 1, . . . , n) = P(Z (r) = kr , r = 0, 1, . . . , n|Z1 = n + 1).
Hence by equation (15.1), the fact that we can choose λ = 1 in the process µ(t)
and (15.6), the joint distribution of out-degrees of a random tree coincides with the
joint distribution of the number of cells containing the given number of particles
in the classical model of distributing n particles into n + 1 cells, where each choice
of a cell by a particle is equally likely.
The above relationship, allows us to determine the asymptotic behavior of the
expectation of the number Xr of vertices of degree r in a random labeled tree Tn .

Corollary 15.7.
n
E Xr ≈ .
(r − 1)! e

15.2 Recursive Trees

We call a tree on n vertices labeled 1, 2, . . . , n a recursive tree (or increasing tree)
if the tree is rooted at vertex 1 and, for 2 ≤ i ≤ n, the labels on the unique path from
the root to vertex i form an increasing sequence. It is not difficult to see that any
such tree can be constructed “recursively”: Starting with the vertex labeled 1 and
assuming that vertices “arrive” in order of their labels, and connect themselves by
an edge to one of the vertices which “arrived” earlier. So the number of recursive
(increasing) trees on n vertices is equal to (n − 1)!.
A random recursive tree is a tree chosen uniformly at random from the family of
all (n − 1)! recursive trees. Or equivalently, it can be generated by a recursive pro-
cedure in which each new vertex chooses a neighbor at random from previously
arrived vertices. We assume that our tree is rooted at vertex 1 and all edges are
directed from the root to the leaves.
15.2. RECURSIVE TREES 321

Let Tn be a random recursive tree and let D+ n,i be the out-degree of the vertex with
label i, i.e the number of “children” of vertex i. We start with the exact probability
distribution of these random variables.

Theorem 15.8. For i = 1, 2, . . . , n and r = 1, 2, . . . , n − 1,

(i − 1)! n−i k
 
+
P(Dn,i = r) =
(n − 1)! k=r∑ r (i − 1)k−r |s(n − i, k)| (15.7)

where s(n − i, k) is the Stirling number of the first kind.

Proof. Conditioning on tree Tn−1 we see that, for r ≥ 1,

n−2 1
P(D+
n,i = r) = P(D+
n−1,i = r) + P(D+
n−1,i = r − 1). (15.8)
n−1 n−1
Fix i and let
n−i
Φn,i (z) = ∑ P(D+n,i = r)zr
r=0

be the probability generating function of D+

n,i .
r
Multiplying (15.8) by z and then summing over r ≥ 1 we see that

Φn,i (z) − P(D+

n,i = 0) =
n−2  +
 z
Φn−1,i (z) − P(Dn−1,i = 0) + Φn−1,i (z).
n−1 n−1
Notice, that the probability that vertex i is a leaf equals
n−1  
+ 1 i−1
P(Dn,i = 0) = ∏ 1 − = . (15.9)
j=i j n−1

Therefore
n−2 z
Φn,i (z) = Φn−1,i (z) + Φn−1,i (z).
n−1 n−1
With the boundary condition,

Φi,i (z) = P(D+

i,i = 0) = 1.

One can verify inductively that

n−i  
z+i+k−2
Φn,i (z) = ∏
k=1 i+k−1
322 CHAPTER 15. TREES

(i − 1)!
= (z + i − 1)(z + i) . . . (z + n − 2). (15.10)
(n − 1)!

Recall the definition of Stirling numbers of the first kind s(n, k). For non-negative
integers n and k
n
z(z − 1) . . . (z − n + 1) = ∑ s(n, k)zk .
k=1

Hence

(i − 1)! n−i
Φn,i (z) = ∑ |s(n − i, k)|(z + i − 1)k
(n − 1)! k=1
(i − 1)! n−i k k r
 
= ∑ ∑ r z (i − 1)k−r |s(n − i, k)|
(n − 1)! k=1 r=0
!
n−i
(i − 1)! n−i k
 
=∑
(n − 1)! ∑ r (i − 1)k−r |s(n − i, k)| zr .
r=0 k=r

It follows from (15.10), by putting z = 0, that the expected number of vertices of

out-degree zero is
n
i−1 n
∑ n − 1 = 2.
i=1

Then (15.8) with i = r = 1 implies that P(D+

n,1 = 1) = 1/(n − 1). Hence, if Ln is
the number of leaves in Tn , then

n 1
E Ln = + . (15.11)
2 n−1

For a positive integer n, let ζn (s) = ∑nk=1 k−s be the incomplete Riemann zeta
function, and let Hn = ζ (1) = ∑nk=1 k−1 be the nth harmonic number, and let δn,k
denote the Kronecker function 1n=k .

Theorem 15.9. For 1 ≤ i ≤ n, let Dn,i be the degree of vertex i in a random

recursive tree Tn . Then

E Dn,i = Hn−1 − Hi−1 + 1 − δ1,i ,

while
Var Dn,i = Hn−1 − Hi−1 − ζn−1 (2) + ζi−1 (2).
15.2. RECURSIVE TREES 323

Proof. Let N j be the label of that vertex among vertices 1, 2, . . . j − 1 which is the
parent of vertex j. Then for j ≥ 1 and 1 ≤ i < j
n
Dn,i = ∑ δN j ,i . (15.12)
j=i+1

By definition N2 , N3 , . . . , Nn are independent random variables and for all i, j,

1
P(N j = i) = . (15.13)
j−1
The expected value of Dn,i follows immediately from (15.12) and (15.13). To
compute the variance observe that
n  
1 1
Var Dn,i = ∑ 1− .
j=i+1 j − 1 j−1

From the above theorem it follows that Var Dn,i ≤ E Dn,i . Moreover, for fixed i
and n large, E Dn,i ≈ log n, while for i growing with n the expectation E Dn,i ≈
log n − log i. The following theorem, see Kuba and Panholzer [535], shows a
standard limit behavior of the distribution of Dn,i .

Theorem 15.10. Let i ≥ 1 be fixed and n → ∞. Then

p d
(Dn,i − log n)/ log n → N(0, 1).

Now, let i = i(n) → ∞ as n → ∞. If

(i) i=o(n), then

p d
(Dn,i − (log n − log i))/ log n − log i → N(0, 1),

(ii) i = cn, 0 < c < 1, then

d
Dn,i → Po(− log c),

(iii) n − i = o(n), then

P(D+
n,i = 0) → 1.

Now, consider another parameter of a random recursive tree.

324 CHAPTER 15. TREES

Theorem 15.11. Let r ≥ 1 be fixed and let Xn,r be the number of vertices of degree
r in a random recursive tree Tn . Then, w.h.p.

Xn,r ≈ n/2r ,

and
Xn,r − n/2r d
√ → Yr ,
n
as n → ∞, where Yr has the N(0, σr2 ) distribution.

In place of proving the above theorem we will give a simple proof of its imme-
diate implication, i.e., the asymptotic behavior of the expectation of the random
variable Xn,r . The proof of asymptotic normality of suitably normalized Xn,r is
due to Janson and can be found in [441]. (In fact, in [441] a stronger statement
is proved, namely, that, asymptotically, for all r ≥ 1, random variables Xn,r are
jointly Normally distributed.)
Corollary 15.12. Let r ≥ 1 be fixed. Then

E Xn,r ≈ n/2r .

Proof. Let us introduce a random variable Yn,r counting the number of vertices of
degree at least r in Tn . Obviously,

Xn,r = Yn,r −Yn,r+1 . (15.14)

Moreover, using a similar argument to that given for formula (15.7), we see that
for 2 ≤ r ≤ n,
n−2 1
E[Yn,r |Tn−1 ] = Yn−1,r + Yn−1,r−1 (15.15)
n−1 n−1
Notice, that the boundary condition for the recursive formula (15.15) is, trivially
given by
EYn,1 = n.
We will show, that EYn,r /n → 2−r+1 which, by (15.14), will imply the theorem.
Set
an,r := n2−r+1 − EYn,r . (15.16)
EYn,1 = n implies that an,1 = 0. We see from (15.11) that the expected number of
leaves in a random recursive tree on n vertices is given by

n 1
E Xn,1 = + .
2 n−1
15.2. RECURSIVE TREES 325

Hence an,2 = 1/(n − 1) as EYn,2 = n − E Xn,1 .

Now we show that,
0 < an,1 < an,2 < · · · < an,n−1 . (15.17)
From the relationships (15.15) and (15.16) we get

n−2 1
an,r = an−1,r + an−1,r−1 . (15.18)
n−1 n−1
Inductively assume that (15.17) holds for some n ≥ 3. Now, by (15.18), we get

n−2 1
an,r > an−1,r−1 + an−1,r−1 = an−1,r−1 .
n−1 n−1
Finally, notice that
2
an,n−1 = n22−n − ,
(n − 1)!
since there are only two recursive trees with n vertices and a vertex of degree
n − 1. So, we conclude that a(n, r) → 0 as n → ∞, for every r, and our theorem
follows.
Finally, consider the maximum degree ∆n = ∆n (Tn ) of a random recursive tree Tn .
It is easy to see that for large n, its expected value should exceed log n, since it
is as large as the expected degree of the vertex 1, which by Theorem 15.9 equals
Hn−1 ≈ log n. Szymański [731] proved that the upper bound is O(log2 n) (see Goh
and Schmutz [391] for a strengthening of his result). Finally, Devroye and Lu (see
[251]) have shown that in fact ∆n ≈ log2 n . This is somewhat surprising. While
each vertex in [1, n1−o(1) ] only has a small chance of having such a degree, there
are enough of these vertices to guarantee one w.h.p..

Theorem 15.13. In a random recursive tree Tn , w.h.p.

∆n ≈ log2 n.

The next theorem was originally proved by Devroye [246] and Pittel [652]. Both
proofs were based on an analysis of certain branching processes. The proof below
is related to [246].

Theorem 15.14. Let h(Tn ) be the height of a random recursive tree Tn . Then
w.h.p.
h(Tn ) ≈ e log n.
326 CHAPTER 15. TREES

Proof.
Upper Bound: For the upper bound we simply estimate the number ν1 of vertices
at height h1 = (1+ε)e log n where ε = o(1) but is sufficiently large so that claimed
inequalities are valid. Each vertex at this height can be associated with a path
i0 = 1, i1 , . . . , ih of length h in Tn . So, if S = {i1 , . . . , ih } refers to such a path, then
!h1
n
1 1 1
E ν1 = ∑ ∏ i − 1 ≤ h1! ∑ i ≤
|S|=h1 i∈S i=1
 h1
(1 + log n)e
= o(1), (15.19)
h1
assuming that h1 ε →∞.
Explanation: If S = i1 = 1, i2 , . . . , ih1 then the term ∏hj=1
1
1/i j is the probability
that i j chooses i j−1 in the construction of Tn .
Lower Bound: The proof of the lower bound is more involved. We consider a
different model of tree construction and relate it to Tn . We consider a Yule process.
We run the process for a specific time t and construct a tree Y (t). We begin by
creating a single particle x1 at time 0 this will be the root of a tree Y (t). New
particles are generated at various times τ1 = 0, τ2 , . . . ,. Then at time τk there will
be k particles Xk = {x1 , x2 , . . . , xk } and we will have Y (t) = Y (τk ) for τk ≤ t < τk+1 .
After xk has been added to Y (τk ), each x ∈ Xk is associated with an exponential
random variable Ex with mean one1 . If zk is the particle in Xk that minimizes
Ex , x ∈ Xk then a new particle xk+1 is generated at time τk+1 = τk + Ezk and an
edge {zk , xk+1 } is added to Y (τk ) to create Y (τk+1 ). After this we independently
generate new random variables Ex , x ∈ Xk+1 .

Remark 15.15. The memory-less property of the exponential random variable,

i.e. P(Z ≥ a + b | Z ≥ a) = P(Z ≥ b), implies that we could equally well think
that at time t ≥ τk the Ex are independent exponentials conditional on being at least
τk . In which case the choice of zk is uniformly random from Xk , even conditional
on the processes prior history.

Suppose then that we focus attention on Y (y; s,t), the sub-tree rooted at y contain-
ing all descendants of y that are generated after time s and before time t.
We observe three things:
(T1) The tree Y (τn ) has the same distribution as Tn . This is because each particle
in Xk is equally likely to be zk .
1 An exponential random variable Z with mean λ is characterised by P(Z ≥ x) = e−x/λ .
15.2. RECURSIVE TREES 327

(T2) If s < t and y ∈ Y (s) then Y (y; s,t) is distributed as Y (t − s). This follows
from Remark 15.15, because when zk ∈ / Y (y; s,t) it does not affect any of the
the variables Ex , x ∈ Y (y; s,t).

(T3) If x, y ∈ Y (s) then Y (x; s,t) and Y (y; s,t) are independent. This also follows
from Remark 15.15 for the same reasons as in (T2).
It is not difficult to prove (see Exercise (vii) or Feller [301]) that if Pn (t) is the
probability there are exactly n particles at time t then

Pn (t) = e−t (1 − e−t )n−1 . (15.20)

Next let
t1 = (1 − ε) log n.
Then it follows from (15.20) that if ν(t) is the number of particles in our Yule
process at time t then
 n−1
−t1 −t1 k−1 1
P(ν(t1 ) ≥ n) ≤ ∑ e (1 − e ) = 1 − 1−ε = o(1). (15.21)
k≥n n

We will show that w.h.p. the tree Tν(t1 ) has height at least

h0 = (1 − ε)et1

and this will complete the proof of the theorem.

We will choose s → ∞, s = O(logt1 ). It follows from (15.20) that if ν0 = εes then
ν0
P(ν(s) ≤ ν0 ) = ∑ e−s(1 − e−s)k−1 ≤ ε = o(1). (15.22)
k=0

Suppose now that ν(s) ≥ ν0 and that the vertices of T1;0,s are
 1/2
x1 , x2 , . . . , xν(s) . Let σ = ν0 and consider the sub-trees
A j , j = 1, 2, . . . , τ of T1;0,t1 rooted at x j , j = 1, 2, . . . , ν(s). We will show that
1
P(Tx1 ;s,t1 has height at least (1 − ε)3 e log n) ≥ . (15.23)
2σ log σ
Assuming that (15.23) holds, since the trees A1 , A2 , . . . , Aτ are independent, by T3,
we have

P(h(Tn ) ≤ (1 − ε)3 e log n) ≤

 ν0
3 1
o(1) + P(h(T1;0,t1 ) ≤ (1 − ε) e log n) ≤ o(1) + 1 − = o(1).
2σ log σ
328 CHAPTER 15. TREES

To prove all this we will associate a Galton-Watson branching process with each
of x1 , x2 , . . . , xτ . Consider for example x = x1 and let τ0 = log σ . The vertex x
will be the root of a branching process Π, which we now define. We will consider
the construction of Y (x; s,t) at times τi = s + iτ0 for i = 1, 2, . . . , i0 = (t1 − s)/τ0 .
The children of x in Π are the vertices at depth at least (1 − ε)eτ0 in Y (x; s, τ1 ). In
general, the particles in generation i will correspond to particles at depth at least
(1 − ε)eτ0 in the tree Y (ξ ; τi−1 , τi ) where ξ is a particle of Y (x; s,t) included in
generation i − 1 of Π.
If the process Π does not ultimately become extinct then generation i0 corresponds
to vertices in Y (t) that are at depth

i0 × (1 − ε)eτ0 = (1 − ε)e(t1 − s) ≥ (1 − ε)3 e log n.

We will prove that

1
P(Π does not become extinct) ≥ , (15.24)
2σ log σ
and this implies (15.23) and the theorem.
To prove (15.24) we first show that µ, the expected number of progeny of a particle
in Π satisfies µ > 1 and after that we prove (15.24).
Let D(h, m) denote the expected number of vertices at depth h in the tree Tm . Then
for any ξ ∈ Π,
µ ≥ D((1 − ε)eτ0 , σ ) × P(ν(τ0 ) ≥ σ ). (15.25)
It follows from (15.20) and σ = eτ0 that
∞
P(|Y (ξ , 0, τ0 )| ≥ σ ) = ∑ e−τ0 (1 − e−τ0 )k
k=σ
1
= (1 − e−τ0 )σ ≥ . (15.26)
2e
We show next that for m  h we have
(log m − log h − 1)h
D(h, m) ≥ . (15.27)
h!
To prove this, we go back to (15.19) and write

1 m 1 1
D(h, m) = ∑ i−1 ∑ ∏
h i=2 j−1
S∈([2,m]\{i}
h−1 )
j∈S\{i}
m m
1 1 1 1 1 1
= ∑ ∏ j−1 ∑ ≥ ∑ ∏ j−1 ∑
h j∈S 16=k∈S
k−1 h j∈S k=h+1 k
S∈([2,m]
h−1 )
/ S∈([2,m]
h−1 )
15.2. RECURSIVE TREES 329

log m − log h − 1
≥ D(h − 1, m). (15.28)
h
Equation (15.27) follows by induction since D(1, m) ≥ log m.
Explanation of (15.28): We choose a path of length h by first choosing a vertex
i and then choosing S ⊆ [2, m] \ {i}. We divide by h because each h-set arises h
1
times in this way. Each choice will contribute ∏ j∈S∪{i} j−1 . We change the order
1 1
of summation i, S and then lower bound ∑m m
/ k−1 by ∑k=h+1 k .
16=k∈S

We now see from (15.25), (15.26) and (15.27) that

(τ0 − log((1 − ε)eτ0 ) − 1)(1−ε)eτ0 1

µ≥ × ≥
((1 − ε)eτ0 )! 2e
1 1
√ ×  1,
2e 2π (1 − ε/2)(1−ε)eτ0
if we take ετ0 / log τ0 → ∞.
We are left to prove (15.24). Let G(z) be the probability generating function for
the random variable Z equal to the number of descendants of a single particle. We
first observe that for any θ ≥ 1,
∞
P(Z ≥ θ σ ) ≤ P(|Y (ξ , 0, τ0 )| ≥ θ σ ) = ∑ e−τ0 (1 − e−τ0 )k ≤ e−θ .
k=θ σ

Note that for 0 ≤ x ≤ 1, any k ≥ 0 and a ≥ k it holds that

 
k k
1− + xa ≥ xk .
a a
We then write for 0 ≤ x ≤ 1,
θσ θσ
G(x) ≤ ∑ pk xk + P(Z ≥ θ σ ) ≤ ∑ pk xk + e−θ
k=0 k=0
θσ  
k k
≤∑ 1− pk + pk x θσ
+ e−θ
k=0 θ σ θ σ
∞   
k k
≤∑ 1− pk + pk x θσ
+ e−θ
k=0 θ σ θ σ
µ µ θσ
= H(x) = 1 − + x + e−θ .
θσ θσ
The function H is monotone increasing in x and so ρ = P(Π becomes extinct)
being the smallest non-negative solution to x = G(x) (see Theorem 24.1) implies
330 CHAPTER 15. TREES

that ρ is at most the smallest non-negative solution q to x = H(x). The convexity

of H and the fact that H(0) > 0 implies that q is at most the value ζ satisfying
H 0 (ζ ) = 1 or
1
q ≤ ζ = 1/(θ σ −1) < 1.
µ
But ρ = G(ρ) ≤ G(q) ≤ H(q) and so
 
µ 1 µ −1 1
1−ρ ≥ 1− − e−θ ≥ − e−θ ≥ ,
θσ µ θ σ /(θ σ −1) θσ 2σ log σ

after putting θ = 2 log σ and using µ  1.

Devroye, Fawzi and Fraiman [247] give another proof of the above theorem that
works for a wider class of random trees called scaled attachment random recursive
trees, where each vertex i attaches to the random vertex biXi c and X0 , . . . , Xn is a
sequence of independent identically distributed random variables taking values in
[0, 1).

15.3 Inhomogeneous Recursive Trees

Plane-oriented recursive trees
This section is devoted to the study of the properties of a class of inhomogeneous
recursive trees that are closely related to the Barabási-Albert “preferential attach-
ment model”, see [58]. Bollobás, Riordan, Spencer and Tusnády gave a proper
definition of this model and showed how to reduce it to random plane-oriented
recursive trees, see [155]. In this section we present some results that preceded
[58] and created a solid mathematical ground for the further development of gen-
eral preferential attachment models, which will be discussed later in the book (see
Chapter 18).
Suppose that we build a recursive tree in the following way. We start as before
with a single vertex labeled 1 and add n − 1 vertices labeled 2, 3, . . . , n, one by one.
We assume that the children of each vertex are ordered (say, from left to right). At
each step a new vertex added to the tree is placed in a position “in between” old
vertices. A tree built in this way is called a plane-oriented recursive tree. To study
this model it is convenient to introduce an extension of a plane-oriented recursive
tree: given a plane-oriented recursive tree we connect each vertex with external
nodes, representing a possible insertion position for an incoming new vertex. See
Figure 15.3 for a diagram of all plane-oriented recursive trees on n = 3 vertices,
together with their extensions.
15.3. INHOMOGENEOUS RECURSIVE TREES 331

1 11
00
00
11 1 11
00
00
11 1 11
00
00
11
00
11
00
11 00
11

2 11
00
00
11
00
11

00
11
3 11
00
00
11 2 11
00
00
11 11
00
00
113 3 11
00
00
11
00
11
11
00
002
11
00
11
00
11 00
11

00
11 1 11
00 1 11
00
00
11
00
11
1 11
00 00
11
00
11
00
11

2 11
00
00
11
00
11
2 11
00
00
11
00
11
11
00
003
11
00
11
3 11
00
00
11
00
11
11
00
002
11
00
11

00
11
3 11
00
00
11

Figure 15.1: Plane-oriented recursive trees and their extensions, n = 3

Assume now, as before that all the edges of a tree are directed toward the leaves,
and denote the out-degree of a vertex v by d + (v). Then the total number of exten-
sions of an plane-oriented recursive tree on n vertices is equal to

∑ (d +(v) + 1) = 2n − 1.
v∈V

So a new vertex can choose one those those 2n − 1 places to join the tree and
create a tree on n + 1 vertices. If we assume that this choice in each step is made
uniformly at random then a tree constructed this way is called a random plane-
oriented recursive tree. Notice that the probability that the vertex labeled n + 1
+ (v)+1
is attached to vertex v is equal to d 2n−1 i.e., it is proportional to the degree of
v. Such random trees, called plane-oriented because of the above geometric in-
terpretation, were introduced by Szymański [730] under the name of non-uniform
recursive trees. Earlier, Prodinger and Urbanek [664] described plane-oriented re-
cursive trees combinatorially, as labeled ordered (or plane) trees with the property
that labels along any path down from the root are increasing. Such trees are also
known in the literature as heap-ordered trees (see Chen and Ni [184], Prodinger
[663], Morris, Panholzer and Prodinger [614]) or, more recently, as scale-free
trees. So, random plane-oriented recursive trees are the simplest example of ran-
dom preferential attachment graphs.
Denote by an the number of plane-oriented recursive trees on n vertices. This
number, for n ≥ 2 satisfies an obvious recurrence relation

an+1 = (2n − 1)an .

332 CHAPTER 15. TREES

Solving this equation we get that

an = 1 · 3 · 5 · · (2n − 3) = (2n − 3)!!.

This is also the number of Stirling permutations, introduced by Gessel and Stanley
[381], i.e. the number of permutations of the multiset
{1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, . . . , n, n}, with the additional property that, for each value of 1 ≤
i ≤ n, the values lying between the two copies of i are greater than i.
There is a one-to-one correspondence between such permutations and plane-oriented
recursive trees, given by Koganov [509] and, independently, by Janson [443]. To
see this relationship consider a plane-oriented recursive tree on n + 1 vertices la-
belled 0, 1, 2, . . . , n, where the vertex with label 0 is the root of the tree and is
connected to the vertex labeled 1 only, and the edges of the tree are oriented in
the direction from the root. Now, perform a depth first search of the tree in which
we start from the root. Next we go to the leftmost child of the root, explore that
branch recursively, go to the next child in order etc., until we stop at the root. No-
tice that every edge in such a walk is traversed twice. If every edge of the tree gets
a label equal to the label of its end-vertex furthest from the root, then the depth
first search encodes each tree by a string of length 2n, where each label 1, 2, . . . , n
appears twice. So the unique code of each tree is a unique permutation of the
multiset {1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, . . . , n, n} with additional property described above. Note
also that the insertion of a pair (n + 1, n + 1) into one of the 2n − 1 gaps between
labels of the permutation of this multiset, corresponds to the insertion of the vertex
labeled n + 1 into a plane-oriented recursive tree on n vertices.
Let us start with exact formulas for probability distribution of the out-degree D+ n,i
of a vertex with label i, i = 1, 2, . . . , n in a random plane-oriented recursive tree.
Kuba and Panholzer [535] proved the following theorem.
Theorem 15.16. For i = 1, 2, . . . , n and r = 1, 2, . . . , n − 1,
r  
+ r Γ(n − 3/2)Γ(i − 1/2)
P(Dn,i = r) = ∑ (−1)k ,
k=0 k Γ(i − 1 − k/2)Γ(n − 1/2)
R ∞ z−1 −t
where Γ(z) = 0 t e dt is the Gamma function. Moreover,
2i−2
n−i
i−1 4
E(D+
n,i ) = 2n−2

−1 (15.29)
n−1

For simplicity, we show below that the formula (15.29) holds for i = 1, i.e., the
expected value of the out-degree of the root of a random plane-oriented recursive
tree, and investigate its behavior as n → ∞. It is then interesting to compare the
15.3. INHOMOGENEOUS RECURSIVE TREES 333

latter with the asymptotic behavior of the degree of the root of a random recursive
tree. Recall that for large n this is roughly log n (see Theorem 15.10).
The result below was proved by Mahmoud, Smythe and Szymański [574].

Corollary 15.17. For n ≥ 2 the expected value of the degree of the root of a
random plane-oriented recursive tree is

4n−1
E(D+
n,1 ) = 2n−2

− 1,
n−1

and, √
E(D+
n,1 ) ≈ πn.

Proof. Denote by
n
4n 2i (2n)!!
un = 2n
= ∏ 2i − 1 = (2n − 1)!! .
n i=1

Hence, in terms of un , we want to prove that E(D+ n,1 ) = un−1 − 1.

It is easy to see that the claim holds for n = 1, 2 and that
n−1  
2 1
P(D+
n,1 = 1) = ∏ 1− = ,
i=1 2i − 1 2n − 3

while, for r > 1 and n ≥ 1,

P(D+
n+1,1 = r) =
 
r+1 r
1− P(D+
n,1 = r) + P(D+
n,1 = r − 1).
2n − 1 2n − 1

Hence

E(D+n+1,1 )
n  
2n − r − 2 + r +
= ∑r P(Dn,1 = r) + P(Dn,1 = r − 1) =
r=1 2n − 1 2n − 1
!
n−1 n−1
1
2n − 1 ∑ r(2n − r − 2) P(D+n,1 = r) + ∑ (r + 1)2 P(D+n,1 = r)
r=1 r=1
n
1
= ∑ (2nr + 1) P(D+n,1 = r).
2n − 1 r=1
334 CHAPTER 15. TREES

So, we get the following recurrence relation

2n 1
E(D+
n+1,1 ) = E(D+
n,1 ) +
2n − 1 2n − 1
and the first part of the theorem follows by induction.
To see that the second part also holds one has to use the Stirling approximation to
check that
√ 3p
un = πn − 1 + π/n + · · · .
8

The next theorem, due to Kuba and Panholzer [535], summarizes the asymptotic
behavior of the suitably normalized random variable D+
n,i .

Theorem 15.18. Let i ≥ 1 be fixed and let n → ∞. If

(i) i = 1, then
d 2 /2
n−1/2 D+
n,1 → D1 , with density f D1 (x) = (x/2)e
−x
,
√
i.e., is asymptotically Rayleigh distributed with parameter σ = 2,
d
(ii) i ≥ 2, then n−1/2 D+
n,i → Di , with density

2i − 3
Z ∞
2 /4
fDi (x) = 2i−1 (t − x)2i−4 e−t dt.
2 (i − 2)! x

Let i = i(n) → ∞ as n → ∞. If

(i) i = o(n), then the normalized random variable (n/i)−1/2 D+

n,i is asymptoti-
cally Gamma distributed γ(α, β ), with parameters α = −1/2 and β = 1,

(ii) i = cn, 0 < c < 1, then the random variable D+

n,i is asymptotically negative
√
binomial distributed NegBinom(r, p) with parameters r = 1 an p = c,

(iii) n − i = o(n), then P(D+

n,i = 0) → 1, as n → ∞.

We now turn our attention to the number of vertices of a given out-degree. The
next theorem shows a characteristic feature of random
graphs built by preferential attachment rule where every new vertex prefers to
attach to a vertex with high degree (rich get richer rule). The proportion of vertices
with degree r in such a random graph with n vertices grows like n/rα , for some
15.3. INHOMOGENEOUS RECURSIVE TREES 335

constant α > 0, i.e., its distribution obeys a so called power law. The next result
was proved by Szymański [730] (see also [574] and [732]) and it indicates such a
behavior for the degrees of the vertices of a random plane-oriented recursive tree,
where α = 3.

Theorem 15.19. Let r be fixed and denote by Xn,r+ the number of vertices of out-

degree r in a random plane-oriented recursive tree Tn . Then,

 
+ 4n 1
E Xn,r = +O .
(r + 1)(r + 2)(r + 3) r
Proof. Observe first that conditional on Tn ,

+ + r+1 + r +
E(Xn+1,r |Tn ) = Xn,r − Xn,r + Xn,r−1 + 1r=0 , (15.30)
2n − 1 2n − 1
which gives

+ 2n − r − 2 + r +
E Xn+1,r = E Xn,r + E Xn,r−1 + 1r=0 (15.31)
2n − 1 2n − 1
+
for r ≥ 1, (Xn,−1 = 0).
We will show that the difference
de f + 4n
an,r = E Xn,r − .
(r + 1)(r + 2)(r + 3)
is asymptotically negligible with respect to the leading term in the statement of
the theorem. Substitute an,r in the equation (15.31) to get that for r ≥ 1,
2n − r − 2 r 1
an+1,r = an,r + an,r−1 − . (15.32)
2n − 1 2n − 1 2n − 1
2
We want to show that |an,r | ≤ max{r,1} , for all n ≥ 1, r ≥ 0. Note that this is true
for all n and r = 0, 1, since from (15.31) it follows (inductively) that for n ≥ 2

+ 2n − 1 1
E Xn,0 = and so an,0 = − .
3 3
For n ≥ 2,

+ n 1 3 1 3
E Xn,1 = − + and so an,1 = − + .
6 12 4(2n − 3) 12 4(2n − 3)
We proceed by induction on r. By definition
4r
ar,r = − ,
(r + 1)(r + 2)(r + 3)
336 CHAPTER 15. TREES

and so,
2
|ar,r | < .
r
We then see from (15.32) that for and r ≥ 2 and n ≥ r that
2n − r − 2 2 r 2 1
|an+1,r | ≤ · + · − .
2n − 1 r 2n − 1 r − 1 2n − 1
r2
 
2 2 r
= − r+1− −
r (2n − 1)r r−1 2
2
≤ ,
r
which completes the induction and the proof of the theorem.
In fact much more can be proved.

Theorem 15.20. Let ε > 0 and r be fixed. Then, w.h.p.

+
Xn,r
(1 − ε)ar ≤ ≤ (1 + ε)ar , (15.33)
n
where
4
ar = .
(r + 1)(r + 2)(r + 3)
Moreover,
+ − na


Xn,r r d
√ → Yr , (15.34)
n
as n → ∞, jointly for all r ≥ 0, where the Yr are jointly Normally distributed with
expectations EYr = 0 and covariances σrs = Cov(Yr ,Ys ) given by
r s
(−1)k+l r
    
s 2(k + l + 4)! (k + 1)(l + 1)
σrs = 2 ∑ ∑ −1− .
k=0 l=0 k + l + 4 k l (k + 3)!(l + 3)! (k + 3)(l + 3)

Proof. For the proof of asymptotic normality of a suitably normalized random

+ , i.e., for the proof of statement (15.34)) see Janson [441]. We will
variable Xn,r
give a short proof of the first statement (15.33), due to Bollobás, Riordan, Spencer
and Tusnády [155] (see also Mori [612]).
Consider a random plane-oriented recursive tree Tn as an element of a process
∞ . Fix n ≥ 1 and r ≥ 0 and for 0 ≤ t ≤ n define the martingale
(Tt )t=o
+ + +
Yt = E(Xn,r |Tt ) where Y0 = E(Xn,r ) and Yn = Xn,r .

One sees that the differences

|Yt+1 −Yt | ≤ 2.
15.3. INHOMOGENEOUS RECURSIVE TREES 337

For a proof of this, see the proof of Theorem 18.3. Applying the
Hoeffding- Azuma inequality (see Theorem 22.16) we get, for any fixed r,
+ +
| ≥ n log n) ≤ e−(1/8) log n = o(1).
p
P(|Xn,r − E Xn,r

+ 
√
But Theorem 15.19 shows that for any fixed r, E Xn,r n log n and (15.33)
follows.
Similarly, as for uniform random recursive trees, Pittel [652] established the asymp-
totic behavior of the height of a random plane-oriented recursive tree.

Theorem 15.21. Let h∗n be the height of a random plane-oriented recursive tree.
Then w.h.p.
log n
h∗n ≈ ,
2γ
where γ is the unique solution of the equation

γeγ+1 = 1,
1
i.e., γ = 0.27846.., so 2γ = 1.79556....

Inhomogeneous recursive trees: a general model

As before, consider a tree that grows randomly in time. Each time a new vertex
appears, it chooses exactly one of the existing vertices and attaches to it. This way
we build a tree Tn of order n with n + 1 vertices labeled {0, 1, . . . , n}, where the
vertex labeled 0 is the root. Now assume that for every n ≥ 0 there is a probability
distribution
n
(n)
P = (p0 , p1 , . . . , pn ), ∑ p j = 1.
j=0

Suppose that Tn has been constructed for some n ≥ 1. Given Tn we add an edge
connecting one of its vertices with a new vertex labeled n + 1 and thus forming a
tree Tn+1 . A vertex vn ∈ {0, 1, 2, . . . , n} is chosen to be a neighbor of the incoming
vertex with probability

P(vn = j|Tn ) = p j , for j = 0, 1, . . . , n.

Note that for the uniform random recursive tree we have

1
pj = , for 0 ≤ j ≤ n.
n+1
338 CHAPTER 15. TREES

We say that a random recursive tree is inhomogeneous if the attachment rule of

new vertices is determined by a non-uniform probability distribution. Most often
the probability that a new vertex chooses a vertex j ∈ {0, 1, . . . , n} is proportional
to w(dn ( j)), the value of a weight function w applied to the degree dn ( j) of vertex
j after n-th step. Then the probability distribution P(n) is defined
w(dn ( j))
pj = n .
∑k=0 w(dn (k))
Consider a special case when the weight function is linear and, for 0 ≤ j ≤ n,
w(dn ( j)) = dn ( j) + β , β > −1, (15.35)
so that the total weight
n
wn = ∑ (dn(k) + β ) = 2n + (n + 1)β . (15.36)
k=0

Obviously the model with such probability distribution is only a small generalisa-
tion of plane-oriented random recursive trees and we obtain the latter when we put
β = 0 in (15.35). Inhomogeneous random recursive trees of this type are known
in the literature as either scale free random trees or Barabási-Albert random trees.
For obvious reasons, we will call such graphs generalized random plane-oriented
recursive trees.
Let us focus the attention on the asymptotic behavior of the maximum degree of
such random trees. We start with some useful notation and observations.
Let Xn, j denote the weight of vertex j in a generalized plane-oriented random
recursive tree, with initial values X1,0 = X j, j = 1 + β for j > 0. Let
 
Γ n + β β+2
cn,k =   , n ≥ 1, k ≥ 0,
β +k
Γ n + β +2

be a double sequence of normalising constants. Note that

cn+1,k wn
= , (15.37)
cn,k wn + k
and, for any fixed k,
cn,k = n−k/(β +2) (1 + O(n−1 )).
Let k be a positive integer and
 
Xn, j + k − 1
Xn, j;k = cn,k .
k
15.3. INHOMOGENEOUS RECURSIVE TREES 339

Lemma 15.22. Let Fn be
the σ -field generated by the first n steps. If n ≥
max{1, j}, then Xn, j;k , Fn is a martingale.
Proof. Because Xn+1, j − Xn, j ∈ {0, 1}, we see that
 
Xn+1, j + k − 1
k
    
Xn, j + k − 1 Xn, j + k − 1 Xn+1, j − Xn, j
= +
k k−1 1
k(Xn+1, j − Xn, j )
  
Xn, j + k − 1
= 1+ .
k Xn, j
Hence, noting that
Xn, j
P(Xn+1, j − Xn, j = 1|Fn ) = ,
wn
and applying (15.37)
 
cn+1,k k
E(Xn+1, j;k |Fn ) = Xn, j;k 1+ = Xn, j;k ,
cn,k wn
we arrive at the lemma.
Thus, the random variable Xn, j;k , as a non-negative martingale, is
bounded in L1 and it almost surely converges to X jk /k!, where X j is the limit of
Xn, j;1 . Since Xn, j;k ≤ cXn, j;2k , where the constant c does not depend on n, it is also
bounded in L2 , which implies that it converges in L1 . Therefore we can determine
all moments of the random variable X j . Namely, for j ≥ 1,

X jk
 
β +k
= lim E Xn, j;k = X j, j;k = c j,k . (15.38)
k! n→∞ k
Let ∆n be the maximum degree in a generalized random plane-oriented recursive
tree Tn and let, for j ≤ n,

∆n, j = max Xn,i;1 = max cn,1 Xn,i .

0≤i≤ j 0≤i≤ j

Note that since Xn,i is the weight of vertex i, i.e., its degree plus β , we find that
∆n,n = cn,1 (∆n + β ). Define

ξ j = max Xi and ξ = ξ∞ = sup X j . (15.39)

0≤i≤ j j≥0

Now we are ready to prove the following result, due to Móri [613].
340 CHAPTER 15. TREES

Theorem 15.23.  
−1/(β +2)
P lim n ∆n = ξ = 1.
n→∞
The limiting random variable ξ is almost surely finite and positive and it has
an absolutely continuous distribution. The convergence also holds in L p , for all
p, 1 ≤ p < ∞.
Proof. In the proof we skip the part dealing with the positivity of ξ and the abso-
lute continuity of its distribution.
By Lemma 15.22, ∆n,n is the maximum of martingales, therefore
(∆n,n |F ) is a non-negative sub-martingale, and so
n ∞  
k k k β +k ∞
E ∆n,n ≤ ∑ E Xn, j;1 ≤ ∑ E X j = k! ∑ c j,k < ∞,
j=0 j=0 k j=0

if k > β + 2. (Note c0,k is defined here as equal to c1,k ). Hence (∆n,n |F ) is

bounded in Lk , for every positive integer k, which implies both almost sure con-
vergence and convergence in L p , for any p ≥ 1.
Assume that k > β + 2 is fixed. Then, for n ≥ k,
n
k
E(∆n,n − ∆n, j ) ≤ ∑ E Xn,i;1 .
i= j+1

Take the limit as n → ∞ of both sides of the above inequality. Applying (15.39)
and (15.38), we get
∞   ∞

−1/(β +2)
k
k β +k
E lim n ∆n − ξ j ≤ ∑ E ξi = k! ∑ c j,k .
n→∞
i= j+1 k i= j+1

The right-hand side tends to 0 as j → ∞, which implies that

n−1/(β +2) ∆n tends to ξ , as claimed.
To conclude this section, setting β = 0 in Theorem 15.23, one can obtain the
asymptotic behavior of the maximum degree of a plane-oriented random recursive
tree.

15.4 Exercises
(i) Use the Prüfer code to show that there is one-to-one correspondence be-
tween the family of all labeled trees with vertex set [n] and the family of all
ordered sequences of length n − 2 consisting of elements of [n].

(ii) Prove Theorem 15.1.

15.5. NOTES 341

(iii) Let ∆ be the maximum degree of a random labeled tree on n vertices. Use
(15.1) to show that for every ε > 0, P(∆ > (1 + ε) log n/ log log n) tends to
0 as n → ∞.

(iv) Let ∆ be defined as in the previous exercise and let t(n, k) be the number
of labeled trees on n vertices
 with maximum degreen at most k. Knowing
1 1
that t(n, k) < (n − 2)! 1 + 1 + 2! + . . . + (k−1)! , show that for every ε >
0, P(∆ < (1 − ε) log n/ log log n) tends to 0 as n → ∞.

(v) Determine a one-to-one correspondence between the family of permutations

on {2, 3, . . . , n} and the family of recursive trees on the set [n].

(vi) Let Ln denote the number of leaves of a random recursive tree with n ver-
tices. Show that E Ln = n/2 and Var Ln = n/12.

(vii) Prove (15.20).

(viii) Show that Φn,i (z) given in Theorem 15.8 is the probability generating func-
tion of the convolution of n−i independent Bernoulli random variables with
success probabilities equal to 1/(i + k − 1) for k = 1, 2, . . . , n − i.

(ix) Let Ln∗ denotes the number of leaves of a random plane-oriented recursive
tree with n vertices. Show that

2n − 1 2n(n − 2)
E Ln∗ = and Var Ln∗ = .
3 9(2n − 3)

(x) Prove that Ln∗ /n (defined above) converges in probability, to 2/3.

15.5 Notes
Labeled trees
The literature on random labeled trees and their generalizations is very extensive.
For a comprehensive list of publications in this broad area we refer the reader to
a recent book of Drmota [261], to a chapter of Bollobás’s book [135] on random
graphs, as well as to the book by Kolchin [516]. For a review of some classical
results, including the most important contributions, forming the foundation of the
research on random trees, mainly due to Meir and Moon (see, for example : [594],
[595]and [597]), one may also consult a survey by Karoński [483].
342 CHAPTER 15. TREES

Recursive trees
Recursive trees have been introduced as probability models for system genera-
tion (Na and Rapoport [621]), spread of infection (Meir and Moon [596]), pyra-
mid schemes (Gastwirth [375]) and stemma construction in philology (Najock
and Heyde [625]). Most likely, the first place that such trees were introduced
in the literature, is the paper by Tapia and Myers [735], presented there under
the name “concave node-weighted trees”. Systematic studies of random recur-
sive trees were initiated by Meir and Moon ([596] and [611]) who investigated
distances between vertices as well as the process of cutting down such random
trees. Observe that there is a bijection between families of recursive trees and
binary search trees, and this has opened many interesting directions of research,
as shown in a survey by Mahmoud and Smythe [573] and the book by Mahmoud
[571].
Early papers on random recursive trees (see, for example, [621], [375] and [260])
were focused on the distribution of the degree of a given vertex and of the number
of vertices of a given degree. Later, these studies were extended to the distribution
of the number of vertices at each level, which is referred to as the profile. Recall,
that in a rooted tree, a level (strata) consists of all those vertices that are at the
same distance from the root.
The profile of a random recursive tree is analysed in many papers. For example,
Drmota and Hwang [262] derive asymptotic approximations to the correlation
coefficients of two level sizes in random recursive trees and binary search trees.
These coefficients undergo sharp sign-changes when one level is fixed and the
other is varying. They also propose a new means of deriving an asymptotic esti-
mate for the expected width, which is the number of nodes at the most abundant
level.
Devroye and Hwang [249] propose a new, direct, correlation-free approach based
on central moments of profiles to the asymptotics of width in a class of random
trees of logarithmic height. This class includes random recursive trees.
Fuchs, Hwang, Neininger [369] prove convergence in distribution for the profile,
normalized by its mean, of random recursive trees when the limit ratio α of the
level and the logarithm of tree size lies in [0, e). Convergence of all moments is
shown to hold only for α ∈ (0, 1) (with only convergence of finite moments when
α ∈ (1, e)).
van der Hofstadt, Hooghiemstra and Van Mieghem [426] study the covariance
structure of the number of nodes k and l steps away from the root in random
recursive trees and give an analytic expression valid for all k, l and tree sizes n.
For an arbitrary positive integer i ≤ in ≤ n − 1, a function of n, Su, Liu and Feng
[728] demonstrate the distance between nodes i and n in random recursive trees
Tn , is asymptotically normal as n → ∞ by using the classical limit theory method.
15.5. NOTES 343

Holmgren and Janson [428] proved limit theorems for the sums of functions of
sub-trees of binary search trees and random recursive trees. In particular, they
give new simple proofs of the fact that the number of fringe trees of size k = kn in
a binary search tree and the random recursive tree (of total size n) asymptotically
has a Poisson distribution
√ if k → ∞, and that the distribution is asymptotically
normal for k = o( n). Recall that a fringe tree is a sub-tree consisting of some
vertex of a tree and all its descendants (see Aldous [15]). For other results on that
topic see Devroye and Janson [250].
Feng, Mahmoud and Panholzer [302] study the variety of sub-trees lying on the
fringe of recursive trees and binary search trees by analysing the distributional
behavior of Xn,k , which counts the number of sub-trees of size k in a random tree
of size n, with k = k(n). Using analytic methods, they characterise for both tree
families the phase change behavior of Xn,k .
One should also notice interesting applications of random recursive trees. For
example, Mehrabian [593] presents a new technique for proving logarithmic up-
per bounds for diameters of evolving random graph models, which is based on
defining a coupling between random graphs and variants of random recursive
trees. Goldschmidt and Martin [392] describe a representation of the Bolthausen-
Sznitman coalescent in terms of the cutting of random recursive trees.
Bergeron, Flajolet, Salvy [84] have defined and studied a wide class of random
increasing trees. A a tree with vertices labeled {1, 2, . . . , n} is increasing if the
sequence of labels along any branch starting at the root is increasing. Obviously,
recursive trees and binary search trees (as well as the general class of inhomoge-
neous trees, including plane-oriented trees) are increasing. Such a general model,
which has been intensively studied, yields many important results for random trees
discussed in this chapter. Here we will restrict ourselves to pointing out just a few
papers dealing with random increasing trees authored by Dobrow and Smythe
[259], Kuba and Panholzer [535] and Panholzer and Prodinger [640], as well as
with their generalisations, i.e., random increasing k-trees, published by Zhang,
Rong, and Comellas [767], Panholzer and Seitz [641] and Darrasse, Hwang and
Soria [240],

Inhomogeneous recursive trees

Plane-oriented recursive trees
As we already mentioned in Section 15.3, Prodinger and Urbanek [664], and, in-
dependently, Szymański [730] introduced the concept of plane-oriented random
trees (more precisely, this notion was introduced in an unpublished paper by Don-
dajewski and Szymański [260]), and studied the vertex degrees of such random
trees. Mahmoud, Smythe and Szymański [574], using Pólya urn models, investi-
344 CHAPTER 15. TREES

gated the exact and limiting distributions of the size and the number of leaves in
the branches of the tree (see [443] for a follow up). Lu and Feng [552] considered
the strong convergence of the number of vertices of given degree as well as of the
degree of a fixed vertex (see also [573]). In Janson’s [441] paper, the distribution
of vertex degrees in random recursive trees and random plane recursive trees are
shown to be asymptotically normal. Brightwell and Luczak [163] investigate the
number Dn,k of vertices of each degree k at each time n, focusing particularly on
the case where k = k(n) is a growing function of n. They show that Dn,k is con-
centrated around its mean, which is approximately 4n/k3 , for all k ≤ (n log n)−1/3 ,
which is best possible up to a logarithmic factor.
Hwang [430] derives several limit results for the profile of random plane-oriented
recursive trees. These include the limit distribution of the normalized profile,
asymptotic bimodality of the variance, asymptotic approximation to the expected
width and the correlation coefficients of two level sizes.
Fuchs [368] outlines how to derive limit theorems for the number of sub-trees of
size k on the fringe of random plane-oriented recursive trees.
Finally, Janson, Kuba and Panholzer [445] consider generalized Stirling permuta-
tions and relate them with certain families of generalized plane recursive trees.

Generalized recursive trees

Móri [612] proves the strong law of large numbers and central limit theorem for
the number of vertices of low degree in a generalized random plane-oriented re-
cursive tree. Szymański [732] gives the rate of concentration of the number of
vertices with given degree in such trees. Móri [613] studies maximum degree of
a scale-free trees. Zs. Katona [496] shows that the degree distribution is the same
on every sufficiently high level of the tree and in [495] investigates the width of
scale-free trees.
Rudas, Toth, Valko [689], using results from the theory of general branching pro-
cesses, give the asymptotic degree distribution for a wide range of weight func-
tions. Backhausz and Móri [46] present sufficient conditions for the almost sure
existence of an asymptotic degree distribution constrained to the set of selected
vertices and describe that distribution.
Bertoin, Bravo [85] consider Bernoulli bond percolation on a large scale-free tree
in the super-critical regime, i.e., when there exists a giant cluster with high prob-
ability. They obtain a weak limit theorem for the sizes of the next largest clusters,
extending a result in Bertoin [87] for large random recursive trees.
Devroye, Fawzi, Fraiman [247] study depth properties of a general class of ran-
dom recursive trees called attachment random recursive trees. They prove that the
height of such tree is asymptotically given by αmax log n where αmax is a constant.
This gives a new elementary proof for the height of uniform random recursive
15.5. NOTES 345

trees that does not use branching random walk. For further generalisations of
random recursive trees see Mahmoud [572].
346 CHAPTER 15. TREES
Chapter 16

Mappings

In the evolution of the random graph Gn,p , during its sub-critical phase, tree com-
ponents and components with exactly one cycle, i.e. graphs with the same number
of vertices and edges, are w.h.p. the only elements of its structure. Similarly, they
are the only graphs outside the giant component after the phase transition, until
the random graph becomes connected w.h.p. In the previous chapter we studied
the properties of random trees. Now we focus our attention on random mappings
of a finite set into itself. Such mappings can be represented as digraphs with the
same number of vertices and edges. So the study of their “average” properties
may help us to better understand the typical structure of classical random graphs.
We start the chapter with a short look at the basic properties of random permu-
tations (one-to-one mappings) and then continue to the general theory of random
mappings.

16.1 Permutations
Let f be chosen uniformly at random from the set of all n! permutations on the set
[n], i.e., from the set of all one-to-one functions [n] → [n]. In this section we will
concentrate our attention on the properties of a functional digraph representing a
random permutation.
Let D f be the functional digraph ([n], (i, f (i))). The digraph D f consists of vertex
disjoint cycles of any length 1, 2, . . . , n. Loops represent fixed points, see Figure
16.1.
Let Xn,t be the number of cycles of length t, t = 1, 2, . . . , n in the digraph D f . Thus
Xn,1 counts the number of fixed points of a random permutation. One can easily
check that
1 bn/tc (−1)i e−1/t
P(Xn,t = k) = k ∑ i → k as n → ∞, (16.1)
k!t i=0 t i! t k!

347
348 CHAPTER 16. MAPPINGS

x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

f(x) 3 10 1 4 2 6 8 9 7 5

10
11
00
711
00
8
00
11
11
00
00
11
2 11
00 00
11 11
00 00
11
00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11
11
00
00
11
00
11
4
00
11 11
00
00
11
11
00
00
11 00
11
5 9

11
00 11
00 11
00
00
11
00
11 00
11 00
11
1 11
00 00
11
3 6

Figure 16.1: A permutation digraph example

for k = 0, 1, 2, . . . , n. Indeed, convergence in (16.1) follows directly from Lemma

21.10 and the fact that
((t − 1)!)i (n − ti)!
 
Xn,t 1 n! 1
Bi = E = · i
= i .
i n! (t!) (n − ti)! i! t i!
This means that Xn,t converges in distribution to a random variable with Poisson
distribution with mean 1/t.
Moreover, direct computation gives

P(Xn,1 = j1 , Xn,2 = j2 , . . . , Xn,n = jn )

n
1 n!
= n
n! ∏t=1 jt !(t!) jt ∏((t − 1)!) jt
t=1
n   jt
1 1
=∏ ,
t=1 t jt !
n
for non-negative integers j1 , j2 , . . . , jn satisfying ∑t=1 t jt = n.
Hence, asymptotically, the random variables Xn,t have independent Poisson dis-
tributions with expectations 1/t, respectively (see Goncharov [395] and Kolchin
[513]).
Next, consider the random variable Xn = ∑nj=1 Xn, j counting the total number of
cycles in a functional digraph D f of a random permutation. It is not difficult to
show that Xn has the following probability distribution.
16.1. PERMUTATIONS 349

Theorem 16.1. For k = 1, 2, . . . , n,

|s(n, k)|
P(Xn = k) = ,
n!
where the s(n, k) are Stirling numbers of the first kind, i.e., numbers satisfying the
following relation:
n
x(x − 1) · · · (x − n + 1) = ∑ s(n, k)xk .
k=0

Moreover,
n n
1 1
E Xn = Hn = ∑ , Var Xn = Hn − ∑ .
j=1 j j=1 j2

Proof. Denote by c(n, k) the number of digraphs D f (permutations) on n vertices

and with exactly k cycles. Consider a vertex n in D f . It either has a loop (belongs
to a unit cycle) or it doesn’t. If it does, then D f is composed of a loop in n and a
cyclic digraph (permutation) on n − 1 vertices with exactly k − 1 cycles. and there
are c(n − 1, k − 1) such digraphs (permutations). Otherwise, the vertex n can be
thought as dividing (lying on) one of the n−1 arcs which belongs to cyclic digraph
on n − 1 vertices with k cycles and there are (n − 1)c(n − 1, k) such permutations
(digraphs) of the set [n]. Hence

c(n, k) = c(n − 1, k − 1) + (n − 1)c(n − 1, k) .

Now, multiplying both sides by xk , dividing by n! and summing up over all k, we

get
Gn (x) = (x + n − 1)Gn−1 (x).
where Gn (x) is the probability generating function of Xn . But G1 (x) = x, so

x(x + 1) · · · (x + n − 1)
Gn (x) = ,
n!
and the first part of the theorem follows. Note that
 
x+n−1 Γ(x + n)
Gn (x) = = ,
n Γ(x)Γ(n + 1)

where Γ is the Gamma function.

The results for the expectation and variance of Xn can be obtained by calculating
the first two derivatives of Gn (x) and evaluating them at x = 1 in a standard way but
350 CHAPTER 16. MAPPINGS

one can also show them using only the fact that the cycles of functional digraphs
must be disjoint. Notice, for example, that

E Xn = ∑ P(S induces a cycle)

06/ =S⊂[n]
n  
n (k − 1)!(n − k)!
= ∑ = Hn .
k=1 k n!

Similarly one can derive the second factorial moment of Xn counting ordered pairs
of cycles (see Exercises 16.3.2 and 16.3.3) which implies the formula for the vari-
ance.
Goncharov [395] proved a Central Limit Theorem for the number Xn of cycles.
Theorem 16.2.
  Zx
Xn − log n 2
lim P √ ≤x = e−t /2 dt,
n→∞ log n −∞

i.e., the standardized random variable Xn converges in distribution to the standard

Normal random variable.
Another numerical characteristic of a digraph D f is the length Ln of its longest
cycle. Shepp and Lloyd [712] established the asymptotic behavior of the expected
value of Ln .

Theorem 16.3.
 
E Ln 1 −y
Z ∞ Z ∞
lim = exp −x − e dy dx = 0.62432965....
n→∞ n 0 x y

16.2 Mappings
Let f be chosen uniformly at random from the set of all nn mappings from [n] →
[n]. Let D f be the functional digraph ([n], (i, f (i))) and let G f be the graph ob-
tained from D f by ignoring orientation. In general, D f has unicyclic components
only, where each component consists of a directed cycle C with trees rooted at
vertices of C, see the Figure 16.2.
Therefore the study of functional digraphs is based on results for permutations of
the set of cyclical vertices (these lying on cycles) and results for forests consisting
of trees rooted at these cyclical vertices (we allow also trivial one vertex trees).
For example, to show our first result on the connectivity of G f we will need the
following enumerative result for the forests.
16.2. MAPPINGS 351

x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

f(x) 3 10 5 4 2 5 8 9 7 5

10
11
00
711
00
8
00
11
11
00
00
11
2 11
00 00
11 11
00 00
11
00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11
11
00
00
11
00
11
4
00
11 11
00
00
11
1111
000000
11 00
11
000011
1111
0000
1111
00
00
11
00
11 5 9
0000
1111 00
11
0000 11
1111
0000
1111
00
00
11
000
111
0000
1111 00
11
00
11
000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11
0000
1111 3 00
11
0000
1111
0000
1111
0000
1111
00
11 6
0000
1111
0000
1111
0000
1111
00
11
00
11
00
11
1

Figure 16.2: A mapping digraph example

Lemma 16.4. Let T (n, k) denote the number of forests with vertex set [n], consist-
ing of k trees rooted at the vertices 1, 2, . . . , k. Then,

T (n, k) = knn−k−1 .

Proof. Observe first that by (15.2) there are n−1

n−k
k−1 n trees with n + 1 labelled
vertices in which the degree of a vertex n + 1 is equal to k. Hence there are
   
n − 1 n−k . n
n = knn−k−1
k−1 k
trees with n + 1 labeled vertices in which the set of neighbors of the vertex n +
1 is exactly [k]. An obvious bijection (obtained by removing the vertex n + 1
from the tree) between such trees and the considered forests leads directly to the
lemma.

Theorem 16.5.
1 n (n)k
r
π
P(G f is connected ) = ∑ k ≈ .
n k=1 n 2n

Proof. If G f is connected then there is a cycle with k vertices say such that after
removing the cycle we have a forest consisting of k trees rooted at the vertices of
352 CHAPTER 16. MAPPINGS

the cycle. Hence,

  n
n
−n
P(G f is connected ) = n ∑ (k − 1)! T (n, k)
k=1 k
1 n (n)k 1 n k−1
 
j
= ∑ k = ∑ ∏ 1−
n k=1 n n k=1 j=0 n
1 n
= ∑ uk .
n k=1

If k ≥ n3/5 , then
   
k(k − 1) 1 1/6
uk ≤ exp − ≤ exp − n ,
2n 3

while, if k < n3/5 ,

k2
  3 
k
uk = exp − + O 2 .
2n n
So
3/5
1 + o(1) n −k2 /2n 
−n1/6 /3

P(G f is connected ) = ∑ e + O ne
n k=1
1 + o(1) ∞ −x2 /2n
Z  
−n1/6 /3
= e dx + O ne
n 0
1 + o(1) ∞ −y2 /2
Z  
1/6
= √ e dy + O ne−n /3
n 0
r
π
≈ .
2n

Let Zk denote the number of cycles of length k in a random mapping. Then

1 k−1
   
n −k j uk
E Zk = (k − 1)! n = ∏ 1 − = .
k k j=0 n k

If Z = Z1 + Z2 + · · · + Zn , then
n
uk 1 −x2 /2n 1 ∞ 1 −s/2n 1
Z ∞ Z
EZ = ∑ ≈ e dx = e ds ≈ log n.
k=1 k x=1 x 2 s=1 s 2
16.2. MAPPINGS 353

1 R ∞ 1 −s/2n
(To estimate the integral
R n/ω
2 s=1 s e
R ωn
we break  I1+ I2 + I3 where I1 =
it into
ωn
· · · ds ≈ log n, ω =
log n, I2 = s=n/ω · · · ds ≤ log n/ω = o(log n) and I3 =
Rs=1
∞
s=ωn · · · ds = o(1).)
Moreover the expected number of vertices of cycles in a random mapping is equal
to
!
n n
r
πn
E ∑ kZk = ∑ uk ≈ .
k=1 k=1 2

Note that the functional digraph of a random mapping can be interpreted as a

representation of a process in which vertex i ∈ [n] chooses its image independently
with probability 1/n. So, it is natural to consider a general model of a random
mapping fˆ : [n] → [n] where, independently for all i ∈ [n],

P fˆ(i) = j = p j , j = 1, 2, . . . , n,


(16.2)

and
p1 + p2 + . . . + pn = 1.
This model was introduced (in a slightly more general form) independently by
Burtin [174] and Ross [683]. We will first prove a generalisation of Theorem
16.5.

Theorem 16.6.

P(G fˆ is connected ) =
!
= ∑ p2i 1 + ∑ p j + ∑ ∑ p j pk + ∑ ∑ ∑ p j pk pl + · · · .
i j6=i j6=i k6=i, j j6=i k6=i, j l6=i, j,k

To prove this theorem we use the powerful “Burtin–Ross Lemma”. The short
and elegant proof of this lemma given here is due to Jaworski [456] (His general
approach can be applied to study other characteristics of a random mappings, not
only their connectedness).

Lemma 16.7 (Burtin–Ross Lemma). Let fˆ be a generalized random mapping

defined above and let G fˆ[U] be the subgraph of G fˆ induced by U ⊂ [n]. Then

P(G fˆ[U] does not contain a cycle) = ∑ pk .

k∈[n]\U
354 CHAPTER 16. MAPPINGS

Proof. The proof is by induction on r = |U|. For r = 0 and r = 1 it is obvious.

Assume that the result holds for all values less than r, r ≥ 2. Let 0/ 6= S ⊂ U and
denote by A the event that G fˆ[S] is the union of disjoint cycles and by B the
event that G fˆ[U \ S] does not contain a cycle . Notice that events A and B are
independent, since the first one depends on choices of vertices from S, only, while
the second depends on choices of vertices from U \ S. Hence
P(G fˆ[U] contains a cycle ) = ∑ P(A ) P(B).
06/ =S⊂U

But if A holds then fˆ restricted to S defines a permutation on S. So,

P(A ) = |S|! ∏ p j .
j∈S

Since |U \ S| < r, by the induction assumption we obtain

P(G fˆ[U] contains a cycle ) =
= ∑ |S|! ∏ p j ∑ pk
06/ =S⊂U j∈S k∈[n]\(U\S)
!
= ∑ |S|! ∏ p j 1 − ∑ pk
06/ =S⊂U j∈S k∈(U\S)
= ∑ |S|! ∏ pk − ∑ |S|! ∏ pk
S⊂U, |S|≥1 k∈S S⊂U, |S|≥2 k∈S

= ∑ pk ,
k∈U

completing the induction.

Before we prove Theorem 16.6 we will point out that Lemma 16.4 can be immedi-
ately derived from the above result. To see this, in Lemma 16.7 choose p j = 1/n,
for j = 1, 2, · · · n, and U such that |U| = r = n − k. Then, on one hand,
1 k
P(G f [U] does not contain a cycle) = ∑ = .
i∈[n]\U
n n

On the other hand,

T (n, k)
P(G f [U] does not contain a cycle) = ,
nn−k
where T (n, k) is the number of forests on [n] with k trees rooted in vertices from
the set [n] \ U. Comparing both sides we immediately get the result of Lemma
16.4, i.e., that
T (n, k) = knn−k−1 .
16.2. MAPPINGS 355

Proof (of Theorem 16.6). Notice that G fˆ is connected if and only if there is a
subset U ⊆ [n] such that U spans a single cycle while there is no cycle on [n] \U.
Moreover, the events “U ⊆ [n] spans a cycle” and “there is no cycle on [n] \U” are
independent. Hence, by Lemma 16.7,

Pr(G fˆ is connected) =
= ∑ P(U ⊂ [n] spans a cycle) P(there is no cycle on [n] \U)
06/ =U⊆[n]
= ∑ (|U| − 1)! ∏ p j ∑ pk (16.3)
06/ =U⊂[n] j∈U k∈U
!
= ∑ p2i 1 + ∑ p j + ∑ ∑ p j pk + ∑ ∑ ∑ p j pk pl + · · · .
i j6=i j6=i k6=i, j j6=i k6=i, j l6=i, j,k

Using the same reasoning as in the above proof, one can show the following result
due to Jaworski [456].
Theorem 16.8. Let X be the number of components in G fˆ and Y be the number
of its cyclic vertices (vertices belonging to a cycle). Then for k = 1, 2, . . . , n,

P(X = k) = ∑ ∏ p j |s(|U|, k)| − ∑ ∏ p j |s(|U| − 1, k)||U|,

U⊂[n] j∈U U⊂[n] j∈U
|U|≥k |U|≥k+1

where s(·, ·) is the Stirling number of the first kind. On the other hand,

P(Y = k) = k! ∑ ∏ p j − (k + 1)! ∑ ∏ p j .
U⊂[n] j∈U U⊂[n] j∈U
|U|=k |U|=k+1

The Burtin–Ross Lemma has another formulation which we present below.

Lemma 16.9 (Burtin-Ross Lemma - the second version). Let ĝ : [n] → [n] ∪ {0}
be a random mapping from the set [n] to the set [n] ∪ {0}, where, independently
for all i ∈ [n],
P (ĝ(i) = j) = q j , j = 0, 1, 2, . . . , n,
and
q0 + q1 + q2 + . . . + qn = 1.
Let Dĝ be the random directed graph on the vertex set [n] ∪ {0}, generated by the
mapping ĝ and let Gĝ denote its underlying simple graph. Then

P(Gĝ is connected ) = q0 .
356 CHAPTER 16. MAPPINGS

Notice that the event that Gĝ is connected is equivalent to the event that Dĝ is a
(directed) tree, rooted at vertex {0}, i.e., there are no cycles in Gĝ [[n]].
We will use this result and Lemma 16.9 to prove the next theorem (for more
general results, see [457]).
Theorem 16.10. Let D fˆ be the functional digraph of a mapping fˆ defined in
(16.2) and let ZR be the number of predecessors of a set R ⊂ [n], |R| = r, r ≥ 1, of
vertices of D fˆ , i.e.,

ZR = |{ j ∈ [n] : for some non-negative integer k, fˆ(k) ( j) ∈ R}|,

where fˆ(0) ( j) = j and for k ≥ 1, fˆ(k) ( j) = fˆ( fˆ(k−1) ( j)).

Then, for k = 0, 1, 2, . . . , n − r,

P(ZR = k + r) = ΣR ∑ (ΣU∪R )k−1 (1 − ΣU∪R )n−k ,

U⊂[n]\R
|U|=k

where for A ⊆ [n], ΣA = ∑ j∈A p j .

Proof. The distribution of ZR follows immediately from the next observation and
the application of Lemma 16.9. Denote by A the event that there is a forest
spanned on the set W = U ∪ R, where U ⊂ [n] \ R, composed of r (directed) trees
rooted at vertices of R. Then

P(ZR = k + r) = ∑ P(A |B ∩ C ) P(B) P(C ), (16.4)

U⊂[n]\R
|U|=k

where B is the event that all edges that begin in U end in W , while C denotes the
event that all edges that begin in [n] \W end in [n] \W . Now notice that

P(B) = (ΣW )k , while P(C ) = (1 − ΣW )n−k .

Furthermore,
P(A |B ∩C) = P(Gĝ is connected ),
where ĝ : U → U ∪ {0}, where {0} stands for the set R collapsed to a single vertex,
is such that for all u ∈ U independently,

pj ΣR
q j = P(ĝ(u) = j) = , for j ∈ U, while q0 = .
ΣW ΣW

So, applying Lemma 16.9, we arrive at the thesis.

16.3. EXERCISES 357

We will finish this section by stating the central limit theorem for the number
of components of G f , where f is a uniform random mapping f : [n] → [n] (see
Stepanov [726]). It is an analogous result to Theorem 16.2 for random permuta-
tions.

Theorem 16.11.
 
1
Xn −
Z x
2 log n 2 /2
lim P  q ≤ x = e−t dt,
n→∞ 1 −∞
2 log n

the standardized random variable Xn converges in distribution to the standard

Normal random variable.

16.3 Exercises
16.3.1 Prove directly that if Xn,t is the number of cycles of length t in a random
permutation then E Xn,t = 1/t.

16.3.2 Find the expectation and the variance of the number Xn of cycles in a ran-
dom permutation using fact that the rth derivative of the gamma function
dr
equals (dx)r Γ(x) = 0 (logt)r t x−1 e−t dt,
R∞

16.3.3 Determine the variance of the number Xn of cycles in a random permuta-

tion (start with computation of the second factorial moment of Xn , counting
ordered pairs of cycles).

16.3.4 Find the probability distribution for the length of a typical cycle in a ran-
dom permutation, i.e., the cycle that contains a given vertex (say vertex 1).
Determine the expectation and variance of this characteristic.

16.3.5 Find the probability distribution of the number of components in a func-

tional digraph D f of a uniform random mapping f : [n] → [n].

16.3.6 Show that the length of the cycle containing item 1 in a random permuta-
tion is uniformly distributed in [n].

16.3.7 Show that if X denotes the number of cycles in a random permutation of [n]
then P(X ≥ t) ≤ P(Bin(t, 1/2) ≤ dlog2 ne). Deduce that for every constant
K > 0, there exists a constant L > 0, such that P(X ≥ K log n) ≤ n−L .
 358 CHAPTER 16. MAPPINGS

16.3.8 Now let X denote the number of cycles in the digraph D f of a random
mapping f : [n] → [n]. Show that for every constant K > 0, there exists a
constant L > 0, such that P(X ≥ K log n) ≤ n−L .
16.3.9 Determine the expectation and variance of the number of components in a
functional digraph D fˆ of a generalized random mapping fˆ (see Theorem
16.8)
16.3.10 Find the expectation and variance of the number of cyclic vertices in a
functional digraph D fˆ of a generalized random mapping fˆ (see Theorem
16.8).
16.3.11 Prove Theorem 16.8.
16.3.12 Show that Lemmas 16.7 and 16.9 are equivalent.
16.3.13 Prove the Burtin-Ross Lemma for a bipartite random mapping, i.e. a map-
ping with bipartition ([n], [m]), where each vertex i ∈ [n] chooses its unique
image in [m] independently with probability 1/m, and, similarly, each ver-
tex j ∈ [m] selects its image in [n] with probability 1/n.
16.3.14 Consider an evolutionary model of a random mapping (see [458],[459]),
i.e., a mapping fˆq [n] → [n], such that for i, j ∈ [n], P( fˆq (i) = j) = q if i = j
while, P( fˆq (i) = j) = (1 − q)/(n − 1) if i 6= j, where 0 ≤ q ≤ 1. Find the
probability that fˆq is connected.
16.3.15 Show that there is one-to-one correspondence between the family of nn
mappings f : [n] → [n] and the family of all doubly-rooted trees on the
vertex set [n] (Joyal bijection)

16.4 Notes
Permutations
Systematic studies of the properties of random permutations of n objects were ini-
tiated by Goncharov in [394] and [395]. Golomb [393] showed that the expected
length of the longest cycle of D f , divided by n is monotone decreasing and gave
a numerical value for the limit, while Shepp and Lloyd in [712] found the closed
form for this limit (see Theorem 16.3). They also gave the corresponding result
for kth moment of the rth longest cycle, for k, r = 1, 2, . . . and showed the limiting
distribution for the length of the rth longest cycle.
Kingman [503] and, independently, Vershik and Schmidt [745], proved that for a
random permutation of n objects, as n → ∞, the process giving the proportion of
16.4. NOTES 359

elements in the longest cycle, the second longest cycle, and so on, converges in
distribution to the Poisson-Dirichlet process with parameter 1 (for further results
in this direction see Arratia, Barbour and Tavaré [41]). Arratia and Tavaré [42]
provide explicit bounds on the total variation distance between the process which
counts the sizes of cycles in a random permutations and a process of independent
Poisson random variables.
For other results, not necessarily of a “graphical” nature, such as, for example, the
order of a random permutation, the number of derangements, or the number of
monotone sub-sequences, we refer the reader to the respective sections of books
by Feller [301], Bollobás [136] and Sachkov [697] or, in the case of monotone
sub-sequences, to a recent monograph by Romik [682].

Mappings
Uniform random mappings were introduced in the mid 1950’s by Rubin and Sit-
graves [684], Katz [497] and by Folkert [320]. More recently, much attention
has been focused on their usefulness as a model for epidemic processes, see for
example the papers of Gertsbakh [380], Ball, Mollison and Scalia-Tomba [55],
Berg [82], Mutafchiev [620], Pittel [649] and Jaworski [459]. The component
structure of a random functional digraph D f has been studied by Aldous [13].
He has shown, that the joint distribution of the normalized order statistics for the
component sizes of D f converges to the Poisson-Dirichlet distribution with pa-
rameter 1/2. For more results on uniform random mappings we refer the reader
to Kolchin’s monograph [515], or a chapter of Bollobás’ [136].
The general model of a random mapping fˆ, introduced by Burtin [174] and Ross
[683], has been intensively studied by many authors. The crucial Burtin-Ross
Lemma (see Lemmas: 16.7 and 16.9) has many alternative proofs (see [38]) but
the most useful seems to be the one used in this chapter, due to Jaworski [456].
His approach can also be applied to derive the distribution of many other char-
acteristics of a random digraph D f , as well as it can be used to prove generalisa-
tions of the Burtin-Ross Lemma for models of random mappings with independent
choices of images. (For an extensive review of results in that direction see [457]).
Aldous, Miermont, Pitman ([18],[19]) study the asymptotic structure of D fˆ using
an ingenious coding of the random mapping fˆ as a stochastic process on the in-
terval [0, 1] (see also the related work of Pitman [648], exploring the relationship
between random mappings and random forests).
Hansen and Jaworski (see [410], [411]) introduce a random mapping f D : [n] → [n]
with an in-degree sequence, which is a collection of exchangeable random vari-
ables (D1 , D2 , . . . , Dn ). In particular, they study predecessors and successors of a
given set of vertices, and apply their results to random mappings with preferential
360 CHAPTER 16. MAPPINGS

and anti-preferential attachment.

Chapter 17

k-out

Several interesting graph properties require that the minimum degree of a graph
be at least a certain amount. E.g. having a Hamilton cycle requires that the mini-
mum degree is at least two. In Chapter 6 we saw that Gn,m being Hamiltonian and
having minimum degree at least two happen at the same time w.h.p. One is there-
fore interested in models of a random graph which guarantee a certain minimum
degree. We have already seen d-regular graphs in Chapter 11. In this chapter we
consider another simple and quite natural model Gk−out that generalises random
mappings. It seems to have first appeared in print as Problem 38 of “The Scottish
Book” [578]. We discuss the connectivity of this model and then matchings and
Hamilton cycles. We also consider a related model of “Nearest Neighbor Graphs”.

17.1 Connectivity
For an integer k, 1 ≤ k ≤ n − 1, let ~Gk−out be a random digraph on vertex set V =
{1, 2, . . . , n} with arcs (directed edges) generated independently for each v ∈ V
by a random choice of k distinct arcs (v, w), where w ∈ V \ {v}, so that each of
n−1

the k possible sets of arcs is equally likely to be chosen. Let Gk−out be the
random graph(multigraph) obtained from ~Gk−out by ignoring the orientation of its
arcs, but retaining all edges.
Note that ~G1−out is a functional digraph of a random mapping f : [n] → [n], with
a restriction that loops (fixed points) are not allowed. So for k = 1 the following
result holds.

Theorem 17.1.
lim P(G1−out is connected ) = 0.
n→∞

361
362 CHAPTER 17. K-OUT

The situation changes when each vertex is allowed to choose more than one neigh-
bor. Denote by κ(G) and λ (G) the vertex and edge connectivity of a graph G re-
spectively, i.e., the minimum number of vertices (respectively edges) the deletion
of which disconnects G. Let δ (G) be the minimum degree of G. The well known
Whitney’s Theorem states that, for any graph G,

κ(G) ≤ λ (G) ≤ δ (G).

In the next theorem we show that for random k − out graphs these parameters are
equal w.h.p. It is taken from Fenner and Frieze [309]. The Scottish Book [578]
contains a proof that Gk−out is connected for k ≥ 2.

Theorem 17.2. Let κ = κ(Gk−out ), λ = λ (Gk−out ) and δ = δ (Gk−out ). Then, for

2 ≤ k = O(1),
lim P(κ = λ = δ = k) = 1.
n→∞

Proof. In the light of Whitney’s Theorem, to prove our theorem we have to show
that the following two statements hold:

lim P(κ(Gk−out ) ≥ k) = 1, (17.1)

n→∞

and
lim P(δ (Gk−out ) ≤ k) = 1. (17.2)
n→∞
Then, w.h.p.
k ≤ κ ≤ λ ≤ δ ≤ k,
and the theorem follows.
To prove statement (17.1) consider the deletion of r vertices from the random
graph Gk−out , where 1 ≤ r ≤ k − 1. If Gk−out can be disconnected by deleting r
vertices, then there exists a partition (R, S, T ) of the vertex set V , with | R |= r,
| S |= s and | T |= t = n − r − s, with k − r + 1 ≤ s ≤ n − k − 1, such that Gk−out
has no edge joining a vertex in S with a vertex in T . The probability of such an
event, for an arbitrary partition given above, is equal to
r+s−1
s n−s−1
n−r−s
! !
r + s sk n − s (n−r−s)k
   
k k
n−1
n−1

≤
k k
n n

Thus
b(n−r)/2c  sk  (n−r−s)k
n! r+s n−s
P(κ(Gk−out ) ≤ r) ≤ ∑
s=k−r+1 s!r!(n − r − s)! n n
17.1. CONNECTIVITY 363

We have replaced n − k − 1 by b(n − r)/2c because we can always interchange S

and T so that |S| ≤ |T |.
But, by Stirling’s formula,
n! nn
≤ αs s
s!r!(n − r − s)! s (n − r − s)n−r−s

where  1/2
n 2c
αs = α(s, n, r) ≤ c ≤ ,
s(n − r − s) s1/2
for some absolute constant c > 0.
Thus
b(n−r)/2c  s  (n−r−s)
1 r+s n−s
P(κ(Gk−out ) ≤ r) ≤ 2c ∑ us
s=k−r+1 s1/2 s n−r−s

where
us = (r + s)(k−1)s (n − s)(k−1)(n−r−s) nn−k(n−r) .
Now,  s  n−r−s
r+s n−s
≤ e2r ,
s n−r−s
and
(r + s)s (n − s)n−r−s
decreases monotonically, with increasing s, for s ≤ (n − r)/2. Furthermore, if
s ≤ n/4 then the decrease is by a factor of at least 2.
Therefore
!
n/4
2 n
P(κ(Gk−out ) ≤ r) ≤ 2ce2r ∑ 2−(k−1)(s−k+r−1) + n1/2 · 4 uk−r+1
s=k−r+1

≤ 5ce2r n1/2 uk−r+1 ≤ 5ce2r an3/2−k(k−r) ,

where
a = (k + 1)(k−1)(k−r+1) .
It follows that

lim P(κ(Gk−out ) ≤ r) = lim P(κ(Gk−out ) ≤ k − 1) = 0,

n→∞ n→∞

which implies that

lim P(κ(Gk−out ) ≥ k) = 1,
n→∞
364 CHAPTER 17. K-OUT

i.e., that equation (17.1) holds.

To complete the proof we have to show that equation (17.2) holds, i.e., that

P(δ (Gk−out ) = k) → 1 as n → ∞.

Since δ ≥ k in Gk−out , we have to show that w.h.p. there is a vertex of degree k in

Gk−out .
Let Ev be the event that vertex v has indegree zero in ~Gk−out . Thus the degree of v
in Gk−out is k if and only if Ev occurs. Now

n−2
n−1
!  n−1
k
P(Ev ) = k
n−1

= 1− → e−k .
k
n − 1

Let Z denote the number of vertices of degree k in Gk−out . Then we have shown
that E(Z) ≈ ne−k . Now the random variable Z is determined by kn independent
random choices. Changing one of these choices can change the value of Z by at
most one. Applying the Azuma-Hoeffding concentration inequality – see Section
22.7, in particular Lemma 22.17 we see that for any t > 0

2t 2
 
P(Z ≤ E(Z) − t) ≤ exp − .
kn

Putting t = ne−k /2 we see that Z > 0 w.h.p. and the theorem follows.

17.2 Perfect Matchings

Non-bipartite graphs
Assuming that the number of vertices n of a random graph Gk−out is even, Frieze
[336] proved the following result.

Theorem 17.3.
(
0 if k = 1
lim P(Gk−out
n→∞
has a perfect matching) =
n even 1 if k ≥ 2.

We will only prove a weakening of the above result to where k ≥ 15. We follow
the ideas of Section 6.1. So, we begin by examining the expansion properties of
G = Ga−out , a ≥ 3.
1 1/(a−2)
Lemma 17.4. W.h.p. |NG (S)| ≥ |S| for all S ⊆ [n], |S| ≤ κa n where κa = 12 30


.
17.2. PERFECT MATCHINGS 365

Proof. The probability there exists a set S with insufficient expansion is at most
κa n     as κa n    as
n n 2s ne 2s 2s
∑ s s−1 n ≤ ∑ s n
s=3 s=3
κa n  a−2 s
s 2 a
=∑ e 2 = o(1). (17.3)
s=3 n

Lemma 17.5. Let b = (1 + κa−2 )/2 . Then as n → ∞, n even, G(a+b)−out has a

 

perfect matching w.h.p.

Proof. First note that G(a+b)−out contains H = Ga−out ∪ Gb−out in the following
sense. Start the construction of G(a+b)−out with H. If there is a v ∈ [n] that chooses
edge {v, w} in both Ga−out and Gb−out then add another random choice for v.
Let us show that H has a perfect matching w.h.p. Enumerate the edges of Gb−out
as e1 , e2 , . . . , ebn . Here e(i−1)n+ j is the ith edge chosen by vertex j. Let G0 =
Ga−out and let Gi = G0 + {e1 , e2 , . . . , ei }. If Gi does not have a perfect matching,
consider the sets A, A(x), x ∈ A defined prior to (6.6). It follows from Lemma 17.4
that w.h.p. all of these sets are of size at least κa n. Thus, P(y ∈ A(x)) ≥ κa n−b n .
We subtract b to account for the previously inspected edges associated with x’s
choices.
It follows that
P(G(a+b)−out does not have a perfect matching)
≤ P(H does not have a perfect matching)
≤ P(Bin(bκa n, κa − b/n) ≤ n/2) = o(1).

Putting a = 8 gives b = 7 and a proof that G15−out , n even, has a perfect matching
w.h.p.

Bipartite graphs
We now consider the related problem of the existence of a perfect matching in a
random k-out bipartite graph.
Let U = {u1 , u2 , . . . , un },V = {v1 , v2 , . . . , vn } and let each vertex from U choose
independently and without repetition, k neighbors in V , and let each vertex from V
choose independently and without repetition k neighbors in U. Denote by ~Bk−out
the digraphs generated by the above procedure and let Bk−out be its underlying
simple bipartite graph.
366 CHAPTER 17. K-OUT

Theorem 17.6.
(
0 if k = 1
lim P(Bk−out has a perfect matching) =
n→∞ 1 if k ≥ 2.

We will give two different proofs. The first one - existential- of a combinatorial
nature is due to Walkup [750]. The second one - constructive- of an algorithmic
nature, is due to Karp, Rinnooy-Kan and Vohra [493]. We start with the combina-
torial approach.

Existence proof
Let X denote the number of perfect matchings in Bk−out . Then

P(X > 0) ≤ E(X) ≤ n! 2n (k/n)n .

The above bound follows from the following observations. There are n! ways
of pairing the vertices of U with the vertices of V . For each such pairing there
are 2n ways to assign directions for the connecting edges, and then each possible
matching has probability (k/n)n of appearing in Bk−out .
So, by Stirling’s formula,

P(X > 0) ≤ 3n1/2 (2k/e)n ,

which, for k = 1 tends to 0 as n → ∞, and the first statement of our theorem

follows.
To show that Bk−out has a perfect matching w.h.p. notice that since this is an
increasing graph property, it is enough to show that it is true for k = 2. Note also,
that if there is no perfect matching in Bk−out , then there must exist a set R ⊂ U
(or R ⊂ V ) such that the cardinality of neighborhood of S = N(R) of R in U (
respectively, in V ) is smaller than the cardinality of the set R itself, i.e., | S |<| R |.
We will call such a pair (R, S) a bad pair, and, in particular, we will restrict our
attention to the “minimal bad pairs”, i.e., such that there is no R0 ⊂ R for which
(R0 , N(R0 )) is bad.
If (R, S) is a bad pair with R ⊆ U then (V \ S,U \ R) is also a bad pair. Given
this, we can concentrate on showing that w.h.p. there are no bad pairs (R, S) with
2 ≤ |R| ≤ (n + 1)/2.
Every minimal bad pair has to have the following two properties:

(i) | S |=| R | −1,

17.2. PERFECT MATCHINGS 367

(ii) every vertex in S has at least two neighbors in R.

The first property is obvious. To see why property (ii) holds, suppose that there is
a vertex v ∈ S with at most one neighbor u in R. Then the pair (R \ {u} , S \ {v}) is
also “bad pair” and so the pair (R, S) is not minimal.
Let r ∈ [2, (n + 1)/2] and let Yr be the number of minimal bad pairs (R, S), with
| R |= r in Bk−out . To complete the proof of the theorem we have to show that
∑r EYr → 0 as n → ∞. By symmetry, choose (R, S), such that R = {u1 , u2 , . . . ur } ⊂
U and S = {v1 , v2 , . . . vr−1 } ⊂ V is a minimal “bad pair”. Then
  
n n
EYr = 2 Pr Qr , (17.4)
r r−1
where
Pr = P((R, S) is bad)
and
Qr = P((R, S) is minimal | (R, S) is bad).
We observe that, for any fixed k,
!r !n−r+1
r−1
n−r

k k
Pr = n
n
.
k k

Hence, for k = 2,
 r 2r  n − r 2(n−r)
Pr ≤ . (17.5)
n n
Then we use Stirling’s formula to show,
    2
n n r n
=
r r−1 n−r+1 r
 2(n−r)
r n  n 2r n
≤ . (17.6)
n − r + 1 r(n − r) r n−r
To estimate Qr we have to consider condition (ii) which a minimal bad pair has to
satisfy. This implies that a vertex v ∈ S = N(R) is chosen by at least one vertex
from R (denote this event by Av ), or it chooses both its neighbors in R (denote
this event by Bv ). Then the events Av , v ∈ S are negatively correlated (see Section
22.2) and the events Bv , v ∈ S are independent of other events in this collection.
Let S = {v1 , v2 , . . . , vr−1 }. Then we can write
!
r−1
\
Qr ≤ P (Avi ∪ Bvi )
i=1
368 CHAPTER 17. K-OUT
 i−1 !
r−1 \
= ∏ P Avi ∪ Bvi  (Av j ∪ Bv j )
i=1 j=1
r−1
≤ ∏ P (Avi ∪ Bvi )
i=1

r−1
= 1 − P(Acv1 ) P(Bcv1 )
!!r−1
r

r − 2 2r
 
≤ 1− 1 − n2

r−1 2
≤ η r−1 (17.7)
for some absolute constant 0 < η < 1 when r ≤ (n + 1)/2.
Going back to (17.4), and using (17.5), (17.6), (17.7)
(n+1)/2 (n+1)/2
η r−1 n
∑ E Xr ≤ 2 ∑ = o(1).
r=2 r=2 (n − r)(n − r + 1)
Hence ∑r E Xr → 0 as n → ∞, which means that w.h.p. there are no bad pairs,
implying that Bk−out has a perfect matching w.h.p.
Frieze and Melsted [358] considered the related question. Suppose that M, N are
disjoint sets of size m, n and that each v ∈ M chooses d ≥ 3 neighbors in N. Sup-
pose that we condition on each vertex in N being chosen at least twice. They
show that w.h.p. there is a matching of size equal to min {m, n}. Fountoulakis and
Panagiotou [323] proved a slightly weaker result, in the same vein.

Algorithmic Proof
We will now give a rather elegant algorithmic proof of Theorem 17.6. It is due to
Karp, Rinnooy-Kan and Vohra [493]. We do this for two reasons. First, because
it is a lovely proof and second this proof is the basis of the proof that 2-in,2-out
is Hamiltonian in [217]. In particular, this latter example shows that constructive
proofs can sometimes be used to achieve results not obtainable through existence
proofs alone.
Start with the random digraph ~B2−out and consider two multigraphs, GU and GV
with labeled vertices and edges, generated by ~B2−out on the sets of the bipartition
(U,V ) in the following way. The vertex set of the graph GU is U and two vertices,
u and u0 , are connected by an edge, labeled v, if a vertex v ∈ V chooses u and u0
as its two neighbors in U. Similarly, the graph GV has vertex set V and we put an
edge labeled u between two vertices v and v0 , if a vertex u ∈ U chooses v and v0
as its two neighbors in V . Hence graphs GU and GV are random multigraphs with
exactly n labeled vertices and n labeled edges.
17.2. PERFECT MATCHINGS 369

We will describe below, a randomized algorithm which w.h.p. finds a perfect

matching in B2−out in O(n) expected number of steps.
Algorithm PAIR

• Step 0. Set HU = GU and let HV be empty graph on vertex set V . Initially

all vertices in HU are unmarked and all vertices in GV are unchecked. Let
CORE denote the set of edges of GU that lie on cycles in GU i.e. the edges
of the 2-core of GU .

• Step 1. If every isolated tree in HU contains a marked vertex, go to Step

5. Otherwise, select any isolated tree T in HU in which all vertices are
unmarked. Pick a random vertex u in T and mark it.

• Step 2. Add the edge {x, y} , x, y ∈ V that has label u to the graph HV .

• Step 3. Let Cx ,Cy be the components of HV just before the edge labeled
u is added. Let C = Cx ∪ Cy . If all vertices in C are checked, go to Step
6. Otherwise, select an unchecked vertex v in C. If possible, select an
unchecked vertex v for which the edge labeled v in HU belongs to CORE.

• Step 4. Delete the edge labeled v from HU , return to Step 1.

• Step 5. STOP and declare success.

• Step 6. STOP and declare failure.

We next argue that Algorithm PAIR, when it finishes at Step 5, does indeed pro-
duce a perfect matching in B2−out . There are two simple invariants of this process
that explain this:

(I1) The number of marked vertices plus the number of edges in HU is equal to n.

(I2) The number of checked vertices is equal to the number of edges in HV .

For I1, we observe that each round marks one vertex and deletes one edge of HU .
Similarly, for I2, we observe that each round checks one vertex and adds one edge
to HV .
Lemma 17.7. Up until (possible) failure in Step 6, the components of HV are
either trees with a unique unchecked vertex or are unicyclic components with all
vertices checked. Also, failure in Step 6 means that PAIR tries to add an edge to a
unicyclic component.
370 CHAPTER 17. K-OUT

Proof. This is true initially, as initially HV has no edges and all vertices are
unchecked. Assume this to be the case when we add an edge {x, y} to HV . If
Cx 6= Cy are both trees then we will have a choice of two unchecked vertices in
C = Cx ∪ Cy and C will be a tree. After checking one vertex, our claim will still
hold. The other possibilities are that Cx is a tree and Cy is unicyclic. In this case
there is one unchecked vertex and this will be checked and C will be unicyclic. The
other possibility is that C = Cx = Cy is a tree. Again there is only one unchecked
vertex and adding {x, y} will make C unicyclic.
Lemma 17.8. If HU consists of trees and unicyclic components then all the trees
in HU contain a marked vertex.

Proof. Suppose that HU contains k trees with marked vertices and ` trees with no
marked vertices and that the rest of the components are unicyclic. It follows that
HU contains n − k − ` edges and then (I1) implies that ` = 0.
Lemma 17.9. If the algorithm stops in Step 5, then we can extract a perfect match-
ing from HU , HV .

Proof. Suppose that we arrive at Step 5 after k rounds. Suppose that there are k
trees with a marked vertex. Let the component sizes in HU be n1 , n2 , . . . , nk for the
trees and m1 , m2 , . . . , m` for the remaining components. Then,

n1 + n2 + · · · + nk + m1 + m2 + · · · + m` = |V (HU )| = n.
|E(HU )| = n − k,
from I1 and so
(n1 − 1) + (n2 − 1) + · · · + (nk − 1)+
(≥ m1 ) + (≥ m2 ) + (≥ m` ) = n − k.

It follows that the components of HU that are not trees with a marked vertex have
as many edges as vertices and so are unicyclic.
We now show, given that HU , HV only contain trees and unicyclic components,
that we can extract a perfect matching. The edges of HU define a matching of
B2−out of size n − k. Consider a tree T component with marked vertex ρ. Orient
the edges of T away from ρ. Now consider an edge {x, y} of T , oriented from x
to y. Suppose that this edge has label z ∈ V . We add the edge {y, z} to M1 . These
edges are disjoint: z appears as the label of exactly one edge and y is the head of
exactly one oriented edge.
For the unicyclic components, we orient the unique cycle
C = (u1 , u2 , . . . , us ) arbitrarily in one of two ways. We then consider the trees
attached to each of the ui and orient them away from the ui . An oriented edge
{x, y} with label z yields a matching edge {y, z} as before.
17.2. PERFECT MATCHINGS 371

The remaining k edges needed for a perfect matching come from HV . We extract a
set of k matching edges out of HV in the same way we extracted n − k edges from
HU . We only need to check that these k edges are disjoint from those chosen from
HU . Let {y, z} be such an edge, obtained from the edge {x, y} of HV , which has
label z. z is marked in HU and so is the root of a tree and does not appear in any
matching edge of M1 . y is a checked vertex and so the edge labelled y has been
deleted from HU and this prevents y appearing in a matching edge of M1 .
Lemma 17.10. W.h.p. Algorithm PAIR cannot reach Step 6 in fewer than 0.49n
iterations.

Proof. It follows from Lemma 2.10 that w.h.p. after ≤ 0.499n rounds, HV only
contains trees and unicyclic components. The lemma now follows from Lemma
17.7.
To complete our analysis, it only remains to show
Lemma 17.11. W.h.p., at most 0.49n rounds are needed to make HU the union of
trees and unicyclic components.

Proof. Recall that each edge of HU corresponds to an unchecked vertex of HV ,

the edges corresponding to checked vertices having been deleted. Moreover, each
tree component T of HV has one unchecked vertex, uT say. If uT is the label of
an edge of HU belonging to CORE then due to the choice rule for vertex checking
in Step 3, every vertex of T must be the label of an edge of CORE. Hence the
number of edges left in CORE, after a given iteration of the algorithm, is equal
to the number of tree components of HV , where every vertex labels an edge of
CORE. We use this to estimate the number of edges of CORE that remain in HU
after .49n iterations.
Let xe−x = 2e−2 , where 0 < x < 1. One can easily check that 0.40 < x < 0.41. It

2
follows from Lemma 2.16 that w.h.p. |CORE| ≈ 1 − 2x n, which implies, that
0.63 n ≤ |CORE| ≤ 0.64 n.
Let Z be the number of tree components in HV made up of vertices which are the
labels of edges belong to CORE. Then, after at most 0.49n rounds,

(log n)2 
(0.64)k
  
n k−2 0.49n
E Z ≤ o(1) + ∑ k (k − 1)!
k−1 ×
k=1 k k−1 n
2
!.49n−(k−1)
k(n − k)
× 1− n
(17.8)
2
(log n)2 k−2
k
≤ (1 + o(1))n ∑ (0.64)k e−0.98k
k=1 k!
372 CHAPTER 17. K-OUT

≤ (1 + o(1))n×
"
k #
(0.64θ )2 (0.64θ )3 2(0.64θ )4 (0.64)e.02
 ∞
0.64θ + + + +∑
2 2 3 k=5 2k5/2
where θ = e−0.98  
1
≤ (1 + o(1))n 0.279 +
2 × 55/2 (1 − (0.64)e.02 )
≤ (1 + o(1))n [0.279 + 0.026]
≤ (0.305)n.

Explanation of (17.8); The o(1) term corresponds to components of size greater

than (log n)2 and w.h.p. there are none of these. For the summand, we
choose k
vertices and a tree on these k vertices in k kn
k−2
ways. The term 0.49n
k−1 (k − 1)!
gives the number of sequences of edge choices that lead to a given tree. The

−(k−1)
term n2 is the probability that these edges exist and (0.64)k bounds the
probability that the vertices of the tree correspond to edges in CORE. The final
term is the probability that the tree is actually a component.
So after 0.49n rounds, in expectation, the number of edges left in CORE, is at
most 0.305
0.63 < 0.485 of its original size, and the Chebyshev inequality (applied to
Z) can be used to show that w.h.p. it is at most 0.49 of its original size. However,
randomly deleting approximately 0.51 fraction of the edges of CORE will w.h.p.
leave just trees and unicyclic components in HU . To see this, observe that if we
delete 0.505n random edges from GU then we will have a random graph in the
sub-critical stage and so w.h.p. it will consist of trees and unicyclic components.
But deleting 0.505n random edges will w.h.p. delete less than a 0.51 fraction of
CORE.
This completes the proof that w.h.p. Algorithm PAIR finishes before 0.49n rounds
with a perfect matching. In summary,

Theorem 17.12. W.h.p. the algorithm PAIR finds a perfect matching in the ran-
dom graph B2−out in at most .49n steps.

One can ask whether one can w.h.p. secure a perfect matching in a bipartite ran-
dom graph having more edges then B1−out , but less than B2−out . To see that it is
possible, consider the following two-round procedure. In the first round assume
that each vertex from the set U chooses exactly one neighbor in V and, likewise,
every vertex from the set V chooses exactly one neighbor in U. In the next round,
only those vertices from U and V which have not been selected in the first round
get a second chance to make yet another random selection. It is easy to see that,
17.3. HAMILTON CYCLES 373

for large n, such a second chance is, on the average, given to approximately n/e
vertices on each side. I.e, that the average out-degree of vertices in U and V
is approximately 1 + 1/e. Therefore the underlying simple graph is denoted as
B(1+1/e)−out , and Karoński and Pittel [486] proved that the following result holds.

Theorem 17.13. With probability 1−O(n−1/2 ) a random graph B(1+1/e)−out con-

tains a perfect matching.

17.3 Hamilton Cycles

Bohman and Frieze [118] proved the following:
Theorem 17.14.
(
0 if k ≤ 2
lim P(Gk−out has a Hamiltonian Cycle) =
n→∞ 1 if k ≥ 3.

To see that this result is best possible note that one can show that w.h.p. the random
graph G2−out contains a vertex adjacent to three vertices of degree two, which pre-
vents the existence of a Hamiltonian Cycle. The proof that G3−out w.h.p. contains
a Hamiltonian Cycle is long and complicated, we will therefore prove the weaker
result given below which has a straightforward proof, using the ideas of Section
6.2. It is taken from Frieze and Łuczak [353].

Theorem 17.15.

lim P(Gk−out has a Hamiltonian Cycle) = 1, if k ≥ 5.

n→∞

Proof. Let H = G0 ∪ G1 ∪ G2 where Gi = Gki −out , where (i) k0 = 1, k1 = k2 = 2

and (ii) G0 , G1 , G2 are generated independently of each other. Then we can couple
the construction of H and G5−out so that H ⊆ G5−out . This is because in the
construction of H, some random choices in the construction of the associated
digraphs might be repeated. In which case, having constructed H, we can give
G5−out some more edges.
It follows from Theorem 17.3 that w.h.p. Gi , i = 1, 2 contain perfect matchings
Mi , i = 1, 2. Here we allow n to be odd and so a perfect matching may leave one
vertex isolated. By symmetry M1 , M2 are uniform random
matchings. Let M = M1 ∪ M2 . The components of M are cycles. There could be
374 CHAPTER 17. K-OUT

degenerate 2-cycles consisting of two copies of the same edge and there may be a
path in the case n is odd.

Lemma 17.16. Let X be the number of components of M. Then w.h.p.

X ≤ 3 log n.

Proof. Let C be the cycle containing vertex 1. We show that

 n 1
P |C| ≥ ≥ . (17.9)
2 2
To see this note that
k−1  
n − 2i 1 1
P(|C| = 2k) = ∏ < .
i=1 n − 2i + 1 n − 2k + 1 n − 2k + 1

Indeed, consider the M1 -edge {1 = i1 , i2 } ∈ C containing vertex 1. Let {i2 , i3 } ∈ C

be the M2 -edge containing i2 , Now, P(i3 6= 1) = (n − 2)/(n − 1). Assume that
i3 6= 1 and let {i3 , i4 } ∈ C be the M1 -edge containing i3 . Let {i4 , i5 } ∈ C be the
M2 -edge containing i4 . Then P(i5 6= 1) = (n − 4)/(n − 3), and so on until we close
the cycle with probability 1/(n − 2k + 1). Hence
 n  bn/4c 1 1
P |C| < < ∑ < ,
2 k=1 n − 2k + 1 2
and the bound given in (17.9) follows.
Consider next the following experiment. Choose the size s of the cycle containing
vertex 1. Next choose the size of the cycle containing a particular vertex from the
remaining n − s vertices. Continue until the cycle chosen contains all remaining
vertices. Observe now, that deleting any cycle from M leaves a random pair of
matchings of the remaining vertices. So, by this observation and the fact that the
bound (17.9) holds, whatever the currently chosen cycle sizes, with probability at
least 1/2, the size of the remaining vertex set halves, at least. Thus,
P(X ≥ 3 log n) ≤ P(Bin(3 log n, 1/2) ≤ log2 n) = o(1).

We use rotations as in Section 6.2. Lemma 17.16 enables us to argue that we only
need to add random edges trying to find x, y where y ∈ END(x), at most O(log n)
times. We show next that H1 = G1 ∪ G2 has sufficient expansion.
17.3. HAMILTON CYCLES 375

Lemma 17.17. W.h.p. S ⊆ [n], |S| ≤ n/1000 implies that |NH1 (S)| ≥ 2|S|.

Proof. Let X be the number of vertex sets that violate the claim. Then,
 !2 k
n/1000    3k

n n  2
EX ≤ ∑ n−1


k=1 k 2k 2
n/1000  3 3 k
e n 81k4
≤ ∑
k=1 4k3 n4
n/1000  k
81e3 k
= ∑
k=1 4n
= o(1).

If n is even then we begin our search for a Hamilton cycle by choosing a cycle
of H1 and removing an edge. This will give us our current path P. If n is odd
we use the path P joining the two vertices of degree one in M1 ∪ M2 . We can
ignore the case where the isolated vertex is the same in M1 and M2 because this
only happens with probability 1/n. We run Algorithm Pósa of Section 6.2 and
observe the following: At each point of the algorithm we will have a path P plus a
collection of vertex disjoint cycles spanning the vertices not in P. This is because
in Step (d) the edge {u, v} will join two cycles, one will be the newly closed cycle
and the other will be a cycle of M. It follows that w.h.p. we will only need to
execute Step (d) at most 3 log n times.
We now estimate the probability that we reach the start of Step (d) and fail to
close a cycle. Let the edges of G0 be {e1 , e2 , . . . , en } where ei is the edge chosen
by vertex i. Suppose that at the beginning of Step (d) we have identified END. We
can go through the vertices of END until we find x ∈ END such that ex = {x, y}
where y ∈ END(x). Because G0 and H1 are independent, we see by Lemma 17.17
that we can assume P(y ∈ END(x)) ≥ 1/1000. Here we use the fact that adding
edges to H1 will not decrease the size of neighborhoods. It follows that with
probability 1 − o(1/n) we will examine fewer than (log n)2 edges of G0 before we
succeed in closing a cycle.
Now we tryclosing cycles O(log n) times and w.h.p. each time we look at O((log n)2 )
edges of G0 . So, if we only examine an edge of G0 once, we will w.h.p. still al-
ways have n/1000 − O((log n)3 ) edges to try. The probability we fail to find a
Hamilton cycle this way, given that H1 has sufficient expansion, can therefore be
bounded by P(Bin(n/1000 − O((log n)3 ), 1/1000) ≤ 3 log n) = o(1).
376 CHAPTER 17. K-OUT

17.4 Nearest Neighbor Graphs

Consider the complete graph Kn , on vertex set V = {1, 2, , . . . , n}, in which each
edge is assigned a cost Ci, j , i 6= j, and the costs are independent identically dis-
tributed continuous random variables. Color an edge green if it is one of the
k shortest edges incident to either end vertex, and color it blue otherwise. The
graph made up of the green edges only is called the k-th nearest neighbor graph
and is denoted by Gk−nearest . Note that in the random graph Gk−nearest the edges
are no longer independent, as in the case of Gk−out or in the classical model Gn,p .
Assume without loss of generality that the Ci, j are exponential random variables
of mean one. Cooper and Frieze [216] proved

Theorem 17.18.

0
 if k = 1,
lim P(Gk−nearest is connected ) = γ if k = 2,
n→∞ 
1 if k ≥ 3,


where 0.99081 ≤ γ ≤ 0.99586.

A similar result holds for a random bipartite k-th nearest neighbor graph, gener-
ated in a similar way as Gk−nearest but starting with the complete bipartite graph
Kn,n with vertex sets V1 ,V2 = {1, 2, , . . . , n}, and denoted by Bk−nearest . The fol-
lowing result is from Pittel and Weishar [656].
Theorem 17.19.

0
 if k = 1,
lim P(Bk−nearest is connected ) = γ if k = 2,
n→∞ 
1 if k ≥ 3,


where 0.996636 ≤ γ.
The paper [656] contains an explicit formula for γ.

Consider the related problem of the existence of a perfect matching in the bipartite
k-th nearest neighbor graph Bk−nearest . For convenience, to simplify computations,
we will assume here that the Ci, j are iid exponential random variables with rate
1/n. Coppersmith and Sorkin [237] showed that the expected size of the largest
matching in B1−nearest (which itself is a forest) is w.h.p. asymptotic to
 
−1
−e−1 −e−e
2−e −e n ≈ 0.807n.
17.4. NEAREST NEIGHBOR GRAPHS 377

The same expression was obtained independently in [656]. Also, w.h.p.,

B2−nearest does not have a perfect matching. Moreover, w.h.p., in a maximal
matching there are at least 132log
log n
log n unmatched vertices, see [656].
The situation changes when each vertex chooses three, instead of one or two, of
its “green” edges. Then the following theorem was proved in [656]:
Theorem 17.20. B3−nearest has a perfect matching, w.h.p.
Proof. The proof is analogous to the proof of Theorem 17.6 and uses Hall’s Theo-
rem. We use the same terminology. We can, as in Theorem 17.6, consider only bad
pairs of “size” k ≤ n/2. Consider first the case when k < εn, where ε < 1/(2e2 ),
i.e., “small” bad pairs. Notice, that in a bad pair, each of the k vertices from V1
must choose its neighbors from the set of k − 1 vertices from V2 . Let Ak be the
number of such sets. Then,
  3k  2 k
n2k k 3k
   
n n k ke
E Ak ≤ 2 ≤2 ≤ 2 .
k k−1 n (k!)2 n n
(The factor 2 arises from allowing R to be chosen from V1 or V2 .)
Let Pk be the probability that there is a bad pair of size k in B3−nearest . Then the
probability that B3−nearest contains a bad pair of size less than t = bεnc is, letting
l = b(log n)2 c, at most
t t  2 k
ke
∑ Pk ≤ 2 ∑ n
k=4 k=4
l  2 k t  2 k
ke ke
=2∑ +2 ∑
k=4 n k=l+1 n
l  2 k t
le
k
≤2∑ + 2 ∑ εe2
k=4 n k=l+1
2l 2 e8
l
≤ 4
+ εe2 .
n
So, if ε < 1/(2e2 ), then
bεnc
∑ Pk → 0.
k=4
It suffices to show that
n/2
∑ Pk → 0.
k=bεnc+1
To prove that there are no “large” bad pairs, note that for a pair to be bad it must
be the case that there is a set of n − k + 1 vertices of V2 that do not choose any of
378 CHAPTER 17. K-OUT

the k vertices from V1 . Let R ⊂ V1 , |R| = k and S ⊂ V2 , |S| = k − 1. Without loss

of generality, assume that R = {1, 2, . . . k}, S = {1, 2, . . . k − 1}. Then let Yi , i =
1, 2, . . . k be the smallest weight in Kn,n among the weights of edges connecting
vertex i ∈ R with vertices from V2 \ S, and let Z j , j = k, k + 1, . . . n be the smallest
weight among the weights of edges connecting vertex j ∈ V2 \ S with vertices from
R. Then, each Yi has an exponential distribution with rate (n − k + 1)/n and each
Z j has the exponential distribution with rate k/n.
Notice that in order for there not to be any edge in B3−nearest between respective
sets R and V2 \S the following property should be satisfied: each vertex i ∈ R has at
least three neighbors in Kn,n with weights smaller than Yi and each vertex j ∈ V2 \S
has at least three neighbors in Kn,n with weights smaller than the corresponding
Z j . If we condition on the value Yi = y, then the probability that vertex i has at
least three neighbors with respective edge weight smaller than Yi , is given by
 k−1   k−2
−y/n −y/n −y/n
Pn,k (y) = 1 − e − (k − 1) 1 − e e
 
k−1  2  k−3
− 1 − e−y/n e−y/n
2
Putting a = k/n
1
Pn,k (y) ≈ f (a, y) = 1 − e−ay − aye−ay − a2 y2 e−ay .
2
Similarly, the probability that there are three neighbors of vertex j ∈ V2 \ S with
edge weights smaller than Z j is ≈ f (1 − a, Z j ).
So, the probability that there is a bad pair in B3−nearest can be bounded by
  
n n
Pk ≤ 2 Ek ,
k k−1
where, by the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality and independence separately of Y1 ,
. . . ,Yn and Z1 , . . . , Zn ,
!
k n
Ek = E ∏ f (a,Yi) ∏ f (1 − a, Z j )
i=1 j=k
!!1/2 !!1/2
k n
≤ E ∏ f 2(a,Yi) ∏ f 2(1 − a, Z j )
i=1 j=k
k n
= ∏ E( f 2 (a,Yi ))1/2 ∏ E( f 2 (1 − a, Z j ))1/2
i=1 j=k
2
= E( f (a,Y1 )) k/2
E( f 2 (1 − a, Zn ))(n−k+1)/2 .
17.5. EXERCISES 379

Asymptotically, Y1 has an exponential (1 − a) distribution, so

E( f 2 (a,Y1 ))
1 2 2 −ay 2
Z ∞ 
−ay −ay
≈ 1 − e − aye − a y e (1 − a)e−(1−a)y dy
0 2
Z ∞
= (1 − a) (e−(1−a)y − 2ey − 2aye−y − a2 y2 e−y + e−(1+a)y
0
1
+ 2aye−(1+a)y + 2a2 y2 e−(1+a)y + a3 y3 e−(1+a)y + a4 y4 e−(1+a)y )dy.
4
Now using
i!
Z ∞
yi e−cy dy = ,
0 ci+1
we obtain

2 1 1
E( f (a,Y1 )) = (1 − a) − 2 − 2a − 2a2 +
1−a 1+a
2a 4a 2 6a3 6a4

+ + + +
(1 + a)2 (1 + a)3 (1 + a)4 (1 + a)5
2a6 (10 + 5a + a2 )
= .
(1 + a)5

Letting
g(a) = E( f 2 (a,Y1 ))a/2 ,
we have
    n
n n n g(a)g(1 − a)
Pk ≤ 2 (g(a)g(1 − a)) ≈ 2 2a = 2h(a)n .
k k−1 a (1 − a)2(1−a)

Numerical examination of the function h(a) shows that it is bounded below 1 for
a in the interval [δ , 0.5], which implies that the expected number of bad pairs is
exponentially small for any k > δ n, with k ≤ n/2. Taking δ < ε < 1/(2e2 ), we
conclude that, w.h.p., there are no bad pairs in B3−nearest , and so we arrive at the
theorem.

17.5 Exercises
17.5.1 Let p = log n+(m−1)n log log n+ω where ω → ∞. Show that w.h.p. it is possible
to orient the edges of Gn,p to obtain a digraph D such that the minimum
out-degree δ + (D) ≥ m.
380 CHAPTER 17. K-OUT

17.5.2 The random digraph Dk−in,`−out is defined as follows: each vertex v ∈

[n] independently randomly chooses k-in-neighbors and `-out-neighbors.
Show that w.h.p. Dm−in,m−out is m-strongly connected for m ≥ 2 i.e. to
destroy strong connectivity, one must delete at least m vertices.

17.5.3 Show that w.h.p. the diameter of Gk−out is asymptotically equal to log2k n
for k ≥ 2.

17.5.4 For a graph G = (V, E) let f : V → V be a G-mapping if (v, f (v)) is an edge

of G for all v ∈ V . Let G be a connected graph with maximum degree d.
Let H = ki=0 Hi where (i) k ≥ 1, (ii) H0 is an arbitrary spanning tree of G
S

and (iii) H1 , H2 , . . . , Hk are independent uniform random G-mappings. Let

2k
θk = 1 − 1 − d1 and let α = 16/θk . Show that w.h.p. for every A ⊂ V ,
we have
θk
|eH (A)| ≥ · |eG (A)|.
16 log n
where eG (A) (resp. eH (A)) is the number of edges of G (resp. H) with
exactly one endpoint in A.

17.5.5 Let G be a graph with n vertices and minimum degree ( 12 + ε)n for some
fixed ε > 0. Let H = ki=1 Hi where (i) k ≥ 2 and (ii) H1 , H2 , . . . , Hk are
S

independent uniform random G-mappings. Show that w.h.p. H is con-

nected.

17.5.6 Show that w.h.p. Gk−out contains k edge disjoint spanning trees. (Hint:
Use the Nash-Williams condition [626] – see Frieze and Łuczak [354]).

17.5.7 In the random digraph Gk−in,k−out each v ∈ [n] independently chooses k

uniformly random in-neighbors and k uniformly random out-neighbors.
Show that Gk−in,k−out is k-strongly connected for k ≥ 2, k = O(1).

17.6 Notes
k-out process
Jaworski and Łuczak [460] studied the following process that generates Gk−out
along the way. Starting with the empty graph, a vertex v is chosen uniformly at
random from the set of vertices of minimum out-degree. We then add the arc
(v, w) where w is chosen uniformly at random from the set of vertices that are
not out-neighbors of v. After kn steps the digraph in question is precisely ~Gk−out .
Ignoring orientation, we denote the graph obtained after m steps by U(n, m). The
17.6. NOTES 381

paper [460] studied the structure of U(n, m) for n ≤ m ≤ 2m. These graphs sit
between random mappings and G2−out .

Nearest neighbor graphs

There has been some considerable research on the nearest neighbor graph gener-
ated by n points X = {X1 , X2 , . . . , Xn } chosen randomly in the unit square. Given
a positive integer k we define the k-nearest neighbor graph GX ,k by joining ver-
tex X ∈ X to its k nearest neighbors in Euclidean distance. We first consider the
existence of a giant component. Teng and Yao [736] showed that if k ≥ 213 then
there is a giant component w.h.p. Balister and Bollobás [52] reduced this num-
ber to 11. Now consider connectivity. Balister, Bollobás, Sarkar and Walters [54]
proved that there exists a critical constant c∗ such that if k ≤ c log n and c < c∗ then
w.h.p. GX ,k is not connected and if k ≥ c log n and if c > c∗ then w.h.p. GX ,k is
connected. The best estimates for c∗ are given in Balister, Bollobás, Sarkar and
Walters [53] i.e. 0.3043 < c∗ < 0.5139.
When distances are independently generated then the situation is much clearer.
Cooper and Frieze [216] proved that if k = 1 then the k-nearest neighbor graph O1
is not connected; the graph O2 is connected with probability γ ∈ [.99081, .99586];
for k ≥ 2, the graph Ok is k-connected w.h.p.

Directed k-in, `-out

There is a natural directed version of Gk−out called Dk−in,`−out where each vertex
randomly chooses k in-neighbors and ` out-neighbors.
Cooper and Frieze [214] studied the connectivity of such graphs. They prove for
example that if 1 ≤ k, ` ≤ 2 then

lim P(Dk−in,`−out is strongly connected) =

n→∞
(1 − (2 − k)e−` )(1 − (2 − `)e−k ).

In this result, one can in a natural way allow k, ` ∈ [1, 2]. Hamiltonicity was dis-
cussed in [217] where it was shown that w.h.p. D2−in,2−out is Hamiltonian.
The random digraph Dn,p as well as ~Gk−out are special cases of a random digraph
where each vertex, independently of others, first chooses its out-degree d accord-
ing to some probability distribution and then the set of its images - uniformly from
all d-element subsets of the vertex set. If d is chosen according to the binomial
distribution then it is Dn,p while if d equals k with probability 1, then it is ~Gk−out .
Basic properties of the model (monotone properties, k-connectivity), were studied
in Jaworski and Smit [462] and in Jaworski and Palka [461] .
382 CHAPTER 17. K-OUT

k-out subgraphs of large graphs

Just as in Section 6.5, we can consider replacing the host graph Kn by graphs of
large degree. Let an n vertex graph G be strongly Dirac if its minimum degree
is at least cn for some constant c > 1/2. Frieze and Johansson [347] consider
the subgraph Gk obtained from G by letting each vertex independently choose k
neighbors in G. They show that w.h.p. Gk is k-connected for k ≥ 2 and that Gk
is Hamiltonian for k sufficiently large. The paper by Frieze, Goyal, Rademacher
and Vempala [343] shows the use of Gk as a cut-sparsifier.

k-out with preferential attachment

Peterson and Pittel [647] considered the following model: Vertices
1, 2, . . . , n in this order, each choose k random out-neighbors one at a time, subject
to a “preferential attachment” rule: the current vertex selects vertex i with proba-
bility proportional to a given parameter α = α(n) plus the number of times i has
already been selected. Intuitively, the larger α gets, the closer the resulting k-out
mapping is to the uniformly random k-out mapping. They prove that α = Θ(n1/2 )
is the threshold for α growing “fast enough” to make the random digraph approach
the uniformly random digraph in terms of the total variation distance. They also
determine an exact limit of this distance for α = β n1/2 .
Chapter 18

Real World Networks

There has recently been an increased interest in the networks that we see around
us in our every day lives. Most prominent are the Internet or the World Wide
Web or social networks like Facebook and Linked In. The networks are con-
structed by some random process. At least we do not properly understand their
construction. It is natural to model such networks by random graphs. When first
studying so-called “real world networks”, it was observed that often the degree
sequence exhibits a tail that decays polynomially, as opposed to classical random
graphs, whose tails decay exponentially. See, for example, Faloutsos, Faloutsos
and Faloutsos [299]. This has led to the development of other models of random
graphs such as the ones described below.

18.1 Preferential Attachment Graph

Fix an integer m > 0, constant and define a sequence of graphs G1 , G2 , . . . , Gt . The
graph Gt has vertex set [t] and G1 consists of m loops on vertex 1. Suppose we
have constructed Gt . To obtain Gt+1 we apply the following rule. We add vertex
t + 1 and connect it to m randomly chosen vertices y1 , y2 , . . . , ym ∈ [t] in such a
way that for i = 1, 2, . . . , m,

deg (w, Gt )
P(yi = w) = .
2mt

In this way, Gt+1 is obtained from Gt by adding vertex t + 1 and m randomly

chosen edges, in such a way that the neighbors of t + 1 are biased towards higher
degree vertices.
When m = 1, Gt is a tree and this is basically a plane-oriented recursive tree as
considered in Section 15.5.

383
384 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

This model was considered by Barabási and Albert [58]. This was followed by a
rigorous analysis of a marginally different model in Bollobás, Riordan, Spencer
and Tusnády [155].

Expected Degree Sequence: Power Law

Fix t and let Vk (t) denote the set of vertices of degree k in Gt , where m ≤ k =
Õ(t 1/2 ). Let Dk (t) = |Vk (t)|. Then (compare with (15.30) when m = 1)

E(Dk (t + 1)|Gt ) =
 
(k − 1)Dk−1 (t) kDk (t)
Dk (t) + m − + 1k=m + ε(k,t). (18.1)
2mt 2mt
Explanation of (18.1): The total degree of Gt is 2mt and so
(k−1)Dk−1 (t)
2mt is the probability that yi is a vertex of degree k − 1, creating a new
k (t)
vertex of degree k. Similarly, kD2mt is the probability that yi is a vertex of degree
k, destroying a vertex of degree k. At this point t + 1 has degree m and this
accounts for the term 1k=m . The term ε(k,t) is an error term that accounts for the
possibility that yi = y j for some i 6= j.
Thus   
m k
ε(k,t) = O = Õ(t −1/2 ). (18.2)
2 mt
Taking expectations over Gt , we obtain
 
(k − 1)D̄k−1 (t) kD̄k (t)
D̄k (t + 1) = D̄k (t) + 1k=m + m − + ε(k,t). (18.3)
2mt 2mt

Under the assumption D̄k (t) ≈ dkt (justified below) we are led to consider the

recurrence
(k−1)dk−1 −kdk

1k=m +
 2 if k ≥ m,
dk = (18.4)

0 if k < m,


or 
k−1 2·1k=m
 k+2 dk−1 + k+2
 if k ≥ m,
dk =

0 if k < m.


Therefore
2
dm =
m+2
18.1. PREFERENTIAL ATTACHMENT GRAPH 385

k
l −1 2m(m + 1)
dk = dm ∏ = . (18.5)
l=m+1 l + 2 k(k + 1)(k + 2)

So for large k, under our assumption D̄k (t) ≈ dkt, we see that

2m(m + 1)
D̄k (t) ≈ t.
k3
We now show that the assumption D̄k (t) ≈ dkt can be justified. Note that the

following theorem is vacuous for k  t 1/6 .

Theorem 18.1.
|D̄k (t) − dkt| = Õ(t 1/2 ) for k = Õ(t 1/2 ).

Proof. Let
∆k (t) = D̄k (t) − dkt.
Then, replacing D̄k (t) by ∆k (t) + dkt in (18.3) and using (18.2) and (18.4) we get
 
k−1 k
∆k (t + 1) = ∆k−1 (t) + 1 − ∆k (t) + Õ(t −1/2 ). (18.6)
2t 2t

Now assume inductively on t that for every k ≥ 0

|∆k (t)| ≤ At 1/2 (logt)β ,

where (logt)β is the hidden power of logarithm in Õ(t −1/2 ) of (18.6) and A is an
unspecified constant.
This is trivially true for k < m also for small t if we make A large enough. So,
replacing Õ(t −1/2 ) in (18.6) by the more explicit αt −1/2 (logt)β we get

∆k (t + 1) ≤
    
k − 1 k
∆k (t) + αt −1/2 (logt)β
  
≤  ∆k−1 (t) +  1 −
2t 2t
 
k − 1 1/2 k
≤ β
At (logt) + 1 − At 1/2 (logt)β + αt −1/2 (logt)β
2t 2t
≤ (logt)β (At 1/2 + αt −1/2 ).

Note that if t is sufficiently large then

1 1/2
 
1/2 1/2 1
(t + 1) =t 1+ ≥ t 1/2 + 1/2 ,
t 3t
386 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

and so
   
β 1/2 1 α
∆k (t + 1) ≤ (log(t + 1)) A (t + 1) − 1/2 + 1/2
3t t
≤ A (log(t + 1))β (t + 1)1/2 ,

assuming that A ≥ 3α.

In the next section, we will justify our bound of Õ(t 1/2 ) for vertex degrees. After
that we will prove concentration of the number of vertices of degree k, for small
k.

Maximum Degree
Fix s ≤ t and let Xl be the degree of vertex s in Gl for s ≤ l ≤ t. We prove the
following high probability upper bound on the degree of vertex s.

Lemma 18.2.

P(Xt ≥ Aem (t/s)1/2 (log(t + 1))2 ) = O(t −A ).

1
Proof. Note first that Xs = m. If 0 < λ < εt = log(t+1) then,
 
E eλ Xl+1 |Xl
m  
Xl k Xl m−k λ k
  
λ Xl m
=e ∑ 1− e
k=0 k 2ml 2ml
m  
Xl k Xl m−k
  
λ Xl m
≤e ∑ 1− (1 + kλ (1 + kλ ))
k=0 k 2ml 2ml
λ (1 + λ )Xl (m − 1)λ 2 Xl2
 
λ Xl
=e 1+ +
2l 4ml 2
 
λ Xl
≤ eλ Xl 1 + (1 + mλ ) , since Xl ≤ 2ml,
2l
 
(1+mλ )
λ 1+ 2l Xl
≤e .

We define a sequence λ = (λs , λs+1 , . . . , λt ) where

 
1 + mλ j
λ j+1 = 1 + λ j < εt .
2j
18.1. PREFERENTIAL ATTACHMENT GRAPH 387

Here our only choice will be λs . We show below that we can find a suitable value
for this, but first observe that if we manage this then
     
E eλs Xt ≤ E eλs+1 Xt−1 · · · ≤ E eλt Xs ≤ 1 + o(1).

Now  
1 + mεt
λ j+1 ≤ 1 + λ j,
2j
implies that
( )
t   t  1/2
1 + mεt 1 + mεt m t
λt = λs ∏ 1 + ≤ λs exp ∑ ≤e λs .
j=s 2j j=s 2j s

So a suitable choice for λ = λs is

 s 1/2
λs = e−m εt .
t
This gives  n o
−m 1/2
E exp e εt (s/t) Xt ≤ 1 + o(1).
So,
 
P Xt ≥ Aem (t/s)1/2 (log(t + 1))2 ) ≤
 
−λs Aem (t/s)1/2 (log(t+1)2 )
e E eλs Xt
= O(t −A ).

Thus with probability 1 − o(1) as t → ∞ we have that the maximum degree in

Gt is O(t 1/2 (logt)2 ). This is not best possible. One can prove that w.h.p. the
maximum degree is O(t 1/2 ω(t)) and Ω(t 1/2 /ω(t)) for any ω(t) → ∞, see for
example Flaxman, Frieze and Fenner [315].

Concentration of Degree Sequence

Fix a value k for a vertex degree. We show that Dk (t) is concentrated around its
mean D̄k (t).

Theorem 18.3.
u2
 
P(|Dk (t) − D̄k (t)| ≥ u) ≤ 2 exp − . (18.7)
8mt
388 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

000
111
111
000
000
111
000
111
111
000
000
111
v 00
11
11
00
00
11
00
11
11
00
00
11
v
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11 00
11
00
11

000
111 00
11
111
000
000
111 11
00
00
11
000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11

111
000
000
111 11
00
00
11
000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11
000
111 00
11
111
000
000
111 111
000
000
111
000
111
000
111 000
111
000
111
000
111 000
111
111
000
000
111 11
00
00
11
000
111
000
111 00
11
00
11
000
111 00
11

G G

~ from G.
Figure 18.1: Constructing G

Proof. Let Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Ymt be the sequence of edge choices made in the construction
of Gt , and for Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yi let
Zi = Zi (Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yi ) = E(Dk (t) | Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yi ). (18.8)
We will prove next that |Zi − Zi−1 | ≤ 4 and then (18.7) follows directly from the
Azuma-Hoeffding inequality, see Section 22.7. Fix Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yi and Ŷi 6= Yi . We
define a map (measure preserving projection) ϕ of
Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yi−1 ,Yi ,Yi+1 , . . . ,Ymt
to
Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yi−1 , Ŷi , Ŷi+1 , . . . , Ŷmt
such that
|Zi (Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yi ) − Zi (Y1 ,Y2 , . . . , Ŷi )| ≤ 4. (18.9)
In the preferential attachment model we can view vertex choices in the graph G as
random choices of arcs in a digraph G, ~ which is obtained by replacing every edge
of G by a directed 2-cycle (see Figure 18.1).
Indeed, if we choose a random arc and choose its head then v will be chosen with
probability proportional to the number of arcs with v as head i.e. its degree. Hence
Y1 ,Y2 , . . . can be viewed as a sequence of arc choices. Let
Yi = (x, y) where x > y
Ŷi = (x̂, ŷ) where x̂ > ŷ.
Note that x = x̂ if i mod m 6= 1.
Now suppose j > i and Y j = (u, v) arises from choosing (w, v). Then we define
(
Yj (w, v) 6= Yi
ϕ(Y j ) = (18.10)
(w, ŷ) (w, v) = Yi
18.1. PREFERENTIAL ATTACHMENT GRAPH 389

This map is measure preserving since each sequence ϕ(Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yt ) occurs with
probability ∏tm −1
j=i+1 j . Only x, x̂, y, ŷ change degree under the map ϕ so Dk (t)
changes by at most four.
We will now study the degrees of early vertices.

Degrees of early vertices

Let dt (s) denote the degree of vertex s at time t. Then we have ds (s) = m and
 
mdt (s) 1
E(dt+1 (s)|Gt ) = dt (s) + = dt (s) 1 + .
2mt 2t
So, with
22s+1 s!(s − 1)!  π 1/2
A(s) = ≈2 for large s,
(2s)! s
we have
t−1  t 1/2
2i + 1 (2t − 1)!
E(ds (t)) = m ∏ = mA(s) 2t ≈m for large s. (18.11)
i=s 2i 2 ((t − 1)!)2 s

For random variables X,Y and a sequence of random variables Z = Z1 , Z2 , . . . , Zk

taking discrete values, we write

X  Y to mean that Pr(X ≥ a) ≥ Pr(Y ≥ a)

and

X |Z  Y |Z to mean that Pr(X ≥ a | Zl = zl , l = 1, . . . , k) ≥ Pr(Y ≥ a | Zl = zl , l = 1, . . . , k),

for all choices of a, z.

Fix i ≤ j − 2 and let X = d j−1 (t),Y = d j (t) and Zl = dl (t), l = i, . . . , j − 2.
Lemma 18.4. X |Z  Y |Z .
Proof. Consider the construction of G j+1 , G j+2 , . . . , Gt . We condition on those
edge choices of j + 1, j + 2, . . . ,t that have one end in i, i + 1, . . . , j − 2. Now if
vertex j does not choose an edge ( j − 1, j) then the conditional distributions of
d j−1 , d j (t) are identical. If If vertex j does choose edge ( j − 1, j) and we do not
include this edge in the value of the degree of j − 1 at times j + 1 onwards, then
the conditional distributions of d j−1 , d j (t) are again identical. Ignoring this edge
will only reduce the chances of j − 1 being selected at any stage and the lemma
follows.
Corollary 18.5. If j ≥ i − 2 then di (t)  (di+1 (t) + · · · + d j (t))/( j − i).
390 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

Proof. Fix i ≤ l ≤ j and then we argue by induction that

di+1 (t) + · · · + dl (t) + ( j − l)dl+1 (t) ≺ di+1 (t) + · · · + ( j − l + 1)dl (t). (18.12)

This is trivial for j = l as the LHS is then the same as the RHS. Also, if true for
l = i then
di+1 (t) + · · · + d j (t) ≺ ( j − i)di+1 (t) ≺ ( j − i)di (t)
where the second inequality follows from Lemma 18.4 with j = i + 1.
Putting Z = di+1 (t), . . . , dl−1 (t) we see that (18.12) is implied by

dl (t) + ( j − l)dl+1 (t) |Z ≺ ( j − l + 1)dl (t) |Z or dl+1 (t) |Z ≺ dl (t) |Z ,

after subtracting ( j − l)dl+1 (t). But the latter follows from Lemma 18.4.
Lemma 18.6. Fix 1 ≤ s = O(1) and let ω = log2 t and let Ds (t) = ∑s+ω
i=s+1 ds (t).
1/2
Then w.h.p. Ds (t) ≈ 2m(ωt) .

Proof.
We have from (18.11) that
s+ω  t 1/2
E(Ds (t)) ≈ m ∑ ≈ 2m(ωt)1/2 .
i=s+1 i

Going back to the proof of Theorem 18.3 we consider the map ϕ as defined in
(18.10). Unfortunately, (18.9) does not hold here. But we can replace 4 by 10 logt,
most of the time. So we let Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Ymt be as in Theorem 18.3. Then let ψi
denote the number of times that (w, ν) = Yi in equation (18.10). Now ψ j is the sum
of mt − j independent Bernouilli random variables and E(ψi ) ≤ ∑mt j=i+1 1/m j ≤
m log mt. It follows from Hoeffding’s inequality that Pr(ψi ≥ 10 logt) ≤ t −10 .
−1

Given this, we define a new random variable dbs (t) and let D b s (t) = ∑ω dbs+ j (t).
j=1
Here dbs+ j (t) = ds+ j (t) for j = 1, 2, . . . , ω unless there exists i such that ψi ≥
10 logt. If there is an i such that ψi ≥ 10 logt then assuming that i is the first
such we let D b s (t) = Zi (Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yi ) where Zi is as defined in (18.8), with Dk (t)
replaced by D b s (t). In summary we have

b s (t) 6= Ds (t)) ≤ t −10 .

Pr(D (18.13)

So,
b s (t)) − E(Ds (t)| ≤ t −9 .
| E(D
And finally,
|Zi − Zi−1 | ≤ 20 logt.
18.2. SPATIAL PREFERENTIAL ATTACHMENT 391

This is because each Yi , Ŷi concerns at most two of the vertices s + 1, s + 2, . . . , s +

ω. So,

u2
 
Pr(|Ds (t) − E(Ds (t))| ≥ u) ≤ exp −
b b . (18.14)
800mt log2 t

Putting u = ω 3/4t 1/2 into (18.14) yields the claim.

Combining Corollary 18.5 and Lemma 18.6 we have the following theorem.
Theorem 18.7. Fix 1 ≤ s = O(1) and let ω = log2 t. Then w.h.p. di (t) ≥ mt 1/2 /ω 1/2
for i = 1, 2, . . . , s.
Proof. Corollary 18.5 and (18.13) implies that di (t)  Di (t)/ω. Now apply Lemma
18.6.

18.2 Spatial Preferential Attachment

The Spatial Preferential Attachment (SPA) model, was introduced by Aiello, Bon-
ato, Cooper, Janssen and Prałat in [8]. This model combines preferential attach-
ment with geometry by introducing ”spheres of influence” of vertices, whose vol-
umes depend on their in-degrees.
We first fix parameters of the model. Let m ∈ N be the dimension of space Rm ,
p ∈ [0, 1] be the link (arc) probability and fix two additional parameters A1 , A2 ,
where A1 < 1/p while A2 > 0. Let S be the unit hypercube in Rm , with the torus
metric d(·, ·) derived from the L∞ metric. In particular, for any two points x and y
in S,

d(x, y) = min {kx − y + uk∞ : u ∈ {−1, 0, 1}m } . (18.15)

For each positive real number α < 1, and u ∈ S, define the ball around u with
volume α as
Bα (u) = {x ∈ S : d(u, x) ≤ rα },
where rα = α 1/m /2, so that rα is chosen such that Bα has volume α.
The SPA model generates a stochastic sequence of directed graphs {Gt }, where
Gt = (Vt , Et ) and Vt ⊂ S, i.e., all vertices are placed in the m-dimensional hyper-
cube S = [0, 1]m .
Let deg− (v;t) be the in-degree of the vertex v in Gt , and deg+ (v;t) its out-degree.
Then, the sphere of influenc S(v;t) of the vertex v at time t ≥ 1 is the ball centered
at v with the following volume:

A1 deg− (v;t) + A2
 
|S(v,t)| = min ,1 . (18.16)
t
392 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

In order to construct a sequence of graphs we start at t = 0 with G0 being the

null graph. At each time step t we construct Gt from Gt−1 by, first, choosing a
new vertex vt uniformly at random (uar) from the cube S and adding it to Vt−1 to
create Vt . Then, independently, for each vertex u ∈ Vt−1 such that vt ∈ S(u,t − 1),
a directed link (vt , u) is created with probability p. Thus,the probability that a link
(vt , u) is added in time-step t equals p|S(u,t − 1)|.

Power law and vertex in-degrees

Theorem 18.8. Let Ni,n be the number of vertices of in-degree i in the SPA graph
Gt at time t = n, where n ≥ 0 is an integer. Fix p ∈ (0, 1]. Then for any i ≥ 0,
E(Ni,n ) = (1 + o(1))ci n, (18.17)
where
1
c0 = , (18.18)
1 + pA2
and for 1 ≤ i ≤ n,
i−1
pi jA1 + A2
ci = ∏ 1 + pA2 + jpA1 . (18.19)
1 + pA2 + ipA1 j=0

In [8] a stronger result is proved which indicates that fraction Ni,n /n follows a
power law. It is shown that for i = 0, 1, . . . , i f , where i f = (n/ log8 n) pA1 /(4pA1 +2) ,
w.h.p.
Ni,n = (1 + o(1))ci n.
Since, for some constant c,
ci = (1 + o(1))ci−(1+1/pA1 ) ,
it shows that for large i the expected proportion Ni,n /n follows a power law with
exponent 1 + pA1 1 , and concentration for all values of i up to i f .
To prove Theorem 18.8 we need the following result of Chung and Lu (see [191],
Lemma 3.1) on real sequeances
Lemma 18.9. If {αt }, {βt }and{γt } are real sequences satisfying the relation
 
βt
αt+1 = 1 − αt + γt .
t
Furthermore, suppose limt→∞ βt = β > 0 and limt→∞ γt = γ. Then limt→∞ αt t exists
and
αt γ
lim =
t→∞ t 1+β
18.2. SPATIAL PREFERENTIAL ATTACHMENT 393

Proof of Theorem 18.8

The equations relating the random variables Ni,t are described as follows. Since
G1 consists of one isolated node, N0,1 = 1, and Ni,1 = 0 for i > 0. For all t > 0,
we derive that
A2
E(N0,t+1 − N0,t |Gt ) = 1 − pN0,t , (18.20)
t
while
A1 i + A2 A1 (i − 1) + A2
E(Ni,t+1 − Ni,t |Gt ) = pNi−1,t − pNi,t . (18.21)
t t
Now applying Lemma 18.9 to (18.20) with

αt = E(N0,t ) βt = pA2 and γt = 1,

we get that
E(N0,t ) = c0 + o(t),
where c0 as in (18.18).
For i > 0 Lemma 18.9 can be inductively applied with

A1 (i − 1) + A2
αt = E(Ni,t ), βt = p(A1 i + A2 ) and γt = E(Ni−1,t ) ,
t
to show that
E(Ni,t ) = ci + o(t),
where
A1 (i − 1) + A2
ci = pci−1 .
1 + p(A1 i + A2 )
One can easily verify that the expressions for c0 , and ci , i ≥ 1, given in (18.18)
and (18.19), satisfy the respective recurrence relations derived above.
Knowing the expected in-degree of a node, given its age, can be used to analyze
geometric properties of the SPA graph Gt . Let us note also that the result below
for i  1 was proved in [454] and extended to all i ≥ 1 in [232]. As before, let vi
be the node added at time i.

Theorem 18.10. Suppose that i = i(t)  1 as t → ∞. Then,

A2  t  pA1 A2
E(deg− (vi ,t)) = (1 + o(1)) − ,
A1 i A1
(18.22)
394 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

E(|S(vi ,t)|) = (1 + o(1))A2t pA1 −1 i−pA1 .

Moreover, for all i ≥ 1,

eA2  t  pA1 A2
E(deg− (vi ,t)) ≤ − ,
A1 i A1
(18.23)
pA1 −1 −pA1
E(|S(vi ,t)|) ≤ (1 + o(1))eA2t i .

Proof. In order to simplify calculations, we make the following substitution:

A2
X(vi ,t) = deg− (vi ,t) + . (18.24)
A1

It follows from the definition of the process that

(
pA1 X(vi ,t)
X(vi ,t) + 1, with probability t
X(vi ,t + 1) =
X(vi ,t), otherwise.

We then have,
 
pA1 X(vi ,t) pA1 X(vi ,t)
E(X(vi ,t + 1) | X(vi ,t)) = (X(vi ,t) + 1) + X(vi ,t) 1 −
t t
 
pA1
= X(vi ,t) 1 + .
t

Taking expectations over X(vi ,t), we get

 
pA1
E(X(vi ,t + 1)) = E(X(vi ,t)) 1 + .
t

Since all nodes start with in-degree zero, X(vi , i) = AA21 . Note that, for 0 < x < 1,
log(1 + x) = x − O(x2 ). If i  1, one can use this to get
!
t−1
A2 t−1
 
pA1 A2 pA1
E(X(vi ,t)) = 1+ = (1 + o(1)) exp ∑ ,
A1 ∏j=i j A1 j=i j

and in all cases i ≥ 1,

!
t−1
A2 pA1
E(X(vi ,t)) ≤ exp ∑ .
A1 j=i j
18.2. SPATIAL PREFERENTIAL ATTACHMENT 395

Therefore, when i  1,
A2   t  A2  t  pA1
E(X(vi ,t)) = (1 + o(1)) exp pA1 log = (1 + o(1)) ,
A1 i A1 i
and (18.22) follows from (18.24) and (18.16). Moreover, for any i ≥ 1
A2   t   eA  t  pA1
2
E(X(vi ,t)) ≤ exp pA1 log + 1/i ≤ ,
A1 i A1 i
and (18.23) follows from (18.24) and (18.16) as before, which completes the
proof.

Directed diameter
Consider the graph Gt produced by the SPA model. For a given pair of vertices
vi , v j ∈ Vt (1 ≤ i < j ≤ t), let l(vi , v j ) denote the length of the shortest directed
path from v j to vi if such a path exists, and let l(vi , v j ) = 0 otherwise. The directed
diameter of a graph Gt is defined as

D(Gt ) = max l(vi , v j ).

1≤i< j≤t

We next prove the following upper bound on D(Gt ) (see [232]):

Theorem 18.11. Consider the SPA model. There exists an absolute constant c1 >
0 such that w.h.p.
D(Gt ) ≤ c1 logt.
Proof. Let C = 18 max(A2 , 1). We prove that with probability 1 − o(t −2 ) we have
that for any 1 ≤ i < j ≤ t, Gt does not contain a directed (vi , v j )-path of length
exceeding k∗ = C logt. As there are at most t 2 pairs vi , v j , Theorem 18.11 will
follow.
In order to simplify the notation, we use v to denote the vertex added at step v ≤ t.
Let vPu be a directed (v, u)-path of length given by vPu = (v,tk−1 ,tk−2 , . . . ,t1 , u),
let t0 = u,tk = v.
k
A1 deg− (ti−1 ,ti ) + A2
 
Pr(vPu exists) = ∏ p .
i=1 ti

Let N(v, u, k) be the number of directed (v, u)-paths of length k, then

!
k
A1 deg− (ti−1 ,ti ) + A2

E(N(v, u, k)) = ∑ pk E ∏ .
u<t1 <···<tk−1 <v i=1 ti
396 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

We first consider the case where u tends to infinity together with t. It follows from
Theorem 18.10 that
ti pA1 A2
 
− A2
E(deg (ti−1 ,ti )) = (1 + o(1)) − .
A1 ti−1 A1
Thus
k
1
k
A1 E(deg− (ti−1 ,ti )) + A2


E(N(v, u, k)) = ∑ p ∏ ti
u<t1 <···<tk−1 <v i=1

ti pA1
k
 
k 1 k
= ∑ (1 + o(1)) (A2 p) ∏
u<t1 <···<tk−1 <v i=1 ti ti−1
 v  pA1 1 k−1
1
= (1 + o(1))k (A2 p)k ∑ ∏ .
u v u<t1 <···<tk−1 <v i=1 ti

However
!k−1
k−1
1 1 1
∑ ∏ ti ≤ (k − 1)! ∑ s
u<t1 <···<tk−1 <v i=1 u<s<v
1
≤ (log v/u + 1/u)k−1
(k − 1)!
e(log v/u + 1/u) k−1
 
≤ .
k−1

Let k∗ = C logt, where C = 18 max(1, A2 ). Assuming t sufficiently large, and

recalling that pA1 < 1, we have

(1 + o(1))A2 pe(log v/u + 1/u) k−1

 
∑ E(N(v, u, k)) ≤ 2A2 ∑∗ k−1
k>k∗ k>k
∗
(1 + o(1))A2 e(log v/u + 1/u) k

1
≤ 2A2 (18.25)
C logt 1 − 3A2 /C
= O(6−18 logt ) (18.26)
= o(t −4 ).

The result follows for u tending to infinity. In the case where u is a constant, it
follows from Theorem 18.10 that a multiplicative correction of e can be used in
E(deg− (ti−1 ,ti )), leading to replacing e by e2 in (18.25) and then 6 in (18.26) by
2, giving a bound of O(2−18 logt ) = o(t −4 ) as before. This finishes the proof of the
theorem.
18.3. PREFERENTIAL ATTACHMENT WITH DELETION 397

18.3 Preferential Attachment with Deletion

In this section we consider models where edges or vertices are deleted as well
as added as the process continues. Random vertex deletions were considereed in
Chung and Lu [190] and by Cooper, Frieze and Vera [236]. These papers show
that power laws for the degree sequence persist, assuming that vertices arrive at a
greater rate than vertices are deleted. The arguments are based on the analysis of
equations like (18.1). This is complicated by the fact that the number of edges is
now a random variable.

Random Edge Deletion

The model we consider here is as follows: suppose that α < 1 is such that αm
is an integer. Suppose that after adding vertex t + 1 and its m incident edges, we
randomly delete αm edges from the current graph. The effect of this is to replace
(18.1) by

E(Dk (t + 1)|Gt ) =
 
(k − 1)Dk−1 (t) kDk (t)
Dk (t) + m − + 1k=m + ε(k,t). (18.27)
2m(1 − α)t 2m(1 − α)t

Here the error ε(k,t) has also to absorb the possibility that we delete and edge
incident with t + 1. This is O(1/t) and so is negligible. Given this, we follow the
subsequent analysis and obtain

2(1 − α)m((1 − α)m + 1)

D̄k (t) ≈ t. (18.28)
k3
We repeat that random vertex deletion is more difficult to analyse. Deletion of a
vertex results in the deletion of a random number of edges and we have to handle
the distribution of the inverse of the number of edges.

Advrsarial Vertex Deletion

One can also consider adversarial deletions as studied in Flaxman, Frieze and
Vera [318] and this will be the topic of this section. We will consider the process
P, which generates a sequence of graphs Gt = (Vt , Et ), for t = 1, 2, . . . , n. It is
follows the construction of Gt in Section 18.1 except that after each addition of a
vertex, an adversary is allowed to delete a (possibly empty) set of vertices.
398 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

Theorem 18.12. For any sufficiently small constant δ there exists a sufficiently
large constant m = m(δ ) and a constant θ = θ (δ , m) such that w.h.p. Gn has a
“giant” connected component with size at least θ n.
The proof of this is quite complicated, but it does illustrate some new ideas overf
and above what we have seen so far in this book.
In the theorem above, the constants are phrased to indicate the suspected relation-
ship, although we do not attempt to optimize them. Our unoptimized calculations
work for δ ≤ 1/50 and m ≥ δ −2 × 108 and θ = 1/30.
The proof of Theorem 18.12 is based on an idea developed by Bollobas and Rior-
dan in [154]. There they couple the graph Gn with G(n, p), the Bernoulli random
graph, which has vertex set [n] and each pair of vertices appears as an edge inde-
pendently with probability p. We couple a carefully chosen induced subgraph of
Gn with G(n0 , p).
To describe the induced subgraph in our coupling, we now make a few definitions.
We say that a vertex v of Gt is good if it was created after time t/2 and the number
of its original edges that remain undeleted exceeds m/6. By original edges of v,
we mean the m edges that were created when v was added. Let Γt denote the set
of good vertices of Gt and γt = |Γt |. We say that a vertex of Gt is bad if it is not
good. Notice that once a vertex becomes bad it remains bad for the rest of the
process. On the other hand, a vertex that was good at time t1 can become bad at a
later time t2 , simply because it was created at a time before t2 /2.
Let
m
p=
1500n
and let ∼ denote “has the same distribution as”.

Theorem 18.13. For any sufficiently small constant δ there exists a sufficiently
large constant m = m(δ ) such that we can couple the construction of Gn and a
random graph Hn , with vertex set Γn , such that Hn ∼ G (γn , p) and w.h.p. |E(Hn ) \
2 7
E(Gn )| ≤ 10−3 e−δ m/10 mn.
In Section 18.3 we prove Theorem 18.13. In Section 18.3 we prove a lower bound
on the number of good vertices, a key ingredient for the proof of Theorem 18.12,
given in section 18.3.

Proof of Theorem 18.12.

We will prove the following two lemmas in Section 18.3.
Lemma 18.14. Let G obtained by deleting fewer than n/100 edges from a real-
ization of Gn,c/n . If c ≥ 10 then w.h.p. G has a component of size at least n/3.
18.3. PREFERENTIAL ATTACHMENT WITH DELETION 399

Lemma 18.15. W.h.p., for all t with n/2 < t ≤ n we have γt ≥ t/10.
With these lemmas, the proof of Theorem 18.12 is only a few lines:
Let G = Gn and H = G(γn , p) be the graphs constructed in Theorem 18.13. Let
G0 = G ∩ H. Then E(H) \ E(G0 ) = E(H) \ E(G) and so w.h.p. |E(H) \ E(G0 )| ≤
2 7
10−3 e−δ m/10 mn. By Lemma 18.15,|G0 | = γn ≥ n/10 w.h.p. Since m is large
2 7
enough, p = m/1500n > 10/γn and 10−3 e−δ m/10 mn < n/1000 ≤ γn /100. Then,
by Lemma 18.14, w.h.p. G0 (and therefore G) has a component of size at least
|G0 |/3 ≥ n/30. 

The Coupling: Proof of Theorem 18.13.

We construct G[k] ∼ Gk and H[k] ∼ G(γk , p) for k ≥ n/2 inductively. G[k] will be
constructed by following the definition of the preferential attachment process P
and H[k] will be constructed by coupling its construction with the construction of
G[k].
For k ≤ n/2, we only make the size of H[k] correct and do not try to make the
edge structure look like G[k]. Thus we just take H[n/2] to be an independent copy
of G(γn/2 , p) with vertex set Γn/2 .
For k > n/2, having constructed G[k] and H[k] with G[k] ∼ Gk and H[k] ∼ G(γk , p),
we construct G[k + 1] and H[k + 1] as follows: Let G[k] = (Vk , Ek ), and let νk =
|Vk |, ηk = |Ek | and recall that the number of good vertices is denoted γk = |Γk |.
If γk < k/10 then we call this a failure of type 0 and generate G[n] and H[n]
independently. (By Lemma 18.15 the probability of occurrence of this event is
o(1).)
Otherwise we have γk ≥ k/10. In this case, to construct G[k + 1] process P adds
vertex xk+1 to G[k] and links it to vertices t1 , . . . ,tm ∈ Vk chosen according to the
preferential attachment rule. To construct H[k + 1], let {t1 , . . . ,tr } = {t1 , . . . ,tm } ∩
Γk be the subset of selected vertices that are good at time k. Let ε0 = 1/120.
If r, the number of good vertices selected, is less than (1 − δ )ε0 m then we call
this a type 1 failure and generate H[k + 1] by joining xk+1 to each vertex in H[k]
independently with probability p.
Since the number of good vertices |Γk | = γk ≥ k/10 and any v ∈ Γk is still incident
to at least m/6 of its original edges and ηk ≤ mk, we have
degG[k] (v) k m 1
Pr(ti ∈ Γk ) = ∑ ≥ = ε0 .
v∈Γk 2ηk 10 6 2mk

So, by comparing r with a Binomial random variable, we obtain an exponential

upper bound on the probability of a type 1 failure:

Pr(r ≤ mε0 (1 − δ /2)) ≤ Pr(Bin(m, ε0 ) ≤ (1 − δ /2)mε0 )

400 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

2 ε m/8 2 m/960
≤ e−δ 0 = e−δ .

Now for every i = 1, . . . , m and for every v ∈ Γk ,

degG[k] (v) m 1
Pr(ti = v) = ≥ =
2ηk 12mk 12k

Let ⊥ be a new symbol. For each i = 1, . . . , r we choose si ∈ Γk ∪{⊥} such that for
1
each v ∈ Γk we have Pr(si = v) = 12k . We couple the selection of the si ’s with the
selection of the ti ’s such that if si 6=⊥ then si = ti . Let S = {si : i = 1, . . . , r} \ {⊥}
and X = |S|. Let Y ∼ Bin (γk , p). If r ≥ mε0 (1 − δ /2) then

200m2
 
γk m 1 γk
E(X) ≥ r − ≥ (1 − δ /2)ε0 m −
12k 2 γk 12n n2
≥ (1 + δ )γk p = (1 + δ ) E(Y ).

Since E(X) ≥ (1 + δ ) E(Y ), the probability that (1 + δ /2)Y > X is at most the
probability that X or Y deviates from its mean by a factor of δ /5. And, since

k m m
E(X) ≥ E(Y ) = γk p ≥ ≥ .
10 1500n 30000
2 7
By Chernoff’s bound, Pr(Y ≥ (1 + δ /5) E[Y ]) is at most e−δ m/10 .
It follows from Azuma’s inequality that for any u > 0, Pr(|X − E(X)| > u) ≤
2
e−u /(2r) . This is because X is determined by r independent trials and changing
the outcome of a single trial can only change X by at most 1. Putting u = δ E(X)/5
we get
2 2
Pr(X ≤ (1 − δ /5) E(X)) ≤ e−δ r/50 ≤ e−δ m/12000 .
We say we have a type 2 failure if Y > X, so we have a type 2 failure with proba-
2 7
bility at most 2e−δ m/10 . In which case we generate H[k + 1] by joining xk+1 to
each vertex in H[k] independently with probability p.
Conditioning on X, the si ’s form a subset S of Γk of size X chosen uniformly at
random from all of these subsets. We choose S1 uniformly at random between all
the subsets of Γk of size Y , coupling the selection of S1 to the selection of S such
that S1 ⊆ S when Y ≤ X. Now, to generate H[k + 1], we join xk+1 to every vertex
in S1 (deterministically).
After the adversary deletes a (possible empty) set of vertices in G[k], we delete all
the vertices H[k] that don’t belong to Γk+1 , possibly including xb(k+1)/2c , simply
because of its age.
For k ≥ n/2 this process yields an H[k] with vertex set Γk and identically dis-
tributed with G(γk , p), so we have H[n] ∼ G (γn , p).
18.3. PREFERENTIAL ATTACHMENT WITH DELETION 401

We call an edge e in H[n] misplaced if e is not an edge of G[n]. We are interested

in bounding the number of misplaced edges. Misplaced edges can only be created
when we have a failure. The probability of having a type 1 or 2 failure at step
2 7
k is at most 3e−δ m/10 . Let Mk denote the number of misplaced edges created
between good vertices when we have a failure of type 1 or 2 at step k. Then Mk is
stochastically smaller than Yk ∼ Bin(γk , p) and thus stochastically dominated by
Zk ∼ Bin(n, p) , a binomial random variable with E[Zk ] = np = m/1500.
Let M denote the total number of misplaced edges at time n. Let θk be the indicator
for an error of type 1 or 2 at step k. Thus,
n n
M≤ ∑ Mk ≤ ∑ Zk θk .
k=n/2 k=n/2
2 7
Note that Zk is independent of θk and Pr(θk = 1) ≤ ρ = 3e−δ m/10 , regardless of
the value of θk0 , k0 6= k. Thus M is stochastically dominated by
n
M∗ = ∑ Zk ζk
k=n/2

where the ζk are independent Bernouilli random variables with Pr(ζk = 1) = ρ.

n
2 m/107 ρmn
E(M ∗ ) ≤ ∑ 3e−δ m/1500 = .
k=n/2
3000

and
 
∗ (1 + δ )ρmn
Pr M >
3000
 n  ! n  !
(1 + δ )ρmn n δ n δ
≤ Pr M ∗ >

 ∑ ζk ≤ ρ 1 + + Pr ∑ ζk > ρ 1 +
3000 
k=n/2
2 3 k=n/2
2 3

δ 2 n2
 2       n  n  
n δ δ
≤ Pr(Bin ρ 1+ , p > 1+ ρ p) + Pr Bin , ρ > ρ 1 +
2 3 3 2 2 2 3
   
δ 2 n2 ρ 1 + δ3 p 
nρδ 2
≤ exp −  + exp −
54 54
   
δ 2 nmρ 1 + δ3 
nρδ 2

= exp −
  + exp −
90000 54
   
−5 2 δ
≤ exp −10 δ 1 + nmρ
3

402 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

Bounding the number of good vertices: Proof of Lemma 18.15.

We now prove Lemma 18.15, which is restated here for convenience.
Lemma 18.16. W.h.p., for all t with n/2 < t ≤ n we have γt ≥ t/10.
Proof. Let zt denote the total number of edges created after time t/2 that have
been deleted by the adversary, up to time t. Let νt0 and ηt0 be the number of
vertices and edges respectively in Gt that were created after time t/2. Notice
that ηt0 = mt/2 − zt and νt0 ≤ t/2. Also, since each vertex contributes at most m
edges, and bad vertices (not in Γt ) contribute at most m/6 edges, we have ηt0 ≤
mγt + m(νt0 − γt )/6. So

6ηt0 − mνt0 3mt − 6zt − mt/2 t 6zt

γt ≥ ≥ = − ,
5m 5m 2 5m
So if zt ≤ mt/3 then γt ≥ t/10. Thus, to prove the lemma, it is sufficient to show
that  mt  2
Pr zt ≥ ≤ e−δ mn/10 . (18.29)
3
To show that inequality (18.29) holds, we will compare our process with another
process P ? in which the adversary deletes no vertices until time t and then deletes
the same set of vertices as in P.
Fix t ≥ n/2. We begin by showing that we can couple the P and P ? in such way
that for
t0 = 1000δ n,
 2

Pr(zt (P) ≥ zt (P ? ) + mt0 ) = O ne−δ mn/7 . (18.30)
(The reason for this choice of t0 is inequality (18.32) in Lemma 18.17).
Generate Gs for s = 1, . . . ,t by process P. Let D1 , D2 , . . . be the sequence of
vertex sets deleted by the adversary in this realization of P. Let D = tτ=1 Dτ
S

denote the set of vertices deleted by the adversary by time t.

We define G?s inductively. To begin, generate Gt?0 according to preferential at-
tachment (with no adversary). For every s with t0 ≤ s < t let Gs = (Vs , Es ) and
G?s = (Vs? , Es? ). Define Xs = Es? \ Es , the set of edges that have been deleted by the
adversary’s moves.
Selecting a vertex by preferential attachment is equivalent to choosing an edge
uniformly at random and then randomly selecting one of the end points of the
edge. So we can view the transition from Gs to Gs+1 as adding xs+1 to Gs , choos-
ing m edges e1 , . . . , em (here with replacement), and for each i, selecting a random
endpoint yi of ei and adding an edge between xs+1 and yi .
To construct G?s+1 , we first add xs+1 to G?s . To choose y?1 , . . . , y?m we apply the
following procedure, for each i:
18.3. PREFERENTIAL ATTACHMENT WITH DELETION 403

• With probability 1 − |Xs |/(ms) we set e?i = ei and y?i = yi

• With probability |Xs |/(ms), we choose e?i uniformly at random from Xs .

Notice that e?i has already been deleted from Gs by the adversary and there-
fore it is incident to at least one deleted vertex, vi ∈ D. Now, we randomly
choose y?i from the two end points of e?i . If the total degree Ts of the vertices
Vs ∩ D that P will delete in the future is at most ms/2 then Pr(yi ∈ D) ≤ 1/2
and we can couple the (random) decisions in such way that if yi is going to
be deleted by time t then y?i = vi . Otherwise we say we have a failure and
choose y?i independently of yi .

In the coupling, after time t0 and before the first failure, an edge incident with
xs+1 and destined for deletion in P is matched with an edge incident with xs+1
and destined for deletion in P ? . So, until the first failure, Ts is bounded by Ts? , the
?
corresponding total degree
 2 of V s ∩ D in Gs . In Lemma 18.17 below, we prove that
Pr(Ts? > sm/2) = O e−δ mn/6 and therefore the probability of having a failure
 2 mn/6
  2 
is O ne −δ =O e −δ mn/7 .
To repeat, if there is no failure and if ei is deleted in P before time t we have
two possibilities: xs+1 is deleted or yi is deleted. In either case, xs+1 or y?i will
be deleted by time t in P ? and therefore e?i will be deleted, and Equation (18.30)
follows.
We will show that  mt  2
?
Pr zt (P ) ≥ ≤ O(e−δ mn ), (18.31)
4
and then Inequality (18.29) follows from Equation (18.30).
To prove Inequality (18.31) let s be such that t/2 ≤ s ≤ t and xs 6∈ D. We want
to upper bound the probability in the process P ? that an edge created at time s
chooses its end point in D. For i = 1, . . . , m,

Ts?
Pr(y?i ∈ D | Ts? ) = .
2ms
2 mn
By Lemma 18.17 (below), we have Pr(Ts? ≥ mt/2) ≤ O(e−δ ) so

1
Pr(y∗i ∈ D) ≤ + o(1).
4
1
Therefore zt (P ? ) is stochastically dominated by Bin mt


2 , 4 + o(1) . Inequality
(18.31) now follows from Chernoff’s bound. This completes the proof of Lemma
18.16.
404 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

Lemma 18.17. Let A ⊂ {x1 , . . . , xt }, with |A| ≤ δ n. Let t ≥ 1000δ n and let Gt be
a graph generated by preferential attachment (i.e. the process P, but without an
adversary). Let TA denote the total degree of the vertices in A. Then
 2 
Pr(∃A : TA ≥ mt/2) = O e−δ mn .

Proof. Let A0 = {x1 , . . . , xδ n } be the set of the oldest δ n vertices. We can couple
the construction of Gt with Gt0 , another graph generated by preferential attach-
ment, such that TA0 ≥ TA . Therefore Pr(TA ≥ mt) ≤ Pr(TA0 ≥ mt), and we can
assume A = A0 .
Now we consider the process P in δ −1 rounds, Each round consisting of δ n steps.
Let Ti be the total degree of A at the end of the ith round. Notice that T1 = 2δ mn
and T2 ≤ 3δ mn. For i ≥ 2, fix s with iδ n < s ≤ (i + 1)δ n. Then the probability
i +δ mn
that xs chooses a vertex in A is at most T2iδ . So given Ti , the difference Ti+1 − Ti
 mn 
Ti +δ mn
is stochastically dominated by Yi ∼ Bin δ mn, 2iδ mn .
Therefore, for i ≥ 2,
Pr(Ti+1 ≥ 3i2/3 δ mn) ≤ Pr(Ti+1 ≥ 3i2/3 δ mn | Ti ≤ 3(i − 1)2/3 δ mn)
+ Pr(Ti ≥ 3(i − 1)2/3 δ mn)
≤ Pr(Ti+1 ≥ 3i2/3 δ mn | Ti = 3(i − 1)2/3 δ mn)
+ Pr(Ti ≥ 3(i − 1)2/3 δ mn).

Now, for i ≥ 2, we have 3(i2/3 − (i − 1)2/3 ) ≤ 2i−1/3 and then

Pr(Ti+1 ≥ 3i2/3 δ mn | Ti = 3(i − 1)2/3 δ mn)
≤ Pr(Yi ≥ 3(i2/3 − (i − 1)2/3 )δ mn | Ti = 3(i − 1)2/3 δ mn)
≤ Pr(Yi ≥ 2i−1/3 δ mn | Ti = 3(i − 1)2/3 δ mn)
 
Ti +δ mn
As Yi ∼ Bin δ mn, 2iδ mn
!
3(i − 1)2/3 + 1 4
E[Yi |Ti = 3(i − 1)2/3 δ mn] = δ mn ≤ i−1/3 δ mn.
2i 3

Since and i ≤ δ −1 , by Chernoff’s bound we have

4/3 mn/9
Pr(Ti+1 ≥ 3i2/3 δ mn | Ti = 3(i − 1)2/3 δ mn) ≤ e−δ .
Hence, for any k ≤ δ −1 ,
k−2
4/3 mn/9 2 mn
Pr(Tk > 3(k − 1) 2/3
δ mn) ≤ ∑ e−δ ≤ e−2δ .
i=2
18.4. BOOTSTRAP PERCOLATION 405

Now, if t ≥ t0 then j t k
k= ≥ 103 (18.32)
δn
and so
3(k − 1)2/3 δ mn ≤ tm/2.
Thus
2
Pr(Tt ≥ tm/2) ≤ e−2δ mn .
We inflate the above by δnn to get the bound in the lemma.

Proof of Lemma 18.14 If after deleting n/100 edges the maximum component
size is at most n/3 then Gn,c/n contains a set S of size n/3 ≤ s ≤ n/2 such that there
are at most n/100 edges joining S to V \ S. The expected number of edges across
9
this cut is s(n − s)c/n so when 1 − ε = 200c we have n/100 ≤ (1 − ε)s(n − s)c/n
and by applying the union bound and Chernoff’s bound we have

n/2
 
n −ε 2 s(n−s)c/(2n)
Pr(∃S) ≤ ∑ e
s=n/3
s
n/2  ne s
−ε 2 (n−s)c/(2n)
≤ ∑ e
s=n/3
s
= o(1).

18.4 Bootstrap Percolation

This is a simplified mathematical model of the spread of a disease through a
graph/network G = (V, E). Initially a set A0 of vertices are considered to be in-
fected. This is considered to be round 0. Then in round t > 0 any vertex that has
at least r neighbors in At−1 will become infected. No-one recovers in this model.
The main question is as to how many vertices eventually end up getting infected.
There is a large literature on this subject with a variety of graphs G and ways of
defining A0 .
Here we will assume that each vertex s is placed in A0 with probability p, inde-
pendent of other vertices. The proof of the following theorem relies on the fact
that with high probability all of the early vertices of Gt become infected during
the first round. Subsequently, the connectivity of the random graph is enough
to spread the infection to the remaining vertices. The following is a simplified
version of Theorem 1 of Abdulla and Fountoulakis [1].
406 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

Theorem 18.18. If r ≤ m and ω = log2 t and p ≥ ωt −1/2 then w.h.p. all vertices
in Gt get infected.

Proof. Given Theorem 18.7 we can assume that ds (t) ≥ mt 1/2 /ω 1/2 for 1 ≤ s ≤ m.
In which case, the probability that vertex s ≤ m is not infected in round 1 is at most

m−1  m−1
mt 1/2 /ω 1/2 i

1/2 1/2 1/2
∑ p (1 − p)mt /ω −i ≤ ∑ ω i/2 e−(1−o(1))mω = o(1).
i=1 i i=1

So, w.h.p. 1, 2, . . . , m are infected in round 1. After this we use induction and the
fact that every vertex i > s has m neighbors j < i.

18.5 A General Model of Web Graphs

In the model presented in the previous section a new vertex is added at time t and
this vertex chooses m random neighbors, with probability proportional to their
current degree. Cooper and Frieze [219] generalise this in the following ways:
they allow (a) new edges to be inserted between existing vertices, (b) a variable
number of edges to be added at each step and (c) endpoint vertices to be chosen
by a mixture of uniform selection and copying. This results in a large number of
parameters, which will be described below. We first give a precise description of
the process.
Initially, at step t = 0, there is a single vertex v0 . At any step t = 1, 2, . . . , T, . . . ,
there is a birth process in which either new vertices or new edges are added.
Specifically, either a procedure NEW is followed with probability 1 − α, or a pro-
cedure OLD is followed with probability α. In procedure NEW, a new vertex v is
added to Gt−1 with one or more edges added between v and Gt−1 . In procedure
OLD , an existing vertex v is selected and extra edges are added at v.
The recipe for adding edges at step t typically permits the choice of initial vertex
v (in the case of OLD) and of terminal vertices (in both cases) to be made from
Gt−1 either u.a.r (uniformly at random) or according to vertex degree, or a mixture
of these two based on further sampling. The number of edges added to vertex v
at step t by the procedures (NEW, OLD) is given by distributions specific to the
procedure.
Notice that the edges have an intrinsic direction, arising from the way they are
inserted, which one can ignore or not. Here the undirected model is considered
with a sampling procedure based on vertex degree. The process allows multiple
edges, and self-loops can arise from the OLD procedure. The NEW procedure, as
described, does not generate self-loops, although this could easily be modified.
18.5. A GENERAL MODEL OF WEB GRAPHS 407

Sampling parameters, notation and main properties

Our undirected model Gt has sampling parameters α, β , γ, δ , p, q whose meaning
is given below:
Choice of procedure at step t.
α: Probability that an OLD vertex generates edges.
1 − α: Probability that a NEW vertex is created.
Procedure NEW
p = (pi : i ≥ 1): Probability that the new node generates i new edges.
β : Probability that choices of terminal vertices are made uniformly.
1 − β : Probability that choices of terminal vertices are made according to
degree.
Procedure OLD
q = (qi : i ≥ 1): Probability that the old node generates i new edges.
δ : Probability that the initial node is selected uniformly.
1 − δ : Probability that the initial node is selected according to degree.
γ: Probability that choices of terminal vertices are made uniformly.
1 − γ: Probability that choices of terminal vertices are made according to
degree.
The models require α < 1 and p0 = q0 = 0. It is convenient to assume a finiteness
condition for the distributions {p j }, {q j }. This means that there exist j0 , j1 such
that p j = 0, j > j0 and q j = 0, j > j1 . Imposing the finiteness condition helps
simplify the difference equations used in the analysis.
The model creates edges in the following way: An initial vertex v is selected. If
the terminal vertex w is chosen u.a.r, we say v is assigned uniformly to w. If the
terminal vertex w is chosen according to its vertex degree, we say v is copied to
w. In either case the edge has an intrinsic direction (v, w), which we may choose
to ignore. Note that sampling according to vertex degree is equivalent to selecting
an edge u.a.r and then selecting an endpoint u.a.r.
Let
j0 j1
µp = ∑ jp j , µq = ∑ jq j
j=1 j=1

be the expected number of edges added by NEW or OLD and let

θ = 2((1 − α)µ p + α µq ).

To simplify subsequent notation, we introduce new parameters as follows:

αγ µq αδ
a = 1 + β µp + + ,
1−α 1−α
(1 − α)(1 − β )µ p α(1 − γ)µq α(1 − δ )
b = + + ,
θ θ θ
408 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

αγ µq
c = β µp + ,
1−α
(1 − α)(1 − β )µ p α(1 − γ)µq
d = + ,
θ θ
αδ
e = ,
1−α
α(1 − δ )
f = .
θ
We note that
c + e = a − 1 and b = d + f . (18.33)
Now define the sequence (d0 , d1 , . . . , dk , . . .) by d0 = 0, and for k ≥ 1
k−1
dk (a + bk) = (1 − α)pk + (c + d(k − 1))dk−1 + ∑ (e + f (k − j))q j dk− j . (18.34)
j=1

For convenience we define dk = 0 for k < 0. Since a ≥ 1, this system of equations

has a unique solution.
The main quantity we study is the random variable Dk (t), the number of vertices
of degree k at step t. Cooper and Frieze [219] prove that, as t → ∞, for small k,
Dk (t) ≈ dkt.

Theorem 18.19. There exists a constant M > 0 such that almost surely for all
t, k ≥ 1
|Dk (t) − tdk | ≤ Mt 1/2 logt.
This will be proved in Section 18.5.
It is shown in (18.35), that the number of vertices ν(t) at step t is w.h.p. asymp-
totic to (1 − α)t. It follows that the proportion of vertices of degree k is w.h.p.
asymptotic to
dk
d¯k = .
1−α
The next theorem summarises what is known about the sequence (dk ) defined by
(18.34).

Theorem 18.20. There exist constants C1 ,C2 ,C3 ,C4 > 0 such that
(i) C1 k−ζ ≤ dk ≤ C2 min{k−1 , k−ζ / j1 } where ζ = (1 + d + f µq )/(d + f ).

(ii) If j1 = 1 then dk ≈ C3 k−(1+1/(d+ f )) .

(iii) If f = 0 then dk ≈ C4 k−(1+1/d) .
18.5. A GENERAL MODEL OF WEB GRAPHS 409

Evolution of the degree sequence of Gt

Let ν(t) = |V (t)| be the number of vertices and let η(t) = |2E(t)| be the total
degree of the graph at the end of step t. E ν(t) = (1 − α)t and E η(t) = θt. The
random variables ν(t), η(t) are sharply concentrated provided t → ∞. Indeed ν(t)
has distribution Bin(t, 1 − α) and so by Theorem 22.6 and its corollaries,

P(|ν(t) − (1 − α)t| ≥ t 1/2 logt) = O(t −K ) (18.35)

for any constant K > 0.

Similarly, η(t) has expectation θt and is the sum of t independent random vari-
ables, each bounded by max{ j0 , j1 }. Hence, by Theorem 22.6 and its corollaries,

P(|η(t) − θt| ≥ t 1/2 logt) = O(t −K ) (18.36)

for any constant K > 0.

These results are almost sure in the sense that they hold for all t ≥ t0 with proba-
bility 1 − O(t0−K+1 ). Thus we can focus on processes such that this is true.
We remind the reader that Dk (t) is the number of vertices of degree k at step t
and that Dk (t) is its expectation. Here D j (t) = 0 for all j ≤ 0,t ≥ 0, D1 (0) =
1, Dk (0) = 0, k ≥ 2.
Using (18.35) and (18.36) we see that

Dk (t + 1) = Dk (t) + (1 − α)pk + O(t −1/2 logt) (18.37)

j0   
jDk−1 (t) jDk (t)
+ (1 − α) ∑ p j β −
j=1 (1 − α)t (1 − α)t
 
j(k − 1)Dk−1 (t) jkDk (t)
+ (1 − β ) − (18.38)
θt θt
 
δ Dk (t) (1 − δ )kDk (t)
−α +
(1 − α)t θt
j1
δ Dk− j (t) (1 − δ )(k − j)Dk− j (t)
 
+α ∑ qj + (18.39)
j=1 (1 − α)t θt
j1   
Dk−1 (t) Dk (t)
+ α ∑ jq j γ − +
j=1 (1 − α)t (1 − α)t
 
(k − 1)Dk−1 (t) kDk (t)
(1 − γ) − . (18.40)
θt θt

Here (18.38), (18.39), (18.40) are (respectively) the main terms of the change in
the expected number of vertices of degree k due to the effect on: terminal vertices
410 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

in NEW, the initial vertex in OLD and the terminal vertices in OLD . Rearranging
the right hand side, we find:

Dk (t + 1) = Dk (t) + (1 − α)pk + O(t −1/2 logt)


Dk (t) αγ µq αδ (1 − α)(1 − β )µ p k
− β µp + + + +
t 1−α 1−α θ

α(1 − γ)µq k α(1 − δ )k
+ +
θ θ
Dk−1(t)

αγ µq (1 − α)(1 − β )µ p (k − 1)
+ β µp + + +
t 1−α θ

α(1 − γ)µq (k − 1)
+
θ
j1  
Dk− j (t) αδ α(1 − δ )(k − j)
+ ∑ qj + .
j=1 t 1−α θ

Thus for all k ≥ 1 and almost surely for all t ≥ 1,

Dk (t + 1) = Dk (t) + (1 − α)pk + O(t −1/2 logt) (18.41)

1
+ ((1 − (a + bk))Dk (t) + (c + d(k − 1))Dk−1 (t)
t
j1
+ ∑ q j (e + f (k − j))Dk− j (t)).
j=1

The following Lemma establishes an upper bound on dk given in Theorem 18.20(i).

Lemma 18.21. The solution of (18.34) satisfies dk ≤ Ck2 .

Proof. Assume that k > k0 where k0 is sufficiently large, and thus pk = 0. Smaller
values of k can be dealt with by adjusting C2 . We proceed by induction on k. From
(18.34),
j1
C2 C2
(a + bk)dk ≤ (c + d(k − 1)) + ∑ (e + f (k − j))q j
k − 1 j=1 k− j
C2 (c + e)
≤ C2 (d + f ) +
k − j1
C2 (a − 1)
= C2 b + ,
k − j1
18.5. A GENERAL MODEL OF WEB GRAPHS 411

from (18.33). So

C2 C2 b C2 (a − 1) C2
dk − ≤ + −
k a + bk (k − j1 )(a + bk) k
C2 (a − 1) C2 a
= −
(k − j1 )(a + bk) k(a + bk)
≤ 0,

for k ≥ j1 a.
We can now prove Theorem 18.19, which is restated here for convenience.

Theorem 18.22. There exists a constant M > 0 such that almost surely for t, k ≥ 1,

|Dk (t) − tdk | ≤ Mt 1/2 logt. (18.42)

Proof. Let ∆k (t) = Dk (t) − tdk . It follows from (18.34) and (18.41) that
 
a + bk − 1
∆k (t + 1) = ∆k (t) 1 − + O(t −1/2 logt)
t
!
j1
1
+ (c + d(k − 1))∆k−1 (t) + ∑ (e + f (k − j))q j ∆k− j (t) . (18.43)
t j=1

Let L denote the hidden constant in O(t −1/2 logt). We can adjust M to  deal with
small values of t, so we assume that t is sufficiently large. Let k0 (t) = t+1−b

a . If
t max{ j0 , j1 } C2
k > k0 (t) then we observe that (i) Dk (t) ≤ k (t) = O(1) and (ii) tdk ≤ t k (t) =
0 0
O(1) follows from Lemma 18.21, and so (18.42) holds trivially.
Assume inductively that ∆κ (τ) ≤ Mτ 1/2 log τ for κ + τ ≤ k + t and that k ≤ k0 (t).
Then (18.43) and k ≤ k0 implies that for M large,

logt
|∆k (t + 1)| ≤ L 1/2
+ Mt 1/2 logt ×
t !!
j1
1
1+ c + dk + ∑ (e + f k)q j − (a + bk − 1)
t j=1
logt
=L + Mt 1/2 logt
t 1/2
≤ M(t + 1)1/2 log(t + 1)

provided M  2L. We have used (18.33) to obtain the second line.

This completes the proof by induction.
412 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

A general power law bound for dk

The following lemma completes the proof of Theorem 18.20(i).
Lemma 18.23. For k > j0 we have,
(i) dk > 0.
(ii) C1 k−(1+d+ f µq )/b ≤ dk ≤ C2 k−(1+d+ f µq )/b j1 .
Proof. (i) Let κ be the first index such that pκ > 0, so that, from (18.34), dκ > 0.
It is not possible for both c and d to be zero. Therefore the coefficient of dk−1 in
(18.34) is non-zero and thus dk > 0 for k ≥ κ.
(ii) Re-writing (18.34) we see that for k > j0 , pk = 0 and then dk satisfies
j1
c + d(k − 1) e + f (k − j)
dk = dk−1 + ∑ dk− j q j , (18.44)
a + bk j=1 a + bk

which is a linear difference equation with rational coefficients (see [601]).

We let di = 0 for i < 0 to handle the cases where k − j < 0 in the above sum.
Let y = 1 + d + f µq , then
j1
c + d(k − 1) e + f (k − j) y
+ ∑ qj = 1− ≥0
a + bk j=1 a + bk a + bk

and thus
 
y
1− min{dk−1 , . . . , dk− j1 } ≤ dk ≤
a + bk
 
y
1− max{dk−1 , . . . , dk− j1 }. (18.45)
a + bk
It follows that
k  
y
d j0 ∏ 1− ≤ dk ≤
j= j0 +1 a+bj
b(k− j0 )/ j1 c  
y
max{d1 , d2 , . . . , d j0 } ∏ 1− . (18.46)
s=0 a + b(k − s j1 )

The lower bound in (18.46) is proved by induction on k. It is trivial for k = j0 and

for the inductive step we have
( )
  i 
y y
dk ≥ d j0 1 − min 1−
a + bk i= j0 ,...,k−1 j=∏
j0 +1 a+bj
18.5. A GENERAL MODEL OF WEB GRAPHS 413

k  
y
= d j0 ∏ 1− .
j= j0 +1 a+bj

The upper bound in (18.46) is proved as follows: Let di1 = max{dk−1 , . . . , dk− j1 },
and in general, let dit+1 = max{dit −1 , . . . , dit − j1 }. Using (18.45) we see there is a
sequence k − 1 ≥ i1 > i2 > · · · > i p > j0 ≥ i p+1 such that |it − it−1 | ≤ j1 for all t,
and p ≥ b(k − j0 )/ j1 c. Thus
p  
y
dk ≤ di p+1 ∏ 1 − ,
t=0 a + bit

and the RHS of (18.46) now follows.

Now consider the product in the LHS of (18.46).
k  
y
∏ 1− a+bj
j= j0 +1
( 2 !)
k 
y 1 y
= exp ∑ −a + b j − 2 a + b j − ···
j= j0 +1
( )
k
y
= exp O(1) − ∑
j= j0 +1 a + b j

= C1 k−y/b .

This establishes the lower bound of the lemma. The upper bound follows simi-
larly, from the upper bound in (18.46).

The case j1 = 1
We prove Theorem 18.20(ii). When q1 = 1, p j = 0, j > j0 = Θ(1), the general
value of dk , k > j0 can be found directly, by iterating the recurrence (18.34). Thus
1
dk = (dk−1 ((a − 1) + b(k − 1)))
a + bk  
1+b
= dk−1 1 −
a + bk
k  
1+b
= d j0 ∏ 1− .
j= j0 +1 a + jb

Thus, for some constant C6 > 0,

dk ≈ C6 (a + bk)−x
414 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

where
1 2
x = 1+ = 1+ .
b α(1 − δ ) + (1 − α)(1 − β ) + α(1 − γ)

The case f = 0
We prove Theorem 18.20(iii). The case ( f = 0) arises in two ways. Firstly if
α = 0 so that a new vertex is added at each step. Secondly, if α 6= 0 but δ = 1 so
that the initial vertex of an OLD choice is sampled u.a.r.
Observe that b = d now, see (18.33).
We first prove that for a sufficiently large absolute constant A2 > 0 and for all
sufficiently large k, that

dk 1+d ξ (k)
= 1− + 2 (18.47)
dk−1 a + dk k

where |ξ (k)| ≤ A2 .
We first re-write (18.34) as
j1 k−1
dk c + d(k − 1) eq j dt−1
= +∑ ∏ . (18.48)
dk−1 a + dk j=1 a + dk t=k− j+1 dt

(We assume here that k > j0 , so that pk = 0.)

Now use induction to write
k−1
dt−1 d + 1 ξ ∗ ( j, k)
∏ = 1 + ( j − 1) + (18.49)
t=k− j+1 dt a + dk k2

where |ξ ∗ ( j, k)| ≤ A3 for some constant A3 > 0. (We use the fact that j1 is constant
here.)
Substituting (18.49) into (18.48) gives

dk c + d(k − 1) e e(µq − 1)(d + 1) ξ ∗∗ (k)

= + + +
dk−1 a + dk a + dk (a + dk)2 (a + dk)k2

where |ξ ∗∗ (k)| ≤ eA3 .

Equation (18.47) follows immediately from this and c + e = a − 1. On iterating
(18.47) we see that for some constant C7 > 0,
1
dk ≈ C7 k−(1+ d ) .

]
18.6. SMALL WORLD 415

18.6 Small World

In an influential paper Milgram [600] describes the following experiment. He
chose a person X to receive mail and then randomly chose a person Y to send it.
If Y did not know X then Y was to send the mail to someone he/she thought more
likely to know X and so on. Surprisingly, the mail got through in 64 out of 296
attempts and the number of links in the chain was relatively small, between 5 and
6. More recently, Kleinberg [506] described a model that attempts to explain this
phenomenon.

Watts-Strogatz Model
Milgram’s experiment suggests that large real-world networks although being
globally sparse, in terms of the number edges, have their nodes/vertices connected
by relatively short short paths. In addition, such networks are locally dense, i.e.
vertices lying in a small neighborhood of a given vertex are connected by many
edges. This observation is called the ”small world” phenomenon and it has gener-
ated many attempts, both theoretical and experimental to build and study appro-
priate models of small world networks. Unfortunately, for many reasons, the clas-
sical Erdős-Rényi- Gilbert random graph Gn,p is missing many important char-
acteristics of such networks. The first attempt to build more realistic model was
introduced by Watts and Strogatz in 1998 in Nature (see [753]).
The Watts-Strogatz model starts with a kth power of a n-vertex cycle, denoted
here as Cnk . To construct it fix n and k, n ≥ k ≥ 1 and take the vertex set as
V = [n] = {1, 2, . . . , n} and edge-set E = {{i, j} : i + 1 ≤ j ≤ j + k}, where the
additions are taken modulo n.
In particular, Cn1 = Cn is a cycle on n vertices. For an example of a square Cn2 of
Cn see Figure 18.6 below.

Figure 18.2: C8 and C8 after two re-wirings

416 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

Notice, that for n > 2k graph Cnk is 2k-regular and has nk edges. Now choose each
of nk edges of Cnk , one by one, and independently with small probability p decide
to ”rewire” it or leave it unchanged. The procedure goes as follows. We start, say,
at vertex labeled 1, and move clockwise k times around the cycle. At the ith pasage
of the cycle, at each visted vertex, we take the edge connecting it to its neighbour
at distance i to the right and decide, with probability p, if its other endpoint should
be replaced by a uniformly random vertex of the cycle. Not however allowing the
creation a double edges. Notice that after this k round procedure is completed
the number of edges of the Watts-Strogatz random graph is kn, i.e., the same as
in ”starting” graph Cnk . To study properties the original Watts-Strogatz model on
a formal mathematical ground has proved rather difficult. Therefore Newman
and Watts (see [632])
proposed a modified version, where instead of rewiring the
edges of Cnk each of n2 − nk edges not in Cnk is added independently probability p.
In fact this modification, when k = 1 was introduced earlier by Ball, Mollison and
Scalia-Tomba in [55] as the great circle epidemic model. For a rigorous results
on typical distances in such random graph see the seminal papers of Barbour and
Reinert [64] and [65].
Much earlier Bollobás and Chung in [140] took a similar approach to introducing
”shortcuts” in Cn . Namely, let Cn be a cycle with n vertices labeled clockwise
1, 2, . . . , n, so that vertex i is adjacent to vertex i + 1 for 1 ≤ i ≤ n − 1. Consider the
graph Gn obtained by adding a randomly chosen perfect matching to Cn . (We will
assume that n is even. For odd n one can add a random near prefect matching.)
Note that the graphs generated by this procedure are 3-regular (see Figure 18.3
below).
It is easy to see that a cycle Cn itself has diameter n/2. Bollobás and Chung
proved that the diameter drops dramatically after adding to Cn such system of
random ”shortcuts”.

Figure 18.3: C8 ∪ M
18.6. SMALL WORLD 417

Theorem 18.24. Let Gn be formed by adding a random perfect matching M to an

n-cycle Cn . Then w.h.p.

diam(Gn ) ≤ log2 n + log2 log n + 10.

Proof. For a vertex u of Gn define sets

[
Si (u) = {v : dist(u, v) = i} and S≤i (u) = S j (u),
j≤i

where dist(u, v) = distGn (u, v) denotes the length of a shortest path between u and
v in Gn .
Now define the following process for generating sets Si (u) and S≤i (u) in Gn , Start
with a fixed vertex u and ”uncover” the chord (edge of M) incident to vertex u.
This determines set S1 (u). Then we add the neighbours of S1 (u) one by one to
determine S2 (u) and proceed to determine Si (u).
A chord incident to a vertex in Si (u) is called ”inessential at level i” if the other
vertex in Si (u) is within distance 3 log2 n in Cn of the vertices determined so far.
Notice that |S≤i (u) ≤ 3 · 2i and so

18 · 2i+1 log2 n
P(a chord is inessential at level i | S≤i−1 (u)) ≤ . (18.50)
n
Denote by A the event that for every vertex u at most one of the chords chosen in
S≤i (u) is inessential and suppose that i ≤ 51 log2 n. Then

P(A c ) = P(∃u : at least two of the chords chosen in S≤i (u) are inessential)
2
3 · 2i+1 18 · 2i+1 log2 n
   
≤n = O n−1/5 (log n)2 .
2 n

For a fixed vertex u, consider those vertices v in Si (u) for which there is a unique
path from u to v of length i, say u = u0 , u1 , . . . , ui−1 , ui = v, such that

(i) if ui−1 is adjacent to v on the cycle Cn then S≤i (u) contains no vertex on
Cn within distance 3 log2 n on the opposite side to v (denote the set of such
vertices v by Ci (u)),

(ii) if {ui−1 , v} is a chord then S≤i (u) \ {v} contains no vertex within distance,
3 log2 n both to the left and to the right of v (denote the set of such verices
by Di (u)).
418 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

Obviously,
Ci (u) ∪ Di (u) ⊆ Si (u).
Notice that if the event A holds then, for i ≤ 51 log2 n,

|Ci (u)| ≥ 2i−2 and |Di (u)| ≥ 2i−3 . (18.51)

Let 51 log2 n ≤ i ≤ 53 log2 n. Denote by B the event that for every vertex u, at most
2i n−1/10 inessential chords leave Si (u). There are at most 2i chords leaving Si (u)
for such i’s and so by (18.50), for large n,
P(B c ) = P(∃u : at least 2i n−1/10 inessntial chords leave Si (u))

2i
 2i n−1/10  2i n−1/10
≤ n i −1/10 n−1/6 ≤ n en1/10 n−1/6
2 n
 n1/10
−1/15
= O n−2 .


≤ n en

For v ∈ Ci (u) a new neighbor of v in Cn is a potential element of Ci+1 (u) and a new
neighbor, which is the end-vertex of the chord from v, is a potential element of
Di+1 (u). Also if v ∈ Di (u), then the two neigbors of v in Cn are potential elements
of Ci+1 (u). Here ”potential” means that the vertices in question become elements
of Ci+1 (u) and Di+1 (u) unless the corresponding edge is inessential.
Assuming that the events A and B both hold and 51 log2 n ≤ i ≤ 53 log2 n, then

|Ci+1 (u)| ≥ |Ci (u)| + 2|Di (u)| − 2i+1 n−1/10

|Di+1 (u)| ≥ |Ci (u)| − 2i+1 n−1/10 ,

while for i ≤ 15 log2 n the bounds given in (18.51) hold. Hence for all 3 ≤ i ≤
3
5 log2 n we have

|Ci (u)| ≥ 2i−3 and |Di (u)| ≥ 2i−4 .

To finish the proof set
 
log2 n + log2 log n + c
i0 = ,
2
where c ≥ 9 is a constant.
Let us choose chords leaving Ci0 (u) one by one. At each choice the probability
of not selecting the other end-vertex in Ci0 (u) is at most 1 − (2i0 −3 /n). Since we
have to make at least |Ci0 (u)|/2 ≥ 2i0 −4 such choices, we have
2i0 −4
2i0 −3

P(dist(u, v) > 2i0 + 1|A ∩ B) ≤ 1 − ≤ exp(−22i0 −7 /n)
n
18.6. SMALL WORLD 419

≤ exp(−(log n)2c−7 ) ≤ n−4 .

Hence,

P(diam(Gn ) > 2i0 + 1) ≤ P(A c ) + P(B c ) + ∑ P(dist(u, v) > 2i0 + 1|A ∩ B)

u,v

≤ c1 (n−1/5 (log n)2 ) + c2 n−2 + n−2 = o(1).

Therefore w.h.p. the random graph Gn has diameter at most

 
log2 n + log2 n log n + 9
2 ≤ log2 n + log2 n log n + 10,
2

which completes the proof of Theorem 18.24.

In fact, based on the contiguity of a random 3-regular graph and graph Gn defined
above, one can prove more precise bounds, showing (see Wormald [761]), that
w.h.p. diam(Gn ) is highly concentrated, i.e., that

log2 n + log2 n log n − 4 ≤ diam(Gn ) ≤ log2 n + log2 n log n + 4.

Kleinberg’s Model
The model can be generalized significantly, but to be specific we consider the
following. We start with the n × n grid G0 which has vertex set [n]2 and where
(i, j) is adjacent to (i0 , j0 ) iff d((i, j), (i0 , j0 )) = 1 where d((i, j), (k, `)) = |i − k| +
| j − `|. In addition, each vertex u = (i, j) will choose another random neighbor
ϕ(u) where
d(u, v)−2
P(ϕ(u) = v = (k, `)) =
Du
where
Dx = ∑ d(x, y)−2 .
y6=x

The random neighbors model “long range contacts”. Let the grid G0 plus the extra
random edges be denoted by G.
It is not difficult to show that w.h.p. these random contacts reduce the diameter
of G to order log n. This however, would not explain Milgram’s success. Instead,
Kleinberg proposed the following decentralized algorithm A for finding a path
from an initial vertex u0 = (i0 , j0 ) to a target vertex uτ = (iτ , jτ ): when at u move
to the neighbor closest in distance to uτ .
420 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

Theorem 18.25. Algorithm A finds a path from initial to target vertex of order
O((log n)2 ), in expectation.

Proof. Note that each step of A finds a node closer to the target than the current
node and so the algorithm must terminate with a path.
Observe next that for any vertex x of G we have

2n−2 2n−2
−2
Dx ≤ ∑ 4j× j =4 ∑ j−1 ≤ 4 log(3n).
j=1 j=1

As a consequence, v is the long range contact of vertex u, with probability at least

(4 log(3n)d(u, v)2 )−1 .
For 0 < j ≤ log2 n, we say that the execution of A is in Phase j if the distance of
the current vertex u to the target is greater than 2 j , but at most 2 j+1 . We say that
A is in Phase 0 if the distance from u to the target is at most 2.
Let B j denote the set of nodes at distance 2 j or less from the target. Then

2j
|B j | ≥ 1 + ∑ i > 22 j−1 .
i=1

Note that by the triangle inequality, each member of B j is within distance 2 j+1 +
2 j < 22 j+2 of u.
Let X j ≤ 2 j+1 be the time spent in Phase j. Assume first that
log2 log2 n ≤ j ≤ log2 n. Phase j will end if the long range contact of the current
vertex lies in B j . The probability of this is at least

22 j−1 1
2 j+4
= .
4 log(3n)2 128 log(3n)

We can reveal the long range contacts as the algorithm progresses. In this way,
the long range contact of the current vertex will be independent of the previous
contacts of the path. Thus

∞  ∞ i
1
E X j = ∑ P(X j ≥ i) ≤ ∑ 1 − < 128 log(3n).
i=1 i=1 128 log(3n)

Now if 0 ≤ j ≤ log2 log2 n then X j ≤ 2 j+1 ≤ 2 log2 n. Thus the expected length of
the path found by A is at most 128 log(3n) × log2 n.
In the same paper, Kleinberg showed that replacing d(u, v)−2 by
d(u, v)−r for r 6= 2 led to non-polylogarithmic path length.
18.7. EXERCISES 421

18.7 Exercises
18.7.1 Show that w.h.p. the Preferential Attachment Graph of Section 18.1 has
diameter O(log n). (Hint: Using the idea that vertex t chooses a random
edge of the current graph, observe that half of these edges appeared at time
t/2 or less).

18.7.2 For the next few questions we modify the Preferential Attachment Graph
of Section 18.1 in the following way: First let m = 1 and preferentially
generate a sequence of graphs Γ1 , Γ2 , . . . , Γmn . Then if the edges of Γmn are
(ui , vi ), i = 1, 2, . . . , mn let the edges of Gn be (udi/me , vdi/me ), i = 1, 2, . . . , mn.
Show that (18.1) continues to hold.

18.7.3 Show that Gn of the previous question can also be generated in the follow-
ing way:

(a) Let π be a random permutation of [2mn]. Let

X = {(ai , bi ), i = 1, 2, . . . , mn} where ai = min {π(2i − 1), π(2i)} and
bi = max {π(2i − 1), π(2i)}.
(b) Let the edges of Gn be (adi/me , bdi/me ), i = 1, 2, . . . , mn.

This model was introduced in [155].

18.7.4 Show that the edges of the graph in the previous question can be generated
as follows:

(a) Let ζ1 , ζ2 , . . . , ζ2mn be independent uniform [0, 1] random variables.

Let {xi < yi } = {ζ2i−1 , ζ2i } for i = 1, 2, . . . , mn. Sort the yi in increas-
ing order R1 < R2 < · · · < Rmn and let R0 = 0. Then let

W j = Rm j and I j = (W j−1 ,W j ] for j = 1, 2, . . . , n.

This model was introduced in [154].

(b) The edges of Gn are (ui , vi ), i = 1, 2, . . . , mn where xi ∈ Iui , yi ∈ Ivi .

18.7.5 Prove that (R1 , R2 , . . . , Rmn ) can be generated as

 1/2
ϒi
Ri =
ϒmn+1

where ϒN = ξ1 + ξ2 + · · · + ξN for N ≥ 1 and ξ1 , ξ2 , . . . , ξmn+1 are inde-

pendent exponential copies of EXP(1).
422 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

18.7.6 Let L be a large constant and let ω = ω(n) → ∞ arbitrarily slowly. Then
let E be the event that
k
ϒk ≈ k for ∈ [ω, n] or k = mn + 1.
m
Show that

(a) P(¬E ) = o(1).

(b) Let ηi = ξ(i−1)m+1 + ξ(i−1)m+2 + · · · + ξim . If E occurs then
 1/2
i
(1) Wi ≈ for ω ≤ i ≤ n, and
n
ηi
(2) wi = Wi −Wi−1 ≈ for ω ≤ i ≤ n.
2m(in)1/2
(c) ηi ≤ log n for i ∈ [n] w.h.p.
(d) ηi ≤ log log n for i ∈ [(log n)10 ] w.h.p.
ηi
(e) If ω ≤ i < j ≤ n then P(edge i j exists) ≈ 2(i j)1/2
.
1 n n 1/2


(f) ηi ≥ log log n and i ≤ ω(log n)3
implies the degree dn (i) ≈ ηi i .

18.8 Notes
There are by now a vast number of papers on different models of “Real World
Networks”. We point out a few additional results in the area. The books by
Durrett [273] and Bollobás, Kozma and Miklós [152] cover the area. See also van
der Hofstadt [424].

Preferential Attachment Graph

Perhaps the most striking result is due to Bollobás and Riordan [154]. There they
prove that the diameter of Gn is asymptotic to logloglogn n w.h.p. To prove this they
introduced the model in question 4 above. Cooper [211] and Peköz, Röllin and
Ross [644] discuss the degree distribution of Gn in some detail. Flaxman, Frieze
and Fenner [315] show that the if ∆k , λk are the kth largest degree, eigenvalue
1/2
respectively, then k ≈ ∆k for k = O(1). The proof follows ideas from Mihail and
Papadimitriou [599] and Chung, Lu and Vu [192], [193].
Cooper and Frieze [219] discussed the likely proportion of vertices visited by a
random walk on a growing preferential attachment graph. They show that w.h.p.
this is just over 40% at all times. Borgs, Brautbar, Chayes, Khanna and Lucier
18.8. NOTES 423

[158] discuss “local algorithms” for finding a specific vertex or the largest degree
vertex. Frieze and Pegden [361] describe an algorithm for the same problem, but
with reduced storage requirements.

Geometric models
Some real world graphs have a geometric constraint. Flaxman, Frieze and Vera
[316], [317] considered a geometric version of the preferential attachment model.
Here the vertices X1 , X2 , . . . , Xn are randomly chosen points on the unit sphere
in R3 . Xi+1 chooses m neighbors and these vertices are chosen with probability
P(deg, dist) dependent on (i) their current degree and (ii) their distance from Xi+1 .
van den Esker [296] added fitness to the models in [316] and [317]. Jordan [469]
considered more general spaces than R3 . Jordan and Wade [470] considered the
case m = 1 and a variety of definitions of P that enable one to interpolate between
the preferential attachment graph and the on-line nearest neighbor graph.
The SPA model was introduced by Aiello, Bonato, Cooper, Janssen and Pralat
[8]. Here the vertices are points in the unit hyper-cube D in Rm , equipped with
a toroidal metric. At time t each vertex v has a domain of attraction S(v,t) of
−
volume A1 deg t(v,t)+A2 . Then at time t we generate a uniform random point Xt+1
as a new vertex. If the new point lies in the domain S(v,t) then we join Xt+1 to
v by an edge directed to v, with probability p. The paper [8] deals mainly with
the degree distribution. The papers by Jannsen, Pralat and Wilson [454], [455]
show that for graphs formed according to the SPA model it is possible to infer the
metric distance between vertices from the link structure of the graph. The paper
Cooper, Frieze and Pralat [232] shows that w.h.p. the directed diameter at time t
c1 logt
lies between log logt and c2 logt.
Random Apollonian networks were introduced by Zhou, Yan and Wang [769].
Here we build a random triangulation by inserting a vertex into a randomly chosen
face. Frieze and Tsourakakis [365] studied their degree sequence and eigenvalue
structure. Ebrahimzadeh, Farczadi, Gao, Mehrabian, Sato, Wormald and Zung
[281] studied their diameter and length of the longest path. Cooper and Frieze
[227] gave an improved longest path estimate and this was further improved by
Collevecchio, Mehrabian and Wormald [203].

Interpolating between Erdős-Rényi and Preferential Attachment

Pittel [653] considered the following model: G0 , G1 , . . . , Gm is a random (multi)
graph growth process Gm on a vertex set [n]. Gm+1 is obtained from Gm by in-
serting a new edge e at random. Specifically, the conditional probability that e
joins two currently disjoint vertices, i and j, is proportional to (di + α)(d j + α),
424 CHAPTER 18. REAL WORLD NETWORKS

where di , d j are the degrees of i, j in Gm , and α > 0 is a fixed parameter. The

limiting case α = ∞ is the Erdős-Rényi graph process. He shows that w.h.p. Gm
contains a unique giant component iff c := 2m/n
 > cα = ∗α/(1 + α), and the
α+c∗ α
size of this giant is asymptotic to n 1 − α+c , where c < cα is the root of
c c∗
(α+c)2+α
= (α+c∗ )2+α . A phase transition window is proved to be contained, essen-
tially, in [cα − An−1/3 , cα + Bn−1/4 ], and he conjectured that 1/4 may be replaced
with 1/3. For the multigraph version, MGm , he showed that MGm is connected
−1
w.h.p. iff m  mn := n1+α . He conjectured that, for α > 1, mn is the threshold
for connectedness of Gm itself.
Chapter 19

Weighted Graphs

There are many cases in which we put weights Xe , e ∈ E on the edges of a graph or
digraph and ask for the minimum or maximum weight object. The optimisation
questions that arise from this are the backbone of Combinatorial Optimisation.
When the Xe are random variables we can ask for properties of the optimum value,
which will be a random variable. In this chapter we consider three of the most
basic optimisation problems viz. minimum weight spanning trees; shortest paths
and minimum weight matchings in bipartite graphs.

19.1 Minimum Spanning Tree

Let Xe , e ∈ E(Kn ) be a collection of independent uniform [0, 1] random variables.
Consider Xe to be the length of edge e and let Ln be the length of the minimum
spanning tree (MST) of Kn with these edge lengths.
Frieze [334] proved the following theorem. The proof we give utilises the rather
lovely integral formula (19.1) due to Janson [438], (see also the related equation
(7) from [356].

Theorem 19.1.
∞
1
lim E Ln = ζ (3) =
n→∞
∑ k3 = 1.202 · · ·
k=1

Proof. Suppose that T = T ({Xe }) is the MST, unique with probability one. We
use the identity
Z 1
a= 1{x≤a} dx.
0
Therefore
Ln = ∑ Xe
e∈T

425
426 CHAPTER 19. WEIGHTED GRAPHS
Z 1
= ∑ 1{p≤Xe } d p
e∈T p=0
Z 1
= ∑ 1{p≤Xe}d p
p=0 e∈T
Z 1
= |{e ∈ T : Xe ≥ p}|d p
p=0
Z 1
= (κ(G p ) − 1)d p,
p=0

where κ(G p ) denote the number of components of graph G p . Here G p is the

graph induced by the edges e with Xe ≤ p, i.e., G p ≡ Gn,p . The last line may be
considered to be a consequence of the fact that the greedy algorithm solves the
minimum spanning tree problem. This algorithm examines edges in increasing
order of edge weight. It builds a tree, adding one edge at a time. It adds the edge
to the forest F of edges accepted so far, only if the two endpoints lie in distinct
components of F. Otherwise it moves onto the next edge. Thus the number of
edges to be added given F, is κ(F) − 1 and if the longest edge in e ∈ F has Xe = p
then κ(F) = κ(G p ), which follows by an easy induction. Hence
Z 1
E Ln = (E κ(G p ) − 1)d p. (19.1)
p=0

We therefore estimate E κ(G p ). We observe first that

6 log n
p≥ ⇒ E κ(G p ) = 1 + o(1).
n
Indeed, 1 ≤ E κ(G p ) and

E κ(G p ) ≤ 1 + n P(G p is not connected)

n/2  
n k−2 k−1
≤ 1+n ∑ k p (1 − p)k(n−k)
k=1 k
n n/2 ne 6k log n 1 k
 
≤ 1+ ∑
p k=1 k n n3
= 1 + o(1).
6 log n
Hence, if p0 = n then
Z p0
E Ln = (E κ(G p ) − 1)d p + o(1)
p=0
19.1. MINIMUM SPANNING TREE 427
Z p0
= E κ(G p )d p + o(1).
p=0

Write
(log n)2 (log n)2
κ(G p ) = ∑ Ak + ∑ Bk +C,
k=1 k=1

where Ak stands for the number of components which are k vertex trees, Bk is the
number of k vertex components which are not trees and, finally, C denotes the
number of components on at least (log n)2 vertices. Then, for 1 ≤ k ≤ (log n)2 and
p ≤ p0 ,
 
n k−2 k−1 k
E Ak = k p (1 − p)k(n−k)+(2)−k+1
k
kk−2 k−1
= (1 + o(1))nk p (1 − p)kn .
k!
   
n k−2 k k
E Bk ≤ k p (1 − p)k(n−k)
k 2
≤ (1 + o(1))(npe1−np )k
≤ 1 + o(1).

n
C≤ .
(log n)2

Hence
6 log n (log n)2
6 log n
Z
n
∑ E Bk d p ≤ (log n)2 (1 + o(1)) = o(1),
p=0 k=1 n
and
6 log n
6 log n n
Z
n
Cd p ≤ = o(1).
p=0 n (log n)2
So
(log n)2 k−2 Z 6 log n
kk n
E Ln = o(1) + (1 + o(1)) ∑ n pk−1 (1 − p)kn d p.
k=1 k! p=0

But
(log n)2 k−2 Z 1
kk
∑ n pk−1 (1 − p)kn d p
k=1 k! p= 6 log
n
n
428 CHAPTER 19. WEIGHTED GRAPHS

(log n)2 k−2 Z 1

kk
≤ ∑ n n−6k d p
k=1 k! p= 6 log
n
n

= o(1).
Therefore
(log n)2
kk−2
Z 1
k
E Ln = o(1) + (1 + o(1)) ∑ n pk−1 (1 − p)kn d p
k=1 k! p=0
(log n)2
kk−2 (k − 1)!(kn))!
= o(1) + (1 + o(1)) ∑ nk
k=1 k! (k(n + 1))!
(log n)2 k
1
= o(1) + (1 + o(1)) ∑ nk kk−3 ∏
k=1 i=1 kn + i
(log n)2
1
= o(1) + (1 + o(1)) ∑
k=1 k3
∞
1
= o(1) + (1 + o(1)) ∑ 3
.
k=1 k

One can obtain the same result if the uniform [0, 1] random variable is replaced by
any random non-negative random variable with distribution F having a derivative
equal to one at the origin, e.g. an exponential variable with mean one, see Steele
[723].

19.2 Shortest Paths

Let the edges of the complete graph Kn on [n] be given independent lengths Xe , e ∈
[n]2 . Here Xe is exponentially distributed with mean 1. The following theorem was
proved by Janson [440]:
Theorem 19.2. Let Xi j be the distance from vertex i to vertex j in the complete
graph with edge weights independent EXP(1) random variables. Then, for every
ε > 0, as n → ∞,
(i) For any fixed i, j,   
 Xi j 
P 
 − 1 ≥ ε → 0.

log n/n
(ii) For any fixed i,   
 max j Xi j 
P  − 2 ≥ ε → 0.
log n/n
19.2. SHORTEST PATHS 429

(iii)   
 maxi, j Xi j 
P  − 3 ≥ ε → 0.
log n/n

Proof. First, recall the following two properties of the exponential X:

(P1) P(X > α + β |X > α) = P(X > β ).

(P2) If X1 , X2 , . . . , Xm are independent EXP(1) exponential random variables then

min{X1 , X2 , . . . , Xm } is an exponential with mean 1/m.

Suppose that we want to find shortest paths from a vertex s to all other vertices in a
digraph with non-negative arc-lengths. Recall Dijkstra’s algorithm. After several
iterations there is a rooted tree T such that if v is a vertex of T then the tree path
from s to v is a shortest path. Let d(v) be its length. For x ∈ / T let d(x) be the
minimum length of a path P that goes from s to v to x where v ∈ T and the sub-
path of P that goes to v is the tree path from s to v. If d(y) = min {d(x) : x ∈ / T}
then d(y) is the length of a shortest path from s to y and y can be added to the tree.
Suppose that vertices are added to the tree in the order v1 , v2 , . . . , vn and that Y j =
dist(v1 , v j ) for j = 1, 2, . . . , n. It follows from property P1 that

Yk+1 = min [Yi + Xvi ,v ] = Yk + Ek

i=1,2,...,k
v6=v1 ,...,vk

1
where Ek is exponential with mean k(n−k) and is independent of Yk .
This is because Xvi ,v j is distributed as an independent exponential X conditioned
on X ≥ Yk −Yi . Hence
n−1
1
EYn = ∑ k(n − k)
k=1
n−1  
1 1 1
= ∑ +
n k=1 k n − k
2 n−1 1
= ∑k
n k=1
2 log n
= + O(n−1 ).
n
Also, from the independence of Ek ,Yk ,
n−1
VarYn = ∑ Var Ek
k=1
430 CHAPTER 19. WEIGHTED GRAPHS

n−1  2
1
=∑
k=1 k(n − k)
n/2  2
1
≤2∑
k=1 k(n − k)

8 n/2 1
≤ ∑ k2
n2 k=1
= O(n−2 )

and we can use the Chebyshev inequality (21.3) to prove (ii).

Now fix j = 2. Then if i is defined by vi = 2, we see that i is uniform over
{2, 3, . . . , n}. So

1 n i−1 1
E X1,2 = ∑ ∑
n − 1 i=2 k=1 k(n − k)
1 n−1 n − k
= ∑ k(n − k)
n − 1 k=1
1 n−1 1
= ∑k
n − 1 k=1
log n
= + O(n−1 ).
n
For the variance of X1,2 we have

X1,2 = δ2Y2 + δ3Y3 + · · · + δnYn ,

where
1
δi ∈ {0, 1}; δ2 + δ3 + · · · + δn = 1; P(δi = 1) = .
n−1

n
Var X1,2 = ∑ Var(δiYi ) + ∑ Cov(δiYi , δ jY j )
i=2 i6= j
n
≤ ∑ Var(δiYi ).
i=2

The last inequality holds since

Cov(δiYi , δ jY j ) = E(δiYi δ jY j ) − E(δiYi ) E(δ jY j )

= − E(δiYi ) E(δ jY j ) ≤ 0.
19.2. SHORTEST PATHS 431

So
n
Var X1,2 ≤ ∑ Var(δiYi )
i=2
n 2
1 i−1

1
≤∑ ∑
i=2 n − 1 k=1 k(n − k)
= O(n−2 ).
We can now use the Chebyshev inequality.
We turn now to proving (iii). We beginnwith a lower bound. o Let
 (1−ε) log n
Yi = min Xi, j : i 6= j ∈ [n] . Let A = i : Yi ≥ n . Then we have that for
i ∈ [n],  
(1 − ε) log n
Pr(i ∈ A) = exp −(n − 1) = n−1+ε+o(1) . (19.2)
n
An application of the Chebyshev inequality shows that |A| ≈ nε+o(1) w.h.p. Now
the expected number of paths from a1 ∈ A to a2 ∈ A of length at most (3−2ε)
n
log n

can be bounded by
log2 n
n2ε+o(1) × n2 × n−3ε+o(1) × = n−ε+o(1) . (19.3)
n2
Explanation for (19.3): The first factor n2ε+o(1) is the expected number of pairs
of vertices a1 , a2 ∈ A. The second factor is a bound on the number of choices
b1 , b2 for the neighbors of a1 , a2 on the path. The third factor F3 is a bound on the
expected number of paths of length at most α log n
n
from b1 to b2 , α = 1 − 3ε. This
factor comes from
 `+1
` α log n 1
F3 ≤ ∑ n .
`≥0 n (` + 1)!

Here ` is the number of internal vertices on the path. There will be at most n`
choices for the sequence of vertices on the path. We then use the fact that the
exponential mean one random variable stochastically dominates the uniform [0, 1]
random variable U. The final two factors are the probability that the sum of ` + 1
independent copies of U sum to at most α log n
n . Continuing we have

α log n (α log n)` α log n α log n

F3 ≤ ∑ = ·e = n−1+α+o(1) .
n `≥0 `! n

The final factor in (19.3) is a bound on the probability that Xa1 b1 +Xa2 b2 ≤ (2+ε)n log n .
For this we use the fact that Xai bi , i = 1, 2 is distributed as (1−ε)n log n + Ei where
432 CHAPTER 19. WEIGHTED GRAPHS

E1 , E2 are independent exponential mean one. Now Pr(E1 +E2 ≤ t) ≤ (1−e−t )2 ≤

t 2 and taking t = 3ε log
n
n
justifies the final factor of (19.3).
It follows from (19.3) that w.h.p. the shortest distance between a pair of vertices
in A is at least (3−2ε)
n
log n
w.h.p., completing our proof of the lower bound in (iii).
We now consider the upper bound. Let now Y1 = dk3 where k3 = n1/2 log n. For
t < 1 − 1+o(1n we have that
( )!
k3 k 
(1 + o(1))t −1
 
tnY1 1
E(e ) = E exp tn ∑ EXP = ∏ 1−
i=1 i(n − i) i=1 i

Then for any α > 0 and for we have

k3 
(1 + o(1))t −1
  
α log n tnY1 −tα log n −tα log n
Pr Y1 ≥ ≤ E(e )≤e ∏ 1−
n i=1 i
( )
k3     
−tα log n (1 + o(1))t 1 1
=e exp ∑ +O 2 = O(1)×exp + o(1) − α t log n .
i=1 i i 2

It follows, on taking α = 3/2 + o(1) that w.h.p.

(3 + o(1)) log n
Yj ≤ for all j ∈ [n].
2n
Letting T j be the set corresponding to Sk3 when we execute Dijkstra’s algoritm
starting at j, then we have that for j 6= k where T j ∩ Tk = 0,/
! ( )
log1/2 n k32 log1/2 n
Pr 6 ∃e ∈ (T j : Tk ) : Xe ≤ ≤ exp −
n n
5/2 n
= e− log = o(n−2 )
and this is enough to complete the proof of (iii).
We can as for Spanning Trees, replace the exponential random variables by ran-
dom variables that behave like the exponential close to the origin. The paper of
Janson [440] allows for any random variable X satisfying P(X ≤ t) = t + o(t) as
t → 0.

19.3 Minimum Weight Assignment

Consider the complete bipartite graph Kn,n and suppose that its edges are assigned
independent exponentially distributed weights, with rate 1. (The rate of an ex-
ponential variable is one over its mean). Denote the minimum total weight of
19.3. MINIMUM WEIGHT ASSIGNMENT 433

a perfect matching in Kn,n by Cn . Aldous [14], [17] proved that limn→∞ ECn =
1
ζ (2) = ∑∞k=1 k2 . The following theorem was conjectured by Parisi [643]. It was
proved independently by Linusson and Wästlund [551] and Nair, Prabhakar and
Sharma [624]. The proof given here is from Wästlund [752].

Theorem 19.3.
n
1 1 1 1 1
ECn = ∑ k2 = 1 + 4 + 9 + 16 + · · · + n2 (19.4)
k=1

From the above theorem we immediately get the following corollary, first proved
by Aldous [17].

Corollary 19.4.

1 π2
∞
lim ECn = ζ (2) = ∑ 2 = = 1.6449 · · ·
n→∞
k=1 k 6

Let E(λ ) denote an exponential random variable of rate λ i.e. Pr(E(λ ) ≥ x) =

e−lx . Consider the complete bipartite graph Kn,n , with bipartition (A, B), where
A = {a1 , a2 , . . . , an } and B = {b1 , b2 , . . . , bn }, and with edge weights which are in-
dependent copies of E(1). We assume that a1 , a2 , . . . , an is a random permutation
of A. So Ar = {a1 , a2 , . . . , ar } is a random r-subset of A.
We add a special vertex b∗ to B, with edges to all n vertices of A. Each edge
adjacent to b∗ is assigned an E(λ ) weight independently, λ > 0.
For r ≥ 1 we let Mr be the minimum weight matching of Ar into B and Mr∗ be
the minimum weight matching of Ar into B∗ = B ∪ {b∗ }. (As λ → 0 it becomes
increasingly unlikely that any of the extra edges are actually used in the minimum
weight matching.) We denote this matching by Mr∗ and we let B∗r denote the
corresponding set of vertices of B∗ that are covered by Mr∗ . We let C(n, r) denote
the weight of Mr .
Define P(n, r) as the normalized probability that b∗ participates in Mr∗ , i.e.

Pr(b∗ ∈ B∗r )
P(n, r) = lim . (19.5)
λ →0 λ
Its importance lies in the following lemma:
434 CHAPTER 19. WEIGHTED GRAPHS

Lemma 19.5.
P(n, r)
E(C(n, r) −C(n, r − 1)) = . (19.6)
r
Proof. Choose i randomly from [r] and let Bbi ⊆ Br be the B-vertices in the mini-
mum weight matching of (Ar \ {ai }) into B∗ . Let X = C(n, r) and let Y = C(n, r −
1). Let wi be the weight of the edge (ai , b∗ ), and let Ii denote the indicator variable
for the event that the minimum weight of an Ar matching that contains this edge
is smaller than the minimum weight of an Ar matching that does not use b∗ . We
can see that Ii is the indicator variable for the event {Yi + wi < X}, where Yi is
the minimum weight of a matching from Ar \ {ai } to B. Indeed, if (ai , b∗ ) ∈ Mr∗
then wi < X −Yi . Conversely, if wi < X −Yi and no other edge from b∗ has weight
smaller than X −Yi , then (ai , b∗ ) ∈ Mr∗ , and when λ → 0, the probability that there
are two distinct edges from b∗ of weight smaller than X −Yi is of order O(λ 2 ). In-
deed, let F denote the existence of two distinct edges from b∗ of weight smaller
than X and let Fi, j denote the event that (ai , b∗ ) and a j , b∗ ) both have weight
smaller than X.
Then,

Pr(F ) ≤ n2 EX (max Pr(Fi, j | X)) = n2 E((1 − e−λ X )2 ) ≤ n2 λ 2 E(X 2 ), (19.7)

i, j

and since E(X 2 ) is finite and independent of λ , this is O(λ 2 ).

Note that Y and Yi have the same distribution. They are both equal to the minimum
weight of a matching of a random (r − 1)-set of A into B. As a consequence,
E(Y ) = E(Yi ) = 1r ∑ j∈Ar E(Y j ). Since wi is E(λ ) distributed, as λ → 0 we have
from (19.7) that
!
1
P(n, r) = lim
λ →0 λ ∑ Pr(w j < X −Y j ) + O(λ ) =
j∈Ar
!
1  
lim E ∑ 1 − e−λ (X−Y j ) = ∑ E(X −Yi) = r E(X −Y ).
λ →0 λ j∈Ar j∈Ar

We now proceed to estimate P(n, r). Fix r and assume that b∗ ∈ / B∗r−1 . Suppose
∗ ∗
that Mr is obtained from Mr−1 by finding an augmenting path P = (ar , . . . , aσ , bτ )
from ar to B \ Br−1 of minimum additional weight. We condition on (i) σ , (ii) the
lengths of all edges other than (aσ , b j ), b j ∈ B \ Br−1 and
(iii) min w(aσ , b j ) : b j ∈ B \ Br−1 . With this conditioning Mr−1 = Mr−1 ∗ will
0
be fixed and so will P = (ar , . . . , aσ ). We can now use the following fact: Let
X1 , X2 , . . . , XM be independent exponential random variables of rates λ1 , λ2 , . . . , λM .
19.3. MINIMUM WEIGHT ASSIGNMENT 435

Then the probability that Xi is the smallest of them is λi /(λ1 + λ2 + · · · + λM ). Fur-

thermore, the probability stays the same if we condition on the value of min {X1 , X2 , . . . , XM }.
Thus
λ
Pr(b∗ ∈ B∗r | b∗ ∈/ B∗r−1 ) = .
n−r+1+λ
Lemma 19.6.
1 1 1
P(n, r) = + +···+ . (19.8)
n n−1 n−r+1

Proof.
 
−1 ∗ n n−1 n−r+1
lim λ Pr(b ∈ B∗r ) =
lim λ −1
1− · ···
λ →0 λ →0 n+λ n−1+λ n−r+1+λ
 −1  −1 !
λ λ
= lim λ −1 1 − 1 + ··· 1+
λ →0 n n−r+1
  
−1 1 1 1 2
= lim λ + +···+ λ + O(λ )
λ →0 n n−1 n−r+1
1 1 1
= + +···+ . (19.9)
n n−1 n−r+1

It follows from Lemmas 19.5 and 19.6 that

n
1 r 1
ECn = ∑ ∑ .
r=1 r i=1 n − i + 1

It follows that

E(Cn+1 −Cn ) =
1 n+1 n
1 r
 
1 1 1
= ∑ n−i+2 + ∑ r ∑ n−i+2 − n−i+1
n + 1 i=1 r=1 i=1
n+1 n  
1 1 1 1 1
= +∑ +∑ − ,
(n + 1)2 i=2 (n + 1)(n − i + 2) r=1 r n+1 n−r+1
1
= . (19.10)
(n + 1)2

E(C1 ) = 1 and so (19.4) follows from (19.10).

436 CHAPTER 19. WEIGHTED GRAPHS

19.4 Exercises
19.4.1 Suppose that the edges of the complete bipartite graph Kn,n are given in-
(b)
dependent uniform [0, 1] edge weights. Show that if Ln is the length of
the minimum spanning tree, then

(b)
lim E Ln = 2ζ (3).
n→∞

19.4.2 Let G = Kαn,β n be the complete unbalanced bipartite graph with biparti-
tion sizes αn, β n. Suppose that the edges of G are given independent uni-
(b)
form [0, 1] edge weights. Show that if Ln is the length of the minimum
spanning tree, then

i −1 i −1
(b) 1 (i1 + i2 − 1)! γ i1 i12 i21
lim E Ln =γ+ + ∑ ,
n→∞ γ i1 ≥1,i2 ≥1 i1 !i2 ! (i1 + γi2 )i1 +i2

where γ = α/β .

19.4.3 Tighten Theorem 19.1 and prove that

 
1
E Ln = ζ (3) + O .
n

19.4.4 Suppose that the edges of Kn are given independent uniform [0, 1] edge
weights. Let Zk denote the minimum total edge cost of the union of k
edge-disjoint spanning trees. Show that limk→∞ Zk /k2 = 1.

19.4.5 Suppose that the edges of Gn,p where 0 < p ≤ 1 is a constant, are given ex-
ponentially distributed weights with rate 1. Show that if Xi j is the shortest
distance from i to j then

(a) For any fixed i, j,

  
 Xi j 1 
P 
 − ≥ ε → 0.
log n/n p 

(b) 
 
 max j Xi j 2 
P  −  ≥ ε → 0.
log n/n p
19.4. EXERCISES 437

19.4.6 The quadratic assignment problem is to

Minimise
Z = ∑ni, j,p,q=1 ai jpq xip x jq
Sub ject to
∑ni=1 xip = 1 p = 1, 2, . . . , n

∑np=1 xip = 1 i = 1, 2, . . . , n

xip = 0/1.
Suppose now that the ai jpq are independent uniform [0, 1] random vari-
ables. Show that w.h.p. Zmin ≈ Zmax where Zmin (resp. Zmax ) denotes the
minimum (resp. maximum) value of Z, subject to the assignment con-
straints.
19.4.7 The 0/1 knapsack problem is to
Maximise
Z = ∑ni=1 ai xi
Sub ject to
∑ni=1 bi xi ≤ L

xi = 0/1 for i = 1, 2, . . . , n.
Suppose that the (ai , bi ) are chosen independently and uniformly from
[0, 1]2 and that L = αn. Show that w.h.p. the maximum value of Z, Zmax ,
satisfies  1/2
 2
 α n
α ≤ 14 .
2
Zmax ≈ (8α−8α −1)n 1 ≤ α ≤ 1 .
 2 4 2
n 1
2 α≥2
19.4.8 Suppose that X1 , X2 , . . . , Xn are points chosen independently and uniformly
at random from [0, 1]2 . Let Zn denote the total Euclidean length of the
shortest tour (Hamilton cycle) through each point. Show that there exist
constants c1 , c2 such that c1 n1/2 ≤ Zn ≤ c2 n1/2 w.h.p.
19.4.9 Prove equation (19.11) below. See the preceding paragraph to explain the
3-dimensional assignment problem. The implied lower bound is easy.
For the upper bound let X = V1 ×V2 ×V3 and let
H = {(it , jt , kt ),t = 1, 2, . . . , n : V1 = {i1 , . . . , in } etc.}. Let p = C/n2 for
large C and let W0 ,W1 , . . . ,Wi , . . . be as in Claim 9 of Section 14.3. Show
that w.h.p. each Wi contributes O(1/n) × (1 − γ)i to the weight of the final
assignment.
 438 CHAPTER 19. WEIGHTED GRAPHS

19.4.10 Prove equation (19.12) below.

19.5 Notes
Shortest paths
There have been some strengthenings and generalisations of Theorem 19.2. For
example, Bhamidi and van der Hofstad [90] have found the (random) second-
order term in (i), i.e., convergence in distribution with the correct norming. They
have also studied the number of edges in the shortest path.

Spanning trees
Beveridge, Frieze and McDiarmid [89] considered the length of the minimum
spanning tree in regular graphs other than complete graphs. For graphs G of
large degree r they proved that the length MST (G) of an n-vertex randomly edge
weighted graph G satisfies MST (G) = nr (ζ (3)+or (1)) w.h.p., provided some mild
expansion condition holds. For r regular graphs of large girth g they proved that
if
∞
r 1
cr = 2 ∑ ,
(r − 1) k=1 k(k + ρ)(k + 2ρ)
3n
then w.h.p. |MST (G) − cr n| ≤ 2g .
Frieze, Ruszinko and Thoma [363] replaced expansion in [89] by connectivity and
in addition proved that MST (G) ≤ nr (ζ (3) + 1 + or (1)) for any r-regular graph.
Cooper, Frieze, Ince, Janson and Spencer [228] show that Theorem 19.1 can be
improved to yield E Ln = ζ (3) + cn1 + c2n+o(1)
4/3 for explicit constants c1 , c2 .
Bollobás, Gamarnik, Riordan and Sudakov [149] considered the
Steiner Tree problem on Kn with independent random edge weights, Xe , e ∈ E(Kn ).
Here they assume that the Xe have the same distribution X ≥ 0 where P(X ≤ x) =
x + o(x) as x → 0. The main result is that if one fixes k = o(n) vertices then w.h.p.
the minimum length W of a sub-tree of Kn that includes these k points satisfies
W ≈ k−1 n
n log k .
Angel, Flaxman and Wilson [37] considered the minimum length of a spanning
tree of Kn that has a fixed root and bounded depth k. The edges weights Xe are
independent exponential mean one. They prove that if k ≥ log2 log n + ω(1) then
w.h.p. the minimum length tends to ζ (3) as in the unbounded case. On the other
hand, if k ≤ log2 log n − ω(1) then w.h.p. the weight is doubly exponential in
log2 log n − k. They also considered bounded depth Steiner trees.
19.5. NOTES 439

Using Talagrand’s inequality, McDiarmid [583] proved that for any real t > 0 we
have P(|Ln − ζ (3)| ≥ t) ≤ e−δ1 n where δ1 = δ2 (t). Flaxman [314] proved that
P(|Ln − ζ (3)| ≤ ε) ≥ e−δ2 n where δ1 = δ2 (ε).

Assignment problem
Walkup [751] proved if the weights of edges are independent uniform [0, 1] then
ECn ≤ 3 (see (19.3)) and later Karp [491] proved that ECn ≤ 2. Dyer, Frieze and
McDiarmid [279] adapted Karp’s proof to something more general: Let Z be the
optimum value to the linear program:
n
Minimise ∑ c j x j , subject to x ∈ P = {x ∈ Rn : Ax = b, x ≥ 0} ,
j=1

where A is an m × n matrix. As a special case of [279], we have that if c1 , c2 , . . . ,

cn are independent uniform [0, 1] random variables and x∗ is any member of P,
then E(Z) ≤ m(max j x∗j ). Karp’s result can easily be deduced from this.
The assignment problem can be generalized to multi-dimensional versions: We
replace the complete bipartite graph Kn,n by the complete k-partite hypergraph
(k)
Kn with vertex partition V = V1 t V2 t · · · t Vk where each Vi is of size n. We
(k)
give each edge of Kn an independent exponential mean one value. Assume for
example that k = 3. In one version of the 3-dimensional assignment problem we
ask for a minimum weight collection of hyper-edges such that each vertex v ∈ V
appears in exactly one edge. The optimal total weight Z of this collection satisfies
 
1
Z=Θ w.h.p. (19.11)
n

(The upper bound uses the result of [468], see Section 14.3).
Frieze and Sorkin [364] give an O(n3 ) algorithm that w.h.p. finds a solution of
1
value n1−o(1) .
In another version of the 3-dimensional assignment problem we ask for a min-
imum weight collection of hyper-edges such that each pair of vertices v, w ∈ V
from different sets in the partition appear in exactly one edge. The optimal total
weight Z of this collection satisfies

Ω(n) ≤ Z ≤ O(n log n) w.h.p. (19.12)

(The upper bound uses the result of [279] to greedily solve a sequence of restricted
assignment problems).
440 CHAPTER 19. WEIGHTED GRAPHS
Chapter 20

Brief notes on uncovered topics

There are several topics that we have not been able to cover and that might be of
interest to the reader. For these topics, we provide some short synopses and some
references that the reader may find useful.

Contiguity
Suppose that we have two sequences of probability models on graphs G1,n , G2,n on
the set of graphs with vertex set [n]. We say that the two sequences are contiguous
if for any sequence of events An we have

lim P(G1,n ∈ An ) = 0 ⇔ lim P(G2,n ∈ An ) = 0.

n→∞ n→∞

This for example, is useful for us, if we want to see what happens w.h.p. in
the model G1,n , but find it easier to work with G2,n . In this context, Gn,p and
Gn,m=n2 p/2 are almost contiguous.
Interest in this notion in random graphs was stimulated by the results of Robin-
son and Wormald [677], [680] that random r-regular graphs, r ≥ 3, r = O(1) are
Hamiltonian. As a result, we find that other non-uniform models of random regu-
lar graphs are contiguous to Gn,r e.g. the union rMn of r random perfect matchings
when n is even. (There is an implicit conditioning on rMn being simple here). The
most general result in this line is given by Wormald [761], improving on earlier
results of Janson [439] and Molloy, Robalewska, Robinson and Wormald [604]
and Kim and Wormald [502]. Suppose that r = 2 j + ∑r−1 i=1 iki , with all terms non-
negative. Then Gn,r is contiguous to the sum jHn + ∑r−1 i=1 ki Gn,i , where n is re-
stricted to even integers if ki 6= 0 for any odd i. Here jHn is the union of j edge
disjoint Hamilton cycles etc.
Chapter 8 of [449] is devoted to this subject.

441
442 CHAPTER 20. BRIEF NOTES ON UNCOVERED TOPICS

Edge Colored Random Graphs

Suppose that we color the edges of a graph G. A set of edges S is said to be
rainbow colored if each edge of S has a different color. Consider first the existence
of a rainbow spanning tree. We consider the graph process where the edges are
randomly colored using q ≥ n − 1 colors. Let τa be the hitting time for n − 1
colors to appear in the process and let τc be the hitting time for connectivity and
let τ ∗ = max {τa , τc }. Frieze and McKay [357] showed that w.h.p. Gτ ∗ contains
a rainbow spanning tree. This is clearly best possible. Bal, Bennett, Frieze and
Pralat [48] consider the case where each edge has a choice of k random colors.
This reduces τa , but the result still holds.
The existence of rainbow Hamilton cycles is different. The existence of a rain-
bow spanning tree can be checked in polynomial time and this leads to a sim-
ple criterion for non-existence. This is clearly not likely for Hamilton cycles.
Cooper and Frieze [218] proved that if m ≥ Kn log n and q ≥ Kn then w.h.p.
Gn,m contains a rainbow Hamilton cycle. This was improved to m ≥ 1+o(1) 2 n log n
and q ≥ (1 + o(1))n by Frieze and Loh [352]. Bal and Frieze [50] show that if
m ≥ Kn log n and q = n and n is even there is a rainbow Hamilton cycle w.h.p.
Ferber [303] removed the requirement that n be even. Bal and Frieze also consid-
ered rainbow perfect matchings in k-uniform hypergraphs. Janson and Wormald
[452] considered random coloring’s of r-regular graphs. They proved that if
r ≥ 4, r = O(1) and the edges of Gn,2r are randomly colored so that each color is
used r times, then w.h.p. there is a rainbow Hamilton cycle. Ferber, Kronenberg,
Mousset and Shikhelman [306] give results on packing rainbow structures such
as Hamilton cycles. Ferber, Nenadov and Peter prove that if p  n−1/d (log n)1/d
and H is a fixed graph of density at most d then w.h.p. Gn,p contains a rainbow
copy of H if it is randomly colored with (1 + ε)|E(H)| colors, for any fixed ε > 0.
Cooper and Frieze [215] found the threshold for the following property: If k =
O(1) and Gn,m is arbitrarily edge colored so that no color is used more than k
times, then Gn,m contains a rainbow Hamilton cycle.

Games
Positional games can be considered to be a generalisation of the game of “Noughts
and Crosses” or “Tic-Tac-Toe”. There are two players A (Maker) and B (Breaker)
and in the context for this section, the board will be a graph G. Each player in
turn chooses an edge and at the end of the game, the winner is determined by the
partition of the edges claimed by the players. As a typical example, in the con-
nectivity game, player A is trying to ensure that the edges she collects contain a
spanning tree of G and player B is trying to prevent this. See Chvátal and Erdős
 443

[196] for one of the earliest papers on the subject and books by Beck [68] and
Hefetz, Krivelevich, Stojaković and Szabó [419]. Most of the analyses have con-
sidered G = Kn and to make the problem interesting [196] introduced the notion
of bias. Thus in the connectivity game, player B is allowed to collect b edges
for each edge of A. Now the question becomes what is the largest value of b for
which A has a winning strategy. There is a striking though somewhat mysterious
connection between the optimal values of b for various games and thresholds for
associated properties in random graphs. For example in the connectivity game, the
threshold bias b ≈ logn n i.e. player A collects about 12 n log n edges, see Gebauer
and Szabó [376]. Another example is the biased H-game where Maker wins if
she can create a copy of some fixed graph H with at least two adjacent edges. The
1/m (H)


optimal threshold bias b for this game is of order Θ n 2 , Bednarska and
Łuczak [69]. For sufficiently small constant c > 0, if b ≤ cn 1/m 2 (H) , then Maker

can create Θ(EXH ) copies of H in Kn , where XH is the number of copies of H in

Gn,1/b . Furthermore, if Maker plays randomly, she achieves this goal w.h.p.
Recently Stojaković and Szabó [727] began research on random boards i.e. where
G is a random graph. Ben-Shimon, Ferber, Hefetz and Krivelevich [81] prove a
hitting time result for the b = 1 Hamilton cycle game on the graph process. As-
suming that player A wants to build a Hamilton cycle and player B starts first,
player A will have a winning strategy in Gm iff m ≥ m∗4 . This is best possible.
Biased Hamiltonicity games on Gn,p were considered in Ferber, Glebov, Krivele-
vich and Naor [304] where it was shown that for p  logn n , the threshold bias bHAM
np
satisfies bHAM ≈ log n w.h.p. The H-game where A wins if she can create a copy
of some fixed graph H was first studied by Stojakovic and Szabo [727] in the case
of H is a clique on k vertices. This was strengthened by Müller and Stojaković
[619]. They show that if p ≤ cn−2/(k+1) , then w.h.p. B can win this game. For
p ≥ Cn−2/(k+1) one can use the results of [681] to argue that A wins w.h.p. This
result was generalised to arbitrary graphs H (satisfying certain mild conditions)
by Nenadov, Steger and Stojaković [630] where they showed that the threshold is
where one would expect it to be - at the 2-density of H. As we have seen there
are other models of random graphs and Beveridge, Dudek, Frieze, Müller and
Stojaković [88] studied these games on random geometric graphs.
The game chromatic number χg (G) of a graph G can be defined as follows. Once
again there are two players A,B and they take it in turns to properly color vertices
of G with one of q colors. Thus if {u, v} is an edge and u is colored with color c and
v is uncolored at the start of any turn, then v may not be colored with c by either
player. The goal of A is to ensure that the game ends with every vertex colored
and the goal of B is to prevent this by using all q colors in the neighborhood of
some uncolored vertex. The game chromatic number is the minimum q for which
A can win. For a survey on results on this parameter see Bartnicki, Grytczuk,
444 CHAPTER 20. BRIEF NOTES ON UNCOVERED TOPICS

Kierstead and and Zhu [66]. Bohman, Frieze and Sudakov [122] studied χg for
dense random graphs and proved that for such graphs, χg is within a constant
factor of the chromatic number. Keusch and Steger [499] proved that this factor is
asymptotically equal to two. Frieze, Haber and Lavrov [345] extended the results
of [122] to sparse random graphs.

Graph Searching

Cops and Robbers

A collection of cops are placed on the vertices of a graph by player C and then
a robber is placed on a vertex by player R. The players take turns. C can move
all cops to a neighboring vertex and R can move the robber. The cop number of
a graph is them minimum number of cops needed so that C can win. The basic
rule being that if there is a cop occupying the same vertex as the robber, then C
wins. Łuczak and Pralat [566] proved a remarkable “zigzag” theorem giving the
cop number of a random graph. This number being nα where α = α(p) follows
a saw-toothed curve. Pralat and Wormald [659] proved that the cop number of
the random regular graph Gn,r is O(n1/2 ). It is worth noting that Meyniel has
conjectured O(n1/2 ) as a bound on the cop number of any connected n-vertex
graph. There are many variations on this game and the reader is referred to the
monograph by Bonato and Pralat [157].

Graph Cleaning

Initially, every edge and vertex of a graph G is dirty, and a fixed number of brushes
start on a set of vertices. At each time-step, a vertex v and all its incident edges
that are dirty may be cleaned if there are at least as many brushes on v as there
are incident dirty edges. When a vertex is cleaned, every incident dirty edge is
traversed (that is, cleaned) by one and only one brush, and brushes cannot traverse
a clean edge. The brush number b(G) is the minimum number of brushes needed
1−e−2d d
to clean G. Pralat [660], [661] proved that  w.h.p. b(Gn,p ) ≈  4 n for p = n
−2d
where d < 1 and w.h.p. b(Gn,p ) ≤ (1+o(1)) d + 1 − 1−e2d n
4 for d > 1. For the
random d-regular
 graph  Gn,d , Alon, Pralat and Wormald [25] proved that w.h.p.
3/2
b(Gn,d ) ≥ dn
4 1 − d21/2 .
 445

Acquaintance Time
Let G = (V, E) be a finite connected graph. We start the process by placing one
agent on each vertex of G. Every pair of agents sharing an edge are declared to
be acquainted, and remain so throughout the process. In each round of the pro-
cess, we choose some matching M in G. The matching M need not be maximal;
perhaps it is a single edge. For each edge of M, we swap the agents occupying
its endpoints, which may cause more agents to become acquainted. We may view
the process as a graph searching game with one player, where the player’s strategy
consists of a sequence of matchings which allow all agents to become acquainted.
Some strategies may be better than others, which leads to a graph optimisation pa-
rameter. The acquaintance time of G, denoted by A (G), is the minimum number
of rounds required for all agents to become acquainted with one another. The pa-
rameter A (G) was 2introduced  by Benjamini, Shinkar and Tsur [73], who showed
n log log n
that A (G) = O log n for an n vertex graph. The log log n factor was re-
moved by Kinnersley, Mitsche  and Pralat [504]. The paper [504] also showed

that w.h.p. A (Gn,p ) = O p log n
for (1+ε)n log n ≤ p ≤ 1 − ε. The lower bound
 was relaxed to np − log n → ∞ in Dudek and Pralat [271]. A lower bound,
here
Ω logp n for Gn,p and p ≥ n−1/2+ε was proved in [504].

H-free process
In an early attempt to estimate the Ramsey number R(3,t), Erdős, Suen and Win-
kler [294] considered the
following process for generating a triangle free graph.
Let e1 , e2 , . . . , eN , N = n2 be a random ordering of the complete graph Kn . Let
P be a graph property e.g. being triangle free. We generate a sequence of ran-
dom graphs Γ0 , Γ1 , . . . , ΓN where Γi+1 = Γi + ei+1 if adding ei+1 does not destroy
P, otherwise Γi+1 = Γi . In this way we can generate a random graph that is
guaranteed to have property P.
For P is “bipartite” they show in [294] that ΓN has expected size greater than
(n2 − n)/4. When P is “triangle free” they show that w.h.p. that ΓN has size
Ω(n3/2 ) w.h.p. Bollobás and Riordan [153] studied the general H-free process.
More recently, Bohman [114] showed in the case of the triangle free process,
that w.h.p. ΓN has size Θ(n3/2 (logn)1/2). This provides an alternative proof to
t2
that of Kim [500] that R(3,t) = Ω logt . He made use of a careful use of the
differential equations method, see Chapter 23. Bohman and Keevash [123] and
Fiz Pontiveros, Griffiths and Morris [313] have improved this result and shown
1 3/2
that w.h.p. ΓN has size asymptotically equal to 2√ 2
n (log n)1/2 . They also show
that the independence number of ΓN is bounded by (1 + o(1))(2n log n)1/2 . This
446 CHAPTER 20. BRIEF NOTES ON UNCOVERED TOPICS

shows that R(3,t) > 41 − o(1) t 2 / logt.

Bohman, Mubayi and Picolleli [125] considered an r-uniform hypergraph version.

In particular they studied the T (r) -free process, where T (r) generalises a triangle
in a graph. It consists of S ∪ {ai } , i = 1, 2, . . . , r where |S| = r − 1 and a further
edge {a1 , a2 , . . . , ar }. Here hyperedges are randomly added one by one until one is
forced to create a copy of T r . They show that w.h.p. the final hypergraph produced
 r 
1/r s
has independence number O((n log n) ). This proves a lower bound of Ω log s
(r)
for the Ramsey number R(T (r) , Ks ). The analysis is based on a paper on the
random greedy hypergraph independent set process by Bennett and Bohman [78].
There has also been work on the related triangle removal process. Here we start
with Kn and repeatedly remove a random triangle until the graph is triangle free.
The main question is as to how many edges are there in the final triangle free
graph. A proof of a bound of O(n7/4+o(1) ) was outlined by Grable [396]. A
simple proof of O(n7/4+o(1) ) was proved in Bohman, Frieze and Lubetzky [119].
Furthermore, Bohman, Frieze and Lubetzky [120] have proved a tight result of
n3/2+o(1) for the number of edges left. This is close to the Θ(n3/2 ) bound conjec-
tured by Bollobás and Erdős in 1990.
An earlier paper by Ruciński and Wormald [688] consider the d-process. Edges
were now rejected if they raised the degree of some vertex above d. Answering a
question of Erdős, they proved that the resulting graph was w.h.p. d-regular.

Logic and Random Graphs

The first order theory of graphs is a language in which one can describe some,
but certainly not all, properties of graphs. It can describe G has a triangle, but not
G is connected. Fagin [297] and Glebskii, Kogan, Liagonkii and Talanov [386]
proved that for any property A that can be described by a first order sentence,
limn→∞ P(Gn,1/2 ∈ A ) ∈ {0, 1}. We say that p = 1/2 obeys a 0-1 law. One does
not need to restrict oneself to Gn,1/2 . Shelah and Spencer [711] proved that if α
is irrational then p = n−α also obeys a 0-1 law, while if α is rational, then there
are first order sentences such that limn→∞ P(Gn,1/2 ∈ A ) does not exist. See the
book by Spencer [720] for much more on this subject.

Planarity
We have said very little about random planar graphs. This is partially because
there is no simple way of generating a random planar graph. The study begins
with the seminal work of Tutte [742], [743] on counting planar maps. The number
of rooted maps on surfaces was found by Bender and Canfield [76]. The size of
 447

the largest components were studied by Banderier, Flajolet, Schaeffer and Soria
[57].
When it comes to random labeled planar graphs, McDiarmid, Steger and Welsh
[588] showed that if pl(n) denotes the number of labeled planar graphs with n
vertices, then (pl(n)/n!)1/n tends to a limit γ as n → ∞. Osthus, Prömel and Taraz
[636] found an upper bound for γ, Bender, Gao and Wormald [77] found a lower
bound for γ. Finally, Giménez and Noy [383] proved that pl(n) ≈ cn−7/2 γ n n! for
explicit values of c, γ.
Next let pl(n, m) denote the number of labelled planar graphs with n vertices and
m edges. Gerke, Schlatter, Steger and Taraz [379] proved that if 0 ≤ a ≤ 3 then
(pl(n, an)/n!)1/n tends to a limit γa as n → ∞. Giménez and Noy [383] showed
that if 1 < a < 3 then pl(n, an) ≈ ca n−4 γan n!. Kang and Łuczak [480] proved the
existence of two critical ranges for the sizes of complex components.

Planted Cliques, Cuts and Hamilton cycles

The question here is the following: Suppose that we plant an unusual object into
a random graph. Can someone else find it? One motivation being that if finding
the planted object is hard for someone who does not know where it is planted,
then this modified graph can be used as a signature. To make this more precise,
consider starting with Gn,1/2 , choosing an s-subset S of [n] and then making S into
a clique. Let the modified graph be denoted by Γ. Here we assume that s  log n
so that S should stand out. Can we find S, if we are given Γ, but we are not
told S. Kucera [536] proved that if s ≥ C(n log n)1/2 for a sufficiently large C then
w.h.p. one can find S by looking at vertex degrees. Alon, Krivelevich and Sudakov
[29] improved this to s = Ω(n1/2 ). They show that the second eigenvector of the
adjacency matrix of Γ contains enough information so that w.h.p. S can be found.
Frieze and Kannan [348] related this to a problem involving optimisation of a
tensor product. Recently, Feldman, Grigorescu, Reyzin, Vempala and Xiao [300]
showed that a large class of algorithms will fail w.h.p. if s ≤ n1/2−δ for some
positive constant δ .
There has also been a considerable amount of research on planted cuts. Beginning
with the paper of Bui, Chaudhuri, Leighton and Sipser [170] there have been many
papers that deal with the problem of finding a cut in a random graph of unusual
size. By this we mean that starting with Gn,p , someone selects a partition of the
vertex set into k ≥ 2 sets of large size and then alters the edges between the subsets
of the partition so that it is larger or smaller than can be usually found in Gn,p . See
Coja–Oghlan [197] for a recent paper with many pertinent references.
As a final note on this subject of planted objects. Suppose that we start with a
Hamilton cycle C and then add a copy of Gn,p where p = nc to create Γ. Broder,
448 CHAPTER 20. BRIEF NOTES ON UNCOVERED TOPICS

Frieze and Shamir [167] showed that if c is sufficiently large then w.h.p. one can
in polynomial time find a Hamilton cycle H in Γ. While H may not necessarily
be C, this rules out a simple use of Hamilton cycles for a signature scheme.

Random Lifts
For a graph K, an n-lift G of K has vertex set V (K) × [n] where for each vertex
v ∈ V (K), {v} × [n] is called the fiber above v and will be denoted by Πv . The edge
set of a an n-lift G consists of a perfect matching between fibers Πu and Πw for
each edge {u, w} ∈ E(K). The set of n-lifts will be denoted Λn (K). In a random
n-lift, the matchings between fibers are chosen independently and uniformly at
random.
Lifts of graphs were introduced by Amit and Linial in [34] where they proved that
if K is a connected, simple graph with minimum degree δ ≥ 3, and G is a random
n-lift of K then G is δ (G)-connected w.h.p., where the asymptotics are for n → ∞.
They continued the study of random lifts in [35] where they proved expansion
properties of lifts. Together with Matoušek, they gave bounds on the indepen-
dence number and chromatic number of random lifts in [36]. Linial and Rozen-
man [550] give a tight analysis for when a random n-lift has a perfect matching.
Greenhill, Janson and Ruciński [398] consider the number of perfect matchings
in a random lift.
Łuczak, Witkowski and Witkowski [569] proved that a random lift of H is Hamil-
tonian w.h.p. if H has minimum degree at least 5 and contains two disjoint Hamil-
tonian cycles whose union is not a bipartite graph. Chebolu and Frieze [181] con-
sidered a directed version of lifts and showed that a random lift of the complete
digraph K ~ h is Hamiltonian w.h.p. provided h is sufficiently large.

Random Simplicial Complexes

Linial and Meshulam [549] pioneered the extension of the analysis of Gn,p to
higher dimensional complexes. We are at the beginning of research in this area
and can look forward to exciting connections with Algebraic Topology. For more
details see the survey of Kahle [476].

Random Subgraphs of the n-cube

While most work on random graphs has been on random subgraphs of Kn , it is
true to say that has also been a good deal of work on random subgraphs of the n-
cube, Qn . This has vertex set Vn = {0, 1}n and an edge between x, y ∈ Vn iff they
 449

differ in exactly one coordinate. To obtain a subgraph, we can either randomly

delete vertices with probability 1 − pv or edges with probability 1 − pe or both.
If only edges are deleted then the connectivity threshold is around pe = 1/2, see
Burtin [173] or Saposhenko [698], Erdős and Spencer [293]. If only vertices
are deleted then the connectivity threshold is around pv = 1/2, see Saposhenko
[699] or Weber [754]. If both edges and vertices and vertices are deleted then the
connectivity threshold is around pe pv = 1/2, see Dyer, Frieze and Foulds [276].
Ajtai, Komlós and Szemerédi [9] showed that if pe = (1 + ε)/n then w.h.p. there
will be a unique giant component of order 2n . Their results were tightened in Bol-
lobás, Kohayakawa and Łuczak [150] where the case ε = o(1) was considered. In
further analysis, Bollobás, Kohayakawa and Łuczak [151] established that w.h.p.
the hitting time for k-connectivity coincides with that of minimum degree at least
k.
The threshold for the existence of a prefect matching at around pe = 1/2 was
established by Bollobás [138]. The threshold for the existence of a Hamilton
cycle remains an open question.

Random Walks on Random Graphs

For a random walk, two of the most interesting parameters, are the mixing time
and the cover time.

Mixing Time
Generally speaking, the probability that a random walk is at a particular vertex
tends to a steady state probability deg(v)
2m . The mixing time is the time taken for
the distribution k-step distribution to get to within variation distance 1/4, say, of
the steady state. Above the threshold for connectivity, the mixing time of Gn,p is
certainly O(log n) w.h.p. For sparser graphs, the accent has been on finding the
mixing time for a random walk on the giant component. Fountoulakis and Reed
[326] and Benjamini, Kozma and Wormald [72] show that w.h.p. the mixing time
of a random walk on the giant component of Gn,p , p = c/n, c > 1 is O((log n)2 ).
Nachmias and Peres [622] showed that the mixing time of the largest component
of Gn,p , p = 1/n is in [εn, (1 − ε)n] with probability 1 − p(ε) where p(ε) → 0 as
ε → 0. Ding, Lubetzky and Peres [257] show that mixing time for the emerging
giant at p = (1 + ε)/n where λ = ε 3 n → ∞ is of order (n/λ )(log λ )2 . For random
regular graphs, the mixing time is O(log n) and Lubetzky and Sly [553] proved
that the mixing time exhibits a cut-off phenomenon i.e. the variation distance goes
from near one to near zero very rapidly.
450 CHAPTER 20. BRIEF NOTES ON UNCOVERED TOPICS

Cover Time
The covertime CG of a graph G is the maximum over starting vertex of the ex-
pected time for a random walk to visit every vertex of G. For G = Gn,p with
p = c log
n
n
where c > 1, Jonasson [467] showed that w.h.p. CG = Θ(n log n).
c


Cooper and Frieze [222] proved that CG ≈ A(c)n log n where A(c) = c log c−1 .
Then in [221] they showed that the cover time of a random r-regular graph is
w.h.p. asymptotic to r−1r−2 n log n, for r ≥ 3. Then in a series of papers they es-
tablished the asymptotic cover time for preferential attachment graphs [222]; the
giant component of Gn,p , p = c/n, where c > 1 is constant [223]; random geo-
metric graphs of dimension d ≥ 3, [224]; random directed graphs [225]; random
graphs with a fixed degree sequence [2], [230]; random hypergraphs [234]. The
asymptotic covertime of random geometric graphs for d = 2 is still unknown.
Avin and Ercal [43] prove that w.h.p. it is Θ(n log n). The paper [226] deals with
the structure of the subgraph Ht induced by the un-visited vertices in a random
walk on a random graph after t steps. It gives tight results on a phase transition
i.e. a point where H breaks up into small components. Cerny and Teixeira [178]
refined the result of [226] near the phase transition.

Stable Matching
In the stable matching problem we have a complete bipartite graph on vertex sets
A, B where A = {a1 , a2 , . . . , an } , B = {b1 , b2 , . . . , bn }. If we think of A as a set
of women and B as a set of men, then we refer to this as the stable marriage
problem. Each a ∈ A has a total ordering pa of B and each b ∈ B has a total
ordering pb of B. The problem is to find a perfect matching (ai , bi ), i = 1, 2, . . . , n
such that there does not exist a pair i, j such that b j > bi in the order pai and
ai > b j in the order pb j . The existence of i, j leads to an unstable matching.
Gale and Shapley [371] proved that there is always a stable matching and gave
an algorithm for finding one. We focus on the case where pa , pb are uniformly
random for all a ∈ A, b ∈ B. Wilson [757] showed that the expected number of
proposals in a sequential version of the Gale-Shapley algorithm is asymptotically
equal to n log n. Knuth, Motwani and Pittel [507] studied the likely number of
stable husbands for an element of A ∪ B. I.e. they show that w.h.p. there are
constants c < C such that for a fixed a ∈ A there are between c log n and C log n
choices b ∈ B such that a and b are matched together in some stable matching. The
question of how many distinct stable matchings there are likely to be was raised
in Pittel [651] who showed that w.h.p. there are at least n1/2−o(1) . More recently,
Lennon and Pittel [543] show that there are at least n log n with probability at
least 0.45. Thus the precise growth rate of the number of stable matchings is not
 451

clear at the moment. Pittel, Shepp and Veklerov [655] considered the number
Zn,m of a ∈ A that have exactly m choices of stable husband. They show that
E(Z ) 1
limn→∞ (log n)n,mm+1 = (m−1)! .

Universal graphs
A graph G is universal for a class of graphs H if G contains a copy of every
H ∈ H . In particular, let H (n, d) denote the set of graphs with vertex set [n]
and maximum degree at most d. One question that has concerned researchers, is
to find the threshold for Gn,p being universal for H (n, d). A counting argument
shows that any H (n, d) universal graph has Ω(n2−2/d ) edges. For random graphs
this can be
 nimproved
 to Ω(n2−2/(d+1) (log n)O(1) ). This is because to contain the
union of d+1 disjoint copies of Kd+1 , all but at most d vertices must lie in a copy
of Kd+1 . This problem was first considered in Alon, Capalbo, Kohayakawa, Rödl,
Ruciński and Szemerédi [24]. Currently the best upper bound on the value of p
needed to make Gn,m H (n, d) universal is O(n2−1/d (log n)1/d ) in Dellamonica,
Kohayakawa, Rödl, and Ruciński [242]. Ferber, Nenadov and Peter [307] prove
that if p  ∆8 n−1/2 log n then Gn,p is universal for the set of trees with maximum
degree ∆.
452 CHAPTER 20. BRIEF NOTES ON UNCOVERED TOPICS
 Part IV

Tools and Methods

453
Chapter 21

Moments

21.1 First and Second Moment Method

Lemma 21.1 (The Markov Inequality). Let X be a non-negative random variable.
Then, for all t > 0,
EX
P(X ≥ t) ≤ .
t
Proof. Let (
1 if event A occurs,
IA =
0 otherwise.
Notice that
X = XI{X≥t} + XI{X<t} ≥ XI{X≥t} ≥ tI{X≥t} .
Hence,
EX ≥ tEI{X≥t} = t P(X ≥ t).

As an immediate corollary, we obtain

Lemma 21.2 (First Moment Method). Let X be a non-negative integer valued
random variable. Then
P(X > 0) ≤ EX.
Proof. Put t = 1 in the Markov inequality.
The following inequality is a simple consequence of Lemma 21.1.

455
456 CHAPTER 21. MOMENTS

Lemma 21.3 (Chebyshev Inequality). If X is a random variable with a finite mean

and variance, then, for t > 0,
Var X
P(|X − E X| ≥ t) ≤ .
t2

Proof.

2 2 E(X − E X)2 Var X

P(|X − E X| ≥ t) = P((X − E X) ≥ t ) ≤ = 2 .
t2 t

Throughout the book the following consequence of the Chebyshev inequality

plays a particularly important role.

Lemma 21.4 (Second Moment Method). If X is a non-negative integer valued

random variable then

Var X EX2
P(X = 0) ≤ = −1
(E X)2 (E X)2

Proof. Set t = E X in the Chebyshev inequality. Then

Var X
P(X = 0) ≤ P(|X − E X| ≥ E X) ≤
(E X)2

Lemma 21.5 ((Strong) Second Moment Method). If X is a non-negative integer

valued random variable then

Var X (E X)2
P(X = 0) ≤ = 1 − .
EX2 EX2
Proof. Notice that
X = X · I{X≥1} .
Then, by the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality,

2
(E X)2 = E(X · I{X≥1} ) ≤ E I{X≥1}
2
E X 2 = P(X ≥ 1) E X 2 .
21.1. FIRST AND SECOND MOMENT METHOD 457

The bound in Lemma 21.5 is stronger than the bound in Lemma 21.4, since E X 2 ≥
(E X)2 . However, for many applications, these bounds are equally useful since the
Second Moment Method can be applied if

Var X
→ 0, (21.1)
(E X)2

or, equivalently,
EX2
→ 1, (21.2)
(E X)2
as n → ∞. In fact if (21.1) holds, then much more than P(X > 0) → 1 is true. Note
that

X 2
      2
Var X X X
= Var =E − E
(E X)2 EX EX EX
 2
X
= E −1
EX

Hence
 2
X Var X
E −1 → 0 if → 0.
EX (E X)2
It simply means that
X L2
−→ 1. (21.3)
EX
In particular, it implies (as does the Chebyshev inequality) that

X P
−→ 1, (21.4)
EX
i.e., for every ε > 0,

P((1 − ε) E X < X < (1 + ε) E X) → 1. (21.5)

So, we can only apply the Second Moment Method, if the random variable X has
its distribution asymptotically concentrated at a single value (X can be approxi-
mated by the non-random value E X, as stated at (21.3), (21.4) and (21.5)).
We complete this section with another lower bound on the probability P(Xn ≥ 1),
when Xn is a sum of (asymptotically) negatively correlated indicators. Notice that
in this case we do not need to compute the second moment of Xn .
458 CHAPTER 21. MOMENTS

Lemma 21.6. Let Xn = I1 + I2 + · · · + In , where {Ii }ni=1 be a collection of 0 − 1

random variables, such that

P(Ii = I j = 1) ≤ (1 + εn ) P(Ii = 1) P(I j = 1)

for i 6= j = 1, 2, . . . , n. Here εn → 0 as n → ∞. Then

1
P(Xn ≥ 1) ≥ .
1 + εn + 1/ E Xn
Proof. By the (strong) second moment method (see Lemma 21.5)

(E Xn )2
P(Xn ≥ 1) ≥ .
E Xn2
Now
n n
E Xn2 = ∑ ∑ E(IiI j )
i=1 j=1
≤ E Xn + (1 + εn ) ∑ E Ii E I j
i6= j
!
 n 2 n
= E Xn + (1 + εn ) ∑ E Ii − ∑ (E Ii )2
i=1 i=1
≤ E Xn + (1 + εn )(E Xn )2 .

21.2 Convergence of Moments

Let X be a random variable such that E |X|k < ∞, k ≥ 1, i.e., all k-th moments
E X k exist and are finite. Let the distribution of X be completely determined by its
moments. It means that all random variables with the same moments as X have
the same distribution as X. In particular, this is true when X has the Normal or the
Poisson distribution.
The method of moments provides a tool to prove the convergence in distribution of
a sequence of random variables with finite moments (see Durrett [274] for details).

Lemma 21.7 (Method of Moments). Let X be a random variable with probability

distribution completely determined by its moments. If X1 , X2 , . . . Xn , . . . are random
variables with finite moments such that E Xnk → E X k as n → ∞, for every integer
k ≥ 1, then the sequence of random variables {Xn } converges in distribution to
D
random variable X, denoted as Xn → X.
21.2. CONVERGENCE OF MOMENTS 459

The next result, which can be deduced from Theorem 21.7, provides a tool to
prove asymptotic Normality.
Corollary 21.8. Let X1 , X2 , . . . , Xn , . . . be a sequence of random variables with
finite moments and let a1 , a2 , . . . , an , . . . be a sequence of positive numbers, such
that
(
(2m)! k
m a + o(akn ), when k = 2m, m ≥ 1,
E(Xn − E Xn )k = 2 m!k n
o(an ), when k = 2m − 1, m ≥ 2,

as n → ∞. Then
Xn − E Xn D Xn − E Xn D
→ Z, and X̃n = √ → Z,
an Var Xn

where Z is a random variable with the standard Normal distribution N(0, 1).
A similar result for convergence to the Poisson distribution can also be deduced
from Theorem 21.7. Instead, we will show how to derive it directly from the
Inclusion-Exclusion Principle.

The following lemma sometimes simplifies the proof of some probabilistic in-
equalities: A boolean function f of events A1 , A2 , . . . , An

⊆ Ω is a random variable
where f (A1 , A2 , . . . , An ) = S∈S ( i∈S Ai ) ∩ i6∈S Aci for some collection Si
S T T

of subsest of [r] = {1, 2, . . . , r}.

Lemma 21.9 (Rényi’s Lemma). Suppose that A1 , A2 , . . . , Ar are events in some
probability space Ω, f1 , f2 , . . . , fs are boolean functions of A1 , A2 , . . . , Ar , and
α1 , α2 , . . . , αs are reals. Then, if
s
∑ αi P( fi(A1, A2, . . . , Ar )) ≥ 0, (21.6)
i=1

whenever P(Ai ) = 0 or 1, then (21.6) holds in general.

Proof. Write ! !!
[ \ \
fi = Ai ∩ Aci ,
S∈Si i∈S i6∈S

for some collection Si of subsets of [r] = {1, 2, . . . , r}.

Then, ! !!
\ \
P( fi ) = ∑ P Ai ∩ Aci ,
S∈Si i∈S i6∈S
460 CHAPTER 21. MOMENTS

and then the left hand side of (21.6) becomes

! !!
\ \
∑ βS P Ai ∩ Aci ,
S⊆[r] i∈S i6∈S

for some real βS . If (21.6) holds, then βS ≥ 0 for every S, since we can choose
Ai = Ω if i ∈ S, and Ai = 0/ for i 6∈ S.

For J ⊆ [r] let AJ = i∈J Ai , and let S = | j : A j occurs | denote the number of
T

events that occur. Then let

 
S
Bk = ∑ P(AJ ) = E .
J:|J|=k
k

Let E j = |S|= j ( i∈S Ai ∩ i∈S c

S T T
/ Ai ) be the event that exactly j among the events
A1 , A2 , . . . , Ar occur.
The expression in Lemma 21.10 can be motivated as follows. For ω ∈ Ω, we let
θω,i ∈ {0, 1} satisfy θω,i = 1 if and only if ω ∈ Ai . Then

Pr(E j ) = ∑ Pr(ω) ∑ ∏ θω,i · ∏(1 − θω,i),

ω∈Ω |I|= j i∈I i∈I
/

= ∑ Pr(ω) ∑ ∑ (−1)|J\I|θω,J , where θω,J = ∏ θω,i ,

ω∈Ω |I|= j J⊇I i∈J
\
= ∑ ∑ (−1)J\I Pr(AJ ), where AJ = Ai
|J|≥ j I⊆J i∈J
|I|= j
r  
k− j k
= ∑ (−1) ∑ Pr(AJ )
k= j j |J|=k
r  
k− j k
= ∑ (−1) Bk .
k= j j

More precisely,
Lemma 21.10.
 s
≤ (−1)k− j k Bk


s − j even.


 ∑ j
k= j



 s

k− j k B


P(E j ) ≥ ∑ (−1) j k s − j odd

 k= j

 s
k− j k B


 ∑ (−1)
= s = r.

j k


k= j
21.2. CONVERGENCE OF MOMENTS 461

Proof. It follows from Lemma 21.9 that we only need to check the truth of the
statement for

P(Ai ) = 1 1 ≤ i ≤ `,
P(Ai ) = 0 ` < i ≤ r.

where 0 ≤ ` ≤ r is arbitrary.
Now (
1 if j = `,
P(S = j) =
0 6 `,
if j =
and  
`
Bk = .
k
So,
s   s   
k− j k k− j k `
∑ (−1) j
Bk = ∑ (−1)
j k
k= j k= j
  s  
` k− j ` − j
= ∑ (−1) k − j . (21.7)
j k= j

If ` < j then P(E j ) = 0 and the sum in (21.7) reduces to zero. If ` = j then
P(E j ) = 1 and the sum in (21.7) reduces to one. Thus in this case, the sum is exact
for all s. Assume then that r ≥ ` > j. Then P(E j ) = 0 and
s   s− j    
k− j `− j t `− j s− j ` − j − 1
∑ (−1) k− j
= ∑ (−1)
t
= (−1)
s− j
.
k= j t=0

`− j−1

This explains the alternating signs of the theorem. Finally, observe that r− j
= 0, as required.

Now we are ready to state the main tool for proving convergence to the Poisson
distribution.
Theorem 21.11. Let Sn = ∑i≥1 Ii be a sequence of random variables, n ≥ 1 and
(n)
let Bk = E Skn . Suppose that there exists λ ≥ 0, such that for every fixed k ≥ 1,

(n) λk
lim Bk = .
n→∞ k!
Then, for every j ≥ 0,
λj
lim P(Sn = j) = e−λ ,
n→∞ j!
462 CHAPTER 21. MOMENTS

i.e., Sn converges in distribution to the Poisson distributed random variable with

D
expectation λ (Sn → Po(λ )).
Proof. By Lemma 21.10, for l ≥ 0,
j+2l+1   j+2l  
k− j k (n) k− j k (n)
∑ (−1) B ≤ P(Sn = j) ≤ ∑ (−1) B .
k= j j k k= j j k

So, as n grows to ∞,
j+2l+1  
k− j k (n)
∑ (−1) B ≤ lim inf P(Sn = j)
k= j j k n→∞

j+2l  
k− j k (n)
≤ lim sup P(Sn = j) ≤ ∑ (−1) B .
n→∞ k= j j k

But,
j+m
λj m
  k t
k− j k λ tλ λ j −λ
∑ (−1) = ∑ (−1) → e ,
k= j j k! j! t=0 t! j!
as m → ∞.
Notice that the falling factorial

(Sn )k = Sn (Sn − 1) · · · (Sn − k + 1)

counts number of ordered k-tuples of events with Ii = 1. Hence the binomial mo-
ments of Sn can be replaced in Theorem 21.11 by the factorial moments, defined
as
E(Sn )k = E[Sn (Sn − 1) · · · (Sn − k + 1)],
and one has to check whether, for every k ≥ 1,

lim E(Sn )k = λ k .
n→∞

21.3 Stein–Chen Method

Stein in [724] introduced a powerful technique for obtaining estimates of the rate
of convergence to the standard normal distribution. His approach was subse-
quently extended to cover convergence to the Poisson distribution by Chen [183],
while Barbour [59] ingeniously adapted both methods to random graphs.
The Stein–Chen approach has some advantages over the method of moments. The
principal advantage is that a rate of convergence is automatically obtained. Also
21.3. STEIN–CHEN METHOD 463

the computations are often easier and fewer moment assumptions are required.
Moreover, it frequently leads to conditions for convergence weaker than those
obtainable by the method of moments.
Consider a sequence of random variables (Xn )∞ ∞
n=1 and let (λn )n=1 be a sequence
of positive integers, and let Po (λ ) denote, as before, the Poisson distribution with
expectation λ . We say that Xn is Poisson convergent if the total variation distance
between the distribution L (Xn ) of Xn and Po(λn ), λn = E Xn , distribution, tends
to zero as n tends to infinity. So, we ask for
 λk 
dTV (L (Xn ), Po(λn )) = sup  P(Xn ∈ A) − ∑ n e−λn  → 0, (21.8)
 
A⊆Z+ k∈A k!

as n → ∞, where Z+ = {0, 1, . . .}.

Notice, that if Xn is Poisson convergent and λn → λ , then Xn converges in distri-
bution to the Po (λ ) distributed random variable. Furthermore, if λn → 0, then Xn
converges to a random variable with distribution degenerated at 0. More impor-
tantly, if λn → ∞, then the central limit√theorem for Poisson distributed random
variables implies, that X̃n = (Xn − λn )/ λn converges in distribution to a random
variable with the standard normal random distribution N(0, 1).
The basic feature and advantage of the Stein–Chen approach is that it gives com-
putationally tractable bounds for the distance dTV , when the random variables in
question are sums of indicators with a fairly general dependence structure.
Let {Ia }a∈Γ , be a family of indicator random variables, where Γ is some index
set. To describe the relationship between these random variables we define a
dependency graph L = (V (L), E(L)), where V (L) = Γ. Graph L has the property
that whenever there are no edges between A and B, A, B ⊆ Γ, then {Ia }a∈A and
{Ib }b∈B are mutually independent families of random variables. The following
general bound on the total variation distance was proved by Barbour, Holst and
Janson [60] via the Stein–Chen method.

Theorem 21.12. Let X = ∑a∈Γ Ia where the Ia are indicator random variables
with a dependency graph L. Then, with πa = E Ia and
λ = E X = ∑a∈Γ πa ,

dTV (L (X), Po(λ )) ≤

!
min(λ −1 , 1) ∑ πa2 + ∑ {E(Ia Ib ) + πa πb } ,
a∈V (L) ab∈E(L)

where ∑ab∈E(L) means summing over all ordered pairs (a, b), such that {a, b} ∈
E(L).
464 CHAPTER 21. MOMENTS

Finally, let us briefly mention, that the original Stein method investigates the con-
vergence to the normal distribution in the following metric
Z Z 
dS (L (Xn ), N(0, 1)) = sup ||h||−1  h(x)dFn (x) − h(x)dΦ(x), (21.9)
 
h

where the supremum is taken over all bounded test functions h with bounded
derivative, ||h|| = sup |h(x)| + sup |h0 (x)|.
Here Fn is the distribution function of Xn , while Φ denotes the distribution function
of the standard normal distribution. So, if dS (L (Xn ), N(0, 1)) → 0 as n → ∞, then
X̃n converges in distribution to N(0, 1) distributed random variable.
Barbour, Karoński and Ruciński [62] obtained an effective upper bound on dS (L (Xn ), N(0, 1))
if S belongs to a general class of decomposable random variables. This bound in-
volves the first three moments of S only.
For a detailed and comprehensive account of the Stein–Chen method the reader
is referred to the book by Barbour, Holst and Janson [60], or to Chapter 6 of the
book by Janson, Łuczak and Ruciński [449], where other interesting approaches to
study asymptotic distributions of random graph characteristics are also discussed.
For some applications of the Stein–Chen method in random graphs, one can look
at a survey by Karoński [484].
Chapter 22

Inequalities

22.1 Binomial Coefficient Approximation

We state some important inequalities. The proofs of all but (g) are left as exer-
cises:
Lemma 22.1. (a)
1 + x ≤ ex , ∀x.

(b)
1 − x ≥ e−x/(1−x) , 0 ≤ x < 1.

(c)    
n ne k
≤ , ∀n, k.
k k
(d)
nk k k−1
   
n
≤ 1− , ∀n, k.
k k! 2n
(e)
nk nk
   
k(k − 1) n
1− ≤ ≤ e−k(k−1)/(2n) , ∀n, k.
k! 2n k k!
(f)
nk
 
n
≈ , i f k2 = o(n).
k k!
(g) If a ≥ b then
n−a

t − b b n − t − a + b a−b  t b  n − t a−b
   
t−b
≤ n
≤ .
n−b n−a t
n n−b

465
466 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES

Proof. (g)
n−a

t−b (n − a)!t!(n − t)!
n
=
t
n!(t − b)!(n − t − a + b)!
t(t − 1) · · · (t − b + 1) (n − t)(n − t − 1) · · · (n − t − a + b + 1)
= ×
n(n − 1) · · · (n − b + 1) (n − b)(n − b − 1) · · · (n − a + 1)
 t b  n − t a−b
≤ × .
n n−b

The lower bound follows similarly.

We will need also the following estimate for binomial coefficients. It is a little
more precise than those given in Lemma 22.1.
Lemma 22.2. Let k = o(n3/4 ). Then
 2
nk k3
  
n k
≈ exp − − 2 .
k k! 2n 6n

Proof.

nk k−1
   
n i
= ∏ 1−
k k! i=0 n
( )
k−1
nk

i
= exp ∑ log 1 −
k! i=0 n
(  4 )
k k−1  2 
n i i k
= exp − ∑ + 2 +O 3
k! i=0 n 2n n
nk k2 k3
 
= (1 + o(1)) exp − − 2 .
k! 2n 6n

22.2 Balls in Boxes

Suppose that we have M boxes and we independently place N distinguishable
balls into them. Let us assume that a ball goes into box i with probability pi
where p1 + · · · + pM = 1. Let Wi denote the number of balls that are placed in box
i and for S ⊆ [M], let WS = ∑i∈S Wi . The following looks obvious and is extremely
useful.
22.2. BALLS IN BOXES 467

Theorem 22.3. Let S, T be disjoint subsets of [M] and let s,t be non-negative
integers. Then
P(WS ≤ s | WT ≤ t) ≤ P(WS ≤ s). (22.1)
P(WS ≥ s | WT ≤ t) ≥ P(WS ≥ s). (22.2)
P(WS ≥ s | WT ≥ t) ≤ P(WS ≥ s). (22.3)
P(WS ≤ s | WT ≥ t) ≥ P(WS ≤ s). (22.4)
Proof. Equation (22.2) follows immediately from (22.1). Also, equation (22.4)
follows immediately from (22.3). The proof of (22.3) is very similar to that of
(22.1) and so we will only prove (22.1).
Let
πi = P(WS ≤ s | WT = i).
Given WT = i, we are looking at throwing N − i balls into M − 1 boxes. It is clear
therefore that πi is monotone increasing in i. Now, let qi = P(WT = i). Then,
N
P(WS ≤ s) = ∑ πi qi .
i=0
t
qi
P(WS ≤ s | WT ≤ t) = ∑ πi .
i=0 q0 + · · · + qt
So, (22.1) reduces to
t N
(q0 + · · · + qN ) ∑ πi qi ≤ (q0 + · · · + qt ) ∑ πi qi ,
i=0 i=0
or
t N
(qt+1 + · · · + qN ) ∑ πi qi ≤ (q0 + · · · + qt ) ∑ πi qi ,
i=0 i=t+1
or
N t t N
∑ ∑ qiq j πi ≤ ∑ ∑ qi q j πi .
j=t+1 i=0 j=0 i=t+1
The result now follows from the monotonicity of πi .
The following is an immediate corollary:
Corollary 22.4. Let S1 , S2 , . . . , Sk be disjoint subsets of [M] and let s1 , s2 , . . . , sk be
non-negative integers. Then
!
k
\ k
P {WSi ≤ si } ≤ ∏ P({WSi ≤ si }).
i=1 i=1
!
\k k
P {WSi ≥ si } ≤ ∏ P({WSi ≥ si }).
i=1 i=1
468 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES

22.3 FKG Inequality

A function f : CN = {0, 1}[N] → R is said to be monotone increasing if whenever
x = (x1 , x2 , . . . , xN ), y = (y1 , y2 , . . . , yN ) ∈ CN and x ≤ y ∈ CN (i.e. x j ≤ y j , j =
1, 2, . . . , N) then f (x) ≤ f (y). Similarly, f is said to be monotone decreasing if
− f is monotone increasing.
An important example for us is the case where f is the indicator function of some
subset A of 2[N] . Then
(
1 x∈A
f (x) = .
emptyset x ∈ /A

A typical example for us would be N = n2 and then each G ∈ 2[N] corresponds to

a graph with vertex set [n]. Then A will be a set of graphs i.e. a graph property.
Suppose that f is the indicator function for A . Then f is monotone increasing, if
whenever G ∈ A and e ∈ / E(G) we have G + e ∈ A i.e. adding an edge does not
destroy the property. We will say that the set/property is monotone increasing. For
example if H is the set of Hamiltonian graphs then H is monotone increasing.
If P is the set of planar graphs then P is monotone decreasing. In other words a
property is monotone increasing iff its indicator function is monotone increasing.
Suppose next that we turn CN into a probability space by choosing some p1 , p2 ,
. . . , pN ∈ [0, 1] and then for x = (x1 , x2 , . . . , xN ) ∈ CN letting
P(x) = ∏ pj ∏ (1 − p j ). (22.5)
j:x j =1 j:x j =0

If N = n2 and p j = p, j = 1, 2, . . . , N then this model corresponds to Gn,p .

The following is a special case of the FKG inequality, Harris [412] and Fortuin,
Kasteleyn and Ginibre [321]:

Theorem 22.5. If f , g are monotone increasing functions on CN then E( f g) ≥

E( f ) E(g).
Proof. We will prove this by induction on N. If N = 0 then E( f ) = a, E(g) = b
and E( f g) = ab for some constants a, b.
So assume the truth for N − 1. Suppose that E( f | xN = 0) = a and E(g | xN =
0) = b then
E(( f − a)(g − b)) − E( f − a) E(g − b) = E( f g) − E( f ) E(g).
By replacing f by f − a and g by g − b we may therefore assume that E( f | xN =
0) = E(g | xN = 0) = 0. By monotonicity, we see that E( f | xN = 1), E(g | xN =
1) ≥ 0.
22.4. SUMS OF INDEPENDENT BOUNDED RANDOM VARIABLES 469

We observe that by the induction hypothesis that

E( f g | xN = 0) ≥ E( f | xN = 0) E(g | xN = 0) = 0
E( f g | xN = 1) ≥ E( f | xN = 1) E(g | xN = 1) ≥ 0

Now, by the above inequalities,

E( f g) = E( f g | xN = 0)(1 − pN ) + E( f g | xN = 1)pN
≥ E( f | xN = 1) E(g | xN = 1)pN . (22.6)

Furthermore,

E( f ) E(g) =
(E( f | xN = 0)(1 − pN ) + E( f | xN = 1)pN )×
(E(g | xN = 0)(1 − pN ) + E(g | xN = 1)pN )
= E( f | xN = 1) E(g | xN = 1)p2N . (22.7)

The result follows by comparing (22.6) and (22.7) and using the fact that E( f |
xN = 1), E(g | xN = 1) ≥ 0 and 0 ≤ pN ≤ 1.
In terms of monotone increasing sets A , B and the same probability (22.5) we
can express the FKG inequality as

P(A | B) ≥ P(A ). (22.8)

22.4 Sums of Independent Bounded Random Vari-

ables
Suppose that S is a random variable and t > 0 is a real number. We will be con-
cerned here with bounds on the upper and lower tail of the distribution of S, i.e.,
on P(S ≥ µ + t) and P(S ≤ µ − t), respectively, where µ = E S.
The basic observation which leads to the construction of such bounds is due to
Bernstein [86]. Let λ ≥ 0, then

P(S ≥ µ + t) = P(eλ S ≥ eλ (µ+t) ) ≤ e−λ (µ+t) E(eλ S ), (22.9)

by the Markov inequality (see Lemma 21.1). Similarly for λ ≤ 0,

P(S ≤ µ − t) ≤ e−λ (µ−t) E(eλ S ). (22.10)

Combining (22.9) and (22.10) one can obtain a bound for P(|S − µ| ≥ t).
470 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES

Now let Sn = X1 + X2 + · · · + Xn where Xi , i = 1, . . . , n are independent random

variables. Assume that 0 ≤ Xi ≤ 1 and E Xi = µi for i = 1, 2, . . . , n. Let µ =
µ1 + µ2 + · · · + µn . Then for λ ≥ 0
n
P(Sn ≥ µ + t) ≤ e−λ (µ+t) ∏ E(eλ Xi ) (22.11)
i=1

and for λ ≤ 0
n
P(Sn ≤ µ − t) ≤ e−λ (µ−t) ∏ E(eλ Xi ). (22.12)
i=1

Note that E(eλ Xi ) in (22.11) and (22.12), likewise E(eλ S ) in (22.9) and (22.10)
are the moment generating functions of the Xi ’s and S, respectively. So finding
bounds boils down to the estimation of these functions.
Now the convexity of ex and 0 ≤ Xi ≤ 1 implies that

eλ Xi ≤ 1 − Xi + Xi eλ .

Taking expectations we get

E(eλ Xi ) ≤ 1 − µi + µi eλ .

Equation (22.11) becomes, for λ ≥ 0,

n
P(Sn ≥ µ + t) ≤ e−λ (µ+t) ∏(1 − µi + µi eλ )
i=1
!n
n − µ + µeλ
≤ e−λ (µ+t) . (22.13)
n

The second inequality follows from the fact that the geometric mean is at most
the arithmetic mean i.e. (x1 x2 · · · xn )1/n ≤ (x1 + x2 + · · · + xn )/n for non-negative
x1 , x2 , . . . , xn . This in turn follows from Jensen’s inequlaity and the concavity of
log x.
The right hand side of (22.13) attains its minimum, as a function of λ , at
(µ + t)(n − µ)
eλ = . (22.14)
(n − µ − t)µ
Hence, by (22.13) and(22.14), assuming that µ + t < n,
 µ µ+t  n − µ n−µ−t
P(Sn ≥ µ + t) ≤ , (22.15)
µ +t n− µ −t
while for t > n − µ this probability is zero.
22.4. SUMS OF INDEPENDENT BOUNDED RANDOM VARIABLES 471

Now let
ϕ(x) = (1 + x) log(1 + x) − x, x ≥ −1,
and let ϕ(x) = ∞ for x < −1. Now, for 0 ≤ t < n − µ, we can rewrite the bound
(22.15) as
    −t 
t
P(Sn ≥ µ + t) ≤ exp −µϕ − (n − µ)ϕ . (22.16)
µ n−µ
Since ϕ(x) ≥ 0 for every x, we get

P(Sn ≥ µ + t) ≤ e−µϕ(t/µ) . (22.17)

Similarly, putting n − Sn for Sn , or by an analogous argument, using (22.12), we

get for 0 ≤ t ≤ µ,
  −t   t 
P(Sn ≤ µ − t) ≤ exp −µϕ − (n − µ)ϕ . (22.18)
µ n−µ
Hence,
P(Sn ≤ µ − t) ≤ e−µϕ(−t/µ) . (22.19)
We can simplify the expressions (22.17) and (22.19) by observing that

x2
ϕ(x) ≥ . (22.20)
2(1 + x/3)
To see this observe that for |x| ≤ 1 we have

x2 ∞  
1 1
ϕ(x) − = ∑ (−1)k − xk .
2(1 + x/3) k=2 k(k − 1) 2 · 3k−2
1
Equation (22.20) for |x| ≤ 1 follows from k(k−1) − 2·31k−2 ≥ 0 for k ≥ 2. We leave
it as an exercise to check that (22.20) remains true for x > 1.
Taking this into account we arrive at the following theorem, see Hoeffding [423].

Theorem 22.6 (Chernoff/Hoeffding inequality). Suppose that

Sn = X1 + X2 + · · · + Xn where (i) 0 ≤ Xi ≤ 1 and E Xi = µi for i = 1, 2, . . . , n, (ii)
X1 , X2 , . . . , Xn are independent. Let µ = µ1 + µ2 + · · · + µn . Then for t ≥ 0,

t2
 
P(Sn ≥ µ + t) ≤ exp − (22.21)
2(µ + t/3)
and for t ≤ µ,
t2
 
P(Sn ≤ µ − t) ≤ exp − . (22.22)
2(µ − t/3)
472 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES

Putting t = ε µ, for 0 < ε < 1, one can immediately obtain the following bounds.

Corollary 22.7. Let 0 < ε < 1, then

µε 2
 
eε µ
P(Sn ≥ (1 + ε)µ) ≤ ≤ exp − , (22.23)
(1 + ε)1+ε 3

while
µε 2
 
P(Sn ≤ (1 − ε)µ) ≤ exp − (22.24)
2

Proof. The formula (22.24) follows directly from (22.22) and (22.23) follows
from (22.16).
One can “tailor” Chernoff bounds with respect to specific needs. For example,
for small ratios t/µ, the exponent in (22.21) is close to t 2 /2µ, and the following
bound holds.

Corollary 22.8.
 2
t3

t
P(Sn ≥ µ + t) ≤ exp − + (22.25)
2µ 6µ 2
 2
t
≤ exp − for t ≤ µ. (22.26)
3µ

Proof. Use (22.21) and note that

(µ + t/3)−1 ≥ (µ − t/3)/µ 2 .

For large deviations we have the following result.

Corollary 22.9. If c > 1 then
 cµ
e
P(Sn ≥ cµ) ≤ . (22.27)
ce1/c

Proof. Put t = (c − 1)µ into (22.17).

We also have the simple easiest to use version:

22.4. SUMS OF INDEPENDENT BOUNDED RANDOM VARIABLES 473

Corollary 22.10. Suppose that X1 , X2 , . . . , Xn are independent random variable

and that ai ≤ Xi ≤ bi for i = 1, 2, . . . , n. Let Sn = X1 +X2 +· · ·+Xn and µi = E(Xi ),
i = 1, 2, . . . , n and µ = E(Sn ). Then for t > 0 and ci = bi − ai , i = 1, 2, . . . , n, we
have

2t 2
 
P(Sn ≥ µ + t) ≤ exp − 2 . (22.28)
c1 + c22 + · · · + c2n
2t 2
 
P(Sn ≤ µ − t) ≤ exp − 2 . (22.29)
c1 + c22 + · · · + c2n

Proof. We can assume without loss of generality that ai = 0, i = 1, 2, . . . , n. We

just subtract A = ∑ni=1 ai from Sn . We proceed as before.
n
P(Sn ≥ µ + t) = P(eλ Sn ≥ eλ (µ+t) ) ≤ e−λ (µ+t) E(eλ Sn ) = e−λt ∏ E(eλ (Xi −µi ) ).
i=1

Note that eλ x is a convex function of x, and since 0 ≤ Xi ≤ ci , we have

 
λ (Xi −µi ) −λ µi Xi Xi λ ci
e ≤e 1− + e
ci ci

and so
 
λ Xi −λ µi µi µi λ ci
E(e )≤e 1− + e
ci ci
 
= e−θi pi 1 − pi + pi eθi , (22.30)

where θi = λ ci and pi = µi /ci .

Then, taking the logarithm of the RHS of (22.30), we have
 
f (θi ) = −θi pi + log 1 − pi + pi eθi .
pi
f 0 (θi ) = −pi + .
1 − pi + pi eθi
00 pi (1 − pi )e−θi
f (θi ) = .
((1 − pi )e−θi + pi )2

Now αβ
(α+β )2
≤ 1/4 and so f 00 (θi ) ≤ 1/4 anf therefore

1 λ 2 c2i
f (θi ) ≤ f (0) + f 0 (0)θi + θi2 = .
8 8
474 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES

It follows then that

( )
n
λ 2 c2i
P(Sn ≥ µ + t) ≤ e−λt exp ∑ .
i=1 8

4
We obtain (22.28) by puttng λ = and (22.29) is proved in a similar manner.
∑ni=1 c2i

Our next bound incorporates the variance of the Xi ’s.

Theorem 22.11 (Bernstein’s Theorem). Suppose that Sn = X1 + X2 + · · · + Xn
where (i) |Xi | ≤ 1 and E Xi = 0 and Var Xi = σi2 for i = 1, 2, . . . , n, (ii) X1 , X2 , . . . , Xn
are independent. Let σ 2 = σ12 + σ22 + · · · + σn2 . Then for t ≥ 0,

t2
 
P(Sn ≥ t) ≤ exp − (22.31)
2(σ 2 + t/3)
and
t2
 
P(Sn ≤ −t) ≤ exp − . (22.32)
2(σ 2 + t/3)
Proof. The strategy is once again to bound the moment generating function. Let
∞
λ r−2 E Xir ∞
λ r−2 σi2 eλ − 1 − λ
Fi = ∑ ≤∑ = .
r=2 r!σi2 r=2 r!σi
2 λ2

Here E Xir ≤ σi2 , since |Xi | ≤ 1.

We then observe that

λ Xi λ r E Xir
∞
E(e ) = 1+ ∑
r=2 r!
= 1 + λ 2 σi2 Fi
2σ 2F
≤ eλ i i
n o
λ 2
≤ exp (e − λ − 1)σi .

So,
n n o
−λt λ 2
P(Sn ≥ t) ≤ e ∏ exp (e − λ − 1)σi
i=1
σ 2 (eλ −λ −1)−λt
=e
n  t o
= exp −σ 2 ϕ .
σ2
22.5. SAMPLING WITHOUT REPLACEMENT 475

after assigning  t 
λ = log 1 + 2 .
σ
To obtain (22.31) we use (22.20). To obtain (22.32) we apply (22.31) to Yi =
−Xi , i = 1, 2, . . . , n.

22.5 Sampling Without Replacement

Let a multi-set A = {a1 , a2 , . . . , aN } ⊆ R be given. We consider two random vari-
ables. For the first let X = ai where i is chosen uniformly at random from [N].
Let
1 N 1 N
µ = E X = ∑ ai and σ = Var X = ∑ (ai − µ)2 .
2
N i=1 N i=1
Now let Sn = X1 + X2 + · · · + Xn be the sum of n independent copies of X. Next let
Wn = ∑i∈X ai where X is a uniformly random n-subset of [N]. We have E Sn =
EWn = nµ but as shown in Hoeffding [423], Wn is more tightly concentrated
around its mean than Sn . This will follow from the following:
Lemma 22.12. Let f : R → R be continuous and convex. Then

E f (Wn ) ≤ E f (Sn ).

Proof. We write, where (A)n denotes the set of sequences of n distinct members
of A and (N)n = N(N − 1) · · · (N − n + 1) = |(A)n |,

1
E f (Sn ) = ∑n f (y1 + · · · + yn) =
N n y∈A
1
∑ g(x1, x2, . . . , xn) = E g(X), (22.33)
(N)n x∈(A)
n

where g is a symmetric function of x and

g(x1 , x2 , . . . , xn ) = ∑ ψ(k, i, r) f (ri1 xi1 + · · · + rik xik ).

k,i,r

Here i ranges over sequences of k distinct values i1 , i2 , . . . , ik ∈ [n] and ri1 + · · · +

rik = n. The factors ψ(k, i, r) are independent of the function f .
Putting f = 1 we see that ∑k,i,r ψ(k, i, r) = 1. Putting f (x) = x we see that g is a
linear symmetric function and so

∑ ψ(k, i, r)(ri1 xi1 + · · · + rik xik ) = K(x1 + · · · + xn),

k,i,r
476 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES

for some K. Equation (22.33) implies that K = 1.

Applying Jensen’s inequality we see that

g(x) ≥ f (x1 + · · · + xn ).

It follows that
E g(X) ≥ E f (Wn )
and the Lemma follows from (22.33).
As a consequence we have that (i) VarWn ≤ Var Sn and (ii) E eλWn ≤ E eλ Sn for any
λ ∈ R.
Thus all the inequalities developed in Section 22.4 can a fortiori be applied to
Wn in place of Sn . Of particular importance in this context, is the hypergeometric
distribution: Here we are given a set of S ⊆ [N], |S| = m and we choose a random
set X of size k from [N]. Let Z = |X ∩ S|. Then
m
N−m

t k−t
P(Z = t) = N

, for 0 ≤ t ≤ k.
k

22.6 Janson’s Inequality

In Section 22.4 we found bounds for the upper and lower tails of the distribution of
a random variable Sn composed of n independent summands. In the previous sec-
tion we allowed some dependence between the summands. We consider another
case where the random variables in question are not necessarily independent. In
this section we prove an inequality of Janson [435]. This generalised an earlier
inequality of Janson, Łuczak and Ruciński [448], see Corollary 22.14.
Fix a family of n subsets Di , i ∈ [n]. Let R be a random subset of [N] such that for
s ∈ [N] we have 0 < P(s ∈ R) = qs < 1. The elements of R are chosen indepen-
dently of each other and the sets Di , i = 1, 2, . . . , n. Let Ai be the event that Di is a
subset of R. Moreover, let Ii be the indicator of the event Ai . Note that, Ii and I j
are independent iff Di ∩ D j = 0./ One can easily see that the Ii ’s are increasing.
We let
Sn = I1 + I2 + · · · + In ,
and
n
µ = ESn = ∑ E(Ii ).
i=1
We write i ∼ j if Di ∩ D j 6= 0.
/ Then, let

∆= ∑ E(Ii I j ) = µ + ∆ (22.34)
{i, j}:i∼ j
22.6. JANSON’S INEQUALITY 477

where
∆= ∑ E(Ii I j ). (22.35)
{i, j}:i∼ j
i6= j

As before, let ϕ(x) = (1 + x) log(1 + x) − x. Now, with Sn , ∆, ϕ given above one

can establish the following upper bound on the lower tail of the distribution of Sn .

Theorem 22.13 (Janson’s Inequality). For any real t, 0 ≤ t ≤ µ,

ϕ(−t/µ)µ 2
   2
t
P(Sn ≤ µ − t) ≤ exp − ≤ exp − . (22.36)
∆ 2∆

Proof. We begin as we did in Section 22.4. Put ψ(λ ) = E(e−λ Sn ), λ ≥ 0. By the

Markov inequality we have
P(Sn ≤ µ − t) ≤ eλ (µ−t) Ee−λ Sn .
Therefore,
log P(Sn ≤ µ − t) ≤ log ψ(λ ) + λ (µ − t). (22.37)
Now let us estimate log ψ(λ ) and minimise the right-hand-side of (22.37) with
respect to λ .
Note that
n
−ψ 0 (λ ) = E(Sn e−λ Sn ) = ∑ E(Ii e−λ Sn ). (22.38)
i=1
Now for every i ∈ [n], split Sn into Yi and Zi , where
Yi = ∑ I j, Zi = ∑ I j, Sn = Yi + Zi .
j: j∼i j: j6∼i

Then by the FKG inequality (applied to the random set R and conditioned on
Ii = 1) we get, setting pi = E(Ii ) = ∏s∈Di qs ,

E(Ii e−λ Sn ) = pi E(e−λYi e−λ Zi  Ii = 1) ≥ pi E(e−λYi  Ii = 1)E(e−λ Zi  Ii = 1).

  

Since Zi and Ii are independent we get

E(Ii e−λ Sn ) ≥ pi E(e−λYi  Ii = 1)E(e−λ Zi ) ≥ pi E(e−λYi  Ii = 1)ψ(λ ). (22.39)
 

From (22.38) and (22.39), applying Jensen’s inequality to get (22.40) and remem-
bering that µ = ESn = ∑ni=1 pi , we get
ψ 0 (λ )
− (log ψ(λ ))0 = −
ψ(λ )
478 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES

n
≥ ∑ pi E(e−λYi  Ii = 1)

i=1
n
pi  
≥µ∑ exp − E(λYi  Ii = 1)
i=1 µ
( )
1 n 
≥ µ exp − ∑ pi E(λYi  Ii = 1) (22.40)
µ i=1
( )
λ n
= µ exp − ∑ E(Yi Ii )
µ i=1
= µe−λ ∆/µ .
So
−(log ψ(λ ))0 ≥ µe−λ ∆/µ (22.41)
which implies that
µ2
Z λ
− log ψ(λ ) ≥ µe−z∆/µ dz = (1 − e−λ ∆/µ ). (22.42)
0 ∆
Hence by (22.42) and (22.37)
µ2
log P(Sn ≤ µ − t) ≤ − (1 − e−λ ∆/µ ) + λ (µ − t), (22.43)
∆
which is minimized by choosing λ = − log(1 −t/µ)µ/∆. It yields the first bound
in (22.36), while the final bound in (22.36) follows from the fact that ϕ(x) ≥ x2 /2
for x ≤ 0.
The following Corollary is very useful:
Corollary 22.14 (Janson, Łuczak, Ruciński Inequality).
P(Sn = 0) ≤ e−µ+∆ .
2
n o
Proof. We put t = µ into (22.36) giving P(Sn = 0) ≤ exp − ϕ(−1)µ
∆ . Now note
µ2 µ2
that ϕ(−1) = 1 and ∆ ≥ µ+∆ ≥ µ − ∆.

22.7 Martingales. Azuma-Hoeffding Bounds

Before we present the basic results of this chapter we have to briefly introduce
martingales and concentration inequalities for martingales. Historically, martin-
gales were applied to random graphs for the first time in the context of the chro-
matic number of Gn,p .
22.7. MARTINGALES. AZUMA-HOEFFDING BOUNDS 479

Let (Ω, F , P) be a probability space. If the sample space Ω is finite, then F is

the algebra of all subsets of Ω. For simplicity, let us assume that we deal with this
case.
Recall that if D = {D1 , D2 , . . . , Dm } is a partition of Ω, i.e., m
S
i=1 Di = Ω and
Di ∩ D j = 0/ if i 6= j, then it generates an algebra of subsets A (D) of Ω. The
algebra generated by the partition D and denoted by A (D) is the family of all
unions of the events (sets) from D, with 0/ obtained by taking an empty union.
Let D = {D1 , D2 , . . . , Dm } be a partition of Ω and A be any event, A ⊂ Ω and let
P(A|D) be the random variable defined by
m
P(A|D)(ω) = ∑ P(A|Di )IDi (ω)
i=1
= P(A|Di(ω) ) where ω ∈ Di(ω) .

Note that if D a trivial partition, i.e., D = D0 = {Ω} then P(A|D0 ) = P(A), while,
in general,
P(A) = E P(A|D). (22.44)
Suppose that X is a discrete random variable taking values
{x1 , x2 , . . . , xl } and write X as
l
X= ∑ x j IA j , (22.45)
j=1

where A j = {ω : X(ω) = x j }. Notice that the random variable X generates a

partition DX = {A1 , A2 , . . . , Al }.
Now the conditional expectation of X with respect to a partition D of Ω is given
as
l
E(X|D) = ∑ x j P(A j |D). (22.46)
j=1

Hence,
 E(X|D)(ω
1 ) is the expected value of X conditional on the event
ω ∈ Di(ω1 ) .
Suppose that D and D 0 are two partitions of Ω. We say that D 0 is finer than D if
A (D) ⊆ A (D 0 ) and denote this as D ≺ D 0 .
If D is a partition of Ω and Y is a discrete random variable defined on Ω, then
Y is D-measurable if DY ≺ D, i.e., if the partition D is finer than the partition
induced by Y . It simply means that Y takes constant values yi on the atoms Di
of D, so Y can be written as Y = ∑m i=1 yi IDi , where some yi may be equal. Note
that a random variable Y is D0 -measurable if Y has a degenerate distribution, i.e.,
it takes a constant value on all ω ∈ Ω. Also, trivially, the random variable Y is
DY -measurable.
480 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES

Note that if D 0 is finer than D then

E(E(X | D 0 ) | D) = E(X | D). (22.47)

Indeed, if ω ∈ Ω then

E(E(X | D 0 ) | D)(ω) =
 
P(ω 00 ) 0
 P(ω )
= ∑  ∑ X(ω 00 )
ω 0 ∈Di(ω) ω 00 ∈D0i(ω 0 )
P(D0i(ω 0 ) ) P(Di(ω) )

P(ω 0 )
= ∑ X(ω 00 ) P(ω 00 ) ∑0
00
ω ∈Di(w) 0
ω ∈Di(ω 00 )
P(D0i(ω 0 ) ) P(Di(ω) )

P(ω 0 )
= ∑ X(ω 00 ) P(ω 00 ) ∑
ω 00 ∈Di(w) ω 0 ∈D0i(ω 00 )
P(D0i(ω 00 ) ) P(Di(ω) )

P(ω 00 )
00
= ∑ X(ω )
ω 00 ∈Di(w)
P(Di(ω) )
= E(X | D)(ω).

Note that despite all the algebra, (22.47) just boils down to saying that the properly
weighted average of averages is just the average.
Finally, suppose a partition D of Ω is induced by a sequence of random variables
{Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yn }. We denote such partition as DY1 ,Y2 ,...,Yn . Then the atoms of this
partition are defined as

Dy1 ,y2 ,...,yn = {ω : Y1 (ω) = y1 ,Y2 (ω) = y2 , . . . ,Yn (ω) = yn },

where the yi range over all possible values of the Yi ’s. DY1 ,Y2 ,...,Yn is then the coars-
est partition such that Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yn are all constant over the atoms of the partition.
For convenience, we simply write
E(X|Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yn ), instead of E(X|DY1 ,Y2 ,...,Yn ).

Now we are ready to introduce an important class of dependent random variables

called martingales.
Let (Ω, F , P) be a finite probability space and D0 ≺ D1 ≺ D2 ≺ . . . ≺ Dn = D ∗
be a nested sequence of partitions of Ω (a filtration of Ω), where D0 is a trivial
partition, while D ∗ stands for the discrete partition (i.e., A (D0 ) = {0,
/ Ω}, while
A (D ) = 2 = F ).
∗ Ω

A sequence of random variables X0 , X1 , . . . , Xn is called (a) a martingale, (b) a

super-martingale, (c) a sub-martingale, with respect to the partition D0 ≺ D1 ≺
22.7. MARTINGALES. AZUMA-HOEFFDING BOUNDS 481

D2 ≺ . . . ≺ Dn = D ∗ if
Xk is Dk -measurable
and

(a) E(Xk+1 | Dk ) = Xk k = 0, 1, . . . , n − 1.

(b) E(Xk+1 | Dk ) ≤ Xk k = 0, 1, . . . , n − 1.

(c) E(Xk+1 | Dk ) ≥ Xk k = 0, 1, . . . , n − 1.

If the partition D of Ω is generated by a sequence of random variables Y1 , . . . ,Yn

then the sequence X1 , . . . , Xn is called a martingale with respect to the sequence
Y1 , . . . ,Yn . In particular, when Y1 = X1 , . . . ,Yn = Xn , i.e., when Dk = DX1 ,...,Xk ,
then we simply say that X is a martingale with respect to itself. Observe also
that E Xk = E X1 = X0 , for every k. Analogous statements hold for super- and
sub-martingales.
Martingales are ubiquitous, we can obtain a martingale from essentially any ran-
dom variable. Let Z = Z(Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yn ) be a random variable defined on the ran-
dom variables Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yn . The sequence of random variables

Xk = E(Z | Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yk ), k = 0, 1, . . . , n

is called the Doob Martingale of Z.

Theorem 22.15. We have (i) X0 = E Z, (ii) Xn = Z and (iii) the sequence X0 , X1 , . . . , Xn
is a martingale with respect to (the partition defined by) Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yn .
Proof. Only (iii) needs to be explicitly checked.

E(Xk | Y1 , . . . ,Yk−1 ) = E(E(Z | Y1 , . . . ,Yk ) | Y1 , . . . ,Yk−1 )

= E(Z | Y1 , . . . ,Yk−1 )
= Xk−1 .

Here the second equality comes from (22.47).

We next show how one can define the so called, vertex and edge exposure mar-
tingales, on the space of random graphs. Consider the binomial random graph
Gn,p . Let us view Gn,p as a vector of random variables (I1 , I2 , . . . , I(n) ), where Ii
2
is the indicator of the event that the
ith edge is present, with P(Ii = 1) = p and
P(Ii = 0) = 1 − p for i = 1, 2, . . . , n2 . These random variables are independent
of
each other. Hence, in this case, Ω consists of all (0, 1)-sequences of length n2 .
Now given any graph invariant (a random variable) X : Ω → R, (for example, the
chromatic number, the number of vertices of given degree, the size of the largest
482 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES

clique, etc.), we will define a martingale generated by X and certain sequences of

partitions of Ω.
Let the random variables I1 , I2 , . . . , I(n) be listed in a lexicographic order. Define
2
D0 ≺ D1 ≺ D2 ≺ . . . ≺ Dn = D ∗ in the following way: Dk is the partition of
Ω induced by the sequence of random variables I1 , . . . , I(k) , and D0 is the trivial
2
partition. Finally, for k = 1, . . . , n,

Xk = E(X | Dk ) = E(X | DI1 ,I2 ,...,I k ).

(2)

Hence, Xk is the conditional expectation of X, given that we “uncovered” the set

of edges induced by the first k vertices of our random graph Gn,p . A martingale
determined through such a sequence of nested partitions is called a vertex exposure
martingale.
An edge exposure martingale is defined in a similar way. The martingale sequence
is defined as follows

Xk = E(X | Dk ) = E(X | DI1 ,I2 ,...,Ik ),

where k = 1, 2, . . . , n2 , i.e., we uncover the edges of Gn,p one by one.

We next give upper bounds for both the lower and upper tails of the probability
distributions of certain classes of martingales.
Theorem 22.16 (Azuma-Hoeffding bound). Let {Xk }n0 be a sequence of random
variables such that |Xk − Xk−1 | ≤ ck , k = 1, . . . , n and X0 is constant.
(a) If {Xk }n0 is a super-martingale then for all t > 0 we have

t2
 
P(Xn ≥ X0 + t) ≤ exp − n 2 .
2 ∑i=1 ci

(b) If {Xk }n0 is a sub-martingale then for all t > 0 we have

t2
 
P(Xn ≤ X0 − t) ≤ exp − n 2 .
2 ∑i=1 ci

(c) If {Xk }n0 is a martingale then for all t > 0 we have

t2
 
P(|Xn − X0 | ≥ t) ≤ 2 exp − n 2 .
2 ∑i=1 ci

Proof. We only need to prove (a), since (b), (c) will then follow easily, since {Xk }n0
is a sub-martingale iff −{Xk }n0 is a super-martingale and {Xk }n0 is a martingale iff
it is a super-martingale and a sub-martingale.
22.7. MARTINGALES. AZUMA-HOEFFDING BOUNDS 483

Define the martingale difference sequence by Y1 = 0 and

Yk = Xk − Xk−1 , k = 1, . . . , n.

Then
n
∑ Yk = Xn − X0,
k=1
and
E(Yk+1 | Y0 ,Y1 , . . . ,Yk ) ≤ 0. (22.48)
Let λ > 0. Then
( ) !
n
P (Xn − X0 ≥ t) = P exp λ ∑ Yi ≥ eλt
i=1
( )!
n
≤ e−λt E exp λ ∑ Yi ,
i=1

by the Markov inequality.

Note that eλ x is a convex function of x, and since −ci ≤ Yi ≤ ci , we have

1 −Yi /ci −λ ci 1 +Yi /ci λ ci

eλYi ≤ e + e
2 2
Yi
= cosh(λ ci ) + sinh(λ ci ).
ci
It follows from (22.48) that

E(eλYn | Y0 ,Y1 , . . . ,Yn−1 ) ≤ cosh(λ cn ). (22.49)

We then see that

( )!
n
E exp λ ∑ Yi
i=1
( )!
n−1
= E E(eλYn | Y0 ,Y1 , . . . ,Yn−1 ) × exp λ ∑ Yi
i=1
( )!
n−1 n
≤ cosh(λ cn ) E exp λ ∑ Yi ≤ ∏ cosh(λ ci ).
i=1 i=1

The expectation in the middle term is over Y0 ,Y1 , . . . ,Yn−1 and the last inequality
follows by induction on n.
484 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES

By the above equality and the Taylor expansion, we get

n n
(λ ci )2m ∞
eλt P (Xn − X0 ≥ t) ≤ ∏ cosh(λ ci) = ∏ ∑
i=1 i=1 m=0 (2m)!
( )
n ∞
(λ ci )2m 1 2 n 2
≤ ∏∑ m = exp λ ∑ ci .
i=1 m=0 2 m! 2 i=1

Putting λ = t/ ∑ni=1 c2i we arrive at the theorem.

We end by describing a simple situation where we can apply these inequalities.
Lemma 22.17 (McDiarmid’s Inequality). Let Z = Z(W1 ,W2 , . . . ,Wn ) be a random
variable that depends on n independent random variables W1 ,W2 , . . . ,Wn . Sup-
pose that
|Z(W1 , . . . ,Wi , . . . ,Wn ) − Z(W1 , . . . ,Wi0 , . . . ,Wn )| ≤ ci
for all i = 1, 2, . . . , n and W1 ,W2 , . . . ,Wn ,Wi0 . Then for all t > 0 we have
t2
 
P(Z ≥ E Z + t) ≤ exp − n 2 ,
2 ∑i=1 ci
and
t2
 
P(Z ≤ E Z − t) ≤ exp − .
2 ∑ni=1 c2i
Proof. We consider the martingale
Xk = Xk (W1 ,W2 , . . . ,Wk ) = E(Z | W1 ,W2 , . . . ,Wk ).
Then
X0 = E Z and Xn = Z.
We only have to show that the martingale differences Yk = Xk − Xk−1 are bounded.
But,
|Xk (W1 , . . . ,Wk ) − Xk−1 (W1 , . . . ,Wk−1 )|
≤ ∑ |Z(W1 , . . . ,Wk , . . . ,Wn ) − Z(W1 , . . . ,Wk0 , . . . ,Wn ))|
Wk0 ,Wk+1 ,...,Wn
n
× P(Wk0 ) ∏ P(Wi )
i=k+1
n
≤ ∑ ck P(Wk0 ) ∏ P(Wi )
Wk0 ,Wk+1 ,...,Wn i=k+1

= ck .
22.8. TALAGRAND’S INEQUALITY 485

22.8 Talagrand’s Inequality

In this section we describe a concentration inequality that is due to Talagrand [734]
that has proved to be very useful. It can often overcome the following problem
with using Theorems 22.16, 22.17: If E Xn = O(n1/2 ) then the bounds they give
are weak. Our treatment is a re-arrangement of the treatment in Alon and Spencer
[31].
Let Ω = ∏ni=1 Ωi , where each Ωi is a probability space and Ω has the product
measure. Let A ⊆ Ω and let x = (x1 , x2 , . . . , xn ) ∈ Ω.
For α = (α1 , α2 , . . . , αn ) we let

dα (A, x) = inf ∑ αi .
y∈A
i:yi 6=xi

Then we define
ρ(A, x) = sup dα (A, x),
|α|=1

where |α| denotes the Euclidean norm, (α12 + · · · + αn2 )1/2 .

We then define, for t ≥ 0,

At = {x ∈ Ω : ρ(A, x) ≤ t} .

The following theorem is due to Talagrand [734]:

Theorem 22.18.
2 /4
P(At )(1 − P(At )) ≤ e−t .

Theorem 22.18 follows from

Lemma 22.19.  
1 2 1
Z
exp ρ (A, x) dx ≤ .
Ω 4 P(A)
Proof. Indeed, fix A and consider X = ρ(A, x). Then,
2 /4 2 /4 2 /4 2 /4
1 − P(At ) = P(X > t) = P(eX > et ) ≤ E(eX )e−t .
2 /4 1
The lemma states that E(eX )≤ P(A) .

The following alternative description of ρ is important. Let

U(A, x) = {s ∈ {0, 1}n : ∃y ∈ A s.t. si = 0 implies xi = yi }

and let V (A, x) be the convex hull of U(A, x). Then

486 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES

Lemma 22.20.
ρ(A, x) = min |v|.
v∈V (A,x)

Here |v| denotes the Euclidean norm of v. We leave the proof of this lemma as a
simple exercise in convex analysis.
We now give the proof of Lemma 22.19.
Proof. We use induction on the dimension n. For n = 1, ρ(A, x) = 1x∈A
/ so that
 
1 2 1
Z
exp ρ (A, x) = P(A) + (1 − P(A))e1/4 ≤
Ω 4 P(A)

which follows from u + (1 − u)e1/4 ≤ u−1 for 0 < u ≤ 1.

Assume the result for n. Write Ψ = ∏ni=1 Ωi so that Ω = Ψ × Ωn+1 . Any z ∈ Ω
can be written uniquely as z = (x, ω) where x ∈ Ψ and ω ∈ Ωn+1 . Set

B = {x ∈ Ψ : (x, ω) ∈ A for some ω ∈ Ωn+1 }

and for ω ∈ Ωn+1 set

Aω = {x ∈ Ψ : (x, ω) ∈ A} .
Then

s ∈ U(B, x) =⇒ (s, 1) ∈ U(A, (x, ω)).

t ∈ U(Aω , x) =⇒ (t, 0) ∈ U(A, (x, ω)).

If s ∈ V (B, x) and t ∈ V (Aω , x) then (s, 1) and (t, 0) are both in V (A, (x, ω)) and
hence for any λ ∈ [0, 1],

((1 − λ )s + λ t, 1 − λ ) ∈ V (A, (x, ω)).

Then,

ρ 2 (A, (x, ω)) ≤ (1 − λ )2 + |(1 − λ )s + λ t|2 ≤ (1 − λ )2 + (1 − λ )|s|2 + λ |t|2 ,

where the second inequality uses the convexity of | · |2 .

Selecting, s, t with minimal norms yields the critical inequality,

ρ 2 (A, (x, ω)) ≤ (1 − λ )2 + λ ρ 2 (Aω , x) + (1 − λ )ρ 2 (B, x).

Now fix ω and bound,

 
1 2
Z
exp ρ (A, (x, ω)) ≤
x∈Ψ 4
22.8. TALAGRAND’S INEQUALITY 487
 λ  1−λ
1 2 1 2
Z
(1−λ )2 /4
e exp ρ (Aω , x)) exp ρ (B, x)) .
x∈Ψ 4 4

By Hölder’s inequality this is at most

Z  λ Z  1−λ
(1−λ )2 /4 1 2 1 2
e exp ρ (Aω , x)) exp ρ (B, x)) ,
x∈Ψ 4 x∈Ψ 4

which by induction is at most

2 /4 1 1 1 (1−λ )2 /4 −λ
e(1−λ ) · = e r
P(Aω )λ P(B)1−λ P(B)

where r = P(Aω )/ P(B) ≤ 1.

2
Using calculus, we minimise e(1−λ ) /4 r−λ by choosing λ = 1 + 2 log r for e−1/2 ≤
2
r ≤ 1, λ = 0 otherwise. Further calculation shows that e(1−λ ) /4 r−λ ≤ 2 − r for
this value of λ . Thus,
   
1 2 1 P(Aω )
Z
exp ρ (A, (x, ω)) ≤ 2− .
x∈Ψ 4 P(B) P(B)

We integrate over ω to give

 
1 2
Z Z
exp ρ (A, (x, ω)) ≤
ω∈Ωn+1 x∈Ψ 4
 
1 P(A) 1
2− = x(2 − x),
P(B) P(B) P(A)

where x = P(A)/ P(B) ≤ 1. But x(2 − x) ≤ 1, completing the induction and hence
the theorem.
We call h : Ω → R Lipschitz if |h(x) − h(y)| ≤ 1 whenever x, y differ in at most
one coordinate.
Definition 22.21. Let f : N → N. h is f -certifiable if whenever h(x) ≥ s then there
exists I ⊆ [n] with |I| ≤ f (s) so that if y ∈ Ω agrees with x on coordinates I then
h(y) ≥ s.

Theorem 22.22. Suppose that h is Lipschitz and f -certifiable. Then if X = h(x)

for x ∈ Ω, then for all b and for all t ≥ 0,
2 /4
f (b)) P(X ≥ b) ≤ e−t
p
P(X ≤ b − t .
488 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES
n p o
Proof. Set A = x : h(x) < b − t f (b) . Now suppose that h(y) ≥ b. We claim
that y ∈ / At . Let I be a set of indices of size at most f (b) that certifies h(y) ≥ b as
given above. Define αi = 0 when i ∈ / I and αi = |I|−1/2 when i ∈ I. Using Lemma
22.20 we p see that if y ∈ At then there exists a z ∈ A that differs from y in at most
t|I| ≤ t f (b) coordinates of I, though at arbitrary coordinates outside I. Let y0
1/2

agree with y on I and p agree with z outside I. By the certification h(y0 ) ≥ b. Now
y0 , z differ in at most t f (b) coordinates and so, by Lipschitz,

h(z) ≥ h(y0 ) − t f (b) ≥ b − t f (b),

p p

but then z ∈
/ A, a contradiction. So, P(X ≥ b) ≤ 1 − P(At ) and from Theorem
22.18,
2
P(X < b − t f (b)) P(X ≥ b) ≤ e−t /4 .
p

As the RHS is continuous in t, we may replace “<” by “≤” giving Theorem

22.22.
Next let m denote the median of X so that P(X ≥ m) ≥ 1/2 and P(X ≤ m) ≥ 1/2.
Corollary 22.23.
2
(a) P(X ≤ m − t f (m)) ≤ 2e−t /4 .
p

2
(b) Suppose that b − t f (b) ≥ m, then P(X ≥ b) ≤ 2e−t /4 .
p

22.9 Dominance
We say that a random variable X stochastically dominates a random variable Y if

P(X ≥ t) ≥ P(Y ≥ t) for all real t.

There are many cases when we want to use our inequalities to bound the upper
tail of some random variable Y and (i) Y does not satisfy the necessary conditions
to apply the relevant inequality, but (ii) Y is dominated by some random variable
X that does. Clearly, we can use X as a surrogate for Y .
The following case arises quite often. Suppose that Y = Y1 +Y2 + · · · +Yn where
Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yn are not independent, but instead we have that for all t in the range
[Ai , Bi ] of Yi ,
P(Yi ≥ t | Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yi−1 ) ≤ Φ(t)
where Φ(t) decreases monotonically from 1 to 0 in [Ai , Bi ].
Let Xi be a random variable taking values in the same range as Yi and such that
P(Xi ≥ t) = Φ(t). Let X = X1 + · · · + Xn where X1 , X2 , . . . , Xn are independent of
each other and Y1 ,Y2 , . . . ,Yn . Then we have
22.9. DOMINANCE 489

Lemma 22.24. X stochastically dominates Y .

Proof. Let X (i) = X1 + · · · + Xi and Y (i) = Y1 + · · · +Yi for i = 1, 2, . . . , n. We will
show by induction that X (i) dominates Y (i) for i = 1, 2, . . . , n. This is trivially true
for i = 1 and for i > 1 we have

P(Y (i) ≥ t | Y1 . . . ,Yi−1 ) = P(Yi ≥ t − (Y1 + · · · +Yi−1 ) | Y1 . . . ,Yi−1 )

≤ P(Xi ≥ t − (Y1 + · · · +Yi−1 ) | Y1 . . . ,Yi−1 ).

Removing the conditioning we have

P(Y (i) ≥ t) ≤ P(Y (i−1) ≥ t − Xi ) ≤ P(X (i−1) ≥ t − Xi ) = P(X (i) ≥ t),

where the seond inequality follows by induction.
490 CHAPTER 22. INEQUALITIES
Chapter 23

Differential Equations Method

Let D ⊆ R2 be open and bounded and connected. Consider a general random

process
X(0), X(1), . . . , X(t), . . . , X(n) ∈ Z.
 
where X(0) is fixed and 0, X(0)
n ∈ D.
Let Ht denote the history X(0), X(1), . . . , X(t) of the process to time t. Let TD be
the stopping time which is the minimum t such that (t/n, X(t)/n) ∈ / D. We further
assume

(P1) |X(t)| ≤ C0 n, ∀t < TD , where C0 is a constant.

(P2) |X(t + 1) − X(t)| ≤ β = β (n) ≥ 1, ∀t < TD .

(P3) | E(X(t + 1) − X(t)|Ht , E ) − f (t/n, X(t)/n)| ≤ λ , ∀t < TD . Here E is

some likely event that holds with probability at least
1 − γ.

(P4) f (t, x) is continuous and satisfies a Lipschitz condition

| f (t, x) − f (t 0 , x0 )| ≤ Lk(t, x) − (t 0 , x)0 k∞
for (t, x), (t 0 , x0 ) ∈ D ∩ {(t, x) : t ≥ 0}

Theorem 23.1. Suppose that

nλ 3
λ = o(1) and α =  1.
β3

σ = inf{τ : (τ, z(τ)) 6∈ D0 = {(t, z) ∈ D : l ∞ distance of (t, z) from

the boundary of D ≥ 2λ }}

491
492 CHAPTER 23. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS METHOD

Let z(τ), 0 ≤ τ ≤ σ be the unique solution to the differential equation

z0 (τ) = f (τ, z(τ)) (23.1)

X(0)
z(0) = (23.2)
n
Then,
X(t) = nz(t/n) + O(λ n), (23.3)
uniformly in 0 ≤ t ≤ σ n, with probability 1 − O(γ + β e−α /λ ).

Proof. The γ in the probability of success will be handled by conditioning on E .

Now let  
nλ
ω= .
β
We study the difference X(t + ω) − X(t). Assume that (t/n, X(t)/n) ∈ D0 . For
0 ≤ k ≤ ω we have from (P2) that
 
 X(t + k) X(t)  kβ ωβ
 − ≤ ≤ ,
 n n  n n
so    
t + k X(t + k) t X(t)
, − , ≤ 2λ ,
n n n n ∞
 
X(t+k)
and so t+k
n , n is in D.

Therefore, using (P3),

E(X(t + k + 1) − X(t + k)|Ht+k , E ) =

 
t + k X(t + k)
f , + θk =
n n
 
t X(t)
f , + θk + ψk =
n n
 
t X(t)
f , + ρ,
n n

where |ρ| ≤ (2L + 1)λ , since |θk | ≤ λ (by (P3)) and |ψk | ≤ Lβn k (by (P4)).
Now, given Ht , let
(  
X(t + k) − X(t) − k f nt , X(t)
n − (2L + 1)kλ E
Zk = .
emptyset ¬E
 493

Then
E(Zk+1 − Zk |Z0 , Z1 , . . . , Zk ) ≤ 0,
i.e., Z0 , Z1 , . . . , Zω is a super-martingale.
Also   
 t X(t) 
|Zk+1 − Zk | ≤ β +  f
 , + (2L + 1)λ ≤ K0 β ,
n n 
 
where K0 = O(1), since f nt , X(t) n = O(1) by continuity and boundedness of D.
So, using Theorem 22.16 we see that conditional on Ht , E ,
 √ 
P X(t + ω) − X(t) − ω f (t/n, X(t)/n) ≥ (2L + 1)ωλ + K0 β 2αω
2K02 β 2 αω
 
≤ exp − 2 2
= e−α . (23.4)
2ωK0 β
Similarly,
 √ 
P X(t + ω) − X(t) − ω f (t/n, X(t)/n) ≤ −(2L + 1)ωλ − K0 β 2αω
≤ e−α . (23.5)

Thus
 √ 
P |X(t + ω) − X(t) − ω f (t/n, X(t)/n)| ≥ (2L + 1)ωλ + K0 β 2αω
≤ 2e−α .
√
We have that ωλ and β 2αω are both Θ(nλ 2 /β ) giving
√ nλ 2
(2L + 1)ωλ + K0 β 2αω ≤ K1 .
β
Now let ki = iω for i = 0, 1, . . . , i0 = bσ n/ωc. We will show by induction that

P ∃ j ≤ i : |X(k j ) − z(k j /n)n| ≥ B j ≤ 2ie−α ,

(23.6)

where   j+1 !
Lω nλ
Bj = B 1+ −1 (23.7)
n L
and where B is another constant.
X(0)
The induction begins with z(0) = n and B0 = 0. Note that

Beσ L λ
Bi0 ≤ n = O(λ n). (23.8)
L
494 CHAPTER 23. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS METHOD

Now write

|X(ki+1 ) − z(ki+1 /n)n| = |A1 + A2 + A3 + A4 |,

A1 = X(ki ) − z(ki /n)n,
A2 = X(ki+1 ) − X(ki ) − ω f (ki /n, X(ki )/n),
A3 = ωz0 (ki /n) + z(ki /n)n − z(ki+1 /n)n,
A4 = ω f (ki /n, X(ki )/n) − ωz0 (ki /n).

We now bound each of these terms individually.

z(ki+1 /n)

A3

A4
slope z0 (ki /n)

z(ki /n)
slope f (ki .n, X(ki )/n)

A1

slope f (ki .n, X(ki )/n) A2

X(ki )/n)

X(ki+1 )/n

Figure 23.1: Error terms

 495

Our induction gives that with probability at most 2ie−α ,

|A1 | ≤ Bi .

Equations (23.4) and (23.5) give

nλ 2
|A2 | ≤ K1 ,
β

with probability 1 − 2e−α .

A3 = ωz0 (ki /n) + z(ki /n)n − z(ki+1 /n)n

Now
ω 0
z(ki+1 /n) − z(ki /n) =z (ki /n + ω̂/n)
n
for some 0 ≤ ω̂ ≤ ω and so (P4) implies that

0 0 ω2 nλ 2
|A3 | = ω|z (ki /n + ω/n) − z (ki /n + ω̂/n)| ≤ L ≤ 2L 2 .
n β
Finally, (P4) gives
ωL|A1 | ωL
|A4 | ≤ ≤ Bi .
n n
Thus for some B > 0,

Bi+1 ≤ |A1 | + |A2 | + |A3 | + |A4 |

λ2
 
ωL
≤ 1+ Bi + Bn .
n β

A little bit of algebra verifies (23.6) and (23.7).

Finally consider ki ≤ t < ki+1 . From “time” ki to t the change in X and nz is at
most ωβ = O(nλ ).
Remark 23.2. The above proof generalises easily to the case where
X(t) is replaced by X1 (t), X2 (t), . . . , Xa (t) where a = O(1).
The earliest mention of differential equations with respect to random graphs was
in the paper by Karp and Sipser [494]. The paper by Ruciński and Wormald [688]
was also influential. See Wormald [762] for an extensive survey on the differential
equations method.
496 CHAPTER 23. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS METHOD
Chapter 24

Branching Processes

In the Galton-Watson branching process, we start with a single particle comprising

generation 0. In general, the nth generation consists of Zn particles and each
member x of this generation independently gives rise to a random number X of
descendants in generation n + 1. In the book we need the following theorem about
the probability that the process continues indefinitely: Let

pk = P(X = k), k = 0, 1, 2, . . . .

Let
∞
G(z) = ∑ pk zk
k=0
be the probability generating function (p.g..f.) of X. Let µ = E X. Let
!
[
η =P {Zn = 0} (24.1)
n≥0

be the probability of ultimate extinction of the process.

Theorem 24.1. η is the smallest non-negative root to the equation G(s) = s. Here
η = 1 if µ < 1.

Proof. If Gn (z) is the p.g.f. of Zn , then Gn (z) = G(Gn−1 (z)). This follows from
the fact that Zn is the sum of Zn−1 independent copies of G. Let ηn = P(Zn = 0).
Then
ηn = Gn (0) = G(Gn−1 (0)) = G(ηn−1 ).
It follows from (24.1) that ηn % η. Let ψ be any other non-negative solution to
G(s) = s. We have
η1 = G(0) ≤ G(ψ) = ψ.

497
498 CHAPTER 24. BRANCHING PROCESSES

Now assume inductively that ηn ≤ ψ for some n ≥ 1. Then

ηn+1 = G(ηn ) ≤ G(ψ) = ψ.

Chapter 25

Entropy

25.1 Basic Notions

Entropy is a useful tool in many areas. The entropy we talk about here was intro-
duced by Shannon in [709]. We need some results on entropy in Chapter 14. We
collect them here for convenience. For more on the subject we refer the reader to
Cover and Thomas [238], or Gray [397] or Martin and England [592].
Let X be a random variable taking values in a finite set RX . Let p(x) = P(X = x)
for x ∈ RX . Then the entropy of X is given by

h(X) = − ∑ p(x) log p(x).

x∈RX

We have a choice for the base of the logarithm here. We use the natural logarithm,
for use in Chapter 14.
Note that if X is chosen uniformly from RX , i.e. P(X = x) = 1/|RX | for all x ∈ RX
then then
log |RX |
h(X) = ∑ = log |RX |.
x∈RX |RX |

We will see later that the uniform distribution maximises entropy.

If Y is another random variable with a finite range then we define the conditional
entropy
p(x, y)
h(X | Y ) = ∑ p(y)h(Xy ) = − ∑ p(x, y) log , (25.1)
y∈RY x,y p(y)

where Xy is the random variable with P(Xy = x) = P(X = x | Y = y). Here p(y) =
P(Y = y). The summation is over y such that p(y) > 0. We will use notation like
this from now on, without comment.
Chain Rule:

499
500 CHAPTER 25. ENTROPY

Lemma 25.1.
m
h(X1 , X2 , . . . , Xm ) = ∑ h(Xi | X1 , X2 , . . . , Xi−1 ). (25.2)
i=1

Proof. This follows by induction on m, once we have verified it for m = 2. For

then

h(X1 , X2 , . . . , Xm ) = h(X1 , X2 , . . . , Xm−1 ) + h(Xm | X1 , X2 , . . . , Xm−1 ).

Now,
p(x1 , x2 )
h(X2 | X1 ) = − ∑ p(x1 , x2 ) log
x1 ,x2 p(x1 )
=− ∑ p(x1 , x2 ) log p(x1 , x2 ) + ∑ p(x1 , x2 ) log p(x1 )
x1 ,x2 x1 ,x2
= h(X1 , X2 ) + ∑ p(x1 ) log p(x1 )
x1
= h(X1 , X2 )−h(X1 ).

Inequalities:
Entropy is a measure of uncertainty and so we should not be surprised to learn that
h(X | Y ) ≤ h(X) for all random variables X,Y – here conditioning on Y represents
providing information. Our goal is to prove this and a little more.
Let p, q be probability measures on the finite set X. We define the
Kullback-Liebler distance
p(x)
D(p||q) = ∑ p(x) log q(x)
x∈A

where A = {x : p(x) > 0}.

Lemma 25.2.
D(p||q) ≥ 0
with equality iff p = q.
Proof. Let
q(x)
−D(p||q) = ∑ p(x) log p(x)
x∈A
q(x)
≤ log ∑ p(x) (25.3)
x∈A p(x)
25.1. BASIC NOTIONS 501

= log 1
= 0.

Inequality (25.3) follows from Jensen’s inequality and the fact that log is a concave
function. Because log is strictly concave, will have equality in (25.3) iff p = q.
It follows from this that
h(X) ≤ log |RX |. (25.4)
Indeed, let u denote the uniform distribution over RX i.e. u(x) = 1/|RX |. Then

0 ≤ D(p||u) = ∑ p(x)(log p(x) + log |RX |) = −h(X) + log |RX |.

x

We can now show that conditioning does not increase entropy.

Lemma 25.3. For random variables X,Y, Z,

h(X | Y, Z) ≤ h(X | Y ).

Taking Y to be a constant e.g. Y = 1 with probability one, we see

h(X | Z) ≤ h(X).

Proof.

h(X | Y ) − h(X | Y, Z)
p(x, y) p(x, y, z)
= − ∑ p(x, y) log + ∑ p(x, y, z) log
x,y p(y) x,y,z p(y, z)
p(x, y) p(x, y, z)
= − ∑ p(x, y, z) log + ∑ p(x, y, z) log
x,y,z p(y) x,y,z p(y, z)
p(x, y, z)p(y)
= ∑ p(x, y, z) log p(x, y)p(y, z)
x,y,z
= D(px,y,z ||p(x, y)p(y, z)/p(y))
≥ 0.

Note that ∑x,y,z p(x, y)p(y, z)/p(y) = 1.

Working through the above proof we see that h(X) = h(X | Z) iff p(x, z) = p(x)p(z)
for all x, z, i.e. iff X, Z are independent.
502 CHAPTER 25. ENTROPY

25.2 Shearer’s Lemma

The original proof is from Chung, Frankl, Graham and Shearer [186]. The fol-
lowing proof is from Radakrishnan [666].
Lemma 25.4. Let X = (X1 , X2 , . . . , XN ) be a (vector) random variable and A =
{Ai : i ∈ I} be a collection of subsets of a set B, where |B| = N, such that each
element of B appears in at least k members of A . For A ⊆ B, let XA = (X j : j ∈ A).
Then,
1
h(X) ≤ ∑ h(XAi ).
k i∈I
Proof. We have, from Lemma 25.1 that

h(X) = ∑ h(X j | X1, X2, . . . , X j−1) (25.5)

j∈B

and
h(XAi ) = ∑ h(X j | X`, ` ∈ Ai, ` < j). (25.6)
j∈Ai

We sum (25.6) for all i ∈ I. Then

∑ h(XAi ) = ∑ ∑ h(X j | X`, ` ∈ Ai, ` < j)

i∈I i∈I j∈Ai
= ∑ ∑ h(X j | X`, ` ∈ Ai, ` < j) (25.7)
j∈B Ai 3 j
≥ ∑ ∑ h(X j | X1, X2, . . . , X j−1) (25.8)
j∈B Ai 3 j
≥ k ∑ h(X j | X1 , X2 , . . . , X j−1 ) (25.9)
j∈B
= kh(X). (25.10)

Here we obtain (25.8) from (25.7) by applying Lemma 25.3. We obtain (25.9)
from (25.8) and the fact that each j ∈ B appears in at least k Ai ’s. We then obtain
(25.10) by using (25.5).
Bibliography

[1] M.Abdullah and N. Fountoulakis, A phase transition on the evolution of

bootstrap percolation processes on preferential attachment graphs, Random
Structures and Algorithms 52 (2018) 379-418.

[2] M. Abdullah, C.Cooper and A.M. Frieze, Cover time of a random graph
with given degree sequence, Discrete Mathematics 312 (2012) 3146-3163.

[3] D. Achlioptas, J-H. Kim, M. Krivelevich and P. Tetali, Two-Coloring Ran-

dom Hypergraphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 20 (2002) 249-259.

[4] D. Achlioptas and C. Moore, Almost all Graphs with Average Degree 4 are
3-colorable, Journal of Computer and System Sciences 67 (2003) 441-471.

[5] D. Achlioptas and C. Moore, The Chromatic Number of Random Regular

Graphs, Proceedings of RANDOM 2004.

[6] D. Achlioptas and A. Naor, The two possible values of the chromatic num-
ber of a random graph, Annals of Mathematics 162 (2005) 1335-1351.

[7] R. Adamczak and P. Wolff, Concentration inequalities for non-Lipschitz

functions with bounded derivatives of higher order, Probability Theory and
Related Fields 161 (2014) 1-56.

[8] W. Aiello, A. Bonato, C. Cooper, J. Janssen and P. Pralat, A spatial web

graph model with local influence regions, Internet Mathematics 5 (2009)
175-196.

[9] M. Ajtai, J. Komlós and E. Szemerédi, Largest random component of a

k-cube, Combinatorica 2 (1982) 1-7.

[10] M. Ajtai, J. Komlós and E. Szemerédi, Topological complete subgraphs in

random graphs, Studia Sci. Math. Hungar. 14 (1979) 293-297.

[11] M. Ajtai, J. Komlós and E. Szemerédi, The longest path in a random graph,
Combinatorica 1 (1981) 1-12.

503
504 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[12] M. Ajtai, J. Komlós and E. Szemerédi. The first occurrence of Hamilton

cycles in random graphs, Annals of Discrete Mathematics 27 (1985) 173-
178.

[13] D. Aldous, Exchangeability and related topics,Lecture Notes in Mathemat-

ics, 1117, Springer Verlag, New York (1985)

[14] D. Aldous, Asymptotics in the random assignment problem, Probability

Theory and Related Fields 93 (1992) 507-534.

[15] D. Aldous, Asymptotic fringe distributions for general families of random

trees. Ann. Appl. Probab. 1 (1991) 228-266.

[16] D. Aldous, Brownian excursions, critical random graphs and the multiplica-
tive coalescent, Annals of Probability 25 (1997) 812-854.

[17] D. Aldous, The ζ (2) limit in the random assignment problem, Random
Structures and Algorithms 4 (2001) 381-418.

[18] D. Aldous, G. Miermont and J. Pitman, Brownian bridge asymptotics for

random p-mappings, Electronic J. Probability 9 (2004) 37-56.

[19] D. Aldous, G. Miermont and J. Pitman, Weak convergence of random p-

mappings and the exploration process of inhomogeneous continuum ran-
dom trees, Probab. Th. Related Fields 133 (2005) 1-17.

[20] P. Allen, J. Böttcher, Y. Kohayakawa and Y. Person, Tight Hamilton cycles

in random hypergraphs, see arxiv.org.

[21] N. Alon, Choice numbers of graphs; a probabilistic approach, Combina-

torics, Probability and Computing 1 (1992) 107-114.

[22] N. Alon, Restricted colorings of graphs, in Surveys of Combinatorics 1993,

London Mathematical Society Lecture Notes Series 187 (K. Walker, ed.),
Cambridge University Press 1993, 1-33.

[23] N.Alon, A note on network reliability, In Discrete Probability and Algo-

rithms (Minneapolis, MN, 1993), IMA Vol. Math. Appl., 72, Springer, New
York (1995) 11-14.

[24] N. Alon, M. Capalbo, Y. Kohayakawa, V. Rödl, A. Ruciński and E. Sze-

merédi, Universality and tolerance (extended abstract), In 41st Annual
Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science (Redondo Beach, CA,
2000), IEEE Computer Society Press Los Alamitos, CA, 2000, pp. 14-21.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 505

[25] N. Alon, P. Pralat, N. Wormald, Cleaning regular graphs with brushes,

SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 23 (2008) 233-250.

[26] N. Alon and Z. Füredi, Spanning subgraphs of random graphs, Graphs and
Combinatorics 8 (1992) 91-94.

[27] N. Alon and M. Krivelevich, The concentration of the chromatic number of

a random graph, Combinatorica 17 (1997) 303-313.

[28] N. Alon, M. Krivelevich and B. Sudakov, List coloring of random and

pseudo random-graphs, Combinatorica 19 (1999) 453-472.

[29] N. Alon, M. Krivelevich and B. Sudakov, Finding a large hidden clique in

a random graph, Random Structures and Algorithm 13 (1998) 457-466.

[30] N. Alon, M. Krivelevich and V. H. Vu, On the concentration of eigenvalues

of random symmetric matrices, Israel Journal of Mathematics 131 (2002)
259-267.

[31] N. Alon and J. Spencer, The probabilistic method, Third Edition, John Wi-
ley and Sons (2008).

[32] N. Alon and B. Sudakov, Increasing the chromatic number of a random

graph, Journal of Combinatorics 1 (2010) 345–356.

[33] N. Alon and R. Yuster, Threshold functions for H-factors, Combinatorics,

Probability and Computing 2 (1993) 137-144.

[34] A. Amit and N. Linial, Random Graph Coverings I: General Theory and
Graph Connectivity, Combinatorica 22 (2002), 1-18.

[35] A. Amit and N. Linial, Random Lifts of Graphs II: Edge Expansion, Com-
binatorics Probability and Computing 15 (2006) 317-332.

[36] A. Amit, N. Linial and J. Matoušek, Random Lifts of Graphs III: Inde-
pendence and Chromatic Number, Random Structures and Algorithms 20
(2002) 1-22.

[37] O. Angel, A. Flaxman and D. Wilson, A sharp threshold for minimum

bounded-depth and bounded-diameter spanning trees and steiner trees in
random networks, Combinatorica (2012) 1-33.

[38] S. Anoulova, J. Bennies, J. Lenhard, D. Metzler, Y. Sung and A. Weber

(1999) The American Mathematical Monthly 106 (199) 345-351.
506 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[39] T. Apostol, Mathematical Analysis, Second Edition, Addison-Wesley,

1973.

[40] J. Aronson, A.M. Frieze and B. Pittel, Maximum matchings in sparse ran-
dom graphs: Karp-Sipser revisited, Random Structures and Algorithms 12
(1998) 111-178.

[41] R. Arratia, A.D. Barbour and S. Tavaré, A tale of three couplings: Poisson-
Dirichlet and GEM approximations for random permutations, Combina-
torics, Probability and Computing 15 (2006) 31-62.

[42] R. Arratia and S. Tavaré, The cycle structure of random permutations, The
Annals of Probability 20 (1992) 1567-1591.

[43] C. Avin and G. Ercal, On the Cover Time of Random Geometric Graphs,
Automata, Languages and Programming, Lecture Notes in Computer Sci-
ence 3580 (2005) 677-689.

[44] L.Babai, P. Erdős, S.M. Selkow, Random graph isomorphism, SIAM Jour-
nal on Computing 9 (1980) 628-635.

[45] L. Babai, M. Simonovits and J. Spencer, Extremal Subgraphs of Random

Graphs, Journal of Graph Theory 14 (1990) 599-622.

[46] A. Backhaus and T.F. Móri, Local degree distribution in scale free random
graphs, Electronic Journal of Probability 16 (2011) 1465-1488.

[47] D. Bal, P. Bennett, A. Dudek and A.M. Frieze, The t-tone chromatic num-
ber of random graphs, see arxiv.org.

[48] D. Bal, P. Bennett, A.M. Frieze and P. Pralat, Power of k choices and rain-
bow spanning trees in random graphs, see arxiv.org.

[49] J. Balogh, T. Bohman and D. Mubayi, Erdős-Ko-Rado in Random Hyper-

graphs, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 18 (2009) 629-646.

[50] D. Bal and A.M. Frieze, Rainbow Matchings and Hamilton Cycles in Ran-
dom Graphs, see arxiv.org.

[51] J. Balogh, B. Bollobás, M. Krivelevich, T. Müeller and M. Walters, Hamil-

ton cycles in random geometric graphs, Annals of Applied Probability 21
(2011) 1053-1072.

[52] P. Balister and B. Bollobás, Percolation in the k-nearest neighbour graph.

BIBLIOGRAPHY 507

[53] P. Balister, B. Bollobás, A. Sarkar and M. Walters, Connectivity of random

k-nearest neighbour graphs, Advances in Applied Probability 37 (2005) 1-
24.

[54] P. Balister, B. Bollobás, A. Sarkar and M. Walters, A critical constant for

the k-nearest neighbour model, Advances in Applied Probability 41 (2009)
1-12.

[55] F. Ball, D. Mollison and G. Scalia-Tomba, Epidemics with two levels of

mixing, Ann. Appl. Prob. 7 (1997) 46-89.

[56] J. Balogh, R. Morris and W. Samotij, Independent sets in hypergraphs, see

arxiv.org.

[57] C. Banderier, P. Flajolet, G. Schaeffer, and M. Soria, Random maps, coa-

lescing saddles, singularity analysis, and Airy phenomena, Random Struc-
tures and Algorithms 19 (2001) 194-246.

[58] L. Barabási and R. Albert, Emergence of scaling in random networks, Sci-

ence 286 (1999) 509-512.

[59] A.D Barbour, Poisson convergence and random graph, Math. Proc. Camb.
Phil. Soc. 92 (1982) 349-359.

[60] A.D. Barbour, L. Holst and S. Janson, Poisson Approximation, 1992, Ox-
ford University Press, Oxford.

[61] A.D. Barbour, S. Janson, M. Karoński and A. Ruciński, Small cliques in

random graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 1 (1990) 403-434.

[62] A.D. Barbour, M. Karoński and A. Ruciński, A central limit theorem for de-
composable random variables with applications to random graphs, J. Com-
bin. Theory B 47 (1989) 125-145.

[63] A.D. Barbour and G. Reinert, The shortest distance in random multi-type
intersection graphs, Random Structures Algorithms 39 (2011) 179-209.

[64] A.D. Barbour and G. Reinert, Small worlds, Random Structures and Algo-
rithms 19(2001) 5474.

[65] A.D. Barbour and G. Reinert, Discrete smallworld networks, Electronic

Journal on Probability 11 (2006) 12341283.

[66] T. Bartnicki, J. Grytczuk, H.A. Kierstead and X. Zhu, The Map-Coloring

Game, American Mathematical Monthly, 114 (2007) 793-803.
508 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[67] M. Bayati, D. Gamarnik and P. Tetali, Combinatorial approach to the in-

terpolation method and scaling limits in sparse random graphs, Annals of
Probability 41 (2013) 4080-4115.

[68] J. Beck, Combinatorial Games: Tic-Tac-Toe theory, Encyclopedia of Math-

ematics and its Applications 114, Cambridge University Press 2008.

[69] M. Bednarska and T. Łuczak, Biased positional games for which random
strategies are nearly optimal, Combinatorica 20 (2000) 477-488.

[70] M. Behrisch, Component evolution in random intersection graphs, The

Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 14 (2007) #R17

[71] M. Behrisch, A. Taraz and M. Ueckerdt, Coloring random intersection

graphs and complex networks, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 23 (2009) 288-299.

[72] I. Benjamini, G. Kozma and N. Wormald, The mixing time of the gi-
ant component of a random graph, Random Structures and Algorithms 45
(2014) 383-407.

[73] I. Benjamini, I. Shinkar, G. Tsur, Acquaintance time of a graph, see

arxiv.org.

[74] E.A. Bender and E.R. Canfield, The asymptotic number of labelled graphs
with given degree sequences, Journal of Combinatorial Theory A 24 (1978)
296-307.

[75] E.A. Bender, E.R. Canfield and B.D. McKay, The asymptotic number of
labelled connected graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 1 (1990)
127-169.

[76] E.A. Bender and E.R. Canfield, The number of rooted maps on an ori-
entable surface. Journal of Combinatorial Theory B 53 (1991) 293-299.

[77] A. Bender, Z. Gao, and N. C. Wormald, The number of labeled 2-connected

planar graphs, Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 9 (2002).

[78] P. Bennett and T. Bohman, A note on the random greedy independent set
algorithm, see arxiv.org.

[79] S. Ben-Shimon, M. Krivelevich and B. Sudakov, Local resilience and

Hamiltonicity Maker-Breaker games in random regular graph, Combina-
torics, Probability and Computing 20 (2011) 173-211.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 509

[80] S. Ben-Shimon, M. Krivelevich and B. Sudakov, On the resilience of

Hamiltonicity and optimal packing of Hamilton cycles in random graphs,
SIAM Journal of Discrete Mathematics 25 (2011) 1176-1193.
[81] S. Ben-Shimon, A. Ferber, D. Hefetz and M. Krivelevich, Hitting time
results for Maker-Breaker games, Random Structures and Algorithms 41
(2012) 23-46.
[82] S. Berg, Random contact processes, snowball sampling and and factorial
series distributions, Journal of Applied Probability 20 (1983) 31-46.
[83] C. Berge, Graphs and Hypergraphs, North-Holland publishing com-
pany,Amsterdam 1973.
[84] F. Bergeron, P. Flajolet and B. Salvy, Varieties of increasing trees, Lecture
Notes in Computer Science 581 (1992) 24-48.
[85] J.Bertoin, G. Uribe Bravo, Super-critical percolation on large scale-free
random trees, The Annals of Applied Probability 25 (2015) 81-103.
[86] S.N. Bernstein, Theory of Probability, (Russian), Moscow, 1927.
[87] J. Bertoin, Sizes of the largest clusters for supercritical percolation on ran-
dom recursive trees, Random Structures Algorithms 44 (2014) 29-44.
[88] A. Beveridge, A. Dudek, A.M. Frieze, T.Müller and M. Stojaković, Maker-
Breaker games on random geometric graphs, see arxiv.org in Random
Structures and Algorithms.
[89] A.Beveridge, A.M. Frieze and C.McDiarmid, Random minimum length
spanning trees in regular graphs, Combinatorica 18 (1998) 311-333.
[90] S. Bhamidi and R. van der Hofstad, Weak disorder asymptotics in the
stochastic mean-field model of distance, Annals of Applied Probability 22
(2012) 29-69.
[91] S. Bhamidi, R. van der Hofstad and G. Hooghiemstra, Universality for
first passage percolation on sparse uniform and rank-1 random graphs, see
arxiv.org.
[92] S. Bhamidi, S. Sen and X. Wang, Continuum limit of inhomogeneous ran-
dom graphs, see arxiv.org.
[93] Ph. Biane, J. Pitman and M. Yor, Probability laws related to the Jacobi theta
and Riemann zeta functions, and brownian excursions, Bulletin of the AMS
38 (2001) 435-465.
510 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[94] S.R. Blackbourn and S. Gerke, Connectivity of the uniform random inter-
section graph, Discrete Mathematics 309 (2009) 5130-5140.

[95] P. Blackwell, M. Edmonson-Jones and J. Jordan, Spectra of adjacency ma-

trices of random geometric graphs, see arxiv.org.

[96] M. Bloznelis, Degree distribution of a typical vertex in a general random

intersection graph, Lithuanian Mathematical Journal 48 (2008) 38-45.

[97] M. Bloznelis, Component evolution in general random intersection graphs,

SIAM J. Discrete Mathematics 24 (2010) 639-654.

[98] M. Bloznelis, A random intersection digraph: indegree and outdegree dis-

tributions, Discrete Mathematics 310 (2010) 2560-2566.

[99] M. Bloznelis, The largest component in an inhomogeneous random inter-

section graph with clustering, The Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 17
(2010) #R110.

[100] M. Bloznelis and J. Damarackas, Degree distribution of an inhomogeneous

random intersection graph, The Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 20(3)
(2013) #P3.

[101] M. Bloznelis, E. Godehardt, J. Jaworski, V. Kurauskas, and K. Rybarczyk,

Recent progress in complex network analysis - models of random intersec-
tion graphs, In:B. Lausen, S. Krolak-Schwerdt, M. Bhmer, Eds., Data Sci-
ence, Learning by Latent Structures, and Knowledge Discovery, Springer
(2015) 59-68.

[102] M. Bloznelis, E. Godehardt, J. Jaworski, V. Kurauskas, and K. Rybar-

czyk, Recent progress in complex network analysis - properties of random
intersection graphs, In:B. Lausen, S. Krolak-Schwerdt, M. Bhmer, Eds.,
Data Science, Learning by Latent Structures, and Knowledge Discovery,
Springer (2015) 69-78.

[103] M. Bloznelis and F. Goetze, Preferred attachment model of affiliation net-

work, Journal of Statistical Physics 156 (2014) 800-821.

[104] M. Bloznelis, F. Göetze and J. Jaworski, Birth of a strongly connected giant

in an inhomogeneous random digraph, Journal of Applied Probability 49
(2012), 601-611.

[105] M. Bloznelis, J. Jaworski and K. Rybarczyk, Component evolution in a

secure wireless sensor network, Networks 53 (2009) 19-26.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 511

[106] M. Bloznelis and M. Karoński, Random intersection graph process, to ap-

pear in Internet Mathematics.

[107] M. Bloznelis and T. Łuczak, Perfect matchings in random intersection

graphs, Acta Mathematica Hungarica, 138 (2013) 15-33.

[108] M. Bloznelis and I. Radavicius, A note on Hamiltonicity of uniform random

intersection graphs, Lithuanian Mathematical Journal, 51 (2011) 155-161.

[109] M. Bloznelis and K. Rybarczyk, k-connectivity of uniform s-intersection

graphs, Discrete Mathematics, 333 (2014) 94-100.

[110] M. Bode, N. Fountoulakis and T. Müller, The probability that the hyper-
bolic random graph is connected, see arxiv.org.

[111] M. Bode, M. Fountoulakis, T. Müller, On the largest component of a hy-

perbolic model of complex networks, see arxiv.org.

[112] E. Bodine-Baron, B. Hassibi and A. Wierman, Generalizing Kronecker

graphs in order to model searchable networks, in 47th Annual Allerton Con-
ference on Communication, Control, and Computing (2009) 194-201.

[113] E. Bodine-Baron, B. Hassibi and A. Wierman, Distance-dependent Kro-

necker graphs for modeling social networks, IEEE J. of Selected Topics in
Signal Processing 4 (2010) 718-731.

[114] T. Bohman, The Triangle-Free Process, Advances in Mathematics 221

(2009) 1653-1677.

[115] T. Bohman, C. Cooper, A.M. Frieze, R. Martin and M. Ruszinko, On Ran-

domly Generated Intersecting Hypergraphs, Electronic Journal on Combi-
natorics 2003) R29.

[116] T. Bohman, A.M. Frieze, R. Martin and M. Ruszinko and C. Smyth, On

Randomly Generated Intersecting Hypergraphs II, Random Structures and
Algorithms 30 (2007) 17-34.

[117] T. Bohman and A.M. Frieze, Avoiding a giant component, Random Struc-
tures and Algorithms (2001) 75-85.

[118] T. Bohman and A.M. Frieze, Hamilton cycles in 3-out, Random Structures
and Algorithms 35 (2009) 393-417.

[119] T. Bohman, A.M. Frieze and E. Lubetzky, A note on the random greedy
triangle-packing algorithm, Journal of Combinatorics 1 (2010) 477-488.
512 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[120] T. Bohman, A.M. Frieze and E. Lubetzky, Random triangle removal, see
arxiv.org.

[121] T. Bohman, A.M. Frieze, O. Pikhurko and C. Smyth, Anti-Ramsey Prop-

erties of Random Graphs, Journal of Combinatorial Theory B 100 (2010)
299-312.

[122] T. Bohman, A.M. Frieze and B.Sudakov, The game chromatic number of
random graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 32 (2008) 223-235.

[123] T. Bohman and P. Keevash, Dynamic concentration of the triangle-free pro-

cess, see arxiv.org.

[124] T. Bohman and D. Kravitz, Creating a giant component, Combinatorics,

Probability and Computing 15 (2006) 489-511.

[125] T. Bohman, D. Mubayi and M. Picolleil, The independent neighborhoods

process, see arxiv.org.

[126] B. Bollobás, A probabilistic proof of an asymptotic formula for the number

of labelled graphs, European Journal on Combinatorics 1 (1980) 311-316.

[127] B. Bollobás, Random Graphs, In Combinatorics, Proceedings, Swansea

(1981) 80-102.

[128] B. Bollobás, The diameter of random graphs, Tranasactions of the Ameri-

can Mathematical Society 267 (1981) 41-52.

[129] B. Bollobás, Degree sequence of random graphs, Discrete Mathematics 13

(1981) 1-19.

[130] B. Bollobás, Long paths in sparse random graphs, Combinatorica 2 (1982)

223-228.

[131] B. Bollobás, Vertices of given degree in a random graph, Journal of Graph

Theory 6 (1982) 147-155.

[132] B. Bollobás, Distinguishing vertices of random graphs, Annals of Discrete

Mathematics 13 (1982) 33-50.

[133] B. Bollobás, The evolution of random graphs, Transactions of the Ameri-

cam Mathematical Society 286 (1984) 257-274.

[134] B. Bollobás, The evolution of sparse graphs, Proceedings of a Cambridge

Combinatorial Conference in honour of Paul Erős (1984) 35-57.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 513

[135] B. Bollobás, Random Graphs, First Edition, Academic Press, London 1985,
Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2001.

[136] B. Bollobás, The chromatic number of random graphs, Combinatorica 8

(1988) 49-56.

[137] B. Bollobás, Modern Graph Theory, (1998) Springer, New York.

[138] B. Bollobás, Complete matchings in random subgraphs of the cube, Ran-

dom Structures and Algorithms 1 (1990) 95-104.

[139] B. Bollobás, P. Catlin and P. Erdős, Hadwigers conjecture is true for almost
every graph, European Journal of Combinatorics 1 (1980) 195-199.

[140] B. Bollobás and F. Chung, The diameter of a cycle plus a random matching,
SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 1 (1988) 328-333.

[141] B. Bollobás, C. Cooper, T.I. Fenner and A.M. Frieze, On Hamilton cycles
in sparse random graphs with minimum degree at least k, Journal of Graph
Theory 34 (2000) 42-59.

[142] B. Bollobás and P. Erdős, Cliques in random graphs, Mathematical Pro-

ceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 80 (1976) 419-427.

[143] B. Bollobás, T.I. Fenner and A.M. Frieze, An algorithm for finding hamil-
ton paths and cycles in random graphs, Combinatorica 7 (1987) 327-341.

[144] B. Bollobás, T.I. Fenner and A.M. Frieze, Hamilton cycles in random
graphs with minimal degree at least k, in A tribute to Paul Erdos, edited
by A.Baker, B.Bollobás and A.Hajnal (1990) 59-96.

[145] B. Bollobás, T.I. Fenner and A.M. Frieze, Long cycles in sparse ran-
dom graphs, In Graph Theory and Combinatorics, Proceedings, Cam-
bridge Combinatorial Conference in honour of Paul Erdős (B. Bollobás
Ed.) (1984) 59-64.

[146] B. Bollobás and A. Frieze, On matchings and hamiltonian cycles in random

graphs, Annals of Discrete Mathematics 28 (1985) 23-46.

[147] B. Bollobás and A. Frieze, Spanning Maximal Planar Subgraphs of Ran-

dom Graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 2 (1991) 225-231.

[148] B. Bollobás, S. Janson and O. Riordan, The phase transition in inhomoge-

neous random graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 31 (2007) 3-122.
514 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[149] B. Bollobás, D. Gamarnik, O. Riordan and B. Sudakov, On the Value of

a Random Minimum Length Steiner Tree, Combinatorica 24 (2004) 187-
207.

[150] B. Bollobás, Y. Kohayakawa and T. Łuczak, The evolution of random sub-

graphs of the cube, Random Structures and Algorithms 3 (1992) 55-90.

[151] B. Bollobás, Y. Kohayakawa and T. Łuczak, Connectivity properties of ran-

dom subgraphs of the cube, Random Structures and Algorithms 6 (1995)
221-230.

[152] B. Bollobás, R. Kozma and D. Miklós, Handbook of Large-Scale Random

Networks, Springer and János Bolyai Mathematical Society, Budapest.

[153] B. Bollobás and O. Riordan, Constrained graph processes, Electronic Jour-

nal of Combinatorics 7 (2000) R18.

[154] B. Bollobás and O. Riordan, The diameter of a scale free random graph,
Combinatorica 24 (2004) 5-34.

[155] B. Bollobás, O. Riordan, J. Spencer and G. Tusnády, The degree sequence

of a scale-free random graph process, Random Structures and Algorithms
18 (2001) 279-290.

[156] B. Bollobás and A. Thomason, Threshold functions, Combinatorica 7

(1987) 35-38.

[157] A. Bonato and P. Pralat, Probabilistic Graph Searching, see arxiv.org.

[158] C. Borgs, M. Brautbar, J. Chayes, S. Khanna and B. Lucier, The Power of

Local Information in Social Networks, see arxiv.org.

[159] J. Bourgain and G. Kalai, Influences of variables and threshold intervals

under group symmetries, Geometry and Functional Analysis 7 (1997) 438-
461.

[160] J. Bourgain, Appendix to [330].

[161] M. Bradonjić, R. Elsässer, T. Friedrich, T. Sauerwald and A. Stauffer, Effi-

cient broadcast on random geometric graphs, 21st Annual ACM-SIAM Sym-
posium on Discrete Algorithms (2010) 1412-1421.

[162] M. Bradonjić, A. Hagberg, N.W. Hengartner and A.G. Percus, Component

evolution in general random intersection graphs, In Algorithms and Models
for the Web-Graph, LNCS 6516, Springer (2010) 36-43.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 515

[163] G.R. Brightwell and M.J. Luczak Vertices of high degree in the preferential
attachment tree, Elect. J. Probab. 17 (2012) 43pp.

[164] G.R. Brightwell, K. Panagiotou and A. Steger, Extremal subgraphs of ran-

dom graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 41 (2012) 147-178.

[165] T. Britton, M. Deijfen, A. Lageras and M. Lindholm, Epidemics on random

graphs with tunable clustering J. Applied Probability, 45 (2008) 743-756.

[166] T. Britton, M. Deijfen, and A. Martin-Löf, Generating simple random

graphs with prescribed degree distribution, J. Stat. Phys. 124 (2006) 1377-
1397.

[167] A. Broder, A.M. Frieze and E. Shamir, Finding hidden Hamilton cycles,
Random Structures and Algorithms 5 (1994) 395-410.

[168] A. Broder, A.M. Frieze, S. Suen and E. Upfal, An efficient algorithm for
the vertex-disjoint paths problem in random graphs, Proceedings of SODA
’96, 261-268.

[169] A. Broder, A.M. Frieze, S. Suen and E. Upfal, Optimal construction of

edge-disjoint paths in random graphs, SIAM Journal on Computing 28
(1999) 541-574.

[170] T. Bui, S. Chaudhuri, T. Leightonand M. Sipser, Graph bisection algorithms

with good average case behavior, Combinatorica 7 (1987) 171-191.

[171] J. D. Burtin, Extremal metric characteristics of a random graph I, Teor.

Veroyatnost. i Primenen 19 (1974) 740-754.

[172] J. D. Burtin, Extremal metric characteristics of a random graph II, Teor.

Veroyatnost. i Primenen 20 (1975) 82-99.

[173] Y.D. Burtin, On the probability of connectedness of a random subgraph of

the n-cube, (in Russian) Problemy Peredaci Informacii 13 (1977) 90-95.

[174] Y.D. Burtin, On a simple formula for a random mappings and its applica-
tions, J. Applied Probability 17 (1980) 403-414.

[175] D.S. Callaway, J.E. Hopcroft, J.M. Kleinberg, M.E.J. Newman and S.H.
Strogatz, Are randomly grown graphs really random? Phys.Rev. E 64
(2001) 041902.

[176] E. Candellero and N. Fountoulakis, Clustering and the hyperbolic geometry

of complex networks, see arxiv.org.
516 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[177] Y. Caro, A. Lev, Y. Roditty, Z. Tuza, and R. Yuster, On rainbow connection,

Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 15 (2008).

[178] J. Cerny and A. Teixeira, Critical window for the vacant set left by random
walk on random regular graphs, see arxiv.org.

[179] D. Chakrabarti, Y. Zhan and C. Faloutsos, R-MAT: A recursive model for

graph mining, In: Proceedings of 4th International Conference on Data
Mining (2004) 442-446.

[180] S. Chatterjee and A. Dembo, Nonlinear large deviations, see arxiv.org.

[181] P. Chebolu and A.M. Frieze, Hamilton cycles in random lifts of complete
directed graphs, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 22 (2008) 520-
540.

[182] P.Chebolu, A.M. Frieze and P.Melsted, Finding a Maximum Matching in

a Sparse Random Graph in O(n) Expected Time, Journal of the ACM 57
(2010) 1-27.

[183] L.H.Y. Chen, Poisson approximation for dependent trials, Annals of Prob-
ability 3 (1975) 534-545.

[184] W-C. Chen and W-C. Ni, Heap-ordered trees, 2-partitions and continued
fractions, European Journal of Combinatorics 15 (1994) 513-517.

[185] W. Chen, W. Fang, G. Hu and M. Mahoney, On the hyperbolicity of small-

world and tree-like random graphs, ISAAC 2012.

[186] F. Chung, F. Frank, R. Graham and J. Shearer, Some intersection theorems

for ordered sets and graphs, Journal of Combinatorial Theory A 43 (86)
23-37.

[187] F. Chung and L. Lu, Connected components in random graphs with given
expected degree sequence Annals of Combinatorics, 6 (2002) 125-145.

[188] F. Chung and L. Lu. The average distances in random graphs with given
expected degree, Internet Math. 1 (2003) 91-113.

[189] F. Chung and L. Lu, The volume of the giant component of a random graph
with given expected degrees, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 20
(2006) 395-411.

[190] F. Chung and L. Lu, Coupling on-line and off-line analyses for random
power law graphs, Internet Mathematics 1 (2004) 409-461.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 517

[191] F. Chung and L. Lu. Complex Graphs and Networks, American Mathemat-
ical Society, Providence, RI, 2006.

[192] F. Chung, L. Lu and V. Vu, Eigenvalues of random power law graphs, An-
nals of Combinatorics 7 (2003) 21-33.

[193] F. Chung, L. Lu and V. Vu, The spectra of random graphs with expected de-
grees, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 100 (2003) 6313-
6318.

[194] V. Chvátal, DETERMINING THE STABILITY NUMBER OF A GRAPH,

SIAM Journal on Computing 6 (1977) 643-662.

[195] V. Chvátal, Almost all graphs with 1.44n edges are 3-colorable, Random
Structures and Algorithms 2 (1991) 11-28.

[196] V. Chvátal and P. Erdős, Biased positional games, Annals of Discrete Math-
ematics 2 (1978) 221-228.

[197] A. Coja–Oghlan, Graph Partitioning via Adaptive Spectral Techniques,

Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 19 (2010) 227-284.

[198] A. Coja–Oghlan, On the Laplacian eigenvalues of G(n, p), Combinatorics,

Probability and Computing 16 (2007) 923-946.

[199] A. Coja–Oghlan, Upper bounding the k-colorability threshold by counting

covers, Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 20 (2013) P32.

[200] A. Coja–Oghlan, K. Panagiotou and A. Steger, On the chromatic number

of random graphs, Journal of Combinatorial Theory, B 98 (2008) 980-993.

[201] A. Coja–Oghlan and D. Vilenchik, Chasing the k-colorability threshold, see

arxiv.org.

[202] N. A. Cook and A. Dembo, Large deviations of subgraph counts for sparse
Erdő s–Rényi graphs, see arxiv.org.

[203] A. Collevecchio, A. Mehrabian and N. Wormald, Longest paths in random

Apollonian networks and largest r-ary subtrees of random d-ary recursive
trees, see arxiv.org.

[204] P. Condon, A. Espuny Dáz, J. Kim, D. Kühn and D. Osthus, Resilient de-
gree sequences with respect to Hamilton cycles and matchings in random
graphs, see arxiv.org.
518 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[205] O. Cooley, M. Kang and C. Koch, The size of the giant component in ran-
dom hypergraphs, see arxiv.org.

[206] D. Conlon, T. Gowers, Combinatorial theorems in sparse random sets, see

arxiv.org.

[207] C. Cooper, Pancyclic Hamilton cycles in random graphs, Discrete Mathe-

matics 91 (1991) 141-148.

[208] C. Cooper, On the thickness of sparse random graphs, Combinatorics Prob-

ability and Computing 1 (1992) 303-309.

[209] C. Cooper, 1-pancyclic Hamilton cycles in random graphs, Random Struc-

tures and Algorithms 3 (1992) 277-287.

[210] C. Cooper, The size of the cores of a random graph with a given degree
sequence, Random Structures and Algorithms (2004) 353-375.

[211] C. Cooper, The age specific degree distribution of web-graphs, Combina-

torics Probability and Computing 15 (2006) 637 - 661.

[212] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, On the number of hamilton cycles in a random
graph, Journal of Graph Theory 13 (1989) 719-735.

[213] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, Pancyclic random graphs, in Random Graphs,
(Ed: Karonski M, Javorski J, and Rucinski A.) Wiley (1990).

[214] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, The limiting probability that a-in, b-out is
strongly connected, Journal of Combinatorial Theory B 48 (1990) 117-
134.

[215] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, Multicoloured Hamilton cycles in random

graphs: an anti-Ramsey threshold, Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 2,
R19.

[216] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, On the connectivity of random k-th nearest
neighbour graphs, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 4 (196) 343-
362.

[217] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, Hamilton cycles in random graphs and directed
graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 16 (2000) 369-401.

[218] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, Multi-coloured Hamilton cycles in randomly

coloured random graphs, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 11
(2002) 129-134.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 519

[219] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, On a general model of web graphs Random
Structures and Algorithms 22 (2003) 311-335.

[220] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, The Size of the Largest Strongly Connected
Component of a Random Digraph with a Given Degree Sequence, Combi-
natorics, Probability and Computing 13 (2004) 319-337.

[221] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, The cover time of random regular graphs,
SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 18 (2005) 728-740.

[222] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, The cover time of the preferential attachment
graph, Journal of Combinatorial Theory B 97 (2007) 269-290.

[223] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, The cover time of the giant component of a
random graph, Random Structures and Algorithms 32 (2008) 401-439.

[224] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, The cover time of random geometric graphs,
Random Structures and Algorithms 38 (2011) 324-349.

[225] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, Stationary distribution and cover time of ran-
dom walks on random digraphs, Journal of Combinatorial Theory B 102
(2012) 329-362.

[226] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, Component structure induced by a random

walk on a random graph, Random structures and Algorithms 42 (2013)
135-158.

[227] C. Cooper and A.M. Frieze, Long paths in random Apollonian networks,
see arxiv.org.

[228] C. Cooper, A.M. Frieze, N. Ince, S. Janson and J. Spencer, On the length
of a random minimum spanning tree, see arxiv.org.

[229] C.Cooper, A.M. Frieze and M.Krivelevich, Hamilton cycles in random

graphs with a fixed degree sequence, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathe-
matics 24 (2010) 558-569.

[230] C.Cooper, A.M. Frieze and E. Lubetzky, Cover time of a random graph
with given degree sequence II: Allowing vertices of degree two, Random
Structures and Algorithms 45 (2014) 627-674.

[231] C.Cooper, A.M. Frieze and M. Molloy, Hamilton cycles in random regular
digraphs, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 3 (1994) 39-50.
520 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[232] C. Cooper, A,M, Frieze and P. Pralat, Some typical properties of the Spatial
Preferred Attachment model, Internet Mathematics 10 (2014), 27-47.

[233] C. Cooper, A.M. Frieze and B. Reed, Perfect matchings in random r-

regular, s-uniform hypergraphs, Combinatorics, Probability and Comput-
ing 5 (1996) 1-15.

[234] C.Cooper, A.M. Frieze and T. Radzik, The cover time of random walks on
random uniform hypergraphs, Proceeedings of SIROCCO 2011, 210-221.

[235] C. Cooper, A.M. Frieze and B. Reed, Random regular graphs of non-
constant degree: connectivity and Hamilton cycles, Combinatorics, Proba-
bility and Computing 11 (2002) 249-262.

[236] C. Cooper, A.M. Frieze and J. Vera, Random deletions in a scale free ran-
dom graph process, Internet Mathematics 1 (2004) 463-483.

[237] D. Coppersmith and G. Sorkin, Constructive bounds and exact expectations

for the random assignment problem, Random Structures and Algorithms 15
(1999) 133-144.

[238] T. Cover and J. Thomas, Elements of information theory, 2nd Edition,

Wiley-Interscience, 2006.

[239] V. Dani and C. Moore, Independent sets in random graphs from the
weighted second moment method, Proceedings of RANDOM 2011 (2011)
472-482.

[240] A. Darrasse, H-K. Hwang and M. Soria, Shape measures of random in-
creasing k-trees, manuscript (2013).

[241] M. Deijfen and W. Kets, Random intersection graphs with tunable degree
distribution and clustering, Probab. Engrg. Inform. Sci. 23 (2009) 661-674.

[242] D. Dellamonica, Jr., Y. Kohayakawa, V. Rödl, and A. Ruciński, An im-

proved upper bound on the density of universal random graphs, Random
Structures and Algorithms, see arxiv.org.

[243] B. DeMarco and J. Kahn, Tight upper tail bounds for cliques, Random
Structures and Algorithms 41 (2012)

[244] B. DeMarco and J. Kahn, Mantel’s theorem for random graphs, see
arxiv.org.

[245] B. DeMarco and J. Kahn, Turán’s theorem for random graphs, see arxiv.org.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 521

[246] L. Devroye, Branching processes in the analysis of the heights of trees,

Acta Informatica 24 (1987) 277-298.

[247] L. Devroye, O. Fawzi and N. Fraiman, Depth properties of scaled attach-

ment random recursive tree, Random Structures and Algorithms 41 (2012)
66-98.

[248] L. Devroye and N. Fraiman, Connectivity in inhomogeneous random

graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 45 (2013) 408-420.

[249] L. Devroye and H-K. Hwang, Width and mode of the profile for some
random trees of logarithmic height, The Annals of Applied Probability 16
(2006) 886-918.

[250] L. Devroye and S. Janson, Protected nodes and fringe subtrees in some
random trees, Electronic Communications in Probability 19 (2014) 1-10.

[251] L. Devroy and J. Lu, The strong convergence of maximal degrees in uni-
form random recursive trees and dags, Random Structure and Algorithms 7
(1995) 1-14.

[252] J. Dı́az, D. Mitsche and X. Pérez-Giménez, Sharp threshold for hamiltonic-

ity of random geometric graphs, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics
21 (2007) 57-65.

[253] J. Dı́az, X. Pérez-Giménez, J. Serna and N. Wormald, Walkers on the Cycle

and the Grid, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 22 (2008) 747-775.

[254] J. Dı́az, F. Grandoni and A. Marchetti-Spaccamela, Balanced Cut Approx-

imation in Random Geometric Graphs, Theoretical Computer Science 410
(2009) 527-536.

[255] J. Dı́az, M.D. Penrose, J. Petit and M.J. Serna, Approximating layout prob-
lems on random geometric graphs, Journal of Algorithms 39 (2001) 78-116.

[256] J. Ding, J.H. Kim, E. Lubetzky and Y. Peres, Anatomy of a young giant
component in the random graph, Random Structures and Algorithms 39
(2011) 139-178.

[257] J. Ding, E. Lubetzky and Y. Peres, Mixing time of near-critical random

graphs, Annals of Probability 40 3 (2012) 979-1008.

[258] R. DiPietro, L.V. Mancini, A. Mei, A. Panconesi and J. Radhakrishnan, Re-

doubtable sensor networks, ACM Trans. Inform. Systems Security 11 (2008)
1-22.
522 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[259] R.P. Dobrow and R.T. Smythe, Poisson approximations for functionals of
random trees, Random Structures and Algorithms 9 (1996) 79-92.
[260] M. Dondajewski and J. Szymański, On a generalized random recursive tree,
unpublished manuscript.
[261] M. Drmota, Random Trees, Springer, Vienna, 2009.
[262] M. Drmota and H-K. Hwang, Profiles of random trees: Correlation and
width of random recursive trees and binary search trees, Adv. in Appl.
Probab. 37 (2005) 321-341.
[263] A. Dudek and A.M. Frieze, Loose Hamilton Cycles in Random k-Uniform
Hypergraphs, Electronic Journal of Combinatorics (2011) P48.
[264] A. Dudek and A.M. Frieze, Tight Hamilton Cycles in Random Uniform
Hypergraphs, Random structures and Algorithms 42 (2012) 374-385.
[265] A. Dudek, A.M. Frieze, P. Loh and S. Speiss Optimal divisibility conditions
for loose Hamilton cycles in random hypergraphs, Electronic Journal of
Combinatorics 19 (2012).
[266] A. Dudek, A.M. Frieze, A. Ruciński and M. Šileikis, Loose Hamilton Cy-
cles in Regular Hypergraphs, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing
24 (2015) 179-194.
[267] A. Dudek, A.M. Frieze, A. Ruciński and M. Šilekis, Embedding the Erdős-
Rényi Hypergraph into the Random Regular Hypergraph and Hamiltonic-
ity, see arxiv.org.
[268] A. Dudek, A.M. Frieze and C. Tsourakakis, Rainbow connection of random
regular graphs, see arxiv.org.
[269] A. Dudek, D. Mitsche and P. Pralat, The set chromatic number of random
graphs, see arxiv.org.
[270] A. Dudek and P. Pralat, An alternative proof of the linearity of the size-
Ramsey number of paths, to appear in Combinatorics, Probability and
Computing.
[271] A. Dudek, P. Pralat, Acquaintance time of random graphs near connectivity
threshold, see arxiv.org.
[272] R. Durrett, Rigoous result for CHKNS random graph model, In: Proc. Dis-
crete Random Walks (Paris 2003), Discrete Mathematics and Theoretical
Computer Science AC (2003) 95-104.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 523

[273] R. Durrett, Random Graph Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, 2007.

[274] R. Durrett, Probability: Theory and Examples, 4th Edition, Cambridge

University Press 2010.

[275] M. Dwass, The total progeny in a branching process, Journal of Applied

Probability 6 (1969) 682-686.

[276] M.E.Dyer, A.M.Frieze and L.R. Foulds, On the strength of connectivity of

random subgraphs of the n-cube, in Random Graphs ’85, Annals of Discrete
Mathematics 33 (Karoński, Palka Eds.), North-Holland (1987) 17-40.

[277] M. Dyer, A. Flaxman, A. M. Frieze and E. Vigoda, Random colouring

sparse random graphs with fewer colours than the maximum degree, Ran-
dom Structures and Algorithms 29 (2006) 450-465.

[278] M.E.Dyer, A.M.Frieze and C. Greenhill, On the chromatic number of a

random hypergraph, see arxiv.org.

[279] M.E.Dyer, A.M.Frieze and C.J.H.McDiarmid, Linear programs with ran-

dom costs, Mathematical Programming 35 (1986) 3-16.

[280] M.E.Dyer, A.M.Frieze and B. Pittel, The average performance of the

greedy matching algorithm, The Annals of Applied Probability 3 (1993)
526-552.

[281] E. Ebrahimzadeh, L. Farczadi, P. Gao, A. Mehrabian, C. Sato, N. Wormald

and J. Zung, On the Longest Paths and the Diameter in Random Apollonian
Networks.

[282] J. Edmonds, Paths, Trees and Flowers, Canadian Journal of Mathematics

17 (1965) 449-467.

[283] C. Efthymiou, MCMC sampling colourings and independent sets of

G(n, d/n) near uniqueness threshold, Proceedings of SODA 2014 305-316.

[284] G.P. Egorychev, A solution of the Van der Waerden’s permanent problem,
Preprint IFSO-L3 M Academy of Sciences SSSR, Krasnoyarks (1980).

[285] P. Erdős, Graph Theory and Probability, Canadian Journal of Mathematics

11 (1959) 34-38.

[286] P. Erdős and A. Rényi, On random graphs I, Publ. Math. Debrecen 6 (1959)
290-297.
524 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[287] P. Erdős and A. Rényi, On the evolution of random graphs, Publ. Math.
Inst. Hungar. Acad. Sci. 5 (1960) 17-61.

[288] P. Erdős and A. Rényi, On the strength of connectedness of a random graph,

Acta. Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar., 8 (1961) 261-267.

[289] P. Erdős and A. Rényi, On random matrices, Publ. Math. Inst. Hungar.
Acad. Sci. 8 (1964) 455-461.

[290] P. Erdős and A. Rényi, On the existence of a factor of degree one of a

connected random graph, Acta. Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. 17 (1966) 359-
368.

[291] P. Erdős, M. Simonovits and V. T. Sós, Anti-Ramsey Theorems, Col-

loquia Mathematica Societatis János Bolya 10, Infinite and Finite Sets,
Keszethely, 1973.

[292] P. Erdős and M. Simonovits, Supersaturated graphs and hypergraphs, Com-

binatorica 3 (1983) 181-192.

[293] P. Erdős and J. Spencer, Evolution of the n-cube, Computers & Mathemat-
ics with Applications 5 (1979) 33-39.

[294] P. Erdős, S. Suen and P. Winkler, On the size of a random maximal graph,
Random Structures and Algorithms 6 (1995) 309-318.

[295] L. Eschenauer and V.D. Gligor, A key managment scheme for distributed
sensor networks, In: Proceedings of the 9th ACM Conference on Computer
and Communication Security (2002) 41-47.

[296] H. van den Esker, A geometric preferential attachment model with fitness,
see arxiv.org.

[297] R. Fagin, Probabilities in Finite Models, Journal of Symbolic Logic 41

(1976) 50-58.

[298] D.I. Falikman, The proof of the Van der Waerden’s conjecture regarding to
doubly stochastic matrices, Mat. Zametki 29 (1981).

[299] M. Faloutsos, P. Faloutsos and C. Faloutsos, On Power-Law Relationships

of the Internet Topology, ACM SIGCOMM, Boston (1999).

[300] V. Feldman, E. Grigorescu, L. Reyzin, S. Vempala and Y. Xiao, Statistical

Algorithms and a lower bound for detecting planted cliques, STOC 2013.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 525

[301] W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and its Applications, 3rd

Ed., Wiley, New York (1968).

[302] Q. Feng, H.M. Mahmoud and A. Panholzer, Phase changes in subtree va-
rieties in random recursive and binary search trees, SIAM Journal Discrete
Math. 22 (2008) 160-184.

[303] A. Ferber, Closing gaps in problems related to Hamilton cycles in random

graphs and hypergraphs, see arxiv.org.

[304] A. Ferber, R. Glebov, M. Krivelevich and A. Naor, Biased games on ran-

dom boards, to appear in Random Structures and Algorithms.

[305] A. Ferber, G. Kronenberg and E. Long, Packing, Covering and Counting

Hamilton Cycles in Random Directed Graphs, see arxiv.org.

[306] A. Ferber, G. Kronenberg, F. Mousset and C. Shikhelman, Packing a ran-

domly edge-colored random graph with rainbow k-outs, see arxiv.org.

[307] A. Ferber, R. Nenadov and U. Peter, Universality of random graphs and

rainbow embedding, see arxiv.org.

[308] A. Ferber, R. Nenadov, A. Noever, U. Peter and N. Škorić, Robust hamil-

tonicity of random directed graphs, see arxiv.org.

[309] T.I. Fenner and A.M. Frieze, On the connectivity of random m-orientable
graphs and digraphs, Combinatorica 2 (1982) 347-359.

[310] D. Fernholz ande V. Ramachandran, The diameter of sparse random graphs,

Random Structures and Algorithms 31 (2007) 482-516.

[311] J.A. Fill, E.R. Scheinerman and K.B. Singer-Cohen, Random intersection
graphs when m = ω(n): An equivalence theorem relating the evolution the
evolution of the G(n, m, p) and G(n, p) models, Random Structures and
Algorithms 16 (2000) 156-176.

[312] M. Fischer, N. Škorić, A. Steger and M. Trujić, Triangle resilience of the

square of a Hamilton cycle in random graphs, see arxiv.org.

[313] G. Fiz Pontiveros, S. Griffiths and R. Morris, The triangle-free process and
R(3, k), see arxiv.org.

[314] A. Flaxman, The Lower Tail of the Random Minimum Spanning Tree, The
Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 14 (2007) N3.
526 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[315] A. Flaxman, A.M. Frieze and T. Fenner, High degree vertices and eigen-
values in the preferential attachment graph, Internet Mathematics 2 (2005)
1-20.

[316] A.Flaxman, A.M. Frieze and J. Vera, A Geometric Preferential Attachment

Model of Networks, Internet Mathematics 3 (2007) 187-205.

[317] A.Flaxman, A.M. Frieze and J.Vera, A Geometric Preferential Attachment

Model of Networks, Internet Mathematics 4 (2007) 87-112.

[318] A. Flaxman, A.M. Frieze and J. Vera, Adversarial deletions in a scale

free random graph process, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 16
(2007) 261-270.

[319] A. Flaxman, D. Gamarnik and G.B. Sorkin, Embracing the giant compo-
nent, Random Structures and Algorithms 27 (2005) 277-289.

[320] J.E. Folkert, The distribution of the number of components of a random

mapping function, PhD Dissertation, Michigan State University, (1955).

[321] C.M. Fortuin, P.W. Kasteleyn and J. Ginibre, Correlation inequalities on

some partially ordered sets, Communications in Mathematical Physics 22
(1971) 89-103.

[322] N. Fountoulakis, On the evolution of random graphs on spaces of negative

curvature, see arxiv.org.

[323] N. Fountalakis and K. Panagiotou, Sharp load thresholds for cuckoo hash-
ing, Random Structures and Algorithms 41 (2012) 306-333.

[324] N. Fountalakis, M. Khosla and K. Panagiotou, The Multiple-orientability

Thresholds for Random Hypergraphs, see arxiv.org.

[325] N. Fountoulakis, D. Kühn and D. Osthus, The order of the largest complete
minor in a random graph, Random Structures and Algorithms 33 (2008)
127-141.

[326] N. Fountoulakis and B. A. Reed, The evolution of the mixing rate of a

simple random walk on the giant component of a random graph, Random
Structures Algorithms 33 (2008) 68-86.

[327] K. Frankston, J. Kahn, B. Narayanan and J. Park, Thresholds versus frac-

tional expectation thresholds, see arxiv.org.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 527

[328] E. Friedgut, Hunting for Sharp Thresholds, Random Structures Algorithms

26 (2005) 37-51.

[329] E. Friedgut and G. Kalai, Every Monotone Graph Property Has a Sharp
Threshold, Proceedings of the American Mathematical Society 124 (1996)
2993-3002.

[330] E. Friedgut, Sharp Thresholds of Graph Proprties, and the k-sat Problem,
Journal of the American Mathematical Society 12 (1999) 1017-1054.

[331] J. Friedman, A proof of Alon’s second eigenvalue conjecture and related

problems, Memoirs of the American Mathematical Society, 2008.

[332] T. Friedrich and A. Krohmer, Cliques in hyperbolic random graphs, IEEE

INFOCOM (2015).

[333] T. Friedrich, T. Sauerwald and A. Stauffer, Diameter and Broadcast Time

of Random Geometric Graphs in Arbitrary Dimensions, Algorithmica 67
(2013) 65-88.

[334] A.M. Frieze, On the value of a random minimum spanning tree problem,
Discrete Applied Mathematics 10 (1985) 47-56.

[335] A.M. Frieze, On large matchings and cycles in sparse random graphs, Dis-
crete Mathematics 59 (1986) 243-256.

[336] A.M. Frieze, Maximum matchings in a class of random graphs, Journal of

Combinatorial Theory B 40 (1986) 196-212.

[337] A.M. Frieze, An algorithm for finding hamilton cycles in random digraphs,
Journal of Algorithms 9 (1988) 181-204.

[338] A.M. Frieze, On random regular graphs with non-constant degree,

http://www.math.cmu.edu/ af1p/Texfiles/REGNONCONSTANT.pdf.

[339] A.M. Frieze, On the independence number of random graphs, Discrete

Mathematics 81 (1990) 171-176.

[340] A.M. Frieze, Perfect matchings in random bipartite graphs with minimal
degree at least 2, Random Structures and Algorithms 26 (2005) 319-358.

[341] A.M. Frieze, Loose Hamilton Cycles in Random 3-Uniform Hypergraphs,

Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 17 (2010) N28.
528 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[342] A.M. Frieze, On a Greedy 2-Matching Algorithm and Hamilton Cycles in

Random Graphs with Minimum Degree at Least Three, Random Structures
and Algorithms 45 (2014) 443-497.

[343] A.M. Frieze, N. Goyal, L. Rademacher and S. Vempala, Expanders via

Random Spanning Trees, SIAM Journal on Computing 43 (2014) 497-513.

[344] A.M. Frieze and S. Haber, An almost linear time algorithm for finding
Hamilton cycles in sparse random graphs with minimum degree at least
three, to appear in Random Structures and Algorithms.

[345] A.M. Frieze, S. Haber and M. M. Lavrov, On the game chromatic number
of sparse random graphs, SIAM Journal of Discrete Mathematics 27 (2013)
768-790.

[346] A.M. Frieze, M.R.Jerrum, M.Molloy, R.Robinson and N.C.Wormald, Gen-

erating and counting Hamilton cycles in random regular graphs, Journal of
Algorithms 21 (1996) 176-198.

[347] A.M. Frieze and T. Johansson, On random k-out sub-graphs of large graphs,
see arxiv.org.

[348] A.M. Frieze and R. Kannan, A new approach to the planted clique prob-
lem, Proceedings of Foundations of Software Technology and Theoretical
Computer Science, Bangalore, India (2008).

[349] A.M. Frieze and M. Krivelevich, On two Hamilton cycle problems in ran-
dom graphs, Israel Journal of Mathematics 166 (2008) 221-234.

[350] A.M. Frieze, M. Krivelevich and C. Smyth, On the chromatic number of

random graphs with a fixed degree sequence, Combinatorics, Probability
and Computing 16 (2007) 733-746.

[351] A.M. Frieze, S. Haber and M. Lavrov, On the game chromatic number of
sparse random graphs, SIAM Journal of Discrete Mathematics 27 (2013)
768-790.

[352] A.M. Frieze and P. Loh, Rainbow Hamilton cycles in random graphs, Ran-
dom Structures and Algorithms 44 (2014) 328-354.

[353] A.M. Frieze and T. Łuczak, Hamiltonian cycles in a class of random graphs:
one step further, in em Proceedings of Random Graphs ’87, Edited by
M.Karonski, J.Jaworski and A.Rucinski, John Wiley and Sons (1990) 53-
59.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 529

[354] A.M. Frieze and T. Łuczak, Edge disjoint trees in random graphs, Periodica
Mathematica Hungarica 21 (1990) 28-30.

[355] A.M. Frieze and T. Łuczak, On the independence and chromatic numbers
of random regular graphs, Journal of Combinatorial Theory 54 (1992) 123-
132.

[356] A.M. Frieze and C.J.H. McDiarmid, On random minimum length spanning
trees, Combinatorica 9 (1989) 363 - 374.

[357] A.M. Frieze and B.D. McKay, Multicoloured trees in random graphs, Ran-
dom Structures and Algorithms 5 (1994) 45-56.

[358] A.M. Frieze and P. Melsted, Maximum Matchings in Random Bipartite

Graphs and the Space Utilization of Cuckoo Hashtables, Random Struc-
tures and Algorithms 41 (2012) 334-364.

[359] A.M. Frieze, D. Mitsche, X. Pérez-Giménez and P. Pralat, On-line list

colouring of random graphs, see arxiv.org.

[360] A.M. Frieze and W. Pegden, Between 2- and 3-colorability, see arxiv.org.

[361] A.M. Frieze and W. Pegden, Looking for vertex number one, see arxiv.org.

[362] A.M. Frieze and B. Pittel, Perfect matchings in random graphs with pre-
scribed minimal degree, Trends in Mathematics, Birkhauser Verlag, Basel
(2004) 95-132.

[363] A.M. Frieze, M.Ruszinko and L.Thoma, A note on random minimum

length spanning trees, Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 7 (2000) R41.

[364] A.M. Frieze and G. Sorkin, Efficient algorithms for three-dimensional ax-
ial and planar random assignment problems, Random Structures and Algo-
rithms 46 (2015) 160-196.

[365] A.M. Frieze and C. Tsourakakis, High Degree Vertices, Eigenvalues and
Diameter of Random Apollonian Networks, WAW2012 (2012).

[366] A.M. Frieze and C. E. Tsourakakis, Rainbow connectivity of sparse random

graphs, Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 19 (2012).

[367] A.M. Frieze and L. Zhao, Optimal Construction of Edge-Disjoint Paths

in Random Regular Graphs, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 9
(2000) 241-264.
530 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[368] M. Fuchs, The subtree size profile of plane-oriented recursive trees,

manuscript

[369] M. Fuchs, H-K. Hwang, R. Neininger, Profiles of random trees: Limit the-
orems for random recursive trees and binary search trees,Algorithmica 46
(2006) 367-407.

[370] Z. Füredi and J. Komlós, The eigenvalues of random symmetric matrics,

Combinatorica 1 (1981) 233-241.

[371] D. Gale and L. S. Shapley, College Admissions and the Stability of Mar-
riage, American Mathematical Monthly 69 (1962) 9-14.

[372] P. Gao and M. Molloy, The stripping process can be slow, see arxiv.org.

[373] P. Gao, X. Pérez-Giménez and C. M. Sato, Arboricity and spanning-

tree packing in random graphs with an application to load balancing, see
arxiv.org.

[374] P. Gao and N. Wormald, Orientability thresholds for random hypergraphs,

see arxiv.org.

[375] J. Gastwirth, A probability model of a pyramid scheme, American Statisti-

cian 31 (1977) 79-82.

[376] H. Gebauer and T. Szabó, Asymptotic random graph intuition for the biased
connectivity game, Random Structures and Algorithms 35 (2009) 431-443.

[377] S. Gerke, H-J. Prömel, T. Schickinger, A. Steger and A. Taraz, K4 -free

subgraphs of random graphs revisited, Combinatorica 27 (2007) 329-365.

[378] S. Gerke, H-J. Prömel, T. Schickinger, K5 -free subgfraphs of random

graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 24 (2004) 194-232.

[379] S. Gerke, D. Schlatter, A. Steger and A. Taraz, The random planar graphs
process, Random Structures and Algorithms 32 (2008) 236-261.

[380] I.B. Gertsbakh, Epidemic processes on random graphs: Some preliminary

results, J. Appl. Prob. 14 (1977) 427-438.

[381] I. Gessel and R.P. Stanley, Stirling polynomials, Journal of Combinatorial

Theory A 24 (1978) 24-33.

[382] E.N. Gilbert, Random graphs, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 30 (1959)

1141-1144.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 531

[383] O. Giménez and M. Noy, Asymptotic enumeration and limit laws of planar
graphs, Journal of the American Mathematical Society 22 (2009) 309-329.

[384] R. Glebov and M. Krivelevich, On the number of Hamilton cycles in sparse

random graphs, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 27 (2013) 27-42.

[385] R. Glebov, H. Naves and B. Sudakov, The threshold probability for cycles,
see arxiv.org.

[386] Y.V. Glebskii, D.I. Kogan, M.I. Liagonkii and V.A. Talanov, Range and
degree of realizability of formulas in the restricted predicate calculus, Cy-
bernetics 5 (1969) 142-154.

[387] E. Godehardt and J.Jaworski, On the connectivity of a random interval

graph, Random Structures and Algorithms 9 (1996) 137-161.

[388] E. Godehardt and J. Jaworski, Two models of random intersection

graphs for classification, in: Data Analysis and Knowledge Organization,
Springer, Berlin, 22 (2003) 67-82.

[389] E. Godehardt, J. Jaworski and K. Rybarczyk, On the connectivity of ran-

dom intersection graphs, In: Studies in Classification, Data Analysis and
Knowledge Organization 33, Lenz H. J., Decker R., (Eds), Springer Ver-
lag,Heidelberg - Berlin (2007) 67-74.

[390] A. Goel, S. Rai and B. Krishnamachari, Monotone properties of Random

geometric graphs have sharp thresholds, Annals of Applied Probability 15
(2005) 2535-2552.

[391] W. Goh, E. Schmutz, Limit distribution for the maximum degree of a ran-
dom recursive tree, Journal of Computing and Applied Mathematics 142
(2002) 61-82.

[392] Ch. Goldschmidt and J.B. Martin, Random recursive trees and the
Bolthausen-Sznitman coalescent, Electronic Journal of Probability 10
(2005) 718-745.

[393] S.W. Golomb, Random permutations, Bulletin of the American Mathemat-

ical Society 70 (1964) 747.

[394] V.L. Goncharov, Sur la distribution des cycles dans les permutations C.R.
Acad. Sci USSR (N.S.) 35, (1942) 267-269.
532 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[395] V.L. Goncharov, Some facts in combinatorics, Izv. Acad. Nauk SSSR, Ser.
Mat. 8 (1944) 3-48 (in Russian). [See also: On the field of combinatory
analysis, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1962) 1-46.]

[396] D. A. Grable, On random greedy triangle packing, Electronic Journal on

Combinatorics 4 (1997) R11.

[397] R. Gray, Entropy and Information Theory, Springer, 2011.

[398] C. Greenhill, S. Janson and A. Ruciński, On the number of perfect match-

ings in random lifts, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 19 (2010)
791-817.

[399] G.R. Grimmett, Random labelled trees and their branching networks, Jour-
nal of the Australian Mathematical Society 30 (1980) 229-237.

[400] G. Grimmett and C. McDiarmid, On colouring random graphs, Mathemat-

ical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 77 (1975) 313-
324.

[401] C. Groër, B.D. Sullivan and S. Poole, A mathematical analysis of the R-

MAT random graph generator, Networks,58 (2011) 159-170.

[402] L. Gugelmann, K. Panagiotou and U. Peter, Random hyperbolic graphs:

Degree sequence and clustering, Proceedings of the 39th International Col-
loquium Conference on Automata, Languages, and Programming ( ICALP)
(2012) 573-585.

[403] P. Gupta and P.R. Kumar, Critical Power for Asymptotic Connectivity in
Wireless Networks, in Stochastic Analysis, Control, Optimization and Ap-
plications: A Volume in Honor of W. H. Fleming, W. M. McEneany, G. Yin,
and Q. Zhang, Eds. Boston, MA: Birkhauser, (1998) 547-566.

[404] Y. Gurevich and S. Shelah, Expected computation time for Hamiltonian

path problem, SIAM Journal on Computing 16 (1987) 486-502.

[405] E. Győri, B. Rorthchild and A. Ruciński, Every graph is contained in a

sparest possible balanced graph, Mathematical Proceedings of the Cam-
bridge Philosophical Society 98 (1985) 397-401.

[406] S. Haber and M. Krivelevich, The logic of random regular graphs, Journal
of Combinatorics 1 (2010) 389-440.

[407] On resilience of connectivity in the evolution of random graphs, see

arxiv.org.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 533

[408] A. Hamm and J. Kahn, On Erdős-Ko-Rado for random hypergraphs I, see

arxiv.org.

[409] A. Hamm and J. Kahn, On Erdős-Ko-Rado for random hypergraphs II, see
arxiv.org.

[410] J.C. Hansen and J. Jaworski, Random mappings with exchangeable in-
degrees, Random Structures and Algorithms 33 (2008) 105-126.

[411] J.C. Hansen and J. Jaworski, Predecessors and successors in random map-
pings with exchangeable in-degrees, J. Applied Probability 50 (2013) 721-
740.

[412] T. Harris, A lower bound for the critical probability in a certain percolation,
Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 56 (1960) 13-20.

[413] H. Hatami, Random cubic graphs are not homomorphic to the cycle of size
7, Journal of Combinatorial Theory B 93 (2005) 319-325.

[414] H. Hatami and M. Molloy, The scaling window for a random graph with a
given degree sequence, Random Structures and Algorithms 41 (2012) 99-
123.

[415] P. Haxell, Y. Kohayakawa and T. Łuczak, Turáns extremal problem in ran-

dom graphs: forbidding even cycles, Journal of Combinatorial Theory B
64 (1995) 273-287.

[416] P. Haxell, Y. Kohayakawa and T. Łuczak, Turáns extremal problem in ran-

dom graphs: forbidding odd cycles, Combinatorica 16 (1995) 107-122.

[417] J. He and H. Liang, On rainbow-k-connectivity of random graphs, Infor-

mation Processing Letters 112 (2012) 406-410.

[418] A. Heckel and O. Riordan, The hitting time of rainbow connection number
two, Electronic Journal on Combinatorics 19 (2012).

[419] D. Hefetz, M. Krivelevich, M. Stojaković and T. Szabó, Positional Games

(Oberwolfach Seminars), Birkhauser 2014.

[420] D. Hefetz, M. Krivelevich and T. Szabo, Sharp threshold for the appear-
ance of certain spanning trees in random graphs, Random Structures and
Algorithms 41 (2012) 391-412.

[421] D. Hefetz, A. Steger and B. Sudakov, Random directed graphs are robustly
Hamiltonian, Random Structures and Algorithms 49 (2016) 345-362.
534 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[422] D. Hefetz, A. Steger and B. Sudakov, Random directed graphs are robustly
hamiltonian, see arxiv.org.
[423] W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random vari-
ables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58 (1963) 13-30.
[424] R. van der Hofstad, Random graphs and complex networks: Volume 1, see
arxiv.org.
[425] R. van der Hofstad, Critical behaviour in inhomogeneous random graphs,
Random Structures and Algorithms 42 (2013) 480-508.
[426] R. van der Hofstad, G. Hooghiemstra and P. Van Mieghem, On the covari-
ance of the level sizes in random recursive trees, Random Structures and
Algorithms 20 (2002) 519-539.
[427] R. van der Hofstad, S. Kliem and J. van Leeuwaarden, Cluster tails for
critical power-law inhomogeneous random graphs, see arxiv.org
[428] C. Holmgren and S. Janson, Limit laws for functions of fringe trees for
binary search trees and recursive trees, see arxiv.org
[429] P. Horn and M. Radcliffe, Giant components in Kronecker graphs, Random
Structures and Algorithms 40 (2012) 385-397.
[430] H-K. Hwang, Profiles of random trees: plane-oriented recursive trees, Ran-
dom Structures and Algorithms 30 (2007) 380-413.
[431] G.I. Ivchenko, On the asymptotic behaviour of the degrees of vertices in a
random graph, Theory of Probability and Applications 18 (1973) 188-195.
[432] S. Janson, Poisson convergence and Poisson processes with applications to
random graphs, Stochastic Process. Appl. 26 (1987) 1-30.
[433] S. Janson, Normal convergence by higher semi-invariants with applications
to random graphs, Ann. Probab. 16 (1988) 305-312.
[434] S. Janson, A functional limit theorem for random graphs with applications
to subgraph count statistics Random Structures and Algorithms 1 (1990)
15-37.
[435] S. Janson, Poisson approximation for large deviations, Random Structures
and Algorithms 1 (1990) 221-230.
[436] S. Janson, Multicyclic components in a random graph process, Random
Structures and Algorithms 4 (1993) 71-84.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 535

[437] S. Janson, The numbers of spanning trees, Hamilton cycles and perfect
matchings in a random graph, Combin. Probab. Comput. 3 (1994) 97-126.

[438] S. Janson, The minimal spanning tree in a complete graph and a functional
limit theorem for trees in a random graph, Random Structures Algorithms
7 (1995) 337-355.

[439] S. Janson, Random regular graphs: Asymptotic distributions and contigu-

ity, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 4 (1995) 369-405.

[440] S. Janson, One, two and three times log n/n for paths in a complete graph
with random weights, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 8 (1999)
347-361.

[441] S. Janson, Asymptotic degree distribution in random recursive trees, Ran-

dom Structures and Algorithms, 26 (2005) 69-83.

[442] S. Janson, Monotonicity, asymptotic normality and vertex degrees in ran-

dom graphs, Bernoulli 13 (2007) 952-965.

[443] S. Janson, Plane recursive trees, Stirling permutations and an urn

model,Fifth Colloquium on Mathematics and Computer Science, Discrete
Math. Theor. Comput. Sci. Proc., AI, Assoc. Discrete Math. Theor. Comput.
Sci., Nancy, (2008) 541-547.

[444] S. Janson, Asymptotic equivalence and contiguity of some random graphs,

Random StructuresAlgorithms 36 (2010) 26-45.

[445] S. Janson, M. Kuba and A. Panholzer, Generalized Stirling permutations,

families of increasing trees and urn models, Journal of Combinatorial The-
ory A 118 (2010) 94-114.

[446] S. Janson and M.J. Luczak, A simple solution to the k-core problem, Ran-
dom Structures Algorithms 30 (2007) 50-62.

[447] S. Janson, K. Oleszkiewicz and A. Ruciński, Upper tails for subgraph

counts in random graphs, Israel Journal of Mathematics 142 (2004) 61-
92.

[448] S. Janson, T. Łuczak, A. Ruciński, An exponential bound for the probability

of nonexistence of a specified subgraph in a random graph, M. Karoński
(ed.) J. Jaworski (ed.) A. Ruciski (ed.) , Random Graphs ’87 , Wiley (1990)
73-87.
536 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[449] S. Janson, T. Łuczak and A. Ruciński, Random Graphs, John Wiley and
Sons, New York, 2000.

[450] S. Janson and K. Nowicki, The asymptotic distributions ofgeneralized U-

statistics with applications to random graphs, Probability Theory and Re-
lated Fields 90 (1991) 341-375.

[451] S. Janson and O. Riordan, Susceptibility in inhomogeneous random graphs,

The Electr. J. Comb. 19 (2012) #P31

[452] S. Janson and N. Wormald, Rainbow Hamilton cycles in random regular

graphs, Random Structures Algorithms 30 (2007) 35-49.

[453] S. Janson, D.E. Knuth, T. Łuczak and B.G. Pittel, The birth of the giant
component, Random Structures and Algorithms 4 (1993) 233-358.

[454] J. Janssen, P. Pralat, and R. Wilson, Geometric Graph Properties of the

Spatial Preferred Attachment model, Advances in Applied Mathematics 50
(2013) 243-267.

[455] J. Janssen, P. Pralat, and R. Wilson, Asymmetric Distribution of Nodes in

the Spatial Preferred Attachment Model, Proceedings of the 10th Workshop
on Algorithms and Models for the Web Graph (WAW 2013), Lecture Notes
in Computer Science 8305, Springer (2013) 1-13.

[456] J. Jaworski, On a random mapping (T, Pj ), J. Applied Probability 21 (1984)

186-191.

[457] J. Jaworski, Random mappings with independent choices of images, In:

Random Graphs’87, Wiley, New York (1990) 89-101.

[458] J. Jaworski, Predecessors in a random mapping, Random Structures and

Algorithms 13 (1998) 501-519.

[459] J. Jaworski, Epidemic processes on digraphs of random mappings, J. Ap-

plied Probabability 36 (1999) 780-798.

[460] J. Jaworski and T. Łuczak, Cycles in a uniform graph process, Combina-

torics, Probability and Computing 1 (1992) 223-239.

[461] J. Jaworski and Z. Palka, Remarks on a general model of a random di-

graph,Ars Combinatoria 65 (2002) 135-144.

[462] J. Jaworski and I.H. Smit, On a random digraph, Annals of Discrete Math.
33 (1987) 111-127.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 537

[463] J. Jaworski, M. Karoński and D. Stark, The degree of a typical vertex in

generalized random intersection graph model, Discrete Mathematics 30
(2006) 2152-2165.

[464] J. Jaworski and D. Stark, The vertex degree distribution of passive random
intersection graph models, Combin. Prob Comput. 17 (2008) 549-558.

[465] M.R. Jerrum, Large Cliques Elude the Metropolis Process, Random Struc-
tures and Algorithms 3 (1992) 347-359.

[466] J. Jiang, M. Mitzenmacher and J. Thaler, Parallel Peeling Algorithms, see

arxiv.org.

[467] J. Jonasson, On the cover time of random walks on random graphs, Com-
binatorics, Probability and Computing 7 (1998), 265-279.

[468] A. Johansson, J. Kahn and V. Vu, Factors in Random Graphs, Random

Structures and Algorithms 33 (2008) 1-28.

[469] J. Jordan, Geometric preferential attachment in non-uniform metric spaces,

Electronic Journal of Probability 18 (2013) 1-15.

[470] J. Jordan and A. Wade, Phase transitions for random geometric preferential
attachment graphs, Advances in Applied Probability 47 (2015).

[471] F. Juhász, On the spectrum of a random graph, in Algebraic methods in

graph theory, (Lovász et al., eds) Coll. Math. Soc. J. Bolyai, North Holland
25 (1981) 313-316.

[472] J. Kahn, E. Lubetzky and N. Wormald, The threshold for combs in random
graphs, see arxiv.org.

[473] J. Kahn, E. Lubetzky and N. Wormald, Cycle factors and renewal theory,
see arxiv.org.

[474] J. Kahn, B. Narayanan and J. Park, The threshold for the square of a Hamil-
ton cycle, see arxiv.org.

[475] J. Kahn and E. Szemerédi, On the second eigenvalue in random regular

graphs - Section 2, Proceedings of the 21’st Annual ACM Symposium on
Theory of Computing (1989) 587-598.

[476] M. Kahle, Topology of random simplicial complexes: a survey, AMS Con-

temporary Volumes in Mathematics, To appear in AMS Contemporary Vol-
umes in Mathematics. Nov 2014. arXiv:1301.7165.
538 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[477] S. Kalikow and B. Weiss, When are random graphs connected? Israel J.
Math. 62 (1988) 257-268.

[478] N. Kamčev, M. Krivelevich and B. Sudakov, Some Remarks on Rainbow

Connectivity, see arxiv.org.

[479] M. Kang, M. Karoński, C. Koch and T. Makai, Properties of stochastic

Kronecker graphs, Journal of Combinatorics, to appear.

[480] M. Kang and T. Łuczak, Two critical periods in the evolution of random
planar graphs, Transactions of the American Mathematical Society 364
(2012) 4239-4265.

[481] M. Kang, W. Perkins and J. Spencer, The Bohman-Frieze Process Near

Criticality, see arxiv.org.

[482] D. Karger and C. Stein, A new approach to the minimum cut problem,
Journal of the ACM 43 (1996) 601-640.

[483] M. Karoński, A review of random graphs, Journal of Graph Theory 6

(1982) 349-389.

[484] M. Karoński, Random graphs, In: Handbook of Combinatorics, T. Gra-

ham, M. Grötschel and L. Lovás, Eds., Elsevier science B.V. (1995) 351-
380.

[485] M. Karoński and T. Łuczak, The phase transition in a random hypergraph,

Journal of Computational and Applied Mathematics 1 (2002) 125-135.

[486] M. Karoński and B. Pittel, Existence of a perfect matching in a random

(1 + ε −1 )–out bipartite graph, Journal of Combinatorial Theory B (2003)
1-16.

[487] M. Karoński and A. Ruciński, On the number of strictly balanced sub-

graphs of a random graph, In: Graph Theory, Proc. Łagów, 1981, Lecture
Notes in Mathematics 1018, Springer, Berlin (1983) 79-83.

[488] M. Karoński and A. Ruciński, Problem 4, In Graphs and other Combi-

natorial Topics, Proceedings, Third Czech. Symposium on Graph Theory,
Prague (1983).

[489] M. Karoński and A. Ruciński, Poisson convergence and semi-induced prop-

erties of random graphs, Math. Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 101 (1987) 291-300.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 539

[490] M. Karoński, E. Scheinerman and K. Singer-Cohen, On Random Inter-

section Graphs: The Subgraph Problem, Combinatorics, Probability and
Computing 8 (1999) 131-159.

[491] R.M. Karp, An upper bound on the expected cost of an optimal assignment,
Discrete Algorithms and Complexity: Proceedings of the Japan-US Joint
Seminar (D. Johnson et al., eds.), Academic Press, New York, 1987, 1-4.

[492] R.M. Karp, The transitive closure of a random digraph, Random Structures
and Algorithms 1 (1990) 73-93.

[493] R.M. Karp, A. Rinnooy-Kan and R.V. Vohra, Average Case Analysis of
a Heuristic for the Assignment Problem, Mathematics of Operations Re-
search 19 (1994) 513-522.

[494] R.M. Karp and M. Sipser, Maximum matchings in sparse random graphs,
Proceedings of the 22nd IEEE Symposium on the Foundations of Computer
Science (1981) 364-375.

[495] Zs. Katona, Width of scale-free tree, J. of Appl. Prob. 42 (2005) 839-850.

[496] Zs. Katona, Levels of scale-free tree, manuscript

[497] L. Katz, Probability of indecomposability of a random mapping function,

Ann. Math. Statist. 26 (1955) 512-517.

[498] G. Kemkes, X. Perez-Gimenez and N. Wormald, On the chromatic number

of random d-regular graphs, Advances in Mathematics 223 (2010) 300-328.

[499] R. Keusch and A. Steger, The game chromatic number of dense random
graphs, Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 21 (2014).

[500] J-H. Kim, The Ramsey number R(3,t) has order of magnitude t 2 / logt,
Random Structures and Algorithms (1995) 173-207.

[501] J-H. Kim and V. Vu, Sandwiching random graphs: universality between
random graph models, Advances in Mathematics 188 (2004) 444-469.

[502] J.H. Kim and N.C. Wormald, Random matchings which induce Hamilton
cycles, and hamiltonian decompositions of random regular graphs, Journal
of Combinatorial Theory B 81 (2001) 20-44.

[503] J.F.C. Kingman, The population structure associated with the Ewens sam-
pling formula, Theoretical Population Biology 11 (1977) 274-283.
540 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[504] W. Kinnersley, D. Mitsche, P. Pralat, A note on the acquaintance time of

random graphs, Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 20(3) (2013) #P52.

[505] M. Kiwi and D. Mitsche, A bound for the diameter of random hyperbolic
graphs, see arxiv.org.

[506] J. Kleinberg, The small-world phenomenon: An algorithmic perspective,

Proceedings of the 32nd ACM Symposium on Theory of Computing (2000)
163-170.

[507] D. E. Knuth, R. Motwani and B. Pittel, Stable husbands, Random Structures

and Algorithms 1 (1990) 1-14.

[508] F. Knox, D. Kühn and D. Osthus, Edge-disjoint Hamilton cycles in random

graphs, to appear in Random Structures and Algorithms.

[509] L.M. Koganov, Universal bijection between Gessel-Stanley permutations

and diagrams of connections of corresponding ranks, Mathematical Sur-
veys 51 (1996) 333-335.

[510] Y. Kohayakawa, B. Kreuter and A. Steger, An extremal problem for random

graphs and the number of graphs with large even girth, Combinatorica 18
(1998) 101-120.

[511] Y. Kohayakawa, T. Łuczak and V. Rödl, On K4 -free subgraphs of random

graphs, Combinatorica 17 (1997) 173-213.

[512] J. Komlós and E. Szemerédi, Limit distributions for the existence of Hamil-
ton circuits in a random graph, Discrete Mathematics 43 (1983) 55-63.

[513] V.F. Kolchin, A problem of the allocation of particles in cells and cycles of
random permutations, Theory Probab. Appl. 16 (1971) 74-90.

[514] V.F. Kolchin, Branching processes, random trees, and a generalized scheme
of arrangements of particles, Mathematical Notes 21 (1977) 386-394.

[515] V.F. Kolchin, Random Mappings, Optimization Software, Inc., New York
(1986).

[516] V.F. Kolchin, Random Graphs, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge

(1999).

[517] W. Kordecki, On the connectedness of random hypergraphs, Commenta-

ciones Mathematicae 25 (1985) 265-283.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 541

[518] W. Kordecki, Normal approximation and isolated vertices in random

graphs, In: Random Graphs’87, Eds. M. Karoński, J. Jaworski and A.
Ruciński, John Wiley and Sons, Chichester (1990) 131-139.

[519] I.N. Kovalenko, Theory of random graphs, Cybernetics and Systems Anal-
ysis 7 (1971) 575-579.

[520] D. Krioukov, F. Papadopoulos, M. Kitsak, A. Vahdat, and M. Boguñá,

Hyperbolic geometry of complex networks, Physics Review E (2010)
82:036106.

[521] M. Krivelevich, The choice number of dense random graphs, Combina-

torics, Probability and Computing 9 (2000) 19-26.

[522] M. Krivelevich, C. Lee and B. Sudakov, Resilient pancyclicity of random

and pseudo-random graphs, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 24
(2010) 1-16.

[523] M. Krivelevich, C. Lee and B. Sudakov, Long paths and cycles in random
subgraphs of graphs with large minimum degree, see arxiv.org.

[524] M. Krivelevich, P.-S. Loh and B. Sudakov, Avoiding small subgraphs in

Achlioptas processes, Random Structures and Algorithms 34 (2009) 165-
195.

[525] M. Krivelevich, E. Lubetzky and B. Sudakov, Hamiltonicity thresholds in

Achlioptas processes, Random Structures and Algorithms 37 (2010) 1-24.

[526] M. Krivelevich, A. Lubetzky and B. Sudakov, Longest cycles in sparse

random digraphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 43 (2013) 1-15.

[527] M. Krivelevich, E. Lubetzky and B. Sudakov, Cores of random graphs are

born Hamiltonian, Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society 109
(2014) 161-188.

[528] M. Krivelevich and W. Samotij, Optimal packings of Hamilton cycles in

sparse random graphs, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 26 (2012)
964-982.

[529] M. Krivelevich and B. Sudakov, The chromatic numbers of random hyper-

graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 12 (1998) 381-403.

[530] M. Krivelevich and B. Sudakov, Minors in expanding graphs, Geometric

and Functional Analysis 19 (2009) 294-331.
542 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[531] M. Krivelevich and B. Sudakov, The phase transition in random graphs - a

simple proof, Random Structures and Algorithms 43 (2013) 131-138.

[532] M. Krivelevich, B. Sudakov, V. Vu and N. Wormald, Random regular

graphs of high degree, Random Structures and Algorithms 18 (2001) 346-
363.

[533] M. Krivelevich, B. Sudakov, V.H. Vu and N.C. Wormald, On the probability

of independent sets in random graphs, Random Structures & Algorithms 22
(2003) 1-14.

[534] M. Krivelevich, V.H. Vu, Choosability in random hypergraphs, Journal of

Combinatorial Theory B 83 (2001) 241-257.

[535] M. Kuba and A. Panholzer, On the degree distribution of the nodes in in-
creasing trees, J. Combinatorial Theory (A) 114 (2007) 597-618.

[536] L. Kucera, Expected complexity of graph partitioning problems, Discrete

Applied Mathematics 57 (1995) 193-212.

[537] D. Kühn and D. Osthus, On Pósa’s conjecture for random graphs, SIAM
Journal on Discrete Mathematics 26 (2012) 1440-1457.

[538] V. Kurauskas, On small subgraphs in random intersection digraphs, Dis-

crete Mathematics 313 (2013) 872-885.

[539] V. Kurauskas and M. Bloznelis, Large cliques in sparse random intersection

graphs, see arxiv.org.

[540] A.N. Lageras and M. Lindholm, A note on the component structure in ran-
dom intersection graphs with tunable clustering, The Electronic Journal of
Combinatorics 15 (2008) #N10.

[541] C. Lee and B. Sudakov, Dirac’s theorem for random graphs, Random Struc-
tures and Algorithms 41 (2012) 293-305.

[542] M. Lelarge, A new approach to the orientation of random hypergraphs, see

arxiv.org.

[543] C. Lennon and B. Pittel, On a likely number of solutions for a stable mar-
riage problem, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing (2009) 371-421.

[544] J. Leskovec, Dynamics of Large Networks, PhD in Computer Science,

Carnegie Mellon University, 2008.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 543

[545] J. Leskovec, D. Chakrabarti, J. Kleinberg and C. Faloutsos, Realistic, math-

ematically tractable graph generation and evolution, using Kronecker mul-
tiplication, in:PKDD ’05: Proceedings of the 9th European Conference on
Principles and Practice of Knowledge Discovery in Databases (2005) 133-
145.

[546] J. Leskovec, J. Kleinberg, and C. Faloutsos, Graphs over time:densification

laws, shrinking diameters and possible explanations, in Proc. of ACM
SIGKDD Conf. on Knowledge Discovery in Data Mining (2005) 177-187.

[547] J. Leskovec, D. Chakrabarti, J. Kleinberg, C. Faloutsos and Z. Ghahramani,

Kronecker Graphs: An Approach to Modeling Networks, Journal of Ma-
chine Learning Research 11 (2010) 985-1042.

[548] K. Lin and G. Reinert, Joint vertex degrees in the inhomogeneous random
graph model G (n, {pi j }), Adv. in Appl. Prob. 44 (2012) 139-165.

[549] N. Linial and R. Meshulam, Homological connectivity of random 2-

complexes, Combinatorica 26 (2006) 475-487.

[550] N. Linial, and E. Rozenman, Random Lifts of Graphs: Perfect Matchings,

Combinatorica 25 (2005) 407-424.

[551] S. Linusson and J. Wästlund, A proof of Parisi’s conjecture on the random

assignment problem, Probability Theory and Related Fields 128 (2004)
419-440.

[552] J. Lu, and Q. Feng, (1998). Strong consistency of the number of vertices of
given degrees in nonuniform random recursive trees, Yokohama Math. J 45
(1998) 61-69.

[553] E. Lubetzky and A. Sly, Cutoff phenomena for random walks on random
regular graphs, Duke Mathematical Journal 153 (2010) 475-510.

[554] E. Lubetzky and Y. Zhao, On the variational problem for upper tails in
sparse random graphs, see arxiv.org.

[555] T. Łuczak, On the equivalence of two basic models of random graphs, Pro-
ceedings of Random Graphs’87, (Michal Karonski, Jerzy Jaworski, Andrzej
Rucinski, eds.), Wiley, Chichester (1990) 151-158.

[556] T. Łuczak, On the number of sparse connected graphs, Random Structures

and Algorithms 1 (1990) 171-174.
544 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[557] T. Łuczak, Component behaviour near the critical point, Random Structures
and Algorithms 1 (1990) 287-310.
[558] T. Łuczak, Cycles in a random graph near the critical point, Random Struc-
tures and Algorithms 2 (1991) 421-440.
[559] T. Łuczak, Size and connectivity of the k-core of a random graph, Discrete
Mathematics 91 (1991) 61-68.
[560] T. Łuczak, The chromatic number of random graphs, Combinatorica 11
(1991) 45-54.
[561] T. Łuczak, A note on the sharp concentration of the chromatic number of
random graphs, Combinatorica 11 (1991) 295-297.
[562] T. Łuczak, The phase transition in a random graph, Combinatorics, Paul
Erdős is Eighty, Vol. 2, eds. D. Miklós, V.T. Sós, and T. Szőnyi, Bolyai Soc.
Math. Stud. 2, J. Bolyai Math. Soc., Budapest (1996) 399-422.
[563] T. Łuczak, Random trees and random graphs, Random Structures and Al-
gorithms 13 (1998) 485-500.
[564] T. Łuczak, On triangle free random graphs, Random Structures and Algo-
rithms 16 (2000) 260-276.
[565] T. Łuczak, B. Pittel and J. C. Wierman, The structure of a random graph at
the point of the phase transition, Transactions of the American Mathemati-
cal Society 341 (1994) 721-748
[566] T. Łuczak and P. Pralat, Chasing robbers on random graphs: zigzag theo-
rem, Random Structures and Algorithms 37 (2010) 516-524.
[567] T. Łuczak and A. Ruciński, Tree-matchings in graph processes SIAM Jour-
nal on Discrete Mathematics 4 (1991) 107-120.
[568] T. Łuczak, A. Ruciński and B. Voigt, Ramsey properties of random graphs,
Journal of Combinatorial Theory B 56 (1992) 55-68.
[569] T. Łuczak, Ł. Witkowski and M. Witkowski, Hamilton Cycles in Random
Lifts of Graphs, see arxiv.org.
[570] M. Mahdian and Y. Xu. Stochastic Kronecker graphs, Random Structures
and Algorithms 38 (2011) 453-466.
[571] H. Mahmoud, Evolution of Random Search Trees, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, 1992.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 545

[572] H. Mahmoud, The power of choice in the construction of recursive trees,

Methodol. Comput. Appl. Probab. 12 (2010) 763-773.
[573] H.M. Mahmoud and R.T. Smythe, A survey of recursive trees, Theory
Probability Math. Statist. 51 (1995) 1-27.
[574] H.M. Mahmoud, R.T. Smythe and J. Szymański, On the structure of ran-
dom plane-oriented recursive trees and their branches, Random Structures
and Algorithms, 4 (1993) 151-176.
[575] E. Marczewski, Sur deux propriétés des classes d’ensembles, Fundamenta
Mathematicae 33 (1945) 303-307.
[576] D. Matula, The largest clique size in a random graph, Technical Report,
Department of Computer Science, Southern methodist University, (1976).
[577] D. Matula, Expose-and-merge exploration and the chromatic number of a
random graph, Combinatorica 7 (1987) 275-284.
[578] R. Mauldin, The Scottish Book: mathematics from the Scottish Cafe,
Birkhäuser Boston, 1981.
[579] G. McColm, First order zero-one laws for random graphs on the circle,
Random Structures and Algorithms 14 (1999) 239-266.
[580] G. McColm, Threshold functions for random graphs on a line segment,
Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 13 (2004) 373-387.
[581] C. McDiarmid, Determining the chromatic number of a graph, SIAM Jour-
nal on Computing 8 (1979) 1-14.
[582] C. McDiarmid, Clutter percolation and random graphs, Mathematical Pro-
gramming Studies 13 (1980) 17-25.
[583] C. McDiarmid, On the method of bounded differences, in Surveys in Com-
binatorics, ed. J. Siemons, London Mathematical Society Lecture Notes Se-
ries 141, Cambridge University Press, 1989.
[584] C. McDiarmid, Expected numbers at hitting times, Journal of Graph The-
ory 15 (1991) 637-648.
[585] C. McDiarmid, Random channel assignment in the plane, Random Struc-
tures and Algorithms 22 (2003) 187-212.
[586] C. McDiarmid and T. Müller, On the chromatic number of random geomet-
ric graphs, Combinatorica 31 (2011) 423-488.
546 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[587] C. McDiarmid and B. Reed, Colouring proximity graphs in the plane, Dis-
crete Mathematics 199 (1999) 123-137.

[588] C. McDiarmid, A. Steger, and D. Welsh, Random planar graphs, Journal of

Combinatorial Theory B 93 (2005) 187-205.

[589] B.D. McKay, Asymptotics for symmetric 0-1 matrices with prescribed row
sums, Ars Combinatoria 19 (1985) 15-25.

[590] B.D. McKay and N.C. Wormald, Asymptotic enumeration by degree se-
quence of graphs with degrees o(n1/2 ), Combinatorica 11 (1991) 369-382.

[591] B.D. McKay and N.C. Wormald, The degree sequence of a random graph
I, The models, Random Structures and Algorithms 11 (1997) 97-117.

[592] N. Martin and J. England, Mathematical Theory of Entropy. Cambridge

University Press, 2011.

[593] A. Mehrabian, Justifying the small-world phenomenon via random recur-

sive trees, mauscript (2014).

[594] A. Meir and J.W. Moon, The distance between points in random trees, J.
Combinatorial Theory 8 (1970) 99-103.

[595] A. Meir and J.W. Moon, Cutting down random trees, J. Austral. Math. Soc.
11 (1970) 313-324.

[596] A. Meir and J.W. Moon, Cutting down recursive trees, Mathematical Bio-
sciences 21 (1974) 173-181.

[597] A. Meir and J.W. Moon, On the altitude of nodes in random trees, Canadian
J. Math. 30 (1978) 997-1015.

[598] S.Micali and V.Vazirani, An O(|V |1/2 |E|) algorithm for finding maximum
matching in general graphs, Proceedings of the 21st IEEE Symposium on
Foundations of Computing (1980) 17-27.

[599] M. Mihail and C. Papadimitriou, On the eigenvalue power law, Random-

ization and Approximation Techniques, 6th International Workshop (2002)
254-262.

[600] S. Milgram, The Small World Problem, Psychology Today 2 (1967) 60-67.

[601] I. M. Milne-Thomson, The Calculus of Finite Differences. Macmillian,

London (1951).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 547

[602] M. Molloy, Cores in random hypergraphs and Boolean formulas, Random

Structures and Algorithms 27 (2005) 124-135.
[603] M. Molloy and B. Reed, The Size of the Largest Component of a Ran-
dom Graph on a Fixed Degree Sequence, Combinatorics, Probability and
Computing 7 (1998) 295-306.
[604] M. Molloy, H. Robalewska, R. W. Robinson and N. C. Wormald, 1- fac-
torisations of random regular graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms
10 (1997) 305-321.
[605] R. Montgomery, Embedding bounded degree spanning trees in random
graphs, see arxiv.org.
[606] R. Montgomery, Sharp threshold for embedding combs and other spanning
trees in random graphs, see arxiv.org.
[607] R. Montgomery, Hamiltonicity in random graphs is born resilient, see
arxiv.org.
[608] R. Montgomery, Spanning trees in random graphs, Advances in Mathemat-
ics (2019) .
[609] R. Montgomery, Hamiltonicity in random graphs is born resilient, see
arxiv.org.
[610] R. Montgomery, Topics in random graphs, Lecture notes, University of
Birmingham.
[611] J.W. Moon, The distance between nodes in recursive trees, London Math.
Soc. Lecture Notes Ser. 13 (1974) 125-132.
[612] T.F. Móri, On random trees, Studia Sci. Math. Hungar. 39 (2003) 143-155.
[613] T.F. Móri The maximum degree of the Barabási-Albert random tree, Com-
bin.Probab. Comput. 14 (2005) 339-348.
[614] K. Morris, A. Panholzer and H. Prodinger, On some parameters in heap
ordered trees, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 13 (2004) 677-
696.
[615] E. Mossel and A. Sly, Gibbs rapidly samples colorings of Gn,d/n , Journal
of Probability Theory and Related Fields 148 (2010) 37-69.
[616] T. Müller, Two point concentration in random geometric graphs, Combina-
torica 28 (2008) 529-545.
548 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[617] T. Müller, Private communication.

[618] T. Müller, X. Pérez and N. Wormald, Disjoint Hamilton cycles in the ran-
dom geometric graph, Journal of Graph Theory 68 (2011) 299-322.

[619] T. Müller and M. Stokajović, A threshold for the Maker-Breaker clique

game, Random Structurs and Algorithms 45 (2014) 318-341.

[620] L. Mutavchiev, A limit distribution related to a random mappings and its

application to an epidemic process, Serdica 8 (1982) 197-203.

[621] H. S. Na and A. Rapoport, Distribution of nodes of a tree by degree, Math-

ematical Biosciences 6 (1970) 313-329.

[622] A. Nachmias and Y. Peres, Critical random graphs: diameter and mixing
time, Annals of Probability 36 (2008) 1267-1286.

[623] A. Nachmias and Y. Peres, The critical random graph, with martingales,
Israel Journal of Mathematics 176 (2010) 29-41.

[624] C. Nair, B. Prabhakar and M. Sharma, Proofs of the Parisi and

Coppersmith-Sorkin random assignment conjectures, Random Structures
and Algorithms 27 (2005) 413-444.

[625] D. Najock and C.C. Heyde (1982). On the number of terminal vertices in
certain random trees with an application to stemma construction in philol-
ogy, Journal of Applied Probability 19 (1982) 675-680.

[626] C. St.J. Nash-Williams, Edge-disjoint spanning trees of finite graphs, Jour-

nal of the London Mathematical Society (1961) 445-450.

[627] R. Nenadov, Y. Person, N. Škoric and A. Steger, An algorithmic framework

for obtaining lower bounds for random Ramsey problems, see arxiv.org.

[628] R. Nenadov and A. Steger, A Short proof of the Random Ramsey Theorem,
to appear in Combinatorics, Probability and Computing.

[629] R. Nenadov and N. Škorić, Powers of Hamilton cycles in random graphs

and tight Hamilton cycles in random hypergraphs, see arxiv.org.

[630] R. Nenadov, A. Steger and Stojacović, On the threshold for the Maker-
Breaker H-game, see arxiv.org.

[631] R. Nenadov, A. Steger and M. Trujić, Resilience of Perfect matchings and

Hamiltonicity in Random Graph Processes, see arxiv.org.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 549

[632] M.E.J. Newman and D.J. Watts, Scaling and percolation in the small-world
network model,Phys. Rev. E 60 (1999) 73327342.

[633] S. Nicoletseas, C. Raptopoulos and P.G. Spirakis, The existence and effi-
cient construction of large independent sets in general random intersection
graph, In: ICALP 2004, LNCS 3142, Springer (2004) 1029-1040.

[634] S. Nikoletseas, C. Raptopoulos and P.G. Spirakis, On the independence

number and Hamiltonicity of uniform random intersection graphs, Theoret.
Comput. Sci. 412 (2011) 6750-6760.

[635] I. Norros and H. Reittu, On a conditionally Poissonian graph process, Adv.

in Appl. Probab. 38 (2006) 59-75.

[636] D. Osthus, H. J. Prömel, and A. Taraz, On random planar graphs, the num-
ber of planar graphs and their triangulations, Journal of Combinatorial The-
ory B 88 (2003) 119-134.

[637] Z. Palka, On the number of vertices of given degree in a random graph, J.

Graph Theory 8 (1984) 167-170.

[638] Z. Palka, Extreme degrees in random graphs, Journal of Graph Theory 11

(1987) 121-134.

[639] E. Palmer and J. Spencer, Hitting time for k edge disjoint spanning trees in
a random graph, Period Math. Hungar. 91 (1995) 151-156.

[640] A. Panholzer and H. Prodinger, The level of nodes in increasing trees re-
visited, Random Structures and Algorithms 31 (2007) 203-226.

[641] A. Panholzer and G. Seitz, Ordered increasing k-trees: Introduction and

analysis of a preferential attachment network model, Discrete Mathematics
and Theoretical Computer Science (AofA 2010) (2010) 549-564.

[642] [PKBnV10] F. Papadopoulos, D. Krioukov, M. Boguñá and A. Vahdat,

Greedy forwarding in dynamic scale-free networks embedded in hyper-
bolic metric spaces, Proceedings of the 29th Conference on Information
Communications, INFOCOM10 (2010) 2973- 2981.

[643] G. Parisi, A conjecture on Random Bipartite Matching, Pysics e-Print

archive (1998).

[644] E. Peköz, A. Röllin and N. Ross, Degree asymptotics with rates for pref-
erential attachment random graphs, The Annals of Applied Probability 23
(2013) 1188-1218.
550 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[645] M. Penrose, On k-connectivity for a geometric random graph, Random

Structures and Algorithms 15 (1999) 145-164.

[646] M. Penrose, Random Geometric Graphs, Oxford University Press, 2003.

[647] N. Peterson and B. Pittel, Distance between two random k-out graphs, with
and without preferential attachment, see arxiv.org.

[648] J. Pitman, Random mappings, forest, and subsets associated with the Abel-
Cayley-Hurwitz multinomial expansions, Seminar Lotharingien de Combi-
natoire 46 (2001) 46.

[649] B. Pittel, On distributions related to transitive closures of random finite

mappings, The Annals of Probability 11 (1983) 428-441.

[650] B.Pittel, On tree census and the giant component in sparse random graphs,
Random Structures and Algorithms 1 (1990), 311-342.

[651] B. Pittel, On likely solutions of a stable marriage problem, Annals of Ap-

plied Probability 2 (1992) 358-401.

[652] B. Pittel, Note on the heights of random recursive trees and random m-ary
search trees, Random Structures and Algorithms 5 (1994) 337-347.

[653] B. Pittel, On a random graph evolving by degrees, Advances in Mathemat-

ics 223 (2010) 619-671.

[654] B. Pittel, J. Spencer and N. Wormald, Sudden emergence of a giant k-core

in a random graph, Journal of Combinatorial Theory B 67 (1996) 111-151.

[655] B. Pittel, L. Shepp and E. Veklerov, On the number of fixed pairs in a

random instance of the stable marriage problem, SIAM Journal on Discrete
Mathematics 21 (2008) 947-958.

[656] B. Pittel and R. Weishar, The random bipartite nearest neighbor graphs,
Random Structures and Algorithms 15 (1999) 279-310.

[657] D. Poole, On weak hamiltonicity of a random hypergraph, see arxiv.org.

[658] L. Pósa, Hamiltonian circuits in random graphs, Discrete Mathematics 14

(1976) 359-364.

[659] P. Pralat, N. Wormald, Meyniel’s conjecture holds for random d-regular

graphs, see arxiv.org.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 551

[660] P. Pralat, Cleaning random graphs with brushes, Australasian Journal of

Combinatorics 43 (2009) 237-251.

[661] P. Pralat, Cleaning random d-regular graphs with Brooms, Graphs and
Combinatorics 27 (2011) 567-584.

[662] V. M. Preciado and A. Jadbabaie, Spectral analysis of virus spreading in

random geometric networks, Proceedings of the 48th IEEE Conference on
Decision and Control (2009).

[663] H. Prodinger, Depth and path length of heap ordered trees, International
Journal of Foundations of Computer Science 7 (1996) 293-299.

[664] H. Prodinger and F.J. Urbanek, On monotone functions of tree structures,

Discrete Applied Mathematics 5 (1983) 223-239.

[665] H. Prüfer, Neuer Beweis eines Satzes über Permutationen, Archives of

Mathematical Physics 27 (1918) 742-744.

[666] J. Radakrishnan, Entropy and Counting, www.tcs.tifr.res.in/ jaiku-

mar/Papers/EntropyAndCounting.pdf

[667] A. Rényi and G. Szekeres, On the height of trees,Journal Australian Math-

ematical Society 7 (1967) 497-507.

[668] M. Radcliffe and S.J. Young, Connectivity and giant component of stochas-
tic Kronecker graphs, see arxiv.org.

[669] S. Rai, The spectrum of a random geometric graph is concentrated, Journal

of Theoretical Probability 20 (2007) 119-132.

[670] A. Rényi, On connected graphs I, Publ. Math. Inst. Hungar. Acad. Sci. 4
(1959) 385-387.

[671] O. Riordan, Spanning subgraphs of random graphs, Combinatorics, Prob-

ability and Computing 9 (2000) 125-148.

[672] O. Riordan and A. Selby, The maximum degree of a random graph, Com-
binatorics, Probability and Computing 9 (2000) 549-572.

[673] O. Riordan, The small giant component in scale-free random graph, Com-
bin. Prob. Comput. 14 (2005) 897-938.

[674] O. Riordan, Long cycles in random subgraphs of graphs with large mini-
mum degree, see arxiv.org.
552 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[675] O. Riordan and L. Warnke, Achlioptas process phase transitions are con-
tinuous, Annals of Applied Probability 22 (2012) 1450-1464.

[676] O. Riordan and N. Wormald, The diameter of sparse random graphs, Com-
binatorics, Probability and Computing 19 (2010) 835-926.

[677] R.W. Robinson and N.C.Wormald, Almost all cubic graphs are Hamilto-
nian, Random Structures and Algorithms 3 (1992) 117-126.

[678] V. Rödl and A. Ruciński, Lower bounds on probability thresholds for Ram-
sey properties, in Combinatorics, Paul Erdős is Eighty, Vol.1, Bolyai Soc.
Math. Studies (1993), 317-346.

[679] V. Rödl, A. Ruciński and E. Szemerédi, An approximate Dirac-type theo-

rem for k-uniform hypergraphs, Combinatorica 28 (2008) 220-260.

[680] R.W. Robinson and N.C.Wormald, Almost all regular graphs are Hamilto-
nian, Random Structures and Algorithms 5 (1994) 363-374.

[681] V. Rödl and A. Ruciński, Threshold functions for Ramsey properties Jour-
nal of the American Mathematical Society 8 (1995) 917-942.

[682] D. Romik, The Surprising Mathematics of Longest Increasing Subse-

quences, Cambridge University Press, New York (2014).

[683] S.M. Ross, A random graph, J. Applied Probability 18 (1981) 309-315.

[684] H. Rubin and R. Sitgreaves, Probability distributions related to random

transformations on a finite set, Tech. Rep. 19A, Applied Mathematics and
Statistics Laboratory, Stanford University, (1954).

[685] A. Ruciński, When a small subgraphs of a random graph are normally dis-
tributed, Probability Theory and Related Fields 78 (1988) 1-10.

[686] A. Ruciński and A. Vince, Strongly balanced graphs and random graphs,
Journal of Graph Theory 10 (1986) 251-264.

[687] A. Ruciński, Matching and covering the vertices of a random graph by

copies of a given graph,Discrete Mathematics 105 (1992) 185-197.

[688] A. Ruciński and N. Wormald, Random graph processes with degree restric-
tions, Combinatorics, Probability and Computing 1 (1992) 169-180.

[689] A. Rudas, B,Toth and B. Való, Random trees and general branching pro-
cesses, Random Structures and Algorithms 31 (2007) 186-202.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 553

[690] K. Rybarczyk and D. Stark, Poisson approximation of the number of

cliques in a random intersection graph Journal of Applied Probability 47
(2010) 826 - 840.

[691] K. Rybarczyk and D. Stark, Poisson approximation of counts of subgraphs

in random intersection graphs, submitted.

[692] K. Rybarczyk, Equivalence of the random intersection graph and G(n, p),
Random Structures and Algorithms 38 (2011) 205-234.

[693] K. Rybarczyk, Sharp threshold functions for random intersection graphs via
a coupling method, The Electronic Journal of Combinatorics 18(1) (2011)
#P36.

[694] K. Rybarczyk, Diameter, connectivity, and phase transition of the uniform

random intersection graph, Discrete Mathematic 311 (2011) 1998-2019.

[695] K. Rybarczyk, Constructions of independent sets in random intersection

graphs, Theoretical Computer Science 524 (2014) 103-125.

[696] K. Rybarczyk, The coupling method for inhomogeneous random intersec-

tion graphs, see arxiv.org.

[697] V.N. Sachkov, Combinatorial Methods in Discrete Mathematics, Cam-

bridge University Press, (1996).

[698] A.A. Saposhenko, Metric properties of almost all boolean functions, (in
Russian), Diskretny Analiz 10 (1967) 91-119.

[699] A.A. Saposhenko, Geometric structure of almost all boolean functions, (in
Russian), Problemy Kibernetiki 30 (1975) 227-261.

[700] D. Saxton and A. Thomason, Hypergraph containers, see arxiv.org.

[701] D. Saxton and A. Thomason, Online containers for hypergraphs with ap-
plications to linear equations, see arxiv.org.

[702] M. Schacht, Extremal results for random discrete structures, see arxiv.org.

[703] J. Schmidt and E. Shamir, A threshold for perfect matchings in random

d-pure hypergraphs, Discrete Mathematics 45 (1983) 287-295.

[704] J. Schmidt-Pruzan and E. Shamir, Component structure in the evolution of

random hypergraphs, Combinatorica 5 (1985) 81-94.
554 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[705] R. Schneider, Convex Bodies: The Brunn-Minkowski Theory, Cambridge

University Press, 2013.

[706] A. Scott, On the concentration of the chromatic number of random graphs

(2008) see arxiv.org.

[707] C. Seshadhri, A. Pinar, and T.G. Kolda, An in-depth analysis of stochastic

Kronecker graphs, The Journal of the ACM, see arxiv.org.

[708] E. Shamir and J. Spencer, Sharp concentration of the chromatic number od

random graphs Gn,p , Combinatorica 7 (1987) 121-129.

[709] C. Shannon, A Mathematical Theory of Communication, Bell System Tech-

nical Journal 27 (1948) 379423.

[710] B. Selivanov, Pereschislenie odnorodnyckh hypergrafov c protstoǐ struk-

tutoǐ, Kombinatornyǐ Analiz. 2 (1972) 60-67.

[711] S. Shelah and J. Spencer, Zero-One laws for sparse random graphs, Journal
of the American Mathematical Society 1 (1988) 97-115.

[712] L.A. Shepp and S.P. Lloyd, Ordered cycle length in a random permutation,
Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 121 (1966) 340-357.

[713] L. Shi and N. Wormald, Coloring random regular graphs, Combinatorics,

Probability and Computing 16 (2007) 459-494.

[714] L. Shi and N. Wormald, Coloring random 4-regular graphs, Combinatorics,

Probability and Computing 16 (2007) 309-344.

[715] M. Šileikis and L. Warnke. A counterexample to the DeMarco-Kahn Upper

Tail Conjecture, see arxiv.org.

[716] S. Sivasubramanian, Spanning trees in complete uniform hypergraphs and

a connection to r-extended Shi hyperplane arrangements, see arxiv.org.

[717] B. Söderberg, General formalism for inhomogeneous random graphs, Phys.

Rev. E 66 (2002) 066121.

[718] J. Spencer, Private Communication.

[719] J. Spencer, Enumerating graphs and Brownian motion, Communications in

Pure and Applied Mathematics 50 (1997) 291-294.

[720] J. Spencer, The Strange Logic of Random Graphs, Springer, Berlin 2001.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 555

[721] J. Spencer and N. Wormald, Birth control for giants, Combinatorica 27

(2007) 587-628.

[722] D. Stark, The vertex degree distribution of random intersection graphs,

Random Structures Algorithms 24 (2004) 249-258.

[723] J. M. Steele, On Frieze’s ζ (3) limit forlengths of minimal spanning trees,

Discrete Applied Mathematics 18 (1987) 99-103.

[724] C. Stein, A bound for the error in the normal approximation to the distribu-
tion of a sum of dependent random variables, In:Proceedings of the Sixth
Berkeley Symposium on Mathematical Statistics and Probability , 1970,
Univ. of California Press, Berkeley, Vol. II (1972) 583-602.

[725] V.E. Stepanov, On the distribution of the number of vertices in strata of a

random tree, Theory of Probability and Applications 14 (1969) 65-78.

[726] V.E. Stepanov, Limit distributions of certain characteristics of random map-

pings, Theory Prob. Appl. 14 (1969) 612-636.

[727] M. Stojaković and T. Szabó, Positional games on random graphs, Random

Structures and Algorithms 26 (2005) 204-223.

[728] Ch. Su, J. Liu and Q. Feng, A note on the distance in random recursive
trees, Statistics & Probability Letters 76 (2006) 1748-1755

[729] B. Sudakov and V. Vu, Local resilience of graphs, Random Structures and
Algorithms 33 (2008) 409-433.

[730] J. Szymański, On the nonuniform random recursive tree, Annals of Discrete

Math. 33 (1987) 297-306.

[731] J. Szymański, On the maximum degree and the height of random recursive
tree, In:Random Graphs’87, Wiley, New York (1990) 313-324.

[732] J. Szymański, Concentration of vertex degrees in a scale free random graph

process, Random Structures and Algorithms 26 (2005) 224-236.

[733] J. Tabor, On k-factors in stochastic Kronecker graphs, (2014) unpublished

manuscript.

[734] M. Talagrand, Concentration of measures and isoperimetric inequalities in

product spaces, Publications Mathematiques de IT.H.E.S. 81 (1996) 73-
205.
556 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[735] M.A. Tapia and B.R. Myers, Generation of concave node-weighted trees,
IEEE Trans. Circuits Systems 14 (1967) 229-230.

[736] S-H. Teng and F.F. Yao, k-nearest-neighbor clustering and percolation the-
ory, Algorithmica 49 (2007) 192-211.

[737] A.Thomason, A simple linear expected time algorithm for Hamilton cycles,
Discrete Mathematics 75 (1989) 373-379.

[738] P. Turán, On an extremal problem in graph theory, Matematikai és Fizikai

Lapok (in Hungarian) 48 (1941) 436-452.

[739] T.S. Turova, Phase transition in dynamical random graphs, J. Stat. Phys.
123 (2006) 1007-1032.

[740] T.S. Turova, Diffusion approximation for the componentsin critical inho-
mogeneous random graphsof rank 1, Random Structures Algorithms 43
(2013) 486-539.

[741] T.S. Turova, Asymptotics for the size of the largest component scaled to
”log n” in inhomogeneous random graphs, Arkiv fur Matematik 51 (2013)
371-403.

[742] W. T. Tutte, A census of planar triangulations, Canadian Journal of Math-

ematics 14 (1962) 21-38.

[743] W. T. Tutte, A census of planar maps, Canadian Journal of Mathematics

15 (1963) 249-271.

[744] W.F. de la Vega, Long paths in random graphs, Studia Sci. Math. Hungar.
14 (1979) 335-340.

[745] A. M. Vershik and A. A. Shmidt, Limit measures arising in the asymptotic

theory of symmetric groups, I, Theory of Probability and its Applications
22 (1977) 70-85.

[746] E. Vigoda, Improved bounds for sampling colorings, Journal of Mathemat-

ical Physics 41 (2000) 1555-1569.

[747] O.V. Viskov, Some comments on branching process, Mathematical Notes 8

(1970) 701-705.

[748] V. Vu. On some degree conditions which guarantee the upper bound of
chromatic (choice) number of random graphs, Journal of Graph Theory 31
(1999) 201-226.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 557

[749] V. Vu, Spectral norm of random matrices, Combinatorica 27 (2007) 721-

736.

[750] D.W. Walkup, Matchings in random regular bipartite graphs, Discrete

Mathematics 31 (1980) 59-64.

[751] D.W. Walkup, On the expected value of a random asignment problem,

SIAM Journal on Computing 8 (1979) 440-442.

[752] J. Wástlund, An easy proof of the ζ (2) limit in the random assignment
problem, Electronic Communications in Probability 14 (2009) 261-269.

[753] D.J. Watts and S.H. Strogatz, Collective dynamics of ”small-world” net-
works, Nature 393 (1998) 440442.

[754] K. Weber, Random graphs - a survey, Rostock Math. Kolloq. (1982) 83-98.

[755] D. West, Introduction to Graph Theory - Second edition, Prentice Hall

2001.

[756] E.P. Wigner, On the distribution of the roots of certain symmetric matrices,
Annals of Mathematics 67 (1958) 325-327.

[757] L. B. Wilson, An analysis of the stable assignment problem, BIT 12 (1972)

569-575.

[758] E.M. Wright, The number of connected sparsely edged graphs, Journal of
graph Theory 1 (1977) 317-330.

[759] E.M. Wright, The number of connected sparsely edged graphs II, Journal
of graph Theory 2 (1978) 299-305.

[760] E.M. Wright, The number of connected sparsely edged graphs III, Journal
of graph Theory 4 (1980) 393-407.

[761] N.C. Wormald, Models of random regular graphs, In J.D. Lamb and D.A.
Preece, editors, Surveys in Combinatorics, 1999, volume 267 of London
Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, Cambridge University Press
(1999) 239-298.

[762] N. C. Wormald, The differential equation method for random graph pro-
cesses and greedy algorithms, Lectures on approximation and randomized
algorithms (M. Karoński and H.J. Prömel, eds.), Advanced Topics in Math-
ematics, Polish Scientific Publishers PWN, Warsaw, 1999, pp. 73-155.
558 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[763] O. Yagan and A. M. Makowski, Zero-one laws for connectivity in random

key graphs, IEEE Transations on Information Theory 58 (2012) 2983-2999.

[764] B. Ycart and J. Ratsaby, The VC dimension of k-uniform random hyper-

graphs, Random Structures and Algorithms 30 (2007) 564-572.

[765] S.J. Young, Random Dot Product Graphs: A Flexible Model of Complex
Networks, ProQuest (2008)

[766] S.J. Young and E.R. Scheinerman, Random dot product graph models for
social networks, In: Algorithms and Models for the Web-Graph, LNCS
4863, Springer (2007) 138-149.

[767] Z. Zhang, L. Rong and F. Comellas, High dimensional random apollonian

networks, Physica A: Statistical Mechanics and its Applications 364 (206)
610-618.

[768] J. Zhao, O. Yagan and V. Gligor, On k-connectivity and minimum vertex

degree in random s-intersection graphs, SIAM Meeting on Analytic Algo-
rithmics and Combinatorics, (2015), see arxiv.org.

[769] T. Zhou, G. Yan and B.H. Wang, Maximal planar networks with large clus-
tering coefficient and power-law degree distribution, Physics Reviews E 71
(2005) 046141.
Chapter 26

Indices

559
560 CHAPTER 26. INDICES

Author Index

Šilekis, M, 217 Blackbourn, S., 252

Škorić, N., 154, 268 Blackwell, P., 254
Łuczak, T., vii, 8, 37, 40, 41, 47, 50, Bloznelis, M., 252, 253
70, 80, 110, 127, 128, 139, Bode, M., 255
141, 143, 229, 252, 294, 356, Boguñá, M., 255
364, 405, 408–410, 424, 436 Bohman, T., 47, 154, 295, 356, 405–
407
Achlioptas, D., 47, 137, 229, 294 Bollobás, B., vi, vii, 10, 18, 37, 40,
Aiello, W., 385 41, 48, 52, 62, 74, 76, 85,
Ajtai, M., 48, 89, 94, 410 89, 106–108, 111, 123, 125,
Albert, R., 367 128, 191–193, 195, 200, 210,
Aldous, D., 40, 41, 394 245, 364, 367, 385, 400, 406,
Alon, N., 103, 110, 137, 176, 405, 407, 410
408, 412, 445 Bonato, A., 385, 405
Amit, A., 409 Borgs, C., 385
Angel, O., 400 Bourgain, J., 19
Avin, C., 411 Bradonjić, M., 254
Brautbar, M., 385
Babai, L., 153 Brightwell, G., 153
Bal, D., 403 Britton, T., 193, 253
Balister, P., 364 Broder, A., 70, 230, 409
Balogh, J., 140, 245, 295 Bui, T., 409
Banderier, C., 408 Burtin, Y., 111, 410
Barabási, L., 367
Barbour, A., 62, 79, 80, 253, 422– Callaway, D., 191
424 Candellero, E., 255
Bartnicki, T., 405 Canfield, R., 41, 200, 408
Bayati, M., 121 Capalbo, M., 412
Beck, J., 403 Caro, Y., 71
Behrisch, M., 251 Catlin, P., 48
Ben-Shimon, S., 108, 404 Cerny, J., 411
Bender, E., 41, 200, 408 Chakrabarti, D., 185, 194
Benjamini, I., 406, 411 Chaudhuri, S., 409
Bennett, P., 403, 407 Chayes, J., 385
Berge, C., 278 Chebolu, P., 109, 409
Bernstein, S., 429 Chen, L., 422
Beveridge, A., 404 Chen, W., 255
Bhamidi, S., 193, 399 Chung, F., 178, 184, 385, 457
AUTHOR INDEX 561

Chvátal, V., 18, 138, 403 Faloutsos, C., 185, 194, 367
Coja–Oghlan, A., 129, 137, 409 Faloutsos, M., 367
Collevecchio, A., 386 Faloutsos, P., 367
Conlon, D., 140, 143 Fang, W., 255
Cooley, O., 294 Farczadi, L., 386
Cooper, C., 48, 106, 107, 229, 268, Feldman, V., 408
295, 296, 365, 373, 375, 385, Fenner, T., 107, 108, 345, 385
386, 399, 403, 411 Ferber, A, 156
Cover, T., 455 Ferber, A., 265, 267, 268, 275, 293,
403, 404, 412
Damarackas, J., 253 Fernholz, D., 139
Dani, V., 119 Fill, J., 232
de la Vega, W., 94 Fiz Pontiveros, G., 406
Deijfen, M., 193, 253 Flajolet, P., 408
Dellamonica, D., 412
Flaxman, A., 47, 138, 385, 400
DeMarco, B., 154
Fortuin, C., 428
Devroye, L., 192
Foulds, L., 410
Diaz, J., 245, 254
Fountoulakis, N., 47, 255, 295, 351,
Diepetro, R., 252
411
Ding, J., 47, 411
Fraiman, N., 192
Dudek, A., 106, 136, 217, 230, 275,
Frankl, F., 457
404, 406
Friedgut, E., 19
Durrett, R., 191, 228, 385, 418
Friedman, J., 230
Dyer, M., 99, 138, 294, 400, 410
Friedrich, T., 254, 255
Ebrahimzadeh, E., 386 Frieze, A., 18, 47, 70, 71, 85, 99,
Edmonds, J., 96 106–109, 119, 137, 138, 154,
Edmonson-Jones, M., 254 217, 229, 230, 264, 267, 268,
Efthymiou, C., 139 275, 294–296, 345, 347, 351,
Egorychev, G., 265 356, 364, 365, 373, 375, 385–
Elsässer, R., 254 387, 399–401, 403–405, 407–
England, J., 455 411
Ercal, G., 411 Frieze, A.,, 71
Erdős, P., vi, 3, 20, 40, 48, 60, 62,
64, 68, 74, 79, 80, 83, 85, Gale, D., 412
94, 125, 154, 295, 403, 406, Gamarnik, D., 47, 121, 400
407, 410 Gao, P., 109, 294, 295, 386
Eschenauer, L., 252 Gao, Z., 408
Gebauer, H., 404
Füredi, Z., 103, 129 Gerke, S., 110, 143, 252, 408
Fagin, R., 407 Gharamani, Z., 194
Falikman, D., 265 Gilbert, E., vi, 3
562 CHAPTER 26. INDICES

Giménez, O., 408 Jannsen, J., 386

Ginibre, J., 428 Janson, S., vii, 40, 47, 62, 80, 191–
Glebov, R., 107, 108, 404 193, 229, 387, 390, 399, 402,
Glebskii, Y., 407 403, 409, 423, 424, 436
Gligor, V., 252 Janssen, J., 385
Godehardt, E., 252, 253 Jaworski, J., 252, 253, 365
Goel, A., 254 Jerrum, M., 138, 229
Goetze, F., 253 Jiang, J., 294
Gowers, T., 140, 143 Johansson, A., 110, 279
Goyal, N., 365 Johansson, T., 365
Grable, D., 407 Jonasson, J., 411
Graham, R., 457 Jordan, 254, 385
Grandoni, F., 254 Juhász, F., 129
Gray, R., 455
Greenhill, C., 294, 409 Kühn, D., 47, 107
Griffiths, S., 406 Kahle, M., 410
Grigorescu, E., 408 Kahn, J., 109, 110, 154, 230, 279,
Grimmett, G., 125 295
Groër, C., 194 Kalai, G., 19
Grytczuk, J., 405 Kalikow, S., 191
Gugelmann, L., 255 Kamčev, N., 230
Gupta, P., 241 Kang, M., 47, 193, 194, 294, 408
Gurevich, Y., 108 Kannan, R., 408
Karger, D., 190
Haber, S., 108, 230, 405 Karoński, M., 52, 62, 76, 79, 80, 193,
Hamm, A., 295 194, 231, 237, 253, 294, 423,
Harris, T., 428 424
Hatami, H., 137, 229 Karp, R., 109, 257, 349, 351, 400,
He, J., 71 453
Heckel, A., 71 Kasteleyn, P., 428
Hefetz, D., 109, 268, 403, 404 Keevash, P., 406
Hoeffding, W., 431, 435 Kemkes, G., 230
Holst, L., 423, 424 Keusch, R., 405
Hooghiemstra, G., 193 Khanna, S., 385
Hopcroft, J., 191 Khosla, M., 295
Horn, P., 187 Kierstead, H., 405
Hu, G., 255 Kim, J., 47, 217, 294, 402, 406
Ince, N., 399 Kinnersley, W., 406
Ivchenko, G., 62 Kitsak, M., 255
Kleinberg, J., 185, 191, 194, 382
Jadbabaie, R., 254 Kliem, S., 193
AUTHOR INDEX 563

Knox, F., 107 Lubetzky, E., 47, 107, 109, 268, 407,
Knuth, D., 40, 47, 97, 412 411
Koch, C., 193, 194, 294 Lucier, B., 385
Kogan, D., 407 Luczak, M., 229
Kohayakawa, Y., 143, 278, 410, 412
Kolda, T,, 194 Müller, T., 241, 245, 254, 255, 404
Komlós, J., 48, 89, 94, 129, 410 Mahdian, M., 186
Kordecki, W., 62 Mahoney, M., 255
Kovalenko, I., 171, 172 Makai, T., 193, 194
Kozma, G., 385, 411 Makowski, A., 252
Kravitz, D., 47 Mancini, L., 252
Kreuter, B., 143 Marchetti-Spaccemela, A., 254
Krioukov, D., 255 Marczewski, E., 231
Krishnamachari, B., 254 Martin, A., 455
Krivelevich, M., 47, 48, 94, 99, 107– Martin, R., 295
109, 133, 137, 138, 229, 230, Martin-Löf, A., 193
245, 268, 294, 403, 404, 408 Matoušek, J., 409
Krivelevich. M., 95 Matula, D., 117, 123
Krohmer, A., 255 McColm, G., 254
Kronenberg, G., 265, 267, 403 McDiarmid, C., 107, 125, 138, 246,
Kucera, L., 408 248, 254, 264, 293, 399, 400,
Kumar, P., 241 408
Kurauskas, V., 251, 253 McDowell, A., 110
McKay, B., 41, 63, 200, 403
Lageras, A., 251, 253 Mehrabian, A., 386
Lavrov, M., 405 Mei, A., 252
Lee, C., 94, 99, 108, 156 Melsted, P., 109, 351
Leighton, T., 409 Meshulam, R., 410
Lelarge, M., 295 Micali, S., 96
Lennon, C., 412 Mihail, M., 385
Leskovec, J., 185, 194 Miklós, D., 385
Lev, A., 71 Milgram, S., 381
Liagonkii, M., 407 Mitsche, D., 136, 245, 406
Liang, H., 71 Mitzenmacher, M., 294
Lin, K., 192 Molloy, M., 212, 229, 268, 294, 296,
Lindholm, M., 251, 253 402
Linial, N., 409, 410 Montgomery, R., 109, 156
Linusson, S., 393 Moore, C., 119, 137, 229
Loh, P., 47, 275, 403 Morris, R., 140, 406
Long, E., 265, 267 Mossell, E., 139
Lu, L., 178, 184, 385 Motwani, R., 97, 412
564 CHAPTER 26. INDICES

Mousset, F., 403 Pralat, P., 106, 136, 385, 386, 403,
Mubayi, D., 295, 407 405, 406
Preciado, V, 254
Nachmias, A., 41, 411
Nair, C., 393 Rödl, V., 141, 143, 154, 156, 412
Naor, A., 137, 404 Röllin, A., 385
Nash-Williams, C., 109 Rényi, A., vi, 3, 20, 40, 62, 64, 68,
Naves, H., 108 74, 79, 83, 85, 94
Nenadov, R., 141, 154, 156, 268, 403, Radakrishnan, J., 457
412 Radcliffe, J., 187, 193
Newman, M., 191 Rademacher, L., 365
Nicoletseas, R., 252, 253 Radhakrishnan, J., 252
Noever, A., 156, 268 Rai, S., 254
Norros, I., 193 Ramachandran, V., 139
Noy, M., 408 Raptopoulos, C., 252, 253
Osthus, D., 47, 107, 408 Ratsaby, J., 295
Reed, B., 212, 229, 248, 296, 411
Pérez-Giménez, X., 109, 230, 245 Reinert, G., 192, 253
Pósa, L., 89 Reittu, H., 193
Palka, Z., 62, 63, 365 Reyzin, L., 408
Panagiotou, K., 137, 153, 255, 295, Rinnooy-Kan, A, 349, 351
351 Riordan, O., 47, 63, 71, 99, 108, 139,
Panconesi, A., 252 191–193, 367, 385, 400, 406
Papadimitriou, C., 385 Robalewska, H., 402
Papadopolous, F., 255 Robinson, R., 229, 402
Parisi, G., 393 Roditty, Y., 71
Pegden, W., 137, 385 Ross, N., 385
Peköz, R., 385 Rozenman, E., 409
Penrose, M., 241, 254 Ruciński, A., vii, 50, 52, 62, 74, 76,
Peres, Y., 41, 47, 411 78–80, 110, 141, 154, 156,
Perkins, W., 47 217, 407, 409, 412, 423, 424,
Person, Y., 154, 278 436, 453
Peter, U., 156, 255, 268, 403, 412 Ruszinko, M., 295, 399
Petit, J., 254 Rybarczyk, K., 232, 236, 240, 251–
Picolleli, M., 407 253
Pikhurko, O., 154
Pinar, A., 194 Söderberg, B., 191
Pittel, B., 37, 40, 47, 97, 99, 109, 412 Sós, V., 154
Poole, S., 194, 278 Samotij, W., 107, 140
Prömel, H., 143, 408 Saposhenko, A., 410
Prabhakar, B., 393 Sarkar, A., 364
AUTHOR INDEX 565

Sato, C., 109, 386 Steger, A., 137, 141, 143, 153, 154,
Sauerwald, T., 254 405, 408
Saxton, D., 140, 141 Stein, C., 190, 422
Schacht, M., 140, 143 Stojaković, M., 403, 404
Schaeffer, G., 408 Strogatz, S., 191
Scheinerman, E., 193, 231, 232, 237 Sudakov, B., 47, 48, 94, 95, 99, 107,
Schickinger, T., 143 108, 137, 138, 155, 156, 167,
Schlatter, D., 408 229, 230, 268, 294, 400, 405,
Schmidt, J., 279 408
Scott, A., 135 Suen, S., 70, 230, 406
Selby, A., 63 Sullivan, B., 194
Selkow, S., 60 Szabó, T., 109, 403, 404
Sen, S., 193 Szemerédi, E., 48, 89, 94, 156, 230,
Serna, J., 254 410, 412
Seshadhri, C., 194
Shamir, E., 279, 409 Talagrand, M., 445
Shannon, C., 455 Talanov, V., 407
Shapley, L., 412 Taraz, A., 251, 408
Sharma, M., 393 Teixeira, A., 411
Shearer, J., 457 Teng, S., 364
Shelah, S., 108, 407 Tetali, P., 121, 294
Shepp, L., 412 Thaler, J., 294
Shi, L., 230 Thoma, L., 399
Shikhelman, C., 403 Thomas, J., 455
Shinkar, I., 406 Thomason, A., 10, 108, 140, 141
Simonovits, M., 153, 154 Trujić, M, 156
Singer-Cohen, K., 231, 232, 237 Tsourakakis, C., 71, 230, 386
Sipser, M., 109, 409, 453 Tsur, G., 406
Sivasubramanian, S., 270 Turan, P., 72
Sly, A., 139, 411 Turova, T., 191
Smit, I., 365 Tusnády, G., 367
Smyth, C., 154, 230, 295 Tutte, W., 408
Soria, M., 408 Tuza, Z., 71
Sorkin, G., 47, 401 Ueckerdt, M., 251
Speiss, S., 275 Upfal, E., 70, 230
Spencer, J., 37, 41, 47, 106, 111, 153,
367, 399, 407, 410, 445 Vahdat, A., 255
Spirakis, P., 252, 253 van den Esker, H., 385
Stark, D., 240, 251 van der Hofstad, R., 193, 399
Stauffer, A., 254, 255 van Leeuwaarden, J., 193
Steger, A, 156 Vazirani, V., 96
566 CHAPTER 26. INDICES

Veklerov, E., 412 Yao, F., 364

Vempala, S., 365, 408 Ycart, B., 295
Vera, J., 385 Young, S., 193
Vigoda, E., 138 Yuster, R., 71, 110
Vilenchik, D., 137
Vince, A., 74 Zhan, Y., 194
Vohra, R., 349, 351 Zhao, L., 71
Voigt, B., 141 Zhou, T., 386
Vu, V., 108, 110, 129, 133, 138, 217, Zhu, X., 405
229, 279, 385 Zung, J., 386
Vu,V, 156
Vu,V., 155, 167

Wästlund, J., 393

Wade, A., 385
Walkup, D., 349, 400
Walters, M., 245, 364
Wang, X., 193, 386
Warnke, L., 47
Weber, K., 410
Weiss, B., 191
Welsh, 408
West, 180
Wierman, J., 40, 47
Wigner, E., 131
Wilson, D., 400
Wilson, L., 412
Wilson, R., 386
Winkler, P., 406
Witkowski, M., 409
Witkowski, Ł., 409
Wormald, N., 38, 47, 63, 109, 138,
139, 200, 210, 229, 230, 245,
295, 386, 402, 403, 405, 407,
408, 411, 453
Wright, E., 41

Xiao, Y., 408

Xu, Y., 186

Yagan, O., 252

Yan, G., 386
MAIN INDEX 567

Main Index

H-free process, 406 Contiguity, 402

Gn,m , 3 Convergence of Moments, 418
Gn,p , 3 Cores, 37
f -certifiable, 447 Coupling Gn,m and Gn,p , 5
k-Connectivity, 68 Critical Window, 39
k-out Subgraphs of Large Graphs, 365
Dense Case
Achlioptas Process, 47 Greedy Algorithm, 125
Anti-Ramsey Properties, 154 Depth First Search, 94, 318
Azuma-Hoeffding Inequality, 125, 128, Diameter, 111
371 Diameter of Sparse Random Graphs,
139
Balanced Graphs, 74
Directed k-in, `-out, 365
Balls in Boxes, 426
Disjoint Paths, 70
Bernstein’s Theorem, 434
Dominance, 448
Binomial Inequalities, 425
Binomial Random Graph, 3 Edge Colored Random Graphs, 402
Bipartite Gk−out : Perfect matchings, Eigenvalues, 129
348 Concentration, 133
Algorithmic Proof, 351 Eigenvalues of Random Regular Graphs,
Existence Proof, 349 230
Bohman-Frieze Process, 47 Embedding Gn,m in Gn,r , 217
Entropy, 287
Canonical Labelling, 60
Erdős-Ko-Rado, 295
Chain Rule for Entropy, 455
Evolution, 20
Chebyshev’s Inequality, 12
Chen-Stein Method, 422 First Cycle, 80
Chernoff Inequality, 431 First Moment Method, 12
Chromatic Index, 61 FKG Inequality, 428
Chromatic Number, 123
Dense case, 123 Galton-Watson Process, 258
Sparse Case, 127 Games, 403
Chromatic Number of Random Reg- Geometric Preferential Attachment Graphs,
ular Graphs, 229 385
Coarse Threshold, 19 Giant Component, 35
Complex Component, 46 Graph Density, 72
Conditional Entropy, 457 Graph Homomorphism, 137
Configuration Model, 195 Graph Isomorphism, 60
Containers, 140 Graph Minors, 47
568 CHAPTER 26. INDICES

Graph Process, 20 Phase Transition, 37, 39, 47

Graph Property, 5 Planarity, 408
Graph Searching, 405 Plane-Oriented Recursive Trees, 316
Acquaintance Time, 406 Planted Objects, 408
Cops and Robbers, 405 Power Law Degree Distribution, 368
Graph Cleaning, 405 Prüfer Code, 299
Graph Thickness, 48 Preferential Attachment Graph, 367
Graphs With Large Minimum Degree, Concentration of Degree Sequence,
99 371
Greedy Matching Algorithm, 96 Maximum Degree, 370
Pseudo-Graphs, 17
Hall’s Condition, 83
Hamilton Cycles, 89 Rényi’s Lemma, 419
Hoeffding’s Theorem, 431 Rainbow Connection, 71, 230
Hypergeometric Distribution, 13 Rainbow Path, 70
Ramsey Properties, 141
Janson’s Inequality, 436 Random Apollonian Networks, 386
Kleinberg’s Model, 382 Random Assignment Problem, 400
Kullback-Liebler Distance, 456 Multi-Dimensional version, 400
Random Dot Product Graph, 193
Large Matchings, 109 Random Euclidean TSP, 399
Logic and Random Graphs, 230, 407 Random Geometric Graphs, 241
Long Paths and Cycles, 94, 108 Chromatic Number, 246
Connectivity, 241
Markov Inequality, 12 Hamiltonicity, 245
Martingale Inequalities, 439 Random Knapsack Problem, 398
Maximum Independent Set, 117 Random Lifts, 409
Dense Case, 117 Random Minimum Spanning Trees,
Interpolation, 121 399
Sparse Case, 119 Random Recursive Tree, 306
Monotone Decreasing, 7 Random Regular Graphs, 210
Monotone Increasing, 7 Random Simplicial Complexes, 410
Random Steiner Tree Problem, 400
Nearest Neighbor Graphs, 364
Random Subgraphs of the n-cube, 410
Orientability of Hypergraphs, 295 Random Tournament, 267
Random Walks on Random Graphs,
Pósa’s Lemma, 90 410
Parisi Conjecture, 393 Cover Time, 411
Perfect Matchings, 82 Mixing Time, 410
Bipartite Graphs, 83 Randomly Coloring Random Graphs,
Non-Bipartite Graphs, 85 138
MAIN INDEX 569

Rank One Model, 193

Resilience, 108, 155

Sampling Without Replacement, 435

Scaling Window, 39
Second Moment Method, 14
Sharp Threshold, 11
Shearer’s Lemma, 457
Small Subgraph Conditioning, 229
SPA Model, 385
Spanning Subgraphs, 103, 108
Spanning Trees, 109
Stable Matching, 411
Stirling’s Formula, 6
Strictly Balanced, 76
Strong Components
Sub-Critical Region, 256
Super-Critical Region, 257
Strong Connectivity, 263
Sub-Critical Phase, 20
Super-Critical Phase, 33
Susceptibility, 192
Switching, 200

Talagrand’s Inequality, 445

Threshold Function, 9
Triangle Free Subgraphs, 153
Turán Properties, 143

Unicyclic Components, 28, 45

Uniform Random Graph, 3
Universal graphs, 412

VC-Dimension, 295

With High Probability (w.h.p.), 11

Wright Coefficients, 41